Sei sulla pagina 1di 765

SONOLINE G20

User and Reference Manuals

[1] Instructions for Use


[2] Instructions for Use
System Reference
Electromagnetic Emissions and Immunity:
Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration
SONOLINE G20 Ultrasound Imaging System
[1] Instructions for Use

S ie me ns M edi cal Sol uti on s USA , In c . 10031089-ABS-001-01


SONOLINE G20
Ultrasound Imaging System
[1] Instructions for Use
Software Versions 1 and 2
Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.
Ultrasound Division
1230 Shorebird Way
Mountain View, CA 94043-1344
U.S.A.

(800) 498-7948
(650) 969-9112
CE Declaration
This product is provided with a CE marking in accordance with the
regulations stated in Council Directive 93/42/EEC of June 14, 1993
concerning Medical Devices. Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., is
certified by Notified Body 0123 to Annex II.3 – Full Quality System.

Authorized EC Representative:
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
Medical Solutions
Henkestraße 127
D-91052 Erlangen
Germany

©2004-2005 Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.


All Rights Reserved.
February 2005
Manuals distributed from the Federal Republic of Germany or Japan are printed in the
Federal Republic of Germany.
Manuals distributed from the United States of America are printed in the
United States of America.

SONOLINE G20, ReadySet, TGO, THI, MultiHertz, DIMAQ, microCase, SynAps, QuickSet, SuppleFlex, and
Evolve Package are trademarks of Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.
Windows, CIDEX, CIDEX Plus, CIDEX OPA, Milton, Virkon, and Gigasept FF are registered trademarks of their
respective owners.

Siemens reserves the right to change system specifications at any time.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E i
About This Manual
The Instructions for Use consists of two volumes:
[1] Instructions for Use
The [1] Instructions for Use includes both a general overview and a
technical description of the ultrasound imaging system. This manual
contains detailed information on the safety and care of the ultrasound
system and its transducers. A chapter is dedicated to the description of
all system controls. The [1] Instructions for Use also includes the
procedures for system setup and beginning an exam.
[2] Instructions for Use
The [2] Instructions for Use includes procedures for acquiring and
optimizing images. This manual provides procedures for general and
exam-specific measurements and calculations.

The System Reference provides reference information for the ultrasound


imaging system.

ii [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
Conventions
Conventions used throughout this manual are listed below. Take a moment
to familiarize yourself with these conventions.

Cross-References
[1] Instructions for Use
This manual provides you information by topic. When additional information
exists within this or other manuals, a reference graphic and the name of the Screen Saver Ch 1
book is provided in the right column. If the information exists within the Intended Use Ch 1
chapter, a cross-reference to the page number is listed. Otherwise, [2] Instructions for Use
information is referenced by chapter number.
Imaging Functions ChA1

System Presets
You can use the options and settings available in the system presets menu
to set up the ultrasound system with your preferences. Presets define the
configuration of the system software whenever you power on the system.
System Reference
A complete listing of system presets is located in the System Reference.
Whenever a system preset is discussed in other chapters or in the User and Accessories
Reference Manuals, a graphic is provided in the right column. and Options Ch 2
Storage 1-4
The graphic identifies a preset option or setting in the system presets menu
that is available for you to customize your ultrasound system. The name of
the category on the menu containing the system preset is listed for
F6
your convenience.
Default Settings
► Automatic Freeze
Response

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E iii
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Warnings are intended to alert you to the importance of following
the correct operating procedures where risk of injury to the patient or system
user exists.
Caution: Cautions are intended to alert you to the importance of following
correct operating procedures to prevent the risk of damage to the system.
Note: Notes contain information concerning the proper use of the system and/or correct
execution of a procedure.

Control Panel Keys, Controls, and Menu Selections


Keys and controls located on the control panel are identified by uppercase,
boldface type.

Example: Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control.

Function keys located on the keyboard are identified by the number of the
function key.

Example: Press the F6 key.

Menu selections are indicated with the name of the selection in


boldface type.

Example: Select Next to access the second page of on-screen


menu selections.

iv [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
Selection of On-Screen Objects
The SET key on the control panel functions as a point-and-select device
(similar to a computer mouse) when used with the trackball. To select an
on-screen object such as a button or a T symbol, roll the trackball to
position the pointer (cursor) on the object and then press the SET key on
the control panel.

In this manual, the term "select" or "click" describe the trackball and SET key
action required to select an on-screen object. In the example below,
phrases A, B, C, and D are equivalent actions.

A. Roll the trackball to the Search button and then press the SET key.
B. Select the Search button.
C. Click the Search button.
D. Click Search.

Special Terms and Menu Options


Special terms are indicated in boldface italics and are accompanied by a
brief description on their first use in the manual.

Example: Provides on-screen anatomical graphics of pictograms that


indicate the anatomy under evaluation.

Within a procedure, options in the system presets are identified in text as


boldface type.

Example: Highlight the Keyboard – Annotation option.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E v
Table of Contents
Instructions for Use
Chapter Title Chapter Description
Chapter 1 General overview of the diagnostic ultrasound imaging system,
Introduction including system options, features, and design.

Chapter 2 Detailed information on system safety and how to care for and
Safety and Care maintain the system, transducers, and transducer accessories.

Chapter 3 Explanation of all controls and keys on the control panel,


System Controls alphanumeric keyboard, and optional footswitch.

Chapter 4 Detailed descriptions of how to transport, set up, and prepare the
System Setup system for use, including transducer connection and system
startup procedures.

Chapter 5 Information on starting an examination, including instructions for


Beginning an Examination entering and editing patient data and selecting an exam type,
imaging mode, and transducer.

Chapter 6 Technical description of the ultrasound system.


Technical Description
Note: Not all features and options described in this publication are available to all users.
Please check with your Siemens representative to determine the current availability of
features and options.

vi [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
1 Introduction
System Overview ............................................................................................... 3
Configurations ............................................................................................... 3
Language Formats......................................................................................... 3
Transducers................................................................................................... 3

Intended Use....................................................................................................... 4

Operating Modes................................................................................................ 5

Image Screen Layout ......................................................................................... 6


Screen Saver ................................................................................................. 6

Documentation and Storage Devices............................................................... 7

Measurements and Reports .............................................................................. 8

User-Defined System Settings.......................................................................... 9


QuickSets ...................................................................................................... 9
ReadySet Feature.......................................................................................... 9

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 1 - 1
1 Introduction

1 - 2 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
1 Introduction

System Overview
The SONOLINE G20™ system is a portable, digital diagnostic ultrasound [1] Instructions for Use
imaging system. The system utilizes advanced imaging processing and
Technical
transducer technology. The operating system is based on Windows® Description Ch 6
technology. Software/Hardware
Options Ch 6
The system software supports 2D-mode and M-mode imaging, standard
applications, exam-specific imaging presets, measurements, pictograms,
annotations, reports, worksheets, and system diagnostics. The system is
equipped with a DIMAQ-IP integrated workstation, including a CD-R/W
drive. The workstation provides capabilities for digital acquisition, storage,
and review of ultrasound studies. Additional system options provide
integration into a networking environment.
The design of this compact and lightweight system allows you access to
exam sites where floor space is limited. The ultrasound system can navigate
doorways, elevators, mobile van doors, and small examination rooms such
as those in clinics, in doctor’s offices, and in emergency departments.

Configurations
System configurations:
Two standard array transducer ports
Two standard array transducer ports and one mechanical sector
transducer port1
Two standard array transducer ports and one parking port for linear and
curved array transducers

Language Formats
Operating system software and control panel overlays support English,
German, French, Spanish, and Italian languages.

Transducers
Wideband transducer technology supports MultiHertz™ multiple frequency
imaging. Multi-frequency capability is available for all imaging transducers.

You can connect multiple transducers to the ultrasound imaging system,


with one transducer being the active transducer.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 1 - 3
1 Introduction

Intended Use
Caution: In the United States of America, federal law restricts this device to System Reference
sale or use by, or on the order of, a physician. Listing of
Transducers
The SONOLINE G20 ultrasound system supports the following applications: and Intended
Application Ch 1
Abdominal Musculoskeletal
Obstetrical Orthopedic
Gynecological Cardiac
Endovaginal Cranial
Urological Endorectal
Small Parts (Breast, Testicular, EM (Emergency Medicine)1
Thyroid)

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

1 - 4 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
1 Introduction

Operating Modes
Important: At the time of publication, A-mode was not cleared for use by the U.S. Food
and Drug Administration. Before using A-mode, check the current regulations for the
country in which you are using this system to determine if A-mode is cleared for use.

A-mode: A-mode is the amplitude mode. It can be displayed in a


2D-mode image.
2D-mode: 2D-mode is the default setting. When the system is powered
on, the image screen displays in 2D-mode.
Split (B+B) mode: Split mode creates side-by-side images from one
2D-mode image. The two images are simultaneously real-time or frozen.
Dual-mode: Dual-mode displays two acquired 2D-mode images.
Because the images are obtained separately, only one image at a time
displays in real-time.
4B-mode: 4B-mode displays four acquired 2D-mode images. One image
at a time displays in real-time.
2D/M-mode: 2D/M-mode displays a 2D image and an M-mode sweep.
Split 2D/M-mode: Split 2D/M-mode displays simultaneous 2D-mode
images with an M-mode sweep.
M-mode: Full screen M-mode display is available.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 1 - 5
1 Introduction

Image Screen Layout


The monitor on the ultrasound system displays clinical images together with [2] Instructions for Use
important operating parameters and patient data. There is a variety of
Sample Image
on-screen overlays and graphical objects to aid in image evaluation. Screen Ch A2

Many fields or areas of data displayed on the screen are multi-functional. System Reference
The image field can display a 2D-mode image, M-mode sweep, and their System Presets Ch 3
combinations, sets of calipers, pictograms and annotation text, biopsy
guidelines, and CINE icons. An image can be inverted on a vertical axis and
reversed on a horizontal axis to facilitate viewing and measurements.
EMC Note: Operating the ultrasound imaging system in close proximity to sources of
strong electromagnetic fields, such as radio transmitter stations or similar installations
may lead to interference visible on the monitor screen. However, the device has been
designed and tested to withstand such interference and will not be permanently
damaged.

Screen Saver
The screen saver feature automatically replaces the display with a blank
screen after the system has been inactive for a specified number of
F6
minutes. Restore the screen display by pressing any key or adjusting any
control. The first key that you press will restore the view without performing Display
►Screen Saver
a function. Press the key again to execute the command. Display
►Screen Saver Type
Display
►Screen Saver Time

1 - 6 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
1 Introduction

Documentation and Storage Devices


Caution: Peripheral devices specified for use with the ultrasound system are System Reference
listed in the System Reference. Any use of other devices with the system is at Accessories
the user's risk. and Options Ch 2

The system is configured with a CD (compact disk) disk drive for storage of
system software, patient data, and images.

You can connect one on-board image/report documentation device to


the system.
Black and white video printer (standard equipment)
Videocassette recorder (VCR)
Note: Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for specific information concerning the
operation of these devices.

WARNING: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces


must be certified according to the respective EN and IEC standards (for example,
EN 60950 and IEC 60950 for data processing equipment and EN 60601-1 and
IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all configurations shall comply
with the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1. Anyone who
connects additional equipment to any of the signal input or signal output ports
configures a medical system and is therefore responsible that the system
complies with the requirements of the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and
IEC 60601-1-1. Siemens can only guarantee the performance and safety of the
devices listed in the System Reference. If in doubt, consult Siemens service
department or your local Siemens representative.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 1 - 7
1 Introduction

Measurements and Reports


The measurement function is arranged by exam type and is available for use [2] Instructions for Use
with all exam types. The ultrasound system has measurement and report
Measurements
packages for the following exam types: and Reports:
General Ch B1
Obstetrics Obstetrical Ch B2
EM Ch B3
Early Obstetrics Urology Ch B4
Gynecology Rectal Ch B4
Cardiac Ch B5
Orthopedics QuickSets Ch A1
Urology
Cardiac
EM (Emergency Medicine)1
Rectal1
Additional specialty measurements include Hip Dysplasia, Residual Volume,
and Thyroid Volume.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

1 - 8 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
1 Introduction

User-Defined System Settings


You can customize many features of the ultrasound system by using the
system presets to designate default settings, or presets. The values are
stored in non-volatile memory and will remain intact when the system is
powered off.

Each user of the system can determine settings for imaging preferences
and default settings, then store them on a disk. Those user-defined settings
can then be loaded along with new system software. The disk also serves
as a backup.

QuickSets
The QuickSet feature allows you to capture an optimized configuration [2] Instructions for Use
of imaging parameter settings for a combination of a specific transducer
QuickSets Ch A1
and exam.

ReadySet Feature
Use the ReadySet™ onscreen workflow shortcut feature to provide System References
immediate access to your most frequently-used functions.
System Presets Ch 3
For example, you can assign an onscreen button to the image rotation
function. During imaging, you would roll the trackball to Rotate icon
(button) and then press the SET key for each 90° rotation of the image.
Use the system presets to assign onscreen buttons to the functions to use
with the ReadySet feature. For software versions 2.0 and higher, you can F6
also use the system presets to select a display option for the ReadySet
ReadySet
icons (onscreen buttons).

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 1 - 9
1 Introduction

1 - 10 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care
Operating Safety and Environment .................................................................. 3
System Symbols ........................................................................................... 3
Labels ............................................................................................................ 7
Biohazard Considerations ............................................................................ 10
Acoustic Output Mechanical and Thermal Indices .................................... 12
Mechanical and Thermal Indices .......................................................... 12
Transmit Power Control ....................................................................... 13
Transmit Power Display ....................................................................... 14
Imaging Functions that Change Acoustic Output ................................. 15
Transducer Surface Temperature Limits ..................................................... 16
Electrical Safety ........................................................................................... 17
Level of Protection Against Electrical Shock Transducers ................. 19
Defibrillators ......................................................................................... 19
Pacemakers.......................................................................................... 19
Possible Combinations with Other Equipment..................................... 20

Ultrasound System Care ............................................................................... 21


Daily Checklist ............................................................................................. 21
Maintenance................................................................................................ 22
Repair ................................................................................................... 22
Siemens Authorized Care..................................................................... 22
Cleaning and Disinfecting ............................................................................ 24
Cleaning and Disinfecting the System.................................................. 24
Cleaning an Air Filter ............................................................................ 27

Documentation and Storage Devices Care ................................................. 29

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 1
2 Safety and Care

Transducers Care ........................................................................................... 30


Cleaning and Disinfecting Transducers........................................................ 31
IPX8 Immersion Levels........................................................................ 33
Approved List of Disinfectants ............................................................. 35
Storage................................................................................................. 36
Repair ................................................................................................... 36
Protective case..................................................................................... 36

Transducer Accessories Care........................................................................ 37


Transducer Sheaths..................................................................................... 37
Storage................................................................................................. 37
Gel Pad ........................................................................................................ 38
Storage................................................................................................. 38
Needle Guide Bracket Kits........................................................................... 39
Storage and Transportation .................................................................. 39
Cleaning, Disinfecting, and Sterilizing Needle Guide Bracket
Kits ....................................................................................................... 39
Storage................................................................................................. 42

2 - 2 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Operating Safety and Environment


[1] Instructions for Use
Do not operate the ultrasound imaging system until you fully understand the
safety considerations and procedures presented in this manual. System Controls Ch 3

System Symbols
The table below is provided for your identification of important symbols
located in labels on the ultrasound imaging system and transducers.

Symbol Explanation
Alternating Current

V~ AC (alternating current) voltage source


Caution: Risk of electric shock.

Type BF Defibrillator-proof Patient Connection

Type BF Applied Part

Type CF Patient Connection

Consult Operator's Manual

Equipotential Connection

Footswitch Connector

Headphone Connection

Degauss Control

Monitor self test

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 3
2 Safety and Care

Symbol Explanation
Monitor Contrast control

Monitor Brightness control

Protective Earth Ground

Signal Earth Ground

Signal Input

Signal Output

Video Connection (monochrome video signals)

Start (of action for equipment)

Digital Interface, RS-232-C connection

USB Connection

Ethernet 10/100BaseT Connection

Status Indicator for DC Power Good (Green) or Green


Indicator Light

Printer Connection

Electronic Array Transducer Port (for standard


transducers)

Mechanical Sector Transducer Port (for mechanical


sector transducers)
Parking Port (for linear and convex transducers)

Transducer unlock (left) and lock (right) positions

2 - 4 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Symbol Explanation
Unlocked position

Locked position

Audio

Audio Level
Shelf Weight Restriction

ON only for MAINS control

OFF only for MAINS control

Power "On" standby switch


2 Safety and Care

Symbol Explanation
DEMKO-Denmark approval mark.
D
UL symbol for listing as recognized components for
E209216 Canada and United States of America
Gost-R symbol indicates that this product is certified
for conformity to the safety requirements of Russian
state standards.

(Installierte Volumen Komponente)


IVK Identifier of selected system components or parts for
product traceability.
UL Listing Mark

Bar Code

9 Volt Battery

Date of Manufacture symbol with the date below

2 - 6 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Labels

1 X-ray shielding notice


2 System warning label
Identification label
Certification label

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 7
2 Safety and Care

Example of X-ray shielding notice: "X-ray emission complies with FDA (DHHS) radiation
performance standards, 21 CFR subchapter J applicable at date of manufacture."

1 Location of Identification Label

Example of system warning label.

2 - 8 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Example of identification label.

Example of certification label – 115V, 230V. Example of certification label – 230V.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 9
2 Safety and Care

Biohazard Considerations
WARNING: This equipment is not suitable for intracardiac use or direct
cardiac contact.

WARNING: For neonatal head imaging, Siemens recommends that you


exercise special care during neonatal cephalic scanning to avoid possible
damage to the posterior region of the eye. The ultrasound energy emitted by the
transducer easily penetrates the fontanels of the infant.

WARNING: Siemens makes every effort to manufacture safe and effective


transducers. You must take all necessary precautions to eliminate the possibility
of exposing patients, operators, or third parties to hazardous or infectious
materials. These precautions should be considered in the use of any application
that may indicate the need for such care, and during endocavity or intraoperative
scanning; during biopsy or puncture procedures; or when scanning patients with
open wounds.

WARNING: To eliminate the possibility of exposing patients, operators, or third


parties to hazardous or infectious materials, always dispose hazardous or
infectious materials according to medical regulations for biohazardous waste.

WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical


devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised
to identify latex-sensitive patients and to be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information in the U.S.A., refer to FDA Medical Alert
MDA91-1.
[1] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Ultrasound energy is transmitted more effectively through water
than through tissue. When using a standoff device of any kind, for example, a Transducer Care 2-30
gel pad, the actual mechanical and thermal indices, MI and/or TI, may be higher
than indicated in the output display on the system.

2 - 10 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

The assessment of the biological effects of diagnostic ultrasound on


humans is a subject of ongoing scientific research. This system, and all
diagnostic ultrasound procedures, should be used for valid reasons, for the
shortest possible period of time, and at the lowest mechanical and thermal
indices necessary to produce clinically acceptable images.
System Reference
According to the ALARA (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) principles,
acoustic output should be set to the lowest level required to Acoustic Output Ch 1
satisfactorily perform the examination.
The ultrasound imaging system complies with the standards of the
American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM), the National Electrical
Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), the guidelines of the United States
Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and the guidelines of the International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) in terms of safety and acoustic output
levels. The ultrasound output levels are stated to permit the user to critically
evaluate the system settings in the event of new research findings
being announced.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 11
2 Safety and Care

Acoustic Output Mechanical and


Thermal Indices
WARNING: Ultrasound procedures should be used for valid reasons, for the
shortest period of time, and at the lowest mechanical/thermal index setting
necessary to produce clinically acceptable images.
System Reference
The ultrasound system incorporates an output display of Mechanical and
Thermal Indices to allow you to monitor, and to limit, the amount of Acoustic Output Ch 1
ultrasound energy that is transferred to the patient.
Note: For systems distributed in the United States of America, refer to the Medical [1] Instructions for Use
Ultrasound Safety ultrasound education program brochure produced by the AIUM that is Changing the
included in the System Reference. Transmit Power 2-13
Transmit Power
Display 2-14
Mechanical and Thermal Indices
The system displays the Mechanical and Thermal Indices during real-time
imaging, in all imaging modes, when the Mechanical Index or the Thermal
Indices are equal to or exceed a value of 0.4.
. . . . .
. . .

130

Location of mechanical and thermal indices on the image screen.

Indices display in the abbreviated form shown below:


MI: Mechanical Index
TIB: Bone Thermal Index (fetal application)
TIS: Soft Tissue Thermal Index
TIC: Cranial Thermal Index

2 - 12 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Transmit Power Control


[1] Instructions for Use
Adjust the transmit power and the corresponding acoustic pressure delivered
through the transducer to the patient by using the designated control on the Functions Affecting
system. It is the main system function that determines the transmitted Acoustic Output 2-15
intensity of ultrasound for all transducers and imaging modes during real-time
imaging, though it is not the only function that affects the mechanical and
thermal indices. The range and especially the maximum level of the
mechanical and thermal indices differ depending on the transducers. In
addition, each diagnostic exam type has preset values for mechanical and
thermal indices.
Note: Maximum transmit acoustic intensity and the mechanical index for each exam type
are limited in accordance with the United States Food and Drug Administration's (FDA)
recommendations and guidelines. System default transmit intensity and mechanical index
values are always below the FDA recommendations for each exam type. Although some
exam types may default to a condition of maximum allowable transmit power, there are
other system controls or functions that could raise acoustic output levels.

To adjust the transmit power:


1. During real-time 2D-mode or M-mode imaging, press the MENU key on
the control panel.
The system displays the default menu or the menu last viewed.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight the menu category (2D or M) at the top of
the menu on the left of the screen and then press the SET key.
The system displays the list of available menu categories.

3. Roll the trackball to highlight Tx and then press the SET key.
4. To increase the transmit power, roll the trackball to highlight Tx Power
and then press the SET key. You can alternately rotate the SELECT
control when Tx Power is active.
5. To decrease the transmit power, roll the trackball to highlight
Tx Power and then press the SET key. You can alternately rotate the
SELECT control when Tx Power is active.
6. Press the MENU key to exit the menu.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 13
2 Safety and Care

Transmit Power Display


System Reference
The transmit power range is from –20 dB to 0 dB. Selecting 0 dB, or 100%, in
combination with other system controls or functions generates the maximum System Presets Ch 3
acoustic intensity and mechanical index for each transducer, where:

ISPTA.3 : ≤ 720 mW/cm2 and MI ≤ 1.9


F6
Use the system presets to determine whether the power value displays on
General
the image screen in decibels, dB, or as a percentage of the maximum ►Beep Volume
allowable power. ►Tx Power
Display Format
0 dB -3 dB -6 dB -9 dB -12 dB -15 dB -18 dB -21 dB -24 dB

100% 71% 50% 35% 25% 18% 13% 9% 6%


Comparison of decibels to percentages.

When the power level is changed, the system briefly highlights the power
value to indicate the change.
. . . . .
. . .

130

Location of power display on the image screen.

2 - 14 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Imaging Functions that Change Acoustic Output


WARNING: Observe the real-time display of mechanical and thermal indices
(MI/TI) at all times.

In addition to the adjustment of the transmit power, adjustment of the


following imaging functions and/or controls may affect the acoustic output:

Automatic Time-out
Exam Type
Field of View (Scan Angle); 2D Steering Angle for linear array
transducers
Focus
Frame Rate
Resolution/Speed setting
Density setting
Freeze
Image Depth
Imaging Mode
Multi-Frequency
Power On/Off
System Presets and QuickSets
THI (using MULTIHERTZ control)
Transducer
Gel Pad Use

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 15
2 Safety and Care

Transducer Surface Temperature Limits


The following table provides the maximum surface temperature of the
transducers compatible with the system.

Maximum surface temperatures are in accordance with IEC 60601-2-37.


Maximum Temperature
Transducer TMM Still Air
C4-2 < 42.4° C < 41.0° C
C5-2 < 41.2° C < 41.0° C
C8-5 < 41.0° C < 41.0° C
7.5L75S < 41.0° C < 41.0° C
L10-5 < 41.5° C < 41.0° C
EV9-4 < 41.6° C < 41.0° C
EC9-4 < 41.8° C < 41.4° C
Endo-V II < 41.0° C < 41.0° C
Endo-P II < 41.0° C < 41.0° C
TMM = Tissue Mimicking Material

2 - 16 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Electrical Safety
WARNING: For 115V systems: To ensure grounding reliability, only connect the
system to a hospital-grade power outlet.

WARNING: The AC power connector plug for the ultrasound system is a


three-prong grounded plug (in the U.S.A.) and should never be adapted to any
two-prong (non-grounded) outlet, either by modifying the plug or by using an
adapter. In the U.S.A., proper grounding requires the AC power connector plug
to be plugged into a hospital-grade power outlet.

WARNING: To avoid electrical shock, never modify the ultrasound system's AC


power connector plug, as doing so may overload your facility's power circuits.
To ensure grounding reliability, connect the system only to an equivalent outlet.

WARNING: To avoid electrical shock, never use equipment that shows signs of
wear or tampering, or whose ground plug has been bypassed using an adapter.

WARNING: Equipment connected to the ultrasound system and in the patient


zone must be powered from a medically-isolated power source or must be a
medically-isolated device. Equipment powered from a non-isolated source can
result in chassis leakage currents exceeding safe levels. Chassis leakage current
created by an accessory or device connected to a non-isolated outlet may add to
the chassis leakage current of the ultrasound system.

WARNING: Using an extension cord or multi-socket outlet setup to provide


power to the imaging system, or to the system's peripheral devices may
compromise the system grounding and cause your system to exceed leakage
current limits.

WARNING: To avoid electrical shock and damage to the ultrasound system,


power off and unplug the equipment from the AC power outlet before cleaning
and disinfecting.

WARNING: Do not pour any fluid onto the ultrasound system surfaces, as fluid
seepage into the electrical circuitry may cause excessive leakage current or
system failure.

WARNING: To ensure proper grounding and leakage current levels, it is the


policy of Siemens to have an authorized Siemens representative or Siemens-
approved third party perform all on-board connections of documentation and
storage devices to the ultrasound system.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 17
2 Safety and Care

WARNING: To maintain the safety and functionality of the ultrasound system,


maintenance must be performed every 12 months. Electrical safety tests must
also be performed at regular intervals as specified by local safety regulations, or
as needed.

Caution: To avoid the possibility of static shock and damage to the system,
avoid the use of aerosol spray cleaners on the monitor screens.

Caution: Do not use spray cleaners on the ultrasound system, as this may
force cleaning fluid into the system and damage electronic components. It is
also possible for the solvent fumes to build up and form flammable gases or
damage internal components.

EMC Note: Operating the ultrasound system in close proximity to sources of strong
electromagnetic fields, such as radio transmitter stations or similar installations may lead
to interference visible on the monitor screen. However, the device has been designed and
tested to withstand such interference and will not be permanently damaged.

2 - 18 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Level of Protection Against Electrical Shock


Transducers
WARNING: Only use Type BF transducers with the ultrasound system to
maintain a level of protection against electrical shock.

According to EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1, the assemblies for the


endocavity transducers, linear array transducers, and curved array
transducers provide a "Level of Protection Against Electrical Shock" of
"Type BF."

The Type BF icon is located on the transducer label.

Defibrillators
WARNING: The ECG function is designed to withstand the effects of
defibrillation. However, when possible, disconnect the ECG leads during
defibrillation since a malfunction of the safety controls could otherwise result in
electrical burns for the patient.

For patient safety, be sure to use defibrillators that do not have grounded
patient circuits.

Pacemakers
WARNING: Pacemakers may be susceptible to the high frequency electrical signal
generated by ultrasound equipment. Use precautions when using ultrasound
equipment on or near someone with a pacemaker. If there is interference,
immediately discontinue the examination and power off the ultrasound system.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 19
2 Safety and Care

Possible Combinations with Other Equipment


System Reference
WARNING: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital
interfaces must be certified according to the respective EN and IEC standards Peripheral
Equipment Ch 2, Ch 4
(for example, EN 60950 and IEC 60950 for data processing equipment and
EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all
configurations shall comply with the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and
IEC 60601-1-1. Anyone who connects additional equipment to any of the signal
input or signal output ports configures a medical system and is therefore
responsible that the system complies with the requirements of the system
standards EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1. Siemens can only guarantee the
performance and safety of the devices listed in the System Reference. If in
doubt, consult Siemens service department or your local Siemens
representative.

The ultrasound system is capable of supporting one on-board


documentation device.

2 - 20 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Ultrasound System Care


It is the responsibility of the user to verify that the ultrasound system is safe
for diagnostic operation on a daily basis. Each day, prior to using the system,
perform each of the steps in the Daily Checklist.

All exterior parts of the system, including the control panel, keyboard,
transducers, and biopsy devices, should be cleaned and/or disinfected as
necessary or between uses. Clean each component to remove any surface
particles. Disinfect components to kill vegetative organisms and viruses.

The air filter on the ultrasound system must be cleaned regularly to maintain
proper system cooling. Remove and check the air filter weekly, and clean as
needed.

Daily Checklist
Perform the following each day before using the ultrasound system:
Visually inspect all transducers. Do not use a transducer which has a
cracked, punctured, or discolored casing or a frayed cable.
Discoloration Exception: The use of Cidex OPA and Gigasept FF disinfectants may [1] Instructions for Use
cause discoloration of transducer housings. You can continue to use a transducer if it Air Filters 2-27
is discolored due to the use of these specific disinfectants only. Approved List
of Disinfectants 2-35
Visually inspect all power cords. Do not turn on the power if a cord is
frayed or split, or shows signs of wear.
If your system's power cord is frayed or split, or shows signs of wear,
contact your Siemens service representative for power cord
replacement.
Verify that the trackball, DGC slide controls, and other controls on the
control panel are clean and free from gel or other contaminants.
Once the system is powered on:
Visually check the on-screen displays and lighting.
Verify that the monitor displays the current date and time.
Verify that the transducer identification and indicated frequency are
correct for the active transducer.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 21
2 Safety and Care

Maintenance
WARNING: To maintain the safety and functionality of the ultrasound system,
maintenance must be performed every 12 months. Electrical safety tests must
also be performed at regular intervals as specified by local safety regulations, or
as needed.

Repair
For questions regarding repair or replacement of any equipment parts on
your system, contact your Siemens service representative.

Siemens Authorized Care


Installers and operators must observe any statutory regulations that govern
the installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of this equipment.

To ensure the safety of patients, operators, and third parties, the equipment
must be inspected every 12 months, and the replacement of parts is
performed as necessary. This maintenance must be performed by a
qualified Siemens authorized representative. It is important to inspect the
equipment more frequently if it is operated under extraordinary conditions.

Perform inspections and maintenance at the prescribed intervals to avoid


worn and hazardous parts due to wear. Contact the Siemens service
department for information regarding the required maintenance. As
manufacturers and installers of ultrasound equipment, Siemens cannot
assume responsibility for the safety properties, reliability, and/or
performance of the equipment, if:
Installations, extensions, readjustments, modifications, additions, or
repairs are carried out by persons not specifically authorized by
Siemens.
Components that affect the safe operation of the system are replaced
by parts not authorized by Siemens.
The electrical installation of the room where the equipment is located
does not meet the power and environmental requirements stated in
this manual.
The equipment is not used in accordance with the operating
instructions.
The system is operated by personnel not adequately educated or trained.

2 - 22 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Siemens suggests that you request any person who performs maintenance,
or repairs, to provide you with a certificate showing:
The nature and extent of the work performed
Changes in rated performance
Changes in working ranges
Date of service
Name of person or firm performing the service
Signature of person performing the service
Technical documentation pertinent to the imaging system is available at an
additional charge. However, this does not in any way constitute an
authorization to conduct repairs or maintenance. Siemens refuses all
responsibility whatsoever for repairs that are performed without the express
written consent of the Siemens service department.

WARNING: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital


interfaces must be certified according to the respective EN and IEC standards
(for example, EN 60950 and IEC 60950 for data processing equipment and
EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all
configurations shall comply with the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and
IEC 60601-1-1. Anyone who connects additional equipment to any signal input or
signal output ports configures a medical system and is therefore responsible
that the system complies with the requirements of the system standards
EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1. Siemens can only guarantee the performance
and safety of the devices listed in the System Reference. If in doubt, consult
Siemens service department or your local Siemens representative.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 23
2 Safety and Care

Cleaning and Disinfecting


You must take all necessary precautions to eliminate the possibility of
exposing patients, operators, or third parties to hazardous or infectious
materials. Use universal precautions when cleaning and disinfecting. You
should treat all portions of the imaging system that come in contact with
human blood or other body fluids as if they were known to be infectious.

All exterior parts of the system, including the control panel, transducers, and
biopsy devices, should be cleaned and/or disinfected as necessary or
between uses. Clean each component to remove any surface particles.
Disinfect the components to kill vegetative organisms and viruses.

Cleaning and Disinfecting the System


WARNING: To avoid electric shock and damage to the system, always power
off and disconnect the equipment from the AC power source before cleaning
and disinfecting.

WARNING: Contents of some disinfecting agents are known to be health


hazards. Their concentration in the air must not exceed an applicable specified
limit. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions when using these agents.

Caution: To avoid the possibility of static shock and damage to the ultrasound
system, avoid the use of aerosol spray cleaners on the monitor screens.
[1] Instructions for Use
Caution: Do not clean the system with chlorinated or aromatic solvents, acidic
or basic solutions, isopropyl alcohol or strong cleaners such as ammoniated Trackball Cleaning 2-26
products, as these can damage the surface of the system. Isopropyl alcohol
exception: It is acceptable to use isopropyl alcohol when cleaning the trackball
assembly only. Use the recommended cleaning procedure.

Caution: Do not use spray cleaners on the ultrasound system, or pour fluid
onto the system surfaces, as fluid can seep into the system and damage
electronic components. It is also possible for the solvent fumes to build up and
form flammable gases or damage internal components.

Caution: Do not pour any fluid onto the ultrasound system surfaces, as fluid
seepage into the electrical circuitry may cause excessive leakage current or
system failure.

2 - 24 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

System Surfaces
The following instructions describe cleaning the surface of the ultrasound
system, including the trackball and transducer holder.

To clean the surface of the ultrasound system:


1. Power off ( ) the ultrasound system and unplug the power cord from
the power outlet.
2. Use a clean gauze pad or lint-free cloth, lightly moistened with a mild
detergent, to wipe the surface of the ultrasound system.
Take particular care to clean the areas near the trackball and the slide
controls. Ensure these areas are free of gel and any other visible
residue.

Ensure that cleaning solution does not seep into the control panel,
keyboard, or any other openings.

3. After cleaning, use a clean, lint-free cloth to dry the surface.


4. After cleaning, reconnect the ultrasound system power cord into the
power outlet.

To clean the optional monitor filter:


1. Power off ( ) the ultrasound system and unplug the power cord from
the power outlet.
2. Use the cloth provided with the optional monitor filter to gently wipe the
surface of the filter.

To clean the holders for transducers and coupling gel:


[1] Instructions for Use
1. Remove the holder from the ultrasound system:
Holder attachment
Reach under the holder to locate the tab on the holder. The tab extends and detachment Ch 4
below the point of attachment to the ultrasound system. Squeeze the
tab towards the holder and pull the holder downward.

2. Clean the holder under running water, using a mild detergent and dry
with a lint-free cloth.
3. Reattach the holder to the ultrasound system:
Align the support on the holder directly below the point of attachment
on the ultrasound system and firmly push upwards until the holder
snaps into place.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 25
2 Safety and Care

To clean the trackball:

Caution: Do not drop or place foreign objects inside the trackball assembly.
This may affect the trackball's operation and damage the system.

1. Remove the front panel bezel.


2. Remove the trackball.
3. Clean the trackball with tissue and isopropyl alcohol.
4. Clean the inside of the trackball assembly with a cotton swab and
isopropyl alcohol, paying particular attention to the X and Y encoders
and the idler wheel.
5. Allow the assembly parts to completely dry before reassembly.
6. Replace the trackball and front panel bezel.

1 Front panel 1 X and


bezel Y encoders
2 Trackball 2 Idler wheel

Example of trackball assembly.

2 - 26 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Cleaning an Air Filter


The air filter on the ultrasound system must be cleaned regularly to maintain
proper system cooling. Remove and check the air filter weekly, and clean as
needed.

1 Location of Air Filter

Location of air filter.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 27
2 Safety and Care

To remove and clean the air filter:

Caution: Do not scrub, stretch, or bend the filter, or apply heat to the filter, as
doing so could damage the filter.

1. Power off and unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
2. Grasp the filter by its tab and pull it out of the slot.
3. Rinse the air filter with running water and allow the filter to
completely dry.
To hasten drying, you may gently shake the filter, or blot the filter with a
clean, lint-free cloth.

Caution: Do not insert a wet filter as this can damage the system.

4. Slide the air filter back into the ultrasound system.


5. Plug the power cord into the power outlet.

2 - 28 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Documentation and Storage Devices


Care
For information on the care of an optional documentation or storage device,
please refer to the manufacturer's operating instructions that accompanied
the device.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 29
2 Safety and Care

Transducers Care
WARNING: Always place a sterile, non-pyrogenic transducer sheath on a
transducer used in procedures requiring sterility.

WARNING: To minimize the risk of cross-contamination and infectious


diseases, endocavity and intraoperative transducers must be cleaned and
high-level disinfected after each use. A sterile, non-pyrogenic transducer sheath
must be in place during procedures requiring sterility.

WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical


devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised to
identify latex-sensitive patients and to be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information in the U.S.A., refer to FDA Medical Alert
MDA91-1.

WARNING: During neurosurgical procedures, if a transducer becomes


contaminated with tissue or fluids of a patient known to have Creutzfeld-Jacob
disease, the transducer should be destroyed, as it cannot be sterilized.

WARNING: When using an endocavity or intraoperative transducer with a


CF type applied part, the patient leakage currents may be additive.

WARNING: The outer surfaces of an endocavity or intraoperative transducer


should be checked to ensure there are no unintended rough surfaces, sharp
edges, or protrusions that may cause a safety hazard.

Caution: Transducers are sensitive instruments – irreparable damage may


occur if they are dropped, knocked against other objects, cut, or punctured. Do
not attempt to repair or alter any part of a transducer.

Caution: To avoid cable damage, do not roll the system over transducer cables.

Caution: To avoid damage to the transducer, do not use transducer sheaths


containing an oil-based coating or petroleum- or mineral oil-based ultrasound
coupling agents. Use only a water-based ultrasound coupling agent.

Caution: Follow all instructions provided by manufacturers of sterile goods


(transducer sheaths) to ensure proper handling, storage, and cycling of all
sterile goods.

Take extreme care when handling or storing transducers. They must not be
dropped, jarred, or knocked against other objects. Do not allow transducers
to come into contact with any sharp-edged or pointed object.

2 - 30 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Cleaning and Disinfecting Transducers


[1] Instructions for Use
WARNING: To avoid electrical shock and damage to the system, disconnect
the transducer prior to cleaning or disinfecting. High-level
disinfection 2-32
Immersion Levels 2-33
WARNING: Disinfectants and cleaning methods listed are recommended by
Siemens for compatibility with product materials, not for biological
effectiveness. Refer to disinfectant label instructions for guidance on
disinfection efficacy and appropriate clinical uses.

Caution: Do not sterilize transducers using hot steam, cold gas, or Ethylene
Oxide (ETO) methods. Before applying any other methods which might be
recommended by manufacturers of sterilization equipment, please contact your
Siemens representative.

Caution: To avoid damage to the transducer, observe the immersion levels


indicated for each transducer type. Do not immerse or allow the cable or
connector of a transducer to become wet.

Caution: The transducers have been designed and tested to be able to


withstand high-level disinfection as recommended by the manufacturer of the
disinfectant product. Carefully follow the disinfectant manufacturer's
instructions. Do not immerse for more than one hour.

Caution: Do not use abrasive cleaning agents, organic solvents such as


benzene, isopropyl alcohol, or phenol-based substances, or cleaning agents
containing organic solvents to clean or disinfect transducers. These substances
can damage the transducers.

Caution: Do not use a spray cleaner on a transducer, as this may force cleaning
fluid inside the housing and damage the transducer.

All transducers should be cleaned and disinfected prior to their use on each
patient. Endocavity and intraoperative transducers require high-level
disinfection prior to use.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 31
2 Safety and Care

To clean and disinfect a transducer:


1. Disconnect the transducer from the system.
2. Moisten a clean gauze pad with water and wipe the transducer to
remove any gel or particles remaining on the transducer.
3. Carefully wipe the entire transducer, including the cable and connector.
4. To disinfect the transducer, take care to keep the cable strain relief and
connector of the transducer dry while immersing the transducer in an
approved disinfectant to the level indicated in the following illustration.
5. Carefully follow the disinfectant manufacturer's instructions.
6. After cleaning or disinfecting, use a clean cloth to dry the transducer.

To high-level disinfect a transducer:


1. Disconnect the transducer from the system.
2. Thoroughly clean, rinse, and dry the transducer.
3. Take care to keep the cable strain relief and connector of the transducer
dry while immersing the transducer in an approved disinfectant to the
level indicated in the following illustration.
4. Carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions for high-level disinfection.
5. After high-level disinfecting, use a clean cloth to dry the transducer.

2 - 32 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

IPX8 Immersion Levels


Caution: To avoid damage to the transducer, observe the immersion levels
indicated for each transducer type. Transducers with the protection level IPX8
are indicated by the presence of the "IPX8" symbol on the connector of the
transducer. If a transducer does not have the "IPX8" symbol on the connector of
the transducer, then observe the immersion levels provided in the illustration for
Non-IPX8 transducers.

Transducers meet Ingress Protection level IPX8 of EN 60539 and IEC 60539
to the depth of the immersion line shown in the illustration only for
transducers with the "IPX8" symbol on the connector of the transducer.

Example of transducer labels with IPX8 symbol.

EC9-4, EV9-4, Linear Curved


Endo-V II

IPX8 Immersion Levels.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 33
2 Safety and Care

Non-IPX8 Immersion Levels


Caution: To avoid damage to the transducer, observe the immersion levels
indicated for each transducer type. Transducers without the protection level
IPX8 do not have the "IPX8" symbol on the connector of the transducer. If a
transducer does not have the "IPX8" symbol on the connector of the transducer,
then observe the Non-IPX8 Immersion Level illustration,

1 20 cm (Endo-P II)

Endo-P II 7.5L75S

Non-IPX8 Immersion Levels.

Note: Non-IPX8 transducers meet Ingress Protection level IPX7 to the depth of the
immersion line shown in the above illustration.

2 - 34 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Approved List of Disinfectants


The following matrix provides a list of approved disinfectants for
all transducers.
Note: Cidex OPA and Gigasept FF may discolor transducer housings. There is no
associated degradation of imaging performance or transducer reliability.

Cidex Cidex Plus Cidex OPA Milton Virkon Gigasept FF


C4-2
C5-2
C8-5
7.5L75S
L10-5
EC9-4
EV9-4
Endo-V II NC
Endo-P II NA NA NA
= compatible
NC = not compatible
NA = not applicable (not tested)

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 35
2 Safety and Care

Storage
Store transducers in a clean and dry environment. Extreme temperatures or
humidity may damage a transducer.

Repair
Do not attempt to repair or alter any part of the transducer. Contact your
service representative at Siemens immediately if a transducer appears to be
damaged or malfunctions in any way.

Protective case
[1] Instructions for Use
Due to the mechanical sensitivity of transducers, Siemens recommends that
you always use the transducer case when you ship a transducer or transport System Care 2-21
it from one place of examination to another. The case is specially designed Temperatures Ch 6
to protect the sensitive parts of the transducer. Be sure that all parts of the
transducer are properly placed inside the case before you close the lid.

2 - 36 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Transducer Accessories Care


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Ensure the accessories for a transducer are properly cleaned,
sterilized or disinfected as appropriate before each use to avoid possible Attachment
Procedures Ch C1
patient contamination.

Instructions for care are provided for the following accessories


for transducers:
Transducer Sheaths
Gel pads
Needle Guide Bracket Kits

Transducer Sheaths
WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical
devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised to
identify latex-sensitive patients and to be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information in the U.S.A., refer to FDA Medical Alert
MDA91-1.

WARNING: To minimize the risk of cross-contamination and infectious


diseases, endocavity transducers must be cleaned and high-level disinfected
after each use. A sterile, non-pyrogenic transducer sheath must be in place
during procedures requiring sterility.

Caution: Siemens recommends that you follow all instructions provided by


manufacturers of sterile goods (transducer sheaths) to ensure proper handling,
storage, and cycling of all sterile goods.

Using a disposable latex transducer sheath on a transducer reduces the


possibility of cross-contamination. Always use a protective transducer
sheath for endocavity exams, and when scanning an open wound or an area
where the skin is not intact.

Storage
Caution: Do not store transducer sheaths in direct sunlight, as ultraviolet
damage can result.

Latex products have a limited shelf life, and should be stored in a cool, dry,
dark place with an ambient temperature between –5°C and +40°C and up to
80% relative humidity at +40°C. Before use, examine these products for any
material flaws. Some packaging may list an expiration date. Any product
showing flaws, or whose expiration date has passed, should not be used.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 37
2 Safety and Care

Gel Pad
Before use, examine the gel pad for any material flaws. Thinning, bulging,
or brittleness of the material indicates damage. Any product showing flaws
should not be used.

Storage
Do not store gel pads below 5°C nor above 57°C. Gel pads have a limited
shelf life. Before use, examine these products for any material flaws. Some
packaging may list an expiration date. Any product showing flaws, or whose
expiration date has passed, should not be used.

2 - 38 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Needle Guide Bracket Kits


WARNING: If a needle guide becomes contaminated with tissue or fluids of a
patient known to have Creutzfeld-Jacob disease, then the needle guide should
be destroyed. Sterilization is not effective against Creutzfeld-Jacob
contamination.
[2] Instructions for Use
Needle guide bracket kits are available for biopsy and puncture procedures
for specific transducers. Compatible
Transducers Ch C1

Storage and Transportation


Always clean and sterilize or high-level disinfect components used in a
needle puncture or biopsy procedure after each use.

Cleaning, Disinfecting, and Sterilizing Needle


Guide Bracket Kits
EC9-4 Disposable Endocavity Needle Guide
WARNING: The needle guide is packaged sterile and is a single-use item.
Do not use if the packaging indicates signs of tampering or if the expiration date
has passed.

The disposable endocavity needle guide is a single-use item. Refer to the


in-box instructions for disposal instructions.

EC9-4 Stainless Steel Endocavity Needle Guide


WARNING: Needle Guide Bracket kits are packaged non-sterile. Sterilize these
products prior to their first use.

The stainless steel endocavity needle guide is a reusable item. Refer to the
in-box instructions for attachment and care procedures, including cleaning
and sterilization.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 39
2 Safety and Care

6.5EV13 Needle Guide Bracket Kit (EV9-4)


WARNING: Needle Guide Bracket kits are packaged non-sterile. Sterilize these
products prior to their first use.

To clean:
1. Rinse the guide under water, and then scrub the inside of the guide with
a brush.
2. Visually inspect the guide to make sure all debris is removed.

To sterilize:
1. Prior to sterilization, clean the needle guide.
2. Sterilize holders and needle guides using steam at a temperature of
121°C to 123°C for an exposure time of 15 to 30 minutes. This is a
gravity-displacement steam sterilization method.

Endo-V II Needle Guide Bracket Kit


WARNING: Needle Guide Bracket kits are packaged non-sterile. Sterilize these
products prior to their first use.

To clean:
1. Rinse the guide under water, and then scrub the inside of the guide with
a brush.
2. Visually inspect the guide to make sure all debris is removed.

To sterilize:
1. Prior to sterilization, clean the needle guide.
2. Sterilize holders and needle guides using steam at a temperature of
121°C to 134°C for an exposure time of 15 to 30 minutes. This is a
gravity-displacement steam sterilization method.

2 - 40 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
2 Safety and Care

Endo-P II Needle Guide Bracket Kit


WARNING: Needle Guide Bracket kits are packaged non-sterile. Sterilize these
products prior to their first use.

To clean:
1. Rinse the guide under water, and then scrub the inside of the guide with
a brush.
2. Visually inspect the guide to make sure all debris is removed.

To sterilize:
1. Prior to sterilization, clean the needle guide.
2. Sterilize holders and needle guides using steam at a temperature of
121°C to 123°C for an exposure time of 15 to 30 minutes. This is a
gravity-displacement steam sterilization method.

S-Array Needle Guide Bracket Kit (7.5L75S)


WARNING: Needle Guide Bracket kits are packaged non-sterile. Sterilize these
products prior to their first use.

To clean:
1. Rinse the guide under water, and then scrub the inside of the guide with
a brush.
2. Visually inspect the guide to make sure all debris is removed.

To sterilize:
1. Prior to sterilization, clean the needle guide.
2. Sterilize holders and needle guides using steam at a temperature of
121°C to 123°C for an exposure time of 15 to 30 minutes. This is a
gravity-displacement steam sterilization method.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 2 - 41
2 Safety and Care

Universal Needle Guide, Stainless


WARNING: Needle Guide Bracket kits are packaged non-sterile. Sterilize these
products prior to their first use. Refer to the sterilization procedures for the
Universal Needle Guide in the following pages.

Prior to sterilization, clean the universal needle guide bracket and insert(s)
using an enzymatic cleaner.

To clean:
1. Rinse the bracket and insert(s) with water.
2. Soak the bracket and insert(s) in an enzymatic cleaner.
Carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions.
3. Rinse the bracket and insert(s) with water to remove any debris and
remaining cleaner.

To sterilize:
Sterilize the bracket and needle guide insert(s) using a wrapped,
gravity-displacement steam sterilization at a temperature of 121ºC to
123ºC for an exposure time of 15 to 30 minutes.

Storage
Always clean and sterilize components used in a needle puncture or biopsy
procedure after each use.

2 - 42 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls
Control Panel ...................................................................................................... 5
Control Panel Lighting ................................................................................... 6
Control Panel Audio Signal ............................................................................ 6
Trackball ........................................................................................................ 6
Trackball Assignment ............................................................................. 7
Select ............................................................................................................ 8
Caliper ........................................................................................................... 9
Freeze............................................................................................................ 9
Selection and Entry Keys............................................................................. 10
Escape.................................................................................................. 10
Set........................................................................................................ 10
Menu.................................................................................................... 10
2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Controls .................................................... 11
2D......................................................................................................... 11
Split ...................................................................................................... 11
Dual/Select ........................................................................................... 12
4B......................................................................................................... 12
M.......................................................................................................... 13
L/R Flip ................................................................................................. 13
Image Parameter Controls........................................................................... 14
Transducer ........................................................................................... 14
MultiHertz ............................................................................................ 14
DGC...................................................................................................... 14
Depth/Zoom ......................................................................................... 15
Focus.................................................................................................... 16

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 1
3 System Controls

Pictograms and Annotation ......................................................................... 17


Text ...................................................................................................... 17
Pictogram ............................................................................................. 17
Documentation Controls.............................................................................. 18
Print Store ............................................................................................ 18
Digital Store 1....................................................................................... 18
Digital Store 2....................................................................................... 18
Review ................................................................................................. 19
Special Function Controls ............................................................................ 19
CINE ..................................................................................................... 19

Alphanumeric Keyboard .................................................................................. 20


Shortcut Keys .............................................................................................. 20
Special Characters ....................................................................................... 21
Function Keys.............................................................................................. 22
F1 – New Patient.................................................................................. 22
F2 – Report........................................................................................... 22
F3 – Patient Data .................................................................................. 22
F4 – Patient Browser............................................................................ 22
F5 – Exam ............................................................................................ 22
F6 – Preset Menu................................................................................. 23

F7 – (Task Light)............................................................................. 23
F8 – QuickSet....................................................................................... 23
F9 – Arrow............................................................................................ 23
F10 – Home.......................................................................................... 23
F11 – Home Set ................................................................................... 24
F12 – Delete Word ............................................................................... 24
F13 – Hide Text .................................................................................... 24
F14 – Clear Screen ............................................................................... 24
F15 – Biopsy......................................................................................... 24
Other Alphanumeric Keys............................................................................ 25
Arrows.................................................................................................. 25
Alt......................................................................................................... 25
Backspace ............................................................................................ 25
Caps Lock............................................................................................. 25
Ctrl........................................................................................................ 25
Enter..................................................................................................... 25
Shift...................................................................................................... 26
Space Bar ............................................................................................. 26
Tab ....................................................................................................... 26
Video I/O .............................................................................................. 26

3 - 2 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Footswitch ........................................................................................................ 27

Menu Selections............................................................................................... 27
Transmit Power Selections.......................................................................... 27
2D-Mode Selections .................................................................................... 28
M-Mode Selections ..................................................................................... 29
CINE Selections........................................................................................... 29
Selections for 2D-Mode Measurements and Calculations........................... 30
Selections for M-Mode Measurements and Calculations ............................ 31
Selections for All Measurements and Calculations...................................... 31
Biopsy/Puncture Selections......................................................................... 31

Selections in DIMAQ-IP (Patient Data Management) ................................... 32


Study Screen DIMAQ-IP ........................................................................... 32
Image Screen DIMAQ-IP........................................................................... 34
Options Dialog Box............................................................................... 35

DICOM Screen Selections ............................................................................... 36


Study Screen ............................................................................................... 36
Image Screen .............................................................................................. 37
DICOM Screen ............................................................................................ 37
Printer Layout Pages ............................................................................ 38
Print and Store Queues ........................................................................ 39

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 3
3 System Controls

3 - 4 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Control Panel
The controls for all imaging modes, parameters, documentation, and system [1] Instructions for Use
selections are designed to promote quick learning and recognition of the
Keyboard 3-20
controls and functions. The ultrasound imaging system has a combination of
keys, rotary knobs, push and rotate controls, push controls, and
function keys. A trackball provides direct access to calipers, menu items,
and other imaging functions. These keys and controls are logically arranged
to require a minimum number of hand and eye movements.

Language overlays for the control panel are available. The locations and
functions of the keys and controls are not impacted by the overlay.

Example of the control panel on the ultrasound imaging system.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 5
3 System Controls

Control Panel Lighting


When the imaging system is in use, all controls on the main control panel
are back-lit. The system increases the lighting intensity of most active
controls to show you, at a glance, which functions are active.

The LED lamps located under the front of the monitor provide additional task System Reference
lighting. Use the F7 key on the keyboard to turn the task lighting on and off. System Presets Ch 3

Control Panel Audio Signal F6


Use the system presets to deactivate or adjust the volume of the beep. General
► Beep
► Beep Volume
Trackball
The trackball is the main interactive tool used to position image graphics and
text, and make selections from onscreen menus. You can use the trackball
in conjunction with the keys and controls located on the control panel,
including menu selections.

Trackball.

3 - 6 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Trackball Assignment
When a particular function is active, the system assigns the trackball to a
specific task. The active tool or function currently under trackball control is
represented by a highlighted icon on the lower right of the screen. The
system may display additional icons for previously activated tools or
functions. You can reassign the trackball to another tool or function by
selecting the related trackball icon on the image screen or by pressing the
SELECT key on the control panel (when multiple icons are displayed on the
image screen).
Note: The system cannot assign the trackball to more than one tool or function.

Trackball Icon Trackball Assignment (when highlighted)


Positioning the A-mode cursor or M-mode cursor

Positioning of measurement markers

Selecting the frame in CINE for review

Positioning inflection points on a map

Selecting menu items (trackball pointer)

Adjusting the width of the image

Adjusting the position of the image

Positioning the image with the Offset function

Positioning a cursor for text annotation, including


arrow placement

Selecting pictograms

Positioning the Region of Interest (ROI) for image


magnification (zoom)

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 7
3 System Controls

Select
A dual-function control that activates one function when the control is
pressed and another function when the control is rotated. When several
functions are active, you can assign control of the trackball to any of the
active functions by pressing the SELECT control. Select.

During mixed-mode imaging, you can press the SELECT control to reassign
the trackball from controlling a function for one mode (for example, 2D FOV)
to controlling a function for another mode (for example, the M-mode cursor).

During the measurement function, you can use the SELECT control to
delete portions of a measurement. Rotating the control when a trace
measurement or drawing in a patient report is active causes the system to
delete the line, one dot at a time.

To assign the trackball:


1. Press the SELECT control.
The active function currently under trackball control is represented by a
highlighted icon on the lower right of the screen.
2. To cycle through the available functions, continue to press the
SELECT control.
3. Rotate the SELECT control within a function to access its corresponding
settings, pages, or values.

3 - 8 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Caliper
Activates the Measurement function.

When you press the CALIPER key, the menu displays measurement
selections appropriate for the imaging mode and exam type. The system
also places the first marker in a caliper set (set of measurement markers) in Caliper.
the image area.

The Measurement function can generate a patient report for exam types System Reference
with a report.
System Presets Ch 3
Use the system presets to automatically activate the Measurement function
each time you press the FREEZE key. F6
Default Settings
Freeze ► Automatic Freeze
Response
Freezes the image or sweep on the screen. If an image or sweep is already
frozen, pressing the FREEZE key restores real-time imaging.

Use the system presets to change the response of the FREEZE key to
activate the CINE function or the Measurement function. Other assignments Freeze.
for this key include text annotation or pictograms.

Pedal 1 on the footswitch is programmed with the same functionality as the


FREEZE key.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 9
3 System Controls

Selection and Entry Keys


The ESCAPE and SET keys are located in close proximity to the trackball
and provide additional functionality to the trackball and SELECT control for
interacting with onscreen information and objects.

Escape
Exits the currently displayed mode, function, or page and reactivates the
previous mode, function, or page.

Pressing the ESCAPE key, while in the Measurement function, exits the
function and erases all measurements. Escape.

Set
The SET key confirms the selection of a specific function or command. For
example, you can use it to anchor calipers, select a menu item or image
graphic, cycle through certain menu settings, include a measurement value
in a patient report, or delete a measurement from the worksheet.
Set.
When used with the trackball, the function of the SET key is similar to a
mouse-modeclick in the system's Windows®-based technology.

Menu
Displays menu selections on the left of the screen for the active mode
or function.

Menu.

3 - 10 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Controls


Use the imaging controls to activate an operating mode, change the image
orientation, or modify the sweep display.

2D
A dual-function control that activates one function when the control is
pressed and another function when the control is rotated.

Pressing the 2D control activates 2D-mode for grayscale imaging. If a mixed 2D.
mode or imaging function is active, pressing 2D causes the system to exit
the mode or function and return to 2D-mode.

Rotating the 2D control changes the overall gain for the active mode.
Rotating the 2D control clockwise increases the gain; a counterclockwise
rotation decreases the gain.

The range for gain settings is from 0 dB to 40 dB. When combined with the
DGC controls, a gain range of –15 dB to 55 dB is possible.

Split
Creates side-by-side images from one 2D-mode image. The two images are
simultaneously frozen or real-time.

Certain post-processing imaging parameters can be changed in the right Split.


image, allowing you to compare the effects of different image settings on an
anatomical structure.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 11
3 System Controls

Dual/Select
Activates Dual-mode, which displays two separately acquired images,
side-by-side.

The DUAL/SELECT control consists of a set of two keys. The left key
displays an image on the left side of the screen. The right key displays an
image on the right side of the screen. Use either key to initiate Dual-mode.
Dual/Select.
Only one image can be active at any one time. The active image is indicated
by the lighting intensity of the selected key and by the brightened active
image indicator that displays on the image screen. Active Image
Indicator.
The DUAL/SELECT control can be used to toggle the active image. Pressing
the left key activates the left image and freezes the right image. Pressing
the right key activates the right image and freezes the left image.
Note: The system displays a full screen image when the key for the active image is
pressed. The system restores the side-by-side display when this key is pressed again.

Most imaging parameters can be changed independently.

4B
Activates 4B-mode which displays four separately acquired 2D-mode images.

Only one image is active at a time. The active image is indicated by the
brightened active image indicator.

Pressing the 4B key displays the first image on the upper left side of the
screen. Pressing the FREEZE key freezes the active image and displays the
next image. A total of four images can be displayed. Press the 4B key
repeatedly to cycle through and activate images. 4B.

Most imaging parameters can be changed independently.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: Pressing the 4B key when the
(DIMAQ) Image screen is displayed activates simultaneous display of
marked images.

3 - 12 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

M
Activates M-mode.

Pressing the M control displays an M-mode cursor in a 2D image. You can


then roll the trackball to place the cursor in the area of interest. Pressing M
a second time displays 2D/M-mode.
M.

L/R Flip
Changes the scan direction of the active transducer. The image can be
acquired from right-to-left or left-to-right.

Pressing L/R FLIP while pressing and holding the Shift key on the keyboard L/R Flip.
rotates the image 90 degrees in the clockwise direction.

The location of the active image indicator defines the direction of scanning.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: Pressing the L/R FLIP key when the
(DIMAQ) Image screen is displayed marks the selected image for
simultaneous display.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 13
3 System Controls

Image Parameter Controls


Transducer
Activates a transducer.

Press TRANSDUCER repeatedly to cycle through the transducers


connected to the system. The name of the active transducer displays on the
screen.
Transducer.

MultiHertz
Changes the transmit frequency of an active multi-frequency transducer in
all modes.

Push the MULTIHERTZ control to cycle through the available frequencies.


Pushing the control up increases the frequency, and pushing the control
down decreases the frequency.
MultiHertz.

DGC
Increases or decreases the received gain for the depth of view. The receiver
gain range is depth-dependent for the active transducer frequency.

The system can display a graphic representing the DGC curve on the
image screen.

Use the system presets to select the length of time that the DGC graphic
displays on the image screen. The 2D control also affects system gain.

DGC Control.

F6
Display
► DGC Curve
Display
General
► DGC Invert with
Image Invert

3 - 14 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Depth/Zoom
A dual-function control that activates one function when the control is
rotated and another function when the control is pressed and then rotated.

Rotating the DEPTH/ZOOM control changes the imaging depth.

Use the system presets to assign the direction of rotation (clockwise or


counterclockwise) for increasing a value when using the DEPTH/ZOOM Depth/Zoom.
control. This assignment affects both the depth and zoom parameters.
System Reference
The depth scale displays in millimeters (mm), and the current depth setting
displays on the lower left of the image screen. System Presets Ch 3

Pressing DEPTH/ZOOM activates a zoom window in the image, initiating


the magnification process. Zoom is available in real-time or when the image
is frozen.

Rolling the trackball positions the zoom window over the region of interest
(ROI). Rotating DEPTH/ZOOM adjusts the size of the window. Pressing F6
DEPTH/ZOOM again magnifies the selection. To exit zoom, press the
2D control. Customize Keys
► Zoom/Depth
Direction
When Zoom is activated, the ROI of a real-time or frozen image can be
moved by rolling the trackball.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 15
3 System Controls

Focus
The FOCUS control positions the transmit focal zones in the image. One,
two, or four focal zone markers can be positioned at the same time.
Note: When two or four focal zones are used, a reduction in frame rate occurs. The
amount of reduction depends on the depth of view and the transducer in use.

Push the FOCUS control up or down to position the focal zone markers that
represent the focal zone locations.

One (1) Focus.


You can position the marker throughout the field of view.

Two (2)
The spacing between the two focal zones adjusts automatically.

Four (4)
The FOCUS control adjusts the relative position of the focal zone markers
within the field of view. The spacing between the focal zones
adjusts automatically.

3 - 16 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Pictograms and Annotation


Use the pictogram and annotation controls to display text and graphics [2] Instructions for Use
depicting anatomical structures onscreen.
Annotations Ch A1
Pictograms Ch A1

Text
Allows access to tools for positioning, entering, and editing text on the
image screen. You can enter text from the keyboard or select from a set of
descriptive anatomical terms on the onscreen menu.
Text.
Press the TEXT key to display a cursor on the screen for direct text entry
using the keyboard. To reposition the text cursor, roll the trackball. To
display the terms assigned to the current exam type, press the MENU key. System Reference
Roll the trackball to the required term and then press the SET key. Press the System Presets Ch 3
ESCAPE key to remove text displayed on the screen.

Use the system presets to customize the text assigned to an exam type.
F6
Pictogram Default Settings
► Pictogram List
Pictograms are onscreen anatomical graphics that indicate the anatomy ► Text Annotation
under evaluation and the orientation of the transducer. Pictograms can also
be included in patient reports for some exam types.

Pressing the PICTOGRAM key displays the pictograms assigned to a


specific exam type on the screen.

Use the system presets to customize the pictograms assigned to an Pictogram.


exam type.

To select a pictogram, roll the trackball to position the pointer on the


required pictogram and then press the SET key. Press the ESCAPE key to
remove the pictogram displayed on the screen.

Some pictograms contain a transducer marker. Use the SELECT control to


rotate the transducer marker. To reposition the marker, roll the trackball. To
anchor the marker, press the PICTOGRAM key again.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 17
3 System Controls

Documentation Controls
Use the documentation controls to access recording devices for printing,
storing, or retrieving images and imaging parameters.
F6
Customize Keys
Print Store
Stores or prints the displayed image or report to the destination configured
in system presets.

Use the system presets to assign functionality to this control. For example, Print Store.
you can configure the control to:
Send onscreen information to an installed documentation device, such
as the black and white printer.

Digital Store 1
Stores or prints the displayed image or report to the destination configured
in system presets.

Use the system presets to assign functionality to this control. For example, Digital Store 1.
you can configure the control to:
Send onscreen information to an installed documentation device, such
as the black and white printer.
Activate the TGO (Tissue Grayscale Optimization) optional feature.
Store clips. (Requires the Clip Store optional feature.)

Digital Store 2
Stores or prints the displayed image or report to the destination configured
in system presets.

Use the system presets to assign functionality to this control. For example, Digital Store 2.
you can configure the control to:
Send onscreen information to an installed documentation device, such
as the black and white printer.
Activate the TGO (Tissue Grayscale Optimization) optional feature.
Store clips. (Requires the Clip Store optional feature.)

3 - 18 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Review
Accesses the DIMAQ-IP feature to view images and reports, either during a
patient examination or from saved studies.

Review.
Special Function Controls
CINE
Activates the CINE function and displays CINE menu selections. CINE.
Use the system presets to automatically activate the CINE function each
System Reference
time you press the FREEZE key.
System Presets Ch 3

F6
Default Settings
► Automatic Freeze
Response

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 19
3 System Controls

Alphanumeric Keyboard
Use the alphanumeric keyboard for entering patient data, selecting an exam
type, annotating clinical images, and configuring the system presets.

The keyboard is arranged like a standard computer keyboard. A description


of the function keys and other special keys follows.

Shortcut Keys
[2] Instructions for Use
The system supports "shortcuts" through combining keys on the keyboard.
Measurements and
To use a shortcut, press and hold the first key and then press the second Calculations Ch B1
key. For example, to use the shortcut Ctrl+U, press and hold the Ctrl key
and then press the U key. System Reference

Use the system presets to activate functions without using shortcuts (not System Presets Ch 3
available for all functions).

Shortcut (Key Combination) Function


F6
1
Ctrl+D During the measurement function, activates the
Patient ID
Delete feature for removing measurements from
►Hide Patient
the screen. Demographic
Ctrl+M1 During the measurement function, activates the DIMAQ Utility
Modify feature for editing measurements. ►Autoprint Images

Ctrl+P Hides or displays patient information on the


screen.
Ctrl+U1 Enables or disables automatic printing of the
displayed image to the selected USB printer
when you store the image to the ultrasound
system's hard disk using a documentation
control.
Note: Use the system presets to install printers,
select printers, and enable or disable automatic
printing.

During the measurement function, removes the


label assignment from the last measured value
(activates the Undo feature).

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 20 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Special Characters
The system supports some language's special characters through the use of
a combination of keys on the keyboard.

The ALT key located on the left side of the keyboard


accesses the special characters located on the upper right
of a key.

The SHIFT key located on the left or right side of the


keyboard accesses the special characters located on the
upper left of a key.

German French
Character Key Combination Character Key Combination
Ä ALT p Ç ALT n
ä ALT - ç ALT j
ö ALT 0 (zero) à ALT z
Ü ALT [ è ALT x
ü ALT = é ALT s
ß ALT ' ù ALT b
Spanish Italian
Character Key Combination Character Key Combination
¡ ALT 1 à ALT z
¿ ALT / è ALT x
Ñ ALT I é ALT s
ñ ALT 9 ì ALT c
á ALT a ò ALT v
é ALT s ù ALT b
í ALT d
ó ALT f
ú ALT g
Scandinavian Other
Character Key Combination Character Key Combination
Æ ALT m Œ ALT u
æ ALT k œ ALT 8
Ø ALT . (period) α ALT q
ø ALT ; β ALT w
Å ALT , µ ALT e
å ALT l θ ALT r

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 21
3 System Controls

Function Keys
The F keys located in a row across the top of the alphanumeric keyboard are
called function keys.

F1 – New Patient
Displays the first page of a new Patient Data entry form.

F2 – Report
Displays the patient report if one is available for the current exam type. You
can view, edit, or print the report.

F3 – Patient Data
Displays the Patient Data form currently in use. You can view or edit
the page.

F4 – Patient Browser
Accesses the DIMAQ-IP feature to view images and reports, either during a
patient examination or from saved studies.

F5 – Exam
Displays a list of available system-defined exam types and user-defined
QuickSets.

3 - 22 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

F6 – Preset Menu
Displays the first page of the Preset Main Menu. Use the system presets
to modify and customize the system, including general settings, QuickSets,
image annotation, and calculation settings.

You can use the F6 key to exit the system presets.

F7 – (Task Light)
Illuminates the keyboard using lights on the underside of the monitor.

F8 – QuickSet
Accesses the screen for saving, deleting, and overwriting QuickSets (a
configuration of imaging settings for a specific transducer and exam type).

F9 – Arrow
Places an arrow on the screen. Roll the trackball to reposition the arrow.
Press the SET key to anchor the arrow's position.

F10 – Home
Places the text cursor in the Home position (as defined with the F9 key)
when the Annotation function is active.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 23
3 System Controls

F11 – Home Set


Sets the default location of the text cursor. After pressing the TEXT key on
the control panel, roll the trackball to place the text cursor on the image
screen in the desired location and then press the F11 key. When the
HOME key on the keyboard is pressed, the system places the text cursor in
the position defined with the F11 key.

F12 – Delete Word


Removes the most recently added term from the screen.

F13 – Hide Text


Hides annotations. Press F13 again to display the annotations.

F14 – Clear Screen


Deletes all text annotation displayed in the image area. Pressing the F14 key
does not delete pictograms.

F15 – Biopsy
Displays biopsy/puncture guidelines on the image screen for specific
transducers and provides system selections for selecting and modifying
the guidelines.

Use the system presets to enable the Biopsy function to automatically


activate when an exam type is selected. F6
You can use the F15 key to exit the Biopsy function. Default Settings
► Biopsy

3 - 24 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Other Alphanumeric Keys


Arrows
Repositions the text cursor in the direction shown on the arrow key.

Alt
Accesses special characters on the upper right of the keys located on
the keyboard.

Backspace
Deletes one character at a time from right to left during text entry.

Deletes lines of completed text, one at a time. (You must press and hold
the BACKSPACE key.)

Caps Lock
Locks all keyboard letter keys in upper case.

Ctrl
For software versions 2.0 and higher: When used in a shortcut (key
combination), activates the related function.
[1] Instructions for Use
For example, when used in the shortcut Ctrl+U, enables or disables
automatic printing of the displayed image to the selected USB printer (when Shortcut Keys 3-20
you store the image to the ultrasound system's hard disk using a
documentation control).

Enter
Accepts entered data.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 25
3 System Controls

Shift
Accesses the upper-case letters and the character on the upper left of a
key located on the keyboard.

Space Bar
Inserts a blank space.

Tab
Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next available entry field in the
Patient Data form or a patient report.

Video I/O
Displays a video signal that originates from an outside source, such as a
VCR, on the system monitor.

Use the system presets to select the video input source. System Reference
System Presets Ch 3

F6
Peripheral

3 - 26 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Footswitch
Use the optional footswitch as an alternative to operating keys on the System Reference
control panel. Pedal 1 is assigned to the Freeze/Unfreeze function; pressing
System Presets Ch 3
this pedal is equivalent to using the FREEZE key on the control panel. Use
the system presets to assign Pedal 2 to one of the following functions:
Print to a black and white printer.
Store to the system's hard disk. F6
Store clips to the system's hard disk.1 Customize Keys
► Pedal 2 function
Menu Selections
The system displays onscreen menu selections for the active mode or
function on the left of the screen when you press the MENU key.

Transmit Power Selections


You can access the transmit power selections from the 2D-mode Imaging
menu or the M-mode Imaging menu.

Selection Description Settings


Tx Power Increases the transmit power level and the 0 dB to –20 dB or
corresponding acoustic pressure delivered 100% to 10%
through the transducer to the patient.

Tx Power Decreases the transmit power level and 0 dB to –24 dB or


the corresponding acoustic pressure 100% to 6%
delivered through the transducer to
the patient.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 27
3 System Controls

2D-Mode Selections
Selection Description Settings
TGO Automatically optimizes the overall field of view (FOV) On, Off
image brightness uniformity by changing the DGC,
overall gain, and lateral gain.
TGO Refresh Re-activates TGO (Tissue Grayscale Optimization). ---
1
TGO Gain Specifies an offset value for preferred image brightness -40 to 40 in
with TGO during an examination (for the current increments of 1
exam type and transducer). The selected value
represents the increments of gain adjustment to be
added to or subtracted from the default setting for the
optimized gain.
DR Controls the overall contrast resolution of 35 dB to 70 dB in
(Dynamic Range) 2D-mode images. 1 dB increments
Persistence Creates a visible smoothing effect by maintaining more 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
lines of image data for each frame of imaging when the
setting is increased.
Edge Distinguishes the edges of a structure. 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Gray Map Selects a gray (processing) map. L, B, E, S, D, A, C
Focus For all curved or linear transducers, selects the number 1, 2, or 4
of focal zones.
Use the FOCUS control on the control panel to position
the markers.
FOV/POS Resizes and repositions the field of view using On, Off
the trackball.
A-mode Activates or deactivates A-mode. On, Off
Reset Map Resets the current Gray Map curve back to the original ---
factory position.
Modify Map Allows changes to the shape of the current Gray Map ---
(Processing) with the exception of Map L.
Reject Increases or decreases the level of gray shades 0 to 64 in
eliminated from the image. increments of 2
Offset Enables horizontal and vertical scrolling of the image On, Off
using the trackball.
Steer For linear array transducers only, steers the 2D image to L, C, R
the left, center, or right.
SynAps Extends the focal zone. On, Off
This selection is available for curved and linear
array transducers.
Density Increases or decreases the acoustic scan line density of Std (Standard) or
a 2D image. Hi (High)
Res/Speed Increases image resolution by decreasing frame rate. Std/Dtl/Far

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 28 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

M-Mode Selections
Selection Description Settings
DR Controls the overall contrast resolution of 35 dB to 70 dB in
(Dynamic Range) M-mode sweep. 5 dB increments
Edge Edge Enhancement. Distinguishes the edges of 0, 1, 2, or 3
a structure.
Reject Increases or decreases the level of gray shades 0 to 64 in increments
eliminated from a sweep. of 1
Gray Map Selects an M-mode gray map. L, B, E, S, D, A, C
Full M Displays a full-screen M sweep. On, Off
Sweep Sp Adjusts the scrolling speed of the M-mode sweep. The 2, 4, 8, 16
(Sweep Speed) unit is seconds.

CINE Selections
Selection Description
Frame Review Displays individual frames in a forward or reverse direction, in response to the trackball.
Frame numbers are displayed.
For M-mode, one frame of time motion data is displayed at a time. No frame numbers
are displayed.
Motion Review Displays CINE data in a continuous, forward direction. Reverse motion is not available.
Edit Start Defines new beginning and ending points of a loop of CINE data.
Edit End
Edit Reset Resets the beginning and ending points to their originally acquired positions.
Align Synchronizes the CINE display of the dual images during Dual mode.
Rate Changes the speed of CINE review while in Motion Review.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 29
3 System Controls

Selections for 2D-Mode Measurements


and Calculations
Selection Description
%Stenosis Perform a % stenosis calculation based on the area or diameter of the same vessel.
Volume Perform a volume measurement in either two planes or one plane. Measurement methods
available for calculating a volume in two planes are: LxDxW, Ellipse, and Trace.
Measurement methods available for calculating a volume in one plane are: LxD, Ellipse,
and Disc.
Area Calculates the area using Ellipse or Trace method.
A/B Ratio Ratio of measurements. The system calculates the ratios A/B, B/A and (A-B)/A from the
2D-mode measurements: distance, area, or volume.
Angle Determines the angle using two lines you place on the image. The lines must connect
or intersect.
Distance Simple linear measurement between two points.
Ellipse Elliptical measurement. The system determines one diameter using the end points of the
ellipse and calculates the second diameter.
Trace Free hand trace method. Roll the trackball to delineate an area. The system determines the
circumference and area using the trace segments.
2Pl Trace Calculate volume by manually tracing structures in two planes.
1Pl Disk Calculate a one-plane volume using the trackball to trace a structure and then positioning
an axis line to be used for an assumed dimension in a second plane.
2Pl Ellipse Calculate volume by measuring an ellipse in two planes.
2Pl LxDxW Calculate volume by measuring length and depth in one plane and width in a second plane.
1Pl Ellipse Calculate volume by measuring an area with an ellipse and identifying the axis common to
both planes.
1Pl LxD Calculate volume by measuring length and depth in one plane and assuming the same
dimensions in the second plane.
Vol Ratio Calculate ratios A/B, B/A, and (A-B)/A for volume.
Area Ratio Calculate ratios A/B, B/A, and (A-B)/A for area.
Dist Ratio Calculate ratios A/B, B/A, and (A-B)/A for distance.
Trace Length Trace distance measurement between two points.
A-% Stenosis Calculate area % stenosis, comparing cross-sectional areas of the same vessel.
D-% Stenosis Calculate diameter % stenosis, comparing diameters of the same vessel.
Thyroid Calculates thyroid volume.
Residual Calculates a micturated volume by subtracting a post-void volume from a pre-void volume.
1
Incr Vol Calculates a volume of the prostate based on a series of area measurements.
Note: Requires the Endo-P II transducer.
1
Step Vol Calculates a volume by adding areas of slices over a length.
Note: Requires the Endo-P II transducer.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 30 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Selections for M-Mode Measurements


and Calculations
Selection Description
Velocity Distance over time. The measurement is determined by two distance
measurement markers.
Slope Distance over time. The measurement is determined by two distance
measurement markers.
Distance Vertical distance between two points in the M-mode sweep.
A/B Ratio Ratio of measurements. The ratios are A/B, B/A and (A-B)/A. Ratios can be
determined for Distance, Heart Rate or Time measurements.
HR Heart rate determined over one heart cycle in 2D/M-mode.
Time Interval in seconds between two measurement markers.
Time Ratio Calculate ratios A/B, B/A, and (A-B)/A for time.
Dist Ratio Calculate ratios A/B, B/A, and (A-B)/A for distance.

Selections for All Measurements


and Calculations
When the Measurement function is active, you can access these selections
by selecting Other from the top of the menu.

Selection Description
Meas Displays the Measured Results on the left of the screen.
Meas Pos Specifies the position of the measurement.
Undo Removes the last measurement from the screen and the report.
Modify Activates the Modify feature for editing measurements.
Delete Activates the Delete feature for removing measurements from the screen. The
values of the removed measurements remain in the Measured Results and in the
patient report.
Delete All Removes all measurements from the screen. The values of the removed
measurements remain in the Measured Results and in the patient report.

Biopsy/Puncture Selections
[2] Instructions for Use
For software versions 2.0 and higher: The Biopsy menu provides specific
selections for the Endo-P II transducer. Biopsy Menu
Selections for
Endo-P II Ch A4

Selection Description
Reset Angle Restores the original position of the biopsy/puncture guidelines.
Guide Selects biopsy guidelines On or Off.
Angle Adjust Finely adjusts the angle of the biopsy/puncture guidelines.
Dot Interval Selects dot sizes to represent guidelines.
Display cm Displays centimeter markings (numbers) indicating depth along the guidelines.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 31
3 System Controls

Selections in DIMAQ-IP
(Patient Data Management)
Study Screen DIMAQ-IP
In the upper half of the Study screen, the system displays all studies that System Reference
are saved on the currently selected disk in the Disk section of the screen. DICOM selections Ch 6
The columns displayed in the upper half of the screen include
Patient Name, Patient ID, Date/Time, Images, Clips1, Archived, and
MBytes.

On the upper right of the Study screen, the system displays the utilized
capacity and the total capacity of the selected disk (HD or CD). The system
also displays the size of the selected studies (when multiple studies are
selected).

On the upper left of the Study screen, the system indicates the number of
studies displayed (and the total number of studies).

You can select multiple studies for export, import, or deletion.

In the CD section of the Study screen, the system indicates system


recognition of the inserted CD (for example: Ready) and displays a graphic
indicating used space on the CD. If the CD is inserted, then the system also
displays a Summary sub-section (within the CD section) indicating the
number of TIFF-formatted and DICOM-formatted images on the CD.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: The Summary sub-section (within the
CD section) indicates the number of TIFF- and AVI-formatted images/clips
and the number of DICOM-formatted items on the CD.

If the DICOM option is installed on the ultrasound system, then additional


selections display on this screen.

Study Screen Selection Description


Hide Studies Limits the display of studies to those newer than the age selected in the
drop-down list (for studies on hard disk only).
Change Screen
Image Screen Displays the Image screen with the images from the selected study.
Worklist Screen (Requires the DICOM option)
Displays the Worklist screen.
Procedure Screen Reserved for future use.
Live Screen Exits the Study screen and the Review function; redisplays the real-time
imaging screen.
DICOM Screen (Requires the DICOM option)
Displays the DICOM screen.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 32 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Study Screen Selection Description


Search for Studies
Search... Displays a dialog box for entry of patient name, ID, and/or study date and
then searches the currently selected disk for matching studies.
Show All Displays all studies that are stored on the currently selected disk.
Disk
HD Lists studies on the system's hard disk.
CD Lists studies on the inserted compact disk (CD).
CD
Export Copies the selected study from the system's hard disk to a CD. This
selection is available when the Disk selection is HD, a CD is inserted, and a
completed study is selected. The current study can also be selected.
Import Copies the selected study from a CD to the system's hard disk. This
selection is available when the Disk selection is CD, a CD is inserted, and a
completed study is selected.
Eject Ejects the CD.
Load Closes the CD tray.
Finalize Prevents additional storage to the currently inserted CD.
Export format Specifies the format(s) of exported images:
(displayed for HD only) Tiff/AVI1 exports images in the "Tagged Image File Format" (TIFF)
format and clips in the AVI (audio-video interleave) format.
TIFF2 exports images in the "Tagged Image File Format" format.
DICOM exports images in the DICOM (Digital Images and
Communications in Medicine) format.
Note: DICOM-formatted data cannot be imported from CD to the system's hard
disk. If you plan to import data that you are archiving onto a CD, then select the
Tiff/AVI check box to archive Tiff-formatted images and AVI-formatted clips.

Study
New Creates a new study by re-registering the patient listed in the selected
study. If a patient is already registered, the system first prompts you to
close the current study.
Close Closes the selected study.
Delete Removes the selected study from the hard disk. Studies on a CD cannot be
deleted using the DIMAQ-IP Study screen.
Network
Send (Requires the DICOM option)
Copies the images from the selected study to the destination selected from
the drop-down list.
(drop-down list) Lists the available destinations (printer layout pages and storage servers).

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 33
3 System Controls

Image Screen DIMAQ-IP


Note: In this chapter, the term "Image screen" refers to a screen with the DIMAQ-IP [2] Instructions for Use
option. In other chapters of the Operating Instructions, the use of "image screen" refers to
a typical image screen that displays real-time images as they are acquired. Example of typical
image screen Ch A2
At the top of the Image screen, the system displays the Patient Name,
Patient ID, and Date/Time of the study containing the displayed images. System Reference
DICOM
For software versions below 2.0: Also at the top of the Image screen, the selections Ch 6
system indicates the current page number and the total number of pages
(for example, "1/2" indicates that the system is displaying the first of two
pages).

If the DICOM option is installed on the ultrasound system, then additional


selections display on this screen.
Image Screen
Selection Description
1
Slideshow Enables automatic sequential viewing of images.
1 x 1, 2 x 2, 3 x 3, Changes the layout format (number of images per page) to the selected number.
4 x 4, 5 x 5 Note: 5 x 5 is not available for software versions below 2.0.
(drop-down list)
When enabled (checked), locks the selected layout format until system shutdown.
When disabled (unchecked), the system optimizes the display format to fit the
number of images contained in the selected study onto one page.
BW Print (Requires the DICOM option)
Sends the selected image to the DICOM BW Printer Layout page.
Delete Removes the selected image from storage.
2
Options Accesses a dialog box for enabling simultaneous clip playback and configuring
sequential viewing (slide show capability).
Clip Speed2 Adjusts the playback speed of all clips in the selected study.
Close Study Completes the current patient examination and displays the Study screen.
Procedure Screen2 (Requires the DICOM option)
Displays the Choose procedure screen for selection of another procedure for the
currently registered patient.
Study Screen Displays the Study screen.
Live Screen Exits the Image screen and the Review function; redisplays the real-time
imaging screen.
DICOM Screen (Requires the DICOM option)
Displays the DICOM screen.
Previous Displays the previous page of images and automatically selects the last image on
that page.
Next Displays the next page of images and automatically selects the first image on
that page.

1
For software versions below 2.0
2
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 34 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Image Screen
Selection Description
1
Displays the first frame of the selected clip.
1

1
Displays the previous frame of the selected clip.

1
Stops playback of the clip.

1
Starts playback of the clip.
1
Displays the next frame of the selected clip.

Options Dialog Box


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

The system displays the Options dialog box when you select Options from
the Image screen.

In the table below, titles of sections are indicated in brackets ([]).


Selection Description
[Clip Playback]
Play Only Selected Clip Disables simultaneous playback of all clips in the currently displayed
study.
Play All Clips Enables simultaneous playback of all clips in the currently displayed
study.
[Slideshow]
Slideshow on Configures clips and images for sequential viewing in the currently
displayed study.
Image Period (sec) Specifies the length of display for each image.
Clip Play Loops Specifies the number of times each clip is played back.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 35
3 System Controls

DICOM Screen Selections


System Reference
The following descriptions for the Study, Image, and DICOM screens are
specific to the DICOM Connectivity option. DIMAQ-IP Study and Image Study screen Ch 4
screen selections are also available for use with this option. Image screen Ch 4

In the Network section of the Study screen, the system indicates the
connection status (for example: Ping OK).

Study Screen
Study Screen Selections Description
Change Screen
DICOM Screen Displays the DICOM screen for access to printer layout pages and print and
store queues.
Worklist Screen Displays the Worklist Search screen to select a scheduled procedure for
either a new study or the current study (different accession number).
Note: This selection is available when the Worklist option is installed and the
Worklist server is configured.

Procedure Screen1 Displays the Choose procedure screen to select a scheduled procedure
for the current study (same accession number).
Note: This selection is available when a connected Worklist server contains
multiple procedures (same accession number) for the current study.

Network
Send Copies the images from the selected study to the destination selected from
the drop-down list.
(drop-down list) Lists the available destinations (printer layout pages and storage servers).

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 36 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Image Screen
On the left of the Image screen, the system indicates the number of images
on the printer layout page and the number of images required to fill the
page. For example, "1/4" indicates that one image has been sent to the
printer layout page and that four images are required to fill the layout page.

Image Screen Selections Description


BW Print Sends the selected image to the DICOM BW Printer Layout page.

DICOM Screen
The DICOM screen displays layout pages for the black and white printers
and queue status pages for the DICOM print and store functions.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 37
3 System Controls

Printer Layout Pages


The system displays the DICOM BW Printer Layout page tab at the top of System Reference
the DICOM screen. The selections available for the printer layout pages are System Presets Ch 3
described below. The system also lists the following settings at the top of
each page: setup alias, film size, number of copies, and film orientation
(Portrait or Landscape); these settings are only selectable in the
system presets. F6
DICOM
► Black and White
Printer

Selection Description
Delete Removes the outlined image from the layout page.
Cut Marks the outlined image for rearranging.
Paste Inserts the cut image in place of the paste image.
1x1 Identifies the columns and rows needed to assemble a full page of print images. This
1x2 setting (Display Layout) is selected separately in the system presets for each type of
2x2 printer and cannot be changed from a layout page.
2x3
3x2
3x3
3x5
4x5
4x6
5x6
Print Page Sends the current page of images to the DICOM Print Queue. The Display Layout
requirements do not need to be filled to print the page.
Print All Pages Sends all pages of images to the DICOM Print Queue.
Back Displays the Study screen.
Change Displays a dialog box for change of printer selection, film size, number of copies, and
print orientation.
Previous Displays the preceding page of print images. Not available if no preceding page exists.
Next Displays the next page of print images. Not available if no following page exists.
1/2 Identifies the active page over the total number of pages.

3 - 38 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
3 System Controls

Print and Store Queues


Page tabs displayed along the top of the DICOM screen include: System Reference

DICOM Print Queue System Presets Ch 3

DICOM Store Queue


The system lists the following items for each entry in the DICOM Print
Queue: F6
DICOM
Patient Name ► Black and
Printer White Printer
►► Write Timeout
Time Sent in Seconds
No of Copies
No of Sheets
Status
Details1, Errors Details2
The system lists the following items for each entry in the DICOM Store
Queue:
Type
Patient Name
Server
Time Sent
MBytes
State
Status
Details1, Errors Details2
The selections available for the print and store queue status pages are
described below.
Selection Description
Back Displays the Study screen.
Refresh Queue2 Updates the status of each entry in the queue.
Retry Job Attempts to resend the selected queue entry.
Delete Job Deletes the highlighted queue entry.
You can select and delete multiple queue entries.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 3 - 39
3 System Controls

3 - 40 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup
Initial Setup......................................................................................................... 3
Daily Checklist ............................................................................................... 3
System Review ............................................................................................. 4

Moving the System ............................................................................................ 8


Swivel Locking Brake .................................................................................... 9
Prior to the Move......................................................................................... 10
During the Move.......................................................................................... 10
Shipping the System ................................................................................... 11
After the Move ............................................................................................ 11

System Startup................................................................................................. 12
Plugging in the System................................................................................ 12
Supplying Power to the System .................................................................. 13
Adjusting Controls on the Monitor............................................................... 14
Connecting and Disconnecting Transducers................................................ 15
Protective Transducer Holder ............................................................... 17
Array Transducers ................................................................................ 19
Mechanical Sector Transducers ........................................................... 20
Connecting System Accessories ................................................................. 21
Footswitch ........................................................................................... 21
Input/Output Panel Connections .......................................................... 22
Accessory Outlet Panel ........................................................................ 23
Configuring the Documentation Controls ............................................. 26

General System Settings................................................................................. 27


Modifying Hospital or Clinic Name .............................................................. 27
Setting System Date and Time.................................................................... 28

Software Installation........................................................................................ 30
Loading System Software ........................................................................... 30
OS-System Disk ................................................................................... 32

Software-Based Option Installation ............................................................... 34

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 1
4 System Setup

4 - 2 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Initial Setup
After your ultrasound imaging system is initially unpacked and installed, System Reference
including any transducers and system options, such as the black and white
Printer Installation Ch 5
printer or footswitch, you must verify system operation.
Note: The monitor filter option includes an installation procedure.

Each day before you use the ultrasound system, perform the Daily Checklist
procedures described below.

Daily Checklist
Perform the following each day before using the ultrasound system:
Visually inspect all transducers. Do not use a transducer with a cracked,
punctured, or discolored casing, or a frayed cable.
Discoloration Exception: The use of Cidex OPA and Gigasept FF disinfectants may [1] Instructions for Use
cause discoloration of transducer housings. You can continue to use a transducer if it
is discolored due to the use of these specific disinfectants only. Approved List of
Disinfectants Ch 2
Visually inspect all power cords. Do not turn on the power if a cord is
frayed or split, or shows signs of wear.
If your system's power cord is frayed or split, or shows signs of wear,
contact your Siemens service representative for power cord replacement.
Verify that the trackball, DGC slide controls, and other controls on the
control panel are clean and free from gel or other contaminants.
Once the system is powered on:
Visually check the on-screen displays and lighting.
Verify that the monitor displays the current date and time.
Verify that the transducer identification and indicated frequency are
correct for the active transducer.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 3
4 System Setup

System Review

1 1 User-adjustable
monitor
2 Back-lit control
panel with
alphanumeric
keyboard
3 Front handle
2 4 Compact Disk
(CD R/W) drive
5 Input/Output panel
6 Transducer and
6 gel holders
3

Example of the ultrasound system, left front view.

4 - 4 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

1
5

1 Transducer cable
hanger
2 Transducer ports
3 Swivel wheel
2 with brake
4 Air filter
5 Transducer holders
6 Power (partial)
on/off ( ) switch

Example of the ultrasound system, with standard array transducer ports, right front view.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 5
4 System Setup

Example of the ultrasound system, with standard array Example of the ultrasound system, with standard array
transducer ports and a standard array parking port right transducer ports and a mechanical sector transducer port
front view. right front view.

4 - 6 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

3 1 Monitor
2 Accessory outlet
panel
4 3 Shelf
4 Cable holder
5 Power panel with
circuit breaker
6 Swivel wheel
with brake

Example of the ultrasound system, back view.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 7
4 System Setup

Moving the System


Caution: Preparations before moving the system are important to minimize
potential damage to sensitive components and to avoid safety hazards. Review
the moving instructions before moving the system.

Caution: Do not park, or leave unattended, on a slope. Even when the rear
brakes are engaged, the system may slide down a ramp.

The ultrasound system is designed to be a mobile unit. Before moving the


system to another location, you must prepare for the move by powering off
and securing the system.

4 - 8 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Swivel Locking Brake


The ultrasound system has four swivel locking brakes.

Example of wheel with locking brake Example of wheel with locking brake
(unlocked). (locked).

To lock each wheel:


Using your foot, push down on the lever (toward the "LOCK" label) to
lock the brake and swivel.
To release the brake on each wheel:
Using your foot, push up on the lever (toward the "FREE" label) to release
the brake and swivel.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 9
4 System Setup

Prior to the Move


1. Power off ( ) the ultrasound system.
2. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet. Pull on the plug, not
the cord.
3. Secure the power cord to avoid rolling the system wheels over the cord.
4. To ensure that the transducers are transported safely, remove each
transducer and place it in its protective carrying case.
5. Unplug any connections from the system's input/output panel. These
connections include network cables, peripheral devices (such as
off-board documentation devices), and the optional footswitch.
6. Transport accessories (such as gel and CD-R disks) separately.
7. Release both the front and rear brakes.

During the Move


Caution: When moving the ultrasound system, protect it from environmental [1] Instructions for Use
changes including: moisture, winds, dirt and dust, and extreme heat or Power Off 4-13
cold exposure. Transducer Care Ch 2

Caution: Avoid moving the ultrasound system on outside surfaces with loose
dirt, contaminates, or standing liquids.

Caution: Care should be taken to minimize shock and vibration of the ultrasound
system. Avoid uneven surfaces that contain an abrupt height change or jarring
surface irregularities.

You can move the ultrasound system from room to room within a facility
and easily reposition the system during an examination. Be careful on
inclines and uneven surfaces. The ultrasound system can be moved across
pavement and other hardened parking lot surfaces.
Note: The wheels of the ultrasound system must be locked when transporting by vehicle.
The ultrasound system must be sufficiently anchored to the vehicle floor or walls such
that it does not shift or move during transport.

4 - 10 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Shipping the System


When shipping the system, perform the following tasks, as appropriate.

To prepare the system for shipment over long distances or


rough terrain:
1. Repack the system in the factory packaging and crate.
2. Load the system into a vehicle using a lift gate.
To prevent lateral movement of the system, secure the system with
cargo straps.

To prevent sudden jarring of the system during transport, provide shock


cushions beneath the system.

After the Move


Caution: Make sure the ultrasound system has proper ventilation during
operation. Do not position the system against walls or hard surfaces that would
impede free ventilation around the system.

Caution: Do not allow linens, bedding, and/or hanging curtain partitions to block
the ultrasound system's ventilation.

Caution: Obstructed fans can cause potential system overheating, system


performance degradation, or failure.

Caution: Brakes are most effective on a level surface. Never park the system on [1] Instructions for Use
an incline greater than five degrees. Daily Checklist 4-3
Brakes 4-9
1. Position the system: Make sure the system is not placed against walls
or fabrics that obstruct perimeter air flow to the system cooling fans.
2. Lock the front and rear brakes.
3. Plug in the cord: Plug the power cord into a hospital-grade or local
equivalent wall outlet.
4. Power ON: Power on ( ) the ultrasound system.
5. Check the display: After the boot-up sequence is complete, verify that
the image display is stable, that you can select a transducer, and that
the system responds to selections made on the control panel.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 11
4 System Setup

System Startup
The first step to operating the ultrasound system is to connect the system [1] Instructions for Use
to a power source.
Power Supply
Requirements Ch 6
Note: The ultrasound system has a universal power supply to support 100V~, 115V~, and
230V~ mains voltage.

Plugging in the System


The ultrasound system has a detachable power cord.

WARNING: For 115V units only: to ensure grounding reliability, connect the
system only to a hospital-grade power receptacle.

1 Equipotential
connector
2 Power cord
connector
3 Safety Lock
4 MAINS circuit
breaker
I = on
= off

Example of power panel.

To plug in the system:


1. On initial system setup, select and connect the power cord and safety
lock to your ultrasound system according to the installation instructions
enclosed with the system shipment.
Package Label Power Cord Type
E-type 230V~
A-type 115V~, 100V~
2. Plug the ultrasound system's power cord into the power source (wall
outlet).
Ultrasound System's Power Source
Universal Power Supply
230V~ 230V standard mains, i.e. "Schuko"
receptacle (CEE 7-7 standard)
115V~ Hospital-grade MAINS receptacle
100V~ Standard 100V MAINS receptacle

4 - 12 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Supplying Power to the System


The ultrasound system is powered on and off using the partial power on/off
( ) switch located on the upper left of the keyboard. This switch glows blue
when the system's power is on and amber when the system's power is
standby.
Note: This switch does not completely shut down or disconnect the system from the
power mains. This switch only powers on, or off, a portion of the ultrasound system. To
completely disconnect the system from the power mains, the circuit breaker located on
the back panel must be switched from I to O.

Caution: Wait approximately 20 seconds between powering the system off and
then on again. This allows the system to complete its shutdown sequence.

To power on the system:


[1] Instructions for Use
1. Before using the system, perform the Daily Checklist.
Daily Checklist 4-3
2. Verify the power cord is plugged into the system and then into the
power supply.
3. Power on ( ) the ultrasound system.
When powered on, the system runs through a series of self-diagnostic
and calibration tests. The tests last approximately one minute, after
which the system is ready for use.
Note: The system will not run through the complete power-on routine if a problem
occurs. Instead, an error code or message appears on the screen to indicate the
problem. Please note the message and call your local Siemens service
representative.

The system is factory-configured to display initially in 2D-mode.

4. Visually check the on-screen displays and lighting indicated in the


Daily Checklist.

To power off the system:


Note: Always close dialog boxes and related error message and confirmation dialog
boxes prior to powering off the system. This action will prevent excessive power off
periods.

1. Press the power on/off ( ) switch located on the upper left of the
control panel.
The system displays a confirmation message.

2. Select OK or press the power on/off ( ) switch again.


Wait approximately 20 seconds before powering on the
ultrasound system.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 13
4 System Setup

Adjusting Controls on the Monitor


The brightness control ( ) and the contrast control ( ) are located under the
left, front edge of the monitor.

Note: Factory-defined imaging presets were created using default settings of the
brightness and contrast controls of the monitor. Adjusting the brightness and contrast
controls on the monitor may affect the image optimization intended by the factory-defined
imaging presets.

For consistency in image reproduction, adjustments to the brightness and


contrast of the viewing monitor should be made prior to adjusting the print
quality of installed documentation devices.

To adjust the brightness or contrast control for the monitor:


Note: Always begin adjusting your monitor with the controls set to the factory defaults,
and then adjust each control separately to suit your preference and the lighting conditions
in the room.

Rotate the brightness control ( ) clockwise for a brighter image with a


lighter background. Rotate the brightness control counterclockwise for a
darker image.
Rotate the contrast control ( ) clockwise to increase the display
contrast. Rotate the contrast control counterclockwise to decrease the
display contrast.
To restore the factory default monitor settings for brightness and
contrast:
1. Rotate the brightness control ( ) to the center (detent) position.
The system restores the factory default setting for brightness.

2. Rotate the contrast control ( ) to the center (detent) position.


The system restores the factory default setting for contrast.

4 - 14 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Connecting and Disconnecting Transducers


Caution: Ensure that the system is in freeze before connecting and disconnecting
transducers. If a transducer is disconnected before the image is frozen, the
system will display an error message, and it will be necessary to reset the system
before continued use.

You can connect multiple transducers to the ultrasound system, with one
transducer being the active transducer.

System configurations:
Two standard array transducer ports
Two standard array transducer ports and one mechanical sector
transducer port1
Two standard array transducer ports and one parking port for linear and
curved array transducers

Example of standard array transducer ports.

1
Requires software version 2.0 and higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 15
4 System Setup

Example of standard array transducer ports and a standard array parking port.

Example of standard array transducer ports and a mechanical sector port.

4 - 16 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Protective Transducer Holder


Caution: Transducer holders have variable sizes, both in depth and diameter. To
avoid transducer damage, you must use the holder or insert provided for
transducers that have small or large diameter handles or for specialty
transducers, such as endocavity transducers.

After connecting a transducer to the system, place the transducer in the


protective holder attached to the control panel platform. A holder can also
be used for the coupling agent (gel).

Transducer Holders
The transducer holders on the sides of the control panel are interchangeable
and replaceable.

1 Point of attachment
2 Tab
3 Support
4 Holder

Example of transducer holders.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 17
4 System Setup

To remove a transducer holder:


1. Reach under the holder to locate the tab on the holder.
The tab extends below the point of attachment to the
ultrasound system.
2. Squeeze the tab towards the holder and pull the holder downward.

To install a transducer holder:


Align the support on the holder directly below the point of attachment
on the ultrasound system and firmly push upwards until the holder
snaps into place.
To assemble a transducer holder with an extension:
Align the tabs on the transducer holder with the slots on the extension
and push together until the extension snaps into place.
You can now install the transducer holder onto the ultrasound system.

To disassemble a transducer holder with an extension:


Squeeze the tabs on the side of the transducer holder and pull the
extension away from the transducer holder.

Transducer Cable Management


After you have connected and secured a transducer, drape the transducer
cable through one of the cable hangers located on the sides of the
ultrasound system. These hangers provide support for the transducer
cables, keep cables off the floor, and help to prevent tangling of the cables
when more than one transducer is connected to the system.

4 - 18 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Array Transducers
Caution: You must freeze the system before connecting or disconnecting
a transducer.

Note: When transducer connectors are being attached to or disconnected from the
system, resistance may be encountered due to the special shielding material inside the
connectors. This is normal for these transducers.

Array transducer port.

To connect an array transducer:


1. Insert the connector pins into the system port. Adjust the connector
until you can turn the lever on the transducer connector clockwise to
lock it in position.
This secures the connector in position and ensures the best
possible contact.
2. Place the transducer in the transducer holder and drape the cable
through the cable hangers.

To disconnect an array transducer:

Caution: To avoid damaging the transducer cable, do not pull on the cable to
disconnect the transducer. Use the following instructions.

1. Turn the lock on the connector housing counterclockwise until


it unlocks.
Example of locked and
2. Firmly grasp the transducer connector and carefully remove it from the unlocked positions
system port. of the connector.
3. Store each transducer in its protective carrying case.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 19
4 System Setup

Mechanical Sector Transducers


Caution: You must freeze the system before connecting or disconnecting
a transducer.

Ultrasound systems for use with linear array, convex array, and mechanical
sector transducers have a mechanical sector transducer port.
Note: When transducer connectors are being attached to or disconnected from the
system, resistance may be encountered due to the special shielding material inside the
connectors. This is normal for these transducers.

Mechanical sector transducer port.

To connect a mechanical sector transducer:


1. Insert the connector pins into the system port. Adjust the connector
until you can turn the lever on the transducer connector clockwise to
lock it in position.
This secures the connector in position and ensures the best
possible contact.
2. Place the transducer in the transducer holder and drape the cable
through the cable hangers.

To disconnect a mechanical sector transducer:

Caution: To avoid damaging the transducer cable, do not pull on the cable to
disconnect the transducer. Use the following instructions. Example of locked and
unlocked positions
1. Turn the lock on the connector housing counterclockwise until of the connector.
it unlocks.
2. Firmly grasp the transducer connector and carefully remove it from the
system port.
3. Store each transducer in its protective carrying case.

4 - 20 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Connecting System Accessories


Footswitch
The ultrasound system has an optional dual-pedal, watertight footswitch.

To connect the footswitch to the system:


Insert the footswitch connector housing into the socket located on the
input/output panel.
Footswitch label
identifying the
connector socket.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 21
4 System Setup

Input/Output Panel Connections


Video and communication connections are on the input/output panel. The
input/output panel is located on the left side of the ultrasound system.

WARNING: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital System Reference
interfaces must be certified according to the respective EN and IEC standards Accessories
(for example, EN 60950 and IEC 60950 for data processing equipment and and Options Ch 2
EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all
configurations shall comply with the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and
IEC 60601-1-1. Anyone who connects additional equipment to any signal input
or signal output ports configures a medical system and is therefore responsible
that the system complies with the requirements of the system standards
EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1. Siemens can only guarantee the performance
and safety of the devices listed in the System Reference. If in doubt, consult
the Siemens service department or your local Siemens representative.

Input/output panel connections.

1 Video Out 7 S-Video Out


2 Printer Control connection (remote 8 Serial Port
control 9 Ethernet Connection
3 Video In (composite) 10 USB Ports
4 Footswitch 11 Status Indicators (for service diagnostics
5 S-Video In only)
6 Video Out (VGA)

The impedance of the video input to the ultrasound system must be matched
to the output impedance of the peripheral device using system presets. F6
Standard video devices have an output impedance of 75 ohms, so the video Peripheral
impedance is normally set to 75-ohm. ►Video Input Impedance

4 - 22 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Accessory Outlet Panel


The accessory outlet panel is located above the shelf on the back of the
system. The panel has two isolated outlets (J2 and J3) and associated
fuses. Both outlets are protected by fuse F1 when the Mains voltage is
from 100V∼ to 120V∼; by fuse F2 when the Mains voltage is from
220V∼ to 240V∼.

Accessory outlet panel.

1 Fuse F1 3 Accessory outlet J2


(100V∼ to 120V∼) 4 Accessory outlet J3
2 Fuse F2
(220V∼ to 240V∼)

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 23
4 System Setup

Connecting Peripheral Equipment


In order to fulfill EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1 (Medical Electrical System Reference
Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety) requirements, Report Printers Ch 5
connection of peripheral equipment to your ultrasound imaging system must
adhere to one of the following conditions:
The peripheral equipment itself is a medical device approved according
to EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1, or
Non-medical peripheral equipment approved according to any other EN
or IEC standard (EN XXXXX or IEC XXXXX, e.g., equipment complying
with EN 60348 and IEC 60348, EN 60950 and IEC 60950, etc.) must use
the following setup for connection:
— Connect the imaging system to an independent protective earth
terminal, with a ground wire connection to the ultrasound systems
equipotential connector. Ensure that the protective earth wire is
connected to a qualified protective earth connection independent of
the existing systems earth connection (via the power cable). Equipotential connector
located on power panel
— The peripheral equipment is located at least 1.5 meters (1.8 meters of imaging system.
[6 feet] in Canada and the U.S.A.) outside of the patient
environment. A patient environment is defined as the area in which
medical examination, monitoring, or treatment of the patient
takes place.
— The peripheral equipment is connected to a main outlet outside the
patient environment but still within the same room as the imaging
system.
For additional information and other possible combinations, please refer to
the Medical Electrical Equipment Standard EN 60601-1-1 or IEC 60601-1-1,
Annex BBB.7, Scenario 3c.
Note: The above information is based on current EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1
standards, dated 2000-12. If your country's regulatory standards for medical equipment
do not correspond to EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1 as well as EN 60601-1-1 and IEC
60601-1-1, your local requirements may be different.

4 - 24 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

Example of a Peripheral Equipment Connection and Patient Environment.

1 Patient environment (represented by dot 4 Peripheral equipment (EN XXXXX and


pattern, extending exactly 1.5 meters IEC XXXXX)
(1.8 meters [6 feet] in Canada and the U.S.A.) 5 RS-232C cable or video in/out
around patient and ultrasound system) 6 Additional Protective Earth (refer to 4-24)
2 Ultrasound system 7 Ultrasound system power
3 Peripheral equipment power

Serial Port
The system has a serial port for connecting to a PC or to a serial printer.
F6
Configuring the Serial Port
Peripheral
Use the system presets to select the destination for data sent through the ►External RS-232C Port
serial port on the ultrasound system.

Caution: Should you disconnect the RS-232C cable from peripheral equipment,
always connect the termination cap to the cable connector. The termination cap
protects the pins on the connector and protects the system from potential
image degradation due to radio wave interference.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 25
4 System Setup

Configuring the Documentation Controls


System Reference
You can configure the documentation controls for printing, storing, and/or
the TGO tissue grayscale optimization optional feature. System Presets Ch 3

For software versions 2.0 and higher: You can also configure documentation
controls for storing clips.

Use the system presets to configure clip options (such as length).


F6
To configure the documentation controls: Clip Capture
1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets.

The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen.

2. Select Customize Keys on the left of the screen.


3. For each documentation control (PRINT STORE, DIGITAL STORE 1, or
DIGITAL STORE 2), select the required option:
To configure the documentation control for: Select this option:
Storage to the hard disk Disk Store
Printing to the black and white printer B/W Print
Printing to the DICOM black and white printer DICOM B/W Printer
Storage to the hard disk and printing to the black D. Store and B/W Pr.
and white printer
Optimization of tissue grayscale (TGO feature) TGO
Note: TGO is not available for the PRINT STORE key.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: Stores clips Clip Capture
Note: This option is not available for the PRINT STORE
key.

4. Select the Save button to store the new settings and exit the
system presets.

4 - 26 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

General System Settings


You can change general system settings such as the on-screen display of System Reference
the date, time, and hospital name using the system presets. These settings
System Presets Ch 3
display on the image screen as well as on patient reports.
Note: If the setup menus are accessed when the system is in freeze, you must unfreeze
the system to display the changes.

Modifying Hospital or Clinic Name


To change the hospital or clinic name, enter a new name into the
system preset. F6

To change the hospital name: General


►Hospital Name
1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen.
2. Roll the trackball to General on the left of the screen and then press the
SET key on the control panel.
3. Roll the trackball to Hospital Name, and then press the SET key.
4. Enter a name and then press the SET key. You can enter up to
60 characters.
5. Roll the trackball to Save and then press the SET key to store the new
settings and exit the system presets.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 27
4 System Setup

Setting System Date and Time


The date is displayed numerically on the upper right of the image screen. System Reference
You can change the system date and format and time, including time zone System Presets Ch 3
and daylight savings time correction.
Note: To view your changes to the image screen, unfreeze the system.

F6
To select the date format:
General
1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets. ►Date format
Day / Time
The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen. ►Date
►Time
2. Roll the trackball to General on the left of the screen.
3. Roll the trackball to Month/Day/Year, Day/Month/Year, or
Year/Month/Day in the Date Format area, then press the SET key on
the control panel.
4. Roll the trackball to Save and then press the SET key to store the new
settings and exit the system presets.

To change the system date:


1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen.
2. Roll the trackball to Day / Time and then press the SET key.
3. Enter the date by completing the Month, Day, and Year fields. For
example, to enter March 20, 2005 in the Month, Day, Year format, enter
03 for the month, 20 for the day, and 2005 for the year.
Use the TAB key to advance to the next field. Use the trackball to
reposition the text cursor if you need to make a correction.
4. Activate the new settings by rolling the trackball to the Set button to the
right of these fields and pressing the SET key on the control panel.

4 - 28 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

To change the system time:


1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen.
2. Roll the trackball to Day / Time and then press the SET key.
3. Enter the time by completing the Hour, Minute, and Second fields.
Use the TAB key to advance to the next field. Use the trackball to
reposition the text cursor if you need to make a correction.
4. Activate the new settings by rolling the trackball to the Set button to the
right of these fields and pressing the SET key on the control panel.
5. To adjust the time for Daylight Savings, roll the trackball to the
Daylight Savings Time Adjustment (+1 Hour) check box and then
press the SET key.
6. To set the time zone, roll the trackball to the Time Zone drop-down list
and then press the SET key.
a. Using the SET key, scroll up or down the list until the required time
zone appears.
b. Roll the trackball to highlight the required time zone and then press
the SET key.
7. Roll the trackball to the Save button and then press the SET key on the
control panel.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 29
4 System Setup

Software Installation
You can install a software upgrade or you can reload existing software; you [1] Instructions for Use
can also re-install the operating system (OS) on the ultrasound system. Software-Based
Before starting a software installation, back up user-defined settings, and Option Installation 4-34
the patient database, and uninstall key disk options.
[2] Instructions for Use

Loading System Software QuickSets Ch A1

Prerequisite: If you plan to delete user-defined settings during software installation (by System Reference
selecting Initialize Preset on the System/Language screen), then Siemens recommends Saving Patient Data Ch 4
that you make a back-up copy of user-defined settings (system presets, QuickSets, and Compact Disk Drive Ch 5
OB tables and formulas) before beginning this procedure. Storing
System Presets Ch 5
To load new system software or reload system software:
1. With the system powered on, insert the System Disk into the CD drive.
a. Press the eject button on the right of the CD drive, which is located
below the control panel on the front of the ultrasound system.
b. Insert the System Disk into the CD tray and press the eject button
to close the CD tray.
2. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen.

3. Select System/Language on the left of the screen, and then select one
of the following selections:
Note: System/Language may appear on the second page of the Presets Main
Menu. To see the second page of the menu, roll the trackball to the down arrow at
the bottom of the menu and press the SET key on the control panel.

– Select Retain Current Preset to retain user-defined settings


(system presets, QuickSets, OB tables and formulas) and retain
the current language selection.
– Select Initialize Preset to delete user-defined settings (system System Reference
presets, QuickSets, OB tables and formulas) and reset the Compact Disk Drive Ch 5
language selection to the factory default. Initialize Presets also Storing
System Presets Ch 5
removes key disk options.
Note: Siemens recommends that you retain user-defined settings. If you
select Initialize Presets, then make a backup copy of user-defined settings
(system presets, QuickSets, and OB tables and formulas) before deleting
user-defined settings.

4 - 30 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

4. Select the Upgrade System button to begin software installation.


The software installation process takes approximately five minutes.

When the installation process completes, the system displays a


message indicating the install was successful prompts you to power off
the system.

5. Press the eject button on the CD drive and remove the System Disk.
6. Roll the trackball to the Shut Down button in the message and press
the SET key.
The system screen goes dark and powers off. Wait 20 seconds before
powering on the system.
Note: If you selected Initialize Preset during this procedure, the system language
System Reference
may change. Use the system presets to select another language. To change the
language, press the F6 key, select the down arrow at the bottom of the left side of System Presets Ch 3
the screen, select System/Language on the left of the Preset Main Menu, select
another language, and then select the Change Language button. Wait for the
system to power off and then press the power on/off switch to power on the
system.

7. Press the power on/off ( ) switch located on the upper left of the
[1] Instructions for Use
control panel to power on the system.
Supplying Power to
8. To confirm the software installation: the System 4-13
a. Press F6 to display the Preset Main Menu.
b. Select Service.
c. Confirm that the version of the system host software listed in the
Product SW version matches the version of software from the
System Disk.
d. Select Cancel to exit the service login window.
[1] Instructions for Use
9. If you un-installed key disk options or initialized presets, then reinstall
the key disk options. Software-Based
Option Installation 4-34

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 31
4 System Setup

OS-System Disk
System Reference
Caution: Use extreme caution should you need to load software with the
OS-System Disk. The OS-System Disk overwrites the ultrasound system's Saving Patient Data Ch 4
Compact Disk Drive Ch 5
hard drive. Before you upgrade the software, back up preset and patient data,
Storing
and uninstall key disk options. System Presets Ch 5

The OS-System disk is an auto bootable CD. If inserted in the CD drive, then [1] Instructions for Use
the disk will overwrite the local hard drive while cycling power to the
Software-Based
ultrasound system. Option Installation 4-34

To load system software and DIMAQ software using the OS-System Disk:
1. With the system powered on, insert the OS-System Disk into the CD
drive.
a. Press the eject button on the right of the CD drive, which is located
below the control panel on the front of the ultrasound system.
b. Insert the OS-System Disk into the CD tray and press the eject
button to close the CD tray.
[1] Instructions for Use
2. Press the power on/off ( ) switch located on the upper left of the
control panel to power off the system.The system displays a Supplying Power to
confirmation message. the System 4-13

3. Select OK or press the power on/off ( ) switch again.


The system screen goes dark and powers off. Wait 20 seconds before
powering on the system.

4. Press the power on/off ( ) switch to power on the system.


The system displays an "R" prompt on the image screen in
approximately five minutes.
5. Remove the OS-System Disk from the CD drive.
6. Press the power on/off ( ) switch to power off the system.
The system screen goes dark and powers off. Wait 20 seconds before
powering on the system.

7. Press the power on/off ( ) switch to power on the system.


The system will boot up in approximately three minutes. If an "Extended
Post" message displays, then select OK to dismiss the dialog box.

4 - 32 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

8. To confirm the software installation:


a. Press F6 to display the Preset Main Menu.
b. Select Service.
c. Confirm that the version of the system host software listed in the
Product SW version matches the version of software from the
OS-System Disk.
d. Select Cancel to exit the service login window.
9. To change the system language:
a. Select System/Language on the left of the screen.
Note: System/Language may appear on the second page of the Presets Main
Menu. To see the second page of the menu, roll the trackball to the down arrow at
the bottom of the menu and press the SET key on the control panel.

b. Select the required language and then select the Change Language
button.
The system screen goes dark and powers off. Wait 20 seconds
before powering on the system.

c. Press the power on/off ( ) switch to power on the system.


10. Reinstall the key disk options.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 33
4 System Setup

Software-Based Option Installation


You can install or uninstall a software-based option on the ultrasound
system using a key disk (USB memory stick). One key disk is required for
one option per system. You cannot concurrently install a key disk option on
multiple systems. If subsequently uninstalled, the option key disk can be
installed on a different SONOLINE G20 ultrasound system.

Observe the following precautions when using a key disk:


Do not power on the ultrasound system with a key disk inserted in a
USB port.
Insert only one key disk at a time.
Do not remove the key disk during option installation or uninstallation.
To install a software-based option:
1. Insert the media containing the option into one of the USB ports on the
input/output panel.
2. Press the F6 key on the keyboard.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu.

3. Roll the trackball to Installation from Key Disk and then press the
SET key.
4. Roll the trackball to the Install button and then press the SET key.
The system displays a confirmation dialog box.

5. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.
The system displays a message box as the key disk flashes while the
option is installed. When the installation is complete, the system
displays a new message box.

6. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.
The option is listed on the Installed Option screen.

7. Remove the key disk.

4 - 34 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
4 System Setup

To uninstall a software-based option:


1. Insert the source media for the option into one of the USB ports on the
input/output panel.
2. Press the F6 key on the keyboard.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu.

3. Roll the trackball to Installation from Key Disk and then press the
SET key.
4. Roll the trackball to the Uninstall button and then press the SET key.
The sytem verifies that the inserted source media matches an installed
option and then displays a confirmation box.

5. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.
The system displays a message box as the key disk flashes while the
option is uninstalled. When the process in complete, the system
displays a new message box.

6. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.
The option is no longer listed on the Installed Option screen.

7. Remove the key disk.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 4 - 35
4 System Setup

4 - 36 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination
Entering Patient Data......................................................................................... 3
Using the Patient Data Form ......................................................................... 4
Calendar Tool ......................................................................................... 5
General and Exam-Specific Clinical Data ................................................ 6
General Information All Exam Types.................................................... 6
Specific Patient Data Information OB, Early OB, GYN,
and EM................................................................................................... 7
Specific Patient Data Information Cardiac............................................ 8
Specific Patient Data Information Urology ........................................... 8
Selecting a Scheduled Procedure .................................................................. 9
Searching the Worklist ......................................................................... 10
Selecting a Scheduled Procedure Using DIMAQ.................................. 12
Fields Displayed on the Worklist Search Screen .................................. 13
Fields Displayed on the Choose Procedure Screen.............................. 15
Editing Patient Data ..................................................................................... 15

Changing the Exam Type................................................................................. 16


Accessing the Exam and QuickSet List ....................................................... 16
Exam Type Abbreviations ............................................................................ 17

Activating a Transducer................................................................................... 18

Selecting an Operating Mode ......................................................................... 19

Examination Completion ................................................................................. 20


Printing a Patient Report.............................................................................. 20
Video Printer (On-board) ....................................................................... 20
Peripheral Printer (Off-board)................................................................ 20
Ending an Exam........................................................................................... 21

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 1
5 Beginning an Examination

5 - 2 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Entering Patient Data


Before beginning a patient examination, you can use the keyboard to enter [1] Instructions for Use
general patient information into the Patient Data form. Searching the
Worklist 5-10
You can retrieve previously saved patient information from a compact Modifying the
disk (CD). Hospital Name Ch 4
You can also automatically register a new patient by pressing one of the
documentation controls configured for disk storage when no patient is
registered. The system opens a new study, identifying the
Patient Name as an asterisk (*) and the Patient ID as the opening date
and time. You can then change the patient information for the current
study while the study remains open.
You can automatically register a new patient by using the Worklist
search function.
To enter new patient information: System Reference

1. Press the F1 function key located on the keyboard. Selecting Images


and Studies Ch 4
The system displays the New Patient Data form with a text entry
cursor positioned in the Last Name field.
Note: You can also review and edit an existing form by pressing the
F3 (PATIENT DATA) key.

2. Enter the patient information using the instructions on the


following pages.
3. Select OK at the bottom of the form to confirm your entries or select
Cancel to discard your entries.
– To confirm your entries, roll the trackball to the OK button and then
press the SET key to enter the patient information.
The system displays the image screen with the new patient
information.
– To exit the form without saving the entries, select Cancel at the
bottom of the form.
The system redisplays the image screen with the previous patient's
information and discards the entries on the new patient data form.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 3
5 Beginning an Examination

Using the Patient Data Form


The Patient Data form contains general and exam-specific information.
A calendar tool is available for entering date-dependent information for
OB exams.

To: Perform this action:


Move the text cursor to the Press the TAB key on the keyboard. You can
beginning position of the next also roll the trackball to the next field and then
entry field press the SET key on the control panel.

Delete characters Press the BACKSPACE key on the keyboard.

Select a button or object on Roll the trackball to the button or object and
the form then press the SET key.

Save the new patient data, exit Roll the trackball to the OK button and then
viewing/editing of the patient press the SET key or press the RETURN key
form, and redisplay the on the keyboard.
image screen

Exit viewing/editing of the patient Roll the trackball to the Cancel button and
form, and redisplay the image then press the SET key.
screen without saving the new
patient data

5 - 4 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Calendar Tool
You can display a calendar tool in the Patient Data form for use with OB exams.

Example of Calendar Tool.

To use the calendar tool:


1. Roll the trackball to select the down arrow (▼) on a date field of the
patient data form and press the SET key to access the calendar.
If a date has not been entered in the LMP field, the calendar
automatically displays a date 60 days before the examination date. To
confirm this date, select the OK button. To select another date, scroll
through the months of the calendar.
2. To scroll through the months of the calendar, select either the back
arrow (◄) or the forward arrow (►).
3. Roll the trackball pointer to a date and then press the SET key.
The system exits the calendar tool and places the selected date in the
Patient Data form.
4. To exit the calendar without saving changes, select the Cancel button
below the calendar.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 5
5 Beginning an Examination

General and Exam-Specific Clinical Data


The Patient Data form contains a Physical/Clinical History section. This System Reference
section contains general data entry fields for all exam types and specific System Presets Ch 3
fields for the following exam types:
OB, Early OB, GYN, and EM1
Cardiac F6
Urology General
►Date Format
►Height and Weight
General Information All Exam Types Format
The system transfers patient information to the patient report for exam
types with a report. Use the system presets to select the measurement
F6
convention for the height and weight fields and to include an operator ID and
the referring physician's name in a report. M&R
►Measurement
and Report Preset
►►Display Item
►►Display
Configuration
General
►Height and Weight
Format

In this field: Enter…


Last Name Patient's last name.
First Name Patient's first name.
MI Patient's middle initial.
Accession Identification code indicating the sequence of the current study as related to other
Number studies for this patient. Used for billing purposes. Typically generated by a HIS/RIS
(Worklist) server.
ID Identification code for the patient.
DOB Patient date of birth using the format selected in system presets.
The system automatically calculates the patient age and displays the value in the
AGE field.
Sex Patient sex.
Referring MD Name of the referring physician.
Physician ID Identification of the physician.
Height Patient height using the convention selected in the system presets.
Weight Patient weight using the convention selected in the system presets.
Indication Additional information.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

5 - 6 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Specific Patient Data Information OB, Early OB,


GYN, and EM
Patient Data form:
OB,
In this field: Enter... Early OB GYN EM1
LMP Start date of the patient’s Last Menstrual Period.
Use the keyboard or the calendar tool to enter this
date. You can also allow the system to calculate the
LMP based on the EDC. A calculated LMP displays two
asterisks (**) next to the date.
EDC Estimated Date of Confinement.
The system automatically calculates and displays the
Estimated Date of Confinement based on the LMP or
IVF date. (EDC = LMP + 280 days or IVF Date + 266
days.) Use the keyboard or the calendar tool to enter
this date.
IVF Date Date of in-vitro fertilization.
Use the keyboard or the calendar tool to enter this
date. A calculated IVF displays two asterisks (**) next
to the date.
Clinical Basis of Clinical Menstrual Age (CMA).
Menstrual Age The system calculates and displays the CMA based on
Based On the LMP or IVF date already entered. Press the
SET key to specify whether the LMP date or IVF date
will be used to determine the Clinical MA.
Clinical MA The system calculates and displays the Clinical
Menstrual Age using the LMP or IVF. The Clinical MA
displays in the patient report.
Gravida Patient history of pregnancies, entered with the
Para number keys.
AB The entries in these fields are transferred to the Patient
Ectopic Report, but do not display on the image screen.
MAFP Maternal Alpha-Fetoprotein level, up to four numbers,
including an optional decimal place.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 7
5 Beginning an Examination

Specific Patient Data Information Cardiac


Patient Data form:
In this field: Enter… Cardiac
SYS/DIA Blood pressure, using the systole over diastole measurement
in mmHg.
BSA Patient Body Surface Area in m2. The system automatically
calculates the BSA (based on Height and Weight entries) and
transfers the value to the patient report.
BSA is calculated with one of the following two formulas:
For height in centimeters and weight in kilograms:
BSA = 0.007184 x (weight)0.425 x (height)0.725
For height in feet/inches and weight in pounds:
BSA = 0.007184 x (weight x 0.454)0.425 x
(height x 2.54)0.725

Specific Patient Data Information Urology


Patient Data form:
In this field Enter… Urology
PSA Prostate specific antigen level in ng/ml.

5 - 8 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Selecting a Scheduled Procedure


(Requires the DICOM option and the DICOM Modality Worklist option)

You can select a scheduled procedure using the Worklist search method or
the DIMAQ method.
Note: The DIMAQ method for selecting a scheduled procedure requires software version
2.0 or higher.

To… Use this method:


Register a new patient (automatically enter the Worklist search
patient data for a procedure into the New
Patient Data form)
Select another procedure for the current study Worklist search
(different accession number)
Select another procedure for the current study DIMAQ
(same accession number)

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 9
5 Beginning an Examination

Searching the Worklist


You can use the Worklist search function to select a scheduled procedure
for a new study. You can also use the Worklist search function to select a
scheduled procedure for the current study (different accession number).
Note: If the Worklist server assigns the same accession number to procedures within a [1] Instructions for Use
study, then use DIMAQ to select another procedure for the current study. Selecting a
Scheduled
To search the Worklist server and begin a scheduled procedure: Procedure Using
DIMAQ 5-12
1. Press the F1 function key located on the keyboard.
The system displays the New Patient Data form with a text entry
cursor positioned in the Last Name field.

2. Enter patient information for the search and then select the Worklist
button. F6

The system displays the Worklist Search screen, containing data DICOM
► Worklist Server
entered on the New Patient Data form. If streamlined search is ►► Streamlined Search
enabled, then the system begins searching procedures scheduled for
the next 24 hours using data entered on the New Patient Data form.
Note: To avoid retrieving patient data when selecting a scheduled procedure for the
currently registered patient, select Use Cache in the Offline field of the Worklist
Search screen.

3. If streamlined search is not enabled, then enter additional search criteria


(if required) and begin the search:
a. Enter additional search criteria using the keyboard.
To access the next field, press the TAB key on the keyboard.
To remove data from the selected field, select Clear.
b. Select Search to begin the search.
The system displays the search results at the top of the
Worklist Search screen and activates the Scheduled Procedures field
and the Select button.

4. To sort patient data:


– Select a column heading to sort the files in ascending order by
heading.
– Select the column heading again to sort in descending order.

5 - 10 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

5. To begin a new study:


a. Select a study from the top of the Worklist Search screen.
Note: When the Worklist server assigns different accession numbers to procedures
within a study, the system lists each procedure separately at the top of the Worklist
Search screen.

b. Select (click) the Select button.


The system transfers the patient data into the New Patient Data
form.

c. Use the keyboard to edit or enter data and then select OK to begin
the study.
Note: The following fields cannot be edited for patient data transferred from the
Worklist server: Patient Name, Patient ID, Accession #, DOB/Age, Sex.

6. To begin another scheduled procedure for the current study (different


accession number):
a. Select a study from the top of the Worklist Search screen.
Note: When the Worklist server assigns different accession numbers to procedures
within a study, the system lists each procedure separately at the top of the Worklist
Search screen.

b. Select (click) the Select button.


c. Select OK in the confirmation message to end the current
procedure.
d. Select either Completed or Discontinued in the confirmation
message to indicate status of the ended procedure and to begin the
selected procedure.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 11
5 Beginning an Examination

Selecting a Scheduled Procedure Using DIMAQ


You can use DIMAQ to select a scheduled procedure for the current study
(same accession number). Use DIMAQ if the Worklist server assigns the
same accession number to procedures within a study (that is, if procedures
are entered into the Worklist server using a billing model that is based on
the Integrated Healthcare Enterprise [IHE] guidelines).
Note: If the Worklist server assigns different accession numbers to procedures within a System Reference
study, then use the Worklist search feature to select another procedure for the current DICOM
study. Connectivity
Option Ch 6
To select another procedure (same accession number) for the currently [1] Instructions for Use
registered patient:
Searching the
Note: You must configure and activate a DICOM configuration (alias) for the MPPS Worklist 5-10
server before using the Worklist search feature to select procedures.

1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel to display the Image screen.
2. Select the Procedure Screen button on the left of the screen to display
the Choose procedure screen.
Note: This selection is available when a connected DICOM Worklist server contains
multiple procedures (same accession number) for the current study.

3. Select the procedure from the Scheduled Procedure(s) drop-down list


and then select the Select button on the right of the screen.
The system displays a confirmation message.

4. Select OK in the confirmation message to end the current procedure.


The system displays another confirmation message.

5. Select either Completed or Discontinued in the confirmation message


to indicate status of the ended procedure and to begin the selected
procedure.
6. Select the Live Screen button to display the image screen.

5 - 12 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Fields Displayed on the Worklist Search Screen


In this field: Enter…
Scheduled Procedures Lists available procedures for the selected study. Procedures are identified by
study code and description.
For software versions 2.0 and higher: Procedures are also identified by modality
(US is ultrasound).
Patient Name
Last Last name of patient.Use an asterisk (*) to indicate partially known values.
For example, to search for the last name "Miller", you can enter "Mil*" or "*ler".
First First name of patient. Use an asterisk (*) to indicate partially known values.
For example, to search for the first name "Christopher", you can enter "Chris*"
or "*pher".
Middle Middle initial of patient.
Patient ID Identification code for the patient. Searching for the ID requires an exact match.
1
Performing Physician
Last1 Last name of performing physician. Use an asterisk (*) to indicate partially known
values. For example, to search for the last name "Miller", you can enter "Mil*"
or "*ler".
First1 First name of performing physician. Use an asterisk (*) to indicate partially known
values. For example, to search for the first name "Christopher", you can enter
"Chris*" or "*pher".
Middle1 Middle initial of performing physician.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 13
5 Beginning an Examination

In this field: Enter…


Date Dates for the search.
Accession # Accession #. Searching for the accession number requires an exact match.
Requested Requested procedure ID. Searching for the requested procedure ID requires an
Procedure ID exact match.
Scope Select US Only to search for procedures scheduled on all ultrasound systems;
select This system only to confine the search to procedures scheduled on this
ultrasound system.
Offline Select the Use Cache check box to save results of the most recent Worklist
search on the ultrasound system. When Use Cache is selected, fields and
buttons within the Search Criterion section at the bottom of the Worklist
Search screen are not available.
You are unable to enter search criteria or perform a search if Use Cache
is selected.
Select the Reset Cache button to clear any existing Worklist search results
already stored on the ultrasound system. The system then downloads the current
Worklist search results onto the ultrasound system. When you select the
Reset Cache button, the system selects the Use Cache checkbox automatically.
You can then move the system to another location; the results of the search are
available on the ultrasound system even when it is not connected to the network.
Note: Before performing another search, reconnect the system to the network and
ensure that Use Cache is not selected.

5 - 14 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Fields Displayed on the Choose Procedure Screen


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

The Choose procedure screen displays the selections in the Worklist


Search screen.Only the Scheduled Procedures drop-down list is available.

Selection Description
Scheduled Procedures Lists available procedures for the selected study. Procedures are identified by
modality, study code, and description.For modality, US is ultrasound.

Editing Patient Data


You can edit entries on the Patient Data form at any time during the
patient examination.

To display the Patient Data form:


1. Press the F3 function key on the keyboard.
The system displays the Patient Data form.

2. Use the keyboard to update your entries.


Changes to the Patient Data form are also updated on the image
screen and in the report for exams with a patient report.

Changes to fields used in calculations cause the system to update


previously measured results.

3. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key to save
the revisions to the patient information and redisplay the image screen.
To restore the current Patient Data form and redisplay the image
screen without saving the revisions, roll the trackball to the
Cancel button and then press the SET key.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 15
5 Beginning an Examination

Changing the Exam Type


You can change the exam type at any time by making a selection from the [2] Instructions for Use
Exam and QuickSet List. System-defined exam types and user-defined Creating
QuickSets display on this list. A QuickSet is an optimized configuration of QuickSets Ch A1
imaging parameter settings for a specific transducer, exam, and
operating mode.

Use the system presets to select an exam or QuickSet to automatically


activate when you power on the system.
F6
Boot Up
Accessing the Exam and QuickSet List ►Boot Up Exam
& QuickSet
Use one of these methods to access the Exam and QuickSet List:
Press the F5 key on the keyboard.
Roll the trackball to the EXAM button on the New Patient Data or
Patient Data form and then press the SET key.
To select or change the exam type or QuickSet:
1. Access the Exam and QuickSet List by pressing the F5 key on the
keyboard.
The system displays a list of system-defined exam types and a list
of QuickSets.
Note: If the transducer associated with a QuickSet is not connected to the system,
the QuickSet is not selectable.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight the name of the required exam type or the
QuickSet and then press the SET key. The system displays the name of
the selected exam type or QuickSet in the upper left of the image screen.
3. To redisplay the image screen without selecting an exam type or
QuickSet, select the Cancel button.

5 - 16 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Exam Type Abbreviations


The system displays an abbreviation that indicates the active exam type in
the upper left of the image screen. The system-defined exams are
abbreviated as follows:
Abd Abdominal
OB Obstetrics
Early OB Early Obstetrics
Breast Breast
Thyroid Thyroid
Testicle Testicle
GYN Gynecology
Ortho Orthopedics
Cardiac Cardiac
Urology Urology
Cranial Cranial
1
Rectal Rectal
1
EM Emergency Medicine

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 17
5 Beginning an Examination

Activating a Transducer
System Reference
Although multiple transducers can be connected to the ultrasound system,
only one transducer can be active. System Presets Ch 3

Use the system presets to select the transducer port that will be active at
system power-on. F6
Boot Up
To activate a transducer connected to the system: ► Transducer Port Active
On Boot Up
1. Press the TRANSDUCER key located on the control panel.
The name of the active transducer displays on the upper left of the
screen.

2. To activate another transducer connected to the system, press the


TRANSDUCER key again.

5 - 18 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Selecting an Operating Mode


When powered on, the system automatically displays in 2D-mode. You can
change modes by pressing the appropriate control or key located on the
control panel. You can select A-mode and full-screen M-mode sweeps using
the 2D-mode menu.

Use the system presets to display the 2D image simultaneously with the
M-mode sweep when M-mode is selected. If you do not activate the bypass F6
cursor display selection in the system presets, the system displays the 2D
image with the cursor when M-mode is selected and you must select the Default Settings
► Bypass M
control a second time to display the sweep. Cursor Display

Mode Selection
A-mode Press the 2D control on the control panel, press the MENU control on the control
panel, and then select A-mode.
2D-mode Press the 2D control on the control panel.
Split (B+B) mode Press the SPLIT key on the control panel.
Dual-mode Press the left or right DUAL/SELECT key on the control panel. A 2D image displays
in the respective half of the image area. Press the other DUAL/SELECT key to
display an image in the other half of the display area. The last DUAL/SELECT key
pressed (left or right) establishes the active image. Press either key twice to display
the image full-screen. Return to dual displays by pressing the key once again.
4B-mode Press the 4B key on the control panel.
2D/M-mode Press the M control on the control panel two times while in 2D-mode.
Split 2D/M-mode Press the SPLIT key on the control panel and then press the M control.
M-mode Press the M control on the control panel two times while in 2D-mode, press the
MENU control on the control panel, and then select Full M.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 19
5 Beginning an Examination

Examination Completion
Printing a Patient Report
For exam types with a patient report, the system transfers labeled System Reference
measurements and calculations from a Measurement Menu on the image
System Presets Ch 3
screen to a report. You can print the report to an optionally installed video Printer Installation Ch 5
printer using the control panel, or you can transfer the report to the USB or
RS-232C port by selecting the Send Report button on the report page.

Video Printer (On-board)


Use the system presets to assign a documentation control to the printing
function.

To print the report to an on-board video printer:


Press the documentation control (PRINT STORE, DIGITAL STORE 1, or
DIGITAL STORE 2) on the control panel configured for the print
F6
function.
System Configuration
The system transfers the information displayed on-screen to the ►Peripheral
specified documentation device. ►►RS-232
►►USB
►Customize Keys
Peripheral Printer (Off-board) ►Storage

Use the system presets to assign functionality to the serial port or to a USB
port as the destination for data sent through the system.

To send data to a USB port or the RS-232C port:


Roll the trackball to the Send Report button on the report and then
press the SET key on the control panel.
The Send Report button is changed to the Cancel button.

To cancel the Send Report command:


To interrupt immediately, roll the trackball to the Cancel button and then
press the SET key.
To stop after the current page, press the ESCAPE key.

5 - 20 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
5 Beginning an Examination

Ending an Exam
You can complete the patient examination from the DIMAQ-IP Image screen
or Study screen.

To access the DIMAQ-IP screens (Study screen and Image screen):


1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.
If a patient is currently registered, then the system displays the Image
screen. If there is not a patient currently registered, then the system
displays the Study screen.

2. To display the Image screen (from the Study screen), select the Image
Screen button on the left of the screen.
3. To display the Study screen (from the Image screen), select the Study
Screen button on the left of the screen.

To complete the patient examination, choose one of the following:


Select the Close Study button on the left of the Image screen.
Select the Close or New button in the Study box on the right of the
Study screen.
Press the F1 key on the keyboard to begin a new examination and
select the OK button to register the new patient.
Shut down the ultrasound system.
You can change the Patient Name and/or ID without closing the current
patient examination.
Note: If you select a previous study from the Study screen list when a study is current
and has not been completed, the current study is not closed.You can select the current
study again from the Study screen.

A current study is identifiable in the Study screen when the following two
conditions are met:
It has the most recent Date/Time stamp in the Study screen list.
The Close button in the Study screen is available when this study
is selected.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 5 - 21
5 Beginning an Examination

5 - 22 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description
Standard Features .............................................................................................. 3
Operator Control Panel .................................................................................. 3
Multi-Lingual System Operating Software..................................................... 3
Processing Power.......................................................................................... 3
High Resolution Monochrome Monitor ......................................................... 4
Mobility.......................................................................................................... 4
Transducer Compatibility ............................................................................... 4
User-Accessible Connections ........................................................................ 4
Operating Modes .......................................................................................... 5
Single Modes ......................................................................................... 5
Mixed Modes ......................................................................................... 5
Imaging Functions ......................................................................................... 6

Options................................................................................................................ 7

Measurements, Calculations, and Reports ...................................................... 8


General Functions.......................................................................................... 8
General 2D-Mode Measurements and Calculations ............................... 8
General M-Mode Measurements and Calculations ................................ 8
Exam-Specific Measurements and Calculations ............................................ 9
Abdominal .............................................................................................. 9
Breast..................................................................................................... 9
Thyroid ................................................................................................... 9
Testicle................................................................................................... 9
Gynecology ............................................................................................ 9
Urology................................................................................................... 9
Rectal ..................................................................................................... 9
Obstetrics............................................................................................. 10
Orthopedic ........................................................................................... 11
Cranial .................................................................................................. 11
Cardiac ................................................................................................. 11
Measurement Accuracy .............................................................................. 12

Image Display ................................................................................................... 13

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 1
6 Technical Description

System Requirements...................................................................................... 14
Power Supply Requirements....................................................................... 14
Possible Combinations with Other Equipment ............................................ 14
Leakage Currents ................................................................................. 14
Audio, Video, and Data Transmission Connections Input and
Output Signals...................................................................................... 15
Environmental Requirements ...................................................................... 16
Protective Measures ............................................................................ 16
Maximum Physical Dimensions ........................................................... 16

System Classifications ..................................................................................... 17

Standards Compliance..................................................................................... 18

6 - 2 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description

Standard Features
Operator Control Panel
Trackball
Backlit controls and keys
Task lighting for control panel
Language-specific control panel overlays
Alphanumeric keyboard with special function keys

Multi-Lingual System Operating Software


Windows-based operating software
Multi-language capability, selectable during software installation
User-modifiable system presets, including libraries of annotations
and pictograms
QuickSet feature for defining up to 32 sets of specific exam,
transducer, and image parameter settings

Processing Power
DIMAQ-IP integrated workstation
SynAps™ synthetic aperture technology for improved image quality
at depth
Pathway for future performance expansion and technological
innovations

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 3
6 Technical Description

High Resolution Monochrome Monitor


30 cm (12-inch)
High resolution, (non-interlaced) with 640 x 480 pixel display matrix
Tilt of 15° up and 15° down
Swivel of 270°
Brightness, contrast, and degauss controls
Energy savings compliant per VESA Display Power Management
Signaling standard

Mobility
Mobile console with swivel wheels and brakes for transport
Front steering handle for ease in mobility

Transducer Compatibility
2.0 to 10.0 MHz imaging range capability
Wideband MultiHertz™ multiple frequency imaging
System configurations:
– Two standard array transducer ports
– Two standard array transducer ports and one mechanical sector
transducer port1
– Two standard array transducer ports and one parking port for linear
and curved array transducers
Detachable transducer and gel holders
Transducer cable management
microCase™ transducer miniaturization technology for increased user
comfort and reduced fatigue
Lightweight, ergonomic transducer design with SuppleFlex™ cables

User-Accessible Connections
Compact disk CD-RW drive for use with the DIMAQ-IP integrated
ultrasound workstation
On-board location for one recording device (analog output)
RS-232C port for data transfer to an off-board printer or personal
computer (PC)
USB port for off-board printer connectivity (2 ports) and for installation
of software-based system options using a "key disk" (memory stick)
Ethernet port
User-programmable, dual-pedal footswitch (optional)

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

6 - 4 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description

Operating Modes
The following modes are available on the system:

Single Modes
2D-mode, Dual mode, 4B-mode, and Split (B+B) mode in fundamental
and harmonics
M-mode
A-mode

Mixed Modes
2D/M-mode

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 5
6 Technical Description

Imaging Functions
2D-mode and M-mode imaging with mixed modes for 2D/M and
A-mode display
256 gray shade display with selectable gray maps (seven maps)
Up to 22 choices for magnification in frozen or real-time imaging
20 mm to 240 mm depth of view display in 10 mm increments
(transducer dependent)
User-adjustable single, dual, and quadruple focusing
CINE: Up to 255 gray scale frames
Zoom
ReadySet™ on-screen workflow shortcuts for immediate access to the
most frequently-used functions (user-programmable)
QuickSet™ user-programmable system parameters for streamlining
exam and workflow steps

6 - 6 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description

Options
THI™ Tissue Harmonic Imaging Technology
– Enhances visualization, particularly in difficult-to-image patients
– Improves image contrast and spatial resolution; reduces noise
– Ensemble Tissue Harmonic Imaging (THI) is available with the
following transducers and THI frequencies:
C4-21: 5.0T, 5.6T
C5-2: 5.0T, 5.6T
L10-5: 10.0T
TGO™ Tissue Grayscale Optimization Option
– Provides "one-button" image optimization, by immediately adjusting
imaging parameters to the tissue type being imaged
– For use with every exam type and imaging frequency, including THI
(when installed)
– Available on all transducers
DICOM 3.0 Connectivity Option
– Software license for use of networking software
– Provides digital image transfer using a DICOM network for both
printing and storage. When the option is installed, the ultrasound
system is a "DICOM Print Class User" (for printing to a networked
DICOM printer) and a "DICOM Storage Class User" (for storage to
a networked DICOM workstation and/or archive device).
DICOM Modality Worklist Option (requires the DICOM
Connectivity Option)
– Software license for querying and directing the download of a
patient work schedule from a HIS/RIS system (Hospital Information
System/Radiology Information System) to the ultrasound system
– Automatically populates the patient registration form with patient
demographic information
DICOM MPPS Option1 (requires the DICOM Connectivity Option and
DICOM Modality Worklist Option)
Dual footswitch
Monitor filter (for bright lighting conditions)
Clip Store1
Brachytherapy Software option1 (requires systems configured with a
mechanical sector transducer port and the use of the Endo-P II
transducer)

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 7
6 Technical Description

Measurements, Calculations, and


Reports
Two categories of measurements and calculations are available on the
ultrasound system: general and exam-specific.

General Functions
2D-mode and M-mode imaging have up to eight (8) distance sets of
caliper measurements per image
Area and circumference: up to eight Ellipse and Trace measurements
per image
Ratio Calculations

General 2D-Mode Measurements and Calculations


Angle
Distance/Depth
Circumference (using a Trace or Ellipse method)
Area (using a Trace or Ellipse method)
Volume (using a 2-Plane Volume or a 1-Plane Volume)
Residual Volume and Thyroid Volume

General M-Mode Measurements and Calculations


Distance
Time
Heart Rate
Slope
Ratio Calculations

6 - 8 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description

Exam-Specific Measurements
and Calculations
The measurement function is arranged by exam type and is available for use
with all exam types.

Abdominal
All general measurements and calculations

Breast
All general measurements and calculations

Thyroid
All general measurements and calculations
Thyroid volume

Testicle
All general measurements and calculations

Gynecology
All general measurements and calculations
Right and left follicle, uterus, and right and left ovary measurements
Gynecology patient report

Urology
All general measurements and calculations
Micturated volume
Prostate dimensions
Prostate and urology patient report

Rectal1
All general measurements and calculations
Stepwise volume
Incremental volume
Rectal patient report

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 9
6 Technical Description

Obstetrics
All general measurements and calculations [2] Instructions for Use
Early OB and Standard OB parameter labels Obstetrics Ch B2
Early OB and Standard OB measurement labels
Menstrual Age paramter labels
Up to five user-defined Menstrual Age formulas or tables
Up to five user-defined ratios of parameters
Up to five user-defined Growth Analysis formulas or tables
Up to five user-defined measurement labels are available in 2D-mode
Calculations for parameters and estimated fetal weight (EFW)
Calculations for both clinical and ultrasound menstrual age, and
estimated date of confinement
Two system-defined formulas for estimating fetal body weight:
EFW1 and EFW2
Up to five user-defined formulas for estimating fetal body weight
Two formulas for composite ultrasound menstrual age calculation:
Direct/Average, system-defined
Early Obstetric patient report and Standard Obstetric patient report
include a worksheet for viewing the progress of the report during the
exam process and to edit the report, along with multiple fetus
reporting capabilities
Growth Analysis Graphs

6 - 10 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description

Orthopedic
All general measurements and calculations
Right and Left Hip Angle measurement
Orthopedic report

Cranial
All general measurements and calculations

Cardiac
2D-mode Trace, Distance, and Angle measurements
Volume formulas for Left Ventricular function assessment (eight
formulas)
2D-mode and M-mode calculations
M-mode Slope, Heart Rate, Time, and Distance measurements
Cardiac worksheet and patient report

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 11
6 Technical Description

Measurement Accuracy
The following table describes the variability in accuracy for each parameter:

Parameter Ranges Accuracy


Image Depth Scale 20 to 240 mm < ± 3% of full scale
Image Time Scales 2, 4, 8, 16 sec. < ± 5 ms
Two-dimensional Measurements
– Distance/Depth up to 240 mm < ± 3% or < 1 mm, if below 33 mm
– Area up to 999 cm2 < ± 6% or < 66 mm2, if below 11 cm2
– Trace (Ellipse) up to 999 cm2 < ± 6% or < 66 mm2, if below 11 cm2
– Angle 0° to 180° < ± 3% on ½ segment
– Ratio (A/B)
Result B/A & (A-B)/A up to 1.0 < ± 10% of A
Result A/B 1.0 to 99.9 < ± 10% of A
Time Motion (TM) Measurements
– Depth up to 240 mm < ± 3% or < 0.5 mm, if below 17 mm
– Time up to 16 sec. < ± 2%
– Heart Rate 15 to 999 bpm < ± 5%
Volume Measurements
– Volume (Area, Length, Diameter) up to 999 cm3 < ± 9% or < 3.2 cm3, if below 36 cm3
– Thyroid Volume up to 999 cm3 < ± 9% or < 3.2 cm3, if below 36 cm3
– Urine Remainder up to 999 ml < ± 9% or < 3.2 cm3, if below 36 cm3

6 - 12 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description

Image Display
Video Standards: VGA
Monitor: Monochrome, 30 cm (12-inch), high resolution, (non-interlaced) monitor
with 640 x 480 pixel display matrix
Gray Scale: 256 levels
Image polarity: Positive (black on white) or negative (white on black)
Date/Time display: System displays current date and time above the imaging area.
Clock freezes in frozen image.
Daylight saving time changes available in system presets.
Image field size: 3.5 MHz = 20 to 240 mm
(by frequency) 5.0 MHz = 20 to 240 mm
7.5 MHz = 20 to 140 mm
10.0 MHz = 20 to 240 mm
12.0 MHz = 20 to 240 mm
The depth is selectable in increments of 10 mm. Minimum and
maximum depth values for each frequency are transducer dependent.
Image Orientation: Left-to-right or right-to-left orientation for 2D, Split (B+B), Dual, and
4B modes; 2D image in mixed 2D/M-mode. Active image indicator
designates direction of scan. 90-degree rotation for 2D, Split (B+B),
Dual, and 4B modes; 2D image in 2D/M-mode.
Image Position: Image can be offset vertically and horizontally
2D steering for linear array transducers
Other Imaging Transmit power displayed in decibels (dB) or percentage (%)
Parameters: Overall System Receiver Gain combined with DGC Gain totals 70 dB
Depth Gain Compensation (DGC) – Eight DGC slide controls for
DGC Gain
Pre-processing – Edge Enhancement in six steps; Image Persistence in
eight steps; Dynamic Range 35 to 70 dB in 1-dB steps.
Post-processing – Seven variable gray scale compression maps.
Focusing – 1, 2, and 4 transmit focal zones for all electronic array
transducers; number and position of focal zones are user-selectable
Image Screen Millimeter (mm) scale marker with depth of display, focal zones:
Display: number and position, gray bar, trackball arbitration, active image
indicator, error and help messages.
Values for the following image parameters: 2D/M Gain, Dynamic
Range, Edge Enhancement, and Gain.
Active transducer and transmit frequency, exam type, active
measurement method, Measurement Menu, Measured Results.
Onscreen menu selections for mode-specific imaging and onscreen
menu selections for a feature.
ReadySet™ on-screen workflow shortcuts.
Patient Data Form: Fields for identification of the patient and physician.
Text Annotation: Customize phrase libraries for patient reports and onscreen annotation.
You can directly enter text on the image screen using the keyboard.
Pictograms: Standard and exam-specific graphics representing anatomical
structures are user selectable. Transducer position and orientation are
also available for positioning on the pictograms.

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 13
6 Technical Description

System Requirements
This section describes the power and environmental requirements for the
ultrasound imaging system.

Power Supply Requirements


MAINS Voltage Range Maximum Current Frequency
230V ~ 196V~ to 264V~ 1.6 amps 50/60 Hz
115V ~ 98V~ to 132V~ 3.0 amps 50/60 Hz
100V ~ 90V~ to 110V~ 3.5 amps 50/60 Hz

Possible Combinations with


Other Equipment
Only the peripheral devices listed in the System Reference are approved for System Reference
use with the ultrasound system. Any use of other devices with the system
Accessories
will be at the user's risk and may void the system warranty. and Options Ch 2

On-board peripheral devices must be installed by an authorized Siemens


representative or approved third party.

WARNING: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital


interfaces must be certified according to the respective EN and IEC standards (e.g.,
EN 60950 and IEC 60950 for data processing equipment and EN 60601-1 and
IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all configurations shall
comply with the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1. Anyone
who connects additional equipment to the signal input or signal output ports
configures a medical system and is therefore responsible that the system
complies with the requirements of the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and
IEC 60601-1-1. Siemens can only guarantee the performance and safety of the
devices listed in the Accessories and Options chapter. If in doubt, consult
Siemens service department or your local Siemens representative.

Leakage Currents
WARNING: Connecting peripheral products and accessories from non-isolated
sources may result in chassis leakage current exceeding safe levels.

6 - 14 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description

Audio, Video, and Data Transmission Connections


Input and Output Signals
Input/Output Connector
Composite Video BNC-type (1 input, 2 output)
Y/C Video S-terminal (1 input, 1 output)
USB Series A type (2)
Ethernet RJ45 (1)

Output Connector
VGA D-sub, 15-pin, female (1)
RS-232-C port for printer/VCR/PC D-sub, 9-pin, female (1)
communication
Remote printer connector Mini-jack (stereo) (1)
B/W Video BNC-type

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 15
6 Technical Description

Environmental Requirements
EMC NOTE: Operating the ultrasound imaging system in close proximity to sources of
strong electromagnetic fields, such as radio transmitter stations or similar installations
may lead to interference visible on the monitor screen. However, the device has been
designed and tested to withstand such interference and will not be
permanently damaged.

Ambient (During Storage or


During Operation Transportation)
Maximum Altitude: Operation up to 3,000 meters
(1060 hPa)
Relative humidity: 20% to 80%, non-condensing <= 95%
Temperature:
System +10°C to +40°C -20°C to +60°C
Array Transducers
C4-2 +10°C to +40°C -10°C to +60°C
C5-2 +10°C to +40°C -10°C to +60°C
C8-5 +10°C to +40°C -10°C to +60°C
7.5L75S +10°C to +40°C -10°C to +60°C
L10-5 +10°C to +40°C -10°C to +60°C
EC9-4 +10°C to +40°C -40°C to +60°C
EV9-4 +10°C to +40°C -10°C to +60°C
Mechanical Sector Transducers
Endo-V II +20°C to +40°C -5°C to +50°C
Endo-P II +15°C to +40°C -10°C to +60°C

Protective Measures
Explosion protection: This product is not designed for operation in areas subject to
explosion hazards.

Maximum Physical Dimensions


Width: 464 mm
Height: 1283 mm
Depth: 675 mm
Weight: 60 kg, without documentation devices
Floor Clearance: 68 mm

6 - 16 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
6 Technical Description

System Classifications
Type of protection against electrical shock:
Class I
Degree of protection against electrical shock:
Type B equipment
Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water:
Ordinary equipment
Degree of safety of application in the presence of a flammable
anesthetic material with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide:
Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable
anesthetic mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
Mode of operation:
Continuous operation

[ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E 6 - 17
6 Technical Description

Standards Compliance
The SONOLINE G20 ultrasound imaging system is in compliance with the
following standards, including all applicable amendments at the time of
product release.

Quality Standards
FDA QSR 21 CFR Part 820
ISO 9000:00
ISO 13485
EN 46001:96

Design Standards
UL 60601 2003
CSA C22.2 No. 601.1
EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1
EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1
EN 60601-1-2 and IEC 60601-1-2
EN 60601-2-25 and IEC 60601-2-25
EN 60601-2-37 and IEC 60601-2-37

Acoustic Output Standards


IEC 61157 (Declaration of Acoustic Power)
AIUM/NEMA UD-2, 1998 Acoustic Output Measurement Standard for
Diagnostic Ultrasound
AIUM/NEMA UD-3, 1998 Standard for Real-Time Display of Thermal and
Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic Ultrasound
Equipment

CE Declaration
This product is provided with a CE marking in accordance with the regulations
stated in Council Directive 93/42/EEC of June 14, 1993 concerning Medical
Devices. Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., is certified by Notified Body
0123 to Annex II.3 – Full Quality System.

Authorized EC Representative:
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
Medical Solutions
Henkestraße 127
D-91052 Erlangen
Germany

6 - 18 [ 1 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
SONOLINE G20 Ultrasound Imaging System
[2] Instructions for Use

S ie me ns M edi cal Sol uti on s USA , In c . 10031089-ABS-002-01


SONOLINE G20
Ultrasound Imaging System
[2] Instructions for Use
Software Versions 1 and 2
Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.
Ultrasound Division
1230 Shorebird Way
Mountain View, CA 94043-1344
U.S.A.

(800) 498-7948
(650) 969-9112
CE Declaration
This product is provided with a CE marking in accordance with the
regulations stated in Council Directive 93/42/EEC of June 14, 1993
concerning Medical Devices. Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., is
certified by Notified Body 0123 to Annex II.3 – Full Quality System.

Authorized EC Representative:
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
Medical Solutions
Henkestraße 127
D-91052 Erlangen
Germany

©2004-2005 Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.


All Rights Reserved.
February 2005
Manuals distributed from the Federal Republic of Germany or Japan are printed in the
Federal Republic of Germany.
Manuals distributed from the United States of America are printed in the
United States of America.

SONOLINE G20, ReadySet, TGO, THI, MultiHertz, DIMAQ, microCase, SynAps, QuickSet,
SuppleFlex, and Evolve Package are trademarks of Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.
Windows, CIDEX, CIDEX Plus, CIDEX OPA, Milton, Virkon, and Gigasept FF are
registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Siemens reserves the right to change system specifications at any time.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E i
About This Manual
The Instructions for Use consists of two volumes:
[1] Instructions for Use
The [1] Instructions for Use includes both a general overview and a
technical description of the ultrasound imaging system. This manual
contains detailed information on the safety and care of the ultrasound
system and its transducers. A chapter is dedicated to the description of
all system controls. The [1] Instructions for Use also includes the
procedures for system setup and beginning an exam.
[2] Instructions for Use
The [2] Instructions for Use includes procedures for acquiring and
optimizing images. This manual provides procedures for general and
exam-specific measurements and calculations.

The System Reference provides reference information for the ultrasound


imaging system.

ii [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
Conventions
Conventions used throughout this manual are listed below. Take a moment [1] Instructions for Use
to familiarize yourself with these conventions.
Screen Saver Ch 1
Intended Use Ch 1
Cross-References
This manual provides you information by topic. When additional information [2] Instructions for Use
exists within this or other manuals, a reference graphic and the name of the Imaging Functions Ch A1
book is provided in the right column. If the information exists within the
chapter, a cross-reference to the page number is listed. Otherwise,
information is referenced by chapter number.

System Presets
You can use the options and settings available in the system presets menu
to set up the ultrasound system with your preferences. Presets define the
configuration of the system software whenever you power on the system.

A complete listing of system presets is located in the System Reference. System Reference
Whenever a system preset is discussed in other chapters or in the User and Accessories
Reference Manuals, a graphic is provided in the right column. and Options Ch 2

The graphic identifies a preset option or setting in the system presets menu
that is available for you to customize your ultrasound system. The name of
the category on the menu containing the system preset is listed for F6
your convenience. Default Settings
► Automatic Freeze
Response

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E iii
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Warnings are intended to alert you to the importance of following
the correct operating procedures where risk of injury to the patient or system
user exists.
Caution: Cautions are intended to alert you to the importance of following
correct operating procedures to prevent the risk of damage to the system.
Note: Notes contain information concerning the proper use of the system and/or correct
execution of a procedure.

Control Panel Keys, Controls, and Menu Selections


Keys and controls located on the control panel are identified by uppercase,
boldface type.

Example: Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control.

Function keys located on the keyboard are identified by the number of the
function key.

Example: Press the F6 key.

Menu selections are indicated with the name of the selection in


boldface type.

Example: Select Next to access the second page of on-screen


menu selections.

iv [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
Selection of On-Screen Objects
The SET key on the control panel functions as a point-and-select device
(similar to a computer mouse) when used with the trackball. To select an
on-screen object such as a button or a X symbol, roll the trackball to
position the pointer (cursor) on the object and then press the SET key on
the control panel.

In this manual, the term "select" or "click" describe the trackball and SET key
action required to select an on-screen object. In the example below,
phrases A, B, C, and D are equivalent actions.

A. Roll the trackball to the Search button and then press the SET key.
B. Select the Search button.
C. Click the Search button.
D. Click Search.

Special Terms and Menu Options


Special terms are indicated in boldface italics and are accompanied by a
brief description on their first use in the manual.

Example: Provides on-screen anatomical graphics of pictograms that


indicate the anatomy under evaluation.

Within a procedure, options in the system presets are identified in text as


boldface type.

Example: Highlight the Keyboard – Annotation option.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E v
Table of Contents
[2] Instructions for Use
Chapter Title Chapter Description
Chapter A1 Procedures for general imaging functions, including Annotations and how
Imaging Functions to create QuickSets™.

Chapter A2 Description of the imaging functions for 2D-mode and M-mode imaging.
2D-Mode and M-Mode Includes an explanation of the Ensemble™ Tissue Harmonic Imaging
Imaging Functions option.

Chapter A3 Information on how to review CINE data, either frame by frame or as a


CINE continuous display.

Chapter A4 Description of the biopsy (puncture) guidelines on the ultrasound system,


Biopsy including the needle path verification procedure.

Chapter B1 Step-by-step procedures for using the Measurement function. The


Measurements procedures that apply to all exam types, including the report feature, are
and Calculations described first.

Chapter B2 Description of the features and calculations specific to the Obstetrical


Obstetrical Measurements package, including fetal cardiac measurements.
and Calculations

Chapter B3 Description of the features and calculations specific to the Emergency


Emergency Medicine Medicine (EM) package, including the report-specific information for:
Measurements FAST (Focused Abdominal Sonography in Trauma)
and Calculations
Aorta
Gallbladder
Renal
Obstetric
Cardiac
Bladder
DVT (Deep Vein Thrombosis).
Chapter B4 Description of the features and calculations specific to the Urology and
Urology and Rectal Rectal packages.
Measurements
and Calculations

Chapter B5 Description of the features and calculations specific to the Cardiac


Cardiac Measurements package. All measurement functions for a Cardiac exam are detailed in this
and Calculations chapter.

Chapter C1 Attachment procedures for transducer accessories.


Transducer Accessories

Chapter C2 Description of the Endo-V II transducer and the Endo-V II needle guide
Endo-V II Transducer bracket kit.

Chapter C3 Description of the Endo-P II transducer and the Endo-P II needle guide
Endo-P II Transducer bracket kit.

Note: Not all features and options described in this publication are available to all users.
Please check with your Siemens representative to determine the current availability of
features and options.

vi [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A1 Imaging Functions
Annotation .......................................................................................................... 3
Direct Text Entry............................................................................................ 4
Labels for Position and Anatomical Structures .............................................. 5
Directional Arrows ......................................................................................... 6
Pictograms .................................................................................................... 7

QuickSet Feature................................................................................................ 8
Creating a QuickSet....................................................................................... 8
Activating a QuickSet .................................................................................. 10
Saving a QuickSet........................................................................................ 10
2D-Mode and M-Mode QuickSets............................................................... 11

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A1 - 1
A1 Imaging Functions

A1 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A1 Imaging Functions

Annotation
You can use four methods to annotate an image. System Reference

Direct text entry using the keyboard System Presets Ch 3

Predefined labels for positions and anatomical structures


Pictograms of anatomical structures
Arrow keys
To remove annotation from the image screen, use the F12 key. You can
program the system to automatically delete on-screen annotation each time F4
you use the FREEZE key to unfreeze the image. Use the system presets to
General
specify whether all text or all pictograms are deleted at unfreeze. ►Delete Text
on Unfreeze
The default position for the annotation cursor on the image screen is in the General
location defined by theF11(Home Set) key. ►Delete Pictogram
on Unfreeze
Once you have annotated an image during a patient examination, the
system remembers the last position of the cursor; press the SELECT
control to redisplay the annotation cursor.

To reposition an annotation:
1. During the annotation function, roll the trackball to position the cursor
on the text, label, or arrow.
2. Press the SET key to select the annotation.
3. Roll the trackball to reposition the annotation and then press the
SET key.

To delete a single annotation:


1. During the annotation fuction, roll the trackball to position the cursor on
the text, label, or arrow.
2. Press the SET key to select the annotation.
3. Press the F12 key on the keyboard.

To change the font size:


1. During the annotation function, select the menu category at the top of
the menu and then select Others.
2. Select Font Size and rotate the SELECT control or press the SET key to
display the desired setting.
The system applies the selected setting to direct text entry and
annotation labels. The new font size does not affect existing
annotations.
3. To exit the menu, press the MENU key or the TEXT key.

To hide text:
Press the F13 key to toggle the display of the text on or off.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A1 - 3
A1 Imaging Functions

Direct Text Entry


Use the keyboard to enter text directly onto the image area.

To activate text entry:


1. Press the TEXT key on the control panel.
The system places the text cursor on the image screen.
2. To reposition the text cursor, roll the trackball.
3. Use the keyboard to enter text.
4. To exit the text entry function, press the TEXT key on the control panel.
To exit the text entry function and delete all text, press the ESCAPE key
on the control panel.

A1 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A1 Imaging Functions

Labels for Position and


Anatomical Structures
Each exam type has labels for anatomical structures, imaging views, and System Reference
body positions that can display as onscreen selections when the exam type System Presets Ch 3
is active. The labels are stored in libraries. Use the system presets to
customize the text for anatomical structures, for imaging views and for
body positions. You can:
Add, replace, or delete onscreen menu labels
Change the spelling or abbreviation of the labels
Establish the order in which the labels display in the onscreen menu F6
Default Settings
Reset the library to the original system-defined labels ►Text Annotation
►► Anatomy or Position
To annotate using a predefined label:
1. During the annotation function, roll the trackball to position the text cursor
at the location for a label to display and then press the MENU key.
2. Select the menu category at the top of the menu and then select
Anatomy or Position.
The system displays the list of labels corresponding to the selected menu
category.
3. Select the required label and then press the SET key.
The system inserts the label at the cursor's position.
4. For each additional label, reposition the cursor, select another label, and
press the SET key.
Note: You can place a combined total of 24 labels and arrows on the image screen.

5. To delete the last label from the screen, press the F12 key on the
keyboard. Each press of the F12 key deletes a previous label. To delete
all annotations from the screen, press the F14 key.
6. Press the TEXT key on the control panel to exit annotation. Press the
ESCAPE key to exit and delete the labels.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A1 - 5
A1 Imaging Functions

Directional Arrows
You can place arrows on-screen by first pressing the TEXT key on the
control panel or the F9 key on the keyboard.

To place an arrow on the image screen:


1. Press the F9 key.
The system displays an arrow on the image screen.
2. Roll the trackball to position the cursor at the required location for
the arrow.
Note: If you are adding an arrow immediately after entering text or a label, roll the
trackball away from the text before adding the arrow.
Note: You can place a combined total of 24 labels and arrows on the image screen.

3. To change the direction of the arrow, rotate the SELECT control on the
control panel.
4. To change the size of the arrow, select Arrow Size in the Others
menu.
Note: If the menu is not displayed, select the menu category at the top of the menu
and then select Others.

5. To save changes to the arrow's direction and size, press the SET key.
6. To delete an arrow, press the F12 (Delete Word) key.
7. To exit the arrow function and retain all the arrows and labels, press the
F9 key on the keyboard or the TEXT key on the control panel. To exit
the arrow function and erase all arrows and labels, press the
ESCAPE key.

A1 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A1 Imaging Functions

Pictograms
Pictograms are graphics that display on-screen to indicate the anatomical System Reference
structure under evaluation and to indicate the orientation of the transducer System Presets Ch 3
to the structure. You can rotate fetal pictograms to indicate the orientation
of the fetus in utero.
Use the system presets to assign pictograms to each exam type. When the
exam is active, pressing the PICTOGRAM key causes the assigned F6
pictograms to display at the bottom of the image screen. One pictogram
Default Settings
can display on an image. In Dual-mode and 4B-mode, you can display one ►Pictogram List
pictogram for each image. General
►Delete Pictogram
The selected pictogram for an image will display until you press the on Unfreeze
ESCAPE key, select a new pictogram, or begin a new exam. Use the
system presets to automatically remove a pictogram when you unfreeze an
image.

To display a pictogram:

1. Press the PICTOGRAM key.


The system displays the available pictograms for the active exam type.
2. To select a pictogram, roll the trackball to outline the pictogram and
then press the SET key.
The selected pictogram displays with a transducer orientation indicator
in the lower left of the image.
3. Roll the trackball to position the transducer orientation indicator.
a. To rotate the indicator, rotate the SELECT control.
b. To anchor the position of the indicator, press the SELECT control.
4. To rotate a fetal pictogram, press and then rotate the SELECT control. [1] Instructions for Use

5. To redisplay the list of pictograms, press the MENU key. Trackball


assignment Ch 3
6. To remove a pictogram from the screen, press the ESCAPE key while
the trackball is assigned to the pictogram function.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A1 - 7
A1 Imaging Functions

QuickSet Feature
The QuickSet™ feature allows you to capture an optimized configuration of
imaging parameter settings for a specific transducer and exam. The system
stores this configuration in a file known as a QuickSet.
When a QuickSet is selected as the current exam type, the system
activates the associated transducer and resets all imaging functions
according to the stored configuration.
Use the system presets to change the default settings for an
existing QuickSet.

Creating a QuickSet
You can have a maximum of 32 QuickSets on the system at one time. If you System Reference
attempt to create a new QuickSet, or load a saved QuickSet from disk after
the maximum of 32 is reached, the system requires you to delete one or System Presets Ch 3
more existing QuickSets to accommodate the new ones.
To create a QuickSet: F6
1. Adjust the image parameter settings as required and then press the
QuickSet Parameters
F8 function key on the keyboard.
The system displays a screen for saving and deleting QuickSets.
2. Roll the trackball to the QuickSet Name field and then press the
SET key.
3. Use the keyboard to enter up to 20 characters for the name of
the QuickSet.
4. Save the name by either rolling the trackball to the Save button and
pressing the SET key or by pressing the ENTER key on the keyboard.
The system displays the image screen and activates the QuickSet
you created.

A1 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A1 Imaging Functions

To overwrite an existing QuickSet with the current image


parameter settings:
1. Adjust the image parameter settings as required and then press the
F8 function key.
The system displays a screen for saving and deleting QuickSets.
2. Roll the trackball to an existing QuickSet and then press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to the Save button and then press the SET key.
The system displays a message asking if you want to overwrite
the QuickSet.
4. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key to assign
the new QuickSet configuration to the existing name.

To delete an existing QuickSet:


1. Press the F8 function key.
The system displays a screen for saving and deleting QuickSets.
2. Roll the trackball to an existing QuickSet and then press the SET key on
the control panel.
3. Roll the trackball to the Delete button and then press the SET key on
the control panel.
The system removes the highlighted name from the list of QuickSets. If
you attempt to delete a QuickSet when it is the current exam type, the
system displays a message stating that you cannot delete a QuickSet
currently loaded on the system.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A1 - 9
A1 Imaging Functions

Activating a QuickSet
A QuickSet is a user-defined variation on a system-defined exam type. System Reference
System Presets Ch 3
To select a QuickSet exam type: Disk Function Ch 4
Preset/QuickSet
1. Press the F5 function key to access the Exam & QuickSet List. Utility Ch 5
2. Roll the trackball to the name of a QuickSet.
3. Press the SET key.
Note: When a QuickSet is selected as the current exam type, the system activates the
associated transducer and resets all imaging functions according to the stored
configuration.

Saving a QuickSet
You can save a QuickSet to a disk using the Preset/QuickSet utilities.
F6
Customize Keys

A1 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A1 Imaging Functions

2D-Mode and M-Mode QuickSets


A QuickSet includes the following 2D-mode and M-mode parameters:

2D-mode M-mode
Gain Sweep Rate
Persistence Dynamic Range
Gray Map Edge Enhancement
Dynamic Range Reject
Edge Enhancement Gain
Field of View Gray Map
Transmit Power Transmit Power
Depth (mm)
Line Density
Focal Zones
Initial Frequency (MHz)
Rotate
Flip (L/R)
Reject
Res/Speed
Scan Angle (Endo-V II transducer)
SynAps (Synthetic Aperature)
Frequency
Steer
Focus
THI (Tissue Harmonic Imaging)
settings

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A1 - 11
A1 Imaging Functions

A1 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions
Activating 2D-Mode ........................................................................................... 3
Imaging Menu ............................................................................................... 3
2D-Mode Formats ......................................................................................... 4
Mixed-Mode Formats............................................................................. 4
Active Image .......................................................................................... 4
Activating Split Mode .................................................................................... 5
Activating Dual-Mode .................................................................................... 6
Activating 4B-Mode ....................................................................................... 7
Activating A-Mode ......................................................................................... 8
Activating M-Mode ........................................................................................ 9
Simultaneous Format ............................................................................. 9
M-Mode Formats ................................................................................... 9
2D/M-Mode Display and Update .......................................................... 10
Changing the M-Mode Sweep ............................................................. 11

2D/M-Mode Example Screen Layout............................................................ 12


Imaging Parameters Legend........................................................................ 12

Imaging Parameters ......................................................................................... 13


Changing a Transducer Frequency .............................................................. 14
Changing the Imaging Depth ....................................................................... 14
Adjusting the Overall System Receiver Gain ............................................... 15
Adjusting the Depth Gain Compensation (DGC) .......................................... 16
Changing the Dynamic Range ..................................................................... 17
Adjusting the Focus..................................................................................... 18
Single Focal Zone ................................................................................. 18
Multiple Focal Zones ............................................................................ 18

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 1
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Changing the Line Density........................................................................... 19


Maximizing Resolution and Speed............................................................... 20
Synthetic Aperture....................................................................................... 20
Changing the Persistence............................................................................ 21
Changing the Edge Enhancement ............................................................... 21
Selecting a Gray Map .................................................................................. 22
Modifying a Gray Map .......................................................................... 22
Reject for 2D-Mode and M-Mode ........................................................ 24
Adjusting the Field of View .................................................................. 24
Changing the Image Orientation .................................................................. 26
Horizontal Orientation........................................................................... 26
Vertical Orientation............................................................................... 27
Offsetting the Image ................................................................................... 28
Magnifying the Image.................................................................................. 29
Magnifying Split Images ....................................................................... 30
Magnifying a Dual Image...................................................................... 30
Magnifying 2D/M-Mode Images........................................................... 31

Ensemble Tissue Harmonic Imaging .............................................................. 32

Optimizing Contrast Resolution and Brightness Uniformity (TGO) ............ 33

A2 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Activating 2D-Mode
2D-mode is the default imaging mode for the ultrasound system.
2D indicates two-dimensional (2D) grayscale imaging. When you first
power on the system, 2D-mode is active.

To access 2D-mode from another imaging mode:


Press the 2D control on the control panel.
The system displays in 2D-mode (full screen).
Note: When operating in mixed modes (for example, 2D-mode with M-mode), pressing
the 2D control deactivates M-mode and displays full-screen 2D-mode imaging.

Imaging Menu
During 2D-mode or M-mode imaging, you can use selections in the Imaging
menu to adjust the settings for imaging parameters.

To display the 2D-mode Imaging menu:


1. Press the MENU key on the control panel.
The system displays the default menu or the menu last viewed.

2. To change the displayed menu, roll the trackball to highlight the menu
category at the top of the menu on the left of the screen.
Example: M X.
The system displays the list of available menu categories. If the image
is live, the CINE menu is not available.

3. Roll the trackball to 2D and then press the SET key.


The system displays the 2D-mode menu.

4. Adjust imaging parameters using selections in the menu using the


trackball with the SELECT control or SET key located on the
control panel.
5. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 3
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

2D-Mode Formats
You can display 2D-mode images in different formats: Split, Dual and
4B modes. Imaging capability in 2D-mode, M-mode, A-mode, and mixed
modes is available. Active image
indicator.

Mixed-Mode Formats
2D/M-mode

Active Image
Inactive image
In Split, Dual, and 4B modes, while more than one 2D-mode image displays indicator.
on the monitor, you can adjust imaging parameters for one image at a time.
This image is the active image. The system indicates the active image with
the active image indicator.

Standard 2D-mode. Dual-mode. 4B-mode.

Split (B+B) mode. 2D-mode with A-mode.

A2 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Activating Split Mode


Split mode creates side-by-side images from one 2D-mode image. The two [2] Instructions for Use
images are simultaneously frozen or real-time. Split mode is available with
Imaging
all transducers. Parameters A2-13

When you first initiate Split mode, the image parameter settings from the
previous mode are applied to both images. Certain imaging parameters
(such as Gray Map, A-mode, Reject, and Modify Map) can be changed in
the right image, allowing comparison of the effects of different image
settings on an anatomical structure.

To activate Split mode:


1. From a 2D-mode image display, press the SPLIT key on the
control panel.
The left image is the reference image.
2. To display the full-screen 2D-mode image, press the SPLIT key or the
2D control on the control panel.
3. To simultaneously freeze both images, press the FREEZE key on the
control panel.
4. To exit Split mode, press the 2D control.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 5
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Activating Dual-Mode
In Dual-mode, two acquired 2D-mode images display side-by-side on the [2] Instructions for Use
image screen. Both images are obtained separately, and only one image
Imaging
displays in real-time. Parameters A2-13

When you first activate Dual-mode, the imaging settings from the previous
mode are applied to the first image. The second image retains the same
settings as the first image.

You cannot activate M-mode while Dual-mode is active. You cannot activate
Dual-mode while 2D/M-mode is active.

To activate Dual-mode:
1. Press the left DUAL/SELECT key on the control panel to display an
image on the left side of the screen, or press the right key to display
an image on the right side of the screen.
Only one image can be active at a time. The active image is indicated
by the lighting intensity of the selected key and by the active
image indicator.

2. To generate a second image, press the other DUAL/SELECT key.


The system freezes the active image and activates a second image.

3. To display a full screen image, press the key for the active image a
second time. Press the key again to restore the side-by-side display.
4. To inactivate the current image and activate the other image in a
side-by-side display, press the DUAL/SELECT key.
The system shifts the active image indicator to the selected image
and freezes both images.

5. Press the FREEZE key to unfreeze the Dual-mode display.


6. To exit Dual-mode, press the 2D control on the control panel.

A2 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Activating 4B-Mode
In 4B-mode, four separately acquired 2D-mode images display on the image
screen. Only one image can display in real-time.

When you first activate 4B-mode, the imaging settings from the previous
mode are applied to the first image. Subsequent images retain the same
settings as the previous image.

To activate 4B-mode:
1. From a 2D-mode display, press the 4B key on the control panel.
The first image displays in the upper left quadrant of the screen. This is
the active image, as identified by the brightened active image indicator.

2. Press the FREEZE key.


The image is frozen in position and a second image displays in the next
available quadrant.

3. To continue to place images, press the FREEZE key.


4. To cycle through the images, first freeze the active image and then
press the 4B key. To display the active image in real-time, unfreeze
the system.
5. To exit 4B-mode, press the 2D control.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 7
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Activating A-Mode
Important: At the time of publication, A-mode was not cleared for use by the U.S. Food
and Drug Administration. Before using A-mode, check the current regulations for the
country in which you are using this system to determine if A-mode is cleared for use.

A-mode is available in 2D-mode. A-mode displays in real-time or displays on


a frozen image.

Once activated, A-mode displays even when you change modes. If you
enter into a mode that does not support A-mode, the A-mode display is
removed. When you activate a mode that does support A-mode, the
display and cursor return.

To display A-mode:
1. Press the MENU key on the control panel to display the 2D-mode
Imaging menu when 2D-mode is active.
2. Roll the trackball to A-mode on the 2D-mode menu and press the
SET key to toggle the setting to On.
The system places an A-mode cursor in the image. The location of the
cursor designates the region of sampling.

3. Roll the trackball to position the cursor on the image.


The echo amplitude displays along the depth scale on the image.

4. To remove A-mode from the image, highlight A-Mode in the 2D-mode


Imaging menu and then press the SET key to toggle the setting to Off.
5. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

A2 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Activating M-Mode
When you first activate M-mode, the M-mode cursor displays on the System Reference
2D-mode image. This cursor is a graphical representation of the acoustic
System Presets Ch 3
line along which the M-mode information is gathered. The cursor displays
as a row of dots representing depth.

Simultaneous Format
During 2D/M-mode, the 2D-mode image and M sweep display
simultaneously in real-time or are simultaneously frozen.

M-Mode Formats
Use the system presets to select your preference of a 2D/M-mode
imaging format.
F6
Default Settings
► 2D/M Display Format

½-½ horizontal. 40/60 vertical.

1/3-2/3 horizontal. Full Screen (M-Mode Imaging menu Selection).

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 9
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

2D/M-Mode Display and Update


Curved array and linear array transducers allow a 2D-mode image and an
M-mode sweep to display simultaneously in real-time.

To activate M-mode, 2D/M-mode, or Split/M-mode:


Prerequisite: For Split/M-mode, you must use the system presets to select either the
1/3 – 2/3 or ½ – ½ display format.

1. Press the M key on the control panel. System Reference


Note: If the cursor bypass is selected in the system presets, the system activates System Presets Ch 3
2D/M-mode immediately; proceed to step 4. If the cursor bypass is not selected,
the system initially displays an M cursor on the 2D-mode image.

The M cursor is a graphical representation of the acoustic line along


which M-mode information is gathered.

2. Roll the trackball to position the M cursor.


3. To activate 2D/M-mode, press the M key a second time.
The system displays a 2D-mode image and an M-mode sweep in the F6
format selected in the system presets. Use the trackball to reposition the Imaging
M-mode cursor on the 2D-mode image. ► Update Frames
in 2D/M
4. To activate Split/M-mode, first activate 2D/M-mode and then press the Default Settings
SPLIT key on the control panel. ► 2D/M Display Format
Default Settings
The system displays two 2D-mode images with the M-mode sweep. ► Bypass M Cursor
Display
5. To display a full-screen M-mode sweep, display the M-mode Imaging
menu, roll the trackball to Full M and then press the SET key to toggle
Full M with 2D/M.
Note: While a 2D/M-mode display is in freeze, you can press the left
DUAL/SELECT key to toggle a full-screen 2D-mode display on or off, and you can
press the right DUAL/SELECT key to toggle a full-screen M-mode display on or off.

6. To exit full-screen M-mode or 2D/M-mode, press the 2D control on the


control panel.

A2 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Changing the M-Mode Sweep


You can adjust the scrolling speed of the M-mode sweep, activate time
markers on the sweep, and specify sweep offset.

Scrolling Speed
You can choose from four sweep speeds: 2sec, 4sec, 8sec, and 16sec.
The sweep rate displays in the lower left of the sweep.

The sweep scrolls from the left of the image screen to the right.

To adjust the scrolling speed of the M-mode sweep:


1. Display the M-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Sweep Sp.
3. Rotate the SELECT control or press the SET key to adjust the setting.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key System Reference
to exit the menu. System Presets Ch 3

Time Markers
F6
Time markers are available for display in the M-mode sweep. Use the
system presets to activate the markers. The vertical markers display in Display
► Time Marker Display
intervals in a fixed location on the sweep. Default Settings
► 2D/M Display Format
Offset
In 2D/M-mode with a 1/3-2/3 or 1/2-1/2 horizontal sweep, you can offset [2] Instructions for Use
the 2D-mode image and the M-mode sweep to display specific information Offset A2-28
more fully on-screen.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 11
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

2D/M-Mode Example Screen Layout


The active exam type, transducer, transducer frequency, frames per second, [1] Instructions for Use
and line density display in the upper left of the image screen. The values of
Transmit Power Ch 2
particular imaging parameters display by imaging mode at the bottom of the MI/TI Indices Ch 2
image screen in the Imaging Parameters.

When Dual-mode or 4B-mode is selected, the values display only for the
active image. If the image is frozen, the values indicate the setting at the
time the image was in real-time. If the system is in 2D/M-mode, both the
2D settings and the M settings are displayed.
1 Imaging depth in mm
2 Active image indicator
11:39:36 Th 05/29/2xxx SIEMENS 3 Offset value (in mm) –
.....0 ..... ......... displays when

. . . . ..... .....
Gyn Offset is On
C5-2 3.5 B 4 M-mode cursor
FPS 43s
5 Focal zone marker
6 Gray bar
7 M-mode Imaging
90
B Parameters indicating
dynamic range, edge
enhancement, and gain
8 Transmit Power and
MI/TI indices
9 2D-mode Imaging
Parameters indicating
dynamic range, edge
enhancement, and gain
4sec 10 Sweep rate
2D 60/1/24 M 40/2/13
11 DGC curve
MI 0.8 V 100% 12 Location of Imaging
menu
13 Frames per second and
Example of screen layout in 2D/M-mode. line density
14 Active transducer
name and frequency
15 Active exam type

Imaging Parameters Legend


2D: 60 / 1 / 24 = 2D-mode: Dynamic Range / Edge Enhancement / Gain

M: 40 / 2 / 13 = M-mode: Dynamic Range / Edge Enhancement / Gain

A2 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Imaging Parameters
[2] Instructions for Use
When the system displays multiple images, changing the imaging
parameters may affect all images or only the active image. Creating a
QuickSet Ch A1
Note: Frequency, line density, and scan width are transducer-dependent. Also, full-screen System Reference
M-mode does not support the functions that apply only to 2D-mode images.
System Presets Ch 3

Imaging Parameters
Dual-mode Split-mode 4B-mode 2D/M-mode
Parameter 2D-mode Active Both Active Both Active All 2D M
Transmit Power
2D Gain
Depth
Depth Gain
Compensation
Focus
Frequency
M Gain
L/R Flip
Scan Width
Transducer type
Rotate
Zoom (Magnify)
Dynamic Range
Persistence
Edge
Res/Speed
Reject
Steer
FOV/POS
Offset
Gray Map
Line Density
SynAps
THI

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 13
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Changing a Transducer Frequency


Use the MULTIHERTZ control to change the operating frequency of [2] Instructions for Use
an active transducer. THI A2-32
The system displays the name of the active transducer and operating
frequency in the upper left of the image screen.
C4-2 3.5
Example of active transducer and operating frequency.

Note: During THI imaging, the system displays the frequency followed by a T.

C4-2 4.2T
Example of active transducer and operating frequency for THI imaging.

To change the transducer frequency:


Push the MULTIHERTZ control on the control panel up to increase
the frequency or down to decrease the frequency.
Selecting a higher frequency typically increases resolution,
whereas selecting a lower frequency improves penetration.

Changing the Imaging Depth


Maximum and minimum depth selections are dependent upon the
frequency of the transducer you are currently using. Depth is adjustable in
10-mm increments.

Use the system presets to assign the direction of rotation (clockwise


or counterclockwise) for increasing a value when using the
DEPTH/ZOOM control. This assignment affects both the depth and
zoom parameters.

A2 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

To change the imaging depth:


Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control on the control panel. System Reference
System Presets Ch 3
The imaging depth displays at the bottom left of the image screen.
When you are using 2D-modes with more than one 2D-mode image, the
depth value displays for both 2D-mode images. In Split-mode, rotating F6
the DEPTH/ZOOM control changes the depth for both 2D-mode images.
Customize Keys
In Dual-mode and 4B-mode, rotating the DEPTH/ZOOM control changes ► Zoom/Depth Direction
the depth for the active image.

Adjusting the Overall System Receiver Gain


You can adjust the echo amplification and brightness of a 2D-mode image or [2] Instructions for Use
for an M-mode sweep. Rotating the 2D control changes the overall receiver Example Screen
gain for the last active mode, 2D-mode or M-mode. Layout A2-12

The range for gain is 0 dB to 40 dB in 1-dB increments. When combined


with the DGC Gain, a range of –15 dB to 55 dB is possible.

The gain value displays in the Imaging Parameters at the bottom of the
screen. When you are viewing Dual-mode or 4B-mode with more than one
image, the value displays only for the active image. In 2D/M-mode, separate
gain values display for the 2D-mode image and the M-mode sweep.
2D: 55/ 1/ 32 M: 35/ 2/ 29
Gain (dB) is indicated by the shaded value.

To adjust the overall gain for 2D-mode:


During 2D-mode imaging, rotate the 2D control on the control panel
clockwise to increase the gain or counterclockwise to decrease the gain.
To adjust the overall gain for M-mode:
During M-mode imaging, rotate the 2D control on the control panel
clockwise to increase the gain or counterclockwise to decrease the gain.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 15
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Adjusting the Depth Gain


Compensation (DGC)
To compensate for weak signals or over-bright signals at various depths, System Reference
you can adjust Depth Gain Compensation (DGC) using the DGC slide
System Presets Ch 3
controls. The 2D control adjusts the overall receiver gain and compensates
for the brightness of the image.

The DGC provides eight slide controls for adjusting image quality during
real time imaging. Move each slide control to the right to increase the gain F6
or to the left to decrease the gain over a 30-dB range.
Display
►DGC Curve Display
Near Field
General
► DGC Invert With
Image Invert

Center Field

Far Field

DGC Slide Controls.

Use the system presets to turn on the display of the DGC curve. The curve
provides an on-screen representation of the DGC settings.

In 2D/M-mode, DGC adjustments affect both the 2D-mode image and the
M-mode sweep.

The DGC slide controls have no effect during CINE.

To adjust the DGC slide controls:


Move a slide control to the right to increase a setting or to the left to
decrease a setting.

A2 - 16 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Changing the Dynamic Range


You can adjust the overall contrast resolution of a 2D-mode image and the [2] Instructions for Use
overall contrast resolution of an M-mode sweep. For 2D-mode, the dynamic
Example Screen
range values are 35 dB to 70 dB in 1-dB increments. For M-mode, the same Layout A2-12
range of values is available, but in 5-dB increments.

The dynamic range value displays in the Imaging Parameters at the bottom
of the screen. In Dual mode or 4B-mode with more than one image, the
value displays only for the active image. In 2D/M-mode, separate dynamic
range values display for the 2D-mode image and the M sweep.
2D: 55/ 1/ 32 M: 35/ 2/ 29
Dynamic range (dB) is indicated by the shaded value.

To change the dynamic range for 2D-mode:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to DR.
3. Rotate the SELECT control on the control panel to adjust the setting.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

To change the dynamic range for M-mode:


1. Display the M-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to DR.
3. Rotate the SELECT control on the control panel to adjust the setting.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 17
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Adjusting the Focus


You can select the number of focal zones and then position their markers
on the image screen. Focal zone markers display on the left side of the
image area.

Curved array and linear array transducers support multiple transmit focus
points which you can select and position in the image.

Split images both have the same number and position of focal zones. In
Dual-mode and 4B-mode, it is possible to have a different number and
position of focal zones in each image. During M-mode, only one focal zone is
available.

Single Focal Zone


When you select one (1) focal zone, pushing the FOCUS control positions
the focal zone marker, regardless of scan depth.

Multiple Focal Zones


When you select two (2) or four (4) focal zones, the spacing between the
focal zones adjusts automatically. Pushing the FOCUS control adjusts the
relative position of the focal zone markers within the field of view. Available
positioning depends upon your selected depth.

Using multiple focal zones causes a reduction in the frame rate. The amount
of frame rate reduction depends on the depth of view and transducer.

To select the number of focal zones:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Focus.
3. Rotate the SELECT control or press the SET key to adjust the setting.
4. To position the focal zones, push up or down on the FOCUS control on
the control panel.
5. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

A2 - 18 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Changing the Line Density


Use the Density 2D-mode Imaging menu selection to increase or decrease [2] Instructions for Use
the number of acoustic scan lines per frame for 2D-mode images. Increasing Depth A2-14
the line density improves image detail and decreases the frame rate. Frame Field of View A2-24
rate is also dependent on the image width and the imaging depth.

The line density setting displays next to the frame rate in the upper left of
the image screen. Selections for line density are:

Menu Setting Definition Onscreen display


Std Standard s
Hi High h

To change the line density setting:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Density. It may be necessary to access page 2 of
the menu.
3. Rotate the SELECT control or press the SET key to adjust the setting.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 19
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Maximizing Resolution and Speed


You can adjust the balance between the scan line density (resolution) and
the synthetic aperture using the Res/Speed 2D-mode Imaging menu
selection.

Res/Speed Line Density Synthetic


Setting (Resolution) Aperture Frame Rate
Std Std Off Full rate
Dtl High Off 1/2 rate
Far Std On 1/2 rate

To change the Res/Speed:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Res/Speed.
3. Rotate the SELECT control to adjust the resolution and speed.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

Synthetic Aperture
Use the SynAps 2D-mode Imaging menu selection to increase the receiving
aperture by transmitting twice on the same image line. This technique
results in improved resolution, greater penetration at depth, and reduced
frame rate. The SynAps selection is available only when the Res/Speed
setting is Far.

To change the synthetic aperture:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Confirm Far is selected for Res/Speed.
3. Roll the trackball to Syn/Aps. It may be necessary to access page 2 of
the menu.
4. Press the SET key to toggle the setting to On or Off.
5. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

A2 - 20 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Changing the Persistence


Persistence provides a visible smoothing effect to the 2D-mode image by
persisting lines of image data for each frame of imaging.

To change persistence:
1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Persistence.
3. Rotate the SELECT control to adjust the setting.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

Changing the Edge Enhancement


Use the Edge 2D-mode or M-mode Imaging menu selection to distinguish [2] Instructions for Use
the contours of a structure during real-time imaging. The range of values for Example Screen
edge enhancement is from 0 (none) to 5 (maximum). Layout A2-12

The edge enhancement value displays in the Imaging Parameters at the


bottom of the screen. In Dual mode and 4B-mode, the value displays only
for the active image. In 2D/M-mode, the value displays for both the
2D-mode image and the M-mode sweep.
2D: 55/ 1/ 32 M: 35/ 2/ 29
Edge enhancement is indicated by the shaded value.

To change edge enhancement:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Edge.
3. Rotate the SELECT control to adjust the setting.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 21
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Selecting a Gray Map


During real-time imaging or when the system is in freeze, select the active [2] Instructions for Use
gray map or processing curve by using the Gray Map Imaging menu Example screen
selection. The system assigns the echo amplitudes to gray levels according Layout A2-12
to the selected gray map.

The active gray map is depicted by a gray bar, which displays on the right
side of the image screen. The gray bar represents the range of gray shades
available for the selected map.

To select a Gray Map: L


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu. Example of a gray bar.

2. Roll the trackball to Gray Map.


3. Rotate the SELECT control to adjust the setting.
The label of the selected gray map also displays below the gray bar.

4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

Modifying a Gray Map


Use the Modify Map 2D-mode Imaging menu selection to redistribute the
range of echo amplitudes assigned to the range of available gray shades for
the selected gray map. You can modify E, S, D, A, C, and B of the seven
available gray maps during real-time imaging or when the system is in
freeze. You can reposition the inflection points within a specific range. The
system automatically recalculates the curve and updates the image.

The ten inflection


points of a processing
curve. The cursor
displays as a box,
positioned here over
the second point.

A2 - 22 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

To modify the map:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Modify Map.
3. Rotate the SELECT control to adjust the setting.
The system overlays the selected map on the image screen.

4. Press the SELECT control on the control panel to activate the edit
feature for the selected map.
5. Rotate the SELECT control on the control panel to select an
inflection point.
6. Roll the trackball to reposition the inflection point.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for each required inflection point.
8. After modifying the map:
To save the inflection point changes and continue modifying gray
maps, press the MENU key.
To save the inflection point changes and resume imaging, press the
ESCAPE key.

To restore factory defaults for the selected Gray Map:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Reset Map.
3. Press the SET key to reset the map to factory default settings.
If the displayed map has been modified, the system prompts you
to confirm the action.

4. Select OK to re-establish factory default inflection points for the


selected map.
5. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 23
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Reject for 2D-Mode and M-Mode


Use the Reject 2D-mode or M-mode Imaging menu selection to eliminate
the display of echoes below a designated level. The selected level displays
on the gray bar from 0 (weak echoes) to 64 (strong echoes). Increasing the
level removes low to high amplitude signals, and decreasing the level
restores the display of high to low amplitude signals.
L
To establish a 2D-mode or M-mode range of echo amplitudes: Example of a gray bar
with reject setting for
1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu. 2D-mode.

2. Roll the trackball to Reject.


3. Rotate the SELECT control to adjust the setting.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

Adjusting the Field of View


You can optimize the field of view (FOV) during real-time imaging.
For curved array transducers, adjust the sector angle and position of
the image.
For linear array transducers, adjust the image width and steer the image
through the left, center, and right positions.
The actual angle of the field of view is determined by the geometry of
the transducer.

A2 - 24 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

To adjust the field of view for a curved array transducer:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to FOV/POS.
3. Press the SET key to toggle the setting to On.
The system assigns the trackball to adjustment of the sector angle.

4. Roll the trackball to the left to decrease or to the right to increase the
sector angle of the image.
5. To reposition the field of view, press the SET key.
The system assigns the trackball to adjustment of the FOV position.

6. Roll the trackball to the right or to the left to reposition the field of view.
7. To exit FOV/POS adjustment, roll the trackball to FOV/POS and then
press the SET key.

To adjust the field of view for a linear array transducer:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Roll the trackball to FOV/POS.
3. Press the SET key to toggle the setting to On.
The system assigns the trackball to adjustment of the image width.

4. Roll the trackball to adjust the width of the image.


5. To steer the image, press the MENU key and then roll the trackball
to Steer.
6. Rotate the SELECT control to adjust the setting.
The system steers the image through the left, right, and center
positions.

7. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 25
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Changing the Image Orientation


Change the scan direction of a transducer to horizontally flip a 2D-mode
image using the L/R FLIP key. You can also rotate the 2D-mode image or the
M-mode sweep so that the near field displays on the right, at the bottom, on
the left, or on the top of the image screen by pressing the SHIFT+L/R FLIP
keys. Each press of these keys rotates the image 90°.

Horizontal Orientation
The active image indicator shows the scan beginning point. You can change
the scan direction of a transducer by using the L/R FLIP key to toggle the
horizontal orientation of the image, for example, from right-to-left or Active image indicator.
left-to-right.

Mode Effect of L/R


Split (B+B) mode Simultaneously reverses both images
Dual-mode, 4B-mode Reverses the active image only

To change the horizontal orientation of an image:


Press the L/R FLIP key on the control panel.
The system changes the direction of the scan.

A2 - 26 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Vertical Orientation
System Reference
The conventional vertical orientation of an image is to display the near field
at the top of the image screen. You can change the display orientation so System Presets Ch 3
that the near field displays at the right, bottom, or left of the image screen
by using the SHIFT+L/R FLIP keys.

F6
General
►DGC Invert with
Image Invert
90° 180° 270°

Note: Use the system presets to determine if the DGC curve inverts when you press the
SHIFT+L/R FLIP keys.

Mode Effect of Rotate


Split (B+B) mode Simultaneously rotates both images
Dual-mode, 4B-mode Rotates the active image

To change the vertical orientation of an image:


Press the SHIFT+L/R FLIP keys on the control panel.
Each press of these keys rotates the image 90°.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 27
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Offsetting the Image


Use the 2D-mode Offset Imaging menu selection while imaging in 2D-mode [2] Instructions for Use
to move the image area to the site of interest, vertically and/or horizontally. Offset sweep A2-11
When an image is offset, the offset value displays in the upper left side of
the image screen. When imaging in Dual-mode, offset values display only System Reference
for the active image.
System Presets Ch 3

To scroll the image vertically and/or horizontally:


1. Display the 2D-mode Imaging menu.
2. Offset the image.
a. Roll the trackball to Offset.
b. Press the SET key to toggle the setting to On.
c. Roll the trackball to scroll the image vertically and/or horizontally.
The amount of offset available depends on the selected transducer. F6

3. Disable the offset. Default Settings


►2D/M Display Format
a. Press the MENU key.
b. Roll the trackball to Offset.
c. Press the SET key to toggle the setting to Off.
The system cancels the offset value and restores the normal
image display.
4. Continue adjusting imaging parameters and then press the MENU key
to exit the menu.

A2 - 28 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Magnifying the Image


Use the DEPTH/ZOOM control on 2D-mode and M-mode images for System Reference
magnification in real-time or freeze. Pressing the DEPTH/ZOOM control System Presets Ch 3
places an adjustable zoom window on the image screen. You can roll the
trackball to position the window on the region of interest. Adjust the
magnification factor by rotating the DEPTH/ZOOM control until the window
is the appropriate size. Pressing DEPTH/ZOOM a second time will magnify
the region of interest (ROI). You can reposition the ROI by rolling
the trackball.

Use the system presets to assign the direction of rotation (clockwise or


counterclockwise) for increasing a value when using the
F6
DEPTH/ZOOM control. This assignment affects both the depth and zoom
parameters. Customize Keys
►Zoom/Depth
Direction
You can perform the following actions using the Zoom function:
To: Perform this action:
Activate the zoom window Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
Change the size of the zoom Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
window and/or change the size of
the magnified area
Position the zoom window on Roll the trackball.
the image
Magnify the image (portion that Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
displays in the zoom window)
Cancel zoom and remove the zoom Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control again or
window from the active image use the ESCAPE key.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 29
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Magnifying Split Images


When using the Zoom function in a Split image, the image on the left
displays the zoom window on the image indicating the area that is
being magnified.

To magnify a Split image:


1. Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
2. Roll the trackball to position the zoom window over the region of
interest in the image on the left.
3. Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control to adjust the size of the
zoom window.
4. Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
The image on the right increases magnification in the area indicated
by the zoom window.

5. Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control to change the size of the


zoom window.
6. Roll the trackball to reposition the zoom window and magnified area.
7. Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control to deactivate magnification.

Magnifying a Dual Image


When using the Zoom function in a Dual image, it is possible to apply the
function to one or both of the images. You can remove the Zoom function
when the image is active.

To magnify a Dual image:


1. Activate Dual-mode images by first pressing the left DUAL/SELECT key
and then pressing the right DUAL/SELECT key on the control panel.
2. Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
The zoom window displays in the right (active) image.

3. Roll the trackball to position the zoom window over the region
of interest in the active image.

A2 - 30 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

4. Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control to adjust the size of the


zoom window.
5. Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
The selected portion of the image is magnified.

6. Press the left DUAL/SELECT key to switch the active image.


The system switches the active image indicator to the left image and
freezes both images.

7. Press the FREEZE key to unfreeze the active image.


8. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for the left image.
9. To display an image in normal magnification, unfreeze the image and
then press the DEPTH/ZOOM key.

Magnifying 2D/M-Mode Images


The 2D-mode image and M-mode sweep can be magnified simultaneously.

To magnify the 2D-mode image and M-mode sweep at the same time:
1. From 2D/M-mode, press the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
2. Roll the trackball to position the zoom window over the region of
interest in the 2D-mode image.
3. Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control to adjust the size of the zoom window.
4. Press the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
The portion of the image you selected and the M-mode sweep
are magnified.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 31
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Ensemble Tissue Harmonic Imaging


Ensemble™ Tissue Harmonic Imaging (THI) is a system feature that can [1] Instructions for Use
enhance contrast resolution with fine tissue differentiation, benefiting
Compatible
difficult-to-image patients. Transducers Ch 6

THI creates 2D-mode images from the received signals using the harmonics
of the transmitted (fundamental) frequency. Harmonics are multiples of the
fundamental frequency. The system utilizes the harmonics produced in
tissue by the non-linear propagation of an ultrasound wave. A pulse
sequence technique is used to remove the fundamental signals without
affecting the harmonic signals. The harmonic signals have a narrower main
lobe and lower side lobes than fundamental 2D-mode signals, resulting in
improved spatial and contrast resolution.

To activate THI:
1. Push up on the MULTIHERTZ control until a "T" displays next to the
transmit frequency in the upper left of the image area.
2. To exit THI, push down on the MULTIHERTZ control until the
"T" is removed from the screen.

A2 - 32 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

Optimizing Contrast Resolution and


Brightness Uniformity (TGO)
The TGO™ Tissue Grayscale Optimization technology optional feature
optimizes the image's contrast resolution and brightness uniformity by
shifting low-level amplitude signals to the grayscale range optimal for
viewing.

When you activate TGO, the system immediately optimizes the image's
contrast resolution and brightness uniformity and displays the
"TGO" symbol below the active image indicator to indicate that TGO is
active. TGO remains active for the current examination until you exit TGO,
end the current examination, or select another exam type or transducer.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: You can also select an offset
(TGO gain) for preferred image brightness with TGO during the current
examination (for the current exam type and transducer). The selected value
represents the increments of gain adjustment to be added to or subtracted
from the default optimized gain.

If you activate a 2D-mode imaging feature that supports TGO (such as THI),
then the system automatically updates the optimization for that imaging
feature. When you exit TGO, the system removes any gain adjustments you
made while TGO was active and removes the "TGO" symbol from the
screen to indicate that TGO is no longer active.

You can configure the following documentation controls for TGO activation: [1] Instructions for Use

DIGITAL STORE 1 Configuring


Documentation
DIGITAL STORE 2 Controls Ch 4

To activate TGO, choose one of the following methods:


During 2D-mode imaging, press the documentation control
(DIGITAL STORE 1 or DIGITAL STORE 2) configured for TGO
activation.
During 2D-mode imaging, press the MENU key on the control panel to
display the 2D-mode menu and then select TGO.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A2 - 33
A2 2D-Mode and M-Mode Imaging Functions

To select a TGO gain setting (offset):


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)
1. Activate TGO. [2] Instructions for Use

2. Press the MENU key on the control panel to display the 2D-Mode Activating TGO A2-33
Imaging menu. 2D-Mode Imaging
Menu A2-3
3. Roll the trackball to TGO Gain on the 2D-mode menu.
4. Rotate the SELECT control on the control panel or press the SET key on
the control panel to cycle through the gain settings.

To refresh TGO:
Note: Siemens recommends limiting re-activations of TGO.

Press the MENU key on the control panel to display the 2D-mode menu
and then select TGO Refresh.
To exit TGO:
While TGO is active, press the MENU key on the control panel to
display the 2D-mode menu and then select TGO.

A2 - 34 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A3 CINE
CINE ..................................................................................................................... 3
CINE Memory Buffer First In, First Out ...................................................... 4
Memory Buffer Capacity ........................................................................ 4
Partially Filled Memory Buffer ................................................................ 4
CINE Indicator................................................................................................ 5
Activating CINE Review................................................................................. 6
Resetting CINE Memory ........................................................................ 7
Frame Review ............................................................................................... 8
Motion Review .............................................................................................. 9
Adjusting the Review Speed .................................................................. 9
Editing the Loop .......................................................................................... 10
Dual CINE .................................................................................................... 11
Reviewing and Synchronizing Dual-Mode Images................................ 11
CINE with M-Mode...................................................................................... 12

CINE Review Post-Processing ......................................................................... 13

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A3 - 1
A3 CINE

A3 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A3 CINE

CINE
The CINE function is available in all imaging modes except 4B-mode. During [2] Instructions for Use
real-time imaging, the system places the most recently acquired images as
Storage Capacity A3-4
well as the image currently on screen into a CINE memory buffer. You can Frame Review A3-8
view images stored in CINE memory using a review method. Motion Review A3-9

Frame Review – The Frame function is the system default. Use the
trackball to cycle through the frames of data, one at a time, either
forward or backward. You can also use the Frame function to select
individual frames for printing or for storing on a disk.
Motion Review – The Motion function provides a continuous display
of stored data, in the forward direction only. Data can be played back at
the same frame rate at which the data was acquired, or the playback
speed can be adjusted. All of the available frames can be viewed, or
a segment can be selected using the Edit Start and Edit End options.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A3 - 3
A3 CINE

CINE Memory Buffer First In, First Out


You can review any or all of the image data in the CINE memory buffer.
When the CINE memory buffer is filled, the first data acquired is the first to
be replaced. This process of overwriting data is continuous. Unfreezing the
system erases the data from the CINE memory buffer and restarts the
acquisition of CINE data.

Memory Buffer Capacity


The amount of storage available in the CINE memory buffer depends on the
image complexity (setting for the Density onscreen menu option), mode
combinations, and the active exam type.

M-mode
The maximum CINE memory capacity for M-mode depends on the sweep
speed. The capacities are the same for NTSC and PAL systems.

Sweep Speed Storage


2sec 65.536 seconds
4sec 131.072 seconds
8sec 262.144 seconds
16sec 524.288 seconds

Partially Filled Memory Buffer


If the acquired frames of CINE data do not fill the CINE memory buffer, the
system displays a vertical marker on the CINE graphic, indicating how much
of the CINE memory buffer is available for review.

201
CINE data available for review.

Note: If the memory buffer has been cleared and the system is not filled to capacity with
CINE frames, only the newly-acquired frames are present.

A3 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A3 CINE

CINE Indicator
During CINE review, a CINE indicator displays in the lower right of the [2] Instructions for Use
image screen. This CINE icon represents the status of the CINE memory Editing the loop A3-10
buffer with the following information:
Position of the currently displayed frame within the CINE data

XX
Arrow indicates location of frame within the loop of data.

During Frame Review of 2D-mode, the number of the active frame


displays to the left of the CINE indicator on the image screen.

127
Current frame number under review.

Identifies an edited segment in a loop of data

94
Markers indicate the edited segment of CINE data using Edit Start and Edit End
onscreen menu selections.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A3 - 5
A3 CINE

Activating CINE Review


The CINE memory buffer continuously accumulates data during real-time System Reference
imaging. When CINE is activated, the accumulation process stops, and the data
System Presets Ch 3
in the memory buffer is available for replay, printing, or storage to a disk
medium.

CINE Review can be activated manually, or preset to activate when the


system is frozen. Use the system presets to assign the FREEZE key to F6
activate CINE.
Default Settings
► Automatic Freeze
To activate CINE Review: Response
If the automatic freeze response is set to CINE in the system presets,
press the FREEZE key on the control panel to activate the CINE Review
function. If the freeze response is set to CALIPER in the system
presets, press the FREEZE key and then press the CINE key on the
control panel to activate the CINE Review function.
The system activates Frame Review.

To display onscreen menu selections for CINE Review:


When CINE is active, press the MENU key on the control panel.
The system displays the CINE menu.

To exit CINE Review:


Press the FREEZE key to exit the CINE Review function and resume
real-time imaging.

A3 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A3 CINE

Resetting CINE Memory


The following actions reset CINE memory; the CINE memory buffer empties
and the system begins acquiring new data:
Unfreezing an image
Changing or re-selecting an imaging mode
Changing or re-selecting the exam type or a QuickSet
Changing the transducer or transducer frequency
Powering off the system
Pressing F1 (New Patient)
CINE memory also resets in response to certain commands or functional
changes performed during real-time imaging.

The following system settings or changes to the system will reset the
memory:

Depth Window (size or position) Sweep Speed


Line Density Dynamic Range (M-mode)
Zoom
The following system settings or changes to the system will not reset
the memory:

L/R Reject Gain


Rotate (2D/M) Cursor position (M-mode) Transmit power

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A3 - 7
A3 CINE

Frame Review
The Frame Review method provides access to any frame in the loop of data.
You can edit the beginning and ending positions of the loop.

To review CINE data using the Frame method:


1. Activate CINE.
2. Select Frame Review from the CINE onscreen menu.
The system displays the CINE indicator in the lower right of the
image screen.
3. Roll the trackball to the left or right to review individual frames.
The CINE indicator identifies the location of the current frame within the
CINE data.
Note: For M-mode, one frame of motion data is displayed at a time. No frame
numbers are displayed.

4. To exit and clear the memory, press the FREEZE key.


The system activates real-time imaging.

A3 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A3 CINE

Motion Review
The Motion Review method provides continuous display of CINE data in a
forward direction. When Motion Review is active, the CINE menu displays
the Rate selection for adjusting the review speed.

To review CINE data using the Motion method:


1. Activate CINE.
2. Display the CINE menu.
3. Roll the trackball to Motion Review and then press the SET key.
The system begins a forward, continuous display of the CINE data at the
frame rate at which it was acquired. This frame rate displays next to the
FPS field on the upper left of the image screen.
4. To resume Frame Review, press the MENU key on the control panel
and then select Frame Review.
5. To exit and clear the memory, press the FREEZE key.
The system activates real-time imaging.

Adjusting the Review Speed


During Motion Review, you can increase or decrease the review speed.

The maximum review speed is the frame rate (1/1). Other selections are: 1/2,
1/4, and 1/8 of the frame rate.

To adjust the review speed:


1. Display the CINE menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Rate and then press the SET key repeatedly to
change the rate.
The system updates the review speed of the CINE data.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A3 - 9
A3 CINE

Editing the Loop


You can change the beginning and ending CINE review positions within a [2] Instructions for Use
loop of data. This edit function allows you to exclude frames from review
Activating CINE A3-6
of a specific segment. Exiting the CINE function will reset both points.

94
Markers indicate the edited segment of CINE data using Edit Start and
Edit End menu selections.

To change the beginning position:


1. Activate CINE.
The system activates Frame Review.

2. Roll the trackball to advance the starting position of the CINE data, one
frame at a time.
The system repositions the marker on the CINE indicator representing
the beginning position.
3. Display the CINE menu.
. Roll the trackball to Edit Start and then press the SET key to lock the
marker for the edit beginning point.
5. To review the edited CINE data, display the CINE menu and select
Motion Review.

To change the ending position:


Note: The end point for the CINE data cannot be moved ahead of the start point.

1. Activate CINE.
The system activates Frame Review.

2 Roll the trackball to advance the ending position of the CINE data, one
frame at a time.
The system repositions the marker on the CINE indicator representing
the ending position.
3. Display the CINE menu.
4. Roll the trackball to Edit End and then press the SET key to lock the
marker for the edit ending point.
5. To review the edited CINE data, display the CINE menu and select
Motion Review.

To reset the beginning and ending positions:


1. Display the CINE menu.
2. Roll the trackball to Edit Reset and then press the SET key.
Edited beginning and ending positions are deleted.

A3 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A3 CINE

Dual CINE
While operating in 2D Dual-mode, the system divides the CINE memory [2] Instructions for Use
buffer into two equal parts to provide image recording. During 2D
Dual-mode Ch A2
Dual-mode, you can acquire two independent single 2D-mode images. The
loops display simultaneously side-by-side. Each loop is also available for
individual replay.

Reviewing and Synchronizing Dual-Mode Images


When set to On, the Align menu selection synchronizes the CINE display of
the two 2D images during Dual-mode. The system displays the Align menu
selection during Frame Review and Motion Review.

To review CINE data in Dual-mode:


1. After acquiring and freezing images in Dual-mode, activate CINE.
The last active image in Dual-mode is the image under CINE review.
2. Press one of the DUAL/SELECT keys to select the active image under
CINE review.
3. To synchronize the images:
a. Display the CINE menu.
b. Roll the trackball to Align and then press the SET key to display the
On setting.
4. Press the MENU key to hide the CINE menu.
The system activates Frame Review. The CINE indicator displays in the
lower right of both Dual-mode images.

5. Roll the trackball to the left or right to review the two images simultaneously.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A3 - 11
A3 CINE

CINE with M-Mode


During Frame Review, the sweep is played back, frame by frame. You can
roll the trackball to scroll the sweep, one frame at a time, in either direction.

During Motion Review, the sweep is played back in a forward, continuous


direction.

To access full-screen CINE data with 2D/M-mode:


1. Activate CINE.
2. Press the right DUAL/SELECT key to access a full-screen CINE M-mode
sweep.
3. Press the left DUAL/SELECT key to access a full-screen CINE 2D-mode
image.
You can alternate pressing the right and left keys to toggle full-screen
images.

4. Roll the trackball to perform a frame review or select Motion Review


on the CINE menu for either full-screen image.
5. Press either DUAL/SELECT key a second time to return to the normal
split-screen format.

A3 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A3 CINE

CINE Review Post-Processing


You can apply the following post-processing functions to CINE data in either
Frame Review or Motion Review.
2D-mode menu selections for: A-mode, Offset, Gray Map, Reject
Addition of Annotation and Pictograms
Use of Measurement and Calculation packages, including the
Report/Worksheet
Changes in Image Orientation using the L/R FLIP key
Magnification of the Image using the DEPTH/ZOOM control
Storage of Images using the PRINT/STORE key and/or the
DIGITAL STORE keys, and recording to an optionally connected VCR
To access CINE Review after post-processing CINE data:
Press the CINE key.
To exit CINE Review after post-processing CINE data:
Press the FREEZE key after post-processing CINE data.
The system resumes its previous imaging mode and configuration of
imaging parameters. CINE memory is cleared and begins filling with
new data.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A3 - 13
A3 CINE

A3 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A4 Biopsy
Biopsy (Puncture) Guideline Function.............................................................. 3
Activating the Guideline Function .................................................................. 4
Displaying the Biopsy Menu................................................................... 5
Changing a Setting on the Biopsy Menu ................................................ 5
Modifying the Display of Guidelines....................................................... 6

Using the Guideline Function with the Endo-V II or Endo-P II


Transducer .......................................................................................................... 8
Endo-V II Transducer ..................................................................................... 8
Endo-P II Transducer ..................................................................................... 9
Endo-P II Biopsy Menu Selections ....................................................... 10

Needle Path Verification.................................................................................. 12


Adjusting the Guidelines ...................................................................... 13

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A4 - 1
A4 Biopsy

A4 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A4 Biopsy

Biopsy (Puncture) Guideline Function


WARNING: Percutaneous procedures always involve heightened risk to the
patient and to the operator handling biopsy needle guides. Clinicians using
Siemens recommended biopsy devices under ultrasound guidance should be
trained, and must observe proper needle insertion sequencing with the needle
guide in order to avoid undue discomfort and unnecessary risk and injury to
the patient.

WARNING: The biopsy guidelines that display on the system monitor are not
intended as an absolute reference. It is the user's responsibility to verify correct
positioning of the needle during a biopsy or puncture procedure.

You can display on-screen guidelines for use with transducers compatible
with needle guide attachments.
[2] Instructions for Use
For software versions 2.0 or higher: The Biopsy menu provides specific
selections for the Endo-P II transducer. Biopsy Menu
Selections for the
The Biopsy function is available during real-time imaging in the following Endo-P II A4-10
modes and mode formats:
2D-mode
Dual-mode (guidelines are on the active image)
Split-mode (guidelines are on the right image)
Zoom (guidelines track to the zoomed image)
Offset (guidelines track to the offset image)

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A4 - 3
A4 Biopsy

Activating the Guideline Function


System Reference
The ultrasound system has several options for customizing the guidelines System Presets Ch 3
for use with a biopsy or puncture procedure.

Use the system presets to enable the Biopsy function to automatically


activate when an exam type is selected. F6
Default Settings
To initiate the Guideline function: XBiopsy

1. Press the F15 key on the keyboard. If you enabled an exam type to
activate the Biopsy function when selected, select that exam type.
The system displays this message as a precaution:
Caution: Verify needle path and scale prior to Biopsy. Select the OK
button to continue.
2. Select the OK button.
3. Before performing any patient procedure, verify the needle path.
4. To exit the function, press the F15 key on the keyboard, or press the 2D
or ESCAPE key on the control panel.

A4 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A4 Biopsy

Displaying the Biopsy Menu


Options for customizing the biopsy guidelines are located on the Biopsy
menu when the Biopsy function is active.

To display the Biopsy or Transducer menu:


1. Press the MENU key on the control panel.
The system displays the default menu or the menu last viewed.

2. To change the displayed menu, roll the trackball to highlight the menu
category at the top of the Measurement Menu. Example: 2D X.
The system displays the list of available menu categories.

3. Roll the trackball to highlight the name of a menu and then press the
SET key.
The system displays the selected menu.

Changing a Setting on the Biopsy Menu


[2] Instructions for Use
For software versions 2.0 or higher: The Biopsy menu provides specific
selections for the Endo-P II transducer. Biopsy Menu
Selections for the
Endo-P II A4-10
To change a setting on the Biopsy menu:
1. With the Biopsy function active, display the Biopsy menu.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight a selection in the Biopsy menu.
3. Press the SET key on the control panel or rotate the SELECT control on
the control panel to select an option.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A4 - 5
A4 Biopsy

Modifying the Display of Guidelines


The Biopsy menu provides several selections for controlling display of the
Biopsy guidelines. You can adjust the angle at which the guidelines display.
The Display cm and Dot Interval selections on the Biopsy menu offer
options to include (or remove) centimeter markings along the guidelines and
to select the interval for the dots representing the guidelines.
[2] Instructions for Use
For software versions 2.0 or higher: The Biopsy menu provides specific
selections for the Endo-P II transducer. Biopsy Menu
Selections for the
Endo-P II A4-10
To display or hide Biopsy guidelines:
Press the F15 key on the keyboard to toggle display of the guidelines.
With the Biopsy function active, display the Biopsy menu.
a. Roll the trackball to highlight Guide in the Biopsy menu.
b. Press the SET key to toggle display of the guidelines On or Off.

To adjust the guideline angle:


1. With the Biopsy function active, display the Biopsy menu.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight Angle Adjust in the Biopsy menu and then
rotate the SELECT control or press the SET key repeatedly to adjust the
angle.
3. To reset the angle to zero, roll the trackball to highlight Reset Angle and
then press the SET key.

A4 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A4 Biopsy

To display or remove centimeter depth markings along the guideline:


1. With the Biopsy function active, display the Biopsy menu.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight Display cm in the Biopsy menu and then
press the SET key to toggle the depth marking display options.
On — displays centimeter depth numbers.
Off — does not display centimeter depth numbers.

To determine the interval for the dots representing the guidelines:


1. With the Biopsy function active, display the Biopsy menu.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight Dot Interval in the Biopsy menu and then
press the SET key to toggle the dot size options.
10 mm – The system displays dots representing guidelines at
10 mm intervals.

5 mm – The system displays dots representing guidelines at


5 mm intervals.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A4 - 7
A4 Biopsy

Using the Guideline Function with the


Endo-V II or Endo-P II Transducer
[2] Instructions for Use
When using the Endo-V II or Endo-P II mechanical sector transducers, you
must correctly orient the active imaging sector of the transducer before the Activating the
ultrasound system can display the needle guidelines. Guideline
Function A4-4
Endo-V II Ch C2

Endo-V II Transducer Endo-P II Ch C3

You can only activate the biopsy function for the Endo-V II transducer when
the active imaging sector is positioned in the end-fire direction of the
transducer. If you adjust the imaging sector away from the end-fire direction
and then activate the biopsy function, the system automatically repositions
the transducer's crystal into the end-fire direction.

You can independently adjust the scan angle during a biopsy procedure.

100o

220o
Example of the on-screen symbol representing a 220° scan angle for the
Endo-V II transducer. The active imaging sector is represented by the shaded sector,
depicting the end-fire direction of the transducer.

A4 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A4 Biopsy

Endo-P II Transducer
When you use a needle guide with the Endo-P II transducer, always begin
imaging in the transverse plane. Since the needle guide is in a fixed position
on the transducer, you cannot reposition the active imaging sector using the
trackball. The active image sector during a biopsy or puncture procedure is
at the 12 o'clock position of the transducer.

12

9 3

Example of the Endo-P II transducer's transverse scan plane and the on-screen symbol for
the transverse plane.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A4 - 9
A4 Biopsy

Endo-P II Biopsy Menu Selections


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)
[2] Instructions for Use
You must select the biopsy/puncture guidelines that correspond to the
needle bracket attached to the Endo-P II transducer using the Type Changing a Menu
selection in the Biopsy menu. The option selected for Type determines the Setting A4-5
available menu selections.
Note: The Endo-P II transducer must be in the transverse scan plane to access the Type
option. To change scan planes, ensure that none of the Biopsy menu selections are
highlighted and then press the SET key.

Biopsy/Puncture Guidelines for the Endo-P II Transducer


and Endorectal Linear (RL) and Curved (RC) Needle
Brackets
Selection Description Options
Guide Toggles the display of the biopsy/puncture On
guidelines On or Off. Off
Type Selects biopsy/puncture guidelines RL (Rectal Linear)
corresponding to the needle bracket attached to RC (Rectal Curved)
the Endo-P II transducer.
Display cm Displays centimeter markings (numbers) On, Off
indicating depth along the guidelines.
Dot Interval Selects dot sizes to represent the 10 mm– The system displays
biopsy/puncture guidelines. dots representing guidelines at
10 mm intervals.
5 mm – The system displays
dots representing guidelines at
5 mm intervals.
Angle Adjust Finely adjusts the angle of the biopsy/puncture 0-80 – The range of
guidelines. adjustment is +/- 8 degrees
in 0.1º increments.
Reset Angle Restores the original position of the 0
biopsy/puncture guidelines.

A4 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A4 Biopsy

Puncture Guidelines for the Endo-P II Transducer and


Brachytherapy (Tpl)
(Requires the Brachytherapy Template Software option and a mechanical
sector transducer port on the ultrasound system)

The Endo-P II transducer must be in the transverse scan plane to access the
Biopsy menu selections for the Tpl guidelines.
Selection Description Options
Guide Toggles the display of the biopsy/puncture On
guidelines On or Off. Off
Type Selects biopsy/puncture guidelines RL – Rectal Linear
corresponding to the needle bracket attached to RC – Rectal Curved
the Endo-P II transducer.
Tpl – Template
Display Mark Displays markings to identify the rows and On1
columns of the Tpl guidelines. On2
Off
Dot Interval Selects dot sizes to represent the Tpl guidelines. 10 mm– The system displays
dots representing guidelines at
10 mm intervals.
5 mm – The system displays
dots representing guidelines at
5 mm intervals.
Adjust X Finely adjusts the "X" axis of the Tpl guidelines. 0-99 – The range of
adjustment is +/- 9.9 mm in
0.1 mm increments.
Adjust Y Finely adjusts the "Y" axis of the Tpl guidelines. 0-99 – The range of
adjustment is +/- 9.9 mm in
0.1 mm increments.
Reset Adjust X Restores the original position of the "X" axis for 0
the Tpl guidelines.
Reset Adjust Y Restores the original position of the "Y" axis for 0
the Tpl guidelines.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A4 - 11
A4 Biopsy

Needle Path Verification


Before performing any patient procedure using a needle guide, you
must verify that the path of the needle is accurately indicated by the
onscreen guidelines.

The needle guide is ready for patient use only after the path of the needle
has been verified.
Checklist of Items Required for Needle Path Verification
Transducer with attached needle guide
Water-based coupling agent (gel)
Sterile transducer cover
New, straight, biopsy needle
Sterilized container of sterilized and degassed water
To verify the path of the needle:

WARNING: The biopsy guidelines that display on the system monitor are not
intended as an absolute reference. It is the user's responsibility to verify correct
positioning of the needle during a biopsy or puncture procedure.

WARNING: Do not use a needle guide if the path of the needle is not
accurately indicated by the onscreen guidelines. The path of the needle must
display within the guideline. Contact your Siemens service representative if the
needle path is not accurately indicated.

1. Attach the needle guide to the transducer.


2. Connect the transducer to the system and activate the transducer.
3. Set the system to the depth of the intended puncture procedure.
[2] Instructions for Use
4. Press the F15 key on the keyboard to display the guidelines onscreen.
Needle path
5. Immerse the head of the transducer into the degassed water and insert adjustment A4-13
the needle into the needle guide.
6. Verify that the path of the needle displays according to the guidelines
shown on the image screen.
7. After verification, the needle guide is ready for use.

A4 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
A4 Biopsy

Adjusting the Guidelines


You can finely adjust the position of guidelines using the Angle Adjust
Biopsy menu selection.
[2] Instructions for Use
For software versions 2.0 or higher: The Biopsy menu provides specific
selections for the Endo-P II transducer. Biopsy Menu
Selections for the
Endo-P II A4-10
To adjust the guidelines:

WARNING: Do not use a needle guide if the path of the needle is not
accurately indicated by the onscreen guidelines. Contact your Siemens service
representative if the needle path is not accurately indicated.

1. Display the Biopsy menu.


2. Roll the trackball to highlight Angle Adjust in the Biopsy menu and then
press the SET key to incrementally change the position of the
guidelines. The range of adjustment is +/- 8 degrees in 0.1º increments.
The path of the needle must display within the guidelines.

To reset the guidelines to the factory-default position:


1. Display the Biopsy menu.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight Reset Angle in the Biopsy menu and then
press the SET key to restore the original position of the guidelines.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E A4 - 13
A4 Biopsy

A4 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations
Measurement Function Overview.................................................................. 3
General and Exam-Specific Measurements................................................... 3
Measurement Setup...................................................................................... 3

Activating the Measurement Function............................................................. 4


Measurement Calipers .................................................................................. 5
Maximum On-Screen Calipers................................................................ 5
Caliper Sets and Measurement Data...................................................... 6
Positioning and Anchoring Calipers ........................................................ 6
Measurement Menu...................................................................................... 7
Multi-Page Menus .................................................................................. 7
Measurement Methods and Measurement Labels ................................ 7
Measure then Label, Label then Measure.............................................. 8
Reassigning a Measured Value to a Label (Undo Feature) ................... 11
Default Measurement Methods by Imaging Mode ..................................... 12
Measured Results ....................................................................................... 12
Activating a Background for Measured Results.................................... 12
Repositioning or Hiding Measured Results .......................................... 12
Repositioning Anchored Markers for Measurements with
Measured Results ................................................................................ 14
Deleting Measurements....................................................................... 16
General Measurements Abbreviations of Measured Results ............ 17
Exiting the Measurement Function ............................................................. 18

General Measurements.................................................................................... 19
Calculating a Ratio of Measured Results ..................................................... 19

General 2D-Mode Measurements and Calculations...................................... 20


General Caliper Performance in 2D-Mode ................................................... 20
Measuring Depth.................................................................................. 20
Measuring Straight-Line Distance ........................................................ 21
Measuring Trace Distance.................................................................... 21
Making the Ellipse Measurement......................................................... 22
Making a Trace Circumference Measurement ..................................... 23
Measuring an Angle ............................................................................. 24
Making a Two-Plane Volume Calculation.............................................. 25
Making a One-Plane Volume Measurement......................................... 33

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 1
B1 Measurements and Calculations

General M-Mode Measurements and Calculations....................................... 36


General Caliper Performance in M-Mode .................................................... 36
Making a Distance Measurement................................................................ 36
Making a Heart Rate Measurement ..................................................... 37
Making a Time Measurement .............................................................. 37
Making Slope and Velocity Measurements .......................................... 38

Report Features ................................................................................................ 39


Annotating a Report..................................................................................... 40

Abdominal, Breast, Thyroid, and Testicle Measurements


and Calculations ............................................................................................... 41

Gynecology Measurements and Calculations ............................................... 42


Customizing Gynecologic Measurements and Reports............................... 42
Gynecology Measurement Menu ............................................................. 43
Gynecology 2D-Mode Measurement Labels ............................................ 43
Follicle Measurements ................................................................................ 44
Gynecology Patient Report .......................................................................... 45
Gynecology Data Tab ........................................................................... 45
Gynecology Description Tab................................................................. 46

Orthopedic Measurements and Calculations ................................................ 47


Orthopedic 2D-Mode Measurement Labels ............................................. 47
Measuring a Hip Angle ......................................................................... 48
Orthopedic Report ....................................................................................... 49
Orthopedic Descriptive Data.............................................................. 50
Orthopedic References ........................................................................ 50

Cranial Measurements and Calculations........................................................ 51


Determining an Area Percent Stenosis................................................. 52
Determining a Diameter Percent Stenosis ........................................... 53

B1 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Function Overview


The measurement function contains the measurements and calculations [2] Instructions for Use
available for each exam type and imaging mode. You can use the
General
measurement function during a patient examination, on images stored in Measurements:
CINE Review. 2D-mode B1-20
M-mode B1-36

General and Exam-Specific Measurements Exam-Specific


Measurements:
Cardiac Ch B5
The ultrasound system contains measurements and calculations that are Cranial B1-51
either General – standard for all exam types – or Exam-specific – particular Endorectal Ch B4
to one exam type. Gynecology B1-42
Obstetrical Ch B2
Calculations use formulas that require specific measurements. The system Orthopedics B1-47
Urology Ch B4
automatically performs a calculation when the required measurements have Rectal Ch B4
been completed. Emergency
Medicine Ch B3
CINE Ch A3
Measurement Setup
Use the system presets to customize the Measurement function.

Specify the shape, size, and default position for the caliper. System Reference

Activate or deactivate a background for the Measured Results section of System Presets Ch 3
Recording
the image screen. Devices Ch 4

Determine whether the system initially displays general measurement


methods or exam-specific measurement labels.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 3
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Activating the Measurement Function


Activate the measurement function by pressing the CALIPER key. When
you press the CALIPER key, a Measurement Menu displays measurement
selections appropriate for the imaging mode and exam type. The system
also places the first marker in a caliper set (set of measurement markers)
on the image. To access a Measurement Menu directly, press the CALIPER Caliper
key a second time.

Use the system presets to automatically activate the measurement function System Reference
each time you press the FREEZE key. If this default has not been set, press System Presets Ch 3
the CALIPER key to enter the measurement function while an image is
frozen for M-mode. You can perform measurements on a real-time or frozen
2D-mode image.
F6
Use the system presets to assign the position of the trackball pointer
(caliper) when you activate the measurement function. The system will do Default Settings
► Automatic FREEZE
one of the following: Response
M&R
Place the first measurement marker in the center of the image screen. ► Caliper Default
Highlight the Measurement Menu. Position

Display the first measurement marker with a dotted line, representing


the depth from the skin line and indicating the Depth in the
Measured Results.
The active exam type and Measurement Menu display on the left side
of the image screen. The Measured Results display on the bottom of the
image screen.

B1 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Calipers
After you press the CALIPER key to activate the measurement function, the
trackball is active in either the image screen or the Measurement Menu.
Select the trackball active location in the system presets. If the trackball is
active on the image, the system places the first measurement marker of a
caliper set on the image screen. If the trackball is active in the
Measurement Menu, you can press the CALIPER key again to switch
trackball control to the image screen and display the first measurement
marker.

Each caliper set includes one or more pairs of measurement markers for
indicating the beginning and ending points of a measurement. Some caliper
sets require multiple measurements to calculate one value; all related
markers are identified with the same caliper set number. The system can
display a maximum of eight caliper sets at one time. If you attempt to add
more caliper sets, the system prompts you to press the ESCAPE key and
then press the CALIPER key to enable eight more caliper sets. All labeled
measurements are retained.

Maximum On-Screen Calipers


Depending on the measurement, up to eight caliper sets can display on an System Reference
image at one time. Use the system presets to select the shape and size of a System Presets Ch 3
caliper measurement marker.

Caliper Type Description Mode


+ + Indicate beginning and 2D-mode: Depth, Distance, Area, F6
x x ending points for each Circumference, and Volume
pair of markers. M&R
M-mode: Distance, Slope, Velocity ► Caliper Default
Delineates beginning and M-mode: Time, Heart Rate Position
ending positions for ► Shape Pattern
► Shape Size
marking horizontal
position or an interval.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 5
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Caliper Sets and Measurement Data


A number displays next to the first marker of each marker pair. This number [2] Instructions for Use
identifies the caliper set and the corresponding measurement data that
Measured
displays in the Measured Results. The number may be repeated if multiple Results B1-12
measurements are required in the same image.

Positioning and Anchoring Calipers


Position a measurement marker by rolling the trackball. An active marker is
bold. Anchor a marker by pressing the SET key. An anchored marker is non-
bold. A second measurement marker in a caliper set displays near the first
marker. Position the second marker by rolling the trackball; the system
automatically updates the value of the measurement in the Measured
Results. Anchor the second marker by pressing the SET key.

B1 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu
Activating the measurement function causes the system to display a
Measurement Menu on the left side of the image screen. The Measurement
Menu indicates the selected measurement method and contains system
and any user-defined labels for the active exam type and imaging mode.

Use the system presets to determine whether the system initially displays
general measurement methods or exam-specific measurement labels.

Multi-Page Menus
If the menu has additional pages (e.g., during OB measurements), access
the pages by rolling the trackball to the page number at the bottom of the
menu and then pressing the SET key.

Measurement Methods and Measurement Labels


All available menu categories are located and selectable at the top of the
Measurement Menu. Each menu category is associated with its own list of
measurement methods, measurement labels, or actions available during the
Measurement function.
General (2D) X General (2D)
Distance OB (2D)
Trace Other
Ellipse
Volume
Example of Measurement Menu with a list of measurement methods assigned to the
General (2D) menu category (on the left) and the available menu categories (on the right).

To display the list of general measurement methods:


F6
1. Activate the measurement function.
M&R
2. Roll the trackball to highlight the menu category at the top of the ►Measurement and
Measurement Menu. For example: OB (2D) X. Report Preset
►►Measurement
3. Press the SET key. Method
►►Customize General
The system displays the list of menu categories, such as General (2D), Measurement Menu
OB (2D) and Other. ►Default Menu Category

4. Roll the trackball to select the general category and then press the
SET key.
The system displays the measurement methods specified in the system
presets for the current exam type.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 7
B1 Measurements and Calculations

To display the list of exam-specific measurement labels:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight the menu category at the top of the
Measurement Menu. For example: General (2D) X.
3. Press the SET key.
The system displays the list of menu categories, such as General (2D),
OB (2D), and Other.

4. Roll the trackball to select the exam-specific category and then press the
SET key.
The system displays the measurement labels for the current exam type.

Measure then Label, Label then Measure


To include a measured value in a patient report, you must assign a label to
the value. You can either perform a measurement and then assign the
measured value to a label – Measure then Label – or select a label and then
use the default measurement method for the selected label to perform the
measurement – Label then Measure.

Some measurements require the use of specific measurement methods.


When you highlight a label in the Measurement Menu, the system
automatically displays the required measurement method at the top of
the menu.

When a label has been assigned a measured result, the system displays the
value next to the label in the Measured Results section of the screen. To
view the labeled values in an exam with a patient report, press the F2 key
on the keyboard at any time during the exam or select Report from the
Measurement Menu during the measurement function.

The following exams contain specific labels that are assignable to a value for
display in a report: OB, Early OB, GYN, Ortho, Cardiac, and Urology.

B1 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

To measure then label:


Note: This procedure uses the term "select" as defined in the conventions for this
manual. To select an on-screen object such as a label, method, or a X symbol, roll the
trackball to position the pointer (cursor) on the object and then press the SET key on the
control panel.

1. During an exam, acquire and freeze the image or sweep.


2. Activate the measurement function.
The system displays a list of measurement labels or a list of
measurement methods available for the exam type in the
Measurement Menu.

3. If a list of measurement methods does not display, then select the


menu category at the top of the Measurement Menu, and select the
name of the list of measurement methods from the available categories
(on the right) for the Measurement Menu.
4. Select a method from the list of measurement methods.
The system places a measurement marker on the image. The system
displays measurement data in the Measured Results, such as (D) for
distance, (C) for circumference, and (A) for area. The system also
displays the corresponding measurement units, such as mm for
distance and circumference, and cm2 for area.
5. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker and then press
the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
marker.
6. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system automatically updates the measurement data in the
Measured Results.
7. To assign the measurement data to a label, select the measurement
label from the Measurement Menu.
The system displays the measurement label and corresponding value in
the Measured Results, and assigns the value to the label in the
worksheet and the patient report.
8. If the selected label requires additional measurement data, the system
activates a new measurement marker on the image. Continue making
measurements until all items called for in the Measured Results have
been completed. The system then assigns the Measured Results to the
measurement label in the Measurement Menu.
Note: Raw and labeled measurement data displays while a measurement is in
progress. Raw (unlabeled) measurement data will not be retained when you exit
the measurement function. Labeled measurement data reappears when the
measurement function is reentered.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 9
B1 Measurements and Calculations

To label then measure:


Note: Use the system presets to assign the trackball to the Measurement Menu when System Reference
you activate the measurement function.
System Presets Ch 3
1. During an exam, acquire and freeze the image or sweep.
2. Activate the measurement function. F6
The system displays a list of measurement labels or a list of M&R
measurement methods available for the exam type in the ► Caliper Default
Measurement Menu. Position

3. If a list of measurement labels does not display, then select the menu
category at the top of the Measurement Menu, and select the name of
the list of measurement labels from the available categories (on the
right) for the Measurement Menu.
4. Select a label from the list of measurement labels.
The system displays the measurement method required for the selected
label at the top of the Measurement Menu, activates that measurement
method, and places a measurement marker on the image. The system
also displays measurement data in the Measured Results.
5. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker and then press
the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
marker.
6. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then
press the SET key to complete the measurement. Measurement data
updates in the Measured Results as each measurement is made.
7. To continue measurements, repeat steps 4 through 6 as required.
When all required measurements are complete, the system displays the
measurement label and corresponding value in the Measured Results and
assigns the value to the label in the worksheet and the patient report.

B1 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Reassigning a Measured Value to a Label (Undo


Feature)
You can "undo" the most-recent label assignment. If you have begun another
measurement or changed modes, you cannot undo a label assignment.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: You can undo a label assignment
using a shortcut (key combination).

To undo a label assignment using a shortcut:


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

1. After completing a measurement, use the shortcut Ctrl+U: Press and


hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard and then press the U key on the
keyboard.
The system removes the label assignment from the measured value and
displays the Measurement Menu. The value is still in memory.

2. To assign the value to a different label, select the new label.


The system updates the Measured Results with the new label
assignment.

To undo a label assignment:


1. After completing a measurement, select the menu category at the top
of the Measurement Menu. For example: OB (2D) X.
2. Select the category Other.
The system displays the list of available actions in the Measurement
Menu.

3. Select Undo.
The system removes the label assignment from the measured value and
displays the Measurement Menu. The value is still in memory.

4. To assign the value to a different label, select the new label.


The system updates the Measured Results with the new label
assignment.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 11
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Default Measurement Methods by


Imaging Mode
Use the system presets to select the default measurement method for each System Reference
exam type.
System Presets Ch 3

Imaging Mode Default measurement


2D-mode Distance (2D-mode measurement)
2D/M-mode Distance (M-mode measurement) F6
M&R
Measured Results ► Measurement and
Report Preset
Values from measurements and calculations display in the Measured
Results section of the image screen. Measured Results display as raw
measurement data until all steps required by the selected measurement
method have been completed. If available in the Measurement Menu, a
label can then be assigned; the completed Measured Results are labeled
accordingly. If a label is not available or if a measurement method is used
that is not compatible with any label, the completed Measured Results are
not labeled and retain the display format used when they were still raw
measurement data.

All raw measurement data and unlabeled Measured Results are deleted
when the measurement function is deactivated. Completed, labeled
Measured Results are retained; you can access them again by pressing the
CALIPER key to reactivate the measurement function.

Activating a Background for Measured Results


Use the system presets to activate or deactivate a background for the
Measured Results section of the image screen.

Repositioning or Hiding Measured Results


When the measurement function is active, you can use selections in the
menu category OTHER to reposition the placement of Measured Results on
the screen or to hide the Measured Results.

B1 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

To reposition or hide the Measured Results:


1. Select the menu category at the top of the Measurement Menu.
For example: General (2D) X.
The system displays the list of menu categories.

2. Select the category Other.


The system displays the list of available actions in the
Measurement Menu.

3. To reposition the Measured Results, roll the trackball to highlight


Meas Pos and then press the SET key until the Measured Results
display in the new position.
4. To hide the Measured Results, roll the trackball to highlight Meas and
then press the SET key to change the setting to Off.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 13
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Repositioning Anchored Markers for


Measurements with Measured Results
You can reposition the placement of the measurement markers on the
image screen and subsequently modify the values in the Measured Results
during the current session of the measurement function. If you cancel and
then reactivate the measurement function, previously completed Measured
Results display again, but cannot be modified.
Note: You can subsequently modify the values of Measured Results in a Worksheet (for
exams with a worksheet).

For software versions 2.0 and higher: You can modify the Measured Results
using a shortcut (key combination).

To modify the Measured Results using a shortcut:


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

1. Use the shortcut Ctrl+M: Press and hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard
and then press the M key on the keyboard.
If multiple measurements are on the screen, then the system indicates
the selected measurement by dimming the value in the Measured
Results.

2. To select another measurement, rotate the SELECT key on the control


panel.
3. Press the SET key on the control panel to activate the selected
measurement.
Note: To cancel modification, press the MENU key on the control panel.

The system places trackball control on the image screen and activates
the first measurement marker of the completed measurement.

4. Roll the trackball to reposition the measurement marker and then press
the SET key on the control panel.
The system activates the next measurement marker of the completed
measurement.

5. Continue adjusting measurement markers as needed.


When all of the measurement is completed, the system redisplays the
previous menu category for the Measurement Menu.

B1 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

To modify the Measured Results:


1. Select the menu category at the top of the Measurement Menu.
For example: General (2D) X.
The system displays the list of menu categories.

2. Select the category Other.


The system displays the list of available actions in the
Measurement Menu.

3. Select Modify.
If multiple measurements are on the screen, then the system indicates
the selected measurement by dimming the value in the Measured
Results.

4. To select another measurement, rotate the SELECT key on the control


panel.
5. Press the SET key on the control panel to activate the selected
measurement.
Note: To cancel modification, press the MENU key on the control panel.

The system places trackball control on the image screen and activates
the first measurement marker of the completed measurement.

6. Roll the trackball to reposition the measurement marker and then press
the SET key.
The system activates the next measurement marker of the completed
measurement.

7. Continue adjusting measurement markers as needed.


When all of the measurement is completed, the system redisplays the
previous menu category for the Measurement Menu.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 15
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Deleting Measurements
You can remove measurements from the screen. The values of the removed
measurements remain in the Measured Results and in the patient report.

To remove the last measurement from the screen, choose a method:


1. For software versions 2.0 and higher: Use the shortcut method:
a. Use the shortcut Ctrl+D: Press and hold the Ctrl key on the
keyboard and then press the D key on the keyboard.
If multiple measurements are on the screen, then the system
indicates the selected measurement by dimming the value in the
Measured Results.

b. To select another measurement, rotate the SELECT key on the


control panel.
c. Press the SET key on the control panel to activate the selected
measurement.
Note: To cancel deletion, press the MENU key on the control panel.

2. Use the Measurement Menu:


a. Select the menu category at the top of the Measurement Menu.
For example: General (2D) X.
The system displays the list of menu categories.

b. Select the category Other.


The system displays the list of available actions in the
Measurement Menu.

c. Select Delete.
If multiple measurements are on the screen, then the system
indicates the selected measurement by dimming the value in the
Measured Results.

d. To select another measurement, rotate the SELECT key on the


control panel.
e. Press the SET key on the control panel to activate the selected
measurement.
Note: To cancel deletion, press the MENU key on the control panel.

To remove all measurements from the screen:


1. Select the menu category at the top of the Measurement Menu.
For example: General (2D) X.
The system displays the list of menu categories.

2. Select the category Other.


The system displays the list of available actions in the
Measurement Menu.

3. Select Delete All.

B1 - 16 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

General Measurements Abbreviations of


Measured Results
2D-mode Measurement Unit Abbreviation
Distance, diameter, trace, millimeters mm
circumference
Area centimeters2 cm2
Angle degrees º
Volume, one or two-plane cubic centimeters cm3
Volume, residual urine milliliter mL
%Stenosis percent %

M-mode Measurement Unit Abbreviation


Distance millimeters mm
Heart rate beats per minute bpm
Time milliseconds ms
Slope millimeters per second mm/s
Velocity meters per second m/s

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 17
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Exiting the Measurement Function


Raw measurement data, completed Measured Results, and the
Measurement Menu are erased from the image screen when you exit the
measurement function by unfreezing the image or by pressing the ESCAPE
key on the control panel. The system discards raw measurement data but
retains all Measurement Label assignments and completed Measured
Results for the exam. The system discards Measurement Label
assignments and completed Measured Results if a new patient is selected
or if the power is cycled.

B1 - 18 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

General Measurements
The system can calculate a ratio of measured values in all exam types and
imaging modes.

Calculating a Ratio of Measured Results


Use the Ratio measurement method to determine ratios for the
following measurements:
Mode Measurement Label Ratio
2D-mode A/B Ratio A/B
Dist Ratio B/A
Vol Ratio (A - B)/A
Area Ratio
M-mode A/B Ratio A/B
Dist Ratio B/A
Time Ratio (A - B)/A

Use the system presets to customize the ratio methods that are available for System Reference
each exam type and imaging mode. System Presets Ch 3

To determine a ratio:
F6
1. Activate the measurement function. (If necessary, display the General
menu category for the Imaging mode. Example: GENERAL(2D) X.) M&R
► Measurement and
2. If you are using a measurement other than the default, select the Report Preset
measurement method.
3. Complete the first measurement.
4. Perform the second measurement. You must use the same method
selected for the first measurement.
When you complete the second measurement, the measurement ratio
is also completed. If a ratio label is available, you can now assign the
label to the measured value. The Measured Results display the
measurements for A, B, A/B, B/A, and (A-B)/A, and any labeled
measured values.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 19
B1 Measurements and Calculations

General 2D-Mode Measurements


and Calculations
General 2D-mode measurements include depth, distance, and
circumference and calculations for area, volume, and ratios. The system
displays measurement data for General Measurements. If you use a General
Measurement method required by a label, you can assign the measurement
to that label.

General Caliper Performance in 2D-Mode


To: Perform this action:
Anchor a marker Press the SET key on the control panel.

Complete a measurement Press the SET key on the control panel.

Make another measurement Press the CALIPER key on the control


panel after the measurement
is complete.

Exit the measurement function Press the ESCAPE key or the


FREEZE key on the control panel to
unfreeze the image.

Measuring Depth
If selected as an option in the system presets, depth is automatically
measured when the first measurement marker displays on the image. The
distance from a point on the transducer–skin interface to the marker is
displayed in the Measured Results until the first marker is anchored.

B1 - 20 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Measuring Straight-Line Distance


Distance is the default measurement method for 2D-mode and displays as System Reference
the measurement method when the CALIPER key is pressed. The distance System Presets Ch 3
measurement calculates the length of a straight line between two markers.

To make a distance measurement:


F6
1. Activate the measurement function.
M&R
2. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then ► Caliper Default
press the SET key on the control panel. Position

The system anchors the first marker and displays a second marker.

3. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker.


The system automatically updates the distance (D) in the
Measured Results.

4. To complete the measurement, press the SET key.


The measured distance (D) displays in the Measured Results.

Measuring Trace Distance


Measure distance for non-straight lines by using the Trace Length 2D-mode
measurement method.

To make a trace distance measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select Trace Length from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key on the control panel.
4. Roll the trackball to trace a distance with a second measurement
marker.
The system automatically updates the distance (D) in the
Measured Results.

5. To untrace, rotate the SELECT control on the control panel


counterclockwise.
6. To complete the measurement, press the SET key.
The measured distance (D) displays in the Measured Results.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 21
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Making the Ellipse Measurement


The Ellipse measurement method is used to determine the circumference
and area by positioning a graphical ellipse over the structure of interest.

Ellipse Circumference Measurement Accuracy


The formula used for computing the circumference is most accurate when
the two diameters used in the measurement, D1 and D2, are close to
being equal.
Note: Common formulas for the calculation of the Ellipse circumference are
approximations. The formula used by the system will provide an accurate result
(< 2% error) as long as one diameter does not become more than twice the other.

If a circumference measurement is required for image areas where the ratio


of the diameters is more than 2-to-1, the Trace method is recommended to
ensure adequate measurement accuracy.

To make an ellipse measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select Ellipse from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key on the control panel.
The system anchors the marker, displays an ellipse, and displays
two diameters (D1, D2), the circumference (C), and the area (A) in the
Measured Results.

4. Roll the trackball to rotate the first axis and adjust the size of the ellipse
and then press the SET key.
The system updates the measurement data in the Measured Results.

5. Roll the trackball to adjust the shape of the ellipse along the second axis
and then press the SET key.
The system updates the measurement data in the Measured Results.

6. Roll the trackball to position the ellipse on the image and then press the
SET key to anchor the ellipse.

B1 - 22 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Making a Trace Circumference Measurement


The Trace method is used to manually determine the circumference of a
structure. The system calculates the area inside the trace.

To perform a trace measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select Trace from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key on the control panel.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to create a trace of the structure.


Note: You can rotate the SELECT control on the control panel to delete the trace
before completing the circumference.

5. To complete the trace, press the SET key.


The system displays the circumference (C) and area (A) of the traced
structure in the Measured Results.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 23
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Measuring an Angle
The Angle measurement requires the placement of two lines to determine
an angle. The lines must intersect or connect. The system calculates and
displays both angles formed by the two lines. The Angle measurement is
not available with all exam types.

To measure an angle:
1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select Angle from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker at the
beginning of the reference line and then press the SET key on the
control panel.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker at the end
of the reference line and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the reference line and displays a third
measurement marker.

5. Roll the trackball to position the third measurement marker at the


beginning of the angle line and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a fourth marker.

6. Roll the trackball to position the fourth measurement marker at the end
of the angle line and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the angle line, labels the α angle and the β angle,
and displays the angle values in the Measured Results.

B1 - 24 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Making a Two-Plane Volume Calculation


The two-plane volume calculation requires measurements to be performed
in two separate planes, using two 2D images. The system requires
measurements in two planes for the following volume calculations:
2Pl LxDxW
2Pl Ellipse
2Pl Trace
Thyroid
Note: Except for the thyroid volume, the procedures for each volume calculation describe
the steps for making measurements in Dual-mode. To use full-screen 2D-mode images,
follow the instructions in the note at the beginning of each procedure.

LxDxW Method
LxDxW is the default method for two-plane volume calculations. To use this
method, obtain three distance measurements: length and depth in one
plane, and width in another plane. The system uses the following formula to
calculate the volume:

Volume =
(π × L × D × W ) .
6

The system assumes you will perform the measurements in the sequence
length, depth, and width. If you are using two single 2D-mode images, you
must perform two measurements in the first plane.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 25
B1 Measurements and Calculations

To obtain a two-plane volume using the LxDxW method:


Note: The procedure below assumes you have acquired images in Dual-mode. If single
2D-mode images are used, perform the first six steps below on one image. Unfreeze the
system. If you press the ESCAPE key on the control panel, the system erases the
measurements. Acquire and freeze the second image. Press the CALIPER key on the
control panel, and then perform steps 7 and 8. The system displays the saved values from
the first image and combines them with the measured values from the second image to
produce the volume measurement.

1. Activate the measurement function.


2. Select 2Pl LxDxW from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
The system displays three distances (D1, D2, D3) and a volume (V) in
the Measured Results.

3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker for the length
and then press the SET key on the control panel.
The system displays a second marker and updates the distance
value (D1).

4. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the length (D1) in the
Measured Results. The system also displays the first marker in the
second set of measurement markers on the image screen.

5. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker for the depth
measurement and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker, updates the distance (D2), and displays
a second marker.

6. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker for the
depth measurement and then press the SET key.
7. On the second image, roll the trackball to position the first measurement
marker for the width measurement and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker, displays a second marker and updates
the distance (D3) and volume (V).

8. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system displays the length (D1), depth (D2), width (D3), and
calculated volume (V) in the Measured Results.

B1 - 26 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Ellipse Method
To measure a volume using the Ellipse method, you must take
measurements in two separate planes, using two 2D-mode images. The
system uses the following formula to calculate the volume:

π 4 A1 4 A2
Volume = × L1 × × ,
6 πL1 πL 2

where L1 and L2 are the longest dimensions in each plane.

To obtain a two-plane volume using the ellipse method:


Note: The procedure below assumes you have acquired images in Dual-mode. If single
2D-mode images are used, perform the first six steps below on one image. Unfreeze the
system. If you press the ESCAPE key on the control panel, the system erases the
measurements. Acquire and freeze the second image. Press the CALIPER key on the
control panel, and then perform steps 7 and 8. The system displays the saved values from
the first image and combines them with the measured values from the second image to
produce the volume measurement.

1. Activate the measurement function.


2. Select 2Pl Ellipse from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
The system displays distances (D1, D2) and area (A) for two ellipses and
the total volume (V) in the Measured Results.

3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker on the axis
that is common to both planes and then press the SET key on the
control panel.
The system anchors the marker and displays an ellipse. The dotted line
represents the axis common to both planes.

4. Roll the trackball to adjust the axis that is common to both planes and
then press the SET key.
The system automatically updates the diameter (D) and area (A) values
in the Measured Results.

5. To adjust the shape of the ellipse along the second axis, roll the trackball
and then press the SET key.
The system updates the diameter (D1, D2) and area (A) measurements
for the ellipse in the Measured Results.

6. Roll the trackball to position the ellipse on the image and then press the
SET key.
7. On the second image, roll the trackball to position the first measurement
marker and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

8. Repeat steps 4 through 6 for the second image.


The system displays the diameters (D1, D2) and area (A) measurements
for the second ellipse above the calculated volume (V) in the Measured
Results.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 27
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Trace Method
To measure a two-plane volume using the Trace method, you must use the
trackball to outline two structures in two separate planes and identify the
axis common to both planes in each structure. The system uses the
following formula to calculate the volume:

π 4 A1 4 A2
Volume = × L1 × ×
6 πL1 πL 2

To obtain a two-plane volume using the trace measurement:


Note: The procedure below assumes you are imaging in Dual mode. If single 2D-mode
images are used, perform the first seven steps below on one image. Unfreeze the
system. If you press the ESCAPE key on the control panel, the system erases the
measurements. Acquire and freeze the second image. Press the CALIPER key on the
control panel then perform steps 8 and 9. The system displays the saved values from the
first image, and combines them with the measured values from the second image to
produce the volume measurement.

1. Activate the measurement function.


2. Select 2Pl Trace from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
The system displays an area (A) and distance (D) for two traces and the
volume (V) in the Measured Results.

3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key on the control panel.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to create a trace of the structure.


Note: You can use the SELECT control to delete the trace before completing the
circumference. Rotate the SELECT control counterclockwise to delete the trace or
clockwise to redraw deleted portions of the trace.

5. To complete the trace, press the SET key.


The system displays the area (A) of the traced structure in the
Measured Results. The system also displays the first measurement
marker for identifying the axis common to both planes.

B1 - 28 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

6. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker at the


beginning of the axis common to both planes and then press the
SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

7. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker to indicate


the end of the axis and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the second marker and displays the length (D1) and
area (A1) in the Measured Results.

8. On the second image, roll the trackball to position the first measurement
marker and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

9. Repeat steps 4 through 7 for the second image.


The system displays the length (D2) and area (A2) measurements for
the second traced structure above the calculated volume (V) in the
Measured Results.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 29
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Thyroid Volume
You can perform Thyroid volume measurements on either two or three
images in Dual mode or on two separate 2D-mode images. Thyroid volume
requires two image planes and three distance measurements: width, height,
and length. The system uses the following formula to calculate the
thyroid volume:

VT=WxHxLx0.479cc.

To perform the thyroid volume measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select Thyroid from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
The system displays a width (W), height (H), length (L), and thyroid
volume (VT) in the Measured Results.

3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key on the control panel.
The system anchors the marker and displays the second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker, displays the width (W) in the Measured
Results, and displays the next measurement marker.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to measure the height (H) of the structure.


If you are in Dual- or Split (B+B) mode, roll the trackball to another frozen
image. Otherwise, press the FREEZE key on the control panel, scan to
obtain another image, and press the FREEZE key again. Press the
CALIPER key on the control panel.

6. Roll the trackball to position the marker for the length and then press the
SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the second marker.

7. Roll the trackball to position the second marker and then press the
SET key.
The system displays the width (W), height (H), and length (L) above the
calculated thyroid volume (VT) in the Measured Results.

Use the system presets to specify Thyroid as the default 2D-mode System Reference
measurement method for the Thyroid exam. System Presets Ch 3
Thyroid Volume
Brunn, J., Block, U., Ruf, G., Bos, I., Kunze, W.P., Scriba, P.C. "Volumetry of F6
the Lobe of the Thyroid Gland by Means of Realtime Sonography." Deutsche M&R
MedWochenschrift, 106, 1981. ► Thyroid
► Measurement and
Report Preset
►► Measurement
Method
►►► Default Method
by Mode

B1 - 30 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Residual Volume
Use the Residual Volume measurement method to determine a micturated
volume by subtracting a post-void volume from a pre-void volume. Values
for all three measured volumes display in the Measured Results.

The system uses an LxDxW volume calculation that requires you to position
three sets of measurement markers. Measurements are performed on two
images acquired in separate scan planes. You can determine a Residual
Volume using two single 2D-mode images or images acquired in Dual or
4B mode.

To determine a residual volume:


Note: The procedure below assumes you are imaging in Dual or 4B mode. If single
2D images are used, perform the first five steps below on one image. Unfreeze the
system. If you press the ESCAPE key, the system erases the measurements. Acquire
and freeze the second image. Repeat steps 1 and 2, then begin the procedure with
step 6. The system displays the saved values from the first image and combines them
with the measured values from the second image to calculate the volumes.

1. Activate the measurement function.


2. Select Residual from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker at the
beginning of the distance measurement and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second
measurement marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second marker and then press the
SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the first measurement
marker of the second set of markers.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to measure a second distance.


The system displays the values of both distances in the
Measured Results.

6. On the second image, roll the trackball to position the first measurement
marker for the third distance and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second measurement
marker.

7. Roll the trackball to position the second marker and then press the
SET key.
The system displays the width (W) below the depth (D) and length (L)
measurements. The system also calculates and displays the
pre-void (PreV) volume in the Measured Results.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 31
B1 Measurements and Calculations

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 to determine the post-void volume. If


performing the measurements on single 2D images rather than in
Dual or 4B mode, refer to the note at the beginning of the procedure.
The system calculates the second volume and displays the
pre-void (PreV), post-void (PostV), and micturated volumes (MicV) in
the Measured Results. The micturated volume is the difference
between the pre-void and post-void volumes.

Residual Urine Volume


Rifkin, Matthew D., M.D. "Urinary Bladder Measurements." Chapter 16 in
Atlas of Ultrasound Measurements. B. B. Goldburg and A. B. Kurtz. Chicago:
Year Book Medical Publishers. 1990.

B1 - 32 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Making a One-Plane Volume Measurement


When measurements made in one plane are used to calculate a volume, the
system assumes one measurement to be the same for the second plane.
There are three methods for obtaining a one-plane volume:
1Pl LxD
1Pl Ellipse
1Pl Disk

LxD Method
The system calculates one-plane volume using two orthogonal diameter
measurements in one plane; the diameter in the second plane is assumed to
have the same measurement as the first plane. The system uses the
following formula to calculate the volume, based on length and diameter:

Volume =
(π × L × D ) .
2

The system uses the second measurement (step 5) to determine the value
of D2. Therefore, make the second measurement on the axis common to
both planes.

To obtain a one-plane volume using the length and diameter method:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select 1Pl LxD from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
The system displays two distances (D1, D2) and a volume (V) in the
Measured Results.

3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker at the


beginning of the axis and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker to indicate


the end of the axis and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the second marker, updates the length (D1), and
displays the first measurement marker in the second caliper set.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to measure the common axis.


When you have completed the second axis measurement, the system
displays the length (D1), depth (D2), and calculated volume (V) in the
Measured Results.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 33
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Ellipse Method
To calculate a one-plane volume using the Ellipse method, perform an area
measurement and identify the axis common to both planes. The system
uses the following formula to calculate the volume:

Volume =
(8 × A ) ,
2

3π × L

where L is the axis common to both planes.

To obtain a one-plane volume measurement using an ellipse:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select 1Pl Ellipse from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker on the axis
that is common to both planes and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker, displays an ellipse, and updates
diameters (D1, D2), area (A), circumference (C), and volume (V) in the
Measured Results. The dotted line of the ellipse represents the axis
common to both planes.

4. Roll the trackball to adjust the axis that is common to both planes,
diameter D1, and then press the SET key.
5. To adjust the shape of the ellipse along diameter D2, roll the trackball
and then press the SET key.
6. Roll the trackball to position the ellipse on the image and then press the
SET key.
The system displays diameters (D1, D2), area (A), circumference (C),
and volume (V) in the Measured Results.

B1 - 34 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Disk Method
To calculate a one-plane volume using the Disk method, use the trackball to
trace a structure and then position an axis line along which the disks will
be calculated.

To obtain a one-plane volume using a disk measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select 1Pl Disk from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system anchors the first marker and activates a second marker.
4. Roll the trackball to create a trace of the structure with the
second marker.
5. To complete the trace, press the SET key.
The system draws a line across the structure, signifying the axis along
which the disks will be calculated.
6. Roll the trackball to position the axis line and then press the SET key.
The system displays the area (A), circumference (C), diameter (D), and
volume (V).

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 35
B1 Measurements and Calculations

General M-Mode Measurements


and Calculations
The M-mode measurement function includes distance, heart rate, slope,
velocity, and time measurements and calculations for volume flow
and ratios.

General Caliper Performance in M-Mode


Note: Press the FREEZE key on the control panel before performing a measurement on
an M-mode sweep.

To: Perform this action:


Anchor a marker Press the SET key on the control panel.

Complete a measurement Press the SET key on the control panel.

Make another measurement Press the CALIPER key on the control


panel after the measurement is
complete.

Exit the measurement function Press the ESCAPE key or the


FREEZE key on the control panel to
unfreeze the image.

Making a Distance Measurement


The distance measurement, which calculates the length of a straight line System Reference
between two measurement markers, is the default measurement for
System Presets Ch 3
M-mode. Use the system presets to change the default measurement
method.

To make a distance measurement: F6

1. Activate the measurement function. M&R


► Measurement and
2. Select Distance from the M-mode measurement methods. Report Preset
►► Measurement
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then Method
press the SET key. ► ►►M-mode

The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker and then
press the SET key to complete the measurement.
The system automatically updates the distance (D) measurement in the
Measured Results.

B1 - 36 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Making a Heart Rate Measurement


Determine the heart rate by delineating one heart cycle with the
measurement markers that display as vertical lines.

To make a heart rate measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select HR from the M-mode measurement methods.
The system displays the first measurement marker.

3. Roll the trackball to position the marker at the beginning of the cardiac
cycle and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker at the end
of the cardiac cycle and then press the SET key.
As the marker is moved, the system updates the heart rate (HR) and
time (T) in the Measured Results.

Making a Time Measurement


The time method measures the change in time between two points. Time
is calculated on the horizontal axis. The measurement markers display as
vertical lines.

To make a time measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select Time from the M-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker on the image
and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
As the marker is moved, the system updates Time (T) in the
Measured Results.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 37
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Making Slope and Velocity Measurements


Slope and velocity both measure the change in distance over time, as
determined by two distance measurement markers.

To make a slope or velocity measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Select Slope or Velocity from the M-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the second
measurement marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second marker to the right of the first
marker and then press the SET key.
For the slope measurement, the system displays the slope (S) in the
Measured Results.

For the velocity measurement, the system displays the distance (D),
time (T), and velocity (V) in the Measured Results.

B1 - 38 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Report Features
For exam types with a patient report, the system transfers labeled [2] Instructions for Use
measurements and calculations from a Measurement Menu on the image
OB Ch B2
screen to a report. Cardiac Ch B6

The system also transfers information from the patient data form into the
report. You can annotate the report and edit system-supplied data. You can
edit measurements and calculations only if the report includes a worksheet
(Cardiac, OB, and Early OB exams).

To access a patient report:


Note: Patient reports are available with the following exam types: OB, Early OB, GYN,
Ortho, Cardiac, and Urology. For software versions 2.0 and higher: Patient reports are
also available with the following exam types: EM and Rectal.

1. Press F2 on the keyboard at any time during an exam with a report or


roll the trackball to highlight Report at the bottom of the Measurement
Menu and then press the SET key.
The system displays the patient report.

2. If the patient report has more than one page, roll the trackball to Prev or
Next at the bottom of the report and then press the SET key.
3. To redisplay the image screen, press the ESCAPE key on the control
panel.

To use a drop-down box:


1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer in the drop-down box and then
press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight the selection and then press the SET key.

To use a text entry field:


1. Roll the trackball to the text entry field and then press the SET key.
2. Use the keyboard to enter data.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 39
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Annotating a Report
There are two methods for entering text into the Comments section of a System Reference
patient report. You can enter text from the keyboard or insert comments System Presets Ch 3
that you have pre-defined in the system presets. You can edit comments
after placing them in the report.
Note: If the report has more than one page, you must access the page containing the F6
Comments field before the system will display the comments.
M&R
► Measurement and
To enter text: Report Preset
►► Comments Library
1. When a patient report is displayed, roll the trackball to place the text for Report
cursor at the required position in the Comments field of the report. ►Customize Keys

2. Enter text using the keyboard.


Note: Enter your comments as a single paragraph. Do not use the ENTER key on the
keyboard to separate lines of comments.

To insert pre-defined comments:


Note: Use the system presets to pre-define comments for each exam type.

1. When a patient report is displayed, roll the trackball to the


Comments button and then press the SET key.
A list of available phrases displays on the screen.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight a phrase and then press the SET key.
The system places the phrase in the Comments field of the report.
Note: When adding new comments to existing comments, roll the trackball to
position the pointer at the end of the existing text in the Comments field and then
press the SET key.

3. Continue entering phrases. When finished, press the ESCAPE key on


the control panel to exit.
The system removes the list of phrases from the screen.

B1 - 40 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Abdominal, Breast, Thyroid, and


Testicle Measurements
and Calculations
All general measurements and calculations in 2D-mode and M-mode are [2] Instructions for Use
available for the Abdominal, Breast, Thyroid and Testicle exam types. These
General Measurements:
exam types do not have reports. 2D-mode B1-20
M-mode B1-36
Use the system presets to customize each of these exam types.
Select the default measurement method for each mode. System Reference
Select the default method for each type of measurement. System Presets Ch 3
Select the measurement methods that display for each mode and the
order in which they display.
F6
M&R

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 41
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Gynecology Measurements
and Calculations
All general measurements and calculations in 2D-mode and M-mode are [2] Instructions for Use
available for use with the Gynecology exam type. In addition, the system
General Measurements:
has measurement labels in 2D-mode for specific use with the Gynecology 2D-mode B1-20
exam. Use the system presets to create measurement labels and customize M-mode B1-36
the Gynecology patient report. Exam-specific:
Follicle B1-44

Customizing Gynecologic Measurements


and Reports
Use the system presets to customize the Gynecological exam. System Reference
Select the default measurement method for each mode. System Presets Ch 3
Select the default measurement method for each type of measurement.
Select the measurement methods that display for each mode and the F6
order in which they display.
M&R
Select the measurement method for follicle evaluation. ► Measurement and
Report Preset
Enable the display of operator and referring physician information in the
patient report.
Establish user-defined labels for 2D-mode.
Define the phrases (Comments Library) for inclusion in the patient
report.
Display only the labels with measured values in the Measured Results
and patient report.
Display all the labels (with measured values and without measured
values) in the Measured Results and patient report.

B1 - 42 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Gynecology Measurement Menu


The Gynecology exam Measurement Menu displays on the left side of the
image screen when the measurement function is active. The menu indicates
which measurement method is currently in use. It also contains system-
defined measurement labels and any user-defined measurement labels.

Gynecology 2D-Mode Measurement Labels


In addition to system-defined 2D-mode measurement labels, you can define
up to three 2D-mode measurement labels. These labels display in the
Measurement Menu and in the patient report with the measured result,
when assigned.

Measurement Label Description Measurement Method Options


Uterus Measurements of the uterus. Distance
Length
Depth
Width
Endometrium Thickness of the endometrium. Distance
Cervix Length of the cervix. Distance
Lt Ovary Measurements of the left ovary. The system Distance
Length automatically calculates the volume when all
Depth three distance measurements have been
Width performed. The volume displays in the patient
report and in the Measured Results.
Rt Ovary Measurements of the right ovary. The system Distance
Length automatically calculates the volume when all
Depth three distance measurements have been
Width performed. The volume displays in the patient
report and in the Measured Results.
Lt Fol Measurements of the left ovarian follicle. Method selected in the
#1 through #15 Measured values for up to 15 follicles are system presets.
transferred to the patient report.
Rt Fol Measurements of the right ovarian follicle. Method selected in the
#1 through #15 Measured values for up to 15 follicles are system presets.
transferred to the patient report.
xxxx A user-defined label. You can define up to three The 2D-mode measurement
2D-mode measurement labels to correspond to method assigned in the
a measurement method. Four measurement system presets.
methods are available: distance, area,
circumference, and volume.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 43
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Follicle Measurements
Before taking a follicle measurement, select one of the following [2] Instructions for Use
measurement methods in the system presets to customize the
General Measurements:
Gynecology exam: 2D-mode B1-20
M-mode B1-36
Distance
2DistAve – an average of two distance measurements System Reference
3DistAve – an average of three distance measurements System Presets Ch 3
Area
Circumference F6
Volume M&R
► Measurement and
The system transfers labeled values for up to 15 left and 15 right follicle Report Preset
measurements into the patient report. ►► Measurement Order

To perform a follicle measurement:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. If necessary, access the page in the Measurement Menu containing the
Lt Follicle and Rt Follicle measurements.
3. Roll the trackball to select the appropriate Lt or Rt Follicle # in the
Measurement Menu and then press the SET key.
The system activates the follicle measurement method selected in the
system presets and displays the first measurement marker on the
image.

4. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker to the


beginning point and then press the SET key.
5. Perform the measurement according to the activated method.
The system assigns the measurement value to the selected follicle
number and transfers the values to the patient report.

6. Repeat steps 3 through 5 for each follicle.

B1 - 44 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Gynecology Patient Report


The Gynecology exam has a one-page patient report. The system transfers
labeled measurements from the Gynecology Measurement Menu on the
image screen to the patient report. The system also loads information from
the patient data form into the report. You can annotate the report.

Use the system presets to select measurements to be included in the System Reference
Gynecology patient report. The unit of measure for Follicles depends on System Presets Ch 3
the measurement method selected in the system presets.

To access the Gynecology patient report:


F6
1. During a GYN exam, press the F2 key on the keyboard or roll the
trackball to highlight Report in the Measurement Menu and then M&R
press the SET key. ► Measurement and
Report Preset
The system displays the Data tab of the Gynecology patient report. ►► Measurement Order
►►► Follicle
Measurement
2. Roll the trackball to the Description tab and then press the SET key.
Method
3. To redisplay the image screen, press the ESCAPE key or roll the
trackball to Return at the bottom of the report and then press the
SET key.

To use a drop-down box:


1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer in the drop-down box and then
press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight the selection and then press the SET key.

To use a text entry field:


1. Roll the trackball to the text entry field and then press the SET key.
2. Use the keyboard to enter data.

Gynecology Data Tab


The first tab of the Gynecology patient report contains information entered System Reference
on the patient data form for the GYN exam type. The Data tab may contain
System Presets Ch 3
measurement details for 2D-mode if abbreviated display of results has not
been selected in the system presets.
F6
M&R
► Measurement and
Report Preset
►► Display Item

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 45
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Gynecology Description Tab


The second tab of the Gynecology patient report contains drop-down boxes
with descriptive data. Selections are shown below.
Report Item Selections
Uterus WNL
Fibroid
Atrophic
Septated
Bicornuate

Right Adnexa WNL


Absent
Mass
(blank)

Left Adnexa WNL


Absent
Mass
(blank)

Cul de Sac WNL


Fluid Seen
No Fluid Seen

Uterine Mass None


Calcification(s)
Solid
Complex
Cystic
Yes

Right Ovary WNL


Absent
Not Seen

Left Ovary WNL


Absent
Not Seen

B1 - 46 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Orthopedic Measurements
and Calculations
All general measurements and calculations in 2D-mode and M-mode are [2] Instructions for Use
available for use with the Orthopedic exam type. In addition, the Orthopedic
General Measurements:
exam has a calculation for Hip Angle. Hip Angle is an angle calculation 2D-mode B1-20
designed for examination of infant hips. The Orthopedic exam also has M-mode B1-36
specific 2D-mode measurement labels and a Sonographic Infant Hip Exam-specific:
Hip Angle B1-48
Classification patient report.

Use the system presets to customize the Orthopedic exam. System Reference

Select the default measurement method for each mode. System Presets Ch 3

Select the default method for each type of measurement.


Select the measurement methods that display for each mode and the
order in which they display.
Customize display options and enable operator and referring physician
information for the patient report.
Define the phrases (Comments Library) for inclusion in the patient
report.
Display only the labels with measured values in the Measured Results
and patient report.
Display all the labels (with measured values and without measured
values) in the Measured Results and patient report.

Orthopedic 2D-Mode Measurement Labels


The following describes measurement labels for 2D-mode measurements
when the Orthopedic exam is active. These labels display in the
Measurement Menu.
Measurement Label Description Measurement Method Options
R Hip Angle Right hip angle Hip Angle
L Hip Angle Left hip angle Hip Angle

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 47
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Measuring a Hip Angle


The Hip Angle measurement requires the placement of three intersecting
lines to determine two angles. The first line is called the reference line. The
second line establishes the alpha angle (α), and the third line establishes the
beta angle (β). The system calculates and displays angles α and β.

To measure a hip angle:


1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Roll the trackball to R Hip Angle in the Measurement Menu and then
press the SET key on the control panel.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first marker at point a and then press the
SET key. Points a and b define the
reference line. Points c
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker. and d establish the line
used for the α angle, and
4. To define the direction of the reference line, roll the trackball to position points e and f establish
the second marker so that the line intersects point b and then press the the line used for the
SET key. β angle.
The system anchors the reference line and displays a new marker.
5. To create the line for the alpha (α) angle:
a. Roll the trackball to position the marker at point c and then press the
SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a new marker.
b. To draw the alpha (α) angle line, roll the trackball so that the line
intersects point d and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the line and displays a new marker.
6. To create the line for the beta (β) angle:
a. Roll the trackball to position the marker at point e and then press the
SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays a new marker.
b. To draw the beta (β) angle line, roll the trackball so that the line
intersects point f and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the line and displays the α angle and β angle in the
Measured Results and the Graf sonometer.
7. Roll the trackball to L Hip Angle in the Measurement Menu and then
press the SET key. Repeat steps 3 through 6.

B1 - 48 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Orthopedic Report
The Orthopedic exam has a one-page report for the Sonographic Infant
Hip Classification.

To access the patient report:


1. During an Orthopedic exam, press the F2 key on the keyboard or roll the
trackball to highlight Report on the Measurement Menu and then press
the SET key.
2. To redisplay the image screen, press the ESCAPE key or roll the
trackball to Return at the bottom of the report and then press the
SET key.

To use a drop-down box:


1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer in the drop-down box and then
press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight the selection and then press the SET key.

To use a text entry field:


1. Roll the trackball to the text entry field and then press the SET key.
2. Use the keyboard to enter data.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 49
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Orthopedic Descriptive Data


The patient report contains drop-down boxes with descriptive data.
Selections are shown below.
Report Item Selections (right) Selections (left)
Osseous Profile (Blank) (Blank)
I : Good I : Good
II : Deficient II : Deficient
D : Deficient D : Deficient
III : Poor III : Poor
IV : Poor IV : Poor

Osseous Acetabulum (Blank) (Blank)


I : Sharp I : Sharp
II : Round II : Round
D : Round/Flat D : Round/Flat
III : Flat III : Flat
IV : Flat IV : Flat

Cartilaginous Acetabulum (Blank) (Blank)


I : Narrow I : Narrow
II : Wide/Overlapped II : Wide/Overlapped
D : Everted D : Everted
III : Everted Echo Free III : Everted Echo Free
III : Everted Echo Poor III : Everted Echo Poor
IV : Everted IV : Everted

Type (Blank) (Blank)


Ia Ia
Ib Ib
IIa IIa
IIb IIb
IIc IIc
IIIa IIIa
IIIb IIIb

Orthopedic References
Hip Angle
Graf R. "Sonographic Diagnosis of Hip Dysplasia and Hip Dislocation."
Revised by R. Graf from reprint. Schuler P. Graf R. 1986. "Sonographie in de
Orthopädie in Braun — Günther — Schwerk." Ultraschalldiagnostick 4. Erg.
Lig 7, 1986. Ecomed Verlag.

B1 - 50 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Cranial Measurements
and Calculations
All general measurements and calculations in 2D-mode and M-mode are [2] Instructions for Use
available for the Cranial exam type. In addition to the general 2D-mode
General Measurements:
selections, the system has Area Percent Stenosis and Diameter Percent 2D-mode B1-20
Stenosis measurements specific to the Cranial exam. The Cranial exam M-mode B1-36
type does not have a report. Exam-specific:
A-% Stenosis B1-52
D-% Stenosis B1-53
Use the system presets to customize the Cranial exam.
Select the default measurement method for each mode. System Reference
Select the default method for each type of measurement. System Presets Ch 3
Select the measurement methods that display for each mode and the
order in which they display.
Display only the labels with measured values in the Measured Results
and patient report.
Display all the labels (with measured values and without measured
values) in the Measured Results and patient report.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 51
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Determining an Area Percent Stenosis


The Area Percent Stenosis calculation compares cross-sectional areas of
the same vessel. The system automatically performs the calculation using
the following formula after you position two ellipses over the same vessel.

 A1 − A 2 
Area % Stenosis =   × 100 ,
 A1 

where A1 = the larger area, A2 = the smaller area.

To determine an area percent stenosis:


1. During a Cranial exam, freeze the image and activate the measurement
function.
2. Select A-%Stenosis from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key on the control panel.
The system anchors the marker, displays an ellipse, and displays the
area in the Measured Results.

4. Roll the trackball to rotate the first axis and size the ellipse and then
press the SET key.
5. Roll the trackball to adjust the shape of the ellipse along the second axis
and then press the SET key.
The system displays the area of the ellipse in the Measured Results.

6. Roll the trackball to position the ellipse on the image and then press the
SET key.
7. Unfreeze the image, and acquire and freeze a second image. Reactivate
the measurement function. If you press the ESCAPE key, the system
erases the measurements.
The system automatically reselects A-%Stenosis.

8. For the second ellipse, repeat steps 3 through 6.


The system displays the areas for the two ellipses (A1, A2), and the
calculated area percent stenosis (%Sten) in the Measured Results.

B1 - 52 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B1 Measurements and Calculations

Determining a Diameter Percent Stenosis


The Diameter Percent Stenosis calculation compares diameters of the same
vessel. The system automatically determines the calculation using the
following formula after you obtain two diameters of the same vessel.

 D1 − D 2 
Diameter % Stenosis =   × 100 ,
 D1 

where D1 = larger diameter, D2 = smaller diameter.

To determine a diameter percent Stenosis:


1. During a Cranial exam, freeze the image and activate the
measurement function.
2. Select D-%Stenosis from the 2D-mode measurement methods.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and press the
SET key on the control panel.
The system anchors the marker and displays a second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the first diameter (D1) in
the Measured Results.

5. Unfreeze the image, and acquire and freeze a second image. Reactivate
the measurement function. If you press the ESCAPE key, the system
erases the measurements.
The system automatically reselects D-%Stenosis.

6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the second diameter (D2).


The system anchors the measurement marker and displays the
diameters (D1, D2) and calculated diameter percent stenosis (%Sten) in
the Measured Results.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B1 - 53
B1 Measurements and Calculations

B1 - 54 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations
Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations................................................... 3

Customizing Obstetrical Measurements and Reports .................................... 4


Tables, Formulas, and Calculations to Estimate Fetal Weight and
Menstrual Age ............................................................................................... 5
Estimated Fetal Weight Formulas .......................................................... 5
Menstrual Age Tables and Formulas ...................................................... 5

Indicating a Single or Multiple Study............................................................... 7

Obstetrics Measurement Menu...................................................................... 8


Early OB 2D-Mode Parameter, Measurement, and Calculation
Labels ............................................................................................................ 9
Early OB Parameter Labels.................................................................. 9
Early OB Measurement Labels .......................................................... 10
Minimizing the Quantity of Labels Displayed in Measured
Results ................................................................................................. 10
Early OB Calculation Labels ............................................................... 10
Early OB M-Mode Parameter, Measurement, and Calculation
Labels .......................................................................................................... 11
Standard OB 2D-Mode Parameter, Measurement, and
Calculation Labels........................................................................................ 11
Standard OB Parameter Labels ......................................................... 12
Standard OB Measurement Labels ................................................... 13
Standard OB Calculation Labels......................................................... 14
Standard OB M-Mode Parameter, Measurement, and Calculation
Labels .......................................................................................................... 15

Measuring Fetal Heart Rate............................................................................. 16


Determining an Amniotic Fluid Index........................................................... 16

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 1
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Obstetrical Reports .......................................................................................... 17


Multiple Gestational Reporting .................................................................... 17
Worksheet................................................................................................... 18
Editing Worksheets .............................................................................. 18
Early OB Patient Report............................................................................... 20
Descriptive Data Fields Early Description Tab ................................... 20
Standard OB Patient Report ........................................................................ 21
Descriptive Data Fields Standard Description Tab ............................. 21
Annotating a Report ............................................................................. 24

Growth Analysis Graphs.................................................................................. 25


Labels Growth Analysis Graphs ................................................................ 25
Linking Patient Data Files ............................................................................ 28
Selecting Files for Linking .................................................................... 29

B2 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Obstetrical Measurements
and Calculations
The ultrasound system has two exam types for the Obstetrical (OB)
application, the Early OB exam and the Standard OB exam. Both exams
use formulas for estimating menstrual age, estimating fetal weight, and
determining growth ratios. Parameter labels are assigned to measured
results used as parameters in these formulas. Each exam also supports
multiple gestation studies.
The Early OB exam is intended for first trimester studies and has
measurement and parameter labels for use in 2D-mode.
The Standard OB exam is intended for second and third trimester
studies and has measurement and parameter labels for use in
2D-mode, including a label for the Amniotic Fluid Index.
The OB exams also have the capability for generating Growth Analysis [2] Instructions for Use
Graphs for each OB exam. Growth Analysis compares actual fetal growth to Growth Analysis
predicted growth patterns. Graphs can display measured results from a Graphs B2-25
single exam, or from data acquired over a series of exams and combined Link Files B2-28
using the Link Files function. General
Measurements Ch B1
All general measurements and calculations are available for the Obstetric
exam type. The results of the measurements and calculations can be used
to determine an estimated menstrual age and/or estimated fetal weight.
These estimations are based upon standard or user-defined tables or
formulas. Standard tables or formulas are system-defined, while a
user-defined table or formula contains data that you have entered using the
system presets.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 3
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Customizing Obstetrical
Measurements and Reports
Use the system presets to customize the OB exam. System Reference

Specify which labels display in the Measurement Menu and the order in System Presets Ch 3
which they display.
Select the default references for tables and formulas provided by
F6
the system.
Designate a method, direct or average, for determining M&R
► Measurements and
parameter values. Report Preset
Customize the content of the patient report. ►► Item and Reference
Selection
Create user-defined labels for 2D-mode measurements. ►► Display Configuration
►► User-Defined
Define up to five tables and/or formulas to estimate menstrual age.
Define up to five formulas to estimate fetal weight.
Define up to five tables and/or formulas for growth analysis.
Define up to five formulas for ratios of parameters.

B2 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Tables, Formulas, and Calculations to


Estimate Fetal Weight and Menstrual Age
Use the system presets to select references for the tables and formulas System Reference
used by the ultrasound system to calculate an estimated menstrual age
System Presets Ch 3
and estimated fetal weight. You can also change a reference in the
OB worksheet.
F6
Estimated Fetal Weight Formulas M&R
►Measurement and
Use the system presets or the worksheet to designate the references Report Preset
(authors) for the formulas that the system uses in determining estimated ►► Item and Reference
fetal weights (EFW1 and EFW2). You can also use the system presets to Selection
create up to five user-defined formulas for EFW. ►►► EFW/USMA tab
►► User-defined
EFW Formula
Note: The calculation and display of an estimated fetal weight is dependent on the valid
ranges specified by the author of an equation. Calculated values above or below the valid
range display a value of xxx, such as EFW1 xxxg. If all the measurements required by the
author have not been made, the system displays blanks next to the EFW label.

EFW1 and EFW2 display in the worksheet and the patient report. EFW1
also displays in the Measured Results after the measurements required by
the designated author are made.

Menstrual Age Tables and Formulas


You can designate the reference (author) for the table or formula that the
system uses in determining an estimated menstrual age. Tables are
F6
available for the following parameters: BPD, OFD,FTA, EFW, AXT, HC,
ASD, ATD, AC, FL, HL, UL, BN, TL, FT, MSD, CRL and GS. The system M&R
►Measurement and
provides an estimated menstrual age based on estimated fetal weight if Report Preset
the Tokyo, Osaka, or JSUM reference is selected for EFW1 or EFW2. ►► Item and
Reference Selection
You can also use the system presets to create up to five user-defined ►►► EFW/USMA tab
menstrual age tables or formulas for system- and user-defined ►► User-defined
MA Data
measurements.

Menstrual Age
Use Item and Reference Selection in the system presets to select the
method that the system uses to estimate menstrual age for a parameter.
Direct estimates a menstrual age from the most recent measurement
obtained for a parameter.
Average estimates menstrual age by averaging as many as five
measurements obtained for a parameter. The worksheet displays the
values used to calculate the average.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 5
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Composite Menstrual Age


Use the system presets or the worksheet to select the method that the
system uses for calculating a composite ultrasound menstrual age (USMA). F6
The options are average, one of Hadlock's eleven regression equations, or
a user-defined formula. M&R
►Measurement and
Report Preset
The basis for an average is the estimated menstrual ages obtained from any ►► Item and Reference
combination of parameters. To obtain an average, the system adds the Selection
estimated menstrual ages, then divides the sum by the number of ►►► EFW/USMA tab
measured parameters. ►► MA Data

Hadlock's eleven regression equations require the measurement of one or


more of the following parameters: BPD, HC, FL, or AC. The required
parameters display below the USMA drop-down list in the EFW/USMA tab.

Use MA Data in the system presets to define a user-defined formula for


composite menstrual age.

B2 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Indicating a Single or Multiple Study


Both the Early OB and the Standard OB exams support multiple gestational Single
studies, providing separate measurement information for each fetus. BPD
OFD
You can change the type of study when the Measurement function is active. HC
ASD
To indicate a multiple study during measurements: Example single-
gestation OB
1. Roll the trackball to highlight Single at the top of the Measurement Measurement Menu.
Menu and then press the SET key.
The system displays a confirmation message.
Note: You cannot change back from a multiple-gestational study to a
single-gestational study. To continue imaging on a single fetus, roll the trackball to
position the pointer on the Cancel button and then press the SET key.

2. To change to a multiple-gestational study, roll the trackball to position Fetus A


the pointer on the OK button and then press the SET key. BPD
OFD
The system displays Fetus A at the top of the Measurement Menu and HC
assigns the labeled measurement values already acquired in the current ASD
exam to Fetus A in the worksheet and the patient report. Example multiple-
gestation OB
3. Continue imaging for Fetus A or, to begin measurements on another Measurement Menu.
fetus, roll the trackball to highlight Fetus A at the top of the
Measurement Menu and then press the SET key.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 7
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Obstetrics Measurement Menu


When the Measurement function is activated during an OB exam, the [2] Instructions for Use
system displays the Measurement Menu on the left side of the
Measurement
image screen. Menu Ch B1

At the top of the menu, the system displays Single or, in the case of a
multiple pregnancy, the label assigned to the measurements currently being Distance
Single
made: Fetus A, Fetus B, or Fetus C. BPD
OFD
The OB exam can display over 30 measurement and parameter labels on HC
different pages of the Measurement Menu. At the bottom of the menu the ASD
system displays the number of the current page, such as 1/3. To access the ATD
AC
next page of labels, roll the trackball to highlight the page number and then FL
press the SET key. HL
UL
The Measurement Menu also provides access to the patient report, BN
worksheet, and OB growth curve graphs. Roll the trackball to highlight the TL
FT
label and then press the SET key. CL
Report
The Measurement Label menu contains system-defined parameter and Worksheet
measurement labels, as well as any user-defined measurement labels. Graph
1/3
The Clinical menstrual age (MA) displays at the top of the Measured Example list of
Results. The Clinical MA is the menstrual age based on the clinical last 2D-mode measurement
menstrual period (LMP) entered in the patient data form or as updated in labels for OB.
the worksheet or in the patient report.

For MA parameter labels, a Calculated MA displays in the Measured


Results next to each label to which a measured result is assigned.

B2 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Early OB 2D-Mode Parameter,


Measurement, and Calculation Labels
The 2D-mode labels for the Early OB exam are described in this section. [2] Instructions for Use
Standard OB B2-11
Early OB Parameter Labels
The following parameter labels for 2D-mode are used to estimate
menstrual age. Parameter labels display in the Measurement Menu, the
worksheet, and the patient report. When assigned measured results,
parameter labels display an estimated menstrual age (MA) if the measured
result is within the range of measurements in the reference table.

MA Parameter Label Description Measurement Method


MSD Mean Gestational Sac Diameter Distance
CRL Crown Rump Length Distance
BPD Biparietal Diameter Distance
OFD Occipital Frontal Diameter. You can measure Distance
this individually or obtain it automatically from
the HC measurement.
AC Abdominal Circumference Ellipse
HC Head Circumference Ellipse
ASD Abdominal Sagittal Diameter. You can Distance
measure this individually or obtain it
automatically from the AC measurement.
ATD Abdominal Transverse Diameter. You can Distance
measure this individually or obtain it
automatically from the AC measurement.
AC Abdominal Circumference Ellipse
FL Femur Length Distance
HL Humerus Length Distance
UL Ulna Length Distance
BN Binocular Distance Distance
TL Tibia Length Distance
FT Foot Length Distance
GS Gestational Sac. Maximum length. Distance
FTA Fetal Trunk Area Ellipse
User-Defined #1-5 You can define up to five measurement labels The 2D-mode measurement
and select a measurement method for each. method assigned during the
The same five labels are available in both definition of the label in the
Early OB and Standard OB exams. system setups.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 9
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Early OB Measurement Labels


Measurement labels display on the Measurement Menu, the worksheet,
and the patient report, but do not display an estimated menstrual age.
User-defined labels and their accompanying measured results display as
specified in the Item and Reference Selection menu of the system presets.

Measurement Label Description Measurement Method


Yolk Sac Yolk Sac Diameter Distance
APTD Anteroposterior Trunk Diameter Distance
TTD Transverse Trunk Diameter Distance
NT Nuchal Thickness Distance
User-Defined #1-5 You can define up to five measurement labels The 2D-mode measurement
and select a measurement method for each. method assigned during the
The same five labels are available in both definition of the label in the
Early OB and Standard OB exams. system presets.

Minimizing the Quantity of Labels Displayed in


Measured Results
Display only the labels with measured values in the Measured Results and
patient report. Display all the labels (with measured values and without
measured values) in the Measured Results and patient report.

Early OB Calculation Labels


The following calculation labels for 2D-mode are available when the Early OB
exam is active. Calculation labels do not display in the Measurement Menu.
The system performs the calculations once the required measurements are
made, displays the calculated values in the Measured Results, and then
transfers the values to the worksheet and the patient report.

Calculation Label Description Required Measurements


CLINICAL MA Menstrual Age by last menstrual period Calculated from the LMP date.
CLINICAL EDC Estimated Date of Confinement Determined by LMP date.
US MA Composite Menstrual Age by ultrasound Determined from all Menstrual
Age parameters and calculations.
US EDC Estimated Date of Confinement by ultrasound Determined from all ultrasound
parameters and calculations.
EFW1 and EFW2 Estimated Fetal Weight The required measurements
vary depending on the selected
references (authors).
AXT Anteroposterior Trunk Diameter multiplied by APTD
Transverse Trunk Diameter TTD

B2 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Early OB M-Mode Parameter,


Measurement, and Calculation Labels
The following is a description of a calculation label for M-mode
measurement when the OB exam is active. This label displays in the
Measurement Menu.

M-mode Required
Calculation Label Description Measurements
FHR Fetal Heart Rate, in beats per One cardiac cycle in
minute M-mode

Standard OB 2D-Mode Parameter,


Measurement, and Calculation Labels
The labels for the Standard OB exam are described in this section.

The Standard OB exam displays over 30 measurement and parameter labels System Reference
on different pages of the Measurement Menu. The default arrangement
System Presets Ch 3
places parameter labels on the first page and measurement labels on the
second and third pages. Use the system presets to specify which labels
display in the Measurement Menu and the order in which they display. F6
M&R
►Measurements and
Report Preset
►► Item and Reference
Selection

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 11
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Standard OB Parameter Labels


The following parameter labels for 2D-mode are used to estimate
menstrual age. Parameter labels display in the Measurement Label menu
and in the patient report, including the worksheet. When assigned
measured results, parameter labels display an estimated menstrual age.

MA Parameter Label Description Measurement Method


BPD Biparietal Diameter. You can measure this Distance
individually or obtain it automatically from the
HC measurement.
OFD Occipital Frontal Diameter. You can measure this Distance
individually or obtain it automatically from the
HC measurement.
HC Head Circumference Ellipse
ASD Abdominal Sagittal Diameter. You can measure Distance
this individually or obtain it automatically from the
AC measurement.
ATD Abdominal Transverse Diameter. You can measure Distance
this individually or obtain it automatically from the
AC measurement.
AC Abdominal Circumference Ellipse
FL Femur Length Distance
HL Humerus Length Distance
UL Ulna Length Distance
BN Binocular Distance Distance
TL Tibia Length Distance
FT Foot Length Distance
FTA Fetal Trunk Area Ellipse
User-Defined #1-5 You can define up to five measurement labels and The 2D-mode measurement
select a measurement method for each. The same method assigned during the
five labels are available in both Early OB and definition of the label in the
Standard OB exams. system presets.

B2 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Standard OB Measurement Labels


Measurement labels display in the Measurement Menu, the worksheet, and
the patient report but do not display an estimated menstrual age.
User-defined labels and their accompanying measured results also display
on the worksheet and the patient report.

Measurement Label Description Measurement Method


CL Clavicle Length Distance
TC Thoracic Circumference Ellipse
Right RL Renal Length Right Distance
Left RL Renal Length Left Distance
Right RAP Renal Dimension Anterior-Posterior Right Distance
Left RAP Renal Dimension Anterior-Posterior Left Distance
AFI Amniotic Fluid Index Distance
HW Hemispheric Width Distance

TCD Transcerebellar Diameter Distance


LVW Lateral Ventricle Width Distance
Cist mag Cisterna Magna (Posterior Fossa) Distance
Cervix Len Cervical Length Distance
NT Nuchal Thickness Distance
Umb VD Umbilical Vein Diameter Distance
APTD Anteroposterior Trunk Diameter Distance
TTD Transverse Trunk Diameter Distance
User-Defined #1-5 You can define up to five measurement labels and The 2D-mode measurement
select a measurement method for each. The same method assigned during the
five labels are available in both Early OB and definition of the label in the
Standard OB exams. system presets.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 13
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Standard OB Calculation Labels


The following calculation labels for 2D-mode are available when the
OB exam is active. Calculation labels do not display in the
Measurement Menu. The system performs the calculations after the
required measurements are made, displays the calculated values in the
Measured Results, and then transfers the values to the worksheet and the
patient report. The system displays a range of values for a ratio based on
the LMP or IVF date; the calculated value is in range or out of range relative
to the clinical MA.

Calculation Label Description Required Measurements


TCD/AC Ratio of Transcerebellar Diameter to TCD
Abdominal Circumference AC
LVW/HW Ratio of Lateral Ventricular Width to LVW
Hemispheric Width HW
AFI Amniotic Fluid Index. Sum of four distance Distance
measurements made on four different images.
FL/AC Ratio of Femur Length to FL
Abdominal Circumference AC
HC/AC Ratio of Head Circumference to HC
Abdominal Circumference AC
FL/BPD Ratio of Femur Length to Biparietal Diameter FL
BPD
CI Cephalic Index BPD
Short axis / long axis * 100 OFD
AXT Anteroposterior Trunk Diameter multiplied by APTD
Transverse Trunk Diameter TTD
CORBPD BPD corrected by a formula to adjust the BPD
head shape
EFW1, EFW2 Two displays for estimated fetal weight The required measurements
vary depending on the
selected reference (author).
CLINICAL MA Menstrual Age by last menstrual period Calculated from the LMP date.
CLINICAL EDC Estimated Date of Confinement Determined by LMP date.
US MA Composite Menstrual Age by ultrasound Determined from all
Menstrual Age parameters
and calculations.
US EDC Estimated Date of Confinement by ultrasound Determined from all
ultrasound parameters
and calculations.

B2 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Standard OB M-Mode Parameter,


Measurement, and Calculation Labels
The following table shows a description of a calculation label for M-mode
measurement when the OB exam is active. This label displays in the
Measurement Menu.

M-mode
Calculation Label Description Required Measurements
FHR Fetal Heart Rate, in beats per minute One cardiac cycle in M-mode

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 15
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Measuring Fetal Heart Rate


To measure Fetal Heart Rate:
1. During an OB exam, activate the Measurement function.
2. Roll the trackball to select the FHR measurement label and then follow
the system-guided sequence.

Determining an Amniotic Fluid Index


Use the Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI) measurement method to calculate
an index for amniotic fluid volume. This method requires a distance
measurement made in each of the four quadrants, using four
separate images.

The procedure can be performed in 2D-mode, Dual mode, or 4B-mode.


If 2D-mode is used, a new image must be acquired for each measurement.
If Dual mode is used, one measurement can be made on each of the first
two images and new images must be acquired for the last two
measurements.

To measure an Amniotic Fluid Index:


1. During an OB exam, activate the Measurement function.
2. Roll the trackball to select AFI in the Measurement Menu and then
press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the second marker.

4. Roll the trackball to position the second marker and then press the
SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the distance value in
Measured Results.

5. Obtain additional images as required and perform steps 1 through 4 for


each image until all four quadrants are measured.
The system displays the distance value (D) for each quadrant. When the
fourth measurement is complete, the system calculates the amniotic
fluid index (AFI) and displays the value in Measured Results.

B2 - 16 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Obstetrical Reports
The Obstetrical patient report has the same structure for both the Early OB
exam and the Standard OB exam. The report contains three tabs.
The Data tab displays information from the patient data form along with [2] Instructions for Use
labeled measurement and calculation results for all imaging modes.
Measurement
The Standard Description tab provides drop-down boxes with Menu B2-8
selections describing structural observations, a comments area, and a Growth Graphs B2-25
File Linking B2-28
biophysical profile for the Standard OB exam.
The Early Description tab provides drop-down boxes with selections
describing structural observations and a comments area for the
Early OB exam.
The OB report supports multiple gestational reporting and growth analysis
graphs. You can generate growth analysis graphs by using data only from
F6
the current exam or by linking files to combine current data with data from
previous exams. You can annotate the report and edit system-supplied data M&R
►Measurements and
such as the LMP date. Measurements can be edited in the worksheet. Report Preset
►► Item and Reference
Use the system presets to select measurement and parameter labels to be Selection
included in an OB Report. ►► Display Item

To access the patient report:


1. During an OB exam, press the F2 key on the keyboard or roll the
trackball to highlight Report in the Measurement Menu and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the first page of the Data tab of the report.
2. To view different pages of the report, roll the trackball to highlight Prev
or Next at the bottom of the page and then press the SET key.
3. To redisplay the image screen, roll the trackball to Return at the bottom
of the report and then press the SET key.

Multiple Gestational Reporting


When you are performing a multiple-gestation OB exam, the system [2] Instructions for Use
maintains separate measurement and calculation results for each fetus
Indicating a Single
and displays the results on separate OB report pages. or Multiple Study B2-7

To view information for a fetus:


During the Measurement function, roll the trackball to highlight Fetus A,
Fetus B, or Fetus C at the top of the Measurement Menu and then
press the SET key.
While viewing a worksheet, a patient report, or a growth analysis graph,
roll the trackball to select A, B, or C at the bottom of the page and then
press the SET key.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 17
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Worksheet
In addition to the general report editing capability, the OB report has a
worksheet you can use to edit measurement values, menstrual age data,
and reference selections.

To access the worksheet:


1. During the Measurement function, roll the trackball to highlight
WorkSheet in the Measurement Menu and then press the SET key.
2. To view different pages of the worksheet, roll the trackball to highlight
Prev or Next at the bottom of the page and then press the SET key.
3. To return to the image screen, roll the trackball to highlight Return at
the bottom of the page and then press the SET key.

Editing Worksheets
Use the worksheet for editing estimated menstrual age data, estimated fetal
weight data and references. When editing the worksheet, you can:
Modify the LMP (or IVF), Clinical MA, and Clinical EDC fields. These
fields can also be modified in the OB Report.
Select a reference (author) other than the default for determining an
estimated menstrual age for each parameter and calculation.
Select a reference (author) other than the default for determining an
estimated fetal weight (EFW).
Select the variables to be used in the USMA and EFW calculations, if an
author has more than one formula.
Note: An EFW is calculated according to the ranges specified by the author of the
equation. Calculated values above or below the valid range display a value of xxx,
such as EFW1 xxxg. If all the measurements required by the author have not been
made, the system displays blanks next to the EFW label.

Edit the values used for averaging when an averaged method is used
for determining an estimated menstrual age.
Note: Parameters or calculations are determined by either a direct measurement
method or an averaged method. Use the system presets to designate a method:

Direct uses last measured value is used to estimate a menstrual age.


Average calculates a simple average from as many as five measurements for
each parameter or calculation.

B2 - 18 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Modify LMP, Clinical MA or Clinical EDC


When you edit either the Clinical MA or the Clinical EDC, the system
determines the LMP and places a double asterisk ( ** ) to the left of the
LMP field. The derived LMP displays as: **LMP: MO/DA/YEAR or
**LMP: DA/MO/YEAR

To modify an LMP (or IVF), Clinical MA, or Clinical EDC:


1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on the field for the LMP,
Clinical MA, or Clinical EDC and then press the SET key.
2. Use the keyboard to enter an appropriate date. The system
automatically updates the corresponding fields in the worksheet,
the patient report, and the patient data form.
Editing this field: Causes the system to recalculate:
LMP Clinical MA and Clinical EDC
Clinical MA LMP and Clinical EDC
Clinical EDC LMP and Clinical MA

Select a Reference (Author)


An estimated fetal weight is calculated according to the ranges specified by
the author of the equation. Calculated values above or below the valid range
display a value of xxx, such as EFW1 xxxg. If all the measurements required
by the author have not been made, the system displays blanks next to the
EFW label.

The system determines the estimated menstrual age or estimated fetal


weight based on the selected author's formulas or tables.

To select a reference:
1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on the name of the reference for
the parameter or calculation label and then press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on the author's name and then
press the SET key.
The system uses the selected author's formulas or tables to recalculate
an estimated age or fetal weight and updates the resulting value in the
Measured Results, the worksheet, and the patient report.

Delete Measurements
To delete a measurement used for averaging:
1. Roll the trackball to the value used for averaging and then press the
SET key.
The system highlights the value.
2. Use the keyboard to delete the value and then press the ENTER key.
The system updates the averaged value based on the
remaining measurements.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 19
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Early OB Patient Report


The patient report for the Early OB exam has three tabs, each of which may
have multiple pages. The report includes data from the patient data form,
F6
measured results obtained during an exam that are assigned to a label, and
selected descriptive data. M&R
►Measurements and
Report Preset
Use the system presets to select specific measurement, parameter, and ►► Item and Reference
calculation labels and patient data form entries to include in the OB Report. Selection
►► Display Configuration

Descriptive Data Fields Early Description Tab


The Early Description tab of the OB patient report contains descriptive data
fields. Options for each field are shown in the following table:

Descriptive Data Fields Options Descriptive Data Fields Options


Viability (Blank) Fetal Pole (Blank)
Yes Seen
No Not Seen
Not Applicable Multiple
Uterus (Blank) Cul-de-sac Fluid (Blank)
Normal Sm Amount
Anteflexed Lg Amount
Retroflexed None
Fibroid(s)
Abnormal
Cervix (Blank) Adnexa (Blank)
Normal Seen
Abnormal Not Seen
Incompetent Mass Rt
Mass Lt
Gestational Sac (Blank)
Intrauterine
Extrauterine
Not Seen
Multiple

B2 - 20 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Standard OB Patient Report


The patient report for the Standard OB exam includes data from the patient
data form, measured results obtained during an exam that have been
F6
assigned to a label, and selected descriptive data.
M&R
Use the system presets to select specific measurement, parameter, and ►Measurement and
Report Preset
calculation labels and patient data form entries to include in the Standard
OB Report.

Descriptive Data Fields Standard Description Tab


The Standard Description page of the Standard OB patient report contains
descriptive data fields. The Biophysical Profile box at the right of this screen
contains the fields shown in the following table. Next to each field is a
number, between two boxes. Example: Breathing T 2 S

Biophysical Profile Options


Breathing 0, 1, 2
Tone 0, 1, 2
Movement 0, 1, 2
AFV 0, 1, 2

To increase the number for a field, roll the trackball to position the
pointer on the arrow to the right of the number and then press the
SET key.
To decrease the number for a field, roll the trackball to position the
pointer on the arrow to the left of the number and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a total of the values for all four fields.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 21
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Descriptive Data Field Options Descriptive Data Field Options


Fetal Heart (Blank) Spine Lumbar (Blank)
Motion Seen Seen
No Motion Seen Previously Seen
Not Applicable Not Seen
Abnormal
Fetal Number (Blank) 4 CH Heart (Blank)
Singleton Seen
1 of 2 Previously Seen
2 of 2 Not Seen
Multiple Abnormal
Fetal Position (Blank) Aortic Arch (Blank)
Vertex Seen
Breech Previously Seen
Transverse Not Seen
Oblique Abnormal
Variable
3-V Cord (Blank) Great Vessels (Blank)
Yes Seen
No Previously Seen
Not Seen
Abnormal
AF Volume (Blank) 4 Extremities (Blank)
Adequate Seen
Increased Previously Seen
Decreased Not Seen
Abnormal
Placenta Grade (Blank) Diaphragm (Blank)
0 Seen
1 Previously Seen
2 Not Seen
3 Abnormal
Placenta Location (Blank) Abdominal Wall (Blank)
Anterior Seen
Posterior Previously Seen
Fundal Not Seen
Right Abnormal
Left

B2 - 22 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Descriptive Data Field Options Descriptive Data Field Options


Previa (Blank) Stomach (Blank)
None Seen
Low-lying Previously Seen
Complete Not Seen
Abnormal
Face (Blank) Bowel Pattern (Blank)
Seen Seen
Previously Seen Previously Seen
Not Seen Not Seen
Abnormal Abnormal
Spine-Neck (Blank) Bladder (Blank)
Seen Seen
Previously Seen Previously Seen
Not Seen Not Seen
Abnormal Abnormal
Spine-Thoracic (Blank) Genitalia (Blank)
Seen Not Seen
Previously Seen Male
Not Seen Female
Abnormal Hydrocele

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 23
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Annotating a Report
There are two methods for entering text into the Comments section of a
patient report. You can enter text from the keyboard or insert comments
that you have pre-defined in the system presets. You can edit comments
after placing them in the report.
Note: If the report has more than one page, you must access the page containing the
Comments field before the system will display the comments.

To enter text:
1. When a patient report is displayed, select the Standard Description or
Early Description tab. F6
2. Roll the trackball to place the text cursor at the required position in the M&R
Comments field of the report and then press the SET key. ►Measurement and
Report Preset
3. Enter text using the keyboard. ►► Comments Library
for Report
Note: Enter your comments as a single paragraph. Do not use the Enter key on the
keyboard to separate lines of comments.

To insert pre-defined comments:


Note: Use the system presets to pre-define comments for each exam type.

1. When a patient report is displayed, select the Standard Description or


Early Description tab.
2. If you are adding comments to existing comments, position the cursor
where you want to add the new comment.
3. Roll the trackball to the Comments button and then press the SET key.
A list of available phrases displays on the screen.

4. Roll the trackball to the appropriate phrase and then press the SET key.
5. Roll the trackball to OK and then press the SET key.
The system places the phrase in the Comments field of the report.

B2 - 24 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Growth Analysis Graphs


A growth analysis graph displays curves or lines that indicate predicted System Reference
fetal growth patterns according to the selected reference for a parameter,
Link B2-28
measurement, or calculation label. The system plots the measured results References Ch 9
obtained for measurement, parameter, and calculation labels on the graphs.

A graph can display information acquired in the current exam only, or current
information combined with data from earlier exams. Information can be
graphed and displayed for up to ten exams. Use the Link Files function to
combine data from multiple exams.

Labels Growth Analysis Graphs


Graph Description References
MSD Mean Gestational Sac Diameter Rempen(EV)
CRL Crown Rump Length Hadlock, Robinson, Hansmann, Rempen(EV), ASUM,
JSUM, Osaka, Tokyo
BPD Biparietal Diameter Hadlock, Merz, Lasser(EV), Hansmann, Rempen(EV),
ASUM, Chitty (O-I), Chitty (O-O), JSUM, Osaka, Tokyo
OFD Occipital Frontal Diameter Hansmann, ASUM, Chitty
HC Head Circumference Hadlock, Merz, Hansmann, ASUM, Chitty
AC Abdominal Circumference Hadlock, Merz, Jeanty, ASUM, Chitty (Pltd), JSUM

FL Femur Length Jeanty, Hadlock, Merz, Hansmann, ASUM, JSUM,


Osaka, Tokyo
HL Humerus Length Jeanty, Merz, Hansmann, ASUM, Osaka
UL Ulna Length Jeanty, Merz, Hansmann
TL Tibia Length Jeanty, Merz, Hansmann
FT Foot Length Mercer
TC Thoracic Circumference Chitkara
CL Clavicle Length Yarkoni
Left RL, Renal Length, left and right Bertagnoli, Hansmann
Right RL
Left RAP, Renal Dimension Anterior-Posterior, Bertagnoli, Hansmann
Right left and right
RAP
FTA Fetal Trunk Area Osaka
AXT Anteroposterior Trunk Diameter Tokyo
multiplied by Transverse Trunk
Diameter
GS Gestational Sac Tokyo
AFI Amniotic Fluid Index Moore

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 25
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Graph Description References


1EFW, Estimated Fetal Weight Hadlock, Schuhmacher, Jeanty, Yarkoni, Osaka,
2EFW JSUM, Tokyo
HC/AC A ratio of Head Circumference to Campbell
Abdominal Circumference
FL/AC A ratio of Femur Length to Hadlock
Abdominal Circumference
FL/BPD A ratio of Femur Length to Hohler
Biparietal Diameter
CI Cephalic Index Hadlock, Chitty
TCD/AC A ratio of Transcerebellar Diameter Meyer
to Abdominal Circumference
User- A user-defined 2D-mode User-defined
Defined parameter label
#1-5

B2 - 26 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

To view a Growth Analysis Graph:


1. Access the growth analysis graph using one of the two
following methods:
– During the Measurement function in an Obstetrical exam, roll the
trackball to highlight Graph in the Measurement Menu and then
press the SET key.
– While viewing the worksheet or the patient report, roll the trackball
to highlight Graph at the bottom of the page and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a graph.
2. To view another graph, roll the trackball to position the pointer on the
arrow next to the drop-down list of measurement labels and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the list of measurement labels.
3. Roll the trackball to highlight the measurement you want to graph and
then press the SET key.
The system displays a dot representing the value in the patient report
for that measurement. The dot is plotted against measurement values
in the vertical axis and clinical MA in the horizontal axis.
4. To change the reference author, roll the trackball to position the pointer
on the arrow next to the drop-down list of references and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the list of growth analysis references (authors) for
the selected measurement.
5. Roll the trackball and use the scroll bar as necessary to highlight the
reference you want to use for the measurement and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a line representing the mean values for that
measurement over time, and lines representing one standard deviation.
6. To bring the dot representing the measurement value into line with the
growth analysis graph, adjust the LMP date.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 27
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Linking Patient Data Files


The Link Files feature combines stored patient information from previous System Reference
OB exams with current data to produce growth analysis graphs. System Presets Ch 3
CD Function Ch 4
All exams used in growth analysis must be imported to the hard disk, and
use an identical Patient ID.

If files are stored on a CD, the files containing previous exam data for the
current patient must be imported to the hard drive when the request for F6
linking is made.
M&R
When a link is requested, the system compares the Patient ID for the ►Measurements and
Report Preset
current exam to the Patient ID for each report stored on the hard drive. ►► Customize Growth
Any or all of the displayed files can be selected for linking. Analysis Graphs
►►► AutoStore Report
File linking causes the system to compare the value obtained for a Data
measurement in the current exam to earlier results for the same
measurement.

B2 - 28 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

Selecting Files for Linking


To select files for linking:
1. Roll the trackball to highlight the Link Files button at the bottom of the
page in the worksheet, the patient report, or a growth analysis graph.
The system displays the Link Files screen. The current patient name
and ID display in the appropriate fields.

2. Roll the trackball to the Search button and press the SET key.
3. To include all displayed files in the link, roll the trackball to position the
pointer on the Select All button and then press the SET key.
4. To include selected files in the link, roll the trackball to position the
pointer on the box adjacent to the patient name and then press the
SET key. Repeat for each file to be linked.
The system displays a check mark next to each selected file.

5. To remove a selected file from the link, roll the trackball to the checkbox
and then press the SET key.
The system removes the check mark.

6. To search for additional patient files, enter the patient name in the
Patient/File Search box, roll the trackball to the Search button, and
then press the SET key.
7. When you have all the files selected, roll the trackball to highlight the
Link option and then press the SET key.
The system links measurement information from each selected file after
comparing the LMP dates for all of the files. The LMP date must be the
same for each exam. If the LMP is different between exams or is
missing from a file, the system displays an input screen where you can
specify an LMP date.

Entering or changing the LMP date on the screen only affects the file
link process, and does not change the information in the worksheet or
the patient report, or stored on disk. This allows the LMP date to be
adjusted to include data in the graphs, without changing the exam
records.

To view linked file data in growth graphs:


1. Access the growth analysis graph and select a growth parameter and
author from the drop-down lists.
2. To view measurement data from previous, linked exam reports, roll the
trackball to Previous at the bottom of the screen and then press the
SET key.
The system displays data from both the current and previous exams on
the graphs.

3. To remove previous data from graphs, deselect the Previous box.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B2 - 29
B2 Obstetrical Measurements and Calculations

B2 - 30 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and
Calculations
Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations.................................. 3
Customizing Emergency Medicine (EM) Measurements
and Reports ................................................................................................... 3

Emergency Medicine (EM) Measurement Menu .......................................... 4


Emergency Medicine (EM) 2D-Mode Measurement Labels ....................... 4
Emergency Medicine (EM) 2D-Mode Calculation Labels ............................ 5
Determining a Left Ventricular End-Diastolic or End-Systolic
Volume ................................................................................................... 6
Emergency Medicine (EM) M-Mode Calculation Labels ............................. 7

Emergency Medicine (EM) Patient Report....................................................... 7


EM Report Data (Tabs) .................................................................................. 7
FAST Data ..................................................................................................... 8
Aorta Data ..................................................................................................... 9
Description of Unique Report Fields ...................................................... 9
Gallbladder..................................................................................................... 9
Description of Unique Report Fields ...................................................... 9
Renal Data ................................................................................................... 10
Description of Unique Report Fields .................................................... 10
Obstetric...................................................................................................... 11
Description of Unique Report Fields .................................................... 11
Cardiac Data ................................................................................................ 13
Description of Unique Report Fields .................................................... 13
Bladder ........................................................................................................ 14
Description of Unique Report Fields .................................................... 14
DVT (Deep Vein Thrombosis) ...................................................................... 14
Description of Unique Report Fields .................................................... 14
Viewing and Using the Report ..................................................................... 15
Accessing the Report and Report Sections (Tabs) ............................... 15
Selecting a Check box .......................................................................... 15
Inserting Comments............................................................................. 16
Printing the Report ............................................................................... 18

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 1
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

B3 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Emergency Medicine Measurements


and Calculations
The Emergency Medicine (EM) package includes measurements,
calculations, and patient reports for assessing:
Dimensions of abdominal organs: Gall bladder wall, bile duct, and aorta
Cardiac function: End-diastolic and end-systolic volumes and the derived
ejection fraction
Fetal Growth: Gestational sac, crown-rump length, and biparietal
diameter
Bladder dimensions for the transverse and sagittal planes

Customizing Emergency Medicine (EM)


Measurements and Reports
Use the system presets to customize the EM exam type. System Reference
System Presets Ch 3
Options for Exam Configuration Default Settings
Select the system response when the FREEZE key is pressed, display
CINE or activate the measurement function
Create or edit the Pictogram List
Create or edit the Text Annotation List
Options for Measurements and Reports (M & R)
Specify the shape, size, and default position for the caliper
Specify whether the background for the Measured Results section of
the screen has a different color than the image background
Select the default measurement method for each mode
Select the default method for each type of measurement
Select the measurement methods that display for each mode, and the
order in which they display
Restrict the display of Measured Results to measured values or display
all labels with or without measurement values
Include or exclude physician identification in the patient report
Define the Comments Library for the patient report
Select the formula for determining a Bladder Volume
Select the author for use with the menstrual age parameters.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 3
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Emergency Medicine (EM)


Measurement Menu
[2] Instructions for Use
System-defined measurement labels for the active measurement type
display in the Measurement Menu. When a measured result is assigned to a Distance
label, the label and value display in the associated section of the patient Measurements Ch B1
report.

The system performs 2D-mode calculations when you complete the


required measurements and assigns calculation labels to the results.
Calculated results display in the Measured Results section of the screen and
are transferred to the associated section of the patient report.

Emergency Medicine (EM) 2D-Mode


Measurement Labels
Measurement
Measurement Menu Label Description Method
GB Wall thk Gall bladder wall thickness Distance
Bile duct Bile duct Distance
Aorta Aorta Distance
EDV Left Ventricular End Diastolic Volume 1 Plane Disk
ESV Left Ventricular End Systolic Volume 1 Plane Disk
GS Gestational Sac, maximum thickness Distance
CRL Crown Rump Length Distance
BPD Biparietal Diameter Distance
Bl Trans D Bladder, Transverse Depth Distance
Bl Trans W Bladder, Transverse Width Distance
Bl Sag D Bladder, Sagittal Depth Distance
Bl Sag L Bladder, Sagittal Length Distance

B3 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Emergency Medicine (EM) 2D-Mode


Calculation Labels
Calculation Label Description Requirements Units
EF Ejection Fraction is the ratio of the EDV %
stroke volume to the end-diastolic ESV
volume:
EF = 100[(EDV-ESV)÷EDV].
Bladder V Bladder Volume is calculated from mL
transverse or sagittal bladder
measurements, or from measured
results in both planes.
Transverse 1 Plane Volume: Transverse Diameter
(π x TD x TW x TW) / 6 Transverse Width
Sagittal 1 Plane Volume: Sagittal Diameter
(π x SD x SL x SL) / 6 Sagittal Length

Combined 2 Plane Volume:


(π x (TD+SD)/2 x TW x SL / 6 or
(π x TD x TW x SL) / 6 or
(π x SD x TW x SL) / 6

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 5
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Determining a Left Ventricular End-Diastolic or


End-Systolic Volume
When a volume measurement label is selected in the Measurement Menu,
the default volume measurement method displays at the top, above the
name of the measurement type. The ED exam uses the one-plane disk
volume measurement method.

To determine an EDV or ESV:


1. During an EM exam, acquire and freeze a 2D-mode image.
2. Press the CINE key to activate CINE playback.
3. Roll the trackball to view an end systolic or end diastolic frame.
4. Activate the measurement function.
The Measurement Menu displays measurement labels.

5. Roll the trackball to select EDV or ESV in the Measurement Menu and
then press the SET key.
The system places a measurement marker on the image, activates the
1Pl Disk volume measurement method, and displays the area (A),
circumference (C), diameter (D), and volume (V) of the structure in the
Measured Results.

6. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker to begin the


volume trace and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker.

7. Roll the trackball to create a trace of the structure. To delete (undo) a


segment of the outline, rotate the SELECT control counterclockwise.
8. To complete the trace, press the SET key.
The system connects the beginning and end points of the trace and
displays a line representing the long axis.

9. Roll the trackball to position the endpoint of the long axis and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the volume in the Measured Results and assigns
the volume value to the measurement label.

B3 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Emergency Medicine (EM) M-Mode


Calculation Labels
[2] Instructions for Use
The system performs M-mode calculations when you complete the required
measurements. The resulting values display in the Measured Results and Measuring Fetal
are automatically transferred to the associated section of the patient report. Heart Rate Ch B2

Calculation Label Description Required Measurements


FHR Fetal Heart Rate, in beats per minute One cardiac cycle in M-mode

Emergency Medicine (EM) Patient


Report
The system transfers the labeled measurements and calculations from each
measurement or derived calculation into the corresponding section of data,
or tab, of the Emergency Medicine (EM) Report. Information from the
Patient Data form displays in the top two lines of the patient report.

EM Report Data (Tabs)


The system displays an asterisk next to the name of each tab that contains
report data. Report data includes descriptive fields and the measured and
calculated results. Report tabs for the EM exam include:
FAST (Focused Abdominal Sonography in Trauma)
Aorta
Gallbladder
Renal
Obstetric
Cardiac
Bladder
DVT (Deep Vein Thrombosis)

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 7
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

FAST Data
FAST is Focused Abdominal Sonography in Trauma. The data in this section
of the report can be used during an ultrasound examination to determine
whether fluid has accumulated in the abdominal cavity.

Description of Unique Report Fields


Field Description Selections
Morison’s pouch Anterior surface of Negative fluid
the hepar and the Positive fluid
right kidney.
Not imaged
Splenorenal view Splenorenal Negative fluid
Positive fluid
Not imaged
Suprapubic view Bladder Negative fluid
Positive fluid
Not imaged
Cardiac view Heart Subcostal view
Parasternal view
Not imaged
Pericardial effusion Pericardial effusion None
Physiologic fluid/ epicardial fat
Small effusion
Moderate effusion
Large effusion
Right chest Right chest Pleural fluid
No pleural fluid
Not imaged
Lung sliding/ comet tail present
Lung sliding/ comet tail absent
Left chest Left chest Pleural fluid
No pleural fluid
Not imaged
Lung sliding/ comet tail present
Lung sliding/ comet tail absent

B3 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Aorta Data
Description of Unique Report Fields
Field Description
Imaged transversely Check box to indicate the orientation of image.
Imaged longitudinally Check box to indicate the orientation of image.
Aorta Measured result

Gallbladder
Description of Unique Report Fields
Note: If a measurement has been completed or the Description has been edited, the
system inserts an asterisk mark (*).

Field Description
Imaged transversely Check box to indicate the orientation of image.
Imaged sagitally Check box to indicate the orientation of image.
Gallstones present Check box to indicate the presence or the absence
Gallstones absent of gallstones.

Wall thickening present Check box to indicate the presence or absence of


Wall thickening absent thickening of the gallbladder wall.

Wall thickness Measured result


Sonographic Murphy’s Check box to indicate the presence or absence of
present tenderness above the gallbladder.
Sonographic Murphy’s
absent
Pericholecystic fluid Check box to indicate the presence or the absence
present of pericholecystic fluid.
Pericholecystic fluid
absent
Common bile duct Measured result
measured
Common bile duct not Check box to indicate the bile duct was not imaged.
imaged

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 9
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Renal Data
Description of Unique Report Fields
Field Description Selections
Right kidney Check box to indicate the Imaged coronally
orientation of the image Imaged transversely
Hydronephrosis Hydronephrosis of right None
kidney Mild
Moderate
Severe
Left kidney Check box to indicate the Imaged coronally
orientation of the image Imaged transversely
Hydronephrosis Hydronephrosis of left None
kidney Mild
Moderate
Severe

B3 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Obstetric
Description of Unique Report Fields
Note: If a measurement has been completed or the Description has been edited, the
system inserts an asterisk mark (*) except when any of LMP (IVF), Clinical MA, and/or
Clinical EDC is edited.

Field Description Selections


MAFP Maternal Alpha-Fetoprotein (Level) Transferred from the Patient Data form
Gravida Gravida (the number of times of pregnancy) Transferred from the Patient Data form
Para Para (the number of times of live birth) Transferred from the Patient Data form
AB Abortion (the number of times of abortion) Transferred from the Patient Data form
Ectopic Ectopic pregnancy (the number of times of Transferred from the Patient Data form
pregnancy)
LMP Last menstrual period Date transferred from the Patient Data
When LMP is calculated from Clinical MA or form or selected from the drop-down
Clinical EDC, the system inserts the mark ** calendar
at the beginning of the indication.
In-vitro Fertilization Data (IVF) may be used
instead of LMP.
IVF = LMP + 14 Days
When IVF is calculated from Clinical MA or
Clinical EDC, the system inserts the mark **
at the beginning of the indication.
Clinical Clinical Menstrual Age Week + Day
MA Clinical MA = StudyDate - LMP
Clinical Clinical Estimated Data of Confinement Date transferred from the Patient Data
EDC Clinical EDC = LMP + 280 Days form or selected from the drop-down
calendar

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 11
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Field Description Selections


Measurement Displays the selected reference author and ---
estimated menstrual age based on measured
results for:
BPD
GS
CRL
Displays measured results for:
FHR
Uterus imaged Check box to indicate the orientation of the ---
transversely image of the uterus.
Uterus imaged Check box to indicate the orientation of the ---
longitudinally image of the uterus.
Intrauterine Check box to indicate the presence of the ---
gestational sac intrauterine gestational sac.
present
Yolk sac present Check box to indicate the presence of ---
the yolk sac.
Fetal pole present Check box to indicate the presence of ---
the fetal pole.
Cardiac flicker Check box to indicate the presence of ---
present cardiac flicker.
Fetal motion Check box to indicate the presence of fetal ---
present motion.
Interpretation Interpretation Intrauterine pregnancy
Live intrauterine pregnancy
No definitive uterine pregnancy
Fluid in cul-de-sac Fluid in cul-de-sac None
Physiologic
Small
Moderate
Large

B3 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac Data
Description of Unique Report Fields
Note: If a measurement has been completed or the Description has been edited, the
system inserts an asterisk mark (*).

Field Description Selections


Subcostal view Check box to indicate the orientation of ---
the image.
Parasternal view Check box to indicate the orientation of ---
the image.
Apical view Check box to indicate the orientation of ---
the image.
Pericardial effusion Pericardial effusion None
Physiologic fluid/ epicardial fat
Small effusion
Moderate effusion
Large effusion
LV Function Left ventricular function Good(EF > 50%)
Moderate(EF 30-50%)
Poor(EF < 30%)
EF Ejection Fraction Calculation results based on EDV and
ESV measurements

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 13
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Bladder
Description of Unique Report Fields
Note: If a measurement has been completed, the system inserts an asterisk mark (*).

Field Description Selections


Imaged Check box to indicate the orientation of image. ---
transversely
Depth Measured results ---
Width Measured results ---
Imaged sagitally Check box to indicate the orientation of image. ---
Depth Measured results ---
Length Measured results ---
Volume Calculated results based on transverse and/or Trans D (Transverse Depth)
sagittal plane measurements and the labeled Trans W (Transverse Width)
measurements used to calculate the volume.
Sag D (Sagittal Depth)
Sag L (Sagittal Length)

DVT (Deep Vein Thrombosis)


Description of Unique Report Fields
Field Description Selections
Leg imaged Leg Imaged Right
Left
CFV Common Femoral Vein Compressible
Non-compressible
Not imaged
SFV Superficial Femoral Veins Compressible
Non-compressible
Not imaged
Pop. V Popliteal Vein Compressible
Non-compressible
Not visualized

B3 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Viewing and Using the Report


Accessing the Report and Report Sections (Tabs)
To access the Report:
1. During an EM exam, press the F2 key on the keyboard or roll the
trackball to highlight Report in the Measurement Menu and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the first tab of the Report.

2. To access a different report tab, roll the trackball to position the pointer
on the name of the tab and then press the SET key.
3. To redisplay the image screen, press the ESCAPE key or roll the
trackball to position the pointer on Return at the bottom of the report
and then press the SET key.

Selecting a Check box


To select a check box:
1. Access the patient report.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on a check box and then press
the SET key.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 15
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Inserting Comments
To add comments to a report:
1. Access the patient report.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer in the Comments field and then F6
press the SET key. M&R
►Measurement and
Note: When adding new comments to existing comments, roll the trackball to
Report Preset
position the pointer at the end of the existing text in the Comments field and then
►►Comments Library
press the SET key. for Report

3. Use the keyboard to add new comments or edit the existing comments.
Note: Enter your comments as a single paragraph. Do not use the Enter key on the
keyboard to separate lines of comments.

To create comments for the patient report using the system presets:
1. Access the Comments Library for Report screen.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer in one of the five text boxes and
then press the SET key.
3. Type the comment text and then press the SET key.
Note: Enter your comments as a single paragraph. Do not use the Enter key on the
keyboard to separate lines of comments.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as required to create comments for the report.


You can also edit or add to existing comments.
5. When you are finished, roll the trackball to position the pointer on OK
and then press the SET key.

B3 - 16 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

To add comments from the system presets to a report:


1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on Comments, and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the list of comments from the presets in the
Comments Dialog.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight the comment and then press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on OK and then press the
SET key.
The system places the selected text in the Comments field. System Reference
Documentation
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as required to annotate the report.
Devices Ch 4
Note: When adding new comments to existing comments, roll the trackball to
position the pointer at the end of the existing text in the Comments field and then
press the SET key.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B3 - 17
B3 Emergency Medicine Measurements and Calculations

Printing the Report


To print the patient report:
Use the system presets to specify a destination device and format for the
Report. F6
1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on Send Report at the bottom System Configuration
of the report screen and then press the SET key. ►Peripheral
►Customize Keys
The system transfers the patient report to the destination device. ►Storage

2. If the system is configured for more than one destination device, then
select the output destination in the dialog box, and press the SET key.

B3 - 18 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and
Calculations
Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations ..................................... 3
Measurement Menu...................................................................................... 3
Urology 2D-Mode Measurement Labels..................................................... 4
Urology 2D-Mode Calculation Label............................................................ 4
Rectal 2D-Mode Measurement Labels ....................................................... 5
Stepwise Volume ................................................................................... 6
Incremental Volume ............................................................................... 8
Urology and Rectal Patient Reports............................................................. 10
Annotating a Report ............................................................................. 11
Urology Report Descriptive Data ....................................................... 12
Rectal Report Descriptive Data.......................................................... 14
Report Drawing Function............................................................................. 15
References ........................................................................................... 16

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B4 - 1
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

B4 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Urology and Rectal Measurements and


Calculations
[2] Instructions for Use
All general measurements and calculations in 2D-mode and M-mode
are available for use with the Urology or Rectal1 exam. Each exam has General
specific 2D-mode labels and a patient report. Measurements Ch B1
Measurement
Menu Ch B1

Measurement Menu
During a Urology or Rectal exam, activating the measurement function
causes the system to display a Measurement Menu on the left side of the
image screen. The Measurement Menu contains system-defined
measurement and calculation labels.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B4 - 3
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Urology 2D-Mode Measurement Labels


The system-defined measurement labels display in the Measured Results
when the Urology exam is selected and in the Urology patient report with
the measured result, when assigned.

Measurement
Measurement Label Description Method Options
U.Blad Urinary bladder n/a
Pre V Pre-void Volume 2Pl LxDxW Volume
Post V Post-void Volume 2Pl LxDxW Volume
(Mic V) Micturated Volume (calculated)
Prostate-V1 Prostate Volume 2Pl LxDxW Volume
Volume
Length Distance
Depth Distance
Width Distance
Prostate-V2 Prostate Volume 2Pl LxDxW Volume
Volume
Length Distance
Depth Distance
Width Distance

Urology 2D-Mode Calculation Label


The 2D-mode calculation label for use with the Urology exam, PSAD, does
not display in the Measurement Menu. Instead, the system automatically
performs a calculation if you enter a PSA value in the Urology patient report
and complete a volume measurement of the prostate.

Calculation Label Description Required Measurements


PSAD Prostate Specific Antigen A Volume (V) measurement of
Density — Index the Prostate and the PSA value
determined by the entered using the keyboard in
PSA value divided by the Urology patient report.
the prostate
volume calculation.

B4 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Rectal 2D-Mode Measurement Labels


The system-defined measurement labels display in the Measured Results
when the Rectal exam is selected and in the Rectal patient report with the
measured result, when assigned.

Measurement
Measurement Label Description Method Options
Endrec-V1 Endorectal Volume 2Pl LxDxW Volume
Volume
Width Distance
Depth Distance
Length Distance
Endrec-V2 Endorectal Volume 2Pl LxDxW Volume
Volume
Width Distance
Depth Distance
Length Distance

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B4 - 5
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Stepwise Volume
(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)
Note: Use the system presets to add the Step Vol measurement to the 2D-mode System Reference
Measurement menu for the Rectal or Urology exam type. System Presets Ch 3

Stepwise Volume is a real-time measurement and is available only when the


Endo-P II transducer is selected. The diameter for the structure of interest is F6
measured in the transverse plane using a Distance measurement method,
and the value obtained is displayed as a length. A Trace measurement is M&R
X Measurement and
then performed on each section of the structure of interest, in the Report Preset
longitudinal plane, and the system accumulates the calculated areas to XX Customize General
determine the volume for the structure. Measurement Menu

To measure Stepwise Volume:


[2] Instructions for Use
1. Activate the Measurement function without freezing the image.
Endo-P II
2. Roll the trackball into the Measurement menu to highlight Step Vol and Transducer Ch C3
then press the SET key on the control panel. Biopsy (Puncture)
Function Ch A4
The system displays a dialog box listing available settings for the
number of sections.

3. To change the number of sections to be traced, use the trackball and


SET key to select the up or down arrow to the right of the displayed
setting until the required setting is displayed.
Note: Available selections are 3 to 9, in increments of 1.

4. To save the number of sections and exit the dialog box, use the trackball
and SET key to select the OK button on the dialog box.
The system displays the first measurement marker in the image.

5. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker in the


transverse plane and then press the SET key.
The system displays the second measurement marker on the image.

B4 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

6. Roll the trackball to position the second measurement marker to define


the length and then press the SET key.
The transducer changes to the longitudinal plane.

7. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker for the trace
and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the first marker and displays a second
measurement marker over the first marker.

8. Roll the trackball to outline the structure of interest and then press the
the SET key to close the trace..
The system displays the area (A) and circumference (C) values for that
section in Measured Results, and then displays a measurement marker
in the next section.

9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 for each section.


The system displays the area (A) and circumference (C) values for each
section as the trace is completed. When all sections are measured, the
system displays the calculated volume for the structure of interest in
Measured Results.

10. To transfer the measured result to the patient report, you must assign
the result to a Volume label.
a. Roll the trackball to highlight the menu category at the top of the
Measurement Menu and then press the SET key.
The system displays the list of menu categories, such as
Rectal (2D), Urology (2D) and Other.
b. Roll the trackball to select Rectal (2D) or Urology (2D) and then
press the SET key.
c. Roll the trackball to select the Volume label and then press the
SET key.
The system transfers the measured volume to the patient report.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B4 - 7
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Incremental Volume
(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)
Note: Use the system presets to add the Incr Vol measurement to the 2D-mode System Reference
Measurement menu for the Rectal exam type. System Presets Ch 3

The Incremental Volume measurement is specifically for use with the


Endo-P II transducer during a Rectal exam type in combination with a
separately purchased stepper device.

The system calculates a volume of the prostate based on a series of


sequential area measurements. Area measurements are obtained by tracing F6
several outlines of the prostate in progressive planes. The outlines are M&R
traced in increments. These increments are determined by the stepsize. X Measurement and
Report Preset
∑ 1/3 ( PA(i) + PA(I-1) + √ (PA(i) x PA(i-1)) ) x Stepsize XX Customize General
Measurement Menu
Use the system presets to modify the stepsize. M&R
XUrology Stepsize

To measure Incremental Volume:


Note: This measurement method is specifically for use with the Endo-P II transducer in [2] Instructions for Use
the transverse plane. The transducer is used with a stepper device. Activate the Biopsy Endo-P II
function and ensure the Tpl guidelines are displayed before beginning this procedure. To Transducer Ch C3
display the Tpl guidelines, select the Tpl option from Type on the Biopsy menu. Biopsy (Puncture)
Function Ch A4
Note: If ESCAPE is pressed at any time during this process, the measurement will end.

1. Activate the Measurement function.


2. Roll the trackball to highlight Incr Vol in the Measurement menu and
then press the SET key on the control panel.
The system displays the first measurement marker in the image and the
stepsize indicated by Step in the Measured Results.

3. Roll the trackball to position the first measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
4. Roll the trackball to outline the structure of interest and then press the
the SET key to close the trace.
The system displays values for the area, circumference, and the
calculated volume in Measured Results.

5. Move (step) the transducer according to the stepsize in the


Measurement menu.

B4 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

6. Press the FREEZE key on the control panel, acquire an image, then
press the CALIPER key on the control panel for the next measurement.
The system highlights Incr Vol in the Measurement menu to indicate
that the measurement is being continued.

7. Repeat steps 3 through 6 until the last outline is complete.


The system updates the cumulative total of all volumes.

8. To transfer the measured result to the patient report, you must assign
the result to a Volume label.
a. Roll the trackball to highlight the menu category at the top of the
Measurement Menu and then press the SET key.
The system displays the list of menu categories, such as
Rectal (2D), Urology (2D) and Other.
b. Roll the trackball to select Rectal (2D) and then press the SET key.
c. Roll the trackball to select the Volume label and then press the
SET key.
The system transfers the measured volume to the patient report.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B4 - 9
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Urology and Rectal Patient Reports


[2] Instructions for Use
The Urology exam and Rectal exam each have a patient report. The report
includes data from the patient data form, measured values obtained during Drawing Function B4-15
the exam that have been assigned to a label, and descriptive data and text
entered by the user.

You can use the Report Drawing function to indicate a specific structure of
interest in the patient report.

To access the Urology report:


1. During a Urology exam, press the F2 key on the keyboard or roll the
trackball to highlight Report in the Measurement Menu and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the Urology patient report.

2. To redisplay the image screen, press the ESCAPE key or roll the
trackball to Return at the bottom of the report and then press the
SET key.

To access the Rectal report:


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)
1. During a Rectal exam, press the F2 key on the keyboard or roll the
trackball to highlight Report in the Measurement Menu and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the Rectal patient report.

2. To redisplay the image screen, press the ESCAPE key or roll the
trackball to Return at the bottom of the report and then press the
SET key.

To use a drop-down box:


Prerequisite: Access the report before beginning this procedure.

1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer in the drop-down box and then
press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight the selection and then press the SET key.

To use a text entry field:


Prerequisite: Access the report before beginning this procedure.

1. Roll the trackball to the text entry field and then press the SET key.
2. Use the keyboard to enter data.

B4 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Annotating a Report
System Reference
There are two methods for entering text into the Comments section of a
patient report. You can enter text from the keyboard or insert comments System Presets Ch 3
that you have pre-defined in the system presets. You can edit comments
after placing them in the report.
Note: If the report has more than one page, you must access the page containing the
Comments field before the system will display the comments. F6
M&R
To enter text: XMeasurement and
Report Preset
1. When a patient report is displayed, roll the trackball to place the text XX Comments Library
cursor at the required position in the Comments field of the report. for Report\
Customize Keys
2. Enter text using the keyboard.
Note: Enter your comments as a single paragraph. Do not use the Enter key on the
keyboard to separate lines of comments.

To insert pre-defined comments:


Note: Use the system presets to pre-define comments for each exam type.

1. When a patient report is displayed, roll the trackball to the


Comments button and then press the SET key.
A list of available phrases displays on the screen.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight a phrase and then press the SET key.
The system places the phrase in the Comments field of the report.
Note: When adding new comments to existing comments, roll the trackball to
position the pointer at the end of the existing text in the Comments field and then
press the SET key.

3. Continue entering phrases. When finished, press the ESCAPE key on


the control panel to exit.
The system removes the list of phrases from the screen.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B4 - 11
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Urology Report Descriptive Data


The Urology patient report contains drop-down boxes with descriptive data
for the following information:
Digital Rectal Exam (DRE) Malignancy Suspicion
Trans Rectal Ultrasound System (TRUS) Prostate
Trans Rectal Ultrasound System Seminal Vesicles
Report Item Selections
DRE Malignancy Suspicion No
Yes
Right
Left
No/-Base
Yes/-Base
Right/-Base
Left/-Base
No/-Apex
Yes/-Apex
Right/-Apex
Left/-Apex
No/-Mid
Yes/-Mid
Right/-Mid
Left/-Mid

TRUS Prostate Echogenicity (Blank)


Normal
Hyperechoic
Isoechoic
Hypoechoic
Diffuse

TRUS Prostate Margin (Blank)


Intact
Disrupted
Intact/-Right
Disrupted/-Right
Intact/-Left
Disrupted/-Left
Intact/-Apex
Disrupted/-Apex
Intact/-Mid
Disrupted/-Mid
Intact/-Base
Disrupted/-Base

B4 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Report Item Selections


TRUS Prostate Size (Blank)
Normal
Enlarged
Atrophic
Hypertrophic

TRUS Prostate Symmetry (Blank)


Yes
No
L>R
R>L

TRUS Seminal Vesicle Symmetry (Blank)


Yes
No
L>R
R>L

TRUS Seminal Vesicle Size (Blank)


Normal
Enlarged
Atrophic
Hypertrophic

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B4 - 13
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Rectal Report Descriptive Data


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

The Rectal patient report contains drop-down boxes with descriptive data.

Report Item Selections


Lymph Node None Seen
Yes
Multiple
Echogenicity (Blank)
Hyperechoic
Isoechoic
Hypoechoic
Diffuse
[Rectal]
Wall (Blank)
Intact
Disrupted
Not Seen
Tumor None Seen
Yes
Multiple
Echogenicity (Blank)
Hyperechoic
Isoechoic
Hypoechoic
Diffuse

B4 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

Report Drawing Function


Use the Report Drawing function to indicate structures of interest on
the pictograms in the Urology patient report or the Rectal patient report.

To indicate a structure of interest in the displayed report:


1. Roll the trackball to the Draw button on the report and then press the
SET key on the control panel.
A square cursor displays in the middle of the pictogram on the report.

2. Roll the trackball to place the cursor where you want to begin tracing
and then press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to create a trace. Undo the trace prior to completion by
pressing the SELECT control on the control panel. Each press of this
control deletes the next most recent dot. Resume tracing by rolling the
trackball at any time. If necessary, press the ESCAPE key on the control
panel to delete the entire trace prior to completion.
4. When you have completed the drawing, press the SET key.
The system joins beginning and ending cursor positions and marks the
area created by the trace.

5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each structure of interest.

To remove a trace drawing from the displayed report:


1. Roll the trackball to the Delete button and then press the SET key.
The system displays a marker in the middle of the pictogram.

2. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the trace drawing and then
press the SET key.
The system deletes the trace drawing.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 as required for each trace drawing.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B4 - 15
B4 Urology and Rectal Measurements and Calculations

References
Prostate Volume
Rifkin, Matthew D., M.D. "Prostate and Seminal Vesicle Measurements."
Chapter 16 in Atlas of Ultrasound Measurements. B. B. Goldburg and
A. B. Kurtz. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, 1990.

Littrup, Peter J., M.D., et al. "Determination of Prostate Volume with


Transrectal US for Cancer Screening." Radiology 1991; 178:536-542,
179:49-53.

Prostate Specific Antigen Density


Benson, M. C., et al. "The Use of Prostate Specific Antigen Density to
Enhance the Predictive Value of Intermediate Levels of Serum Prostate
Specific Antigen." Journal of Urology, 147: 817, 1992.

B4 - 16 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations
Cardiac Measurements and Calculations......................................................... 3
Customizing Cardiac Measurements and Reports......................................... 3

Activating the Measurement Function............................................................. 4


Image Screen Layout..................................................................................... 4
On-Screen Calipers................................................................................. 4
Averaging Measured Results ................................................................. 4

Cardiac Measurement Menu .......................................................................... 5


Guided Measurements.................................................................................. 6
Cardiac 2D-Mode Measurement Labels ..................................................... 7
Cardiac 2D-Mode Calculation Labels........................................................... 9
Cardiac 2D-Mode Measurements ............................................................. 10
Making a 2D-Mode Distance Measurement......................................... 10
Making a 2D-Mode Trace Measurement.............................................. 12
Cardiac 2D-Mode Left Ventricular Function Assessment ......................... 13
Determining a Left Ventricular End-Diastolic or End-Systolic
Volume ................................................................................................. 15
2D-Mode Guided Measurements......................................................... 16
Cardiac M-Mode Measurement Labels..................................................... 20
Cardiac M-Mode Calculation Labels.......................................................... 21
Cardiac M-Mode Measurement Methods................................................. 23
Making an M-Mode Distance Measurement........................................ 23
Making a Heart Rate Measurement ..................................................... 24
Making a Time Measurement .............................................................. 25
Making a Slope Measurement ............................................................. 26
Cardiac M-Mode Left Ventricular Function Assessment........................... 27

Cardiology Patient Worksheets and Reports................................................. 31


Using the Cardiology Worksheet.......................................................... 31
Editing Worksheets .............................................................................. 33
Using the Cardiology Report ................................................................ 35

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 1
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

B5 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac Measurements and


Calculations
WARNING: Do not use the Cardiac Measurements and Calculations package
unless you are thoroughly trained in echocardiography and thoroughly familiar
with the safe operation of the ultrasound system.
Imaging the heart necessitates a unique methodology for precision
measurements and calculation of equations. For this reason, the Cardiac
exam provides measurements and methods for 2D-mode and M-mode that
are selected from onscreen menus. Menu selections vary with the selected
measurement type and mode. Calculated results display in the Measured
Results section of the screen and, along with labeled measurements, are
transferred to the Cardiac worksheet and patient report.

Customizing Cardiac Measurements


and Reports
Use the system presets to customize the Cardiac exam type. System Reference
System Presets Ch 3
Options for Exam Configuration Default Settings
Select the system response when the FREEZE key is pressed, display
CINE or activate the measurement function.
Create or edit the Pictogram List.
Create or edit the Text Annotation List.

Options for Measurements and Reports (M & R)


Specify the shape, size, and default position for the caliper.
Specify whether the background for the Measured Results section of
the screen has a different color than the image background.
Select the default measurement method for each mode.
Select the default method for each type of measurement.
Select the measurement methods that display for each mode, and the
order in which they display.
For left-ventricle guided measurements, select a system-defined pattern
of measurement labels to include all the measurements for diastole and
systole, or exclude specific labels from the guided measurement.
For non-guided measurements, specify which labels display in the
Measurement Menu and the order in which they display.
Customize display options such as measurement titles for each mode,
the method used for data averaging and operator and referring physician
information for the patient report.
Define the Comments Library for the patient report.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 3
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Activating the Measurement Function


After acquiring and freezing an image or sweep, activate the measurement
function by pressing the CALIPER key.
Use the system presets to activate the measurement function when the System Reference
FREEZE key is pressed. You can also customize the system to highlight the
Measurement Menu or display a measurement marker in the image when System Presets Ch 3
you activate the measurement function.
The system displays a measurement marker on the image and a list of
measurements in the Measurement Menu for assessing Cardiac function.
Each imaging mode has a specific list of Cardiac measurement types and F6
measurement labels. Default Settings
►Automatic Freeze
Response
Image Screen Layout M&R
►Caliper Default Position
The exam, transducer type, and Measurement Menu display on the left side ►Default Menu Category
of the image screen. Measured Results display at the bottom of the screen
by default.

On-Screen Calipers
Multiple caliper sets can display on an image or sweep at one time,
depending on the measurement. Each marker is positioned by rolling
the trackball and anchored in place by pressing the SET key.

Averaging Measured Results


You can assign up to five values to each measurement label. The system
transfers the values into the worksheet.
F6
Use the system presets to select a method for data averaging, Direct or
M&R
Average. If you select the Direct method, the last value assigned to a ►Measurement and
measurement label displays next to the measurement units in the Report Preset
worksheet and in the patient report. ►►Display Item

If you select the Average method, the system performs an average of the
values as each value is assigned to the label. The last measured value
displays in the Measured Results; the calculated average displays next to
the measurement units in the worksheet and in the patient report.

B5 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac Measurement Menu


The Cardiac exam has a Measurement Menu that displays on the left side of System Reference
the image screen when the measurement function is active. The menu
indicates which Cardiac measurement type is currently in use for the active System Presets Ch 3
imaging mode, and displays measurement labels for the measurement type.
Use the system presets to customize the list of measurement labels for a F6
non-guided measurement type, or to select a pattern of labels for a guided M&R
measurement type. ►Measurement and
Report Preset
►►Measurement Order
To select a Cardiac measurement type:
1. Activate the measurement function.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight the menu category at the top of the
General (2D)
Measurement Menu. Simpson SP
3. Press the SET key. Mod. Simpson
Single Plane
The system displays the list of menu categories. For the Cardiac exam, Example list of
the menu categories are Cardiac measurement types and general 2D-mode measurement
measurements (by mode). types for Cardiac.

4. Roll the trackball to select a Cardiac measurement type and then press
Simpson SP
the SET key. EDV
The system displays a list of corresponding measurement labels in the ESV
Report
Measurement Menu. Worksheet
Example list of
2D-mode measurement
labels for the selected
measurement type.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 5
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Guided Measurements
Guided Measurements are system-defined sequences of individual System Reference
measurements. A list of the necessary measurements for a guided
measurement displays in the Measurement Menu. Once you have started a System Presets Ch 3
guided measurement sequence, you must perform the measurements in
the specified order.
The Cubed, Teichholz, and Gibson measurement types for 2D-mode and
M-mode left ventricular function assessment use guided measurements for
systole and diastole. For each measurement type, use the system presets F6
to select a system-defined pattern of measurement labels to include all the M&R
measurements for diastole and systole, or exclude specific labels from the ►Measurement and
Report Preset
guided measurement.
►►Measurement Order

B5 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac 2D-Mode Measurement Labels


System-defined measurement labels for the active Cardiac measurement System Reference
type display in the Measurement Menu. When a measured result is
assigned to a label, the label and value display in the worksheet and the System Presets Ch 3
patient report.
Use the system presets to customize the list of measurement labels for a F6
non-guided measurement type, or to select a pattern of labels for a guided M&R
measurement type. ►Measurement and
Report Preset
►►Measurement Order

Measurement
Measurement Menu Label Description Method
Mitral Valve Mitral Valve Function
EPSS E Point to Septal Separation. The distance between Distance
the anterior leaflet and the ventricular septum at
early diastole.
MVA(trace) Mitral Valve Area Trace
HR Heart Rate
AV/LA Aortic Valve/Left Atrium
AV Area Aortic Valve Area Trace
RV diam Right Ventricular Diameter Distance
AO Aorta Distance
ACS Aortic Cusp Separation Distance
LA diam Left Atrial Diameter Distance
LV Dimensions Left Ventricular Dimensions
RVAWd Right Ventricular Anterior Wall at end-diastole Distance
RVDd Right Ventricular Dimension at end-diastole Distance
IVSd Interventricular Septal Dimension at end-diastole Distance
LVIDd Left Ventricular Internal Dimension at end-diastole Distance
LVPWd Left Ventricular Posterior Wall Dimension at Distance
end-diastole
IVSs Interventricular Septal Dimension at end-systole Distance
LVIDs Left Ventricular Internal Dimension at end-systole Distance
LVPWs Left Ventricular Posterior Wall Dimension at Distance
end-systole

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 7
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Measurement
Measurement Menu Label Description Method
Volume-specific Left Ventricular Volume
LVAd sax PM Left Ventricular Area at Papillary Muscle level at Trace
end-diastole in short axis view
LVAd sax MV Left Ventricular Area at Mitral Valve level at Trace
end-diastole in short axis view
LVLd apical Left Ventricular Length at end-diastole in apical view Distance
LVAs sax PM Left Ventricular Area at Papillary Muscle level at Trace
end-systole in short axis view
LVAs sax MV Left Ventricular Area at Mitral Valve level at Trace
end-systole in short axis view
LVLs apical Left Ventricular Length at end-systole in apical view Distance
LVAd apical Left Ventricular Long Axis Area at end-diastole in Trace
apical view
LVAs apical Left Ventricular Long Axis Area at end-systole in Trace
apical view

B5 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac 2D-Mode Calculation Labels


The system performs 2D-mode calculations when you complete the
required measurements and assigns calculation labels to the results.
Calculated results display in the Measured Results section of the screen and
are transferred to the Cardiac worksheet and patient report.

Calculation Label Description Required Measurements Units


CI Cardiac Index is the cardiac output HR and BSA (BSA is L/min/m2
per square meter of body surface determined by height and
area (BSA): weight of patient; entered in
CI = CO÷BSA. the patient data form)

For height in centimeters and weight EDV


in kilograms: ESV
BSA=0.007184 x
(Weight0.425)x(Height0.725)
For height in feet/inches and weight
in pounds:
BSA=0.007184 x (Weight x
0.454)0.425x(Height x 2.54)0.725
CO Cardiac Output is the effective volume EDV L/min
of blood ejected from the left ventricle ESV
of the heart per unit of time: HR
CO = [(EDV – ESV) ÷ 1000](HR).
EDV and ESV Left Ventricular End-Diastolic Volume Varies with the selected mL
Left Ventricular End-Systolic Volume Volume method.

EF Ejection Fraction is the ratio of the EDV %


stroke volume to the end-diastolic ESV
volume:
EF = 100[(EDV-ESV)÷EDV].
FS Fractional Shortening is the LVIDd %
percentage of shortening of the LVIDs
Left Ventricular dimension.
FS = 100[(LVIDd - LVIDs) ÷ LVIDd].
SI Stroke Index is a measurement of SV mL/m2
stroke volume normalized to BSA: BSA
SI = SV÷BSA.
SV Stroke Volume is the volume of EDV mL
blood ejected from a ventricle during ESV
one cardiac cycle or phase of
ventricular systole:
SV = EDV-ESV.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 9
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac 2D-Mode Measurements


When the system is in 2D-mode with the Cardiac exam selected, activating
the measurement function causes the system to display the list of cardiac
measurement types or 2D-mode–specific measurement methods.

Making a 2D-Mode Distance Measurement


The distance measurement calculates the length of a straight line between [2] Instructions for Use
two markers.
CINE Ch A3
This procedure uses the CINE playback function so that both diastolic and
systolic measurements can be made from one image acquisition.
Use the system presets to customize the system to activate CINE playback System Reference
when you activate the measurement function.
System Presets Ch 3
To label then measure a distance:
1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze a 2D-mode image. F6

2. Press the CINE key to activate CINE playback. Default Settings


►Automatic Freeze
3. Roll the trackball through Frame Review to view an end systolic or end Response
diastolic frame.
4. Activate the measurement function.
5. If a list of measurement labels does not display, then select the menu
category at the top of the Measurement Menu, and select the
measurement type from the available categories (on the right) for the
Measurement Menu.
The Measurement Menu displays measurement labels.
6. Roll the trackball to select a measurement label in the Measurement
Menu that requires the Distance method, and then press the SET key.
The system displays the measurement method at the top of the
Measurement Menu, activates the measurement method, and places a
measurement marker on the image. The system also displays
measurement data in the Measured Results.
7. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker and then press
the SET key.
The system anchors a measurement marker and displays another
measurement marker.
8. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system displays the measurement label and corresponding value
in the Measured Results, and assigns the value to the label in the
worksheet and the patient report.

B5 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

To measure then label distance:


1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze a 2D-mode image.
2. Press the CINE key to activate CINE playback.
3. Roll the trackball through Frame Review to view an end systolic or end
diastolic frame.
4. Activate the measurement function.
5. If a list of measurement methods does not display, then select the
menu category at the top of the Measurement Menu, and select the
name of the list of measurement methods from the available categories
(on the right) for the Measurement Menu. For this procedure, select
General (2D).
6. If necessary, press the CALIPER key or select a measurement method
from the menu to place a measurement marker on the image.
The system displays measurement data in the Measured Results.
7. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker and then press
the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
marker.
8. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system automatically updates the measurement data in the
Measured Results.
9. To assign the measurement data to a label:

a. Select the menu category at the top of the Measurement Menu,


and then select the measurement type from the available categories
(on the right) for the Measurement Menu.
b. Select the measurement label from the Measurement Menu.
The system displays the measurement label and corresponding
value in the Measured Results, and assigns the value to the label in
the worksheet and the patient report.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 11
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Making a 2D-Mode Trace Measurement


Use the Trace measurement method to outline a structure such as the [2] Instructions for Use
mitral valve, the aortic valve, or the left ventricular chamber. The system
measures the circumference of the structure and then calculates the area. LV Volumes B5-15

To make a trace measurement:


1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze a 2D-mode image.
2. Activate the measurement function.
The Measurement Menu displays measurement labels.
3. Roll the trackball to select a measurement label in the Measurement
Menu that requires the Trace method, and then press the SET key.
The system places a measurement marker on the image and displays
measurement data for circumference (C) and area (A) in the
Measured Results.
4. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker and then press
the SET key.
The system anchors the marker.
5. Roll the trackball to create a trace of the structure. To delete (undo) a
segment of the outline, rotate the SELECT control on the control panel
counterclockwise.
6. To complete the trace, press the SET key.
The system displays the measurement label and corresponding value
in the Measured Results, and assigns the value to the label in the
worksheet and the patient report.

B5 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac 2D-Mode Left Ventricular


Function Assessment
Analysis of the heart involves the assessment of the Left Ventricular (LV) [2] Instructions for Use
function using 2D-mode measurements.
Calculation Labels B5-9
The system allows you to select from eight different volume formulas to
calculate end-diastolic (EDV) and end-systolic volumes (ESV). The
Modified Simpson, Single Plane, Bi-Plane, and Bullet formulas use distance
and trace measurements. The Simpson Single Plane measurement type
uses the 1Pl Disk volume measurement method. The Cubed, Teichholz, and
Gibson formulas use guided measurements for ventricular distances.

Volume Calculated
Method Menu Label Description Results
Simpson Simpson SP Estimates Volume using the 1Pl Disk measurement at end-diastole EDV mL
Single and at end-systole for the apical two-chamber view. ESV mL
Plane SV mL
CO L/min
EF %
SI mL/m2
CI n/a
Modified Mod. Estimates Volume using the trace measurement in two different EDV mL
Simpson Simpson views at end-diastole and at end-systole for sax MV and for sax ESV mL
Formula PM. Also requires a distance measurement of the long axis SV mL
dimension in an apical four-chamber view at end-diastole and at CO L/min
end-systole: EF %
EDV (mL) = LVLd apical(mm)/9 * (4*LVAd sax MV(cm2) + SI mL/m2
2*LVAd sax PM(cm2) + SQRT (LVAd sax MV(cm2) * CI n/a
LVAd sax PM(cm2)) /10)
ESV (mL) = LVLs apical(mm)/9 * (4*LVAs sax MV(cm2) +
2*LVAs sax PM(cm2) + SQRT (LVAs sax MV(cm2) *
LVAs sax PM(cm2)) /10)
Single Single Plane Estimates Volume using the trace measurement in a single plane at EDV mL
Plane end-diastole and at end-systole for apical two- or four-chamber ESV mL
Formula view. SV mL
Also requires a distance measurement of the long axis dimension CO L/min
in an apical view at end-diastole end-systole: EF %
SI mL/m2
EDV = (8÷(3π)) * (LVAd apical(cm2))2 / LVLd apical(mm) * 10 CI n/a
ESV = (8÷(3π)) * (LVAs apical(cm2))2 / LVLs apical(mm) * 10
Bi-plane Bi-Plane Estimates Volume using the trace measurement in two planes at EDV mL
Formula end-diastole and at end-systole for apical and for sax MV. ESV mL
Also requires a distance measurement of the LVIDd and SV mL
the LVIDs: CO L/min
EF %
EDV = (8÷(3π)) * LVAd apical(cm2) * LVAd sax MV(cm2) / SI mL/m2
LVIDd(mm) * 10 CI n/a
ESV = (8÷(3π)) * LVAs apical(cm2) * LVAs sax MV(cm2) /
LVIDs(mm) * 10

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 13
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Volume Calculated
Method Menu Label Description Results
Bullet Bullet Estimates Volume using the trace measurement in one view at EDV mL
Formula end-diastole and at end-systole for sax MV. Also requires a ESV mL
distance measurement of the long axis dimension in an apical SV mL
view at end-diastole end-systole. CO L/min
This formula assumes that the left ventricle is shaped like a bullet; EF %
the base being cylindrical and the apex cone-like: SI mL/m2
CI n/a
EDV = (5÷6) * LVLd apical(mm) * LVAd sax MV(cm2) / 10
ESV = (5÷6) * LVLs apical(mm) * LVAs sax MV(cm2) / 10
Cubed Cubed(2D) Estimates Volume from the Left Ventricular Internal Diameter (LVID) EDV mL
Formula using the distance measurement: ESV mL
EDV = LVIDd(mm)3 / 1000 SV mL
ESV = LVIDs(mm)3 / 1000 CO L/min
EF %
FS %
SI mL/m2
CI n/a
Teichholz Teichholz(2D) Estimates Volume from the Left Ventricular Internal Diameter (LVID) EDV mL
Formula using the distance measurement: ESV mL
EDV(mL) = 7*(LVIDd(mm) * LVIDd(mm) * LVIDd(mm) / 1000) / SV mL
(2.4 + LVIDd(mm) / 10) CO L/min
EF %
ESV(mL) = (7*LVIDs(mm) * LVIDs(mm) * LVIDs(mm) / 1000) / FS %
(2.4 + LVIDs(mm) / 10) SI mL/m2
CI n/a
Gibson Gibson(2D) Estimates Volume from the Left Ventricular Internal Diameter (LVID) EDV mL
Formula using the distance measurement: ESV mL
SV mL
EDV(mL)= π / 6*(0.98*LVIDd(mm) / 10 + 5.90) * LVIDd(mm) / 10 *
CO L/min
LVIDd(mm) / 10
EF %
ESV(mL)= π / 6*(1.14*LVIDs(mm) / 10 + 4.18) * LVIDs(mm) / 10 * FS %
LVIDs(mm) / 10 SI mL/m2
CI n/a

B5 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Determining a Left Ventricular End-Diastolic or


End-Systolic Volume
When a volume measurement label is selected in the Measurement Menu,
1Pl Disk
the default volume measurement method displays at the top, above the Simpson SP
name of the measurement type. The Simpson Single Plane measurement EDV
type uses the 1Pl Disk volume measurement method. ESV

To determine an EDV or ESV: Report


Worksheet
1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze a 2D-mode image.
Example list of
2. Press the CINE key to activate CINE playback. 2D-mode measurement
labels for a left
3. Roll the trackball through Frame Review to view an end systolic or end ventricular volume
diastolic frame. measurement type.
4. Activate the measurement function.
The Measurement Menu displays measurement labels.
5. Roll the trackball to select a volume measurement label in the
Measurement Menu and then press the SET key.
The system places a measurement marker on the image, activates the
1Pl Disk volume measurement method, and displays the area (A),
circumference (C), diameter (D), and volume (V) of the structure in the
Measured Results.
6. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker to begin the
volume trace and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker.
7. Roll the trackball to create a trace of the structure. To delete (undo) a
segment of the outline, rotate the SELECT control counterclockwise.
8. To complete the trace, press the SET key.
The system connects the beginning and end points of the trace and
displays a line representing the long axis.
9. Roll the trackball to position the endpoint of the long axis and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the volume in the Measured Results and assigns
the volume value to the measurement label.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 15
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

2D-Mode Guided Measurements


The system provides guided measurements for the Cubed, Teichholz, and System Reference
Gibson measurement types for left ventricular function assessment. Use the
system presets to select one of the system-defined guided measurement System Presets Ch 3
sequences (patterns) of measurement labels for each measurement type.
This procedure describes the complete series of measurements. The F6
measurements can also be performed individually, as non-guided M&R
measurements. ►Measurement and
Report Preset
►►Measurement Order
To make a guided LV function measurement:
1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze a 2D-mode image.
2. Activate the measurement function.
Bullet
3. Select the Cubed(2D), Teichholz(2D), or Gibson(2D) measurement Cubed(2D)
Teichholz(2D)
type from the list in the Measurement Menu. Gibson(2D)
The system displays the list of systole and diastole measurement labels Example list
in the Measurement Menu. of 2D-Mode
measurement types.
4. Roll the trackball to highlight Diastole in the Measurement Menu
and then press the SET key.
The system displays a measurement marker on the image and displays
labels for the required measurements in the Measured Results. The
measurement method, LVDist, displays at the top of the
Measurement Menu.

B5 - 16 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

5. Perform the measurements at end-diastole as follows:

a. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior right Cubed(2D)
ventricular wall and then press the SET key. LVDist
Diastole
The system anchors the marker and displays the next RVDd
measurement marker. IVSd
LVIDd
b. Set the plane to complete the measurement string. LVPWd
The measurement data for the first distance measurement in the Systole
IVSs
Measured Results updates as you roll the trackball. LVIDs
c. Roll the trackball to position the second marker on the anterior LVPWs
HR
interventricular septum and then press the SET key.
Example list of
The system anchors the marker, sets the plane for the remaining measurement labels for
measurements in diastole, and displays the first distance value in the 2D-Mode Cubed
the Measured Results. The measurement data for the second measurement type.
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll
the trackball.
d. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior
interventricular septum and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the second distance
value in the Measured Results. The measurement data for the third
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll
the trackball.
e. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the endocardium of the
left ventricular free wall and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the third distance value Cubed(2D)
in the Measured Results. The measurement data for the fourth LVDist
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll E Diastole
the trackball. E RVDd
E IVSd
f. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior left E LVIDd
ventricular free wall and then press the SET key. E LVPWd
Systole
The system anchors the marker, displays the values for RVDd, IVSd, IVSs
LVIDd, and LVPWd in the Measured Results, and assigns the values LVIDs
to the labels in the worksheet and the patient report. The system LVPWs
also displays the calculated value for EDV in the Measured Results. HR
Example list of
In the Measurement Menu, the system displays checkmarks next to measurement labels for
the completed measurements and highlights Systole as the next the 2D-Mode Cubed
suggested measurement. measurement type,
after completing the
diastole guided
measurements.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 17
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

6. To perform systolic measurements, press the SET key.


The system displays a measurement marker on the image and displays
labels for the required measurements in the Measured Results.
7. Perform the measurements at end-systole as follows:

a. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the anterior


interventricular septum and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the next
measurement marker.
b. Set the plane to complete the measurement string.
The measurement data for the first distance measurement in the
Measured Results updates as you roll the trackball.
c. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior
interventricular septum and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker, sets the plane for the remaining
measurements in systole, and displays the first distance value in the
Measured Results. The measurement data for the second distance
measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll
the trackball.
d. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the endocardium of the
left ventricular free wall and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the second distance
value in the Measured Results. The measurement data for the third
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll
the trackball.
e. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior left
ventricular free wall and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker, displays the values for IVSs, LVIDs,
and LVPWs in the Measured Results, and assigns the values to the
labels in the worksheet and the patient report. The system also
displays the calculated value for ESV, SV, EF, FS, and SI in the
Measured Results.

B5 - 18 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

To make a non-guided LV function measurement:


Note: You can either select a measurement label and then perform the measurement, or
perform the measurement and then assign the label to the measured results. Cubed(2D)
Distance
1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze a 2D-Mode image. Diastole
RVDd
2. Activate the measurement function. IVSd
LVIDd
3. Select the Cubed(2D), Teichholz(2D), or Gibson(2D) measurement LVPWd
type from the list in the Measurement Menu. Systole
IVSs
The system displays the list of systolic and diastolic measurement labels LVIDs
in the Measurement Menu. LVPWs
HR
4. Roll the trackball to highlight any measurement label except Diastole or
Systole in the Measurement Menu and then press the SET key. Example list of
measurement labels for
The system displays a measurement marker on the image and the 2D-Mode Cubed
displays a distance (D) measurement in the Measured Results. measurement type,
The measurement method, Distance, displays at the top of the performed as a
non-guided
Measurement Menu. measurement.
5. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker on the image and
then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
marker.
6. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then
Cubed(2D)
press the SET key. Distance
The system displays the distance value in the Measured Results and EDiastole
RVDd
assigns the distance to the selected label. IVSd
In the Measurement Menu, the system displays a checkmark next to ELVIDd
LVPWd
the completed measurement and next to the Diastole or Systole series
Systole
of measurements. The system also highlights the next measurement in IVSs
the series. LVIDs
LVPWs
7. Continue making measurements, as required. When all of the required HR
measurements are made, the system calculates the EDV or ESV and
Example list of
displays the value in the Measured Results along with the values for SV,
measurement labels
EF, FS, and SI. after the first
measurement.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 19
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac M-Mode Measurement Labels


System-defined measurement labels for the active Cardiac measurement System Reference
type display in the Measurement Menu. When a measured result is
assigned to a label, the label and value display in the worksheet and the System Presets Ch 3
patient report.
Use the system presets to customize the list of measurement labels for a F6
non-guided measurement type, or to select a pattern of labels for a guided M&R
measurement type. ►Measurement and
Report Preset
►►Measurement Order

Measurement Menu Label Description Measurement Method


AV/LA Aortic Valve/Left Atrium function
AV Area Aortic Valve Area Trace
RV diam Right Ventricular Diameter Distance
AO Aorta Distance
ACS Aortic Cusp Separation Distance
LA diam Left Atrial Diameter Distance
LVET Left Ventricular Ejection Time Time
LVPEP Left Ventricular Pre-Ejection Period Time
Mitral Valve Mitral Valve function
CE amp Amplitude of the E wave Distance
CA amp Amplitude of the A wave Distance
DE excursion Anterior excursion of the mitral leaflet at Slope
early diastole.
DE amp Amplitude of the DE wave Distance
EPSS E Point to Septal Separation. The distance Distance
between the anterior leaflet and the
ventricular septum at early diastole.
EF Slope Deceleration slope of the mitral leaflet's Slope
closure at early diastole
LV Dimensions Left Ventricle Dimensions
RVDd Right ventricular dimension at end-diastole Distance
IVSd Interventricular septal dimension at Distance
end-diastole
LVIDd Left ventricular internal dimension at Distance
end-diastole
LVPWd Left ventricular posterior wall dimension at Distance
end-diastole
IVSs Interventricular septal dimension at Distance
end-systole
LVIDs Left ventricular internal dimension at Distance
end-systole
LVPWs Left ventricular posterior wall dimension at Distance
end-systole
LV Function Left Ventricle Function
LVET Left ventricular ejection time Time
LVPEP Left ventricular pre-ejection period Time

B5 - 20 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac M-Mode Calculation Labels


The system performs M-mode calculations when you complete the required
measurements. The resulting values display in the Measured Results and
are automatically transferred to the patient report and the Worksheet.

Calculation Label Description Required Measurements Units


CI Cardiac Index is the cardiac output BSA entry in the patient data L/min/m2
per square meter of body surface form (determined by height
area (BSA): and weight of patient)
CI = CO÷BSA.
For height in centimeters and weight
in kilograms:
BSA=0.007184 x
(Weight0.425)x(Height0.725)
For height in feet/inches and weight
in pounds:
BSA=0.007184 x (Weight x
0.454)0.425x(Height x 2.54)0.725
CO Cardiac Output is the effective volume EDV L/min
of blood ejected by either ventricle of ESV
the heart per unit of time: HR
CO = [(EDV - ESV)÷1000](HR).
CA/CE Ratio of the amplitudes of the A wave CA amp Ratio
and the E wave: CE amp or Index
CA/CE = CA amp(mm)/CE amp(mm)
mVcf Mean velocity of left ventricular LVIDd circ/s
circumferential fiber shortening: LVIDs
mVcf(circ/s) = (LVIDd(mm)-LVIDs(mm))/
(LVIDd(mm)xLVET(ms)/1000)
LVSTI Left Ventricular Systolic Time LVPEP
Interval is the ratio of the pre-ejection LVET
period to the ejection time:
LVSTI = LVPEP(ms)/LVET(ms)
EDV and ESV Left Ventricular End-Systolic Volume LVIDd mL
and Left Ventricular End-Diastolic LVIDs
Volume estimate volume from the left
ventricular internal diameter (LVID)
using the distance measurement.
Cubed Volume Method:
EDV = LVIDd3
ESV = LVIDs3
Teichholz Volume Method:
EDV = 7(LVIDd3 / 1000) /
(2.4+LVIDd/10)
ESV = 7(LVIDs3 / 1000) /
(2.4+LVIDs/10)
Gibson Volume Method:
EDV = π / 6*(0.98*LVIDd/10+5.90) *
LVIDd/10*LVIDd/10
ESV = π / 6*(1.14*LVIDs/10+4.18) *
LVIDs/10*LVIDs/10
EF Ejection Fraction is the ratio of the EDV %
stroke volume to the end-diastolic ESV
volume:
EF = 100[(EDV-ESV)÷EDV].

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 21
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Calculation Label Description Required Measurements Units


AO/LA Aortic Ratio to Left Atrium: LA Ratio
AO/LA = AO(mm)/LA diam(mm) AO or Index

HR Heart Rate: HR bpm


HR = 60÷(R-R interval). a cardiac cycle

SI Stroke Index is a measurement of SV mL/m2


stroke volume normalized to BSA: BSA
SI = SV÷BSA.
SV Stroke Volume is the volume of blood EDV mL
ejected from a ventricle during one ESV
cardiac cycle:
SV = EDV-ESV.

B5 - 22 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac M-Mode Measurement Methods


When the system is in M-mode with the Cardiac exam selected, activating
the measurement function causes the system to display M-mode–specific
measurement methods.

Making an M-Mode Distance Measurement


The distance measurement calculates the length of a straight line between
two vertical measurement markers.

To label then measure distance:


1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze an M-mode sweep.
2. Activate the measurement function.
The Measurement Menu displays measurement labels.
3. Roll the trackball to select a measurement label in the Measurement
Menu and then press the SET key.
The system places a measurement marker on the image and displays
measurement data in the Measured Results.
4. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker and then press
the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
marker.
5. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then
press the SET key to complete the measurement.
The system displays the distance value in the Measured Results and
assigns the distance to the selected label.
6. Continue measurements, as required. The system accommodates up to
five measurements for each label in the worksheet.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 23
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Making a Heart Rate Measurement


This measurement method determines the heart rate by delineating one
heart cycle with measurement markers that display as vertical lines.

To determine a heart rate:


1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze an M-mode sweep.
2. Activate the measurement function.
The Measurement Menu displays measurement labels.
3. Roll the trackball to select the HR measurement label in the
Measurement Menu and then press the SET key.
The system places a measurement marker on the sweep and displays
time (T) and heart rate (HR) values in the Measured Results.
4. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker on the sweep at
the beginning of the cardiac cycle and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
marker.
5. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker at the end of
the cardiac cycle and then press the SET key.
The system displays the calculated heart rate in the Measured Results
and transfers the value to the Worksheet and the Cardiology Report.

B5 - 24 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Making a Time Measurement


The Time method measures the change in time between two points. Time
is calculated on the horizontal axis. A measurement marker displays as a
vertical line.

To label then measure time:


1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze an M-mode sweep.
2. Activate the measurement function.
The Measurement Menu displays measurement labels.
3. Roll the trackball to select the LVET or LVPEP measurement label in the
Measurement Menu and then press the SET key.
The system places a measurement marker on the sweep and displays
the time (T) value in the Measured Results.
4. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker on the image and
then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
marker.
5. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system displays the time value in the Measured Results and
assigns the value to the selected label.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 25
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Making a Slope Measurement


The Slope measurement measures the change in distance over time, as
determined by two distance measurement markers.

To measure then label a slope:


1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze an M-mode sweep.
2. Activate the measurement function.
The Measurement Menu displays measurement labels.
3. Select Slope from the measurement methods.
The system places a measurement marker on the sweep and displays
the slope (S) value in the Measured Results.
4. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker on the sweep and
then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the next measurement
marker.
5. Roll the trackball to position the second marker then press the SET key.
The system displays the slope value in the Measured Results.
6. To assign the measurement data to a label:

a. Select the menu category at the top of the Measurement Menu,


and then select the measurement type from the available categories
(on the right) for the Measurement Menu.
b. Select the measurement label from the Measurement Menu.
The system displays the measurement label and corresponding
value in the Measured Results, and assigns the value to the label in
the worksheet and the patient report.

B5 - 26 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac M-Mode Left Ventricular


Function Assessment
The system provides guided measurements for the Cubed, Teichholz, and System Reference
Gibson measurement types for left ventricular function assessment. Use the
system presets to select one of the system-defined guided measurement System Presets Ch 3
sequences (patterns) of measurement labels for each measurement type.
These measurements can also be performed individually, as non-guided F6
measurements. M&R
►Measurement and
To make a guided LV function measurement: Report Preset
►►Measurement Order
1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze an M-mode sweep.
2. Activate the measurement function.
General(M)
3. Select the LV/Cubed(M), LV/Teichholz(M), or LV/Gibson(M) LV/Cubed(M)
measurement type from the list in the Measurement Menu. LV/Teichholz(M)
LV/Gibson(M)
The system displays the list of systole and diastole measurement labels in Example list of M-mode
the Measurement Menu. measurement types.
4. Roll the trackball to highlight Diastole in the Measurement Menu and
then press the SET key.
The system displays a measurement marker on the sweep and displays
labels for the required measurements in the Measured Results. The
measurement method, LVDist, displays at the top of the
Measurement Menu.
5. Perform the measurements at end-diastole as follows:
LV/Cubed(M)
LVDist
a. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior right Diastole
ventricular wall and then press the SET key. RVDd
IVSd
The system anchors the marker and displays the next measurement
LVIDd
marker. The measurement data for the first distance measurement LVPWd
in the Measured Results updates as you roll the trackball. Systole
IVSs
b. Roll the trackball to position the second marker on the anterior LVIDs
interventricular septum and then press the SET key. LVPWs
LVET
The system anchors the marker and displays the first distance value HR
in the Measured Results. The measurement data for the second
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll Example list of
measurement labels for
the trackball. the M-mode Cubed
c. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior measurement type.
interventricular septum and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the second distance
value in the Measured Results. The measurement data for the third
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll
the trackball.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 27
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

d. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the endocardium of the


left ventricular free wall and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the third distance value LV/Cubed(M)
LVDist
in the Measured Results. The measurement data for the fourth E Diastole
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll E RVDd
the trackball. E IVSd
E LVIDd
e. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior left E LVPWd
ventricular free wall and then press the SET key. Systole
IVSs
The system anchors the marker, displays the values for RVDd, IVSd, LVIDs
LVIDd, and LVPWd in the Measured Results, and assigns the values LVPWs
LVET
to the labels in the worksheet and the patient report. The system HR
also displays the calculated value for EDV in the Measured Results.
In the Measurement Menu, the system displays checkmarks next to Example list of
measurement labels for
the completed measurements and highlights Systole as the next the M-mode Cubed
suggested measurement. measurement type,
6. To perform systolic measurements, press the SET key. after completing the
diastole guided
The system displays a measurement marker on the sweep and displays measurements.
labels for the required measurements in the Measured Results.

B5 - 28 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

7. Perform the measurements at end-systole as follows:

a. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the anterior


interventricular septum and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the next measurement
marker. The measurement data for the first distance measurement
in the Measured Results updates as you roll the trackball.
b. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior
interventricular septum and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the first distance value
in the Measured Results. The measurement data for the second
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll
the trackball.
c. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the endocardium of the
left ventricular free wall and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays the second distance
value in the Measured Results. The measurement data for the third
distance measurement in the Measured Results updates as you roll
the trackball.
d. Roll the trackball to position the marker on the posterior left
ventricular free wall and then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker, displays the values for IVSs, LVIDs,
and LVPWs in the Measured Results, and assigns the values to the
labels in the worksheet and the patient report. The system also
displays the calculated value for ESV, SV, EF, FS, and SI in the
Measured Results.
8. Roll the trackball to highlight LVET in the Measurement Menu and then
press the SET key.
The system displays a measurement marker on the sweep and displays
a time (T) value in the Measured Results.
9. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker on the image and
then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
marker.
10. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then
press the SET key.
The system displays the time value in the Measured Results and
assigns the distance to the LVET label.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 29
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

To make a non-guided LV function measurement:


LV/Cubed(M)
Note: You can either select a measurement label and then perform the measurement, or Distance
perform the measurement and then assign the label to the measured results. Diastole
RVDd
1. During a Cardiac exam, acquire and freeze an M-mode sweep. IVSd
2. Activate the measurement function. LVIDd
LVPWd
3. Select the LV/Cubed(M), LV/Teichholz(M), or LV/Gibson(M) Systole
measurement type from the list in the Measurement Menu. IVSs
LVIDs
The system displays the list of systole and diastole measurement labels LVPWs
in the Measurement Menu. LVET
HR
4. Roll the trackball to highlight any measurement label except Diastole or
Example list of
Systole in the Measurement Menu and then press the SET key. measurement labels for
the M-mode Cubed
The system displays a measurement marker on the sweep and
measurement type,
displays a distance (D) measurement in the Measured Results. performed as a
The measurement method, Distance, displays at the top of the non-guided
Measurement Menu. measurement.

5. Roll the trackball to position the measurement marker on the image and
then press the SET key.
The system anchors the marker and displays another measurement
LV/Cubed(M)
marker. Distance
6. Roll the trackball to position the next measurement marker and then E Diastole
RVDd
press the SET key. IVSd
The system displays the distance value in the Measured Results and E LVIDd
LVPWd
assigns the distance to the selected label.
Systole
In the Measurement Menu, the system displays a checkmark next to IVSs
LVIDs
the completed measurement and the set of measurements (Diastole
LVPWs
or Systole) to which it belongs. The system also highlights the next LVET
suggested measurement. HR
7. Continue making measurements, as required. When all of the required Example list of
measurements are made, the system calculates the EDV or ESV and measurement labels
displays the value in the Measured Results. after the first
measurement.

B5 - 30 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Cardiology Patient Worksheets


and Reports
The system transfers the labeled measurements and calculations from
each Cardiac measurement type into the Cardiology Worksheets and the
Cardiology Report. Information from the Patient Data form displays in the
top two lines of the patient report.
Each Cardiac measurement type has a separate worksheet. Measurements
can be edited only in the worksheet, and edited values are indicated in the
worksheet and report with an asterisk ( * ).

Using the Cardiology Worksheet


The measurements for a measurement type display in the same worksheet
even if the measurements are taken in different imaging modes. For
example, the AV/LA measurement type uses four distance measurements;
if these measurements are made in 2D-mode, they still appear in the same
worksheet as the two M-mode time measurements.
You can edit measurements directly in the worksheet. When you edit one of
the measurements required for a calculation, the system updates the
calculated value.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 31
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

To access a Cardiology Worksheet:


1. During a Cardiac exam, roll the trackball to highlight Worksheet in the
Measurement Menu during the measurement function.
The system displays the Cardiology Worksheet.
2. To view a different page of the worksheet, roll the trackball to position
the pointer on Prev or Next at the bottom of the page and then press
the SET key.
3. To return to the image, roll the trackball to position the pointer on
Return at the bottom of the page and then press the SET key.

To move from the worksheet to the patient report:


1. Display the Cardiology Worksheet.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on Report at the bottom of the
report screen, and then press the SET key.
The system displays the page of the Cardiology Report for the current
measurement type.
3. To access a report page for another measurement type, roll the trackball
to position the pointer on the name of the measurement type and then
press the SET key.

To move from the patient report to the worksheet:


1. Display the Cardiology Report.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on the name of the
measurement type and then press the SET key.
The system displays the page of the Cardiology Report for the selected
measurement type.
3. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on Worksheet at the
bottom-right of the report screen, and then press the SET key.
The system displays the worksheet for the selected measurement type.

B5 - 32 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Editing Worksheets
Edit a worksheet to change the values that display in the patient report and
the Measured Results. To change calculated results, edit the measurements
that are components of the calculation. F6
M&R
The system displays an asterisk ( * ) next to an edited value. If an edited ►Measurement and
value is used in data averaging, an asterisk displays next to the calculated Report Preset
average. ►►Display Item

To edit a value in the worksheet:


1. Display the worksheet.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer in the cell that you want to edit
and then press the SET key.
The system highlights the value.
3. Use the keyboard to edit the value and then press the SET key.
The system displays an asterisk next to the value. If data averaging
is used, the system also displays an asterisk next to the new
average value.
Note: If the value just edited is used in a calculation, the system displays an asterisk
next to the newly-calculated value.

To delete one value for a measurement:


1. Roll the trackball to highlight a value in the worksheet and then press
the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight Delete Cell at the bottom-right of the
worksheet and then press the SET key.
The system clears the selected cell in the worksheet. If data averaging
is used, the system updates the averaged value based on the remaining
measurements.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 33
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

To delete all values for a measurement:


1. Roll the trackball to highlight a value in the worksheet and then press
the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight Delete Line at the bottom-right of the
worksheet and then press the SET key.
The system displays a verification message.
3. Roll the trackball to OK and then press the SET key.
The system removes all values for that measurement from
the Worksheet.
Note: If the value just deleted is used in a calculation, the system removes the
calculated value from the worksheet and the Measured Results.

To delete all values for a measurement type:


1. Roll the trackball to highlight Delete All at the bottom-right of the
worksheet and then press the SET key.
The system displays a verification message.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on OK and then press the
SET key.
The system removes all values for all measurements from the
worksheet, and clears the page in the report for that measurement type.

B5 - 34 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

Using the Cardiology Report


The measurements for a measurement type display on the same report
page even if the measurements are taken in different imaging modes.

To access the Cardiology Report:


1. During a Cardiac exam, press the F2 key on the keyboard or roll the
trackball to highlight Report in the Measurement Menu and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the first page of the Cardiology Report.
2. To access a different report page, roll the trackball to position the
pointer on Prev or Next at the bottom of the report and then press the
SET key.
3. To redisplay the image screen, press the ESCAPE key or roll the
trackball to position the pointer on Return at the bottom of the report
and then press the SET key.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E B5 - 35
B5 Cardiac Measurements and Calculations

To add comments to a report:


1. Access the patient report.
2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer in the Comments field and then
press the SET key.
Note: When adding new comments to existing comments, roll the trackball to
position the pointer at the end of the existing text in the Comments field and then
press the SET key.

3. Use the keyboard to add new comments or edit the existing comments.
Note: Enter your comments as a single paragraph. Do not use the Enter key on the
keyboard to separate lines of comments.

To add comments from the system presets to a report:


1. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on Comments, and then press
the SET key.
The system displays the list of comments from the presets in the
Comments Dialog.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight the comment and then press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on OK and then press the
SET key.
The system places the selected text in the Comments field. System Reference
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as required to annotate the report. Documentation
Devices Ch 4
Note: When adding new comments to existing comments, roll the trackball to
position the pointer at the end of the existing text in the Comments field and then
press the SET key.

B5 - 36 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C1 Transducer Accessories
Transducer Accessories ..................................................................................... 3
Transducer Sheaths....................................................................................... 4
General Information Sheaths ............................................................... 4
Application Sheaths ............................................................................. 5
Disposal Sheaths ................................................................................. 5
Gel Pad .......................................................................................................... 6
Preparation for use ................................................................................. 6
Disposal Gel Pad.................................................................................. 6
Needle Guide Brackets.................................................................................. 7
EC9-4 Disposable Needle Guide Kit ....................................................... 7
EC9-4 Stainless Steel Needle Guide Kit ................................................. 7
Universal Needle Guide S....................................................................... 8
6.5EV13 Needle Guide Bracket Kit (EV9-4)........................................... 12
S-Array Needle Guide Bracket Kits (7.5L75S)....................................... 14

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C1 - 1
C1 Transducer Accessories

C1 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C1 Transducer Accessories

Transducer Accessories
[1] Instructions for Use
Attachment procedures for the following accessories are presented in this
chapter or are shipped separately with the device. Accessories are arranged Cleaning and Care Ch 2
by transducer type in the following table:

Accessory Curved Array Linear Array Mechanical Sector


Transducer Sheath All All All
Gel Pad L10-5
7.5L75S
Universal Needle Guide S C4-2 L10-5
C5-2
C8-5
6.5EV13 Needle Guide Bracket Kit EV9-4
S-Array Needle Guide Bracket Kit 7.5L75S
EC9-4 Disposable Needle Guide Kit EC9-4
EC9-4 Stainless Steel Needle Guide Kit EC9-4
Endo-V II Needle Guide Bracket Kit Endo-V II
Endo-P II Needle Guide Bracket Kit Endo-P II

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C1 - 3
C1 Transducer Accessories

Transducer Sheaths
[2] Instructions for Use
Siemens makes every effort to manufacture safe and effective transducers.
You must take all necessary precautions to eliminate the possibility of Endo-P II Ch C3
exposing patients, operators, or third parties to hazardous or infectious
materials. These precautions should be considered in the use of any
application that may indicate the need for such care, and during endocavity
or intraoperative scanning; during biopsy or puncture procedures; or when
scanning patients with open wounds.

General Information Sheaths


WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical
devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised
to identify latex-sensitive patients and to be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information in the U.S.A., refer to FDA Medical
Alert MDA91-1.

WARNING: Only a sterile transducer sheath provides the sterile barrier required
for surgical or puncture procedures. To ensure sterility of a procedure, always
place a sterile sheath on a transducer as transducers cannot be sterilized using
hot steam, cold gas, or Ethylene Oxide (ETO) methods.

Transducer sheaths are single-use items used to ensure proper acoustic


coupling and provide a prophylactic barrier for the intended ultrasound
application. Sheaths are available for all transducers. Siemens recommends
the use of market-cleared transducer sheaths.

C1 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C1 Transducer Accessories

Application Sheaths
Step-by-step instructions are provided for both non-sterile and
sterile procedures.

To place the transducer in a sheath for non-sterile use:


Before applying any coupling agent (gel) to the sheath, remove any
powder in the sheath by rinsing with water.

1. Remove the packaging and unfold the transducer sheath.


2. Apply a water-based coupling agent (gel) to the inside of the sheath 7.5L40

and onto the face of the transducer.


3. Hold the transducer by the cable relief and unroll the sheath onto
the transducer.
4. Pull the transducer sheath tightly over the face of the transducer
to remove wrinkles.
5. Secure the sheath to the transducer housing or cable relief with
the adhesive tapes or elastic bands provided. 7.5L40

To place the transducer in a sheath for sterile use:


Before applying any sterile coupling agent (gel) to the sheath, remove
any powder in the sheath by rinsing with sterile water.

1. Using sterile technique, remove the packaging and unfold the


transducer sheath.
2. Taking care not to contaminate the sheath, apply a sterile water-based
coupling agent (gel) to the inside of the sheath and onto the face of
the transducer.
3. Using sterile technique, hold the transducer by the cable relief and
unroll the sheath onto the transducer and cable.
4. Pull the transducer sheath tightly over the face of the transducer
to remove wrinkles.
5. Secure the sheath to the transducer cable with the adhesive tapes
or elastic bands provided.

WARNING: After placing the sheath over the transducer, visually inspect the
sheath to ensure there are no defects. Do not use the sheath if it has any holes
or tears.

Disposal Sheaths
While wearing protective gloves, remove the transducer sheath from the
transducer and dispose of it according to medical regulations for
biohazardous waste.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C1 - 5
C1 Transducer Accessories

Gel Pad
[2] Instructions for Use
The gel pad is a disposable bacteriostatic standoff. It is used when
superficial imaging requires an appropriate standoff for utilizing the focal Compatible
zone of the transducer. The gel pad provides a fixed distance between Transducers C1-3
the transducer face and the body surface.

WARNING: Ultrasound energy is transmitted more efficiently through the gel


pad than through tissue. When using a standoff device of any kind, for example
a waterpath or gel pad, the actual mechanical and thermal indices, MI and/or TI,
may be higher than indicated in the output display on the system.

Preparation for use


Before use, examine the gel pad for any material flaws. Any product
showing flaws should not be used.

Disposal Gel Pad


While wearing protective gloves, remove the gel pad from the transducer
and dispose of it according to medical regulations for biohazardous waste.

C1 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C1 Transducer Accessories

Needle Guide Brackets


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Percutaneous procedures always involve heightened risk to
the patient and to the operator handling biopsy needle guides. Clinicians using Endo-V II Ch C2
Endo-P II Ch C3
Siemens recommended biopsy devices under ultrasound guidance should
be trained and must observe proper needle insertion sequencing with the
needle guide in order to avoid undue discomfort and unnecessary risk and
injury to the patient.

EC9-4 Disposable Needle Guide Kit


Refer to the in-box instructions for attachment and care procedures.

EC9-4 Stainless Steel Needle Guide Kit


Refer to the in-box instructions for attachment and care procedures,
including cleaning and sterilization.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C1 - 7
C1 Transducer Accessories

Universal Needle Guide S


[2] Instructions for Use
The Universal Needle Guide is a stainless steel transducer accessory
used for biopsy and needle puncture procedures. Compatible
Transducers C1-3
The Universal Needle Guide S consists of a needle bracket and three
(3) needle caps. The needle caps are designed for quick release.

Components of the Universal Needle Guide S

needle bracket needle cap

The needle bracket and needle cap have a single angle. When the needle
cap is attached to the bracket, a needle channel is created. This channel
secures needles in the needle guide.

The needle caps are labeled with the needle size. Needle caps are provided
for the following needle sizes:
0.9 mm (20 gauge)
1.2 mm (18 gauge)
1.8 mm (15 gauge)
Note: The Universal Needle Guide S supports only the needle sizes in the above list.

Preparation for Use Universal Needle Guide S


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Do not attempt to use the needle guide until you have read the
following instructions. The needle guide should only be used after proper Needle Path
Verification Ch A4
training and after verifying the path of the needle.

WARNING: The needle guide kit is packaged non-sterile. Sterilize these


components prior to the first use.
[1] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Ensure that the needle guide components are properly cleaned
and sterilized before each use to avoid possible patient contamination. Cleaning and Care Ch 2
Sterilization Ch 2

WARNING: Before attaching the needle guide to the transducer, place the
transducer in a sterile transducer sheath.

WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical


devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised
to identify latex-sensitive patients and to be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information in the U.S.A., refer to FDA Medical
Alert MDA91-1.

Caution: Use only a water-based ultrasound coupling agent (gel) with this kit.
Petroleum- or mineral oil-based materials can harm the transducer.

C1 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C1 Transducer Accessories

To attach the needle cap to the needle bracket:


[2] Instructions for Use
1. Place a sterile transducer sheath over the transducer.
Transducer
2. Select the needle cap that matches the size of the needle to be used Sheaths C1-4
in the procedure. The needle size is marked on each needle cap.
3. Place the needle cap into the raised edge on the needle bracket, and
then snap the needle cap onto the bracket. This secures the cap to the
bracket and forms the needle channel.

Attaching the needle cap to the needle bracket.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C1 - 9
C1 Transducer Accessories

To attach the needle guide to the transducer:


After the needle cap is attached to the needle bracket, attach the needle
guide to the transducer.

Using sterile technique:


1. Loosen the thumb screw on the needle guide.
Attach the needle guide to the grooves on the side of the
transducer housing.
Note: For illustration purposes only, the transducer is shown without a transducer
sheath. Always place a sterile transducer sheath over the transducer.

Attaching the needle guide to the transducer.

2. Gently tighten the thumb screw to firmly secure the needle guide.

Caution: Excessive force could harm the transducer.

3. Insert the needle into the channel on the needle guide.


[2] Instructions for Use
The needle must be the correct size for the needle guide.
Needle Path
4. Before performing any patient procedure, verify the needle path. Verification Ch A4

C1 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C1 Transducer Accessories

Detachment Procedure Universal Needle Guide S


Before you remove the needle guide from the transducer, remove
the needle cap from the needle bracket.

To remove the needle cap from the needle bracket:


1. Push down with the thumb and up with the index finger on the tabs
to release the needle cap.
2. Pull the needle cap away from the bracket.

Detaching the needle cap from the needle bracket.

To remove the needle guide from the transducer:


1. Loosen the thumb screw on the needle guide.
2. Lift the needle guide up and away from the transducer.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C1 - 11
C1 Transducer Accessories

6.5EV13 Needle Guide Bracket Kit (EV9-4)


[2] Instructions for Use
The 6.5EV13 Needle Guide Bracket Kit consists of a needle guide and two
cleaning brushes. You can use the needle guide with needle sizes ranging Compatible
from 16 to 22 gauge (1.60 mm to 0.7 mm). Transducers C1-3

Example of the 6.5EV13 Needle Guide.

Note: The EV9-4 transducer has been designed to function properly with the
6.5EV13 Needle Guide Bracket Kit.

Preparation for Use 6.5EV13 Needle Guide Bracket Kit


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Do not attempt to use the Needle Guide Bracket Kit until you have
read the following instructions. The needle guide should only be used after Needle Path
Verification Ch A4
proper training and after verifying the path of the needle.

WARNING: The needle guide is packaged non-sterile. Sterilize this product


prior to its first use.

WARNING: Ensure that the needle guide is properly cleaned and sterilized
before each use to avoid possible patient contamination.
[1] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Before attaching the needle guide to the transducer, place the
transducer in a sterile transducer sheath. Cleaning and Care Ch 2
Sterilization Ch 2

WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical


devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised
to identify latex-sensitive patients and be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information in the U.S.A., refer to FDA Medical
Alert MDA91-1.

Caution: Use only a water-based ultrasound coupling agent (gel) with this kit.
Petroleum- or mineral oil-based materials can harm the transducer.

C1 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C1 Transducer Accessories

To attach the needle guide to the transducer:


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Care must be taken to ensure that the needle guide is properly
positioned. When properly positioned, the bracket will cover the colored ring Transducer
Sheaths C1-4
on the transducer handle and the hook will be firmly against the transducer tip.

1. Place a sterile transducer sheath over the transducer.


To ensure an accurate scan, there should not be any air bubbles or
wrinkles between the transducer face and the transducer sheath.
2. Loosen the thumb screw in the needle guide bracket.

1 4 1 Bracket
2 Thumb screw
3 Raised bar
4 Hook

2 3

3. Lift up the thumb screw to open the bracket.


Notice the raised bar on the inside of the bracket end of the needle
guide. In step 4, this bar must fit in the notch on the colored ring on the
transducer handle.
4. Place the hook over the middle of the transducer's shaft and then slide
it up the length of the shaft.

Note: For illustration purposes only, the transducer is shown without a transducer
sheath. Always place a sterile transducer sheath over the transducer.

When properly positioned, the bracket must cover the colored ring and
the raised bar fits in the notch.

5. Close the bracket, reposition and tighten the thumb screw.

[2] Instructions for Use


6. Before performing any patient procedure, verify the needle path.
Needle Path
Verification Ch A4

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C1 - 13
C1 Transducer Accessories

S-Array Needle Guide Bracket Kits (7.5L75S)


[2] Instructions for Use
The S-Array Needle Guide Bracket Kit is a transducer accessory used for
biopsy and needle puncture procedures. Compatible
Transducers C1-3
Components of the Needle Guide Kit Universal Needle
Guide S C1-8
Needle Path
Verification Ch A4

Bracket Needle Guide Holder [1] Instructions for Use


Cleaning and Care Ch 2
The Needle Guide Bracket Kit consists of the bracket and five needle
guide holders.

You must order both a Needle Guide Bracket Kit and a Needle Guide Set
for use with your transducer. Needle guide sets contain three (3) pieces.

The needle guide supports the following needle sizes:


0.9 mm (20 gauge)
1.3 mm (18 gauge)
1.8 mm (16 gauge)
2.3 mm
2.5 mm
Note: The needle guide supports only the needle sizes shown in the above list.

Example of a Needle Guide.

C1 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C1 Transducer Accessories

Preparation for Use S-Array Needle Guide


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Do not attempt to use the Needle Guide Bracket Kit until you have
read the following instructions. The needle guide should only be used after Needle Path
Verification Ch A4
proper training and after verifying the path of the needle according to the needle
path verification procedure.

WARNING: Needle Guide Bracket Kits are packaged as non-sterile. Sterilize


these products prior to their first use.

WARNING: Ensure the components of the Needle Guide Bracket Kit are
properly cleaned and sterilized before each use to avoid possible patient
contamination.

WARNING: To ensure a proper fit, always use a polyethylene- or CIV-FLEX™-


type transducer sheath with the S-Array Needle Guide Bracket Kit. Do not use a
latex transducer sheath. CIV-FLEX™ sheaths can be ordered through Civco
Medical Instruments Co., Inc., Kalona, Iowa, 1-800-445-6741.

WARNING: The needle guide holder should fit securely against the needle
guide bracket. Evaluate the fit of the needle guide holder and bracket prior to
each use. After continued use, the fit of the needle guide holder to the bracket
will deteriorate. Should this occur, replace the S-Array Needle Guide Bracket Kit.

CAUTION: Use only a water-based ultrasound coupling agent (gel) with this kit.
Petroleum- or mineral oil-based materials can harm the transducer.

To attach the bracket to the transducer:


1. Position the bracket on the transducer.
When correctly positioned, the finger grooves on the bracket should fit
into the indentation on the transducer, and the clasp should be on the
side of the transducer with the raised colored dot.

1 Indicator of
compatible
transducer type
1
2 Colored dot

Attaching the bracket to the transducer.

2. Engage the clasp on the bracket to secure the bracket to the


transducer.
3. Apply coupling agent (gel) to the face of the transducer.
[2] Instructions for Use
4. Place a sterile polyethylene- or CIV-FLEX™-type transducer sheath over
the transducer. Transducer
Sheaths C1-4
To ensure an accurate scan, there should not be any air bubbles or
wrinkles between the transducer face and the transducer sheath.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C1 - 15
C1 Transducer Accessories

To attach the needle guide holder to the bracket:


1. Place the holder into the raised edge on the bracket and pivot the guide
until it clicks into position. The needle guide holder should rest securely
against the bracket.

Attaching the holder to the bracket.

2. Select the appropriate needle guide for the intended needle size to be
used in the procedure.

1
1 Peg

Needle Guide.

3. Insert the needle guide into the appropriate angle track.


For curved array needle guide bracket kits, the three angle tracks are
25°, 35°, and 45°.
For linear array needle guide bracket kits, the three angle tracks are
40°, 50°, and 60°.
4. Rotate the needle guide until the peg rests against the needle guide
holder. When correctly installed, the needle channel should not
be exposed.

Securing the needle guide against the holder.

5. Insert the needle into one of the three channels on the guide.
[2] Instructions for Use
The needle must be the correct size for the needle guide.
Needle Path
6. Before performing any patient procedure, verify the needle path. Verification Ch A4

C1 - 16 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C2 Endo-V II Transducer
Mechanical Sector Endo-V II Transducer ........................................................ 3
Note on Fetal Examinations........................................................................... 4
Transducer Markings ..................................................................................... 5
Transducer Handle ................................................................................. 5
Preparation for Use........................................................................................ 6
Using a Protective Sheath ...................................................................... 6
Connecting the Transducer .................................................................... 7
Activating the Endo-V II Transducer....................................................... 8
Imaging with the Endo-V II Transducer ......................................................... 9
Changing the Transmit Frequency.......................................................... 9
2D/M-Mode Display and Update ............................................................ 9
Changing the Field of View .................................................................. 10
Changing the Image Orientation........................................................... 11
Technical Data Mechanical Sector Endo-V II Transducer........................... 12

Endo-V II Needle Guide Bracket Kit ............................................................... 13

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C2 - 1
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

C2 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Mechanical Sector Endo-V II Transducer


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

WARNING: Before attempting to use endocavity transducers, you should be


trained in ultrasonography and endocavity scanning techniques, and you should
be thoroughly familiar with the safe operation of the ultrasound imaging system.
[1] Instructions for Use
The Endo-V II transducer is a mechanical sector ultrasound transducer with
rotating crystals for real-time imaging. The Endo-V II transducer is designed Cleaning and Care Ch 2
Storage Ch 6
for endovaginal imaging of the general pelvic region, such as during the early
stages of pregnancy, for detection of ectopic pregnancies, and for
examination of the follicles, ovaries, fallopian tubes, inner cavities, bladder,
and uterus.

The Endo-V II transducer is intended for use with the ultrasound imaging
system in 2D-mode and M-mode. You can use the transducer to acquire
images in Dual mode, Split mode (B+B), 4B-mode, and 2D/M-mode.

The acoustic portion of the transducer consists of two acoustic elements,


one 5.0-MHz element and one 7.5-MHz element. A third frequency of
6.0 MHz is provided by excitation of the 7.5-MHz crystal with a 5.0-MHz
transmit pulse. You can use these frequencies to optimize the imaging
capability for different depth-dependent areas of interest.

The transducer samples a 220° maximum sector angle. The position of the
field of view is represented on the image screen by the shaded section of
the Endo-V II symbol. The Endo-V II symbol has a hook that indicates the
active scan direction.

100o

220o
On-screen symbol for the Endo-V II transducer.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C2 - 3
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Note on Fetal Examinations


The following recommendation is excerpted from the National Institute of
Health's Consensus Statement on the Use of Ultrasound Imaging During
Pregnancy, Volume 5, No. 1, based on the recommendation issued at the
Health Consensus Development Conference, February, 1984:

Ultrasound examination in pregnancy should be performed for


a specific medical indication. The data on clinical efficacy and
safety do not allow a recommendation for routine scanning at
this time.

Ultrasound examination performed solely to satisfy the


family's desire to know the fetal sex, to view the fetus, or to
obtain a picture of the fetus should be discouraged. In
addition, visualization of the fetus solely for educational or
commercial demonstrations without medical benefit should
not be performed.

C2 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Transducer Markings
The Endo-V II transducer is designed with an orientation indicator on the
handle of the transducer.

Transducer Handle
An indentation on the handle of the transducer provides you with an orientation
reference to the echo in the image.

Example of Orientation Indicator on Transducer Handle.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C2 - 5
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Preparation for Use


[1] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Ensure the transducer is properly cleaned and high-level disinfected Cleaning and
before use to avoid possible patient contamination. Disinfecting Ch 2

Using a Protective Sheath


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical Transducer
devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised Sheaths Ch C1
to identify latex-sensitive patients and be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information, refer to FDA Medical Alert MDA91-1.

For patient and operator safety, cover the Endo-V II transducer with a protective
cover at all times during use.

C2 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Connecting the Transducer


Caution: When moving the system, disconnect the transducer and transport it
separately in the transducer case provided.

Caution: To avoid damaging the transducer cable, do not pull on the cable to
disconnect the transducer. Turn the connector lock counter-clockwise, and pull
the connector by holding onto the housing.

Note: Always freeze the system when connecting or disconnecting the


Endo-V II transducer.

Note: Place the transducer in the transducer holder on the system or in its carrying case
when not in use.

Mechanical sector port.

To connect a mechanical sector transducer:


1. Insert the connector pins into the system port. Adjust the connector
until you can turn the lever on the transducer connector clockwise to
lock it in position.
This secures the connector in position and ensures the best
possible contact.
2. Place the transducer in the transducer holder and drape the cable
through the cable hangers.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C2 - 7
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Activating the Endo-V II Transducer


System Reference
Although multiple transducers can be connected to the ultrasound system,
only one transducer can be active. System Presets Ch 3

Use the system presets to select the transducer port that will be active at
system power-on. F6
Boot Up
To activate a transducer connected to the system: ► Transducer Port Active
On Boot Up
1. Press the TRANSDUCER key located on the control panel.
The name of the active transducer displays on the upper left of the
screen.

2. To activate another transducer connected to the system, press the


TRANSDUCER key again.

C2 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Imaging with the Endo-V II Transducer


[2] Instructions for Use
The Endo-V II transducer supports all of the functions and controls that are
available in 2D-mode and M-mode. Pictograms Ch A1
Imaging
Functions Ch A3
When you have acquired an image, you can change the orientation of the Measurements
image, make measurements and calculations, annotate with pictograms or and Calculations Ch B1
text, or perform a biopsy or puncture procedure. OB Measurements
and Calculations Ch B2
EM Measurements
Changing the Transmit Frequency and Calculations Ch B3

Push the MULTIHERTZ control on the control panel up to increase the


frequency or down to decrease the frequency.
The system uses the next available frequency, 5.0 MHz, 6.0 MHz,
or 7.5 MHz, for imaging. The system displays the name of the
active transducer and operating frequency in the upper left of the
image screen.

2D/M-Mode Display and Update


System Reference
For mechanical sector transducers, the system defaults to a periodically
refreshed 2D-mode image with a real-time M-mode sweep. The 2D-mode System Presets Ch 3
image is frozen until the M-mode sweep is complete. The M-mode sweep
then freezes while the 2D-mode image is refreshed, and then displays again
in real time.

Use the system presets to set the refresh rate for mechanical sector
transducers. F6
Imaging
► Update Frames in
2D/M

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C2 - 9
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Changing the Field of View


The Endo-V II transducer is designed for imaging in a maximum 220° field
of view. You can select a structure of interest anywhere in the 220°
scan plane.

A graphic, the Endo-V II symbol, represents the transducer's 220° field 100o
of view for the endovaginal transducer. The symbol displays on the right
220o
side of the image screen. Within the symbol is a shaded sector that On-screen symbol
represents the active imaging sector. You may place the shaded sector for the
anywhere within the Endo-V II symbol. This use of the trackball steers Endo-V II transducer.
the on-screen image.

The hook at the top of the symbol represents changes in the scanning
direction of the transducer.

Echo

Survey section right

Survey section left


Orientation
Indicator

Survey end-fire direction

C2 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Use the system presets to remove or display the scan plane icon on the
System Reference
image screen.
System Presets Ch 3
To select the sector angle:
1. Press the MENU key on the control panel when 2D-mode is active.
F6
2. Roll the trackball to Scan Angle on the 2D-mode menu.
Display
The current angle setting displays next to the selection. The scan angle ► Scan Plane Icon
on the ultrasound system represents the imaging sector. The available
angle selections are 80°, 110°, 160°, and 220°.

3. Select the scan angle by rotating the SELECT control on the control
panel.
4. Roll the trackball to place the imaging sector within the field of view for
the active plane.

Changing the Image Orientation


You can change the image orientation by rotating the image and by changing
the scan direction.

90° 180° 270°


Image Orientation

To rotate the image:


Press and hold the SHIFT key on the keyboard and then press the
L/R FLIP button on the control panel to rotate the image 90° clockwise.
To change the scan direction:
Press the L/R FLIP button on the control panel.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C2 - 11
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Technical Data Mechanical Sector


Endo-V II Transducer
Transducer type: Mechanical Sector (two rotating crystals)

Frequency range: 5.0 to 7.5 MHz

Focus: 5.0 MHz: 30 ±5 mm


7.5 MHz: 25 ±5 mm

Operating modes: 2D, Dual, Split (B+B), 4B, M, 2D/M

Maximum displayable
field of view: 220°

Sector angle: 80°, 110°, 160°, 220°

Scanning direction: Right/left


Bottom, 90°, 180°, 220° image rotation

Orientation: On-screen graphical icon indicates


sectional orientation.

Operating environment: +20°C to +40°C

Storage: -5°C to +50°C

Humidity: Up to 80% relative humidity

C2 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

Endo-V II Needle Guide Bracket Kit


[2] Instructions for Use
The optional stainless steel, reusable needle guide attachment provides the
ability to perform biopsy procedures with the Endo-V II sector transducer. Compatible
Two different sizes of attachments are available: one supports needle sizes Transducers Ch C1
up to 18 gauge/1.2 mm and the other supports needle sizes up to
16 gauge/1.6 mm.

Example of the Endo-V II Needle Guide.

Preparation for Use Endo-V II Needle Guide Bracket Kit


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Do not attempt to use the Needle Guide Bracket Kit until you have
read the following instructions. The needle guide should only be used after Needle Path
Verification Ch A4
proper training and after verifying the path of the needle.

WARNING: The needle guide is packaged non-sterile. Sterilize this product prior
to its first use.

WARNING: Ensure that the needle guide is properly cleaned and sterilized
before each use to avoid possible patient contamination.
[1] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Before attaching the needle guide to the transducer, place the
transducer in a sterile transducer sheath. Cleaning and Care Ch 2
Sterilization Ch 2

WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical


devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised
to identify latex-sensitive patients and be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information in the U.S.A., refer to FDA Medical
Alert MDA91-1.

Caution: Use only a water-based ultrasound coupling agent (gel) with this kit.
Petroleum- or mineral oil-based materials can harm the transducer.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C2 - 13
C2 Endo-V II Transducer

To attach the needle guide to the transducer:


[2] Instructions for Use
WARNING: Care must be taken to ensure that the needle guide is properly
positioned. When properly positioned, the bracket will cover the colored ring Transducer
Sheaths Ch C1
on the transducer handle and the hook will be firmly against the transducer tip.

1. Place a sterile transducer sheath over the transducer.


To ensure an accurate scan, there should not be any air bubbles or
wrinkles between the transducer face and the transducer sheath.
2. Loosen the thumb screw in the needle guide bracket.

1 Bracket
2 Thumb screw
3 Hook

3. Lift up the thumb screw to open the bracket. Place the screw on the
outside of the bracket
Notice the bumps on the inside of the bracket end of the needle guide.
These bumps must fit in the indentations above the colored ring on the
transducer handle.

Note: For illustration purposes only, the transducer is shown without a transducer
sheath. Always place a sterile transducer sheath over the transducer.

4. Place the hook over the middle of the transducer's shaft and then slide
it up the length of the shaft.
5. Align the lower edge of the bracket with the lower edge of the colored
ring on the transducer handle.

6. Align the bumps on the inside of the bracket with the indentations
above the colored ring on the transducer handle.
When properly positioned, the bracket must cover the colored ring and
the raised bar fits in the notch.

7. Close the bracket, reposition and tighten the thumb screw.


[2] Instructions for Use
8. Before performing any patient procedure, verify the needle path.
Needle Path
Verification Ch A4

C2 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer
Mechanical Sector Endo-P II Transducer......................................................... 3
Scan Planes ................................................................................................... 4
Transverse Scan Plane Symbol .............................................................. 5
Longitudinal Scan Plane Symbol............................................................. 6
Plane Cursor ........................................................................................... 7
Transducer Markings and Indicators.............................................................. 8
Transducer Shaft .................................................................................... 8
Transducer Handle ................................................................................. 9
Preparation for Use...................................................................................... 10
Using a Protective Sheath .................................................................... 10
Connecting the Transducer .................................................................. 11

Activating a Transducer................................................................................... 12
Imaging with the Endo-P II Transducer ....................................................... 13
Changing the Transmit Frequency........................................................ 13
2D/M-Mode Display and Update .......................................................... 13
Selecting the Sector Angle and Adjusting the FOV .............................. 14
Changing the Image Orientation........................................................... 15
Selecting a Scan Plane ......................................................................... 16
Measurements and Calculations .......................................................... 18
Biopsy or Puncture Procedures ............................................................ 18

Endo-P II Transducer Accessories .................................................................. 19


Endo-P II Needle Guide Kit .................................................................. 19
Preparation for Use .............................................................................. 19
Technical Data Mechanical Sector Endo-P II Transducer.......................... 22

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 1
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

C3 - 2 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Mechanical Sector Endo-P II


Transducer
(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

WARNING: To reduce the risk of electrical shock, you must use the protective
sheaths that are specified in the Endo-P II transducer kit number 10030776.

You must refer to the in-box instructions for proper application of the protective
sheath.

WARNING: Before attempting to use endocavity transducers, you should be


trained in ultrasonography and endocavity scanning techniques, and you should
be thoroughly familiar with the safe operation of the ultrasound imaging system.

WARNING: To avoid electrical shock to the patient, you must visually inspect
the transducer prior to each use. Examine the entire transducer with particular
attention to the transducer tip. Do not use the transducer if the transducer tip is
cracked or shows signs of fluid leakage. Do not use a transducer which has a
cracked, punctured, or discolored casing or a frayed cable.

Discoloration Exception: The use of Cidex OPA and Gigasept FF disinfectants [1] Instructions for Use
may cause discoloration of transducer housings. You can continue to use a
transducer if it is discolored due to the use of these specific disinfectants only. Approved List
of Disinfectants Ch 2
The Endo-P II transducer is intended for use with the ultrasound imaging
system in 2D-mode and M-mode. You can use the transducer to acquire
images in Dual mode, Split mode (B+B), 4B-mode, and 2D/M-mode.

The Endo-P II transducer is a mechanical sector ultrasound transducer with


rotating crystals for real-time imaging. The Endo-P II transducer is designed
for adult endorectal sonography of the rectum, prostate, bladder, and
urethra.

The acoustic portion of the transducer consists of two acoustic elements;


one operates at a frequency of 5.0 MHz, and the other at 7.5 MHz. A third
frequency of 6.0 MHz is provided by excitation of the 7.5-MHz crystal with a
5.0-MHz transmit pulse, resulting in 6.0-MHz imaging. You can use these
frequencies to optimize the imaging capability for different depth-dependent
areas of interest.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 3
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Scan Planes
The Endo-P II transducer enables you to view an area of interest in both the
transverse and longitudinal planes, without having to reposition the
transducer. Instead, you can use the trackball and on-screen graphics to
position an active imaging sector.

The transverse plane can provide a 355° field of view and the longitudinal
plane can provide a 240° field of view. The scan planes are represented as
graphical symbols on the image screen. The system automatically displays
both scan plane symbols on the image screen when you activate the
Endo P-II transducer.

1 Longitudinal scan
12
plane symbol
9 3
2 Transverse scan plane
.

6
symbol
.

3 In-line cursor -
.

indicates the
orientation of the
.

transverse plane in
.

relation to the
longitudinal plane
.
.
.

In this example, the Endo-P II transducer is scanning in the longitudinal plane as indicated
by the shaded sector in the longitudinal plane symbol on the upper left.

C3 - 4 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Transverse Scan Plane Symbol

12

9 3 The transverse plane


symbol is a circle
representing the
transducer's field of
6
view.

Transverse Plane Symbol and Transverse Plane.

The transverse plane is the initial plane for the Endo-P II transducer. By
rolling the trackball, you can position the shaded sector anywhere within
the field of view. This use of the trackball steers the field of view. The
shaded sector shown in the transverse plane symbol is relative to the position
of the transducer.

SIEMENS

12

9 3 When the transverse


plane is active, a
6
shaded sector,
representing the active
imaging sector, displays
within the transverse scan
plane symbol.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 5
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Longitudinal Scan Plane Symbol

Longitudinal Plane Symbol and Longitudinal Plane.

The longitudinal scan plane symbol represents the Endo-P II transducer's


240° field of view in the longitudinal plane. By rolling the trackball, you can
move the sector anywhere within the 240° scan plane. This use of the
trackball steers the field of view.

SIEMENS

12
When the longitudinal 9 3
plane is active, a shaded
.

6
sector, representing the
.

active imaging sector,


. .

displays within the


longitudinal scan
plane symbol.
. . . .

C3 - 6 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Plane Cursor
1
Both the transverse and longitudinal plane symbols display a plane
cursor when that plane is active. The plane cursor indicates the position
of the two planes relative to each other, representing the line where the
active plane is intersected by the alternate plane at a 90° angle.
12
When you change planes from transverse to longitudinal, the transducer 2

acquires the active imaging sector at the position of the plane cursor in 3

9 3
the transverse plane symbol. For this reason, ensure that the plane
cursor protrudes through the shaded sector in the active plane symbol
as shown below. If the cursor does not protrude through the shaded 6
sector in the symbol, the plane cursor and sector are not properly 1 Plane cursor in
aligned. longitudinal scan
plane symbol
The plane cursor for the longitudinal plane is fixed and cannot be moved. 2 Plane cursor in
However, you can roll the trackball to reposition the shaded sector. transverse scan
plane symbol
3 Shaded sector

Correct Incorrect

12 12

9 3 9 3

6 6
Correct positioning of plane cursor Incorrect positioning of plane cursor.
shown in the longitudinal (left) and The cursor must extend through the
transverse (right) plane symbol. shaded sector.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 7
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Transducer Markings and Indicators


The Endo-P II transducer is designed with orientation markings on the
handle of the transducer and depth markings along the shaft of the
transducer.

Transducer Shaft
The transducer shaft is marked in one-centimeter increments from 6 cm
to 20 cm. These markings indicate the depth of the transducer upon
insertion into the rectum. The markings also provide a reference for
attaching accessories.

Transducer Insertion Depth Marks.

C3 - 8 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Transducer Handle
The transducer handle contains the numbers 3, 6, 9, and 12. These numbers
correspond to the numbers in the transverse scan plane symbol that
displays on the image screen. Use these numbers as a reference when
imaging with the transducer.

By holding the transducer with the number 12 on top, you can orient the
transducer with the scan plane symbol as shown in the following example.

The numbers shown in the


transverse plane symbol
indicate the relationship of
the sector image to the
handle on the transducer.
This symbol displays in the
image area.
When you roll the trackball
to change the location of
12 the imaging sector, the
position of the shaded
sector in the symbol also
changes in a
9 3 corresponding manner.

Orientation Markings for Transverse Plane Symbol.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 9
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Preparation for Use


WARNING: Ensure the transducer is properly cleaned and high-level [1] Instructions for Use
disinfected before use to avoid possible patient contamination. Cleaning and
Disinfecting Ch 2
Approved List
WARNING: To avoid electrical shock to the patient, you must visually inspect of Disinfectants Ch 2
the transducer prior to each use. Examine the entire transducer with particular
attention to the transducer tip. Do not use the transducer if the transducer tip is
cracked or shows signs of fluid leakage. Do not use a transducer which has a
cracked, punctured, or discolored casing or a frayed cable.

Discoloration Exception: The use of Cidex OPA and Gigasept FF disinfectants


may cause discoloration of transducer housings. You can continue to use a
transducer if it is discolored due to the use of these specific disinfectants only.

Using a Protective Sheath


WARNING: To reduce the risk of electrical shock, you must use the protective
sheaths that are specified in the Endo-P II transducer kit number 10030776.

You must refer to the in-box instructions for proper application of the protective
sheath.

WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical


devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised to
identify latex-sensitive patients and be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. For additional information in the U.S.A., refer to FDA Medical
Alert MDA91-1.

For patient and operator safety, you must cover the Endo-P II transducer
with a protective sheath at all times during use.

Refer to the in-box instructions for proper application of the protective


sheath.

C3 - 10 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Connecting the Transducer


Caution: When moving the system, disconnect the transducer and transport it
separately in its protective carrying case.

Caution: To avoid damaging the transducer cable, do not pull on the cable to
disconnect the transducer. Turn the lock counter-clockwise and grasp the
connector by holding on to the connector housing.

Note: Always freeze the system when connecting or disconnecting the Endo-P II
transducer. The transducer should be in the transverse plane before it is disconnected
from the system.

Note: Always ensure that the Endo-P II transducer is in the transverse plane and the
system is in freeze before activating another transducer, disconnecting the Endo-P II
transducer, or powering off the system.

Note: Place the transducer in the transducer holder on the system or in its protective
carrying case when not in use.

Mechanical sector port.

To connect a mechanical sector transducer:


1. Hold the transducer connector with the cable pointing upwards.
2. Insert the connector pins into the system port and turn the lock on the
transducer connector clockwise until it locks in position.
This secures the connector in position and ensures the best
possible contact.
3. Place the transducer in the transducer holder and drape the cable
through the cable holder.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 11
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Activating a Transducer
Although multiple transducers can be connected to the ultrasound system, System Reference
only one transducer can be active. System Presets Ch 3

Use the system presets to select the transducer port that will be active at
system power-on.
F6

To activate a transducer connected to the system: Boot Up


► Transducer Port Active
1. Press the TRANSDUCER key located on the control panel. On Boot Up

The name of the active transducer displays on the upper left of the
screen.

2. To activate another transducer connected to the system, press the


TRANSDUCER key again.

C3 - 12 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Imaging with the Endo-P II Transducer


The Endo-P II transducer supports all of the functions and controls that are
available in 2D-mode and M-mode.

When you have acquired an image, you can change the orientation of the
image, make measurements and calculations, annotate with pictograms or
text, or perform a biopsy or puncture procedure.

Changing the Transmit Frequency


Push the MULTIHERTZ control on the control panel up to increase the
frequency or down to decrease the frequency.
The system uses the next available frequency, 5.0 MHz, 6.0 MHz,
or 7.5 MHz, for imaging. The system displays the name of the
active transducer and operating frequency in the upper left of the
image screen.

2D/M-Mode Display and Update


For mechanical sector transducers, the system defaults to a periodically System Reference
refreshed 2D-mode image with a real-time M-mode sweep. The 2D-mode System Presets Ch 3
image is frozen until the M-mode sweep is complete. The M-mode sweep
then freezes while the 2D-mode image is refreshed, and then displays again
in real time.

Use the system presets to set the refresh rate for mechanical sector
transducers.
F6
Imaging
► Update Frames in
2D/M

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 13
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Selecting the Sector Angle and Adjusting the FOV


You can change the sector angle to select the field of view. The scan plane
icon indicates the position of the field of view. Use the system presets to
F6
display the scan plane icon.
Display
► Scan Plane Icon
To select the sector angle:
1. Press the MENU key on the control panel when 2D-mode is active.
2. Roll the trackball to Scan Angle on the 2D-mode menu.
The current angle setting displays next to the selection. The scan angle
on the ultrasound system represents the imaging sector. The available
angle selections are 80°, 110°, 160°, and 220°.

3. Select the scan angle by rotating the SELECT control on the control
panel or cycle through the selections by pressing the SET key.
4. Place the imaging sector within the field of view for the active plane by
rolling the trackball.
5. To rotate the sector and plane cursor in the longitudinal plane:
a. Press the SELECT control.
b. Roll the trackball to place the sector and plane cursor.
c. Press the SELECT control to release the plane cursor.
The active imaging sector is represented by a shaded sector in the
graphical plane symbols that display onscreen.

12 When the When the


transverse longitudinal
plane is active, plane is
9 3 a shaded sector
is depicted in
active, the
shaded
the transverse sector is
scan plane depicted in
6 symbol. the
longitudinal
scan plane
symbol.

The sector in these illustrations represents a 110° scan angle selection.

C3 - 14 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Changing the Image Orientation


The following illustrations indicate how the displayed image is oriented
when you use ROTATE. Each press of ROTATE rotates the image
90° clockwise.

90° 180° 270°

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 15
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Selecting a Scan Plane


To make it easier to locate the area of interest, begin imaging in the
transverse plane, then change to the longitudinal plane.

To change from the transverse to the longitudinal plane:


1. Using the Endo-P II transducer in the transverse plane, acquire an
image.
SIEMENS

12

9 3 The shaded sector is in


6
the transverse scan plane
symbol when you are
imaging in the transverse
plane.

2. Roll the trackball until the area of interest displays on the image screen.
SIEMENS

12

9 3
The scan plane symbol
containing the shaded sector
represents the active imaging
6

sector.
NOTE: When the 355° field of view
is active, the trackball will not
change the scan plane.

3. Press SET to place the in-line cursor on the image screen.


SIEMENS

12
. . . . . . . .

9 3

The in-line cursor indicates


where the intersection of
the longitudinal plane
will occur.

C3 - 16 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

4. Roll the trackball to place the in-line cursor in the area of interest.
SIEMENS

12
The position of the in-line

. . . . . . . .
9 3
cursor is represented by the
6 plane cursor in the
transverse scan plane
symbol. The plane cursor
must protrude through the
shaded sector in the icon.

5. Press SET to change to the longitudinal plane.


The transducer changes from the transverse plane to the longitudinal
plane and is indicated by the shaded sector in the longitudinal
plane icon.
SIEMENS

12

The in-line cursor 9 3

indicates the

.
6
intersection of the .
transverse plane. The
. .
plane cursor is in a fixed
position when imaging in
the longitudinal plane.
. . .
.

6. To reposition the sector in the longitudinal plane, roll the trackball.


SIEMENS

The plane cursor in the 12

longitudinal plane icon 9 3


. .

must protrude through 6

the shaded sector in


the symbol.
. .
. . .
.

7. To return to the transverse plane, press SET.


The image displays with the in-line cursor. To remove the in-line cursor,
press ESCAPE.
8. Always ensure that the Endo-P II transducer is in the transverse plane
and the system is in freeze before activating another transducer,
disconnecting the Endo-P II transducer, or powering off the system.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 17
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Measurements and Calculations


Measurements are available for determination of volume and other
calculations. The Stepwise Volume and Incremental Volume are exclusively
for use with the Endo-P II transducer.

Biopsy or Puncture Procedures


When you use a needle guide with the Endo-P II transducer, always begin
imaging in the transverse plane. Since the needle guide is in a fixed position
on the transducer, you cannot reposition the active image sector using the
trackball. The active image sector during a biopsy or puncture procedure is
at the 12 o'clock position of the transducer.

To locate the region of interest, rotate the Endo-P II transducer. Ensure that [2] Instructions for Use
the in-line cursor passes through the region of interest, and then switch to
Biopsy Ch A4
the longitudinal plane.

12
ABCDEFGHIJKLM
12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 9 3

11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 6

10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
8 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 8
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
5 5
4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
0 . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
ABCDEFGHIJKLM

Example of Tpl (template) guidelines available for use with the brachytherapy option.

C3 - 18 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Endo-P II Transducer Accessories


Refer to the in-box instructions for proper application of the protective
sheath.

Endo-P II Needle Guide Kit


The Endo-P II Needle Guide Bracket Kit consists of the bracket,
syringe-adapter, and cleaning brush. The kit can be configured with three
different needle guide sets:
Endo-P II Needle Guide Sets

90 mm linear needle guide, qty 3

120 mm needle guide, qty 3

120 mm curved needle guide, qty 3

Preparation for Use


WARNING: To reduce the risk of electrical shock, you must use the protective [1] Instructions for Use
sheaths that are specified in the Endo-P II transducer kit number 10030776. Cleaning and Care Ch 2
Sterilization Ch 2
You must refer to the in-box instructions for proper application of the protective
sheath.

WARNING: Do not attempt to use the Needle Guide Bracket Kit until you have
read the following instructions. The needle guide should only be used after
proper training and after verifying the path of the needle.

WARNING: The bracket and needle guide sets are packaged non-sterile. [2] Instructions for Use
Sterilize these products prior to their first use. Biopsy Ch A4
Needle Path
WARNING: Ensure the bracket and needle guide are properly cleaned Verification Ch A4
and sterilized before each use to avoid possible patient contamination.

WARNING: There have been reports of severe allergic reactions to medical


devices containing latex (natural rubber). Health care professionals are advised
to identify latex-sensitive patients and to be prepared to treat allergic reactions
promptly. In the USA, refer to FDA Medical Alert MDA91-1.

Caution: Use only a water-soluble ultrasound coupling agent with this kit.
Petroleum- or mineral oil-based materials can harm the transducer.

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 19
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

To attach the needle guide to the transducer:


1. Place the tranducer in the protective sheath specified in the Endo-P II
transducer kit. You must refer to the in-box instructions for proper
application of the protective sheath.
2. Loosen the knurled knob on the bracket completely.

Knob
Needle Guide Bracket.
3. Position the bracket onto the Endo-P II transducer.
The bracket should sit flat against the top level of the transducer.

Attaching the Bracket to the Transducer, Top View.

Note: If using the 90 mm needle guide only, perform step 4. If using either of the
120 mm needle guides, skip step 4 and proceed to step 5.

4. For the 90 mm needle guide only, slide the bracket until the center is
aligned with the 10 cm marking on the transducer.
The edge of the bracket closest to the scan face of the transducer
should align with the 9 cm marking on the transducer shaft. Now tighten
the knurled knob of the bracket. Proceed to step 6.

Bracket Position for 90 mm Needle Guides, Top View.

5. Slide the bracket until the center is aligned with the 13 cm marking on
the transducer.
The edge of the bracket closest to the scan face of the transducer
should align with the 12 cm marking on the transducer shaft. Now
tighten the knurled knob of the bracket.

Bracket Position for 120 mm Needle Guides, Top View.

C3 - 20 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

6. Wet the covered transducer tip with a water-soluble coupling agent.


7. Pull a transducer sheath (not a protective sheath provided in the
Endo-P II transducer kit) tightly over the transducer and bracket.

Covering the Transducer and Bracket.

8. Set the needle guide on the bracket.

Placing a Curved Needle Guide onto the Bracket.

9. Rotate the needle guide lock 90° to secure the needle guide to
the bracket.

Securing the Needle Guide to the Bracket.

10. Insert the desired needle into the needle guide.


The needle size should be a maximum of 18 gauge with a
recommended length of at least 20 cm.
[2] Instructions for Use
11. Before performing any patient procedure, verify the path of the needle.
Needle Path
Verification Ch A4

[ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E C3 - 21
C3 Endo-P II Transducer

Technical Data Mechanical Sector


Endo-P II Transducer
Transducer type: Mechanical Sector (two rotating crystals)

Frequency range: 5.0, 6.0 and 7.5 MHz for B-mode

Focus: 5.0 MHz: 25 mm


7.5 MHz: 22 mm

Operating modes: B, 2B, SPLIT B (B+B), 4B, M, B/M

Maximum displayable
field of view: Transverse plane: 355°
Longitudinal plane: 240°

Sector angle: 80°, 110°, 160°, 240°, 355°

Scanning direction: Right/left


Bottom, 90°, 180°, 270° image rotation

Field size: 3 to 12 cm

Orientation: An icon for the longitudinal plane and an


icon for the transverse plane.

Operating environment: +20°C to +40°C


Up to an altitude of 3,000 m

Storage: -5°C to +50°C


Up to an altitude of 4,000 m

Humidity: Up to 80% relative humidity at 40°C

C3 - 22 [ 2 ] I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R U S E
SONOLINE G20 Ultrasound Imaging System
System Reference

S ie me ns M edi cal Sol uti on s USA , In c . 10031089-ABS-003-01


ii S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
SONOLINE G20
Ultrasound Imaging System
System Reference
Software Versions 1 and 2
Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.
Ultrasound Division
1230 Shorebird Way
Mountain View, CA 94043-1344
U.S.A.

(800) 498-7948
(650) 969-9112
CE Declaration
This product is provided with a CE marking in accordance with the regulations
stated in Council Directive 93/42/EEC of June 14, 1993 concerning
Medical Devices. Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., is certified by Notified
Body 0123 to Annex II.3 – Full Quality System.

Authorized EC Representative:
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
Medical Solutions
Henkestraße 127
D-91052 Erlangen
Germany

©2004-2005 Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.


All Rights Reserved.
February 2005
Manuals distributed from the Federal Republic of Germany or Japan are printed in the Federal Republic of Germany.
Manuals distributed from the United States of America are printed in the United States of America.

SONOLINE G20, ReadySet, TGO, THI, MultiHertz, DIMAQ, microCase, SynAps, QuickSet, SuppleFlex, and Evolve
Package are trademarks of Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.
Windows, CIDEX, CIDEX Plus, CIDEX OPA, Milton, Virkon, and Gigasept FF are registered trademarks of their
respective owners.

Siemens reserves the right to change system specifications at any time.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E iii
About This Manual
The Instructions for Use consists of two volumes:
[1] Instructions for Use
The [1] Instructions for Use includes both a general overview and a
technical description of the ultrasound imaging system. This manual
contains detailed information on the safety and care of the
ultrasound system and its transducers. A chapter is dedicated to the
description of all system controls. The [1] Instructions for Use also
includes the procedures for system setup and beginning an exam.
[2] Instructions for Use
The [2] Instructions for Use includes procedures for acquiring and
optimizing images. This manual provides procedures for general and
exam-specific measurements and calculations.

The System Reference provides reference information for the ultrasound


imaging system.

iv S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
Conventions
Conventions used throughout this manual are listed below. Take a moment
to familiarize yourself with these conventions.

Cross-References
This manual provides you information by topic. When additional information [1] Instructions for Use
exists within this or other manuals, a reference graphic and the name of the Screen Saver Ch 1
book is provided in the right column. If the information exists within the Intended Use Ch 1
chapter, a cross-reference to the page number is listed. Otherwise,
information is referenced by chapter number. [2] Instructions for Use
Imaging Functions ChA1
System Presets
You can use the options and settings available in the system presets menu
to set up the ultrasound system with your preferences. Presets define the
configuration of the system software whenever you power on the system.
System Reference
A complete listing of system presets is located in the System Reference.
Whenever a system preset is discussed in other chapters or in the User and Accessories
Reference Manuals, a graphic is provided in the right column. and Options Ch 2

The graphic identifies a preset option or setting in the system presets menu
that is available for you to customize your ultrasound system. The name of
the category on the menu containing the system preset is listed for F6
your convenience. Default Settings
►Automatic Freeze
Response

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E v
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Warnings are intended to alert you to the importance of following
the correct operating procedures where risk of injury to the patient or system
user exists.

Caution: Cautions are intended to alert you to the importance of following


correct operating procedures to prevent the risk of damage to the system.

Note: Notes contain information concerning the proper use of the system and/or correct
execution of a procedure.

Control Panel Keys, Controls, and Menu Selections


Keys and controls located on the control panel are identified by uppercase,
boldface type.

Example: Rotate the DEPTH/ZOOM control.

Function keys located on the keyboard are identified by the number of the
function key.

Example: Press the F6 key.

Menu selections are indicated with the name of the selection in


boldface type.

Example: Select Next to access the second page of on-screen


menu selections.

vi S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
Selection of On-Screen Objects
The SET key on the control panel functions as a point-and-select device
(similar to a computer mouse) when used with the trackball. To select an
on-screen object such as a button or a T symbol, roll the trackball to
position the pointer (cursor) on the object and then press the SET key on
the control panel.

In this manual, the term "select" or "click" describe the trackball and SET key
action required to select an on-screen object. In the example below, phrases
A, B, C, and D are equivalent actions.

A. Roll the trackball to the Search button and then press the SET key.
B. Select the Search button.
C. Click the Search button.
D. Click Search.

Special Terms and Menu Options


Special terms are indicated in boldface italics and are accompanied by a brief
description on their first use in the manual.

Example: Provides on-screen anatomical graphics of pictograms that


indicate the anatomy under evaluation.

Within a procedure, options in the system presets are identified in text as


boldface type.

Example: Highlight the Keyboard – Annotation option.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E vii
Table of Contents
System Reference
Chapter Title Chapter Description
Chapter 1 Acoustic output and MI/TI information.
Acoustic Output
Reference

Chapter 2 Listing of the available configurations of the ultrasound system.


Accessories
and Options

Chapter 3 Instructions for using the options in the Preset Main Menu to customize
System Presets the system.

Chapter 4 Explanation of the integrated workstation option, including storage and


Patient Data management of studies on the hard disk or CD.
Management

Chapter 5 Information on documentation and storage devices, including procedures for


Documentation Devices storing and retrieving system presets and QuickSets.

Chapter 6 Explanation of the Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine (DICOM)


DICOM Connectivity Connectivity option. This option works in conjunction with the DIMAQ-IP
Option integrated workstation to provide digital image transfer via a DICOM network
for both storage and printing.

Chapter 7 A description of setting up and using the network export function. This
Network Export function copies patient data to a password-protected shared folder on a
Function destination device (export host) for offline-analysis.

Chapter 8 Guidelines for transmitting data from the ultrasound system through the serial
Data Transmission ports to a personal computer (PC), printer, or other device.
Guidelines

Chapter 9 Listing of authors and reference tables implemented for the Obstetric exam.
Obstetrical References

Chapter 10 Listing of authors implemented for the Cardiac exam.


Cardiac References

Chapter 11 Medical Ultrasound Safety, American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine.


Brochure

Note: Not all features and options described in this publication are available to all users.
Please check with your Siemens representative to determine the current availability of
features and options.

viii S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
1 Acoustic Output Reference
Transducer Technical Data and Acoustic Output............................................ 3
Display Resolution and Measurement Accuracy ........................................... 3
Default Displayed MI and TI Values by Transducer ....................................... 4
Transducers and Intended Applications......................................................... 5

IEC 61157 Acoustic Output Reporting .............................................................. 6

Track 3, FDA 510(k) Acoustic Output Reporting............................................ 11


Summary Table for Acoustic Output ........................................................... 11
Definitions ................................................................................................... 12

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 1 - 1
1 Acoustic Output Reference

1 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Transducer Technical Data and


Acoustic Output
The assessment of the biological effects of diagnostic ultrasound on humans
is a subject of ongoing scientific research. This system, and all diagnostic
ultrasound procedures, should be used for valid reasons, for the shortest
possible period of time, and at the lowest mechanical and thermal indices
necessary to produce clinically acceptable images.

According to the ALARA (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) principles,


acoustic output should be set to the lowest level required to satisfactorily
perform the examination.

The ultrasound imaging system complies with the standards of the


American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM), the National Electrical
Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), the guidelines of the United States
Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and the guidelines of the International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) in terms of safety and acoustic output
levels. The ultrasound output levels are stated to permit the user to critically
evaluate the system settings in the event of new research findings
being announced.

For systems distributed within the United States of America, the Medical
Ultrasound Safety ultrasound education program brochure produced by the
AIUM is included at the end of this manual. Refer to this brochure for
information relating to the bioeffects and biophysics and prudent use of
diagnostic ultrasound, and how to implement the principle of ALARA.

Display Resolution and Measurement


Accuracy
For any transducer capable of exceeding a mechanical or thermal index
value of 1.0, the ultrasound imaging system displays indices starting from
0.4. The resolution of the display is 0.1 for all displayed values of MI. For all
TI values, the resolution of the display is 0.2.

It is important to note that displayed indices are obtained through


measurement, and are subject to measurement errors. Specific
measurement uncertainties for acoustic power, pressure, and center
frequency are 4.2%, 9.4%, and 2.0% respectively. Measurement precision
for ultrasonic power, peak rarefactional pressure, and center frequency from
a standard test transducer/driver combination is 6.1%, 8.1%, and 0.2%
respectively. The reported values assume 90% population (P ) at 90%
confidence level ( γ ).Definitions for these parameters can be found in the
1998 AIUM/NEMA document entitled Standard for Real-Time Display of
Thermal and Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic Ultrasound
Equipment – Revision 1 (also known as the Output Display Standard).

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 1 - 3
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Default Displayed MI and TI Values


by Transducer
(Per transducer/mode that exceeds default MI or TI value of 1.0)

Mode
B M
Transducer MI TI MI TI
7.5L75S ---- ---- ---- ----
L10-5 ---- ---- ---- ----
C4-2 ---- 1.2 ---- ----
C5-2 ---- ---- ---- ----
C8-5 ---- 1.0 ---- ----
EC9-4 ---- ---- ---- ----
EV9-4 ---- ---- ---- ----
Endo-P II ---- ---- ---- ----
Endo-V II ---- ---- ---- ----

1 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Transducers and Intended Applications


Only the following transducers from Siemens are compatible with the SONOLINE G20
ultrasound imaging system:
TRANSDUCER OPERATING
NAME FREQUENCY MODES OF OPERATION INTENDED APPLICATIONS
CURVED AND LINEAR ARRAY TRANSDUCERS
C4-2 2 – 5 MHz B, M Abdomen, Renal, Cardiac
C5-2 2 – 5 MHz B, M Abdomen, Renal, Obstetrics, Gynecology
C8-5 5 – 8 MHz B, M Pediatric Abdomen, Neonatal Cephalic
EC9-4 4 – 9 MHz B, M Prostate, Early Obstetrics, Gynecology
EV9-4 4 – 8 MHz B, M Early Obstetrics, Gynecology
7.5L75S 5 – 10 MHz B, M Breast, Thyroid, Orthopedics,
Musculoskeletal
L10-5 5 – 10 MHz B, M Thyroid, Breast, Testis, Orthopedics,
Musculoskeletal
MECHANICAL SECTOR TRANSDUCERS
Endo-V II 5.0 – 7.5 MHz B, M Early Obstetrics, Gynecology
Endo-P II 5.0 – 7.5 MHz B, M Endorectal, Prostate

EMC Note: Operating the transducer in close proximity to sources of strong electromagnetic fields, such as radio
transmitter stations or similar installations may lead to temporary degradation or interference visible on the monitor
screen. A lightening of image background may be noticed while visualizing hypoechoic structures, or color spectral
interference, or jitter, or horizontal lines in the image screen may occur. The transducer and the system have been
designed and tested to withstand such interference and will not be permanently damaged. Refer to the Electromagnetic
Emissions and Immunity Guidence and Manufacturer’s Declaration.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 1 - 5
1 Acoustic Output Reference

IEC 61157 Acoustic Output Reporting


Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound
imaging system. Linear Array Transducer. Type: 7.5L75S
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
I spta (mW/cm2) 170 200 230 260
System settings 6.0 MHz 6.0 MHz 6.0 MHz 6.0 MHz
Focus in mm 25 30 25 30
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 22 25 22 25
W pb6 (II) (mm) 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2
(⊥) (mm) 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1
prr (kHz) 7.8 7.8 1.0 1.0
srr (Hz) 252 252 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 6.0 x 8.3 7.2 x 8.3 6.0 x 8.3 7.2 x 8.3
f awf (MHz) 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 42 47 3.6 4.0
I ob (mW/cm2) 85 79 7.3 6.7
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound


imaging system. Linear Array Transducer. Type: L10-5
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 3.3 3.0 3.3 3.0
I spta (mW/cm2) 190 260 170 210
System settings 7.5 MHz 6.5 MHz 7.5 MHz 6.5 MHz
Focus in mm 21 21 21 21
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 17 17 17 17
W pb6 (II) (mm) 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.3
(⊥) (mm) 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.4
prr (kHz) 7.8 7.8 1.0 1.0
srr (Hz) 252 252 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 4.6 x 5.0 4.6 x 5.0 4.6 x 5.0 4.6 x 5.0
f awf (MHz) 6.8 6.3 6.8 6.3
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 33 53 2.8 4.5
I ob (mW/cm2) 140 230 12 20
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information is presented according to the recommendations of


the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) as expressed in IEC 61157.

1 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound


imaging system. Convex Array Transducer. Type: C4-2
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.5
I spta (mW/cm2) 150 250 79 160
System settings 3.5 MHz 5.6(2.8) MHz 3.5 MHz 5.6(2.8) MHz
Focus in mm 120 102 120 102
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 56 52 56 52
W pb6 (II) (mm) 6.7 5.6 6.7 5.6
(⊥) (mm) 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
prr (kHz) 7.8 7.8 1.0 1.0
srr (Hz) 250 250 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 12 x 14 11 x 14 12 x 14 11 x 14
f awf (MHz) 3.3 2.9 3.3 2.9
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 140 230 12 20
I ob (mW/cm2) 81 150 6.9 13
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound


imaging system. Convex Array Transducer. Type: C5-2
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 2.6 1.7 2.6 1.7
I spta (mW/cm2) 160 210 150 180
System settings 3.5 MHz 5.6(2.8) MHz 3.5 MHz 5.6(2.8) MHz
Focus in mm 73 61 73 61
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 53 44 53 44
W pb6 (II) (mm) 2.9 3.0 2.9 3.0
(⊥) (mm) 2.9 4.2 2.9 4.2
prr (kHz) 7.8 7.8 1.0 1.0
srr (Hz) 252 252 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 15 x 12 11 x 12 15 x 12 11 x 12
f awf (MHz) 3.7 3.0 3.7 3.0
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 170 310 14 26
I ob (mW/cm2) 120 250 9.8 21
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information is presented according to the recommendations of


the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) as expressed in IEC 61157.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 1 - 7
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound


imaging system. Convex Array Transducer. Type: C8-5
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
I spta (mW/cm2) 110 110 93 93
System settings 6.5 MHz 6.5 MHz 6.5 MHz 6.5 MHz
Focus in mm 27 27 27 27
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 17 17 17 17
W pb6 (II) (mm) 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
(⊥) (mm) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
prr (kHz) 7.8 7.8 1.0 1.0
srr (Hz) 250 250 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 4.0 x 5.0 4.0 x 5.0 4.0 x 5.0 4.0 x 5.0
f awf (MHz) 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 21 21 1.8 1.8
I ob (mW/cm2) 100 100 8.7 8.7
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound imaging


system. Convex Array Transducer. Type: EC9-4
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 3.0 2.8 3.0 2.8
I spta (mW/cm2) 200 220 190 210
System settings 4.2 MHz 4.2 MHz 4.2 MHz 4.2 MHz
Focus in mm 21 26 21 26
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 18 20 18 20
W pb6 (II) (mm) 1.8 2.0 1.8 2.0
(⊥) (mm) 2.1 1.7 2.1 1.7
prr (kHz) 7.8 7.8 1.0 1.0
srr (Hz) 252 252 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 5.3 x 5.0 5.7 x 5.0 5.3 x 5.0 5.7 x 5.0
f awf (MHz) 4.8 4.7 4.8 4.7
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 98 94 8.4 8.1
I ob (mW/cm2) 370 330 32 28
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information is presented according to the recommendations of


the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) as expressed in IEC 61157.

1 - 8 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound imaging


system. Convex Array Transducer. Type: EV9-4
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 2.9 2.7 2.9 2.7
I spta (mW/cm2) 120 170 140 220
System settings 6.5 MHz 4.2 MHz 6.5 MHz 4.2 MHz
Focus in mm 19 19 19 19
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 18 17 18 17
W pb6 (II) (mm) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
(⊥) (mm) 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7
prr (kHz) 7.8 7.8 1.0 1.0
srr (Hz) 252 252 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 4.9 x 6.0 4.9 x 6.0 4.9 x 6.0 4.9 x 6.0
f awf (MHz) 5.8 5.5 5.8 5.5
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 39 68 3.3 5.8
I ob (mW/cm2) 130 230 11 20
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound


imaging system. Mechanical Sector Transducer. Type: Endo-V II
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
I spta (mW/cm2) 10 10 25 25
System settings 5.0 MHz 5.0 MHz 5.0 MHz 5.0 MHz
Focus in mm 30 30 30 30
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 25 25 25 25
W pb6 (II) (mm) 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
(⊥) (mm) 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
prr (kHz) 6.2 6.2 0.25 0.25
srr (Hz) 17 17 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 8.0Φ 8.0Φ 8.0Φ 8.0Φ
f awf (MHz) 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 30 30 0.80 0.80
I ob (mW/cm2) 59 59 1.6 1.6
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information is presented according to the recommendations of


the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) as expressed in IEC 61157.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 1 - 9
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Acoustic output information for the SONOLINE G20 ultrasound


imaging system. Mechanical Sector Transducer. Type: Endo-P II
Manufacturer: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Ultrasound Group
Parameter Mode Bp Bi Mp Mi
p_ (MPa) 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.3
I spta (mW/cm2) 8.2 8.8 21 22
System settings 5.0 MHz 7.5 MHz 5.0 MHz 7.5 MHz
Focus in mm 35 20 35 20
Output in dB 0 0 0 0
I p (mm) 24 19 24 19
W pb6 (II) (mm) 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.5
(⊥) (mm) 1.7 1.4 1.7 1.4
prr (kHz) 6.8 6.8 0.25 0.25
srr (Hz) 17 17 - -
Output beam dimensions (mm) 7.0Φ 7.0Φ 7.0Φ 7.0Φ
f awf (MHz) 5.2 5.9 5.2 5.9
a
APF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
b
AIF (%) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum power (mW) 29 22 0.71 0.55
I ob (mW/cm2) 76 58 1.9 1.4
Power-up mode B B B B
Initialization mode n/a n/a n/a n/a
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes
I tt (mm) n/a n/a n/a n/a
I ts (mm) contact contact contact contact
Inclusive modes - - B+M B+M
a Acoustic power-up fraction
b Acoustic initialization fraction

Acoustic output information is presented according to the recommendations of


the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) as expressed in IEC 61157.

1 - 10 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Track 3, FDA 510(k)


Acoustic Output Reporting
Data presented in Track 3 format represents the average MI/TI values for System Reference
five transducers measured under worst-case acoustic output conditions. The
IEC 61157 1-6
on-screen MI/TI values are based on measurements on one transducer
under worst case acoutstic output conditions - rounded up to the nearest
display increment. It is possible that the values displayed on screen may
exceed the MI/TI values presented in the Track 3 format.

Summary Table for Acoustic Output


An "X" indicates that either the MI index or TI indices is greater than 1.0 for
each transducer/mode. A Track 3 format acoustic output table is supplied for
each transducer/mode combination marked with an "X".

Operating Mode Transducer Model


75L75S
L10-5
C5-2
EC9-4
EV9-4
C4-2
C8-5
Endo-P II
Endo-V II

B-mode (2D) X X X X
M-mode X X X X

The following rules apply to the summary table:


B-mode No other mode active.
(2D) Only MI (when larger than 1.0) is reported for this mode.
M-mode Includes simultaneous B-mode.
PW-Doppler In duplex modes, the largest displayed TIS (scanned or non-scanned) is
reported if it is larger than 1.0.
Color Flow Includes simultaneous color flow M-mode, B-mode, and Doppler.
or Power In combined modes, the largest displayed TIS (scanned or
non-scanned) is reported if it is larger than 1.0.
Other The output is reported as a separate mode if the largest formulation of
TIS, TIB, or TIC (if an intended use) is greater than the corresponding
value reported for all constituent mode.
TIC is reported if the transducer is intended for transcranial or neonatal
cephalic use.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 1 - 11
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Definitions
Symbol Definition Units
MI Mechanical Index N/A
TIS Scan Soft Tissue Thermal Index in autoscanning mode N/A
TIS Non-scan Soft Tissue Thermal Index in non-autoscanning mode N/A
TIB Bone Thermal Index N/A
TIC Cranial Thermal Index N/A
Aaprt Area of the active aperture cm2
Pr.3 Derated peak rarefactional pressure MPa
Wo Ultrasonic power, except for TIS Scan, in which case it is the ultrasonic mW
power passing through a one centimeter window.
W.3(Z1) Derated ultrasonic power at axial distance Z1 mW
ITA.3(Z1) Derated spatial-peak, temporal-average intensity at axial distance Z1. mW/cm2
Z1 Axial distance corresponding to the location of the cm2
max [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z) x 1 cm2)], where Z > Zbp.
Zbp 1.69 (Aaprt)1/2. cm
Zsp For MI: axial distance at which Pr.3 is measured cm
For TIB: axial distance at which TIB is a maximum (i.e., Zsp = ZB.3)
deq (Zsp) Equivalent beam diameter as a function of axial distance, and is equal to cm
where ITA (Z) is the temporal-average intensity as a function of Z
fc Center frequency MHz
Dim. of Aaprt Active aperture dimensions for the azimuth and elevational planes cm
PD Pulse duration µs
PRF Pulse repetition frequency Hz
Pr @ PII max Peak rarefactional pressure at the point where the free-field, spatial-peak MPa
pulse intensity integral is a maximum
d eq@ PII max Equivalent beam diameter at the point where the free-field, spatial-peak cm
pulse intensity integral is a maximum
FL Focal Length, or azimuthal and elevational lengths, if different cm
I pa.3 @ MI max Derated pulse-average intensity at the point of global maximum W/cm2

1 - 12 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Acoustic Output Reporting Table – Track 3, FDA 510(k)


(Per transducer/mode that exceeds MI or TI value of 1.0)

Transducer model: L10-5 Operating mode: B-mode


Associated Acoustic Parameters
MI TIS TIB TIC
Index Label Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt ≤1 Aaprt >1
Maximum Value --- 1.0 (a) (a) (a) (a) (a)
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.5
Wo (mW) # # # #
min of [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z1)] (mW) #
Z1 (cm) #
Zbp (cm) #
Zsp (cm) 1.3 #
deq (Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 6.4 # # # # #
Dim. of Aaprt X (cm) # # # # #
Y (cm) # # # # #

Other information
PD (µsec) 0.26
PRF (Hz) 7800
Pr @ PII max (MPa) 2.9
d eq@ PII max (cm) # #
Focal Length FLx (cm) # # # #
FLy (cm) # # # #
I pa.3 @ MI max (W/cm2) 360

Operator Control
TX-Level (dB) 0
Focus (mm) 18
PRF (Hz)

Acoustic Output Reporting Table – Track 3, FDA 510(k)


(Per transducer/mode that exceeds MI or TI value of 1.0)
Transducer model: L10-5 Operating mode: M-mode
Associated Acoustic Parameters
MI TIS TIB TIC
Index Label Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt ≤1 Aaprt >1
Maximum Value --- 1.0 0.49 0.06 --- 0.13 0.38
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.5
Wo (mW) 17 1.7 1.9 17
min of [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z1)] (mW) #
Z1 (cm) #
Zbp (cm) #
Zsp (cm) 1.3 1.4
deq (Zsp) (cm) 0.18
fc (MHz) 6.4 6.2 7.0 # 6.2 6.2
Dim. of Aaprt X (cm) 1.6 1.6 # 1.6 1.6
Y (cm) 0.50 0.50 # 0.50 0.50

Other information
PD (µsec) 0.26
PRF (Hz) 1000
Pr @ PII max (MPa) 2.9
d eq@ PII max (cm) 0.17 0.50
Focal Length FLx (cm) 8.3 8.3 # 8.3
FLy (cm) 2.0 2.0 # 2.0
I pa.3 @ MI max (W/cm2) 360

Operator Control
TX-Level (dB) 0 0 0 0 0
Focus (mm) 18 83 83 83 83
PRF (Hz)

a This Index is not relevant to this operating mode.


b This transducer is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
c This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
# No data is provided for this operation condition since the maximum index value is not reported for the reason listed.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 1 - 13
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Acoustic Output Reporting Table – Track 3, FDA 510(k)


(Per transducer/mode that exceeds MI or TI value of 1.0)
Transducer model: EC9-4 Operating mode: B-mode
Associated Acoustic Parameters
MI TIS TIB TIC
Index Label Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt ≤1 Aaprt >1
Maximum Value --- 1.0 (a) (a) (a) (a) (a)
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) # # # #
min of [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z1)] (mW) #
Z1 (cm) #
Zbp (cm) #
Zsp (cm) 1.8 #
deq (Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 4.8 # # # # #
Dim. of Aaprt X (cm) # # # # #
Y (cm) # # # # #

Other information
PD (µsec) 0.28
PRF (Hz) 7800
Pr @ PII max (MPa) 3.0
d eq@ PII max (cm) # #
Focal Length FLx (cm) # # # #
FLy (cm) # # # #
I pa.3 @ MI max (W/cm2) 370

Operator Control
TX-Level (dB) 0
Focus (mm) 21
PRF (Hz)

Acoustic Output Reporting Table – Track 3, FDA 510(k)


(Per transducer/mode that exceeds MI or TI value of 1.0)
Transducer model: EC9-4 Operating mode: M-mode
Associated Acoustic Parameters
MI TIS TIB TIC
Index Label Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt ≤1 Aaprt >1
Maximum Value --- 1.0 0.34 0.03 --- 0.12 0.19
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) 10 1.3 1.2 12
min of [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z1)] (mW) #
Z1 (cm) #
Zbp (cm) #
Zsp (cm) 1.8 2.0
deq (Zsp) (cm) 0.12
fc (MHz) 4.8 4.6 5.0 # 4.6 4.6
Dim. of Aaprt X (cm) 1.0 1.0 # 1.0 1.0
Y (cm) 0.50 0.50 # 0.50 0.50

Other information
PD (µsec) 0.28
PRF (Hz) 1000
Pr @ PII max (MPa) 3.0
d eq@ PII max (cm) 0.13 0.45
Focal Length FLx (cm) 5.3 10 # 5.3
FLy (cm) 2.2 2.2 # 2.2
I pa.3 @ MI max (W/cm2) 370

Operator Control
TX-Level (dB) 0 0 0 0 0
Focus (mm) 21 53 102 53 53
PRF (Hz)

a This Index is not relevant to this operating mode.


b This transducer is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
c This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
# No data is provided for this operation condition since the maximum index value is not reported for the reason listed.

1 - 14 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Acoustic Output Reporting Table – Track 3, FDA 510(k)


(Per transducer/mode that exceeds MI or TI value of 1.0)
Transducer model: C4-2 Operating mode: B-mode
Associated Acoustic Parameters
MI TIS TIB TIC
Index Label Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt ≤1 Aaprt >1
Maximum Value --- 0.57 (a) (a) (a) (a) (a)
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.1
Wo (mW) # # # #
min of [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z1)] (mW) #
Z1 (cm) #
Zbp (cm) #
Zsp (cm) 5.2 #
deq (Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 3.4 # # # # #
Dim. of Aaprt X (cm) # # # # #
Y (cm) # # # # #

Other information
PD (µsec) 0.21
PRF (Hz) 7800
Pr @ PII max (MPa) 1.7
d eq@ PII max (cm) # #
Focal Length FLx (cm) # # # #
FLy (cm) # # # #
I pa.3 @ MI max (W/cm2) 160

Operator Control
TX-Level (dB) 0
Focus (mm) 102
PRF (Hz)

Acoustic Output Reporting Table – Track 3, FDA 510(k)


(Per transducer/mode that exceeds MI or TI value of 1.0)
Transducer model: C4-2 Operating mode: M-mode
Associated Acoustic Parameters
MI TIS TIB TIC
Index Label Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt ≤1 Aaprt >1
Maximum Value --- 0.57 1.5 --- 0.11 0.28 1.6
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.1
Wo (mW) 110 # 8.7 110
min of [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z1)] (mW) 4.0
Z1 (cm) 2.3
Zbp (cm) 2.3
Zsp (cm) 5.2 4.9
deq (Zsp) (cm) 0.26
fc (MHz) 3.4 2.8 # 2.8 3.0 2.8
Dim. of Aaprt X (cm) 1.3 # 1.3 1.0 1.3
Y (cm) 1.4 # 1.4 1.4 1.4

Other information
PD (µsec) 0.21
PRF (Hz) 1000
Pr @ PII max (MPa) 1.7
d eq@ PII max (cm) 0.27 1.2
Focal Length FLx (cm) 14 # 14 14
FLy (cm) 6.0 # 6.0 6.0
I pa.3 @ MI max (W/cm2) 160

Operator Control
TX-Level (dB) 0 0 0 0 0
Focus (mm) 102 141 141 86 141
PRF (Hz)

a This Index is not relevant to this operating mode.


b This transducer is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
c This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
# No data is provided for this operation condition since the maximum index value is not reported for the reason listed.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 1 - 15
1 Acoustic Output Reference

Acoustic Output Reporting Table – Track 3, FDA 510(k)


(Per transducer/mode that exceeds MI or TI value of 1.0)
Transducer model: C8-5 Operating mode: B-mode
Associated Acoustic Parameters
MI TIS TIB TIC
Index Label Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt ≤1 Aaprt >1
Maximum Value --- 0.70 (a) (a) (a) (a) (a)
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.8
Wo (mW) # # # #
min of [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z1)] (mW) #
Z1 (cm) #
Zbp (cm) #
Zsp (cm) 1.4 #
deq (Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 6.4 # # # # #
Dim. of Aaprt X (cm) # # # # #
Y (cm) # # # # #

Other information
PD (µsec) 0.14
PRF (Hz) 7800
Pr @ PII max (MPa) 2.0
d eq@ PII max (cm) # #
Focal Length FLx (cm) # # # #
FLy (cm) # # # #
I pa.3 @ MI max (W/cm2) 380

Operator Control
TX-Level (dB) 0
Focus (mm) 27
PRF (Hz)

Acoustic Output Reporting Table – Track 3, FDA 510(k)


(Per transducer/mode that exceeds MI or TI value of 1.0)
Transducer model: C8-5 Operating mode: M-mode
Associated Acoustic Parameters
MI TIS TIB TIC
Index Label Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt ≤1 Aaprt >1
Maximum Value --- 0.70 1.3 0.09 --- 0.11 0.74
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.8
Wo (mW) 25 2.9 2.1 25
min of [W.3(Z1), ITA.3(Z1)] (mW) #
Z1 (cm) #
Zbp (cm) #
Zsp (cm) 1.4 1.5
deq (Zsp) (cm) 0.24
fc (MHz) 6.4 6.5 6.5 # 5.7 6.5
Dim. of Aaprt X (cm) 0.88 0.88 # 0.88 0.88
Y (cm) 0.50 0.50 # 0.50 0.50

Other information
PD (µsec) 0.14
PRF (Hz) 1000
Pr @ PII max (MPa) 2.0
d eq@ PII max (cm) 0.24 0.92
Focal Length FLx (cm) 7.8 7.8 # 7.8
FLy (cm) 1.9 1.9 # 1.9
I pa.3 @ MI max (W/cm2) 380

Operator Control
TX-Level (dB) 0 0 0 0
Focus (mm) 27 78 78 78
PRF (Hz)

a This Index is not relevant to this operating mode.


b This transducer is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
c This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
# No data is provided for this operation condition since the maximum index value is not reported for the reason listed.

1 - 16 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
2 Accessories and Options
Accessories and Options ................................................................................... 3
SONOLINE G20............................................................................................. 4
Language-Specific Operating System .................................................... 4
Options.......................................................................................................... 4
Transducers, Linear Array.............................................................................. 5
Transducers, Curved Array ............................................................................ 5
Transducer Accessories ................................................................................ 5
PAL Documentation Devices......................................................................... 6
NTSC Documentation Devices ...................................................................... 6
Consumables................................................................................................. 6
Control Panel Overlays .................................................................................. 7
English.................................................................................................... 7
German .................................................................................................. 8
French .................................................................................................... 8
Spanish................................................................................................... 9
Italian...................................................................................................... 9

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 2- 1
2 Accessories and Options

2 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
2 Accessories and Options

Accessories and Options


Note: Not all features and options described in this publication are available to all users.
Please check with your Siemens representative to determine the current availaibility of
features and options.

The only Siemens-authorized accessories and options for the


SONOLINE G20 ultrasound imaging system are described in this chapter.

WARNING: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces


must be certified according to the respective EN and IEC standards (e.g., EN 60950
and IEC 60950 for data processing equipment and EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1
for medical equipment). Furthermore, all configurations shall comply with the
system standard EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1. Anyone who connects
additional equipment to the signal input or signal output ports configures a
medical system and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the
requirements of the system standard EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1. Siemens
can only guarantee the performance and safety of the devices listed in the
Accessories and Options chapter. If in doubt, consult Siemens service
department or your local Siemens representative.

Note: To ensure compliance with the Medical Device Directive, use only the devices
listed in this chapter with your ultrasound imaging system.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 2 - 3
2 Accessories and Options

SONOLINE G20
Includes system software (CD), preset data disk (CD), transducer cups,
power cord(s).

System Configurations
Two standard array transducer ports1
Two standard array transducer ports and one mechanical sector
transducer port2
Two standard array transducer ports and one parking port for linear and
curved array transducers

Language-Specific Operating System


Includes an overlay for the control panel and system user and
reference manuals.
English Language Operating System
German Language Operating System
French Language Operating System
Spanish Language Operating System
Italian Language Operating System

Options
THI™ Tissue Harmonic Imaging Option
TGO™ Tissue Grayscale Optimization Option
DICOM 3.0 Connectivity Option
DICOM Modality Worklist Option (requires the DICOM
Connectivity Option)
DICOM MPPS Option2 (requires the DICOM Connectivity Option and
DICOM Modality Worklist Option)
Dual-pedal footswitch
Monitor filter
Clip Store2
Brachytherapy Template Software2 (requires systems configured with a
mechanical sector transducer port and the use of the Endo-P II
transducer)

1
No longer available for purchase
2
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

2 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
2 Accessories and Options

Transducers, Linear Array


L10-5
7.5L75S

Transducers, Curved Array


C4-21
C5-2
C8-51
EV9-4
EC9-4

Transducers, Mechanical Sector


Endo-P II1
Endo-V II1

Transducer Accessories
Transducer Sheaths:
– Non-sterile, EC9-4, Endo-V II1
– Sterile, EV9-4, EC9-4, Endo-V II1
Biopsy Protective Sleeves, C5-2, L10-5, 7.5L75S, C4-21, C8-51
Standoff Gel Pad, Disposable, L10-5, 7.5L75S
Universal Needle Guide Kit, Stainless Steel, C5-2, L10-5, C4-21, C8-51
Needle Guide Bracket Kit, 7.5L75S
– Needle Guide, 20G/0.9mm, 7.5L75S
– Needle Guide, 18G/1.3mm, 7.5L75S
– Needle Guide, 15G/1.8mm, 7.5L75S
– Needle Guide, 2.3mm, 7.5L75S
– Needle Guide, 2.5mm, 7.5L75S
Needle Guide Bracket Kit, Disposable, EC9-4
Needle Guide Bracket Kit, Stainless Steel, EC9-4
Needle Guide Bracket Kit, EV9-4
Needle Guide Bracket Kit, Endo-V II1
– Needle Guide, 18G/1.2mm, Endo-V II
– Needle Guide, 16G/1.6mm, Endo-V II
Needle Guide Bracket Kit, Endo-P II1
– Needle Guide, 90, Endo-P II
– Needle Guide, 120, Endo-P II
– Needle Guide, C120, Endo-P II

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 2 - 5
2 Accessories and Options

PAL Documentation Devices


B&W Video Printer, P93-W, Mitsubishi
VCR, S-VHS, HS-MD3000, PAL, Mitsubishi

NTSC Documentation Devices


B&W Video Printer, P93-W, Mitsubishi
VCR, S-VHS, HS-MD3000, NTSC, Mitsubishi

Consumables
Contact Scan Gel, 5 liter
Contact Scan Gel, 0.25 liter
Contact Scan Gel, Sterile Packets
Paper, Black and White Video Printer
Cleaning Sheets, Black and White Video Printer
CD-R (10)

2 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
2 Accessories and Options

Control Panel Overlays


The control panel on the ultrasound imaging system has overlays available in
English, German, French, Spanish, and Italian.

English

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 2 - 7
2 Accessories and Options

German

French

2 - 8 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
2 Accessories and Options

Spanish

Italian

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 2 - 9
2 Accessories and Options

2 - 10 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets
Setting General Preferences ............................................................................. 3
Using the System Presets............................................................................. 3
Navigating the Menu .............................................................................. 3
Making Screen Selections ...................................................................... 5
Preset Main Menu......................................................................................... 6
General – System Configuration Selections................................................... 8
Day/Time – System Configuration Selections................................................ 9
Patient ID – System Configuration Selections ............................................... 9
Imaging – System Configuration Selections ................................................ 10
Peripheral – System Configuration Selections ............................................. 11
Customize Keys – System Configuration Selections ................................... 12
Boot Up – System Configuration Selections................................................ 13
Storage – System Configuration Selections................................................. 13
Display – System Configuration Selections ................................................. 14
ReadySet – System Configuration Selections.............................................. 15
Default Settings – Exam Configuration Selections ...................................... 18
Selecting Pictograms............................................................................ 19
Selecting Text Annotation .................................................................... 21
QuickSet Parameters – Exam Configuration Selections .............................. 23
User-Defined Exam List – Exam Configuration Selections .......................... 23
M & R – Measurement & Report Configuration Selections ......................... 24
General Caliper Settings....................................................................... 24
Measurement and Report Preset Settings........................................... 25
Installation From Key Disk – Options Selections ......................................... 32
Clip Capture................................................................................................. 32
DIMAQ Utility – Options Selections ............................................................ 33
DICOM – Options Selections....................................................................... 34
Networking – Options Selections ................................................................ 34
Preset/QuickSet – Serviceability Selections................................................. 34
Service – Serviceability Selections............................................................... 34
System/Language – Serviceability Selections.............................................. 34

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 1
3 System Presets

Customizing OB and Early OB Measurements, Calculations,


and Reports....................................................................................................... 35
Item & Reference Selection, Standard OB .................................................. 36
2D/M-Mode and Ratio Tabs ................................................................. 36
EFW/USMA Tab ................................................................................... 38
Item & Reference Selection, Early OB......................................................... 39
Display Configuration, Standard OB/Early OB ............................................. 39
Customize Growth Analysis Graphs, OB and Early OB ............................... 40
Standard OB/Early OB User-Defined Formulas ........................................... 41
Standard OB/Early OB User-Defined Tables................................................ 44
User-Defined Label, OB and Early OB ......................................................... 46

Customizing Cardiac Measurements, Calculations, and Reports ................ 47


Measurement Order – Cardiac .................................................................... 47

Customizing Emergency Medicine, Calculations, and Reports ................... 49

3 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Setting General Preferences


When the ultrasound system is installed at your site, all system settings System Reference
are factory-defined. You can use the options and settings available in the
CD Disk Drive Ch 4
system presets to set up the ultrasound system with your preferences for
imaging. System presets define the configuration of the system software
[2] Instructions for Use
whenever you power on the system.
QuickSets Ch A1

Using the System Presets


You can use the system presets at any time to change the factory (default)
settings or modify your own presets and QuickSets.

It is advisable to back up your system presets and QuickSets on a CD to


prevent accidental loss of your information. Presets saved on a disk also
expedite the installation of a new system software release.

To access the system presets:


Press the F6 key on the keyboard.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen with the most
recently activated menu item selected. If no menu item has been
activated since the system powered on, the system automatically
selects (highlights) the General menu item on the left of the screen
and displays its selections and options on the right of the screen.

Navigating the Menu


The system organizes the system presets by menu items, selections, and
options. You cannot select the heading for menu items (for example,
System Configuration). You can select an indented menu item listed below
the heading (for example, General).

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 3
3 System Presets

To use the Preset Main Menu:


1. After accessing the menu, roll the trackball up and down the left side of
the screen to highlight a menu item.
Menu items marked
2. Activate a highlighted menu item by pressing the SET key. with this symbol
display a new screen.
The system displays either a new set of selections and options on the
right of the Preset Main Menu screen or a full new screen.

3. Roll the trackball to an option or selection and then press the SET key.

To exit the Preset Main Menu:


Save your changes by selecting the Save button on the screen.
The system saves any new options and selections and returns to
imaging.
Discard your changes by selecting the Cancel button on the screen or by
pressing the ESCAPE on the control panel or F6 key on the keyboard.
The system displays a dialog box if changes were made.
– To discard your changes and redisplay the image screen, select the
OK button.
– To retain your changes and stay in the current screen, select the
Cancel button.

3 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Making Screen Selections


Use the following techniques to make selections from the right side of the
Preset Main Menu or in a newly-accessed screen. You can typically roll the
trackball to position the trackball pointer on a menu item or setting and then
press the SET key to complete the selection.

Drop-down menus – To open the menu, roll the trackball to position the
pointer on the arrow and then press the SET key. To make a selection, Drop-down menu.
roll the trackball to highlight the selection and then press the SET key.
Spin buttons – To set a higher or lower numeric value, roll the trackball
to position the pointer on the up or down arrow and press the SET key
until the desired value displays. Spin button.
Check boxes – The option is selected when a checkmark displays inside
the box and de-selected when the box is clear. To select or clear the
check box, roll the trackball to position the pointer in the box and then Check box.
press the SET key.
Buttons – To select a labeled button, roll the trackball to position the
pointer on the button or the label and then press the SET key. In some
places, only one button can be selected at a time.
Option button.
Text entry – Roll the trackball to position the cursor in the field and then
press the SET key. Use the keyboard to enter text. When finished, use Text entry.
the TAB key to move to another field or roll the trackball to reposition
the cursor and then press the SET key.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 5
3 System Presets

Preset Main Menu


The left side of the Preset Main Menu screen lists the following menu items:

Menu Item Allows you to...


System Configuration
General Enter the hospital name, designate format for date/time, height, and
weight, and define other system settings.
Day / Time Set the date and time, select the time zone, and specify a time server,
if used.
Patient ID Define settings for patient information.
Imaging Designate maximum image brightness and video invert.
Peripheral Assign connection for the RS-232C (Serial) port. Enable printing through
the USB port. Designate the video source, format and impedance and the
hard copy video polarity.
Customize Keys Assign functions for the PRINT/STORE, DIGITAL STORE 1, and
DIGITAL STORE 2 keys and the optional footswitch Pedal 2.
Specify rotation direction for the DEPTH/ZOOM control.
Boot Up Select a transducer port to be active at boot up. Select an exam type or
QuickSet to activate automatically at system boot up.
Storage Designate the image and patient report storage destination. Specify
whether measurement data is stored with the image.
Display Activate the on-screen status display, DGC curve, time markers, and icons.
Control the screen saver, playback code, and character brightness. Set
monitor contrast and flicker control.
ReadySet nn Access a new screen. Establish onscreen icons that provide shortcuts to
other screens and imaging and documentation functions. The ReadySet
list is available for all exam types.
MUP1 Activate a password dialog box for use with the MODULARIS Uro Plus
system.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Menu Item Allows you to...


Exam Configuration
Default Settings nn Access a new screen. Designate display features and freeze response.
Select pictograms and text labels for each exam type.
QuickSet Parameters nn Access a new screen if QuickSets have been defined. Edit certain
parameters for QuickSets.
User-Defined Exam List nn Access a new screen. Enable or disable access to each exam type.

M & R Configuration
M&R Select caliper (measurement function) conventions and establish
measurement and report presets for each type of exam. Specify a default
measurement menu category of measurement methods or labels.
Options
Installation From Key Disk List installed option information, Install, Uninstall, or Update an option
installed with a key disk.
Clip Capture1 Designate clip capture parameters, such as capture length and
compression.
DIMAQ Utility nn Activate password-protection of patient data. Install printers.

DICOM nn Configure DICOM devices.

Networking Configure the network export function.


Serviceability
Access a new screen. Select data for backup to CD and specify the write
Preset/QuickSet Utility nn speed for the CD-R/RW drive.
Service nn Access a new screen. Access password-protected service procedures.

System / Language Upgrade the system software or change the operating language.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 7
3 System Presets

General – System Configuration Selections


The General item on the Preset Main Menu provides the following selections:

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Hospital Name Text entry Enter the name of your hospital or clinic using up to
60 characters. The first 20 characters display in a
report. You can modify this entry at any time.
Date Format Month/Day/Year Select the format for the date. The date displays on the
Day/Month/Year image screen, in the Patient Data form, and on
Year/Month/Day patient reports.
Height and Feet/Pounds Select the format for the display of the patient's height
Weight Format Centimeters/Kilograms and weight used in the Patient Data entry form.

Beep On Select this check box to enable the beep to sound


Off when a key is pressed.
Beep Volume 1 through 9 Set the volume of the beep. Option 1 is the quietest,
Option 9 is the loudest. The Beep check box must be
selected for the Beep Volume to be effective.

DGC Invert with On Select this check box to invert the DGC graphic on the
Image Invert Off image screen along with the image when you rotate
the image.
Tx Power dB Determine the format of the transmit power display on
Display Format % the image screen.
dB displays the transmit power in decibels.
% displays the transmit power as a percentage.
Trackball Low Select the responsiveness of the system to
Travel/Speed Medium trackball movement.
High Low repositions an object a short distance with
minimal trackball movement.
Medium repositions an object a moderate distance
with minimal trackball movement.
High repositions an object a long distance with
minimal trackball movement.
Text Character Size 8 through 18 Select the size of the font for displaying
text annotation.
Arrow Size 8 through 18 Select the size of an arrow entered on the screen.
Delete Text On Select this check box to erase on-screen text
on Unfreeze Off annotation after an image is unfrozen.
Default Anatomy Select the type of text displayed when you press the
Annotation Type Position TEXT key.
Anatomy displays anatomy annotations.
Position displays body position annotations.
Delete Pictogram On Select this check box to erase an on-screen pictogram
on Unfreeze Off after an image is unfrozen.
Confirmation On Select this check box to display a confirmation dialog
Power SW Dialog Off box when the system is powered off.

3 - 8 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Day/Time – System Configuration


Selections
The Day/Time item on the Preset Main Menu provides the
following selections:

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Date Month _ _ Day _ _ Year _ _ _ _ Enter the current date.
Time Hour _ _ Minute _ _ Second _ _ Enter the current time. The time displays on the
Image screen.
Daylight Saving On Quickly adjust the system clock to compensate
Time Adjustment Off for Daylight Saving Time. When this check box is
(+1 Hour) selected, the system adds one hour to the clock.
Time Zone Settings relative to GMT Select the time zone relative to Greenwich Mean
Time (GMT).

Time Server Text entry Enter the server that provides the time.

Use Time Server On Select this check box to user the time server.
Off

Patient ID – System Configuration


Selections
The Patient ID item on the Preset Main Menu provides the following
selections:

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Hide Patient On Display or hide the patient demographics, such as
Demographic Off the patient name and patient identification on the
image screen.
AutoStore New On Automatically store a screen representation of the
Patient Form1 Off completed patient data form to the registered
patient's study.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 9
3 System Presets

Imaging – System Configuration Selections


The Imaging item on the Preset Main Menu provides the following selections:

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Max Brightness (BW) 180 – 255 Select a brightness level for the image
display. A higher number designates a
brighter image.
Video Invert Positive Select the polarity of the video display for
Negative the main image screen. Text is always white
against black or black against white.
Positive displays a white image area against
a black background.
Negative displays a black image area
against a white background.
Update Frames in 2D/M1 1 sec Select the number of frames of 2D-mode
2 sec images to be acquired during the image
3 sec refresh at the end of the M-mode sweep for
mechanical sector transducers.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 10 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Peripheral – System Configuration


Selections
The Peripheral item on the Preset Main Menu provides the
following selections:

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


External RS-232C Port Off Assign functionality to the serial port on the
Laser Printer input/output panel of the ultrasound system.
PC2 Off disables the RS-232C Serial port.
Card Reader
Laser Printer sends report data, including graphics
such as growth graphs, to a laser printer, using the
HP PCL 3 protocol.
PC2 sends OB report data to a PC.
Card Reader reads the patient name and ID into the
Patient Data form.
USB Printer On Enable Patient Report printing through the USB port.
Off Select an available printer from a list.
Video Format NTSC Select the video format for output to the
PAL onboard printer.
Video Input Source Composite Select the input source for the VCR.
S-VHS
Video Input Impedance 75 [ohm] Select the input impedance.
Hi-Z Select 75 for inputs to the system monitor only.
Select Hi-Z for inputs routed to other devices.
Hard Copy Video Polarity Positive Select the polarity of the video output for an image.
(Image) Negative Positive displays a white image against a
black background.
Negative displays a black image against a
white background.
Hard Copy Video Polarity Positive Select the polarity of the video output for a report.
(Report) Negative Positive displays a white report against a
black background.
Negative displays a black report against a
white background.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 11
3 System Presets

Customize Keys – System


Configuration Selections
The Customize Keys item on the Preset Main Menu provides the [1] Instructions for Use
following selections: Configuring
Documentation
Note: The MUP option is available for use only with the MODULARIS Uro Pro system. Controls Ch 4

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


PRINT STORE key B/W Print Assign functionality to the
Disk Store PRINT STORE key.
DICOM B/W Printer
D. Store & B/W Pr.
MUP
DIGITAL STORE 1 key B/W Print Assign functionality to the
Disk Store DIGITAL STORE 1 key.
DICOM B/W Printer
D. Store & B/W Pr.
TGO
Clip Capture1
MUP
DIGITAL STORE 2 key B/W Print Assign functionality to the
Disk Store DIGITAL STORE 2 key.
DICOM B/W Printer
D. Store & B/W Pr.
TGO
Clip Capture1
MUP
Pedal 2 function B/W Print Assign foot pedal 2 functionality to the
Disk Store optional footswitch.
Clip Capture1
Zoom/Depth Direction Clockwise Select which direction increases
Counterclockwise zoom depth.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 12 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Boot Up – System Configuration Selections


The Boot Up item on the Preset Main Menu provides the following selections:

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Transducer Port Active on LC2 Select the transducer port to be active when you
Boot Up LC1 power on the system.
S11 Note: Option S1 requires a mechanical sector port.

Boot Up Exam & QuickSet The Boot Up Exam & QuickSet List screen
appears. Select a specific exam type or QuickSet
to be active when you power on the system.

Storage – System Configuration Selections


The Storage item on the Preset Main Menu provides the following selections:

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Image with Caliper Yes Select whether to store caliper (measurement)
No information with the image.
Autostore to Network On Automatically save the current study to the
Off network when the study (examination) is ended.
Autostore to DICOM On Automatically transfer the contents of the DICOM
Off Store Queue to the DICOM storage server when
the study (examination) is ended.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 13
3 System Presets

Display – System Configuration Selections


The Display item on the Preset Main Menu provides the following selections:

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


System Status Display On Display the parameters in the Image Parameter area at the
Off bottom of the image screen.
Screen Saver On Activate or deactivate the screen saver.
Off
Screen Saver Type Black Select either a black background or a SONOLINE logo
SONOLINE background.
Screen Saver Time 5min. Select the time delay before the system activates the
10min. screen saver.
15min.
20min.
DGC Curve Display Off Select when the DGC graphic displays on the
Always On image screen.
Time Out Off prevents the DGC from displaying on the
image screen.
Always On displays the DGC continuously on the
image screen.
Time Out removes the DGC from the screen three
seconds after you adjust the curve. When you adjust the
DGC controls again, the curve reappears on-screen.
Time Marker Display On Display a time marker on the image screen.
Off
Scan Plane Icon1 On Display a scan plane symbol on the image screen when a
Off mechanical sector endocavity transducer is active.
Playback Code On Select when the encoded image displays on the screen.
Off The encoded image information is used to make
measurements on the images displayed from a video tape.
Off prevents the encoded image information from
displaying on the image screen.
On displays the encoded imaging information continuously
on the image screen.
Character Brightness 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Select display character brightness.
Flicker Control On Select to improve the display of on-screen elements,
Off images, and reports on an external monitor connected to
the analog video output port on the ultrasound system.
Monitor Contrast Low Select the amount of contrast for the monitor.
High

1
Requires software 2.0 or higher

3 - 14 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

ReadySet – System Configuration


Selections
Use this selection to establish shortcuts to other screens and imaging and
documentation functions. The shortcuts display as icons at the right side of the
imaging screen. The ReadySet list is available for all exam types.

Selection Icon Description


Arrow Displays an arrow on the image that you
can position using the trackball and
orient using the SELECT control.

Biopsy Activates the Biopsy function.

Modify Provides a shortcut for modifying a


measurement that has just been
completed.
Current Patient Displays the (current) Patient Data form.

Print Store Prints to the output device selected in


the system presets.

Angle (FOV) Assigns the trackball to adjust the Field


of View.

Hide Text Toggles the display of on-screen text on


and off.

L/R Flip Changes the scan direction of a


transducer.
New Patient Displays a (new) Patient Data form.

Pictogram Displays pictograms for the


current exam.
Digital Store 1 Transfers exam data to the device
selected in the system presets.
Digital Store 2 Transfers exam data to the device
selected in the system presets.

Report Displays the Patient Report.

Review Activates review of stored exam data.

Rotate Rotates the image 90°.

Split Creates two live images, side by side.

Text Places the text cursor on the image.

Worksheet Displays the Worksheet.

Zoom Activates a zoom window on the image.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 15
3 System Presets

The system displays a new screen when you select ReadySet, presenting
the choices described below.
To reaccess the Preset Main Menu screen and retain new screen
selections, roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the
SET key.
To reaccess the Preset Main Menu screen and discard new screen
selections, roll the trackball to the Cancel button and then press the
SET key.
Selection Option(s) Allows you to...
1
ReadySet Icon Display Always On Display the ReadySet icons on the image screen at all
With On-screen times or display the ReadySet icons only while an
menu on-screen menu is active.

To add an item to the ReadySet list:


Note: You can add up to six ReadySet items.

1. Roll the trackball to an item in the Selectable column and then press
the SET key.
The system highlights the item.

2. Roll the trackball to the Add button and then press the SET key.
The item is moved to the bottom of the Order column and its icon
displays at the bottom of the Preview box.

To delete an item from the ReadySet list:


1. Roll the trackball to an item in the Order column and then press the
SET key.
The system highlights the item.

2. Roll the trackball to the Delete button and then press the SET key.
The item displays in the Selectable column and its icon is removed
from the Preview box.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 16 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

To rearrange items in the ReadySet list:


1. Roll the trackball to an item in the Order column and then press the
SET key.
The system highlights the item.

2. To move the item up or down in the list, roll the trackball to the Up or
Down button and then press the SET key as required to reposition
the item.
The icon for the item is repositioned in the Preview box.

To separate items into groups in the ReadySet list:


Note: You can add up to three separators.

1. Roll the trackball to the Separator button and then press the SET key.
The system displays the separator at the bottom of the Order column
and the Preview box.

2. To move the separator up or down in the list, roll the trackball to the Up
or Down button and then press the SET key as required to reposition
the separator.
The icon for the separator is repositioned in the Preview box.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 17
3 System Presets

Default Settings – Exam Configuration


Selections
The system displays a new screen when you select Default Settings,
presenting the choices described below.
To reaccess the Preset Main Menu screen and retain new screen
selections, roll the trackball to the Save button and then press the
SET key.
To reaccess the Preset Main Menu screen and discard new screen
selections, roll the trackball to the Cancel button and then press the
SET key.
To automatically change all selections on this screen to factory defaults
for the selected exam, roll the trackball to the Default button and then
press the SET key. Repeat this process as required to restore defaults
for other exam types.
Selection Option(s) Allows you to...
Exam Abd Select an exam for which you want to specify default settings
OB to automatically become active when the exam is activated.
Early OB The system lists only the exam types enabled on the
Breast User-Defined Exam List configuration screen.
Thyroid
Testicle
GYN
Ortho
Cardiac
Urology
Cranial
Rectal1
EM1
Pictogram List Select pictograms to display as selections when the
PICTOGRAM key is pressed during the selected exam. See
page 3-19 for more information.
Text Annotation Select labels for anatomy and position to display as menu
selections for the exam. See page 3-21 for more information.

Biopsy On Activate the Biopsy function automatically when the selected


Off exam is activated.
Automatic Cine Select the system response when the FREEZE key is
Freeze Response Caliper pressed. Cine activates the CINE function. Caliper activates
Text the Measurement function. Text activates the Annotation
Picto function. Picto activates the Pictogram function. None
None freezes the image without changing the current function; if no
function is active, the system activates the CINE function.
Bypass M On Select the system response when the M key is pressed.
Cursor Display Off Select this check box to immediately display M-mode.
De-select the check box to initially display an M-mode cursor
in the 2D-mode image; the M key must then be pressed a
second time for full M-mode to display.
2D/M Display Format 40/60 Specify the image screen layout when two imaging modes are
1/2-1/2 active. 40/60 presents 2D-mode in the left 40% of the screen
1/3-2/3 and the M-mode sweep in the right 60% of the screen.
1/2-1/2 presents 2D-mode on the right side of the upper 1/2,
with M-mode in the lower 1/2. 1/3-2/3 presents 2D-mode on
the right side of the upper 1/3, with M-mode in the lower 2/3.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 18 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Selecting Pictograms
To begin pictogram selection, roll the trackball to the Pictogram List button
on the Default Settings screen and then press the SET key. The system
displays the Customize Pictogram List screen, with the full selection of
available pictograms on the top. On the bottom, the system displays the
pictogram menu selections that will appear for this exam when the
PICTOGRAM key is pressed.

To add pictogram selections:


1. Locate the required pictogram in the selection of available pictograms.
To scroll through the selection, roll the trackball to the up or down arrow
on the scroll bar and then press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to the displayed pictogram and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a box around the selected pictogram.

3. Roll the trackball to the Add button and then press the SET key.
The pictogram is copied to the next available cell in the Pictogram List
Display Preview on the bottom. You can copy the same pictogram
repeatedly.

To delete pictogram selections:


1. Locate the required pictogram selection. To scroll through the
selections, roll the trackball to the right or left arrow on the scroll bar and
then press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to the displayed pictogram and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a box around the selected pictogram.

3. Roll the trackball to the Delete button and then press the SET key.
The system deletes the pictogram from the Pictogram List Display
Preview on the bottom.

To insert a pictogram between existing selections:


1. Roll the trackball to an available pictogram and then press the SET key.
The system displays a box around the selected pictogram.

2. Roll the trackball to position the cursor in the Pictogram List Display
Preview, on the pictogram to the right of the position in which you want
to add the new pictogram, and then press the SET key.
The system displays a box around the selected pictogram.

3. Roll the trackball to the Insert button and then press the SET key.
The system inserts the pictogram to the left of the selected position in
the Pictogram List Display Preview.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 19
3 System Presets

To reposition the transducer inside a pictogram:


1. Roll the trackball to position the cursor on a pictogram in the Pictogram
List Display Preview and then press the SET key.
The system displays a box around the selected pictogram.

2. Roll the trackball to the Transducer button and then press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to position the transducer indicator and then press the
SET key.

To rearrange pictogram selections:


1. Roll the trackball to a pictogram in the Pictogram List Display Preview on
the bottom and then press the SET key.
The system displays a box around the selected pictogram.

2. Roll the trackball to the << or >> button and then press the SET key.
The selected pictogram moves left or right on the Pictogram List Display
Preview page.

3. Continue pressing the SET key with the trackball positioned on the
<< or >> button to step the pictogram left or right.
4. To move the pictogram to a higher page number, use only the
>> button. To move the pictogram to a lower page number, use only the
<< button.

To reset the pictograms to factory defaults:


Roll the trackball to the Default button and then press the SET key.
The system displays a message asking you to confirm the action.
To discard all pictogram customization for this exam and display the
factory default selections, roll the trackball to the OK button and then
press the SET key. To retain your selections, roll the trackball to the
Cancel button and then press the SET key.

To exit the Customize Pictogram List screen:


1. To save changes and immediately reaccess the Default Settings screen,
roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.
2. You can also exit the Customize Pictogram List screen by pressing the
ESCAPE key on the control panel or by rolling the trackball to the
Cancel button and then pressing the SET key.
If you have made changes to the pictogram selections, the system
prompts you to save the changes by selecting Yes or to discard the
changes by selecting No.

3 - 20 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Selecting Text Annotation


Each exam type has labels for anatomical structures and body positions
that can display as menu selections when the exam type is active. The
labels are stored in libraries that you can edit for each exam type. The text
labels display as menu selections when you press the TEXT key on the
control panel.

To begin text editing, roll the trackball to the Text Annotation button on
the Default Settings screen and then press the SET key. The system
displays the Customize Annotation List screen, with the existing text
annotation menu selections on the right. Separate text selections are
available for anatomy and position.

To select Anatomy or Position text:


Roll the trackball to the Anatomy or Position button on the Customize
Annotation List screen and then press the SET key.
The system displays the Anatomy or Position text selections for the
selected exam.

To access other pages in the Onscreen Menu (OSM) Preview:


To access the next higher page, roll the trackball to the Next button
and then press the SET key.
To add text annotation selections:
1. Roll the trackball to the text entry field below the Anatomy and
Position buttons and then press the SET key.
2. Use the keyboard to enter in up to 24 characters.
3. Roll the trackball to the Insert button and then press the SET key.
The system inserts the text immediately above the active position in
the OSM Preview on the right. The active position is surrounded by a
box and initially displays in the lower right of the OSM Preview. To
change the insert point, roll the trackball to any of the other text
positions and then press the SET key. New text will then be inserted
immediately above this new, boxed text position.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 21
3 System Presets

To delete text annotation selections:


1. Roll the trackball to one of the text positions in the OSM Preview and
then press the SET key.
The text position becomes active and is surrounded by a box.

2. Roll the trackball to the Delete button and then press the SET key.
The active text is deleted and the text position is left blank.

To rearrange text annotation selections:


1. Roll the trackball to a text position and then press the SET key.
The text position becomes active and is surrounded by a box.

2. Roll the trackball to the Up or Down button and then press the SET key.
The selected text moves up or down on the OSM Preview page.

3. Continue pressing the SET key with the trackball positioned on the
Up or Down button to step the text up or down on the page.
4. To move the text to a higher page number, use only the Up button.
To move the text to a lower page number, use only the Down button.

To reset the text annotations to factory defaults:


Roll the trackball to the Default button and then press the SET key.
The system displays a message asking you to confirm the action.
To discard all text customization for this exam and display the factory
default selections, roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the
SET key. To retain your selections, roll the trackball to the Cancel button
and then press the SET key.

To exit the Customize Annotation List screen:


1. To save changes and immediately reaccess the Default Settings screen,
roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.
2. You can also exit the Customize Annotation List screen by pressing the
ESCAPE key on the control panel or by rolling the trackball to the
Cancel button and then pressing the SET key.
If you have made changes to the text annotation, the system prompts
you to save the changes by selecting Yes or to discard the changes by
selecting No.

3 - 22 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

QuickSet Parameters – Exam


Configuration Selections
This selection allows you to configure a QuickSet as you would select
default settings for an exam type. Text Annotation editing is not available
through QuickSet Parameters.

To access a QuickSet:
1. Roll the trackball to QuickSet Parameters in the Preset Main Menu
and then press the SET key.
The system displays the QuickSet List.

2. Roll the trackball to a QuickSet and then press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.
The system displays the Customize Presets screen. Refer to "Default
Settings" for instructions on using this screen.

User-Defined Exam List – Exam


Configuration Selections
Use this selection to customize items included in the exam list. You can
include (Enable) or exclude (Disable) each exam type. The active exam type
and the default exam type at system boot-up cannot be disabled. Changes
display when the exam list is accessed by pressing the F5 key on
the keyboard. Changes also display whenever the exam list is accessed
from the Preset Main Menu or Patient Data screen.

To change the exam list:


1. On the Preset Main Menu, roll the trackball to User-Defined Exam List
and then press the SET key on the control panel.
The User-Defined Exam List appears.

2. To include an exam in the list, roll the trackball to the Enable button for
that exam and then press the SET key.
3. To exclude an exam from the list, roll the trackball to the Disable button
for that exam and then press the SET key.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as required to construct the required exam list.
5. Roll the trackball to the Save button and then press the SET key to
store the new list. To reject the changes, roll the trackball to the
Cancel button and then press the SET key.

To reset the exam list:


1. Roll the trackball to the Default button and then press the SET key.
The system asks you for confirmation.

2. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.
The system sets all exams to Enable.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 23
3 System Presets

M & R – Measurement & Report


Configuration Selections
General Caliper Settings
The first section of the M&R screen contains general settings that apply to
all exam types.

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Caliper Default Position Center Assign trackball control to the pointer or measurement
Menu marker when the measurement function is initiated.
Depth Center displays the first marker in the center of the
image screen. A depth value does not display.
Menu displays the trackball pointer in the
Measurement Menu if a label is available. For exam
types with no labels, the trackball pointer remains
in the center of the image screen when Menu
is selected.
Depth displays the first marker in the center of the
image screen, with a dotted line representing the
depth from the skin line. A depth value displays in the
Measured Results area of the image screen until you
anchor the first marker.
Default Memory Category Label Label displays exam-specific labels in the
General Measurement Menu when the measuremetn function
is activated.
General displays the list of general measurement
methods specified for the exam type and
imaging mode.
Shape Pattern x Specify the shape of the caliper. You can specify one
+ shape at a time for the entire system. Multiple
measurements use the same shape, but are
differentiated by number.
Shape Size Small Specify the size of the caliper for use by the entire
Medium system. A smaller size may make a larger number of
Large caliipers easier to view.
Measurement On Activate or deactivate a background for the Measured
Results Background Off Results section of the image screen.
Urology Stepsize1 1 to 20 mm, Select a Urology Stepsize setting for use with the
in 1 mm increments Incremental Volume calculation.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

3 - 24 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Measurement and Report Preset Settings


The Measurement and Report Preset section of the M&R selection allows
you to customize each exam type. The following table identifies
customization items applicable for each exam type. Items shown with a
check mark use common methods that are described on the page number
indicated. Some exam types use special customization routines; these are
also referenced to applicable page numbers.

User-
Defined
Customize Formulas,
Measure- General Tables, Comments
Exam ment Measure- Calculation Measure- Display and Library for
Type Method ment Menu Item ment Order Item Labels Report
Page Page
Page 3-25 Page 3-27 Page 3-49 Page 3-28 Page 3-31
Refer to: 3-36 3-30
Abd
OB
Refer to Pages 3-35 to 3-46
Early OB
Breast
Thyroid
Testicle
GYN
Ortho
Cardiac Page 3-47
Urology
Cranial
Rectal1
EM1

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 25
3 System Presets

Measurement Method
Use this selection to establish a shortcut to a specific measurement
method. The upper section of this screen allows you to select a method
that will appear at the top of the Measurement Menu when the system
first enters the measurement function for the specified imaging mode.
This technique can eliminate one or two menu selection steps.

The lower section of this screen allows you to select a specific method for
automatic activation when a general measurement method is selected in the
measurement function. For example, if Ellipse is selected in the Area field,
selecting Area from the list of general measurement methods automatically
activates the Ellipse method.
Note: The Default Measurement Method may amend the Default Measurement Method
by Mode. If a general measurement method is selected by mode, a default method
selected under that general method category will become the default method by mode.
For example, if you select Area as the method by mode in the upper screen and Ellipse
as the default for Area in the lower screen, Ellipse will appear at the top of the
Measurement Menu when the system enters the measurement function for that
imaging mode.

To select the Default Measurement Method by Mode:


1. For each imaging mode, roll the trackball to the arrow on the right side
of the method field and then press the SET key.
The system displays a pull-down menu of available measurement
methods for this imaging mode.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight a measurement method and then press the
SET key.
The highlighted method becomes the default for this imaging mode.
This method will display at the top of the Measurement Menu when the
measurement function is activated in this imaging mode.

To select the Default Measurement Method:


1. For each measurement method category, roll the trackball to the arrow
on the right side of the method field and then press the SET key.
The system displays a pull-down menu of specific methods.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight a measurement method and then press the
SET key.
The highlighted method becomes the default for this method category.
This specific method will display at the top of the Measurement Menu
when the general measurement method is selected.

3 - 26 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Customize General Measurement Menu


Use this selection to designate the general measurement methods available
when the system enters the measurement function for the selected exam
type. Change the choices separately for 2D-mode and M-mode.

To select a mode:
1. Roll the trackball to the down arrow for the Mode drop-down menu,
select 2D-Mode or M-Mode, and then press the SET key.
2. Add, delete, or rearrange measurement methods as required for
each mode.

To add methods:
1. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the selectable methods on the left
and then press the SET key.
The system highlights the method.

2. Roll the trackball to the Add button and then press the SET key.
The highlighted method is added to the Measurement Order list on
the right.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 as required.

To delete methods:
1. Roll the trackball to a method in the measurement order list on the right
and then press the SET key.
The system highlights the name.

2. Roll the trackball to the Delete button and then press the SET key.
The name is moved to the selectable method list on the left.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the other selected methods, as required.

To rearrange methods:
1. Roll the trackball to one of the methods in the measurement order list
on the right and then press the SET key.
The system highlights the method.

2. Roll the trackball to the Up or Down button and then press the SET key.
The method moves up or down one space in the list.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 as required to create a restructured measurement


order list.

To reset menu selections for both modes back to factory defaults:


1. Roll the trackball to the Default button and then press the SET key.
The system prompts you to confirm your choice.

2. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key
to continue.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 27
3 System Presets

Measurement Order
Use this selection to add and delete labels and to rearrange the order in
which labels appear in the Measurement Menu. The Customize General
Measurement Menu screen presents two columns of entries:
Selectable Method on the left and Measurement Order on the right. Add
labels from left to right or delete labels from right to left. User-defined labels
initially appear on the left.

To add labels:
1. Roll the trackball to a selectable label on the left and then press the
SET key.
The system highlights the label.

2. Roll the trackball to the Add button and then press the SET key.
The label is moved to the bottom of the measurement order list on
the right.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for other labels, as required.

To delete labels:
1. Roll the trackball to a label in the measurement order list on the right
and then press the SET key.
The system highlights the label.

2. Roll the trackball to the Delete button and then press the SET key.
The label is moved to the bottom of the selectable label list on the left.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for other labels, as required.

To rearrange labels:
1. Roll the trackball to one of the labels in the measurement order list on
the right and then press the SET key.
The system highlights the label.

2. Roll the trackball to the Up or Down button and then press the SET key.
The label moves up or down one space in the list.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 as required to create a restructured measurement


order list.

3 - 28 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

To reset labels back to factory default positions:


1. Roll the trackball to the Default button and then press the SET key.
The system prompts you to confirm your choice.

2. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key
to continue.
The gynecology exam Customize Measurement Order screen contains an
extra field for specifying the Follicle Measurement Method.

To select the Follicle Measurement Method (Gynecology exam):


1. Roll the trackball to the arrow on the right of the Follicle Measurement
Method field and then press the SET key.
The system displays a pull-down menu of available selections.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the selections and then press the
SET key.
The highlighted selection becomes the new Follicle Measurement
Method.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 29
3 System Presets

Display Item
Use this selection to control display of various items on the measurement
screen and in the patient report. The Display Item screen is unique for each
exam type.

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Measurement Screen
Abbreviated Display On Select this check box to display in the Measured Results
of Results Off only labels to which measurements have been assigned.
De-select the check box to display in the Measured
Results all the labels on the Measurement Menu.
Hip Angle Graph On Display the sonographic hip angle graph when an Ortho
Off exam measurement has been completed.
Enable Early OB Caliper On Enable the selection of measurement labels for Early OB
Off in the list of menu categories for the GYN exam.
Default Measurement 2D-Mode Select the default measurement type for each mode for
Title M-Mode the Cardiac exam.
Data Averaging Direct Display the value of the last measurement or an average
Average of all measurements in the Cardiac exam.
Report
Physician ID1, On Include the Physician ID number entered in the Patient
Operator ID2 Off Data form at the bottom of the report page.
Referring MD1, On Include the Referring MD name entered in the Patient
Report Referring MD2 Off Data form at the bottom of the report page.

User-Defined Label
Use this selection to designate special measurement labels in the GYN
exam type. Use up to eight characters.

To create a user-defined label:


1. Roll the trackball to the NAME field and then press the SET key.
2. Use the keyboard to type in a label name.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each label.
4. You can also select a measurement method to associate with a
2D-mode label. Roll the trackball to the down arrow to the right of the
Method field and then press the SET key.
5. Roll the trackball to one of the measurement methods and then press
the SET key.
6. When all labels have been entered, roll the trackball to the OK button
and then press the SET key.
Note: For user-defined labels to appear in the Measurement Menu, you must add them
to the Measurement Order list using the Measurement Order screen.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

3 - 30 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Comments Library for Report


For exam types with reports, you can enter five comments for automated
inclusion into the report. A maximum of 69 characters is allowed per
comment. However, since the report will only accept a total of 77
characters, it is advisable to make each of the five comments as short as
possible.

Creating a library of comments for a patient report saves you time,


particularly for recurring examinations. Rather than entering a phrase in the
comment section of a report, you can access pre-defined comments for
quick entry by rolling the trackball to the Comments button and then
pressing the SET key.

To enter comments:
1. Roll the trackball to one of the comment fields and then press the
SET key.
2. Use the keyboard to type in up to 69 alphanumeric characters.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each required comment.
4. Complete comment entry by rolling the trackball to the OK button and
then pressing the SET key.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 31
3 System Presets

Installation From Key Disk – Options


Selections
This selection provides an overview of optional features that have been
installed on the ultrasound system with the key disk procedure. Selections
for installing new options, uninstalling existing options, or updating existing
options are available. The key disk for the option must be installed to
perform any of these operations.

Clip Capture
(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)
Note: A clip stored during CINE review contains all frames of CINE data (except frames
excluded from CINE review). The number of frames in a clip stored during live imaging is
determined by the capture rate (40 Hz) and the length configured in the system presets.
For example, if you select a length of two seconds and then store a clip, then the system
stores 80 frames (2 seconds * 40 Hz).

Selection Option(s) Allows you to…


Clip Length 1 Select the length of the clip in seconds.
2
Image Compression Low Select level of image resolution and file size.
High

3 - 32 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

DIMAQ Utility – Options Selections


For software versions 2.0 and higher: The system indicates the type of
accessibility (such as Unlocked) for DIMAQ studies in the DIMAQ Study
Access section of the screen.

The table indicates titles of sections using brackets ([]).

Selection Description
[DIMAQ Study Access]
Password Displays a dialog box for entry of the new password. If a password
already exists, then the system also requires entry of the existing
password.
Lock DIMAQ Reactivates password protection.
Note: This selection is available when you activate password protection
and then enter the password to view patient information.

Password Protection Enable activates password protection after confirming the password.
Disable deactivates password protection after confirming
the password.
[Printer]
Autoprint Images1 Automatically prints the displayed image to the selected USB printer
when you store the image to the ultrasound system's hard disk using a
documentation control.
Note: To enable or disable this function without accessing the system
presets, use the Ctrl+U shortcut (press and hold the Ctrl key on the
keyboard and then press the U key on the keyboard).

[CDR]
Write speed Specifies the write speed for the CD drive on the ultrasound system.
2
[Network]
Show network status2 When enabled (selected), indicates the status of network connection in
the Network section of the Study screen.
[HD Defragmentation]1
Defrag Now1 Defragments the system's hard disk.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 33
3 System Presets

DICOM – Options Selections


You can verify selection of an existing setup, select another setup, edit an System Reference
existing setup, or create a new setup for the host, storage server,
DICOM Ch 6
color printer, and black and white printer using the system presets on the
ultrasound system.

You can verify selection of an existing setup, select another setup, edit an
existing setup, or create a new setup for the Worklist server.

The DICOM chapter describes the setup options in detail.

Networking – Options Selections


You can change the active setup by selecting a host or export host. You can System Reference
also edit an existing host or create a new host.
Network Export
Function Ch 7

Preset/QuickSet – Serviceability Selections


You can specify which Preset and QuickSet files the system saves to CD. [2] Instructions for Use
You can save all files or selected files in each category, and you can select
QuickSet Feature Ch A1
the appropriate write speed for the CD-R/RW drive.

Service – Serviceability Selections


This selection provides the system serial number and software version
number, along with password-protected service protocols. The service
function allows service personnel to confirm the correct operation of the
hardware and to detect any failed circuit boards. The Service function is
supported for the English language only. Exiting the Service function returns
the system to imaging.

System/Language – Serviceability
Selections
This selection changes the system language and upgrades system software [1] Instructions for Use
while retaining or initializing the system presets. Changing the system
Software
language will require you to restart the system. Installation Ch 4

3 - 34 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Customizing OB and Early OB


Measurements, Calculations,
and Reports
The Measurement and Report Presets for the OB and Early OB exams
include generic and exam-specific descriptions.

Measurement and Report Preset Description


Menu List
Measurement Method Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-25.
Customize General Measurement Menu Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-27.
Item & Reference Selection
Standard OB Unique to the Standard OB exam – see page 3-35.
Early OB Unique to the Early OB exam – see page 3-39.
Standard OB/Early OB
Display Configuration, Unique to the Standard OB/Early OB exams – see page 3-39.
Comment Library for Report Refer to Comments Library for Report in Measurement and
Report Settings, page 3-31.
Customize Growth Analysis Graphs Unique to the OB/Early OB exams – see page 3-40.
Standard OB/Early OB User-Defined
EFW Formula, Unique to the Standard OB/Early OB exams
Measurement Label, For a description of Formulas– see page 3-41.
MA Data,
GA Data, For a description of Tables– see page 3-44.
Ratio Formula For a description of Measurement Labels– see page 3-46.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 35
3 System Presets

Item & Reference Selection, Standard OB


Use these preset selections to customize the content of the Measurement
Menu and patient report.
Specify which labels display in the Measurement Menu and the
worksheet, and the order in which they display. The selected labels
display along with assigned values in the Measured Results and the
patient report. Use the Display Configuration checkboxes to determine
whether the labels display when no values are assigned to them.
Add user-defined 2D-mode measurement labels to the list of
displayed labels.
Assign a reference for each parameter and calculation on which tables
and formulas are based.
Assign a method, Direct or Average, for determining the value for a
parameter or calculation that displays in the worksheet and in the
patient report. In the Direct method, the system displays the last value
assigned to a measurement label. In the Average method, the system
performs an average of the values as each value is assigned to the label
and displays the calculated average.

2D/M-Mode and Ratio Tabs


This selection allows you to edit the Measurement Item list for 2D/M-mode
and ratios.

To add or delete measurement items:


1. To add a measurement item, roll the trackball to an item in the
Selectable Label list and then press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to the Add button and then press the SET key.
The item is placed at the end of the Measurement Item list.

3. To delete a measurement item, roll the trackball to an item in the


Measurement Item list and then press the SET key.
4. Roll the trackball to the Delete button and then press the SET key.
The item is placed at the end of the Selectable Label list.

To assign an author to a measurement item:


1. Roll the trackball to the Author field to the right of the Measurement
Item and then press the SET key. If the field is blank, no selections
are available.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight an author and then press the SET key.
The author is now assigned to the measurement item.

3 - 36 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

To add all selectable labels assigned to the same author:


1. Under Same Author Label All Selection, roll the trackball to the author
field and then press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to highlight an author and then press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to the Add button and then press the SET key.
All selectable labels assigned to this author are added to the
Measurement Item list.

To move between pages of measurement items:


1. Roll the trackball to the Next button and then press the SET key to
access a higher page number.
2. Roll the trackball to the Prev button and then press the SET key to
access a lower page number.

To select display of single or averaged measurements:


Note: This task cannot be performed with the Ratio tab.

1. For each measurement item, roll the trackball to the Average button (to
display an average of all measurements) or the Direct button (to display
the last measurement) and then press the SET key.
2. To change all measurement items on the same page, roll the trackball to
the Average or Direct button in the Parameter Selection All Label
section and then press the SET key.
3. Access each page of Measurement Items and repeat step 1 or 2.

To reset the Measurement Item list:


Roll the trackball to the Default button and then press the SET key.
All measurement items and author assignments are returned to factory
default settings.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 37
3 System Presets

EFW/USMA Tab
Use this tab to select preferred authors for two EFW formulas. Both
formulas display in the worksheet and the report. The EFW1 formula
displays in the Measured Results when the required measurements have
been made. You can also select an average USMA to be returned as
measurements are made or specify that one of Hadlock's eleven regression
equations be used.

For EFW1, EFW2, and USMA selections, the required measurements are
listed in the associated Based Label box.

To make an EFW or USMA selection:


1. Roll the trackball to the appropriate Author field and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a pull-down menu of available authors or equations.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight an author or equation and then press the
SET key.

3 - 38 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Item & Reference Selection, Early OB


The Item & Reference Selections for Early OB closely parallel those for
Standard OB. The 2D-Mode tab has fewer system-defined labels, sharing
five user-defined labels with Standard OB. The Ratio tab has no
system-defined ratios, but shares five user-defined ratio labels with
Standard OB. The EFW/USMA tab is the same as for Standard OB.

Display Configuration, Standard


OB/Early OB
The Standard OB/Early OB Display Configuration allows you to designate
items to include on the measurement screen and in the worksheet and
patient report.

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Measurement Screen
Abbreviated Display On Display in the Measured Results only labels to which
of Results Off measurement values have been assigned. De-select the
check box to display all the measurement labels specified
in the Item and Reference Selection.
HC with BPD/OFD On Automatically derive values for BPD and OFD from the
measurement Off HC measurement.
AC with ATD/ASD On Automatically derive values for ATD and ASD from the
measurement Off AC measurement.
Report/Worksheet
Abbreviated Display On Display in the 2D-Mode Measurements section of the
of Results Off report only labels to which measurement values have been
assigned. De-select the check box to display all the
measurement labels specified in the Item and
Reference Selection.
Physician ID On Include at the bottom of the report page the Physician ID
Off number entered in the Patient Data form.
Referring MD1, On Include at the bottom of the report page the Referring MD
Report Referring MD2 Off name entered in the Patient Data form.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 39
3 System Presets

Customize Growth Analysis Graphs,


OB and Early OB
Use this selection to set up growth curves for OB and Early OB exams.

Selection Option(s) Allows you to...


Customize Growth Analysis Graph
Graph Format Single Select the number of growth graphs displayed on a page in the
Quad patient report. Select Single to display one graph to a patient
report page. Select Quad to display four graphs to a page. With
either option, each graph displays the growth curve for a
different, user-selectable growth parameter according to a
user-selectable reference (author).
Graph Display Current Select the exam(s) from which growth data will be displayed in a
Previous growth graph. Select Current to display measurement values
from the current exam only. Select Previous to display values
from prior OB exams. Previous requires that the exams are
available on the hard drive or CD drive and are linked to the
current study. Select both check boxes to plot current measured
results with previous measurements for a parameter on a
single graph.
Graph Grid On Display vertical and horizontal lines on the graph.
Off
AutoStore Report Data
Report Data Auto Store On Save current exam data automatically when accessing a graph.
Off

3 - 40 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Standard OB/Early OB User-Defined


Formulas
Access a Standard OB/Early OB formula with one of the following selections
from the Standard OB or Early OB Measurement and Report screen:
EFW Formula
Ratio Formula
MA Data
GA Data
To access a formula screen:
1. Roll the trackball to any of these choices and then press the SET key.
2. For MA Data and GA Data, roll the trackball to the Formula button under
Data Type and then press the SET key.
The resulting formula screens are very similar. Basic formula-building rules
apply to EFW, Ratio, MA Data, and GA Data formulas. Use the following
procedure for all four formula types.

To create a user-defined formula:


1. Roll the trackball to the drop-down box at the upper left corner and then
press the SET key.
The system displays a list of numbered User-Defined formulas.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the User-Defined formula numbers


and then press the SET key.
3. In the MA Data and GA Data screens, roll the trackball to the
Known Variable Label field and then press the SET key. In the Ratio
Formula screen, roll the trackball to the Label Name field and then
press the SET key.
The system displays a list of labels.

4. For these three screens, roll the trackball to highlight a label and then
press the SET key.
5. For all screens, roll the trackball to the Reference (Author) field and
then press the SET key.
6. Roll the trackball to highlight an author or use the keyboard to enter the
name of an author and then press the SET key.
7. For all screens, roll the trackball to the first field in the Range section
and then press the SET key.
8. For MA Data and GA Data screens, enter the lower limit for the
measurement range in millimeters, and then use the tab key on
the keyboard to move the cursor to enter millimeters for the upper limit.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 41
3 System Presets

9. For all screens, use the tab key to advance to the Date area.
10. Using the tab key between boxes, enter the week and day for the lower
limit for the age range in the boxes at the left and the week and day for
the upper limit in the boxes at the right.
11. For a Ratio formula screen, enter the minimum and maximum values for
the ratio between the parentheses.
12. In the GA Data formula screen, roll the trackball to the SD Type field
and then press the SET key.
A list of standard deviation types displays.

13. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the SD types and then press the
SET key.
14. In the Result Unit section of the MA Data formula screen, roll the
trackball to the Days button for a standard deviations formula or the
Weeks button for a standard formula and then press the SET key.
15. For MA Data, GA Data, and EFW formula screens, roll the trackball to
the upper right corner to select a conventional formula or a standard
deviation limits formula.
16. Enter your formula in the field to the right of the equals sign ( = ). Use
the keyboard to enter numbers and any of the operators listed in the
Operation box at the bottom of the screen. Use the trackball and the
SET key to select constants (see below) and variables (or values).
Example: "A"*LOG("BPD")+COS(ATD)-1.8327
Note: You can use parentheses, but do not use spaces to separate elements in your
formula. Do not delete any of the quote marks entered by the system. You can enter
up to 64 characters in this field. To conserve space, you can assign a letter value to a
constant and enter the letter into your formula instead of the full constant.

3 - 42 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

To define a constant for a user-defined formula:

Constant

Label Value

A 1.118303

B ¿

1. Roll the trackball to the Value column parallel with the label letter to
which you want to assign the value and then press the SET key.
The system displays an entry field next to the label letter.

2. Enter a numeric value of up to eight characters, including a decimal point


if required, and then press the SET key.
3. To insert a constant into a formula, roll the trackball to position the
pointer on the appropriate letter in the Label column and then press the
SET key.
The system inserts the label letter into the formula.

To delete a user-defined formula:


1. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the User-Defined numbers in the
upper left of the screen.
2. Roll the trackball to the Delete Current Reference button and then
press the SET key.

To exit a user-defined formula screen:


1. To exit and save the formula, roll the trackball to the OK button and then
press the SET key.
The system informs you if there is a syntax or other error in the formula.
If necessary, resolve the problem and exit again.

2. To exit and not save the formula, roll the trackball to the Cancel button
and then press the SET key.
The system queries you to save changes by selecting OK or discard
changes by selecting Cancel.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 43
3 System Presets

Standard OB/Early OB User-Defined Tables


Access a Standard OB/Early OB table with one of the following selections
from the Standard OB or Early OB Measurement and Report screen:
MA Data
GA Data
To access a table screen:
1. Roll the trackball to one of these choices and then press the SET key.
2. Roll the trackball to the Table button under Data Type and then press
the SET key.
The resulting table screens are very similar for MA Data and GA Data: basic
table-building rules apply to both types. Use the following procedure for
both table types.

To create a user-defined table:


1. Roll the trackball to the drop-down box at the upper left corner and then
press the SET key.
The system displays a list of numbered User-Defined tables.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the User-Defined table numbers and
then press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to the Known Variable Label field and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a list of labels.

4. Roll the trackball to highlight a label and then press the SET key.
5. Roll the trackball to the Reference (Author) field and then press the
SET key.
6. Roll the trackball to highlight an author or use the keyboard to enter the
name of an author and then press the SET key.
7. Roll the trackball to the first field in the Range section and then press
the SET key.
8. Enter the lower limit for the measurement range in millimeters, and then
use the tab key on the keyboard to move the cursor and enter the
upper limit.
9. Use the tab key to advance to the Date area.
10. Using the tab key to move between boxes, enter the week and day for
the lower limit of the age range in the boxes at the left and the week
and day for the upper limit in the boxes at the right.

3 - 44 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

11. In the GA Data table screen, roll the trackball to the SD Type field and
then press the SET key.
The system displays a list of standard deviation types.

12. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the SD types and then press the
SET key.
13. In the MA Data table screen, your result units of weeks and days are
built into the table, so leave the default selection for the Result Unit
field.
14. Create your table in the box. Use the tab key to move to each new field.
Create additional lines by using the scroll bar.
The first line should contain the lower limit for the variable value and the
week and day for the lower limit of the date range. The last line should
contain the upper limits. The table must contain an entry for every
variable value between the upper and lower limits in order for the
system to display a measured value in the worksheet and the patient
report. For example, if you specify a range from 10.0 to 11.0, you must
create a line entry for 10.0, 10.1, 10.2...11.0. If you only create entries
for 10.0, 10.2, 10.4...11.0, a measured value of 10.3 will not display.
Note: Measurements corresponding to table values that are outside the range will
not be recognized. A measurement that is within the range but less than the lowest
table value will only provide an MA or GA value equivalent to the lowest value. A
measurement that is within the range but greater than the highest table value will
only provide an MA or GA value equivalent to the highest value.

15. In the Value field, enter the size in mm that indicates a specific age.
16. In the Weeks and Days field, enter the age.
17. For MA tables, enter a number in the SD Limits field. The system
converts the number to days for you, such as +/- 2 d.
For GA tables, enter lower and upper limits for the value in the Lo Limit
and Up Limit fields.

To delete a user-defined table:


1. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the User-Defined numbers in the
upper left of the screen.
2. Roll the trackball to the Delete Current Reference button and then
press the SET key.

To exit a user-defined table screen:


1. To exit and save the table, roll the trackball to the OK button and then
press the SET key.
The system informs you if there is an error in the table. Resolve the
problem and exit again.

2. To exit and not save the table, roll the trackball to the Cancel button and
then press the SET key.
The system queries you to save changes by selecting OK or discard
changes by selecting Cancel.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 45
3 System Presets

User-Defined Label, OB and Early OB


The OB and Early OB exams share five user-defined labels for 2D-mode.
Access a user-defined label by selecting Measurement Label from the
Standard OB or Early OB Measurement and Report screen.
Note: For user-defined labels to appear in the Measurement Menu, you must add them
to the Measurement Order list using the Item and Reference Selection screen.

Measurement labels can be used in menstrual age tables, in formulas for


estimating composite menstrual age and fetal weight, and in tables and
formulas for growth analysis graphs.

To create a user-defined label:


1. Roll the trackball to the User Defined number field and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a list of five user-defined numbers.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the User-Defined numbers and then
press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to the Label Name field and then press the SET key.
4. Use the keyboard to type in a label name of up to eight characters.
5. Roll the trackball to the Measurement Method field and then press the
SET key.
The system displays a list of measurement methods.

6. Roll the trackball to highlight a method and then press the SET key.
The system assigns the appropriate unit of measure for the method.

7. For additional 2D-mode labels, repeat steps 2 – 6.

To delete a user-defined label:


1. Roll the trackball to the User Defined number field in the 2D-mode
section and then press the SET key.
The system displays a list of five user-defined numbers.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the User-Defined numbers and then
press the SET key.
3. Roll the trackball to the Delete Current 2D-Mode Label button and
then press the SET key.

3 - 46 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Customizing Cardiac Measurements,


Calculations, and Reports
The Measurement and Report Preset for the Cardiac exam includes
generic and exam-specific descriptions.

Measurement and Report Preset Description


Measurement Method Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-25.
Customize General Measurement Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-27.
Menu
Measurement Order Unique to the Cardiac exam – see page 3-47.
Display Item Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-30.
Comments Library for Report Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-31.

Measurement Order – Cardiac


There are two methods for making the Measurement Order selection for
Cardiac exams. The method in effect depends on the selection made in the
Heading field. Cubed, Teichholz, and Gibson selections are guided
measurements for assessing left ventricular function. These selections
require a special procedure to establish measurement order. Since one of
these selections will display first when Measurement Order is selected, the
Cubed, Teichholz, and Gibson selection procedure will be described here.
Note: If any other selection in the Heading field is made, follow the standard
Measurement Order procedure. Refer to Measurement Order under Measurement and
Report Settings, page 3-28.

The guided measurements present eight workflow patterns. Each pattern


dictates a sequence of measurements. Select a pattern that best matches
your workflow. Pattern 1 for each of the three guided measurement types
includes all measurement labels. These measurements appear in the
Measurement Order column on the right. Other patterns present the same
sequence but with fewer measurements. Measurements not included in a
pattern are listed in the Selectable Label column on the left. Measurements
cannot be added, deleted, or rearranged for patterns.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 47
3 System Presets

To select a Cardiac guided measurement type:


1. Roll the trackball to the Heading field and then press the SET key.
The system displays a pull-down menu of Cardiac measurement types.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight one of the first three selections:


Cubed(2D), Teichholz(2D), or Gibson(2D).

To select a Cardiac exam pattern:


1. Roll the trackball to the Pattern field and then press the SET key.
The system displays a pull-down menu of pattern selections.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight a pattern and then press the SET key.
The Measurement Order column displays the measurement sequence
for this pattern.

3. Repeat step 2 until the system displays the pattern of labels you prefer
in the Measurement Order column.
4. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key.

3 - 48 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
3 System Presets

Customizing Emergency Medicine,


Calculations, and Reports
(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

The Measurement and Report Preset for the Emergency Medicine exam
includes generic and exam-specific descriptions.

Measurement and Report Preset Description


Measurement Method Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-25.
Customize General Measurement Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-27.
Menu
Calculation Item Unique to the EM exam – see page 3-47.
Display Item Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-30
Comments Library for Report Refer to Measurement and Report Settings, page 3-31.

Calculation Item
Use this selection to select a reference author for OB measurement labels
and one or two planes for measuring bladder volume.

Plane Selection Allows you to...


Imaged transversely Use measurements from the transverse plane.
Imaged sagitally Use measurements from the sagittal plane.

To assign an OB reference author:


1. For each measurement label, roll the trackball to the arrow in the
Author field and then press the SET key.
The system displays a pull-down menu of reference authors for the
measurement label.

2. Roll the trackball to highlight an author and then press the SET key.
The system uses the selected reference author to determine an
estimated menstrual age for measured results.

To reset labels back to factory default positions:


1. Roll the trackball to the Default button and then press the SET key.
The system prompts you to confirm your choice.

2. Roll the trackball to the OK button and then press the SET key
to continue.

To select planes for the Bladder Volume calculation:


Roll the trackball to select one or both plane selections and then press
the SET key.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 3 - 49
3 System Presets

3 - 50 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management
Saving Patient Data............................................................................................ 3
Saving Patient Registration Data ................................................................... 3
Saving Images and Reports........................................................................... 3
Saving Clips ................................................................................................... 4

Viewing Patient Data ......................................................................................... 5


Hiding Patient Information on the Screen...................................................... 5
Accessing the DIMAQ-IP Screens ................................................................. 5
Selecting and Displaying Patient Data ........................................................... 6
Selecting Images and Studies ................................................................ 6
Sorting Studies....................................................................................... 6
Searching for Studies ............................................................................. 7
Hiding Studies ........................................................................................ 7
Viewing Images and Reports......................................................................... 8
Scrolling Through Images and Reports................................................... 8
Changing Display Formats...................................................................... 8
Limiting Display to Selected Images ...................................................... 9
Using the Slide Show Capability (Sequentially Viewing
Images) ................................................................................................ 10
Deleting Images and Reports ............................................................... 11
Making Measurements on Stored Images .................................................. 12
Playing Back Clips........................................................................................ 14
Enabling Simultaneous Clip Playback ................................................... 16
Saving Frames from Clips............................................................................ 17

Managing Patient Data .................................................................................... 18


Transferring Studies .................................................................................... 18
Recording Stored Images ............................................................................ 19
Deleting Studies .......................................................................................... 19
System Management of Studies on the Hard Disk ..................................... 20
Optimizing System Performance (Hard Disk Defragmentation) ........... 20
Protecting Patient Data ........................................................................ 21
Files Saved to CDs ...................................................................................... 23
Specifying the Write Speed for the CD Drive .............................................. 24

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 1
4 Patient Data Management

4 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

Saving Patient Data


You can save patient data to the system's hard disk.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: The system indicates the quantity of
stored images and clips on the lower left of the real-time imaging screen.
Indicator Description
Img Indicates the quantity of images stored for the current
examination.
Clip Indicates the quantity of clips stored for the current examination.

Saving Patient Registration Data


Use the patient data form to save patient registration data to the system's
hard disk.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: Use the system presets to
automatically store a screen representation of the completed patient data
F6
form to the registered patient's study.
Patient ID
►AutoStore New Patient
To save patient registration data: Form
Register the patient.
The system stores the patient data to the system's hard disk when you
select the OK button at the bottom of the New Patient Data form.

Saving Images and Reports


You can save images and reports from the current examination to the [1] Instructions for Use
system's hard disk.
Configuring
Documentation
The system automatically saves patient report data and a representative Controls Ch 4
image of the report each time you save a patient report. The system retains
only the most recently saved patient report data for each exam type.

To save an image:
1. Freeze the image.
2. Press the documentation control (PRINT/STORE 1, PRINT/STORE 2,
or DIGITAL STORE) that is configured in the system presets for
disk storage.

To save a displayed patient report:


Press the documentation control (PRINT/STORE 1, PRINT/STORE 2,
or DIGITAL STORE) that is configured in the system presets for
disk storage.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 3
4 Patient Data Management

Saving Clips
(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

You can save (capture) a clip to the system's hard disk during a patient [1] Instructions for Use
examination.
Configuring
Documentation
Clips are stored at 40 Hz during live imaging or at the acoustic frame rate Controls Ch 4
(fps) during CINE. Configuring Clip
Options Ch 4
To save (capture) a clip:
Press the documentation control that is configured in the system
presets for clip capture.

4 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

Viewing Patient Data


You can view patient data that is stored on the system's hard disk or on the
inserted CD.

Hiding Patient Information on the Screen


You can hide patient information on the screen.

Use the system presets to continuously hide or display patient information.


F6
To hide or display patient information on the screen (using a shortcut):
Patient ID
Use the shortcut Ctrl+P: Press and hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard ►Hide Patient
and then press the P key on the keyboard. Demographic

Accessing the DIMAQ-IP Screens


The DIMAQ-IP feature is an integrated workstation with comprehensive
on-board image and data management capabilities.

The DIMAQ-IP feature includes the following screens:


Image screen – Displays images for the currently selected study.
Note: In this chapter, the term "Image screen" refers to a screen with the DIMAQ-IP [2] Instructions for Use
option. In other chapters of the Operating Instructions, the use of "image screen"
refers to a typical image screen that displays real-time images as they are acquired. Example of typical
"image screen" Ch A2
Study screen – Lists studies that are saved on the selected disk
(HD or CD).
To access the DIMAQ-IP screens (Study screen and Image screen):
1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.
If a patient is currently registered, then the system displays the Image
screen. If there is not a patient currently registered, then the system
displays the Study screen.

2. To display the Image screen (from the Study screen), select the
Image Screen button on the left of the screen.
3. To display the Study screen (from the Image screen), select the
Study Screen button on the left of the screen.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 5
4 Patient Data Management

Selecting and Displaying Patient Data


You can select images and studies listed on the DIMAQ Image and Study
screens. You can also sort, search for, and hide studies.

Selecting Images and Studies


To select… Do this:
An image in the Image screen Roll the trackball to position the pointer on the image and then press
the SET key.
A study in the Study screen Roll the trackball to position the pointer on the study and then press
the SET key.
Multiple nonconsecutive studies 1. Select a single study.
in the Study screen 2. For each additional study, roll the trackball to position the pointer on
the study, press and hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard, press the SET
key on the control panel, and then release the Ctrl key.
Multiple consecutive studies in 1. Select a single study (the first study).
the Study screen 2. Roll the trackball to position the pointer on the last study in the series,
press and hold the Shift key on the keyboard, press the SET key on
the control panel, and then release the Shift key.

Sorting Studies
You can sort studies and resize the columns displayed in the Study screen.

To sort the studies displayed in the Study screen:


1. Select a column heading (such as Patient Name or Images).
The system sorts the files in ascending order by the selected
column header.

2. To sort the files in descending order, select the column heading again.

To resize columns displayed in the Study screen:


1. Roll the trackball over the rightmost vertical line of the column.
2. Press and hold the SET key on the control panel and then roll the
trackball to the left or right until you achieve the desired column size.

4 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

Searching for Studies


You can search for studies stored on the hard disk or CD.

To search for a study:


1. Select the applicable option in the Disk section of the Study screen.
2. Select the Search... button on the right of the Study screen.
The system displays the Search… dialog box.

3. Use the keyboard to enter partial or complete values for a patient


last name or ID, or enter the study date or range of dates and then
select OK.
The system removes the Search… dialog box from the screen and
updates the Study screen, listing only those studies that equal the
entered values.

4. To display all studies on the disk (hard disk or CD), select the
Show All button on the right of the Study screen.
Note: The Show All button is available only after a search has been completed.

Hiding Studies
You can limit the display of studies to those newer than the selected age.
Note: This feature in not available for studies stored on CD.

To limit the display of studies:


1. Select the Hide Studies check box at the top of the Study screen.
2. Select the required age from the drop-down list to the right of the
check box.
The system displays studies newer than the selected age and indicates
the number of studies displayed (and the total number of studies) on the
upper left of the screen.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 7
4 Patient Data Management

Viewing Images and Reports


You can change the display format for images and reports, delete images
and reports, and use the slide show capability.

Scrolling Through Images and Reports


You can scroll through the images and reports displayed in the Image
screen.

To scroll through the images displayed in the Image screen:


Rotate the SELECT control.

Changing Display Formats


By default, the system optimizes the display format in the Image screen
(layout format) to fit the number of images contained in the selected study.
For example, if you select a study containing five images, the system
displays the images in the 3 x 3 layout format.

In the full-screen display format, the selected image expands to the full size
of the screen.

You can change the Image screen display (layout) format to display the
selected number of images per page and lock the format for use when you
display images from other studies. You can also toggle Image screen display
format with full-screen display format.

To change the layout format for Image screen display of images:


Select the required layout format from the drop-down list on the upper
left of the Image screen.
To lock the selected layout format:
Select the lock graphic check box on the upper left of the Image screen. Lock graphic check box.
The system retains the selected layout format until system shutdown.

To toggle Image screen display of an image with full-screen display:


Note: The term "double-click" refers to the action of rolling the trackball to position the
trackball pointer on the object and then pressing the SET key on the control panel twice in
quick succession.

Either press the SELECT control or double-click the image.


The system displays the image in full-screen display.

4 - 8 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

Limiting Display to Selected Images


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

You can select (mark) images out of sequence and then limit the display of
images to these marked images.
Check mark indicates
The system indicates each marked image by placing a check mark on the marked image.
lower right of the image. During simultaneous display of the marked images,
the system displays a check box on the upper left of the Image screen.

The system retains the check marks until you exit the Image screen. Check box indicates
that display is limited to
marked images.
To select images for simultaneous display:
1. For each image, roll the trackball to position the pointer over the image,
press the SET key on the control panel to select the image, and then
press the L/R FLIP key on the control panel to mark the image for
simultaneous display. L/R FLIP.

2. To cancel selection (marking) of an image, roll the trackball to position


the pointer over the image and then press the L/R FLIP key again.
3. Press the 4B key on the control panel to simultaneously display all the 4B.
marked images.
4. To exit simultaneous display of marked images, press the 4B key again.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 9
4 Patient Data Management

Using the Slide Show Capability (Sequentially


Viewing Images)
You can configure sequential viewing (slide show capability) of images
displayed on the Image screen.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: The configuration includes the length
of display for images. You can also specify the number of times each clip is
played back.

For software versions below 2.0:

To sequentially view images in the currently displayed study:


Select the Slideshow check box on the upper left of the Image screen
and then select the full-screen display format (1 x 1).
For software versions 2.0 and higher:

To configure images for sequential viewing in the currently


displayed study:
Note: The term "double-click" refers to the action of rolling the trackball to position the
trackball pointer on the object and then pressing the SET key on the control panel twice in
quick succession.

1. Select the Options button located on the left of the (DIMAQ)


Image screen.
2. Select the Slideshow on check box.
3. To define the length of display for each image, use the keyboard to
enter the time (in seconds, to the hundredth place) in the
Image Period (sec) text box.
4. To specify the number of times each clip is played back, use the
keyboard to enter the number in the Clip Play Loop text box.
5. Select OK.
The system redisplays the (DIMAQ) Image screen.

6. Double-click an image or clip to view the slide show using a full-screen


display format.

4 - 10 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

Deleting Images and Reports


You can delete images and reports from studies that are stored on the
system's hard disk.

To delete an image or report from a study stored on the system's


hard disk:
1. Select HD from the Disk section of the Study screen.
2. Select the required study (or studies) from the Study screen and then
select the Image Screen button on the left of the screen.
The system displays the study's images and reports on the
Image screen.

3. Select an image or report.


The system outlines the selected image or report.

4. Select the Delete button on the upper left of the screen and then
select the Yes button in the confirmation message box displayed by
the system.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 11
4 Patient Data Management

Making Measurements on Stored Images


You can make measurements on images from the current examination. You
can also store or print the image with the measurements.

Use the system presets to enable the system to save measurements on


stored images.
F6
Note: The system can save measurements performed on a stored image from the Storage
current study only. ►Image with Caliper

To make measurements on a displayed image for the current study:


Note: The term "double-click" refers to the action of rolling the trackball to position the
trackball pointer on the object and then pressing the SET key on the control panel twice in
quick succession.

1. Press the documentation key that is configured in the system presets


for disk storage.
The system saves the image to the system's hard disk and copies the [2] Instructions for Use
image to the Image screen.
Measurements
and Calculations Ch B1
2. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.
The system displays the Image screen.

3. From the Image screen, double-click an image for full-screen display.


4. Press the CALIPER key to activate the measurement function and then
perform the required measurements.
You can assign measurement labels to images.
5. Press the documentation key configured in the system presets for
disk storage or DICOM printing.
The system saves the image with measurements as a new image on
the system's hard disk and displays the image in the Image screen. If
the documentation key used is configured for DICOM printing, the
system also sends the image to the printer layout page.

4 - 12 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

6. To display the patient report, press the F2 key or select the Report
button from the Measurement menu.
7. To remove the patient report from the screen, select the Return button
on the lower right of the patient report or press the ESCAPE key on the
control panel.
8. To exit the measurement function and display the live image screen,
press the ESCAPE key on the control panel twice.
Note: You can use DIMAQ-IP to store or print the image with measurements to
a DICOM device.

Note: Labeled measurements (such as HC, or head circumference) and the following
measurement menu selections are not supported on accessed images: PI Auto,
Point Values, and Average Values.

When unsupported measurements are designated for system presets as


listed below, the system uses substitute supported measurements.

Unsupported System Presets Designated Substitute


System Presets Selection Measurement Option Measurement Option
Caliper Default Position Depth Center

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 13
4 Patient Data Management

Playing Back Clips


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

You can play back a clip during a patient examination or from completed and
saved studies. The playback speed is adjustable. You can also review a clip
frame by frame and scroll through images displayed in the Image screen.

The system indicates the location of the currently displayed frame using the
bar on the slider control displayed on the lower right of the Image screen.

To play back a clip during a patient examination:


1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.
The system displays the image(s) (including any clips) on the Image
screen. The system indicates image selection by outlining the selected
image. The last image acquired (the last image on the last page) is
automatically selected. When the selected image is a clip, the system
automatically plays it back.

2. Select the clip either by using the trackball and SET key or by rotating System Reference
the SELECT control. Changing
The system automatically plays back the selected clip. Display Formats 4-8
Searching
for Studies 4-7
3. To stop or start playback motion, choose a method:
– Press the FREEZE key on the control panel.
– Use the trackball and SET key to select the clip again. (In full-screen
display, press the SET key.)
– Use the clip control buttons at the bottom of the Image screen.
4. To adjust clip playback speed, use the Clip Speed slider control on the
lower left of the Image screen.

4 - 14 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

To play back a clip from a completed study that is saved to the


system's hard disk or to a CD:
1. Press the F6 key on the control panel to display the Study screen.
2. If the clip is stored on a CD, then insert the CD containing the clip into
the CD drive and select the Load button in the CD section of the Study
screen to close the CD tray.
3. Select the required disk (HD or CD) in the Disk section of the
Study screen.
4. Select the study and then select the Image Screen button.
The system displays the image(s) (including any clips) on the Image
screen. The system indicates image selection by outlining the selected
image. The last image acquired (the last image on the last page) is
automatically selected. When the selected image is a clip, the system
automatically plays it back.

5. Select the clip either by using the trackball and SET key or by rotating
the SELECT control. Displays the
previous frame.
The system automatically plays back the selected clip.

6. To stop or start playback motion, choose a method:


– Press the FREEZE key on the control panel. Displays the
next frame.
– Use the trackball and SET key to select the clip again. (In full-screen
display, press the SET key.)
– Use the clip control buttons at the bottom of the Image screen.
7. To adjust clip playback speed, use the Clip Speed slider control on the
lower left of the image screen.

To review a clip frame by frame:


In Image screen display format, stop the playback motion and then
select the appropriate clip control button at the bottom of the Image
Displays the
screen for display of the desired frame (previous frame or next frame). previous frame.
In full-screen display, stop the playback motion and then slowly roll the
trackball to the right or left.
Displays the
To scroll through the images displayed on the Image screen: next frame.
Rotate the SELECT control.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 15
4 Patient Data Management

Enabling Simultaneous Clip Playback


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

You can enable simultaneous clip playback of all clips displayed in the
(DIMAQ) Image screen.

To enable simultaneous playback of all clips within the currently


displayed study:
1. Select the Options button located on the left of the (DIMAQ)
Image screen.
The system displays the Options dialog box.

2. Select Play All Clips.


3. Select OK to save changes and close the Options dialog box.
The system redisplays the (DIMAQ) Image screen with clips
simultaneously in motion.

4. To disable simultaneous playback, reselect the Options button, select


Play Only Selected Clip, and then select OK.

4 - 16 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

Saving Frames from Clips


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

You can display a clip from the current study and then save one of the clip [1] Instructions for Use
frames as a separate image in the study.
Configuring
Documentation
Note: Clip frames from previous studies cannot be saved. Controls Ch 4

To save a clip frame from the current study:


Note: The term "double-click" refers to the action of rolling the trackball to position the
trackball pointer on the object and then pressing the SET key on the control panel twice in
quick succession.

1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.


The system displays the image(s) (including any clips) on the Image
screen. The system indicates image selection by outlining the selected
image. The last image acquired (the last image on the last page) is
automatically selected.

2. Select (click) the clip.


3. Either double-click the clip or press the SELECT control.
The system displays the clip in full-screen format.

4. Press the SET key to stop the playback motion and then roll the
trackball to display the required frame.
5. Press the documentation control that is configured in the system
presets for disk storage.
The system saves the displayed clip frame as a separate image in
the study.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 17
4 Patient Data Management

Managing Patient Data


You can transfer studies that are located on the system's hard disk or
inserted CD. You can also delete studies from the system's hard disk.

Transferring Studies
Using DIMAQ-IP's Study screen, you can archive studies onto CD. You can
finalize CDs to prevent subsequent storage of studies and to make CDs
readable by other CD drives. You can also import (copy) studies from CD to
the system's hard disk.
Note: DICOM-formatted data cannot be imported from CD to the system's hard disk. If
you plan to reimport data that you are archiving onto a CD, then select the Tiff/AVI check
box to archive Tiff-formatted images and AVI-formatted clips.

To archive a study onto a CD:


1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel to display the Study screen.
2. If the system displays the Image screen, then select the
Study Screen button to display the Study screen.
The system displays the Study screen.

3. Ensure that HD is selected in the Disk section of the Study screen.


4. Insert the CD into the CD drive and then select the Load button in the
CD section of the Study screen to close the CD tray.
5. Select a single study (or multiple studies) and then select Export in the
CD section of the Study screen.
The system copies the selected study or studies to the inserted CD and
updates the study's Archived status to CD.

6. To finalize the inserted CD:


a. Select the Finalize button in the CD section of the Study screen and
then select OK to confirm the operation.
The system displays a message indicating that finalization of the CD
is complete.

b. Select OK to remove the message from the screen.

4 - 18 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

To copy a study from the inserted CD to the system's hard disk:


1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel to display the Study screen.
2. If the system displays the Image screen, then select the
Study Screen button to display the Study screen.
The system displays the Study screen.

3. Insert the CD into the CD drive and then select the Load button in the
CD section of the Study screen to close the CD tray.
4. Ensure that CD is selected in the Disk section of the Study screen.
5. Select a single study (or multiple studies) and then select Import in the
CD section of the Study screen.
The system copies the selected study or studies to the system's hard
disk. When you select HD in the Disk section to display studies saved
on the system's hard disk, the Archived status of the imported study is
listed as Import.

Recording Stored Images


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher) System Reference

You can record stored images from the DIMAQ Image screen to videotape. Recording Patient
Data Ch 5
Using the
Note: Use the slideshow capability to record all images in a study.
Slideshow
Capability 4-10

Deleting Studies
You can remove studies from the system's hard disk.
Note: Studies on a CD cannot be deleted using the DIMAQ-IP Study screen. Also, you
cannot delete the current study.

To delete a study from the system's hard disk:


1. Select HD from the Disk section of the Study screen.
2. Select a single study (or multiple studies) in the Study screen and then
select Delete.
The system removes the study or studies from the system's hard disk.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 19
4 Patient Data Management

System Management of Studies on the


Hard Disk
A warning message displays at system start-up if the hard disk is nearly full.
If the hard disk is 70 percent full, the system indicates that unarchived
studies may soon be deleted. If the hard disk is 80 percent full, the system
indicates that unarchived studies will be immediately deleted.

When the hard disk reaches 70 percent capacity while the system is
running, the system automatically deletes all studies older than 48 hours
that are archived.

Optimizing System Performance (Hard Disk


Defragmentation)
(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

You can optimize system performance by routinely defragmenting the


system's hard disk to increase efficient disk space.

To defragment the system's hard disk:

Caution: To avoid damage to the data on the ultrasound system's hard disk,
you must follow this defragmentation procedure.

1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu and
then select DIMAQ Utility on the left of the screen. F6
2. Select the Defrag Now button at the top of the screen. DIMAQ Utility
The system displays the Disk Defragmenter screen.

3. Select the Defragment button at the bottom of the dialog box.


The system indicates that defragmentation is occurring and then
displays a message indicating that defragmentation is complete.

4. Select the Close button to remove the message from the screen.
The system redisplays the Disk Defragmenter screen.

5. Select the X on the upper right of the screen to exit the Disk
Defragmenter screen.
The system redisplays the DIMAQ Utility screen.

6. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to exit the DIMAQ Utility screen.

4 - 20 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

Protecting Patient Data


You can activate password protection of patient data accessed using
DIMAQ screens. You can also change the password.

When you activate password protection, the system requires entry of the
password the first time you access a DIMAQ screen after powering on the
system. You can reactivate password protection after accessing
patient data.

Use the system presets to activate password protection of patient data and
to change the password.
F6

To activate password protection of patient data: DIMAQ Utility

1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu and
then select DIMAQ Utility on the left of the screen.
2. To create a password or to change the existing password:
a. Select the Password button in the DIMAQ Study Access section
of the screen.
The system displays a dialog box for entry of the password. If a
password exists, then you must also enter the existing password.

b. Use the keyboard to enter the existing and/or new passwords in


each field as indicated and then select OK to exit the dialog box.
3. Select Enable for Password Protection in the DIMAQ Study Access
section of the screen.
The system displays a dialog box for entry of the password.

4. Use the keyboard to enter the existing password, select OK to exit the
dialog box, and then select OK to confirm the operation.
5. To save changes and exit the DIMAQ Utility screen:
– For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select the Save button at the
bottom of the screen.
– For software versions below 2.0: Select the OK button at the
bottom of the screen.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 21
4 Patient Data Management

To reactivate password protection of patient data:


1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu and
then select DIMAQ Utility on the left of the screen.
2. Select the Lock DIMAQ button in the DIMAQ Study Access section of
the screen and then select OK to confirm the operation.
3. To save changes and exit the DIMAQ Utility screen:
– For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select the Save button at the
bottom of the screen.
– For software versions below 2.0: Select the OK button at the
bottom of the screen.
To create a password or change the existing password:
1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu and
then select DIMAQ Utility on the left of the screen.
2. Select the Password button in the DIMAQ Study Access section of
the screen.
The system displays a dialog box for entry of the password. If a
password exists, then you must also enter the existing password.

3. Use the keyboard to enter the existing and/or new passwords in each
field as indicated and then select OK to exit the dialog box.
4. To save changes and exit the DIMAQ Utility screen:
– For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select the Save button at the
bottom of the screen.
– For software versions below 2.0: Select the OK button at the
bottom of the screen.

4 - 22 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
4 Patient Data Management

Files Saved to CDs


Compact disks (CDs) may contain the file types listed below.

Patient folders are labeled by the related patient ID. Study folders are
labeled with the date and time of the study, using the date format
MM.DD.YYYY, where YYYY is the year, MM is the month, and DD is the
day, and the time format HH.MM.SS, where HH is the hour, MM is the
minute, and SS is the second. The date format used to name the study
folders is unrelated to the date format set in the system presets.
Note: DICOM-formatted files are stored in the DICOM directory on the CD. Patient data
for each file is identified when viewed using a DICOM viewing tool.

Location (within the


Extension File name* Data Included in File siemens/studies folder)

.AVI <ID>_<date><time>_<#> Clip that was saved to the CD. clips folder within the study
folder, within the ID-labeled
patient folder
.CAL <ID>_<date><time>_<#> Image display parameters for the images folder** within the
image file (.TIF) with an identical study folder, within the
file name. ID-labeled patient folder
.DAT Archive Archival status of the related study folder within the
study. ID-labeled patient folder
.DAT Study Patient data for a specific study study folder within the
that was saved to the CD. ID-labeled patient folder
.REP <ID><date><exam type> Patient report data for a patient reports folder within the
report that was saved to the CD. study folder, within the
ID-labeled patient folder
.SCALE <ID>_<date><time>_<#> N/A—not used. images folder** within the
study folder, within the
ID-labeled patient folder
.TIF <ID>_<date><time>_<#> Image that was saved to the CD images folder** within the
or image of patient report that was study folder, within the
saved to the CD. ID-labeled patient folder
* Terms in italic type and in carets (<>) indicate information used to name the file. The date format is YYYYMMDD for
.REP files and MM.DD.YYYY for all other files, where YYYY is the year, MM is the month, and DD is the day (this date
format is unrelated to the date format set in the system presets). The time format for all files is HH.MM.SS, where HH is
the hour, MM is the minute, and SS is the second. The number sign (#) is a counter used to facilitate searching for images.
The counter increments one unit for each image saved.
**Disregard the contents of the folders within the images folder. These contents are used only when viewing images and
reports on the ultrasound system.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 4 - 23
4 Patient Data Management

Specifying the Write Speed for the CD Drive


You can specify the write speed for the CD drive on the ultrasound system.

To specify the write speed for the CD drive:


1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu and
then select DIMAQ Utility on the left of the screen.
2. Select the speed from the Write speed drop-down list in the CDR
section of the screen.
3. To save changes and exit the DIMAQ Utility screen:
– For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select the Save button at the
bottom of the screen.
– For software versions below 2.0: Select the OK button at the
bottom of the screen.

4 - 24 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices
Using the CD Drive ............................................................................................. 3
Formatting CDs ............................................................................................. 3

Storing and Retrieving System Presets and QuickSets.................................. 4


Preset File Type Descriptions........................................................................ 7

Video Cassette Recorders ................................................................................. 8


VCR Communication Set Up ......................................................................... 8
Recording Patient Data.................................................................................. 9
Using Video Playback .................................................................................... 9
Making Measurements on Recorded Data .................................................. 10

Printers .............................................................................................................. 12
Report Printers ............................................................................................ 12
Manufacturers of Medically-Approved Isolation Transformers ............. 13
Mitigating the Risk of Connecting a Report Printer .............................. 14
Patient Environment............................................................................. 15
USB Report Printers ............................................................................. 16
Mitsubishi P93W Printer Installation............................................................ 21
Preparing the Ultrasound System......................................................... 21
Routing the Cables ............................................................................... 22
Attaching the Mounting Bracket to the Printer..................................... 24
Installing and Connecting the Printer.................................................... 25

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 1
5 Documentation Devices

5 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

Using the CD Drive


To insert a CD into the CD drive on the ultrasound system:
1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel to display the Study screen.
2. If the system displays the Image screen, then select the
Study Screen button to display the Study screen.
3. Select the Eject button in the CD section of the Study screen.
The system ejects the CD tray.

4. Place the CD onto the CD tray.


5. Select the Load button in the CD section of the Study screen.
The system closes the CD tray and reads the CD.

To eject an inserted CD:


1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel to display the Study screen.
2. If the system displays the Image screen, then select the
Study Screen button to display the Study screen.
3. Select the Eject button in the CD section of the Study screen.
The system ejects the CD tray.

4. Remove the CD from the CD tray.


5. Select the Load button in the CD section of the Study screen.
The system closes the CD tray.

Formatting CDs
You can format CDs before use.

To format the inserted CD:


1. Display the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen.
2. Select CD-R/RW from the drop-down list on the lower left of the
Preset/QuickSet Utility screen to display the Format button.
3. Select the Format button at the bottom of the screen.
The system displays the CD-RW Format dialog box.

4. To specify quick formatting, select the Quick Format check box.


5. Select OK to begin formatting the CD.
The system removes the CD-RW Format dialog box from the screen,
formats the CD, and then displays a status message.

6. Select OK to exit the status message.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 3
5 Documentation Devices

Storing and Retrieving System Presets


and QuickSets
System Reference
You can save user-defined QuickSets and system presets to a CD and then
retrieve the files as needed.The system saves each QuickSet to an individual System Presets Ch 3
QuickSet file and each type of system presets to an individual Preset Formatting CDs 5-3
Preset File Type
file.You can retrieve one Preset file at a time. Descriptions 5-7

On the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen, the system lists the contents


stored to the selected location (system's hard disk or CD).The system [2] Instructions for Use
organizes Preset files by file name and file type and QuickSet files by name, Creating a
exam, and transducer.When the contents of the CD are displayed, the QuickSet Ch A1
system also lists the date and time of storage for each Preset file and
QuickSet file.
Note: The date and time for Preset files stored on the system's hard disk do not match
the date and time for Preset files stored on CD (which represent the actual time of
storage).When you display the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen and select the contents of
the system's hard disk for display, the system updates the date and time included in the
Preset file names stored on the system's hard disk.

To display the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen, choose one of the


following methods:
Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets and
then select Preset/QuickSet Utility on the left of the screen.
Press the F8 key on the keyboard to access the Save/Delete QuickSet
screen and then select the Preset/QuickSet Utility button on the lower
left of the screen.

5 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

To save Presets and/or QuickSets to the inserted CD:


1. Display the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen.
2. Select System from the drop-down list on the lower left of the
Preset/QuickSet Utility screen to display the contents of the system's
hard disk.
3. To sort the displayed Preset files or QuickSet files, select the required
column heading.
4. Select Preset(s) and/or QuickSet(s) for storage by selecting the check
box to the left of each Preset and/or QuickSet.
5. Select the required write speed from the CD-R/RW Write Speed drop-
down list on the upper right of the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen.
6. Select the Export button and confirm the storage operation; if
overwriting, confirm the overwrite operation.
The system stores the selected Presets and QuickSets to the CD and
then displays a status message.

7. Select OK to exit the status message.


The system ejects and then re-inserts the CD.

8. To close the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen, select the Exit button on


the lower right of the screen.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 5
5 Documentation Devices

To retrieve a Preset and/or QuickSet(s) from the inserted CD:


Note: When you retrieve a Preset, the system overwrites related settings in the system
presets.When you retrieve a QuickSet, the system overwrites any existing QuickSet that
has the same name.

1. Display the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen.


2. Select CD-R/RW from the drop-down list on the lower left of the
Preset/QuickSet Utility screen to display the contents of the
inserted CD.
3. To update the displayed list of files, select the Update button at the
bottom of the screen.
4. To sort the displayed Preset files or QuickSet files, select the required
column heading.
5. To select a Preset for retrieval:
a. Select the required file type from the File Type drop-down box on
the upper right of the screen.
The system displays all Preset files of the selected type that are
currently saved on the CD.

b. Select the required file.


The system highlights the selected file.

6. To select QuickSet(s) for retrieval, select the check box to the left of
each required QuickSet file.
7. Select the Import button; if required, confirm the operation.
If you retrieved Preset(s), then the system displays a message indicating
that a system reboot is required.

8. Select OK to confirm the displayed reboot operation message, if


displayed.
The system reboots (cycles power).

9. If you retrieved QuickSet(s) only, then select the Exit button on the
lower right of the screen to close the Preset/QuickSet Utility screen.

5 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

Preset File Type Descriptions


Each Preset file type saves a specific set of system preset settings.

Preset File Settings Saved


Type F6
General Settings under the following system preset menu items:
M&R
System General ►Measurement
Presets and Report Preset
Day/Time (except for Date and Time)
►►Standard OB/
Patient ID Early OB
Imaging User-Defined
Peripheral ►►Item &
Reference
Customize Keys Selection
Boot Up (except for Bootup Exam, which is saved with the
Default Settings Preset file type)
Storage
Display
ReadySet
M&R (General Caliper setting only)
System/Language (Select Language setting only)
OB Tables and All user-defined formulas and tables plus the items and
Formulas references for the Obstetric measurements and reports package
(under the M&R system preset menu item).
Default Settings under the following system preset menu items:
Settings Boot Up (Bootup Exam setting only)
Default Settings
User-Defined Exam List
M&R (Measurement and Report Preset settings only, for all
exam types)
Network Settings under the following system preset menu items:
Settings DICOM
Networking
Total System All settings that are saved for the following Preset file types:
Configuration General System Presets Preset file type
OB Tables and Formulas Preset file type
Default Settings Preset file type

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 7
5 Documentation Devices

Video Cassette Recorders


Caution: When the ultrasound system is expecting a video signal from a
connected input/output device, a bright band displays on the screen.The screen
saver on the ultrasound system does not replace this bright band.To avoid
permanent damage to the screen (phosphorus burn-in), return the system to an
imaging display before leaving the monitor unattended.

Note: Please refer to the manufacturer's user manual for instructions on operating
your VCR.

Note: While the ultrasound system is designed to provide the highest quality of images
to a documentation or storage device, image quality during playback is dependent on the
VCR and video tape being used.Always use an S-VHS videotape.

VCR Communication Set Up


Connect the VCR cables to the "Y/C Video" ports on the Input/Output panel
of the ultrasound system.

Use the system presets to designate the video input port on the ultrasound
system that is connected to the VCR cables. F6

To designate which video input port is connected to the VCR cables: Peripheral
►Video Input Source
1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen.

2. Select Peripheral on the left of the screen.


3. Select S-VHS for Video Input Source.
4. Select the Save button to store the new settings and exit the
system presets.

5 - 8 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

Recording Patient Data


Standard video signals are provided in PAL and NTSC formats.If you plan to
make measurements on the recorded data, then configure the system to
display the playback code.The playback code is the encoded image
information required for measurements on recorded data.

For software versions 2.0 and higher: You can record stored images from
the DIMAQ Image screen to videotape.

Use the system presets to display the playback code.


F6
To display the playback code:
Display
1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to access the system presets. ►Playback Code

The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen.

2. Select Display on the left of the screen.


3. Select On for Playback Code.
4. Select the Save button to store the new settings and exit the
system presets.

To record patient data using a VCR:


Note: For software versions 2.0 and higher: Use the slide show capability to record all System Reference
images in a study.
Using the Slide
Insert a videocassette into the VCR and then use the VCR controls to Show Capability Ch 4
begin recording.

Using Video Playback


During video playback, an image can be paused and then printed through a
connected printing device.

To play back a recorded image:


1. Insert a videocassette into the VCR and then press the VIDEO I/O key
on the keyboard.
Communication between the VCR and the imaging system is opened.
2. Use the VCR controls to play back the recorded image.
3. To discontinue communication between the VCR and the ultrasound
system and resume real-time imaging, press VIDEO I/O again.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 9
5 Documentation Devices

Making Measurements on Recorded Data


You can make measurements on recorded examination data and view System Reference
subsequent patient report data if the playback code was displayed when the
Displaying the
data was recorded. playback code 5-9
Playing back
Note: To keep a record of measurements or patient report data, print the image or recorded data 5-9
patient report.

Note: The following measurements are not supported on recorded examination data:
PI Auto, Point Values, and Average Values.

When unsupported measurements are designated for system presets as


listed below, the system uses substitute supported measurements.
Unsupported System Presets Designated Substitute
System Presets Selection Measurement Option Measurement Option
Caliper Default Position Depth Center

To make measurements on recorded examination data:


Note: To change the patient information (other than patient ID) previously entered into
the Playback Caliper dialog box for measurements on a videotape, first close and
re-open communication between the VCR and the imaging system by pressing the
VIDEO I/O key on the keyboard twice.

1. Before opening communication between the VCR and the imaging [1] Instructions for Use
system, press the F5 key on the keyboard to select the exam type for Changing the Exam
the measurements you want to make.For example, if you want to make Type Ch 5
obstetric measurements, press the F5 key and then select OB.
2. Insert a videotape into the VCR and then press the VIDEO I/O key on
the keyboard.
Communication between the VCR and the imaging system is opened.

3. Play back the recorded data and then use the VCR controls to pause
playback when the required image is displayed.
4. Press the CALIPER key on the control panel.
The system displays the Playback Caliper dialog box, with text boxes
specific to the selected exam type.

5. Enter the following required information into the dialog box:


– Playback code (which is displayed at the bottom of the screen) into
the Playback Code textbox.
– Date of the patient examination into the Study Date text box.

5 - 10 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

6. Enter other information into the dialog box as required.


7. Select the OK button on the dialog box.
The system removes the Playback Caliper dialog box from the screen
and displays the measurement options applicable to the selected
exam type.

8. Make measurements as required.


9. To view patient report data when available, select the Report selection System Reference
on the left of the screen while measurements are active. Printing Images and
10. To exit the measurement function, press the ESCAPE key on the Patient Reports 5-12
control panel.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 11
5 Documentation Devices

Printers
You can print images from a current examination, a patient report, CINE
data, or an image retrieved from a disk or videotape.
Note: Refer to the manufacturer's user manual for proper handling and operating
instructions of the printer installed on your ultrasound system.

Report Printers
WARNING: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital System Reference
interfaces must be certified according to the respective EN and IEC standards Accessories and
(for example, EN 60950 and IEC 60950 for data processing equipment and Options Ch 2
EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment).Furthermore, all
configurations shall comply with the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and
IEC 60601-1-1.Anyone who connects additional equipment to the signal input or
signal output port configures a medical system and is therefore responsible that
the system complies with the requirements of the system standards
EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1.Siemens can only guarantee the performance
and safety of the devices listed in the System Reference.If in doubt, consult
Siemens service department or your local Siemens representative.

WARNING: Equipment connected to the ultrasound system and in the patient


environment must be powered from a medically-isolated power source or must
be a medically-isolated device.Equipment powered from a non-isolated source
can result in chassis leakage currents exceeding safe levels.Chassis leakage
current created by an accessory or device connected to a non-isolated outlet
may add to the chassis leakage current of the ultrasound system.

WARNING: Non-medical grade report printers cannot be used within a patient


environment.

WARNING: During use of a non-medical grade report printer or when a non-


medical grade report printer is connected to the ultrasound system, the
ultrasound system cannot in any way be in contact with a patient.

Relevant standards for some non-medical electrical equipment may have


limits for enclosure leakage currents higher than required by medical
standards.These higher standards are acceptable only outside the patient
environment.It is essential to reduce enclosure leakage currents when non-
medical electrical equipment is to be used within the patient
environment.Measures for reducing leakage current include use of a
medically-approved isolation transformer.

5 - 12 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

The ultrasound system has printer drivers compatible with non-medical


grade report printers.Siemens does not guarantee the performance and
safety of any non-medical grade report printer.Non-medical grade report
printers do not fulfill the following safety requirements:
EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1 (Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1:
General Requirements for Safety).
EN 60601-1-2 and IEC 60601-1-2 (Electromagnetic Compatibility of
Medical Devices).
If a non-medical grade report printer is to be used with the ultrasound
system, then you must ensure mitigation is provided to meet all safety
requirements.It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the ultrasound
system in combination with the non-medical grade report printer complies
with safety requirements.
Always use a medically-approved isolation transformer with a non-
medical grade report printer.
Mitigate risk with regard to the Electromagnetic Compatibility of Medical
Devices requirement.A non-medical grade device must be designed,
manufactured, and certified to meet the same EMC (electromagnetic
compatibility) requirements as the ultrasound system, or other means
must ensure that the overall EMC requirements are met.

Manufacturers of Medically-Approved
Isolation Transformers
Manufacturer Web Site
Tripp Lite www.tripplite.com
Toroid Corporation of Maryland www.toroid.com
Dale Technology Inc. www.daletech.com

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 13
5 Documentation Devices

Mitigating the Risk of Connecting a Report Printer


To fulfill EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1 (Medical Electrical Equipment,
Part 1: General Requirements for Safety) requirements for non-medical
peripheral equipment:
The non-medical peripheral equipment must be approved according to
any other EN or IEC standard (EN XXXXX or IEC XXXXX, e.g., equipment
complying with EN 60348 and IEC 60348, EN 60950 and
IEC 60950, etc.).
The connection of non-medical peripheral equipment to your ultrasound
system must adhere to the following conditions:
1. Connect the ultrasound system to an AC power outlet within a
medically used room within the patient environment.A patient
environment is defined as an area in which medical examination,
monitoring, or treatment of the patient takes place.The patient
environment is located 1.5 meters (1.8 meters [6 feet] in Canada
and the U.S.A.) around the patient location.
2. Connect the peripheral equipment AC power cable to medically
approved isolation transformer.
3. Connect the medically approved isolation transformer to a main AC
outlet either inside or outside the patient environment.The
peripheral device and medically approved isolation transformer
combination can be either (a) within the same room as the
ultrasound system, or (b) in a non-medically used room.
For additional information and other possible combinations, please refer to
the Medical Electrical Equipment Standard EN 60601-1-1 or IEC 60601-1-1,
Annex BBB.7, Scenario 3c.
Note: The above information is based on current EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1
standards, dated 2000-12.If your country's regulatory standards for medical equipment do
not correspond to EN 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1, as well as, EN 60601-1-1 and
IEC 60601-1-1, your local requirements may differ.

5 - 14 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

Patient Environment

1 Patient environment (represented by shading, extending exactly 1.5 meters


(1.8 meters [6 feet] in Canada and the U.S.A.) around patient and ultrasound system)
2 Ultrasound system
3 Peripheral equipment (EN XXXXX and IEC XXXXX)
4 Peripheral equipment power
5 Medically-approved isolation transformer
6 Medically-approved isolation transformer power cord
7 Printer data cable
8 Additional protective earth
9 Ultrasound system power

1 2.5 meters (typical)


2 1.5 meters (1.8 meters [6 feet] in Canada and the U.S.A.)

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 15
5 Documentation Devices

USB Report Printers


A USB printer for printing patient reports can be connected to the ultrasound
system at one of the USB ports located on the input/output panel on the left
side of the system.A USB port on the ultrasound system has the capability
for use with a USB printer compatible with the HP PCL 3 protocol.

You must observe all safety precautions for connecting a non-medical device
to the ultrasound system.
Note: The SET key on the control panel functions as a point-and-select device (similar to
a computer mouse) when used with the trackball.To select an on-screen object such as a
button or a check box, roll the trackball to position the pointer (cursor) on the object and
then press the SET key on the control panel.

Connecting and Installing a USB Printer


Before beginning this procedure, ensure that the USB printer is
disconnected from the ultrasound system.

To connect a USB printer:


1. Press the on/off ( ) switch to power on the ultrasound system.
When the power on sequence is complete, the system displays the
active image screen.

2. Power on the USB printer and ensure that there is paper in the
feeder tray.
3. Connect the USB cable from the printer to a USB port on the
input/output panel on the left side of the ultrasound system.
After a few seconds, the system displays the Found New Hardware
Wizard dialog box.
Note: If the system does not display the new hardware dialog box, then it displays
an error dialog box.You must alternatively use the "Alternate USB Printer Installation"
procedure.

4. Press the MENU key on the control panel to activate the trackball
pointer.
5. Select Install from a list or specific location (Advanced) and then
select Next.
The system displays a new dialog box.

6. Select Don't search. I will choose the driver to install. and then
select Next.
The system displays a new dialog box.

5 - 16 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

7. Ensure that the Show compatible hardware check box is not selected.
8. Select HP in the Manufacturer column and HP DeskJet in the Printers
column and then select the Next button.
The system displays the Update Driver Warning dialog box.

9. Select Yes.
The system displays the Completing the Found New Hardware
Wizard dialog box.

10. Select Finish. System Reference

The system displays the active image screen. Confirming


Installation 5-19
11. Select a USB printer and then print a report to confirm the installation.

Alternate USB Printer Installation


Use this procedure when you have attempted to install a USB printer and
the ultrasound system does not automatically display the Found New
Hardware Wizard dialog box.

1. Press the MENU key on the control panel to activate the trackball
pointer.
2. Select the Cancel button until the system displays the message Do you
want to continue Setup without copying this file.
3. Select No.
The system displays the active image screen.

4. Press the F6 key.


The system displays the Preset Main Menu.

5. Select DIMAQ Utility on the left of the screen.


The system displays the DIMAQ Utility screen.

6. Select Install Printer.


The system displays the Add Printer Wizard dialog box.

7. Select Next.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 17
5 Documentation Devices

8. Follow these instructions for each wizard screen presented by the Add
Printer Wizard.
Wizard Screen User Action
Local or Network 1. Select Local printer attached to this computer.
Printer 2. Clear (disable) the Automatically detect and
install my Plug and Play printer check box.
3. Select Next.
Select a Printer Port 1. Select Use the following port:.
2. Select the down arrow on the right.
3. Select an available USB port (for example, USB001
(Virtual printer port for USB)).
4. Press the SET key.
5. Select Next.
Install Printer 1. Select HP in the Manufacturer column.
Software 2. Select HP DeskJet in the Printers column.
3. Select Next.
Use Existing Driver 1. Select Keep existing driver (recommended).
2. Select Next.
Name Your Printer 1. Select Yes.
2. Select Next.
Printer Sharing 1. Select Do not share this printer.
2. Select Next.
Print Test Page 1. Select Yes.
2. Select Next.
Completing the Add 1. Select Finish.
Printer Wizard 2. Select the OK button after the test page prints.
The system displays the DIMAQ Utility screen.

9. Select OK.
The system displays the active image screen.

10. Select a USB printer and then print a report to confirm the installation. System Reference
Confirming
Installation 5-19

5 - 18 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

Confirming Installation
To confirm installation, select a USB printer and then print a report.

Selecting the USB Printer


Use the system presets to select a USB printer as the system's report
printing device.

To select a USB printer:


1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu.

2. Select Peripheral from the left of the screen.


3. Select the USB Printer check box.
4. Select the Select button to the right of the USB Printer check box.
The system displays a list of the installed USB printers.

5. Select the required printer and then select the OK button.


6. Select the Save button.
The system displays the active image screen.

Testing the USB Printer Installation


Test the installation of the printer by printing a report.
Note: You can perform this test without actual data in a report.

To test the USB printer installation:


1. Press the F5 key on the keyboard.
The system displays the Exam and QuickSet screen.

2. Select OB.
3. Press the F2 key.
The system displays an obstetrical report.

4. Select the Send Report button on the lower right of the screen.
The system sends the report to the selected USB printer and changes
the Send Report button to Cancel.

a. To interrupt immediately, select the Cancel button.


b. To stop after the current page, press the ESCAPE key.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 19
5 Documentation Devices

Configuring Automatic Printing of Stored Images


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

You can enable or disable automatic printing of stored images.

When automatic printing is enabled and you store an image to the


ultrasound system's hard disk, the system automatically prints the stored
image to the selected USB printer.

To enable or disable automatic printing of stored images, choose a


method:
Use the Ctrl+U shortcut: Press and hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard
and then press the U key on the keyboard.
Use the system presets:
a. Press the F6 key to display the Preset Main Menu.
b. Select DIMAQ Utility on the left of the screen.
The system displays the DIMAQ Utility screen.

c. Select the Autoprint Images check box in the Printer section of


the screen.
d. Select the printer from the drop-down list in the Printer section of
the screen.
e. Select the Save button to save changes and redisplay the image
screen.

5 - 20 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

Mitsubishi P93W Printer Installation


This installation procedure provides instructions for installing the Mitsubishi
P93W printer to the ultrasound imaging system.

Preparing the Ultrasound System


REQUIREMENTS:
SONOLINE G20 ultrasound system
To prepare the ultrasound system for installation of the P93W printer:
1. Power off the ultrasound system: press the partial on/off ( ) switch
located on the upper left of the control panel on the ultrasound system.
The switch glows amber to indicate that the system power is in a
standby status.
2. Push down the circuit breaker (located at the bottom of the back panel
on the ultrasound system).

1 Circuit Breaker

Location of circuit breaker on the ultrasound system.

3. Unplug the power cord from the wall receptacle.


4. Disconnect all transducers.
5. Press each brake lever to lock the wheels.
6. Unscrew the mounting bracket located on the rear shelf of the
ultrasound system and remove the bracket from the system.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 21
5 Documentation Devices

Routing the Cables


REQUIREMENTS:
Ultrasound system (completely disconnected from power supply)
Mitsubishi P93W Kit Contents:
– Printer
– User manual for the Printer
– Thermal paper for the Printer
– Power cable
– Remote cable
– BNC cable

1 Power Cable
2 Remote Cable
3 BNC Cable

1 2 3

To route the printer cables on the ultrasound system:

WARNING: Avoid electrical safety hazards.Ensure that the cables are carefully
routed according to the installation instructions.Improperly routed cables can
cause the ultrasound system to exceed standards for electromagnetic
compliance.

1. Route the BNC cable and the remote cable through the access hole
(located on the left of the ultrasound system's rear shelf) toward the
input/output panel.

Routing the BNC cable and remote cable through the access hole toward the input/output
panel.

5 - 22 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

2. Connect the cables to the input/output panel.


a. Connect the BNC cable to the middle BNC connector.
b. Connect the remote cable to the printer connector.

1 BNC Cable
2 Remote Cable

Connecting the BNC cable and remote cable to the input/output panel.

3. Connect the printer's power cable to one of the ultrasound system's


accessory outlets (located at the back of the ultrasound system, above
the rear shelf).

Connecting the power cable to the accessory outlet.

4. Position the power cable toward the side of the ultrasound system with
the input/output panel.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 23
5 Documentation Devices

Attaching the Mounting Bracket to the Printer


REQUIREMENTS:
Mounting bracket (removed from rear shelf of ultrasound system)
Four thumb screws (packaging is affixed to the bottom of the mounting
bracket)
Printer
To attach the mounting bracket to the printer:

WARNING: Avoid equipment damage and personal injury.You must use the
thumb screws provided in the packaging with the mounting bracket.Use of a
substitute thumbscrew can possibly result in equipment damage and potential
personal injury.

WARNING: Avoid equipment damage and personal injury.Ensure that the


screws are tightly fastened.Unsecured screws can cause the printer to dislodge
and possibly result in equipment damage and potential personal injury.

1. Position the printer upside down with the front of the printer facing you.
2. Position the mounting bracket upside down over the four screw holes
on the bottom of the printer with the mounting bracket's tabs positioned
to the right.

1 Thumb screw
2 Tab
3 Mounting bracket
4 Bottom of printer

Positioning the mounting bracket on the printer.

3. Remove the packaging with the thumbscrews affixed to the bottom of


the mounting bracket.
4. Tightly fasten the mounting bracket to the printer with the four
thumbscrews

5 - 24 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

Installing and Connecting the Printer


REQUIREMENTS:
Ultrasound system (completely disconnected from power supply)
Printer cables connected to ultrasound system (power cable, BNC cable,
and remote cable)
Printer and attached mounting bracket (upright position)
To install the printer on the ultrasound system:

WARNING: Avoid electrical safety hazards.Ensure that the mounting bracket


does not bind any cable during the installation process.Pinched or damaged
cables can cause the ultrasound system to exceed standards for
electromagnetic compliance.

WARNING: Avoid equipment damage and personal injury.Use extreme care


when handling the printer and attached mounting bracket.Dropping the printer
can cause equipment damage and potential personal injury.

WARNING: Avoid equipment damage and personal injury.Ensure that the


screws are tightly fastened.Unsecured screws can cause the printer to dislodge
and possibly result in equipment damage and potential personal injury.

1. Slide the printer and attached mounting bracket toward the front of the
ultrasound system so that the tabs on the bracket fit into the two slots
on the ultrasound system's rear shelf.

1 1 Rear of System

Attaching the bracket and printer to the ultrasound system.

2. Ensure that the mounting bracket is not binding any cable.


3. Tightly fasten the mounting bracket (rear) to the ultrasound system with
the thumbscrew.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 25
5 Documentation Devices

4. Connect the printer cables from the ultrasound system to the back of
the printer.
a. Connect the power cord to "AC LINE."
b. Connect the BNC cable to "IN VIDEO."
c. Connect the remote cable to "REMOTE."

Connecting the cables to the printer.

5. Ensure that the DIP SW 1 control (on the back of the printer) is set to
"ON" and that the DIP SW 2 through 6 controls are set to "OFF."

Confirming settings of DIPswitch.

6. Verify the operation of the printer.

5 - 26 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
5 Documentation Devices

Powering on the System


1. Ensure that the printer and mounting bracket are securely attached to
the ultrasound system.
2. Connect a transducer to the ultrasound system.
3. Connect the power cord to a wall receptacle.
4. Push up the circuit breaker (located at the bottom of the back panel on
the ultrasound system).
5. Power on the ultrasound system: press the partial on/off ( ) switch
located on the upper left of the control panel on the ultrasound system.
The switch glows blue to indicate that the system is powered on.

6. Confirm that a 2D-mode image displays on the monitor.

Verifying Printer Operation


1. Press the power switch on the left of the printer to power on the
printer.
2. Set up the ultrasound system for printing to the printer as follows:
a. Press F6 on the keyboard.
The system displays the Preset Main Menu screen.

b. Roll the trackball to highlight Customize Keys along the left of the
screen and then press the SET key on the control panel.
The system displays the Customize Keys screen.
Set.
c. Under Print/Store Key, select B/W Printer and then press the
SET key.
d. Select Save and then press the SET key on the control panel.
The system displays the ultrasound image.

3. Press the PRINT/STORE key and verify that the image is printed
correctly on the printer.
4. For troubleshooting the operation of the printer, refer to the user manual Print Store.
for the printer.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 5 - 27
5 Documentation Devices

5 - 28 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option
About DICOM...................................................................................................... 3
Current and Previous Studies ........................................................................ 3
Screens ......................................................................................................... 4
DICOM Storing and Printing .......................................................................... 5
Storing Studies .............................................................................................. 6

DICOM Setup ...................................................................................................... 7


Configuring the System and Devices for DICOM .......................................... 7
Creating and Editing Aliases ................................................................... 8
Activating Aliases ................................................................................. 14
Deleting Aliases.................................................................................... 15
Field Descriptions for DICOM Configuration Screens ................................. 16
Fields in the Host Setup Screen........................................................... 16
Fields in the DICOM Storage Server Setup Screen.............................. 17
Fields in the Worklist Server Setup Screen .......................................... 18
Fields in the DICOM BW Printer Setup Screen .................................... 19
Fields in the Storage Commitment Setup Screen ................................ 22
Fields in the MPPS Setup Screen ........................................................ 22

DICOM Storing and Printing............................................................................ 23


Configuring Clip Options for DICOM ........................................................... 23
Configuring the System for In-Progress Store ............................................. 24
Storing Images to DICOM Storage Servers................................................. 26
Printing Images to DICOM Printers ............................................................. 27
Arranging Printer Layout Pages ............................................................ 31
Queue Status Indicators .............................................................................. 33

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 1
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

6 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

About DICOM
Important Note: Before using the DICOM Connectivity option, familiarize yourself with System Reference
the functionality of the DIMAQ-IP Study and Image screens.
Study screen Ch 5
The DICOM (Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine) Connectivity Image screen Ch 5
option works in conjunction with the DIMAQ-IP integrated workstation to
provide digital image transfer via a DICOM network for both storage and
printing. With the option installed, the ultrasound system is a DICOM
Storage Class User and DICOM Print Class User.

Current and Previous Studies


This chapter describes studies as current or previous. Since the ultrasound
system allows only one patient to be registered at a time, a current study is
linked to that patient. You initiate a current study (examination) by
registering a patient. This study remains current until you create a new
study by:
Registering a new patient after pressing the F1 key or
Re-registering the current patient by selecting the New button on the
Study screen.
You can also end a current study without creating a new study by:
Selecting the Close Study button in the Image screen or the
Close button in the Study screen, or
Shutting down the ultrasound system.
A current study that has been ended in any of these ways becomes a
previous study. A previous study remains linked to its original patient data
and can be accessed from the Study screen. Original patient data cannot be
changed in a previous study.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 3
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Screens
The following screens are used with DICOM and are accessed by pressing
the REVIEW key on the control panel:
Image screen – Displays images for the currently selected study. When [1] Instructions for Use
the DICOM option is installed, includes selections for sending images to
Example of typical
DICOM printers. "Image screen" Ch 1
Note: In this chapter, the term "Image screen" refers to a screen within the
DIMAQ-IP feature. In other chapters of the operating instructions, the use of "image
screen" refers to a typical live image screen that displays real-time images as they
are acquired.

Study screen – Lists studies that are saved on the selected disk (HD or
CD). When the DICOM option is installed, includes selections for
sending studies to DICOM printers and storage servers.
DICOM screen – Displays tabs for pages that list current
DICOM activity:
– DICOM BW Printer Layout displays black and white images
assembled according to a selected format for the
DICOM Print Queue.
– DICOM Print Queue lists images sent to the DICOM printer.
– DICOM Store Queue lists images sent to the DICOM
storage server.

6 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

DICOM Storing and Printing


You can send images from current or previous studies to the DICOM Store
Queue as follows: F6
You can send all images directly from the Study screen to the DICOM Storage
Store Queue for a previous study. ► Autostore to
DICOM1
If the Autostore to DICOM setting is selected in the system presets, DICOM
you can automatically send all images in the Image screen to the ►Print When Page is
DICOM Store Queue when a current study is closed. Full
►Print at End of Exam
You can print from current or previous studies to a DICOM printer ► Autostore to
as follows: DICOM2

You can assemble individual images on a printer layout page in a current


or previous study.
You can print single or multiple pages of images from a printer layout
page in a current or previous study.
You can send all images from a previous study directly to a printer
queue from the Study screen.
The following settings in the system presets also allow the ultrasound
system to print automatically when certain conditions are met:
– If the Print When Page Is Full setting is selected, a page is sent to
the DICOM Print Queue as soon as the last image required by the
page layout is added. An incomplete page is automatically sent to
the DICOM Print Queue when you close a current study or select
another study.
– If the Print At End Of Exam setting is selected, you can assemble
multiple pages prior to printing, and all pages are automatically sent
to the DICOM Print Queue when you close a current study or
select another study.

1
For software versions below 2.0
2
For software versions 2.0 and higher

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 5
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Storing Studies
All current and previous studies on the system's hard disk are listed in the
Study screen when HD is selected in the Disk box of the Study screen. All
studies stored on the system's compact disk are listed in the Study screen
when CD is selected in the Disk box.

You can access images from a previous study without closing the current
study.

6 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

DICOM Setup
Prerequisite: A working knowledge of Windows networking principles is necessary and
beneficial for completing DICOM configuration.
F6
Use the system presets to set up DICOM. DICOM
Storage
DICOM Setup requires the following information:
Ultrasound system (host) host name, alias, AE title, IP address, port
number, subnet mask, and default gateway
Media type and duplex mode required for connection to the host
(ultrasound system)
Alias, AE title, IP address, and port number for each DICOM device
You must check the storage server for compatibility with the ultrasound
system settings.
To begin DICOM Setup, connect a network cable to the Ethernet port on the
Input/Output panel of the ultrasound system.

Configuring the System and Devices for


DICOM
You can configure the ultrasound system and connected devices (such as
servers and printers) for DICOM by creating, editing, and activating aliases
(DICOM configurations). You can also delete aliases.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 7
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Creating and Editing Aliases


You can create and edit aliases (DICOM configurations) for the host
(ultrasound system) and other devices, such as servers and printers.

For software versions 2.0 and higher:

To display the DICOM configuration screen for the required alias


(DICOM configuration):
Note: DICOM configuration screens cannot be displayed during a patient examination. If a
patient is registered, then close the study before beginning this procedure.

1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard and then select DICOM on the left of
the Preset Main Menu screen.
The system displays the DICOM screen.

2. To edit an existing alias, select the alias from the related drop-down list
and then select the Edit button to the right of the selected
configuration. For example, to edit the "archive1" storage server alias,
select "archive1" from the Storage Server drop-down list and then
select the Edit button to its right.
The system displays the DICOM configuration screen for the selected
alias, containing the existing configuration.

3. To create an alias, select the New button to the right of the related
drop-down list. For example, to create a storage server alias, select the
New button to the right of the Storage Server drop-down list.
The system displays the DICOM configuration screen for the selected
type of alias.

6 - 8 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

For software versions 2.0 and higher:

To create or edit an alias (DICOM configuration):


1. Display the required DICOM configuration screen and then use the
following instructions to change configuration:
a. Use the keyboard to enter values for the fields in the screen.
b. If the alias is a device connected to the ultrasound system (such as
a server or printer), then confirm successful connection and valid
configuration information:
To verify connection, select the Ping button.
To verify connection and configuration information, select the
Echo button.
c. To create a record of the configuration settings, print the screen.
Note: Siemens recommends retaining a record of the configuration settings.
This information is useful in identifying incomplete or incompatible entries if a
communication failure occurs or during troubleshooting.

d. To save configuration changes and redisplay the DICOM screen,


select the OK button at the bottom of the DICOM configuration
screen.
e. To cancel configuration changes and redisplay the DICOM screen,
select the Cancel button and then select Yes to confirm
cancellation.
2. Activate the new alias by selecting the alias from the related drop-down
list on the DICOM screen. For example, to activate the "archive2"
storage server alias, select "archive2" from the Storage Server drop-
down list.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 9
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

3. Perform the following additional configuration(s), as necessary:


Alias… Do this:
Host To indicate the status of network connection in the
Network section of the Study screen, select the Show
network status check box below the selected host alias.
Storage server Select a queuing method listed below the selected storage
server alias:
Store During Exam adds each image to the DICOM
Store Queue list when you store the image to the
study.
Store At End Of Exam adds all images to the DICOM
Store Queue list when you close the study.
Note: To view the DICOM Store Queue list, press REVIEW to
display the Study screen, select the required study, select
DICOM Screen, and then select the DICOM Store Queue tab.

To automatically send all stored images to the DICOM


storage server, select the Autostore to DICOM check box
below the selected storage server alias.
Storage Select a storage method listed below the selected storage
commitment server alias:
server
Note: Siemens recommends the After All Images are Stored
selection.

After Every Image is Stored automatically sends each


image when you store the image to the study.
After All Images are Stored automatically sends all
stored images when you close the study.
Worklist server To configure the system to perform a search of all
procedures on the Worklist server for the next 24 hours,
select the Streamlined Search check box below the
selected Worklist server alias.
Note: If performing the streamlined search from the Patient
Data form, the system uses any data entered onto the form to
narrow the search.

DICOM printer Select a printing protocol listed below the selected DICOM
printer alias:
Print When Page is Full automatically prints a page
when the last image is added to the page. The
maximum images-per-page value is defined by the
Display Format setting in the respective DICOM
Printer Setup screen.
Print At End of Exam automatically prints all images
when the study is closed.
Note: Select the more… button to display additional fields.

6 - 10 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

4. To save all configuration changes and exit the system presets, select
the Save button.
If you changed any host configuration information, then the system
prompts you to reboot the ultrasound system (cycle power).

5. To cancel all configuration changes and exit the system presets, select
the Cancel button and then select Yes to confirm cancellation.
6. If the system prompts you to reboot the ultrasound system, or if you
added or changed a host name or IP address for any aliases, then reboot
the ultrasound system (cycle power) to complete the configuration.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 11
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

For software versions below 2.0:

To create or edit an alias (DICOM configuration):


Note: DICOM configuration screens cannot be displayed during a patient examination. If a
patient is registered, then close the study before beginning this procedure.

1. Display the Active Setup screen and then select an alias for editing or
an alias type (such as a server or printer) for creating:
a. Press the F6 key on the keyboard and then select DICOM on the
left of the Preset Main Menu screen to display the Active Setup
screen.
b. To edit an existing alias, select the alias from the related drop-down
list and then select the Edit button to the right of the selected
configuration. For example, to edit the "archive1" storage server
alias, select "archive1" from the Storage Server drop-down list and
then select the Edit button to its right.
c. To create an alias, select the New button to the right of the related
drop-down list. For example, to create a storage server alias, select
the New button to the right of the Storage Server drop-down list.
2. Use the keyboard to enter values for the fields in the screen.
3. If the alias is a device connected to the ultrasound system (such as a
server or printer), then confirm successful connection and valid
configuration information:
– To verify connection, select the Ping button.
– To verify connection and configuration information, select the Echo
button.
4. To create a record of the configuration settings, print the screen.
Note: Siemens recommends retaining a record of the configuration settings. This
information is useful in identifying incomplete or incompatible entries if a
communication failure occurs or during troubleshooting.

5. To cancel configuration changes and exit the DICOM configuration


screen, select the Cancel button.
The system exits the DICOM configuration screen without saving
changes.

6 - 12 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

6. To save configuration changes, select the OK button and then select


Yes to confirm changes.
The system saves changes and exits the DICOM configuration screen.

7. To activate the alias (such as a server or printer), select the alias from
the related drop-down list on the Active Setup screen. For example, to
activate the "archive2" storage server alias, select "archive2" from the
Storage Server drop-down list.
8. If the alias is a Worklist server, then to configure the system to perform
a search of all procedures on the Worklist server for the next 24 hours,
select the Streamlined Search check box below the selected Worklist
server alias on the Active Setup screen.
Note: If performing the streamlined search from the Patient Data form, the system
uses any data entered onto the form to narrow the search.

9. If the alias is a DICOM printer, then select a printing protocol listed


below the selected DICOM printer alias:
– Print When Page is Full automatically prints a page when the last
image is added to the page. The maximum images-per-page value is
defined by the Display Format setting in the respective DICOM
Printer Setup screen.
– Print At End of Exam automatically prints all images when the
study is closed.
10. To save changes on the Active Setup screen, select the OK button and
then select Yes to confirm changes.
11. To save changes and exit the Preset Main Menu, select the Save
button.
If you changed any host configuration information, then the system
prompts you to reboot the ultrasound system (cycle power).

12. If the system prompts you to reboot the ultrasound system, or if you
added or changed a host name or IP address for any aliases, then reboot
the ultrasound system (cycle power) to complete configuration.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 13
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Activating Aliases
You can activate existing aliases (DICOM configurations) for the host
(ultrasound system) and other devices, such as servers and printers.

To activate an existing alias:


Note: DICOM configuration screens cannot be displayed during a patient examination. If a
patient is registered, then close the study before beginning this procedure.

1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard and then select DICOM on the left of
the Preset Main Menu screen.
For software versions 2.0 and higher: The system displays the DICOM
screen.

For software versions below 2.0: The system displays the Active Setup
screen.

2. Select the alias from the related drop-down list. For example, to activate
the "archive1" storage server alias, select "archive1" from the Storage
Server drop-down list.
3. For software versions below 2.0: To save changes on the Active Setup
screen, select the OK button and then select Yes to confirm changes.
4. To automatically store studies to DICOM (typically required for MPPS
devices), choose a method.
– For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select the Autostore to
DICOM check box below the storage server alias.
– For software versions below 2.0: Select Storage on the left of the
Preset Main Menu screen and then select the AutoStore to
DICOM check box to activate automatic storage of studies to
DICOM.
5. To save changes and exit the system presets, select the Save button.
If you changed any host configuration information, then the system
prompts you to reboot the ultrasound system (cycle power).

6. If the system prompts you to reboot the ultrasound system, or if you


added or changed a host name or IP address for any aliases, then reboot
the ultrasound system (cycle power) to complete configuration.

6 - 14 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Deleting Aliases
You can delete aliases (DICOM configurations) for the host (ultrasound
system) and other devices, such as servers and printers.

To delete an alias:
Note: DICOM configuration screens cannot be displayed during a patient examination. If a
patient is registered, then close the study before beginning this procedure.

1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard and then select DICOM on the left of
the Preset Main Menu screen.
For software versions 2.0 and higher: The system displays the DICOM
screen.

For software versions below 2.0: The system displays the Active Setup
screen.

2. For software versions 2.0 and higher:


– Select the alias from the related drop-down list (such as the
Storage Server drop-down list), select the Delete button to the
right of the selected alias, and then select OK to confirm.
The system deletes the DICOM configuration.

3. For software versions below 2.0:


a. Select the alias from the related drop-down list and then select the
Edit button to the right of the selected configuration. For example,
to select a storage server alias, select the alias from the Storage
Server drop-down list and then select the Edit button to its right.
The system displays the DICOM configuration screen for the
selected alias.

b. Select the Delete button and then select Yes to confirm changes.
The system deletes the DICOM configuration and exits the DICOM
configuration screen.

c. Select the OK button from the Active Setup screen and then select
Yes to confirm changes.
4. To save changes and exit the system presets, select the Save button.
If you changed any host configuration information, then the system
prompts you to reboot the ultrasound system (cycle power).

5. If prompted, reboot the ultrasound system (cycle power).

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 15
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Field Descriptions for DICOM Configuration


Screens
Fields in the Host Setup Screen
Field Settings
Alias text entry
AE Title text entry
Host Name text entry
1
MAC Address display only (indicates the Media
Access Control address detected
for the host)
Workgroup2 text entry (disregard this field;
workgroup information is not
required)
Use DHCP On (checked)
(Use Dynamic Host Control Protocol) Off (cleared)
IP Address text entry
Subnet Mask text entry
Default Gateway text entry
Port Number2 104
Media Type HardwareDefault
AUTOSELECT
100BASETX
10BASET
Duplex Mode HardwareDefault
HalfDuplex
FullDuplex

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

6 - 16 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Fields in the DICOM Storage Server Setup Screen


Field Settings
Alias text entry
AE Title text entry
IP Address text entry
Port Number text entry
Write Timeout in Seconds text entry
(timeout value for sending to the
queue)
Connect Timeout in Seconds text entry
(timeout value for an attempted
connection between the host
and the storage server)
Image Format Specifies the DICOM format used to transfer
images and clips to the storage server.
Note: Calibration information is included with the
"New Ultrasound" format only.

Automatic specifies the highest quality format


that is supported by the server: "New
Ultrasound," "Old Ultrasound," or "Secondary
Capture" (listed in sequence from highest
quality to lowest quality).
Old Ultrasound specifies the highest quality
format that is supported by the server: "Old
Ultrasound" (highest quality) or "Secondary
Capture" (lowest quality).
Secondary Capture specifies the "Secondary
Capture" format. The "Secondary Capture"
format does not support clips.
Clip Format1 Specifies the format used to transfer clips to the
storage server.
Monochrome, Uncompressed
Color JPG Compressed
Note: The system adds the DICOM attributes for
"window" and "level" information to monochrome-
formatted images.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 17
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Field Settings
Number of Times to Retry text entry
Failure1,
Number of Times to Retry
Failed Store2
Seconds Between Each Retry text entry
Ping and Echo Timeout in text entry
seconds
(timeout value for basic
communication tests with the
host)

Fields in the Worklist Server Setup Screen


Field Settings
Alias text entry
AE Title text entry
IP Address text entry
Port Number text entry
Maximum Number of MW item text entry
(maximum number of search results displayed
on the Worklist Search screen)
Ping and Echo Timeout in seconds text entry
(timeout value for basic communication tests
with the host)
Write Timeout in Seconds1 text entry
(timeout value for sending to the Worklist
server)
Connect Timeout in Seconds1 text entry
(timeout value for an attempted connection
between the host and the Worklist server)

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

6 - 18 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Fields in the DICOM BW Printer Setup Screen


Note: For software versions below 2.0: This screen is titled DICOM Printer Setup.

Field Settings
Alias text entry
AE Title text entry
IP Address text entry
Port Number text entry
Note: If a separate computer controls the printer,
the port number may differ from the port number
used for the host and storage server.

Write Timeout in Seconds text entry


(timeout value for sending to the queue)
Connect Timeout in Seconds text entry
(timeout value for an attempted connection
between the host and the DICOM printer)
Printer Type2 Color
Black and White
1
Orientation , Portrait
Film Orientation2 Landscape
1
Number of Times to Retry Failure , text entry
Number of Times to Retry Failed Print2
Seconds Between Each Retry text entry
Display Format 1x1
(defines the column and row format used for 1x2
assembling pages to print)
2x2
Note: Verify that the selected format is supported
by the destination printer. 2x3
3x2
3x3
3x5
4x5
4x6
5x6
Copies text entry
(number of copies to print)

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 19
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Field Settings
Medium Type paper
clear film
blue film
transparency
Min. Density 1 to 399
Note: Consult the printer manufacturer for
appropriate values.

Max. Density 1 to 399


Note: Consult the printer manufacturer for
appropriate values.

Border Density Black


(defines the region outside of the print area on White
the output medium; typically black for film and
white for paper)
Trim yes
(outlines each printed image with a box) no
Film Size 8in x 10in
8.5in x 11in
10in x 12in
10in x 14in
11in x 14in
11in x 17in
14in x 14in
14in x 17in
24cm x 24cm
24cm x 30cm
A3
A4
Print Priority high
medium
low

6 - 20 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Field Settings
Film Destination magazine
processor
current
Magnification replicate
bilinear
cubic
none
Smoothing Type text entry
(used with cubic magnification)
Note: This field is not required.

Empty Image Density black (typically used for


transparencies)
white (typically used for paper)
Polarity normal
reverse
Configuration text entry
Note: This string is sent to the printer exactly as it
displays in this field.

Note: This field is not required.

Ping and Echo Timeout in seconds text entry


(timeout value for basic communication tests
with the host)

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 21
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Fields in the Storage Commitment Setup Screen


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)
Field Settings
Alias text entry
AE Title text entry
IP Address text entry
Port Number text entry
Number of Times to Retry Failure text entry
Seconds Between Each Retry text entry
Write Timeout in Seconds text entry
Connect Timeout in Seconds text entry
Ping and Echo Timeout in seconds text entry

Fields in the MPPS Setup Screen


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)
Field Settings
Alias text entry
AE Title text entry
IP Address text entry
Port Number text entry
Number of Times to Retry Failure text entry
Seconds Between Each Retry text entry
Write Timeout in Seconds text entry
Connect Timeout in Seconds text entry
Ping and Echo Timeout in seconds text entry
Store Image Format New Ultrasound (for 1995 and
newer ultrasound IODs)
Old Ultrasound (for pre-1995
ultrasound IODs)
Secondary Capture (for systems
that do not support ultrasound
IODs)

6 - 22 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

DICOM Storing and Printing


You can store and print images to DICOM devices.

Configuring Clip Options for DICOM


(Requires software version 2.0 or higher)

Use the system presets to configure clip options such as length.


F6
With DICOM, consider the following issues when storing multiple clips:
Customize Keys
Multiple, longer clips can require considerable storage server memory Clip Capture
and transfer time.
High compression requires less storage server memory and System Reference
transfer time.
Clip capture Ch 4
The number of clip frames in a clip is determined by the duration
selected in the system presets and the capture rate. The capture rate is
either 40 Hz (during live imaging) or the acoustic frame rate (during
CINE).

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 23
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Configuring the System for


In-Progress Store
You can configure the system for in-progress store.

When the system is configured for in-progress store and you press a
documentation key that is configured for disk storage, the system stores the
image or report to the DICOM storage server and to the system's hard disk.

For software versions 2.0 and higher:

To configure the system for in-progress store:


Note: DICOM configuration screens cannot be edited during a patient examination. If a
patient is registered, then close the study before beginning this procedure.

1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard and then select DICOM on the left of
the Preset Main Menu screen.
The system displays the DICOM screen.

2. Select the Store During Exam option and the Autostore to DICOM
check box below the storage server alias.
3. Select the Save button to save the settings.
4. Configure one or more keys for disk storage.
a. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to redisplay the Preset Main
Menu screen.
b. Select Customize Keys on the left of the screen.
c. Select Disk Store for one or more of the documentation keys.
d. To save changes and exit the Preset Main Menu, select the Save
button.

6 - 24 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

For software versions below 2.0:

To configure the system to store an image to the hard disk and to the
DICOM storage server (in-progress store):
Note: DICOM configuration screens cannot be displayed during a patient examination. If a
patient is registered, then close the study before beginning this procedure.

1. Access the Active Setup screen by pressing the F6 key on the keyboard
and then selecting DICOM on the left of the Preset Main Menu.
2. On the Storage Server line of the Active Setup screen, select
Store During Exam.
3. Select OK and then Yes to save the settings.
4. Access the storage screen by selecting Storage on the left of the
Preset Main Menu.
5. Select Autostore to DICOM.
6. Select Save to save the settings.
7. To display the Preset Main Menu again, press the F6 key.
8. Select Customize Keys on the left of the Preset Main Menu.
9. Select Disk Store for one or more of the documentation keys.
Pressing one of these keys will now cause the system to send the
image or report to the hard disk and the DICOM Store Queue.

10. To save changes and exit the Preset Main Menu, select the Save
button.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 25
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Storing Images to DICOM Storage Servers


You can send selected studies to a connected DICOM storage server. System Reference

Note: For software versions below 2.0, you cannot send the current study. Configuring the
System for
In-Progress Store 6-24
You can also automatically send stored images during the current study
when the system is configured for in-progress store.

To send selected studies to a connected DICOM storage server:


Note: For software versions 2.0 and higher: The studies must be stored on the hard disk.

1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.


2. If the system displays the Image screen, select the Study Screen
button.
3. For software versions below 2.0:
– If the study is stored on a CD, insert the CD into the CD drive, select
the Load button in the CD section of the Study screen to close the
CD tray, and then select CD in the Disk section of the Study screen.
– If the study is stored on the hard disk, then select HD in the Disk
section of the Study screen.
4. For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select HD in the Disk section of
the Study screen.
5. Select a study from the Study screen.
– To select an additional study, press and hold the Ctrl key on the
keyboard and then press the SET key on the control panel.
– To select consecutive studies, press and hold the Shift key on the
keyboard and then press the SET key on the control panel.
6. Select the server from the drop-down list in the Network section (lower
right of the screen) and then select the Send button.
The system sends all images from the selected study or studies to the
DICOM Store Queue.

7. To verify the status of the DICOM Store Queue, select the


DICOM Screen button and then select the DICOM Store Queue tab.
8. To display the live image screen, select the Back button and then select
the Live Screen button.

6 - 26 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Printing Images to DICOM Printers


You can send an image to a connected DICOM printer during the current
study. You can also print all images or selected images from a study to a
connected DICOM printer.
Note: For software versions below 2.0, you cannot print images from the current study.

Note: Clips cannot be printed. You can select a clip frame for printing.

Note: The current number of images and the number of images necessary for each full
page layout display in the lower left of the live image screen.

To send an image to a printer layout page in a current study:


1. Freeze the image.
2. Press the documentation key that is configured in the system presets
for DICOM printing.
The system saves the image to the system's hard disk and copies the
image to the Image screen and to the corresponding layout page.

3. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.


The system displays the print image and any other images in the Image
screen.

4. If necessary, select additional images from the Image screen for the
printer layout.
The system outlines each selected image.

5. Select the BW Print button on the left of the Image screen to copy the
selection to the respective printer layout page.
Note: The current number of images and the images necessary for a full page layout
display to the right of the BW Print or Color Print button in the Image screen.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 27
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

6. The print image is transferred to the DICOM Print Queue when one of
the following actions occurs:
– The DICOM BW Printer Layout or DICOM Color Printer Layout
page is filled and Print When Page Is Full is selected in the system
F6
presets for DICOM.
DICOM
Note: The Display Format setting for the printer determines the number of
images in a full page. If display format for a printer is set to '1/1', a page fills and is
sent to the DICOM Print Queue immediately with each press of a documentation
key configured for DICOM printing.

– The Print Page or Print All Pages button is selected in the


layout page.
– The study is closed or a previous study is selected and
Print At End of Exam is selected for this printer in the system
presets for DICOM.
A separate print queue entry is created for each page.

7. To verify the status of the DICOM Print Queue, select the


DICOM Screen button from the Study screen and then select the
DICOM Print Queue tab.
8. To change printing options for a set of printed images, select the
DICOM Screen button from the Study screen, select the DICOM Print
Queue tab, and then select the Change button at the top of the screen.
9. To display the live image screen, select the Back button and then select
the Live Screen button.

6 - 28 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

To print all images from one or more studies to a DICOM printer:


Note: For software versions 2.0 and higher: The studies must be stored on the hard disk.

1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.


The system displays the Study screen. If the system displays the Image
screen, select the Study Screen button.

2. For software versions below 2.0:


– If the study is stored on a CD, insert the CD into the CD drive, select
the Load button in the CD section of the Study screen to close the
CD tray, and then select CD in the Disk section of the Study screen.
– If the study is stored on the hard disk, then select HD in the Disk
section of the Study screen.
3. For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select HD in the Disk section of
the Study screen.
4. Select a study from the Study screen.
– To select an additional study, press and hold the Ctrl key on the
keyboard and then press the SET key on the control panel.
– To select consecutive studies, press and hold the Shift key on the
keyboard and then press the SET key on the control panel.
5. Select the printer from the drop-down box in the Network section on
the lower right of the Study screen and then select the Send button.
The system sends all images from the selected study to the
corresponding layout page(s) and to the DICOM printer queue.

6. To confirm that the study was sent to the printer, select the DICOM
Screen button on the left of the screen and then select the DICOM
Print Queue page.
The system lists the studies that were sent to the printer.

7. To redisplay the Study screen, select the Back button


8. To display the live image screen, select the Live Screen button.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 29
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

To print individual images from a study to a DICOM printer:


Note: For software versions 2.0 and higher: The studies must be stored on the hard disk.

1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel.


The system displays the Study screen. If the system displays the Image
screen, select the Study Screen button.

2. For software versions below 2.0:


– If the study is stored on a CD, insert the CD into the CD drive, select
the Load button in the CD section of the Study screen to close the
CD tray, and then select CD in the Disk section of the Study screen.
– If the study is stored on the hard disk, then select HD in the Disk
section of the Study screen.
3. For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select HD in the Disk section of
the Study screen.
4. Select a study from the Study screen.
5. Select the Image Screen button.
The system displays all images from the selected study in the Image
screen.

6. Select an image from the Image screen.


The system outlines the selected image.

7. Print a selected image by selecting the BW Print button on the left of


the Image screen.
Note: If the selected image is a clip, then the system stores a copy of the printed clip
frame to the study.

The image is sent to the layout page.

8. To send the layout page(s) to the DICOM Print Queue, select the Study
Screen button to display the Study screen, select the DICOM Screen
button to display the DICOM screen, and then select the Print Page or
Print All Pages button in the DICOM BW Printer Layout.
Note: If a layout page becomes full and Print When Page is Full is selected in the
system presets for DICOM, the system automatically sends the page to the
DICOM Print Queue. If Print At End of Exam is selected in the system presets for
DICOM, multiple layout pages can be assembled prior to printing. With either
selection, all pages are sent to the DICOM Print Queue when the current study is
closed.

9. To display the live image screen, select the Back button and then select
the Live Screen button.

6 - 30 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Arranging Printer Layout Pages


Printer layout pages allow you to assemble images for printing on the same
page. You can delete images from a layout page and rearrange the order of
image display on printer layout pages.

When you rearrange images, the system outlines the cut image in yellow
and then outlines the selected paste location in blue.

A deleted print image is removed from the printer layout page only. The
image remains on the system's hard disk as a part of the study and is
displayed in the Image screen. Deleting the print image from the Image
screen removes the image from the system's hard disk.

To delete an image from a printer layout page:


Note: This procedure assumes that a current or previous study is open and that at least
one print image has been sent to a printer layout page.

1. Select the DICOM Screen button from the Study screen.


The system displays the DICOM BW Printer Layout page.

2. Select an image from the layout page.


The system outlines the selected image.

3. Select the Delete button on the layout page.


The system removes the selected image from the layout page.

4. To display the live image screen, select the Back button and then select
the Live Screen button.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 31
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

To rearrange print images:


Note: This procedure assumes that a current or previous study is open and that several
print images have been sent to at least one printer layout page.

1. Select the DICOM Screen button from the Study screen.


The system displays the DICOM BW Printer Layout page.

2. Select an image to be repositioned on the layout page.


The system outlines the selected image.

3. Select the Cut button.


This image (the cut image) remains in place until you complete the paste
operation.

4. Select another image as the paste location.


5. Select the Paste button.
The system inserts the cut image in the paste location.

6. To rearrange images across pages, select the Cut button for an image Next
on one page, select the Next or Previous button to select a different Selects a higher
page, select a new paste location, and then select the Paste button to page number.
insert the image in the paste location on the new page.
Previous
7. To display the live image screen, select the Back button and then select Selects a lower
the Live Screen button. page number.

6 - 32 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

Queue Status Indicators


Queue Status Description
Queued The queue entry has been received by the currently displayed queue. The system
has not yet initiated the print/store operation.
Succeeded The system successfully completed the print/store operation.
In Progress The system is currently completing the print/store operation.
Suspended Reserved for future use.
Failed The system has attempted to complete the print/store operation but has timed
out. If retries are still available, then the system displays the number of remaining
retries in parentheses (for example, "Failed (2)" indicates two remaining retries).
The system continues attempts indefinitely if TCP/IP connection to the destination
device cannot be initiated (for example, if the ultrasound system is temporarily
located away from network connections). If TCP/IP connection can be initiated,
then the system stops attempts when retries are no longer available.
Note: If this status indicator remains and no more retries are available, then ensure that
the system presets settings for the connected devices are complete and compatible
and then select the Retry Job button.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 6 - 33
6 DICOM Connectivity Option

6 - 34 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
7 Network Export Function
About the Network Export Function ................................................................ 3

Configuring the Network Export Function....................................................... 4


Setting Up the Export Host ........................................................................... 4
Defining and Deleting Settings for the Host and the Export Host ................. 6
Accessing the Setup Screens................................................................. 6
Defining the Host and the Export Host Settings .................................... 7
Deleting the Host and the Export Host Settings .................................... 8
Fields in the Setup Screens........................................................................... 9
Fields in the Host Setup Screen............................................................. 9
Fields in the Export Host Setup Screen................................................ 10

Sending Studies to the Export Host............................................................... 11

Format of Export Data...................................................................................... 13

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 7 - 1
7 Network Export Function

7 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
7 Network Export Function

About the Network Export Function


The network export function facilitates the transfer of images and reports
(patient studies) from the ultrasound system to a shared folder on a
destination computer, such as a workstation, server, or personal computer.

To avoid file conflicts, move the transferred studies from the shared folder
on the export host before using the files.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 7 - 3
7 Network Export Function

Configuring the Network Export


Function
Prerequisite: A working knowledge of Windows networking principles is necessary and
beneficial for completing configuration of the network export function.

Configuring the network export function involves setting up the export host
and then defining the host and the export host settings on the ultrasound
system.

Setting Up the Export Host


The export host is the destination for the shared files. Examples of export
hosts are off-line workstations, servers, and personal computers.

The export host must meet the following prerequisites:


Windows 2000 or Windows XP operating system
Compatible remote share access
Ethernet card that supports TCP/IP

7 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
7 Network Export Function

To set up the export host:


Note: For detailed instructions, refer to the user manual for the operating system on the
workstation (export host).

1. On the export host, create a shared folder and specify security access
settings as required.
2. Locate the following information on the export host and write the
information down. This information will be used to define the host and
the export host settings on the ultrasound system.
Note: If the export host uses DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), then the
IP address may change frequently. Each time the IP address changes, you must
reconfigure the system presets on the ultrasound system with the new IP address.

– Shared folder name


– Computer name (if defined by the export host)
– IP address
– Subnet mask (not required if using DHCP)
– Gateway (not required if using DHCP)
– Account and password used to log onto the export host, including
domain name (if applicable)
– Media type and duplex mode required for connection
3. To connect the export host directly to the ultrasound system, use a
cross-over ethernet cable.
4. To connect the export host to the ultrasound system through a hub or
switch, use a standard ethernet cable.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 7 - 5
7 Network Export Function

Defining and Deleting Settings for the Host


and the Export Host
You can define the settings for the host and the export host. You can also
delete existing host and export host configurations.

The host is the ultrasound system. The export host is the destination for
the shared files. Examples of export hosts are off-line workstations, servers,
and personal computers.

Use the system presets to access the setup screens and define and delete
the settings for the host and the export host. F6
Networking
Accessing the Setup Screens
You can access the Host Setup screen and the Export Host Setup screen.

To access the Host Setup screen:


1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu and
then select Networking on the left of the screen.
– For software versions 2.0 and higher: The system displays the
Network Export screen.
– For software versions below 2.0: The system displays the Active
Setup screen.
2. To define a new host configuration, select the New button on the right
of the Host line.
3. To edit an existing host configuration, select the configuration from the
Host drop-down list and then select the Edit button on the right of the
Host line.

To access the Export Host Setup screen:


1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu and
then select Networking on the left of the screen.
– For software versions 2.0 and higher: The system displays the
Network Export screen.
– For software versions below 2.0: The system displays the Active
Setup screen.
2. To define a new export host configuration, select the New button on
the right of the Export Host line.
3. To edit an existing export host configuration, select the configuration
from the Export Host drop-down list and then select the Edit button on
the right of the Export Host line.

7 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
7 Network Export Function

Defining the Host and the Export Host Settings


You can define the settings for the host and the export host.

To define the host and the export host settings:


Prerequisite: Before configuring the system presets on the ultrasound system, you must System Reference
set up the export host. Setting Up the
Export Host 7-4
1. Access the Host Setup screen and use the keyboard to enter values for Fields in the Setup
the fields on the screen. Screens 7-9

2. Save the changes.


– For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select the OK button.
Note: You must also select the Save button on the Network Export screen to
store all the configuration changes.

The system redisplays the Network Export screen.


– For software versions below 2.0: Select the OK button and then
select Yes to confirm changes.
The system redisplays the Active Setup screen.

3. Access the Export Host Setup screen and use the keyboard to enter
values for the fields on the screen.
4. To verify successful connection to the export host, select the Ping
button.
5. To test writing to the specified shared folder, select the TestWrite
button.
Note: If connection is successful but writing is not, then complete this procedure
and test writing again. A successful writing test may require cycling power to the
system (rebooting the system).

6. Save the changes.


– For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select the OK button.
Note: You must also select the Save button on the Network Export screen to
store all the configuration changes.

The system redisplays the Network Export screen.


– For software versions below 2.0: Select the OK button and then
select Yes to confirm changes.
The system redisplays the Active Setup screen.

7. Ensure that the required host and the required export host are activated:
Select the host configuration from the Host drop-down list and select
the export host configuration from the Export Host drop-down list. For
example, to activate the "archive1" export host configuration, select
"archive1" from the Export Host drop-down list.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 7 - 7
7 Network Export Function

8. Save all configuration changes.


– For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select the Save button at the
bottom of the Network Export screen
– For software versions below 2.0: Select the OK button from the
Active Setup screen, select the Yes button in the confirmation box
to confirm the operation and redisplay the Preset Main Menu, and
then select the Save button from the Preset Main Menu.
The system displays the live image screen.

A change in host configuration causes the system to reset DIMAQ


and display the following message for approximately four minutes:

"System is rebooting, please wait…"

The system removes the message from the screen when the
DIMAQ reset is complete.

9. Cycle power to the ultrasound system.


a. From the live image screen, power off ( ) the ultrasound system.
b. Wait approximately 20 seconds before powering on ( ) the
ultrasound system.

Deleting the Host and the Export Host Settings


You can delete existing configurations containing host or export host
settings.

For software versions 2.0 and higher:

To delete a configuration:
Select the configuration from the related drop-down list (such as the
Export Host drop-down list), select the Delete button to the right of the
selected alias, and then select OK to confirm.
For software versions below 2.0:

To delete a configuration:
1. Select the configuration from the related drop-down list and then select
the Edit button to the right of the selected configuration. For example,
to select the "archive1" export host configuration, select "archive1" from
the Export Host drop-down list.
The system displays the screen for the selected configuration (Export
Host Setup or Host Setup).

2. Select the Delete button and then select Yes to confirm changes.
The system deletes the configuration and exits the configuration screen.

3. Select the OK button from the Active Setup screen and then select
Yes to confirm changes.

7 - 8 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
7 Network Export Function

Fields in the Setup Screens


Fields in the Host Setup Screen
Field Description
Alias User-designated name for host.
AE Title Application Entity Title as configured for DICOM.
Note: Disregard this field. The system automatically populates this field if the
ultrasound system is configured for DICOM (using the DICOM category in the
Preset Main Menu). Otherwise, the system does not use this field.

Host Name User-designated name for host (you can use the value entered for Alias)
1
MAC Address Indicates the Media Access Control (MAC) address detected for the host
(this field is display only).
Workgroup2 Disregard this field.

Use DHCP When checked (enabled), activates Dynamic Host Control Protocol for the
host (ultrasound system).
Note: Do not configure the host to use DHCP if DICOM is installed. DHCP is not
compatible with DICOM.

IP Address IP address for the host (ultrasound system).


Note: Disregard this field if DHCP is enabled.

Subnet Mask Subnet mask for the host (ultrasound system). Typically identical to the
subnet mask for the export host.
Note: Disregard this field if DHCP is enabled.

Default Gateway Default gateway for the host (ultrasound system). Typically identical to the
default gateway for the export host.
Note: Disregard this field if DHCP is enabled.

Port Number2 Port number for the host (ultrasound system).


Note: Disregard this field if DHCP is enabled.

Media Type HardwareDefault


AUTOSELECT
100BASETX
10BASET
Duplex Mode HardwareDefault
HalfDuplex
FullDuplex

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 7 - 9
7 Network Export Function

Fields in the Export Host Setup Screen


Field Description
Alias System-defined "computer name" or user-defined name for the
export host.
IP Address1, IP address of the export host.
Export Host Name2 Note: If DHCP is used for the export host, then reconfigure this field when
the IP address changes.

Export to PACS2 When checked (enabled), specifies the shared folder name "SIEMENS".
Note: If enabling this field, then ensure that the shared folder on the export
host is named "SIEMENS".

Shared Folder Exact name of the shared folder on the export host, following standard
MS Windows conventions for specifying access.
Note: Disregard this field if Export to PACS is enabled.

Account Account name used to log onto the export host.


Examples:
"archive1\jsmith" ("computer name" and user name for local account on
export host)
"jsmith" (user name for local account on export host)
"domain1\jsmith" (domain and user name)
Password Password used to log onto the export host, if applicable.
Note: This field is case sensitive. The system indicates the status (on/off)
of the Caps Lock key on the keyboard on the right of the screen.

Ping Timeout in Seconds Number of seconds after which to stop confirming successful
connection.
Ping Confirm successful connection.
TestWrite Attempt storing "test" files to the export host.

1
Requires software version 2.0 or higher
2
For software versions below 2.0

7 - 10 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
7 Network Export Function

Sending Studies to the Export Host


You can send studies from the system's hard disk to the selected,
configured export host. You can also automatically send a study to the
export host when the study is closed and automatically indicate the status
of the network connection.
Note: Before using the transferred studies on the export host (destination device), move
the studies from the shared folder to avoid file conflicts.

Use the system presets to select and configure the export host, to
automatically send studies to the export host as they are closed, and to F6
automatically indicate the status of the network connection. Networking

To send one or more studies to the export host:


Note: If you send a study that already exists on the export host, then the system
overwrites the existing study.

Note: Studies to be sent to the network must be closed.

1. Press the REVIEW key on the control panel to display the Study screen.
2. If the system displays the Image screen, then select the Study Screen
button to display the Study screen.
The system displays the Study screen.

3. Ensure that HD is selected in the Disk section of the Study screen.


4. Select one or more studies for export.
5. In the Network section of the Study screen, select the export host from
the drop-down list and then select Send.
The system indicates successful transfer by displaying Network in the
Archived column listed on the Study screen. The system indicates
unsuccessful transfer by displaying errors. Errors are displayed in
English.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 7 - 11
7 Network Export Function

To automatically send a study to the export host as the study is


closed:
1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu.
F6
2. For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select Networking on the left of
the screen to display the Network Export screen and then select the Networking
Storage
Autostore to Network check box located under the export host line.
3. For software versions below 2.0: Select Storage on the left of the
screen and then select the Autostore to Network check box.
The system automatically sends each study to the export host when the
study is closed.

To automatically indicate the status of the network connection:


1. Press the F6 key on the keyboard to display the Preset Main Menu.
F6
2. For software versions 2.0 and higher: Select Networking on the left of
the screen to display the Network Export screen and then select the Networking
DIMAQ Utility
Show network status check box located under the host line.
3. For software versions below 2.0: Select DIMAQ Utility on the left of
the screen to display the DIMAQ Utility screen and then select the
Autostore to Network check box located in the Network section.
The system automatically indicates the status of the network connection
in the Network section of the Study screen.

7 - 12 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
7 Network Export Function

Format of Export Data


Images and reports are transferred in files to the hard disk of a remotely
hosted shared folder. The export format mirrors the hard disk (HD) format of
the ultrasound imaging system. Standard Windows 2000 and compatible
remote share access file formats are supported.

The remote host maintains a folder for each patient (named by patient ID).
Study folders within the patient folder are labeled with the date and time of
the study, using the date format MM.DD.YYYY, where YYYY is the year,
MM is the month, and DD is the day, and the time format HH.MM.SS,
where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, and SS is the second. The date
format used to name the study folders is unrelated to the date format set in
the system presets. Within each study folder are subsequent folders for
images and reports. Images have subfolders to hold contents of application
proprietary data for re-launch.
Single frame images are stored in the images folder as .TIF, .RLE, or
uncompressed files.
Reports are stored in the reports folder. The format is provided by the
host software.
To retain measurement accuracy, measurements must include a
calibration (.CAL) file of the same name in each corresponding image
folder. The calibration file specifies video format (NTSC, PAL, or SVGA)
and pixel spacing. (Pixel aspect is not always 1:1.)

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 7 - 13
7 Network Export Function

7 - 14 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
8 Data Transmission Specifications
RS-232C Serial Port ............................................................................................ 3
Configuring the Port ...................................................................................... 4
RS-232C Settings .......................................................................................... 5
Serial Port Pin Assignments .......................................................................... 5

Transmitting OB Report Data............................................................................ 6

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 8 - 1
8 Data Transmission Specifications

8 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
8 Data Transmission Specifications

RS-232C Serial Port


The system has one RS-232C serial port for connecting to a PC or a serial System Reference
printer. Accessories
and Options Ch 2
WARNING: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces
must be certified according to the respective EN and IEC standards (for example,
EN 60950 and IEC 60950 for data processing equipment and EN 60601-1 and
IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all configurations shall
comply with the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and IEC 60601-1-1. Anyone
who connects additional equipment to the signal input or signal output ports
configures a medical system and is therefore responsible that the system
complies with the requirements of the system standards EN 60601-1-1 and
IEC 60601-1-1. Siemens can only guarantee the performance and safety of the
devices listed in the Accessories and Options chapter. If in doubt, consult
Siemens service department or your local Siemens representative.

Note: Siemens does not support or service any external devices connected to the
RS-232C interface. Siemens does not assume responsibility for functionality beyond the
scope of this specification.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 8 - 3
8 Data Transmission Specifications

Configuring the Port


Use the system presets to select the destination for data sent through
serial port. F6
Peripheral
Note: Siemens does not specifically recommend any particular communication or analysis
►External RS-232C Port
software; please contact a local vendor for assistance with interpretation and analysis of
the data transmitted by the ultrasound imaging system.

Menu Selection: Options Allows you to:


►External RS-232C Port PC2 Send OB report data through the ultrasound system's
serial port to a PC.
Laser Printer Send report data through the ultrasound system's RS-232C
port to a laser printer, using the HP PCL 3 protocol. This
option includes the graphics (such as pictograms or growth
graphs) contained in a report.
Off Disables the RS-232C Serial port.

8 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
8 Data Transmission Specifications

RS-232C Settings
1 start bit
8 data bits
1 stop bit
Parity, none
9600 baud rate

Serial Port Pin Assignments


The following table indicates the pins used on a 9-pin D-Sub female
connector on the ultrasound imaging system and the PC or printer, and a
9-pin D-Sub male connector on a connecting cable.

Ultrasound System Pin Number Ultrasound System Signal Name


1 N/A
2 RXD (received data)
3 TXD (transmitted data)
4 DTR (data terminal ready)
5 SG (signal ground)
6 DSR (data set ready)
7 RTS (request to send)
8 CTS (clear to send)
9 N/A

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 8 - 5
8 Data Transmission Specifications

Transmitting OB Report Data


Note: You must use the system presets to select the Peripheral item and then the PC2
setting for the External RS-232C Port setup option. You cannot transmit growth graphs
with the PC2 setting.
F6
To begin transmitting data from the ultrasound imaging system, access the Peripheral
OB report by pressing the F2 Report key and then press the Send Report ►External RS-232C Port
button on the report screen.

The ultrasound system transmits the report to the destination device,


including patient information (from the Patient Registration form) and the
report measurement data. The layout of the transmitted data is similar to a
report sent to a laser printer.

8 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Parameter, author Femur Length, Jeanty................................... 15


Mean Gestational Sac Diameter, Hellman...... 3 Femur Length, Tokyo.................................... 16
Mean Gestational Sac Diameter, Rempen ..... 3 Femur Length, Osaka ................................... 16
Gestational Sac, Tokyo ................................... 3 Femur Length, JSUM ................................... 16
Crown Rump Length, Hadlock ....................... 4 Humerus Length, Jeanty .............................. 17
Crown Rump Length, Robinson ..................... 4 Humerus Length, Osaka ............................... 18
Crown Rump Length, Hansmann ................... 4 Ulna Length, Jeanty ...................................... 18
Crown Rump Length, Lasser.......................... 5 Binocular Distance, Jeanty............................ 19
Crown Rump Length, Tokyo........................... 5 Binocular Distance, Tongsong ...................... 19
Crown Rump Length, Osaka .......................... 5 Tibia Length, Jeanty...................................... 20
Crown Rump Length, JSUM .......................... 5 Foot Length, Mercer ..................................... 21
Crown Rump Length, ASUM.......................... 5 Growth Analysis Ratios and Indexes............ 22
Biparietal Diameter, Hadlock .......................... 6 Head Circumference/Abdominal
Biparietal Diameter, Merz............................... 7 Circumference Ratio, Campbell .................... 22
Biparietal Diameter, Lasser ............................ 7 Femur Length/Abdominal Circumference
Biparietal Diameter, Rempen ......................... 7 Ratio, Hadlock ............................................... 22
Biparietal Diameter, Tokyo ............................. 7 Femur Length/Biparietal Diameter Ratio,
Hohler ........................................................... 22
Biparietal Diameter, Osaka ............................. 7
Cephalic Index, Hadlock................................ 22
Biparietal Diameter, JSUM ............................. 8
Cephalic Index, Chitty ................................... 23
Biparietal Diameter, ASUM ............................ 8
Fetal Weight Estimation, Hadlock................. 23
Occipital Frontal Diameter, Merz.................... 8
Fetal Weight Estimation, Shepard ................ 24
Occipital Frontal Diameter, ASUM ................. 8
Fetal Weight Estimation, Schuhmacher ....... 24
Abdominal Transverse Diameter, Merz.......... 8
Fetal Weight Estimation, Hansmann ............ 24
Abdominal Sagittal Diameter, Merz................ 8
Fetal Weight Estimation, Merz ..................... 24
Fractional Shortening, Cyr .............................. 8
Menstrual Age by Ultrasound and
Fetal Weight Estimation, Osaka ..................... 9
Estimated Date of Confinement .................. 24
Fetal Weight Estimation, JSUM ..................... 9
CLINICAL MA - Clinical Menstrual Age......... 24
Fetal Weight Estimation, Tokyo...................... 9
US MA - Composite Menstrual Age
Head Circumference, Hadlock...................... 10 Estimation by Ultrasound.............................. 24
Head Circumference, Merz .......................... 11 Simple Average - US MA(ave) ...................... 24
Head Circumference, Lasser ........................ 11 Regression Equations, Hadlock .................... 24
Abdominal Circumference, Hadlock ............. 12 CLINICAL EDC - Estimated Date of
Abdominal Circumference, Merz.................. 13 Confinement by Last Menstrual Period ........ 24
Abdominal Circumference, Lasser ............... 13 US EDC Estimated Date of Confinement
Abdominal Circumference, JSUM ................ 13 by Ultrasound................................................ 24
AXT, Tokyo.................................................... 13
Fetal Trunk Area, Osaka ............................... 14
Femur Length, Hadlock ................................ 14
Femur Length, Merz..................................... 15

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 1
9 Obstetrical References

Parameters for Growth Analysis Graphs...... 25 Femur Length, Jeanty................................... 42


Mean Gestational Sac Diameter, Rempen ... 25 Femur Length, Hansmann ............................ 43
Gestational Sac, Tokyo ................................. 25 Femur Length, Tokyo.................................... 43
Crown Rump Length, Hadlock ..................... 25 Femur Length, Osaka ................................... 44
Crown Rump Length, Rempen .................... 26 Femur Length, JSUM ................................... 44
Crown Rump Length, Robinson ................... 26 Femur Length, ASUM................................... 45
Crown Rump Length, Hansmann ................. 26 Humerus Length, Jeanty .............................. 45
Crown Rump Length, Tokyo......................... 26 Humerus Length, Merz................................. 46
Crown Rump Length, Osaka ........................ 27 Humerus Length, Hansmann........................ 46
Crown Rump Length, JSUM ........................ 27 Humerus Length, Osaka ............................... 47
Crown Rump Length, ASUM........................ 27 Humerus Length, ASUM .............................. 47
Biparietal Diameter, Hadlock ........................ 28 Ulna Length, Jeanty ...................................... 48
Biparietal Diameter, Lasser .......................... 28 Ulna Length, Merz ........................................ 48
Biparietal Diameter, Merz............................. 29 Ulna Length, Hansmann ............................... 49
Biparietal Diameter, Rempen ....................... 29 Tibia Length, Jeanty...................................... 49
Biparietal Diameter, Hansmann.................... 30 Tibia Length, Merz ........................................ 50
Biparietal Diameter, Tokyo ........................... 30 Tibia Length, Hansmann ............................... 50
Biparietal Diameter, Osaka ........................... 31 Foot Length, Mercer ..................................... 51
Biparietal Diameter, JSUM ........................... 31 Thoracic Circumference, Chitkara ................. 51
Biparietal Diameter, ASUM .......................... 32 Clavicle Length, Yarkoni................................ 52
Biparietal Diameter (Outer to Inner), Renal Length, Bertagnoli............................... 52
Chitty ............................................................ 32 Renal Length, Hansmann.............................. 53
Biparietal Diameter (Outer to Outer), Renal Anterior Posterior, Bertagnoli ............. 53
Chitty ............................................................ 33
Renal Anterior Posterior, Hansmann ............ 54
Occipital Frontal Diameter, Hansmann......... 33
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) for
Occipital Frontal Diameter, Chitty................. 34 Growth Analysis Graphs .............................. 55
Occipital Frontal Diameter, ASUM ............... 34 EFW, Hadlock ............................................... 55
Head Circumference, Hadlock...................... 35 EFW, Jeanty.................................................. 56
Head Circumference, Merz .......................... 35 EFW, Hansmann ........................................... 56
Head Circumference, Hansmann ................. 36 EFW, Yarkoni ................................................ 57
Head Circumference (Plotted), Chitty........... 36 EFW, Tokyo................................................... 57
Head Circumference, ASUM ........................ 37 EFW, Osaka .................................................. 58
Abdominal Circumference, Hadlock ............. 37 EFW, JSUM .................................................. 58
Abdominal Circumference, Merz.................. 38 Ratios and Indices for Growth Analysis
Abdominal Circumference, Jeanty ............... 38 Graphs ......................................................... 59
Abdominal Circumference, JSUM ................ 39 AFI Amniotic Fluid Index, Moore .................. 59
Abdominal Circumference, ASUM ............... 39 LVW/HW (Lateral Ventricular
Abdominal Circumference (Plotted), Width/Hemispheric Width) Ratio,
Chitty ............................................................ 40 Johnson ........................................................ 59
AXT, Tokyo.................................................... 40 TCD/AC Ratio, Meyer.................................... 60
Fetal Trunk Area, Osaka ............................... 41 Other Calculations........................................ 60
Femur Length, Hadlock ................................ 41 Corrected BPD, Doubliet .............................. 60
Femur Length, Merz..................................... 42

9 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Mean Gestational Sac Diameter, Hellman


Hellman LM, Kobayashi M, Fillisti L, Lavenhar M, Cromb E. "Growth and development of the human fetus prior to the twentieth
week of gestation." American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 103(6):789, 1969.
MA(MSDmm)= (MSD + 25.43)/7.02
MSD ± MSD ± MSD ± MSD ± MSD ± MSD ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
17.0 06 00 0 24.2 07 00 0 31.3 08 01 0 39.2 09 01 0 46.3 10 02 0 54.2 11 02 0
17.1 06 00 0 24.3 07 01 0 32.2 08 01 0 39.3 09 02 0 47.2 10 02 0 54.3 11 03 0
17.2 06 01 0 25.2 07 01 0 32.3 08 02 0 40.2 09 02 0 47.3 10 03 0 55.2 11 03 0
18.1 06 01 0 25.3 07 02 0 33.2 08 02 0 40.3 09 03 0 48.2 10 03 0 55.3 11 04 0
18.2 06 02 0 26.2 07 02 0 33.3 08 03 0 41.2 09 03 0 48.3 10 04 0 56.3 11 04 0
19.1 06 02 0 26.3 07 03 0 34.2 08 03 0 41.3 09 04 0 49.2 10 04 0 56.4 11 05 0
19.2 06 03 0 27.2 07 03 0 34.3 08 04 0 42.2 09 04 0 49.3 10 05 0 57.3 11 05 0
20.1 06 03 0 27.3 07 04 0 35.2 08 04 0 42.3 09 05 0 50.2 10 05 0 57.4 11 06 0
20.2 06 04 0 28.2 07 04 0 35.3 08 05 0 43.2 09 05 0 50.3 10 06 0 58.3 11 06 0
21.2 06 04 0 28.3 07 05 0 36.2 08 05 0 43.3 09 06 0 51.2 10 06 0 58.4 12 00 0
21.3 06 05 0 29.2 07 05 0 36.3 08 06 0 44.2 09 06 0 51.3 11 00 0 59.3 12 00 0
22.2 06 05 0 29.3 07 06 0 37.2 08 06 0 44.3 10 00 0 52.2 11 00 0 59.4 12 01 0
22.3 06 06 0 30.2 07 06 0 37.3 09 00 0 45.2 10 00 0 52.3 11 01 0 60.0 12 01 0
23.2 06 06 0 30.3 08 00 0 38.2 09 00 0 45.3 10 01 0 53.2 11 01 0
23.3 07 00 0 31.2 08 00 0 38.3 09 01 0 46.2 10 01 0 53.3 11 02 0

Mean Gestational Sac Diameter, Rempen


Rempen A. "Biometrie in der Frühgravidität (I. Trimenon) (Biometry in Early Pregnancy (1st Trimester))." Der Frauenarzt
32:425, 1991.
MSD ± MSD ± MSD ± MSD ± MSD ± MSD ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
02.0 04 06 12 14.0 06 02 12 26.0 07 04 12 38.0 09 01 12 50.0 10 05 12 62.0 12 03 12
03.0 05 00 12 15.0 06 02 12 27.0 07 05 12 39.0 09 02 12 51.0 10 06 12 63.0 12 04 12
04.0 05 01 12 16.0 06 03 12 28.0 07 06 12 40.0 09 03 12 52.0 11 00 12 64.0 12 05 12
05.0 05 02 12 17.0 06 04 12 29.0 08 00 12 41.0 09 04 12 53.0 11 01 12 65.0 12 06 12
06.0 05 02 12 18.0 06 05 12 30.0 08 01 12 42.0 09 05 12 54.0 11 02 12 66.0 13 00 12
07.0 05 03 12 19.0 06 06 12 31.0 08 02 12 43.0 09 06 12 55.0 11 03 12 67.0 13 01 12
08.0 05 04 12 20.0 06 06 12 32.0 08 03 12 44.0 09 06 12 56.0 11 04 12 68.0 13 02 12
09.0 05 05 12 21.0 07 00 12 33.0 08 03 12 45.0 10 00 12 57.0 11 05 12 69.0 13 03 12
10.0 05 05 12 22.0 07 01 12 34.0 08 04 12 46.0 10 01 12 58.0 11 06 12 70.0 13 04 12
11.0 05 06 12 23.0 07 02 12 35.0 08 05 12 47.0 10 02 12 59.0 12 00 12 71.0 13 05 12
12.0 06 00 12 24.0 07 03 12 36.0 08 06 12 48.0 10 03 12 60.0 12 01 12 72.0 14 00 12
13.0 06 01 12 25.0 07 04 12 37.0 09 00 12 49.0 10 04 12 61.0 12 02 12 73.0 14 01 12

Gestational Sac, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
GS mean ± GS mean ± GS mean ± GS mean ± GS mean ± GS mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
10.0 28 7 20.0 41 14 30.0 52 14 40.0 62 --- 50.0 72 --- 60.0 79 ---
11.0 29 7 21.0 42 14 31.0 54 14 41.0 63 --- 51.0 72 --- 61.0 80 ---
12.0 30 7 22.0 43 14 32.0 55 14 42.0 64 --- 52.0 73 --- 62.0 81 ---
13.0 32 14 23.0 45 14 33.0 56 --- 43.0 65 --- 53.0 74 --- 63.0 82 ---
14.0 33 14 24.0 46 14 34.0 57 --- 44.0 66 --- 54.0 75 --- 64.0 82 ---
15.0 34 14 25.0 47 14 35.0 58 --- 45.0 67 --- 55.0 76 --- 65.0 83 ---
16.0 36 14 26.0 48 14 36.0 59 --- 46.0 68 --- 56.0 76 --- 66.0 83 ---
17.0 37 14 27.0 49 14 37.0 60 --- 47.0 69 --- 57.0 77 --- 67.0 84 ---
18.0 38 14 28.0 50 14 38.0 61 --- 48.0 70 --- 58.0 78 ---
19.0 40 14 29.0 51 14 39.0 62 --- 49.0 71 --- 59.0 79 ---

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 3
9 Obstetrical References

Crown Rump Length, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Shah YP, Kanon DJ, Lindsey JV. "Fetal Crown-Rump Length: Reevaluation of Relation to Menstrual Age
(5-18 weeks) with High-Resolution Real-Time US." Radiology 182(2):501, 1992.
LN (MA) = 1.684969 + (0.315646 * CRL) - (0.049306 * CRL2) + (0.004057 * CRL3) - (0.000120456 * CRL4)
±2 Standard Deviations = 8.826%
CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days mm wks days 2SD
2.0 05 05 04 14.6 07 06 05 30.7 10. 00 06 54.5 12 01 07 81.0 14 01 09 103.5 16 02 10
2.3 05 05 04 15.5 07 06 05 31.9 10 00 06 55.3 12 01 07 82.6 14 01 09 104.8 16 02 10
2.4 05 06 04 15.6 08 00 05 32.0 10 01 06 55.4 12 01 08 82.7 14 02 09 104.9 16 03 10
3.1 05 06 04 16.4 08 00 05 33.2 10 01 06 56.3 12 01 08 84.3 14 02 09 106.2 16 03 10
3.9 06 00 04 16.5 07 01 05 33.3 10 02 06 56.4 12 02 08 84.4 14 03 09 106.3 16 04 10
3.9 06 00 04 17.4 08 01 05 34.6 10 02 06 58.3 12 02 08 85.9 14 03 09 107.5 16 04 10
4.0 06 01 04 17.5 08 02 05 34.7 10 03 06 58.4 12 03 08 86.0 14 04 09 107.6 16 05 10
4.8 06 01 04 18.4 08 02 01 36.0 10 03 06 60.2 12 03 08 87.5 14 04 09 108.9 16 05 10
4.9 06 02 04 18.5 08 03 05 36.1 10 04 06 60.3 12 04 08 87.6 14 05 09 109.0 16 06 10
5.6 06 02 04 19.4 08 03 05 36.2 10 04 06 62.2 12 04 08 89.1 14 05 09 110.2 16 06 10
5.7 06 03 04 19.5 08 04 05 36.3 10 04 07 62.3 12 05 08 89.2 14 06 09 110.3 17 00 10
6.5 06 03 04 20.4 08 04 05 37.4 10 04 07 64.2 12 05 08 90.6 14 06 09 110.9 17 00 10
6.6 06 04 04 20.5 08 05 05 37.5 10 05 07 64.3 12 06 08 90.7 15 00 09 111.0 17 00 11
7.4 06 04 04 21.4 08 05 05 38.9 10 05 07 66.2 12 06 08 92.1 15 00 09 111.6 17 00 11
7.5 06 05 04 21.5 08 06 05 39.0 10 06 07 66.3 13 00 08 92.2 15 01 09 111.7 17 01 11
8.2 06 05 04 22.3 08 06 05 40.4 10 06 07 68.1 13 00 08 936 15 01 09 113.0 17 01 11
8.3 06 06 04 22.4 08 06 06 40.5 11 00 07 68.2 13 01 08 93.7 15 02 09 113.1 17 02 11
9.1 06 06 04 22.5 08 06 06 42.0 11 00 07 70.0 13 01 08 95.0 15 02 09 114.3 17 02 11
9.2 07 00 04 22.6 09 00 06 42.1 11 01 07 70.1 13 02 08 95.1 15 03 09 114.4 17 03 11
10.0 07 00 04 23.6 09 00 06 43.6 11 01 07 71.9 13 02 08 95.2 15 03 09 115.7 17 03 11
10.1 07 01 04 23.7 09 01 06 43.7 11 02 07 72.0 13 03 08 95.3 15 03 10 115.8 17 04 11
10.9 07 01 04 24.7 09 01 06 45.3 11 02 07 73.8 13 03 08 96.5 15 03 10 117.2 17 04 11
11.0 07 02 04 24.8 09 02 06 45.4 11 03 07 73.9 13 04 08 96.6 15 04 10 117.3 17 05 11
11.3 07 02 04 25.8 09 02 06 47.0 11 03 07 75.6 13 04 08 97.9 15 04 10 118.6 17 05 11
11.4 07 02 05 25.9 09 03 06 47.1 11 04 07 75.7 13 05 08 98.0 15 05 10 118.7 17 06 11
11.8 07 02 05 27.0 09 03 06 48.8 11 04 07 77.1 13 05 08 99.3 15 05 10 120.1 17 06 11
11.9 07 03 05 27.1 09 04 06 48.9 11 05 07 77.2 13 05 09 99.4 15 06 10 120.2 18 00 11
12.7 07 03 05 28.1 09 04 06 50.6 11 05 07 77.4 13 05 09 100.7 15 06 10 121.1 18 00 11
12.8 07 04 05 28.2 09 05 06 50.7 11 06 07 77.5 13 06 09 100.8 16 00 10
13.6 07 04 05 29.4 09 05 06 52.5 11 06 07 79.2 13 06 09 102.1 16 00 10
13.7 07 05 05 29.5 09 06 06 52.6 12 00 07 79.3 14 00 09 102.2 16 01 10
14.5 07 05 05 30.6 09 06 06 54.4 12 00 07 80.9 14 00 09 103.4 16 01 10

Crown Rump Length, Robinson


Robinson HP and Fleming JEE. "A critical evaluation of sonar 'crown-rump length' measurements." British Journal of Obstetrics
and Gynaecology 82:702, 1975.
MA= (8.052 * CRL½ + 23.73)/7
CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
6.7 06 03 05 13.7 07 05 05 23.2 09 00 05 35.2 10 02 05 49.8 11 04 05 66.8 12 06 05
7.3 06 03 05 14.6 07 05 05 24.3 09 00 05 36.6 10 02 05 51.4 11 04 05 68.7 12 06 05
7.4 06 04 05 14.7 07 06 05 24.4 09 01 05 36.7 10 03 05 51.5 11 05 05 68.8 13 00 05
7.9 06 04 05 15.5 07 06 05 25.6 09 01 05 38.2 10 03 05 53.2 11 05 05 70.8 13 00 05
8.0 06 05 05 15.6 08 00 05 25.7 09 02 05 38.3 10 04 05 53.3 11 06 05 70.9 13 01 05
8.7 06 05 05 16.5 08 00 05 26.9 09 02 05 39.7 10 04 05 55.1 11 06 05 72.9 13 01 05
8.8 06 06 05 16.6 08 01 05 27.0 09 03 05 39.8 10 05 05 55.2 12 00 05 73.0 13 02 05
9.4 06 06 05 17.5 08 01 05 28.2 09 03 05 41.3 10 05 05 56.9 12 00 05 75.0 13 02 05
9.5 07 00 05 17.6 08 02 05 28.3 09 04 05 41.4 10 06 05 57.0 12 01 05 75.1 13 03 05
10.2 07 00 05 18.6 08 02 05 29.5 09 04 05 42.9 10 06 05 58.8 12 01 05 77.2 13 03 05
10.3 07 01 05 18.7 08 03 05 29.6 09 05 05 43.0 11 00 05 58.9 12 02 05 77.3 13 04 05
11.0 07 01 05 19.7 08 03 05 30.9 09 05 05 44.5 11 00 05 60.7 12 02 05 79.4 13 04 05
11.1 07 02 05 19.8 08 04 05 31.0 09 06 05 44.6 11 01 05 60.8 12 03 05 79.5 13 05 05
11.8 07 02 05 20.8 08 04 05 32.3 09 06 05 46.2 11 01 05 62.7 12 03 05 81.6 13 05 05
11.9 07 03 05 20.9 08 05 05 32.4 10 00 05 46.3 11 02 05 62.8 12 04 05 81.7 13 06 05
12.7 07 03 05 22.0 08 05 05 33.7 10 00 05 47.9 11 02 05 64.7 12 04 05 82.4 13 06 05
12.8 07 04 05 22.1 08 06 05 33.8 10 01 05 48.0 11 03 05 64.8 12 05 05
13.6 07 04 05 23.1 08 06 05 35.1 10 01 05 49.7 11 03 05 66.7 12 05 05

Crown Rump Length, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag,
1985, p. 439.
CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
6.0 06 01 06 17.0 08 03 06 32.0 10 03 08 54.0 12 03 09 86.0 14 04 12 123.0 18 00 14
7.0 06 02 07 18.0 08 04 07 34.0 10 05 07 56.0 12 04 09 90.0 14 06 12 126.0 18 02 15
8.0 06 04 06 19.0 08 05 07 36.0 10 06 08 58.0 12 05 09 93.0 15 01 12 130.0 18 06 14
9.0 06 06 07 20.0 08 06 07 38.0 11 01 08 60.0 12 06 09 96.0 15 03 12 133.0 19 01 15
10.0 07 00 07 21.0 09 00 07 40.0 11 02 08 63.0 13 00 10 100.0 15 05 12 136.0 19 04 16
11.0 07 02 06 22.0 09 01 07 42.0 11 03 08 66.0 13 02 10 103.0 16 00 13 140.0 20 00 16
12.0 07 03 07 23.0 09 02 07 44.0 11 04 09 70.0 13 03 11 106.0 16 02 13 143.0 20 03 16
13.0 07 04 07 24.0 09 03 07 46.0 11 06 08 73.0 13 05 10 110.0 16 04 14 146.0 20 06 16
14.0 07 06 07 26.0 09 05 07 48.0 12 00 09 76.0 13 06 11 113.0 17 00 14 150.0 21 03 16
15.0 08 00 07 28.0 10 00 08 50.0 12 01 09 80.0 14 01 11 116.0 17 02 14
16.0 08 02 06 30.0 10 02 07 52.0 12 02 09 83.0 14 02 12 120.0 17 04 14

9 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Crown Rump Length, Lasser


Lasser DM, Peisner DB, Vollebergh J, Timor-Tritsch I. "First-trimester fetal biometry using transvaginal sonography." Ultrasound
in Obstetrics and Gynecology 3:104, 1993.
CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ± CRL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
02.3 06 00 04 11.1 07 03 04 21.7 08 06 04 34.1 10 02 04 48.4 11 05 04 64.5 13 01 04
03.1 06 01 04 12.0 07 04 04 22.8 09 00 04 35.4 10 03 04 49.4 11 06 04 66.2 13 02 04
03.9 06 02 04 13.0 07 05 04 24.0 09 01 04 36.8 10 04 04 51.5 12 00 04 68.0 13 03 04
04.7 06 03 04 14.0 07 06 04 25.2 09 02 04 38.2 10 05 04 53.0 12 01 04 69.7 13 04 04
05.6 06 04 04 15.1 08 00 04 26.4 09 03 04 39.6 10 06 04 54.6 12 02 04 71.5 13 05 04
06.4 06 05 04 16.2 08 01 04 27.7 09 04 04 41.0 11 00 04 56.2 12 03 04 73.3 13 06 04
07.3 06 06 04 17.2 08 02 04 28.9 09 05 04 42.5 11 01 04 57.9 12 04 04 75.1 14 00 04
08.2 07 00 04 18.3 08 03 04 30.2 09 06 04 43.9 11 02 04 59.5 12 05 04 76.9 14 01 04
09.1 07 01 04 19.4 08 04 04 31.5 10 00 04 45.4 11 03 04 61.1 12 06 04
10.1 07 02 04 20.5 08 05 04 32.8 10 01 04 46.9 11 04 04 62.8 13 00 04

Crown Rump Length, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
CRL mean ± CRL mean ± CRL mean ± CRL mean ± CRL mean ± CRL mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
12.0 49 --- 25.0 68 7 38.0 77 7 51.0 87 7 64.0 94 7 77.0 100 14
13.0 52 --- 26.0 69 7 39.0 78 7 52.0 87 7 65.0 95 7 78.0 100 14
14.0 54 --- 27.0 70 7 40.0 79 7 53.0 88 7 66.0 95 7 79.0 101 14
15.0 56 14 28.0 71 7 41.0 80 7 54.0 89 7 67.0 96 7 80.0 101 14
16.0 58 14 29.0 71 7 42.0 81 7 55.0 89 7 68.0 96 14 81.0 102 14
17.0 60 14 30.0 72 7 43.0 81 7 56.0 90 7 69.0 97 14 82.0 102 14
18.0 61 14 31.0 73 7 44.0 82 7 57.0 90 7 70.0 97 14 83.0 103 14
19.0 62 14 32.0 74 7 45.0 83 7 58.0 91 7 71.0 98 14 84.0 103 14
20.0 63 7 33.0 74 7 46.0 84 7 59.0 92 7 72.0 98 14 85.0 104 14
21.0 64 7 34.0 75 7 47.0 84 7 60.0 92 7 73.0 98 14 86.0 104 14
22.0 65 7 35.0 75 7 48.0 85 7 61.0 93 7 74.0 99 14 87.0 105 14
23.0 66 7 36.0 76 7 49.0 86 7 62.0 93 7 75.0 99 14 88.0 105 14
24.0 67 7 37.0 76 7 50.0 86 7 63.0 94 7 76.0 100 14

Crown Rump Length, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
CRL mean ± CRL mean ± CRL mean ± CRL mean ± CRL mean ± CRL mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
8.0 48 7 18.0 61 7 28.0 69 7 38.0 75 7 48.0 81 7 58.0 87 7
9.0 50 7 19.0 62 7 29.0 69 7 39.0 76 7 49.0 82 7 59.0 87 7
10.0 52 7 20.0 63 7 30.0 70 7 40.0 76 7 50.0 82 7 60.0 88 7
11.0 53 7 21.0 64 7 31.0 71 7 41.0 77 7 51.0 83 7 61.0 89 7
12.0 55 7 22.0 64 7 32.0 71 7 42.0 78 7 52.0 83 7 62.0 89 7
13.0 56 7 23.0 65 7 33.0 72 7 43.0 78 7 53.0 84 7 63.0 90 7
14.0 57 7 24.0 66 7 34.0 72 7 44.0 79 7 54.0 85 7 64.0 91 7
15.0 58 7 25.0 67 7 35.0 73 7 45.0 79 7 55.0 85 7
16.0 59 7 26.0 67 7 36.0 74 7 46.0 80 7 56.0 86 7
17.0 60 7 27.0 68 7 37.0 74 7 47.0 81 7 57.0 86 7

Crown Rump Length, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
CRL - + CRL - ± CRL - + CRL - + CRL - + CRL - +
mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD
14.0 3 57 5 19.0 3 62 5 24.0 3 66 5 29.0 3 70 5 34.0 3 74 4 39.0 3 77 4
15.0 3 58 5 20.0 3 63 5 25.0 3 67 5 30.0 3 71 5 35.0 3 75 4 40.0 3 78 4
16.0 3 59 5 21.0 3 64 5 26.0 3 68 5 31.0 3 72 4 36.0 3 75 4 41.0 3 79 3
17.0 3 60 5 22.0 4 65 5 27.0 3 69 5 32.0 3 73 4 37.0 3 76 4 42.0 3 79 4
18.0 3 61 5 23.0 3 65 5 28.0 4 70 4 33.0 3 73 5 38.0 3 77 4 43.0 3 80 3

Crown Rump Length, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
CRL CRL CRL CRL CRL CRL
mm days mm days mm days mm days mm days mm days
0.1 37 15.0 53 30.0 66 45.0 77 60.0 86 75.0 93
1.0 38 16.0 53 31.0 67 46.0 78 61.0 86 76.0 93
2.0 39 17.0 54 32.0 67 47.0 78 62.0 87 77.0 93
3.0 40 18.0 55 33.0 68 48.0 79 63.0 87 78.0 94
4.0 41 19.0 56 34.0 69 49.0 80 64.0 88 79.0 94
5.0 42 20.0 57 35.0 70 50.0 80 65.0 88 80.0 94
6.0 43 21.0 58 36.0 71 51.0 81 66.0 89 81.0 95
7.0 45 22.0 59 37.0 71 52.0 81 67.0 89 82.0 95
8.0 46 23.0 60 38.0 72 53.0 82 68.0 90 83.0 95
9.0 47 24.0 61 39.0 73 54.0 83 69.0 90 84.0 96
10.0 48 25.0 62 40.0 74 55.0 83 70.0 91 85.0 96
11.0 49 26.0 63 41.0 74 56.0 84 71.0 91 86.0 96
12.0 50 27.0 63 42.0 75 57.0 84 72.0 91 87.0 96
13.0 51 28.0 64 43.0 76 58.0 85 73.0 92
14.0 52 29.0 65 44.0 76 59.0 85 74.0 92

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 5
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984.
MA= 9.54 + 1.482 *(BPD) + 0.1676 *(BPD²)
±2 Standard Deviations: 12-18 wk ± 1.19 wk (8 days) 30-36 wk ± 3.08 wk (22 days)
18-24 wk ± 1.73 wk (12 days) 36-42 wk ± 3.20 wk (22 days)
24-30 wk ± 2.18 wk (15 days)
BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
15.0 12 01 08 36.6 17 01 08 53.4 22 02 12 67.9 27 02 15 80.6 32 03 22 92.3 37 03 22
15.3 12 01 08 36.7 17 02 08 53.7 22 02 12 68.0 27 03 15 80.9 32 03 22 92.4 37 04 22
15.4 12 02 08 37.1 17 02 08 53.8 22 03 12 68.3 27 03 15 81.0 32 04 22 92.6 37 04 22
16.0 12 02 08 37.2 17 03 08 54.2 22 03 12 68.4 27 04 15 81.2 32 04 22 92.7 37 05 22
16.1 12 03 08 37.6 17 03 08 54.3 22 04 12 68.7 27 04 15 81.3 32 05 22 92.9 37 05 22
16.7 12 03 08 37.7 17 04 08 54.6 22 04 12 68.8 27 05 15 81.5 32 05 22 93.0 37 06 22
16.8 12 04 08 38.1 17 04 08 54.7 22 05 12 69.1 27 05 15 81.6 32 06 22 93.2 37 06 22
17.4 12 04 08 38.2 17 05 08 55.0 22 05 12 69.2 27 06 15 81.9 32 06 22 93.3 38 00 22
17.5 12 05 08 38.7 17 05 08 55.1 22 06 12 69.4 27 06 15 82.0 33 00 22 93.5 38 00 22
18.1 12 05 08 38.8 17 06 08 55.5 22 06 12 69.5 28 00 15 82.2 33 00 22 93.6 38 01 22
18.2 12 06 08 39.2 17 06 08 55.6 23 00 12 69.8 28 00 15 82.3 33 01 22 93.8 38 01 22
18.8 12 06 08 39.3 18 00 12 55.9 23 00 12 69.9 28 01 15 82.5 33 01 22 93.9 38 02 22
18.9 13 00 08 39.7 18 00 12 56.0 23 01 12 70.2 28 01 15 82.6 33 02 22 94.1 38 02 22
19.5 13 00 08 39.8 18 01 12 56.3 23 01 12 70.3 28 02 15 82.9 33 02 22 94.2 38 03 22
19.6 13 01 08 40.2 18 01 12 56.4 23 02 12 70.6 28 02 15 83.0 33 03 22 94.4 38 03 22
20.1 13 01 08 40.3 18 02 12 56.7 23 02 12 70.7 28 03 15 83.2 33 03 22 94.5 38 04 22
20.2 13 02 08 40.7 18 02 12 56.8 23 03 12 70.9 28 03 15 83.3 33 04 22 94.7 38 04 22
20.8 13 02 08 40.8 18 03 12 57.1 23 03 12 71.0 28 04 15 83.5 33 04 22 94.8 38 05 22
20.9 13 03 08 41.2 18 03 12 57.2 23 04 12 71.3 28 04 15 83.6 33 05 22 95.0 38 05 22
21.4 13 03 08 41.3 18 04 12 57.6 23 04 12 71.4 28 05 15 83.9 33 05 22 95.1 38 06 22
21.5 13 04 08 41.7 18 04 12 57.7 23 05 12 71.7 28 05 15 84.0 33 06 22 95.3 38 06 22
22.1 13 04 08 41.8 18 05 12 58.0 23 05 12 71.8 28 06 15 84.2 33 06 22 95.4 39 00 22
22.2 13 05 08 42.2 18 05 12 58.1 23 06 12 72.0 28 06 15 84.3 34 00 22 95.6 39 00 22
22.7 13 05 08 42.3 18 06 12 58.4 23 06 12 72.1 29 00 15 84.5 34 00 22 95.7 39 01 22
22.8 13 06 08 42.7 18 06 12 58.5 24 00 15 72.4 29 00 15 84.6 34 01 22 96.0 39 01 22
23.4 13 06 08 42.8 19 00 12 58.8 24 00 15 72.5 29 01 15 84.9 34 01 22 96.1 39 02 22
23.5 14 00 08 43.2 19 00 12 58.9 24 01 15 72.8 29 01 15 85.0 34 02 22 96.3 39 02 22
24.0 14 00 08 43.3 19 01 12 59.2 24 01 15 72.9 29 02 15 85.2 34 02 22 96.4 39 03 22
24.1 14 01 08 43.6 19 01 12 59.3 24 02 15 73.1 29 02 15 85.3 34 03 22 96.6 39 03 22
24.6 14 01 08 43.7 19 02 12 59.6 24 02 15 73.2 29 03 15 85.5 34 03 22 96.7 39 04 22
24.7 14 02 08 44.1 19 02 12 59.7 24 03 15 73.5 29 03 15 85.6 34 04 22 96.9 39 04 22
25.2 14 02 08 44.2 19 03 12 60.0 24 03 15 73.6 29 04 15 85.9 34 04 22 97.0 39 05 22
25.3 14 03 08 44.6 19 03 12 60.1 24 04 15 73.8 29 04 15 86.0 34 05 22 97.2 39 05 22
25.8 14 03 08 44.7 19 04 12 60.5 24 04 15 73.9 29 05 15 86.2 34 05 22 97.3 39 06 22
25.9 14 04 08 45.1 19 04 12 60.6 24 05 15 74.2 29 05 15 86.3 34 06 22 97.5 39 06 22
26.4 14 04 08 45.2 19 05 12 60.9 24 05 15 74.3 29 06 15 86.5 34 06 22 97.6 40 00 22
26.5 14 05 08 45.6 19 05 12 61.0 24 06 15 74.6 29 06 15 86.6 35 00 22 97.8 40 00 22
27.0 14 05 08 45.7 19 06 12 61.3 24 06 15 74.7 30 00 22 86.8 35 00 22 97.9 40 01 22
27.1 14 06 08 46.0 19 06 12 61.4 25 00 15 74.9 30 00 22 86.9 35 01 22 98.1 40 01 22
27.6 14 06 08 46.1 20 00 12 61.7 25 00 15 75.0 30 01 22 87.2 35 01 22 98.2 40 02 22
27.7 15 00 08 46.5 20 00 12 61.8 25 01 15 75.3 30 01 22 87.3 35 02 22 98.4 40 02 22
28.2 15 00 08 46.6 20 01 12 62.1 25 01 15 75.4 30 02 22 87.5 35 02 22 98.5 40 03 22
28.3 15 01 08 47.0 20 01 12 62.2 25 02 15 75.6 30 02 22 87.6 35 03 22 98.7 40 03 22
28.8 15 01 08 47.1 10 02 12 62.5 25 02 15 75.7 30 03 22 87.8 35 03 22 98.8 40 04 22
28.9 15 02 08 47.4 20 02 12 62.6 25 03 15 76.0 30 03 22 87.9 35 04 22 99.0 40 04 22
29.4 15 02 08 47.5 20 03 12 62.9 25 03 15 76.1 30 04 22 88.1 35 04 22 99.1 40 05 22
29.5 15 03 08 47.9 20 03 12 63.0 25 04 15 76.3 30 04 22 88.2 35 05 22 99.3 40 05 22
30.0 15 03 08 48.0 20 04 12 63.3 25 04 15 76.4 30 05 22 88.5 35 05 22 99.4 40 06 22
30.1 15 04 08 48.4 20 04 12 63.4 25 05 15 76.7 30 05 22 88.6 35 06 22 99.6 40 06 22
30.5 15 04 08 48.5 20 05 12 63.7 25 05 15 76.8 30 06 22 88.8 35 06 22 99.7 41 00 22
30.6 15 05 08 48.8 20 05 12 63.8 25 06 15 77.0 30 06 22 88.9 36 00 22 99.8 41 00 22
31.1 15 05 08 48.9 20 06 12 64.1 25 06 15 77.1 31 00 22 89.1 36 00 22 99.9 41 01 22
31.2 15 06 08 49.3 20 06 12 64.2 26 00 15 77.4 31 00 22 89.2 36 01 22 100.1 41 01 22
31.7 15 06 08 49.4 21 00 12 64.4 26 00 15 77.5 31 01 22 89.4 36 01 22 100.2 41 02 22
31.8 16 00 08 49.7 21 00 12 64.5 26 01 15 77.7 31 01 22 89.5 36 02 22 100.4 41 02 22
32.2 16 00 08 49.8 21 01 12 64.8 26 01 15 77.8 31 02 22 89.7 36 02 22 100.5 41 03 22
32.3 16 01 08 50.2 21 01 12 64.9 26 02 15 78.1 31 02 22 89.8 36 03 22 100.7 41 03 22
32.8 16 01 08 50.3 21 02 12 65.2 26 02 15 78.2 31 03 22 90.1 36 03 22 100.8 41 04 22
32.9 16 02 08 50.6 21 02 12 65.3 26 03 15 78.4 31 03 22 90.2 36 04 22 101.0 41 04 22
33.3 16 02 08 50.7 21 03 12 65.6 26 03 15 78.5 31 04 22 90.4 36 04 22 101.1 41 05 22
33.4 16 03 08 51.1 21 03 12 65.7 26 04 15 78.8 31 04 22 90.5 36 05 22 101.3 41 05 22
33.9 16 03 08 51.2 21 04 12 66.0 26 04 15 78.9 31 05 22 90.7 36 05 22 101.4 41 06 22
34.0 16 04 08 51.5 21 04 12 66.1 26 05 15 79.1 31 05 22 90.8 36 06 22 101.6 41 06 22
34.4 16 04 08 51.6 21 05 12 66.4 26 05 15 79.2 31 06 22 91.0 36 06 22 101.7 42 00 22
34.5 16 05 08 52.0 21 05 12 66.5 26 06 15 79.5 31 06 22 91.1 37 00 22 101.9 42 00 22
35.0 16 05 08 52.1 21 06 12 66.8 26 06 15 79.6 32 00 22 91.3 37 00 22 102.0 42 01 22
35.1 16 06 08 52.4 21 06 12 66.9 27 00 15 79.8 32 00 22 91.4 37 01 22
35.5 16 06 08 52.5 22 00 12 67.2 27 00 15 79.9 32 01 22 91.6 37 01 22
35.6 17 00 08 52.9 22 00 12 67.3 27 01 15 80.2 32 01 22 91.7 37 02 22
36.0 17 00 08 53.0 22 01 12 67.5 27 01 15 80.3 32 02 22 91.9 37 02 22
36.1 17 01 08 53.3 22 01 12 67.6 27 02 15 80.5 32 02 22 92.0 37 03 22

9 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter, Merz


Merz E. Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics. Stuttgart and New York: Thieme Medical Publishers, Inc., 1991, p. 326.
Standard Deviation derived from 5 and 95% Confidence Interval
BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
21.0 12 01 13 35.0 16 00 15 49.0 20 00 16 63.0 24 04 17 77.0 29 03 18 91.0 35 01 19
22.0 12 03 12 36.0 16 02 15 50.0 20 03 15 64.0 24 06 17 78.0 29 06 18 92.0 35 04 19
23.0 12 05 12 37.0 16 04 13 51.0 20 05 16 65.0 25 01 17 79.0 30 01 18 93.0 35 06 19
24.0 13 00 13 38.0 16 06 15 52.0 21 00 16 66.0 25 04 17 80.0 30 04 18 94.0 36 03 21
25.0 13 01 13 39.0 17 01 15 53.0 21 02 16 67.0 25 06 17 81.0 30 06 19 95.0 36 06 21
26.0 13 04 12 40.0 17 03 15 54.0 21 04 17 68.0 26 01 18 82.0 31 02 19 96.0 37 02 21
27.0 13 06 13 41.0 17 05 16 55.0 21 06 17 69.0 26 04 17 83.0 31 05 18 97.0 37 06 19
28.0 14 01 13 42.0 18 00 16 56.0 22 01 17 70.0 26 06 17 84.0 32 01 18 98.0 38 02 21
29.0 14 02 13 43.0 18 02 16 57.0 22 04 16 71.0 27 01 18 85.0 32 04 18 99.0 38 06 19
30.0 14 04 13 44.0 18 04 16 58.0 22 06 16 72.0 27 04 18 86.0 32 06 19 100.0 39 02 22
31.0 14 06 15 45.0 18 06 16 59.0 23 01 17 73.0 27 06 18 87.0 33 02 19 101.0 39 06 21
32.0 15 01 15 46.0 19 01 16 60.0 23 04 17 74.0 28 02 18 88.0 33 06 19 102.0 40 02 22
33.0 15 03 13 47.0 19 03 15 61.0 23 06 17 75.0 28 04 18 89.0 34 01 21
34.0 15 05 15 48.0 19 05 16 62.0 24 01 17 76.0 29 00 18 90.0 34 04 19

Biparietal Diameter, Lasser


Lasser DM, Peisner DB, Vollebergh J, Timor-Tritsch I. "First-trimester fetal biometry using transvaginal sonography." Ultrasound
in Obstetrics and Gynecology 3:104, 1993.
BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
4.7 07 00 05 6.9 08 02 05 10.2 09 04 05 15.0 10 06 05 22.0 12 01 05 32.4 13 03 05
4.9 07 01 05 7.2 08 03 05 10.6 09 05 05 15.6 11 00 05 23.0 12 02 05 33.8 13 04 05
5.1 07 02 05 7.5 08 04 05 11.1 09 06 05 16.3 11 01 05 24.0 12 03 05 35.3 13 05 05
5.3 07 03 05 7.9 08 05 05 11.6 10 00 05 17.0 11 02 05 25.1 12 04 05 36.9 13 06 05
5.6 07 04 05 8.2 08 06 05 12.1 10 01 05 17.8 11 03 05 26.2 12 05 05 38.5 14 00 05
5.8 07 05 05 8.6 09 00 05 12.6 10 02 05 18.6 11 04 05 27.3 12 06 05
6.1 07 06 05 8.9 09 01 05 13.2 10 03 05 19.4 11 05 05 28.5 13 00 05
6.3 08 00 05 9.3 09 02 05 13.7 10 04 05 20.2 11 06 05 29.8 13 01 05
6.6 08 01 05 9.7 09 03 05 14.3 10 05 05 21.1 12 00 05 31.1 13 02 05

Biparietal Diameter, Rempen


Rempen A. "Biometrie in der Frühgravidität (I. Trimenon) (Biometry in Early Pregnancy (1st Trimester))." Der Frauenarzt
32:425, 1991.
BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ± BPD ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
3.0 06 06 10 8.0 08 02 10 13.0 09 05 10 18.0 11 01 10 23.0 12 04 10
4.0 07 01 10 9.0 08 04 10 14.0 10 00 10 19.0 11 03 10 24.0 12 06 10
5.0 07 03 10 10.0 08 06 10 15.0 10 02 10 20.0 11 05 10 25.0 13 01 10
6.0 07 05 10 11.0 09 01 10 16.0 10 04 10 21.0 12 00 10 26.0 13 03 10
7.0 08 00 10 12.0 09 03 10 17.0 10 06 10 22.0 12 02 10 27.0 13 05 10

Biparietal Diameter, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
BPD mean ± BPD mean ± BPD mean ± BPD mean ± BPD mean ± BPD mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
20.0 85 7 33.0 112 7 46.0 139 14 59.0 169 14 72.0 201 21 85.0 241 21
21.0 87 7 34.0 114 7 47.0 141 14 60.0 171 14 73.0 204 21 86.0 245 21
22.0 89 7 35.0 116 7 48.0 144 14 61.0 173 14 74.0 207 21 87.0 249 21
23.0 91 7 36.0 118 7 49.0 146 14 62.0 176 14 75.0 209 21 88.0 253 21
24.0 93 7 37.0 120 7 50.0 148 14 63.0 178 14 76.0 212 21 89.0 257 21
25.0 95 7 38.0 122 7 51.0 150 14 64.0 181 14 77.0 215 21 90.0 262 28
26.0 97 7 39.0 124 7 52.0 152 14 65.0 183 14 78.0 218 21 91.0 267 28
27.0 99 7 40.0 126 14 53.0 155 14 66.0 186 14 79.0 221 21 92.0 273 28
28.0 101 7 41.0 128 14 54.0 157 14 67.0 188 14 80.0 224 21 93.0 279 28
29.0 103 7 42.0 131 14 55.0 159 14 68.0 191 14 81.0 227 21 94.0 287 28
30.0 105 7 43.0 133 14 56.0 162 14 69.0 193 14 82.0 231 21
31.0 107 7 44.0 135 14 57.0 164 14 70.0 196 21 83.0 234 21
32.0 110 7 45.0 137 14 58.0 166 14 71.0 198 21 84.0 237 21

Biparietal Diameter, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
BPD mean ± BPD mean ± BPD mean ± BPD mean ± BPD mean ± BPD mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
14.0 71 7 28.0 98 7 42.0 126 7 56.0 157 14 70.0 190 14 84.0 230 ---
15.0 73 7 29.0 99 7 43.0 128 7 57.0 159 14 71.0 193 --- 85.0 234 ---
16.0 75 7 30.0 101 7 44.0 130 7 58.0 161 14 72.0 195 --- 86.0 237 ---
17.0 77 7 31.0 103 7 45.0 132 7 59.0 163 14 73.0 198 --- 87.0 241 ---
18.0 79 7 32.0 105 7 46.0 135 7 60.0 166 14 74.0 200 --- 88.0 245 ---
19.0 80 7 33.0 107 7 47.0 137 7 61.0 168 14 75.0 203 --- 89.0 249 ---
20.0 82 7 34.0 109 7 48.0 139 7 62.0 171 14 76.0 206 --- 90.0 254 ---
21.0 84 7 35.0 112 7 49.0 141 7 63.0 173 14 77.0 209 --- 91.0 259 ---
22.0 86 7 36.0 114 7 50.0 143 14 64.0 175 14 78.0 212 --- 92.0 265 ---
23.0 88 7 37.0 116 7 51.0 145 14 65.0 178 14 79.0 214 --- 93.0 273 ---
24.0 90 7 38.0 118 7 52.0 148 14 66.0 180 14 80.0 217 ---
25.0 92 7 39.0 120 7 53.0 150 14 67.0 183 14 81.0 220 ---
26.0 94 7 40.0 122 7 54.0 152 14 68.0 185 14 82.0 224 ---
27.0 96 7 41.0 124 7 55.0 154 14 69.0 187 14 83.0 227 ---

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 7
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
BPD - + BPD - + BPD - + BPD - + BPD - + BPD - +
mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD
13.0 4 71 4 26.0 5 98 5 39.0 6 125 6 52.0 7 153 7 65.0 9 183 9 78.0 12 219 12
14.0 4 73 4 27.0 5 100 5 40.0 6 127 6 53.0 8 155 8 66.0 10 185 10 79.0 12 222 12
15.0 4 75 4 28.0 5 102 5 41.0 6 129 6 54.0 8 157 8 67.0 10 188 10 80.0 12 225 12
16.0 4 77 4 29.0 5 104 5 42.0 6 131 6 55.0 8 159 8 68.0 10 191 10 81.0 12 229 12
17.0 4 79 4 30.0 5 106 5 43.0 6 133 6 56.0 8 162 8 69.0 10 193 10 82.0 13 232 13
18.0 4 81 4 31.0 5 108 5 44.0 6 135 6 57.0 8 164 8 70.0 10 196 10 83.0 13 236 13
19.0 4 83 4 32.0 5 110 5 45.0 6 137 6 58.0 8 166 8 71.0 10 199 10 84.0 13 240 13
20.0 4 85 4 33.0 5 112 5 46.0 7 140 7 59.0 8 169 8 72.0 11 201 11 85.0 13 244 13
21.0 4 87 4 34.0 5 114 5 47.0 7 142 7 60.0 9 171 9 73.0 11 204 11 86.0 14 248 14
22.0 4 90 4 35.0 5 116 5 48.0 7 144 7 61.0 9 173 9 74.0 11 207 11 87.0 14 252 14
23.0 5 92 5 36.0 6 118 6 49.0 7 146 7 62.0 9 176 9 75.0 11 210 11 88.0 14 257 14
24.0 5 94 5 37.0 6 120 6 50.0 7 148 7 63.0 9 178 9 76.0 11 213 11 89.0 14 263 14
25.0 5 96 5 38.0 6 123 6 51.0 7 150 7 64.0 9 180 9 77.0 12 216 12 90.0 15 269 15

Biparietal Diameter, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
BPD BPD BPD BPD BPD BPD
mm days mm days mm days mm days mm days mm days
14.0 77 29.0 100 44.0 130 59.0 165 74.0 205 89.0 251
15.0 78 30.0 102 45.0 132 60.0 167 75.0 208 90.0 255
16.0 80 31.0 104 46.0 134 61.0 170 76.0 211 91.0 258
17.0 81 32.0 106 47.0 136 62.0 172 77.0 214 92.0 261
18.0 83 33.0 108 48.0 138 63.0 175 78.0 217 93.0 265
19.0 84 34.0 110 49.0 141 64.0 177 79.0 220 94.0 268
20.0 86 35.0 111 50.0 143 65.0 180 80.0 223 95.0 271
21.0 87 36.0 113 51.0 145 66.0 183 81.0 226 96.0 275
22.0 89 37.0 115 52.0 148 67.0 186 82.0 229 97.0 278
23.0 90 38.0 117 53.0 150 68.0 188 83.0 232 98.0 282
24.0 92 39.0 119 54.0 152 69.0 191 84.0 235 99.0 285
25.0 94 40.0 121 55.0 155 70.0 194 85.0 238 99.5 287
26.0 95 41.0 123 56.0 157 71.0 197 86.0 242
27.0 97 42.0 125 57.0 160 72.0 199 87.0 245
28.0 99 43.0 128 58.0 162 73.0 202 88.0 248

Occipital Frontal Diameter, Merz


Merz E, Wellek S. "Normal Fetal Growth Profile – A Uniform Model for Calculating Normal Current Head and Abdomen
Parameters and Long Limb Bones." Ultraschall in der Medizin 17(4):153-162, 1996.
Range: 13 – 40 weeks, 31.8 – 114.4 mm

Occipital Frontal Diameter, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
OFD OFD OFD OFD OFD OFD
mm days mm days mm days mm days mm days mm days
13.0 77 32.0 94 51.0 118 70.0 150 89.0 190 108.0 237
14.0 78 33.0 95 52.0 120 71.0 152 90.0 192 109.0 240
15.0 79 34.0 96 53.0 121 72.0 154 91.0 194 110.0 242
16.0 80 35.0 97 54.0 123 73.0 156 92.0 197 111.0 245
17.0 80 36.0 99 55.0 125 74.0 158 93.0 199 112.0 248
18.0 81 37.0 100 56.0 126 75.0 160 94.0 201 113.0 251
19.0 82 38.0 101 57.0 128 76.0 162 95.0 204 114.0 253
20.0 83 39.0 102 58.0 129 77.0 164 96.0 206 115.0 256
21.0 84 40.0 103 59.0 131 78.0 166 97.0 209 116.0 259
22.0 84 41.0 105 60.0 133 79.0 168 98.0 211 117.0 262
23.0 85 42.0 106 61.0 134 80.0 170 99.0 214 118.0 265
24.0 86 43.0 107 62.0 136 81.0 172 100.0 216 119.0 268
25.0 87 44.0 109 63.0 138 82.0 174 101.0 219 120.0 271
26.0 88 45.0 110 64.0 139 83.0 177 102.0 221 121.0 273
27.0 89 46.0 111 65.0 141 84.0 179 103.0 224 122.0 276
28.0 90 47.0 113 66.0 143 85.0 181 104.0 226 123.0 279
29.0 91 48.0 114 67.0 145 86.0 183 105.0 229 124.0 282
30.0 92 49.0 116 68.0 147 87.0 185 106.0 232 125.0 285
31.0 93 50.0 117 69.0 148 88.0 188 107.0 234 125.5 287

Abdominal Transverse Diameter, Merz


Merz E, Wellek S. "Normal Fetal Growth Profile – A Uniform Model for Calculating Normal Current Head and Abdomen
Parameters and Long Limb Bones." Ultraschall in der Medizin 17(4):153-162, 1996.
Range: 12 – 40 weeks, 18.7 – 107.1 mm

Abdominal Sagittal Diameter, Merz


Merz E, Wellek S. "Normal Fetal Growth Profile – A Uniform Model for Calculating Normal Current Head and Abdomen
Parameters and Long Limb Bones." Ultraschall in der Medizin 17(4):153-162, 1996.
Range: 12 – 40 weeks, 17.4 – 105.6 mm

Fractional Shortening, Cyr


Cyr DR, Guntheroth WG, Mack LA. "Fetal Echocardiography." In: Berman MC (ed.) Diagnostic Medical Sonography, Vol I:
Obstetrics and Gynecology, 249-271, 1991.
FS%=(LVIDd - LVIDs)/LVIDd*100

9 - 8 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Fetal Weight Estimation, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
EFW EFW EFW EFW EFW EFW
grams days grams days grams days grams days grams days grams days
365.0 140 707.0 165 1,166.0 190 1,716.0 215 2,314.0 240 2,918.0 265
376.0 141 723.0 166 1,187.0 191 1,739.0 216 2,338.0 241 2,942.0 266
388.0 142 740.0 167 1,208.0 192 1,762.0 217 2,363.0 242 2,966.0 267
399.0 143 756.0 168 1,228.0 193 1,786.0 218 2,387.0 243 2,989.0 268
411.0 144 773.0 169 1,249.0 194 1,809.0 219 2,411.0 244 3,013.0 269
423.0 145 790.0 170 1,270.0 195 1,833.0 220 2,436.0 245 3,036.0 270
435.0 146 807.0 171 1,292.0 196 1,857.0 221 2,460.0 246 3,060.0 271
448.0 147 825.0 172 1,313.0 197 1,880.0 222 2,484.0 247 3,083.0 272
461.0 148 842.0 173 1,334.0 198 1,904.0 223 2,509.0 248 3,106.0 273
474.0 149 860.0 174 1,356.0 199 1,928.0 224 2,533.0 249 3,130.0 274
487.0 150 878.0 175 1,378.0 200 1,952.0 225 2,557.0 250 3,153.0 275
500.0 151 896.0 176 1,399.0 201 1,976.0 226 2,582.0 251 3,176.0 276
513.0 152 914.0 177 1,421.0 202 2,000.0 227 2,606.0 252 3,199.0 277
527.0 153 933.0 178 1,443.0 203 2,024.0 228 2,630.0 253 3,222.0 278
541.0 154 951.0 179 1,465.0 204 2,048.0 229 2,654.0 254 3,245.0 279
555.0 155 970.0 180 1,488.0 205 2,072.0 230 2,678.0 255 3,268.0 280
569.0 156 989.0 181 1,510.0 206 2,096.0 231 2,702.0 256 3,291.0 281
584.0 157 1,008.0 182 1,533.0 207 2,120.0 232 2,727.0 257 3,314.0 282
599.0 158 1,027.0 183 1,555.0 208 2,144.0 233 2,751.0 258 3,336.0 283
613.0 159 1,047.0 184 1,578.0 209 2,168.0 234 2,775.0 259 3,359.0 284
628.0 160 1,066.0 185 1,601.0 210 2,193.0 235 2,799.0 260 3,381.0 285
644.0 161 1,086.0 186 1,623.0 211 2,217.0 236 2,823.0 261 3,404.0 286
659.0 162 1,106.0 187 1,646.0 212 2,241.0 237 2,847.0 262 3,426.0 287
675.0 163 1,126.0 188 1,669.0 213 2,265.0 238 2,870.0 263
691.0 164 1,146.0 189 1,693.0 214 2,290.0 239 2,894.0 264

Fetal Weight Estimation, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
EFW EFW EFW EFW EFW EFW
grams days grams days grams days grams days grams days grams days
187.0 126 469.0 154 892.0 182 1,470.0 210 2,156.0 238 2,838.0 266
196.0 127 482.0 155 911.0 183 1,494.0 211 2,181.0 239 2,860.0 267
204.0 128 495.0 156 929.0 184 1,517.0 212 2,207.0 240 2,881.0 268
213.0 129 508.0 157 948.0 185 1,541.0 213 2,232.0 241 2,903.0 269
221.0 130 521.0 158 967.0 186 1,564.0 214 2,257.0 242 2,924.0 270
230.0 131 534.0 159 986.0 187 1,588.0 215 2,282.0 243 2,946.0 271
238.0 132 547.0 160 1,004.0 188 1,611.0 216 2,308.0 244 2,967.0 272
247.0 133 560.0 161 1,023.0 189 1,635.0 217 2,333.0 245 2,989.0 273
256.0 134 574.0 162 1,043.0 190 1,659.0 218 2,358.0 246 3,008.0 274
266.0 135 589.0 163 1,063.0 191 1,684.0 219 2,383.0 247 3,028.0 275
275.0 136 603.0 164 1,083.0 192 1,708.0 220 2,408.0 248 3,047.0 276
285.0 137 617.0 165 1,103.0 193 1,732.0 221 2,432.0 249 3,067.0 277
294.0 138 631.0 166 1,123.0 194 1,756.0 222 2,457.0 250 3,086.0 278
304.0 139 646.0 167 1,143.0 195 1,781.0 223 2,482.0 251 3,106.0 279
313.0 140 660.0 168 1,163.0 196 1,805.0 224 2,507.0 252 3,125.0 280
324.0 141 676.0 169 1,184.0 197 1,830.0 225 2,531.0 253 3,142.0 281
334.0 142 692.0 170 1,206.0 198 1,855.0 226 2,555.0 254 3,159.0 282
345.0 143 708.0 171 1,227.0 199 1,880.0 227 2,579.0 255 3,176.0 283
355.0 144 723.0 172 1,249.0 200 1,905.0 228 2,604.0 256 3,193.0 284
366.0 145 739.0 173 1,270.0 201 1,930.0 229 2,628.0 257 3,210.0 285
376.0 146 755.0 174 1,292.0 202 1,955.0 230 2,652.0 258 3,227.0 286
387.0 147 771.0 175 1,313.0 203 1,980.0 231 2,676.0 259 3,244.0 287
399.0 148 788.0 176 1,335.0 204 2,005.0 232 2,699.0 260
410.0 149 806.0 177 1,358.0 205 2,030.0 233 2,722.0 261
422.0 150 823.0 178 1,380.0 206 2,055.0 234 2,745.0 262
434.0 151 840.0 179 1,403.0 207 2,081.0 235 2,769.0 263
446.0 152 857.0 180 1,425.0 208 2,106.0 236 2,792.0 264
457.0 153 875.0 181 1,448.0 209 2,131.0 237 2,815.0 265

Fetal Weight Estimation, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
EFW EFW EFW EFW EFW EFW
grams days grams days grams days grams days grams days grams days
216.0 140 579.0 165 991.0 190 1,553.0 215 2,251.0 240 2,928.0 265
232.0 141 594.0 166 1,010.0 191 1,579.0 216 2,280.0 241 2,950.0 266
247.0 142 608.0 167 1,030.0 192 1,605.0 217 2,309.0 242 2,972.0 267
263.0 143 623.0 168 1,050.0 193 1,631.0 218 2,339.0 243 2,993.0 268
278.0 144 638.0 169 1,070.0 194 1,658.0 219 2,367.0 244 3,014.0 269
293.0 145 653.0 170 1,090.0 195 1,684.0 220 2,396.0 245 3,034.0 270
307.0 146 668.0 171 1,111.0 196 1,711.0 221 2,425.0 246 3,053.0 271
322.0 147 684.0 172 1,131.0 197 1,738.0 222 2,454.0 247 3,072.0 272
337.0 148 699.0 173 1,153.0 198 1,766.0 223 2,482.0 248 3,090.0 273
351.0 149 715.0 174 1,174.0 199 1,793.0 224 2,511.0 249 3,107.0 274
366.0 150 730.0 175 1,196.0 200 1,821.0 225 2,539.0 250 3,123.0 275
380.0 151 746.0 176 1,218.0 201 1,849.0 226 2,567.0 251 3,138.0 276
394.0 152 762.0 177 1,240.0 202 1,877.0 227 2,595.0 252 3,153.0 277
409.0 153 779.0 178 1,262.0 203 1,905.0 228 2,623.0 253 3,166.0 278
423.0 154 795.0 179 1,285.0 204 1,934.0 229 2,650.0 254 3,179.0 279
437.0 155 812.0 180 1,308.0 205 1,962.0 230 2,677.0 255 3,190.0 280
451.0 156 829.0 181 1,331.0 206 1,991.0 231 2,704.0 256 3,201.0 281
465.0 157 846.0 182 1,355.0 207 2,019.0 232 2,730.0 257 3,210.0 282
479.0 158 863.0 183 1,379.0 208 2,048.0 233 2,756.0 258 3,219.0 283
493.0 159 881.0 184 1,403.0 209 2,077.0 234 2,782.0 259 3,226.0 284
508.0 160 899.0 185 1,427.0 210 2,106.0 235 2,807.0 260 3,232.0 285
522.0 161 917.0 186 1,452.0 211 2,135.0 236 2,832.0 261 3,237.0 286
536.0 162 935.0 187 1,477.0 212 2,164.0 237 2,857.0 262 3,240.0 287
550.0 163 953.0 188 1,502.0 213 2,193.0 238 2,881.0 263
565.0 164 972.0 189 1,527.0 214 2,222.0 239 2,905.0 264

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 9
9 Obstetrical References

Head Circumference, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984.
MA = 8.96 + 0.540 *(HC) + 0.0003 *(HC3)
±2 Standard Deviations 12-18 wk ± 1.19 wk (8 days) 30-36 wk ± 2.98 wk (21 days)
18-24 wk ± 1.48 wk (10 days) 36-42 wk ± 2.70 wk (19 days)
24-30 wk ± 2.06 wk (14 days)
HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
56.0 12 00 08 136.1 17 00 08 199.1 22 01 10 250.6 27 01 14 292.2 32 02 21 328.6 37 02 19
56.6 12 00 08 136.2 17 01 08 200.6 22 01 10 250.7 27 02 14 293.2 32 02 21 328.7 37 03 19
56.7 12 01 08 138.1 17 01 08 200.7 22 02 10 251.8 27 02 14 293.3 32 03 21 329.5 37 03 19
59.1 12 01 08 138.2 17 02 08 202.1 22 02 10 251.9 27 03 14 294.3 32 03 21 329.6 37 04 19
59.2 12 02 08 140.1 17 02 08 202.2 22 03 10 253.1 27 03 14 294.4 32 04 21 330.5 37 04 19
61.6 12 02 08 140.2 17 03 08 203.7 22 03 10 253.2 27 04 14 295.3 32 04 21 330.6 37 05 19
61.7 12 03 08 142.1 17 03 08 203.8 22 04 10 254.4 27 04 14 295.4 32 05 21 331.4 37 05 19
64.0 12 03 08 142.2 17 04 08 205.3 22 04 10 254.5 27 05 14 296.4 32 05 21 331.5 37 06 19
64.1 12 04 08 144.1 17 04 08 205.4 22 05 10 255.7 27 05 14 296.5 32 06 21 332.4 37 06 19
66.5 12 04 08 144.2 17 05 08 206.8 22 05 10 255.8 27 06 14 297.5 32 06 21 332.5 38 00 19
66.6 12 05 08 146.1 17 05 08 206.9 22 06 10 256.9 27 06 14 297.6 33 00 21 333.3 38 00 19
69.0 12 05 08 146.2 17 06 08 208.3 22 06 10 257.0 28 00 14 298.5 33 00 21 333.4 38 01 19
69.1 12 06 08 148.0 17 06 08 208.4 23 00 10 258.2 28 00 14 298.6 33 01 21 334.2 38 01 19
71.4 12 06 08 148.1 18 00 10 209.9 23 00 10 258.3 28 01 14 299.6 33 01 21 334.3 38 02 19
71.5 13 00 08 149.9 18 00 10 210.0 23 01 10 259.4 28 01 14 299.7 33 02 21 335.1 38 02 19
73.8 13 00 08 150.0 18 01 10 211.4 23 01 10 259.5 28 02 14 300.7 33 02 21 335.2 38 03 19
73.9 13 01 08 151.9 18 01 10 211.5 23 02 10 260.7 28 02 14 300.8 33 03 21 336.1 38 03 19
76.3 13 01 08 152.0 18 02 10 212.9 23 02 10 260.8 28 03 14 301.7 33 03 21 336.2 38 04 19
76.4 13 02 08 153.8 18 02 10 213.0 23 03 10 261.9 28 03 14 301.8 33 04 21 337.0 38 04 19
78.7 13 02 08 153.9 18 03 10 214.4 23 03 10 262.0 28 04 14 302.8 33 04 21 337.1 38 05 19
78.8 13 03 08 155.6 18 03 10 214.5 23 04 10 263.2 28 04 14 302.9 33 05 21 337.9 38 05 19
81.1 13 03 08 155.7 18 04 10 215.9 23 04 10 263.3 28 05 14 303.8 33 05 21 338.0 38 06 19
81.2 13 04 08 157.5 18 04 10 216.0 23 05 10 264.4 28 05 14 303.9 33 06 21 338.8 38 06 19
83.4 13 04 08 157.6 18 05 10 217.4 23 05 10 264.5 28 06 14 304.9 33 06 21 338.9 39 00 19
83.5 13 05 08 159.4 18 05 10 217.5 23 06 10 265.6 28 06 14 305.0 34 00 21 339.7 39 00 19
85.8 13 05 08 159.5 18 06 10 218.9 23 06 10 265.7 29 00 14 305.9 34 00 21 339.8 39 01 19
85.9 13 06 08 161.2 18 06 10 219.0 24 00 14 266.8 29 00 14 306.0 34 01 21 340.6 39 01 19
88.1 13 06 08 161.3 19 00 10 220.3 24 00 14 266.9 29 01 14 306.9 34 01 21 340.7 39 02 19
88.2 14 00 08 163.1 19 00 10 220.4 24 01 14 268.0 29 01 14 307.0 34 02 21 341.5 39 02 19
90.5 14 00 08 163.2 19 01 10 221.8 24 01 14 268.1 29 02 14 307.9 34 02 21 341.6 39 03 19
90.6 14 01 08 164.9 19 01 10 221.9 24 02 14 269.2 29 02 14 308.0 34 03 21 342.4 39 03 19
92.8 14 01 08 165.0 19 02 10 223.2 24 02 14 269.3 29 03 14 309.0 34 03 21 342.5 39 04 19
92.9 14 02 08 166.7 19 02 10 223.3 24 03 14 270.4 29 03 14 309.1 34 04 21 343.3 39 04 19
95.1 14 02 08 166.8 19 03 10 224.7 24 03 14 270.5 29 04 14 310.0 34 04 21 343.4 39 05 19
95.2 14 03 08 168.5 19 03 10 224.8 24 04 14 271.6 29 04 14 310.1 34 05 21 344.2 39 05 19
97.4 14 03 08 168.6 19 04 10 226.1 24 04 14 271.7 29 05 14 311.0 34 05 21 344.3 39 06 19
97.5 14 04 08 170.3 19 04 10 226.2 24 05 14 272.8 29 05 14 311.1 34 06 21 345.1 39 06 19
99.7 14 04 08 170.4 19 05 10 227.5 24 05 14 272.9 29 06 14 312.0 34 06 21 345.2 40 00 19
99.8 14 05 08 172.1 19 05 10 227.6 24 06 14 274.0 29 06 14 312.1 35 00 21 346.0 40 00 19
101.9 14 05 08 172.2 19 06 10 228.9 24 06 14 274.1 30 00 21 313.0 35 00 21 346.1 40 01 19
102.0 14 06 08 173.9 19 06 10 229.0 25 00 14 275.1 30 00 21 313.1 35 01 21 346.8 40 01 19
104.2 14 06 08 174.0 20 00 10 230.4 25 00 14 275.2 30 01 21 314.0 35 01 21 346.9 40 02 19
104.3 15 00 08 175.6 20 00 10 230.5 25 01 14 276.3 30 01 21 314.1 35 02 21 347.7 40 02 19
106.4 15 00 08 175.7 20 01 10 231.8 25 01 14 276.4 30 02 21 315.0 35 02 21 347.8 40 03 19
106.5 15 01 08 177.3 20 01 10 231.9 25 02 14 277.5 30 02 21 315.1 35 03 21 348.6 40 03 19
108.6 15 01 08 177.4 20 02 10 233.1 25 02 14 277.6 30 03 21 316.0 35 03 21 348.7 40 04 19
108.7 15 02 08 179.1 20 02 10 233.2 25 03 14 278.6 30 03 21 316.1 35 04 21 349.5 40 04 19
110.8 15 02 08 179.2 20 03 10 234.5 25 03 14 278.7 30 04 21 317.0 35 04 21 349.6 40 05 19
110.9 15 03 08 180.8 20 03 10 234.6 25 04 14 279.8 30 04 21 317.1 35 05 21 350.3 40 05 19
113.0 15 03 08 180.9 20 04 10 235.9 25 04 14 279.9 30 05 21 318.0 35 05 21 350.4 40 06 19
113.1 15 04 08 182.5 20 04 10 236.0 25 05 14 280.9 30 05 21 318.1 35 06 21 351.2 40 06 19
115.2 15 04 08 182.6 20 05 10 237.3 25 05 14 281.0 30 06 21 319.0 35 06 21 351.3 41 00 19
115.3 15 05 08 184.2 20 05 10 237.4 25 06 14 282.1 30 06 21 319.1 36 00 19 352.1 41 00 19
117.4 15 05 08 184.3 20 06 10 238.6 25 06 14 282.2 31 00 21 320.0 36 00 19 352.2 41 01 19
117.5 15 06 08 185.9 20 06 10 238.7 26 00 14 283.2 31 00 21 320.1 36 01 19 352.9 41 01 19
119.5 15 06 08 186.0 21 00 10 240.0 26 00 14 283.3 31 01 21 320.9 36 01 19 353.0 41 02 19
119.6 16 00 08 187.6 21 00 10 240.1 26 01 14 284.3 31 01 21 321.0 36 02 19 353.8 41 02 19
121.6 16 00 08 187.7 21 01 10 241.3 26 01 14 284.4 31 02 21 321.9 36 02 19 353.9 41 03 19
121.7 16 01 08 189.2 21 01 10 241.4 26 02 14 285.4 31 02 21 322.0 36 03 19 354.6 41 03 19
123.7 16 01 08 189.3 21 02 10 242.7 26 02 14 285.5 31 03 21 322.9 36 03 19 354.7 41 04 19
123.8 16 02 08 190.9 21 02 10 242.8 26 03 14 286.6 31 03 21 323.0 36 04 19 355.5 41 04 19
125.8 16 02 08 191.0 21 03 10 244.0 26 03 14 286.7 31 04 21 323.8 36 04 19 355.6 41 05 19
125.9 16 03 08 192.5 21 03 10 244.1 26 04 14 287.7 31 04 21 323.9 36 05 19 356.3 41 05 19
127.9 16 03 08 192.6 21 04 10 245.3 26 04 14 287.8 31 05 21 324.8 36 05 19 356.4 41 06 19
128.0 16 04 08 194.1 21 04 10 245.4 26 05 14 288.8 31 05 21 324.9 36 06 19 357.2 41 06 19
130.0 16 04 08 194.2 21 05 10 246.6 26 05 14 288.9 31 06 21 325.8 36 06 19 357.3 42 00 19
130.1 16 05 08 195.8 21 05 10 246.7 26 06 14 289.9 31 06 21 325.9 37 00 19 358.0 42 00 19
132.1 16 05 08 195.9 21 06 10 248.0 26 06 14 290.0 32 00 21 326.7 37 00 19
132.2 16 06 08 197.4 21 06 10 248.1 27 00 14 291.0 32 00 21 326.8 37 01 19
134.1 16 06 08 197.5 22 00 10 249.3 27 00 14 291.1 32 01 21 327.7 37 01 19
134.2 17 00 08 199.0 22 00 10 249.4 27 01 14 292.1 32 01 21 327.8 37 02 19

9 - 10 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Head Circumference, Merz


Merz E. Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics. Stuttgart and New York: Thieme Medical Publishers, Inc., 1991, p. 326.
HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
72.0 12 01 09 122.0 15 04 12 172.0 19 02 13 222.0 23 04 15 272.0 28 02 16 322.0 34 01 17
74.0 12 02 11 124.0 15 05 12 174.0 19 03 12 224.0 23 04 15 274.0 28 04 16 324.0 34 03 18
76.0 12 03 10 126.0 15 06 11 176.0 19 04 13 226.0 23 06 15 276.0 28 05 16 326.0 34 05 18
78.0 12 04 10 128.0 16 00 12 178.0 19 06 13 228.0 24 00 16 278.0 28 06 17 328.0 34 06 18
80.0 12 05 10 130.0 16 01 12 180.0 19 06 15 230.0 24 01 16 280.0 29 01 16 330.0 35 01 18
82.0 12 06 10 132.0 16 02 12 182.0 20 01 13 232.0 24 03 15 282.0 29 02 16 332.0 35 04 18
84.0 12 06 11 134.0 16 03 12 184.0 20 01 15 234.0 24 04 15 284.0 29 04 17 334.0 35 06 18
86.0 13 01 10 136.0 16 04 12 186.0 20 03 13 236.0 24 05 16 286.0 29 06 16 336.0 36 01 18
88.0 13 01 11 138.0 16 05 12 188.0 20 04 13 238.0 24 06 16 288.0 30 00 16 338.0 36 03 18
90.0 13 02 11 140.0 16 06 12 190.0 20 05 13 240.0 25 01 15 290.0 30 01 17 340.0 36 04 19
92.0 13 04 10 142.0 17 00 12 192.0 20 06 15 242.0 25 02 16 292.0 30 04 16 342.0 36 06 19
94.0 13 04 11 144.0 17 01 12 194.0 21 01 13 244.0 25 04 15 294.0 30 05 16 344.0 37 01 19
96.0 13 05 10 146.0 17 02 12 196.0 21 01 15 246.0 25 05 16 296.0 30 06 17 346.0 37 04 18
98.0 13 06 11 148.0 17 04 12 198.0 21 03 13 248.0 25 06 16 298.0 31 01 16 348.0 37 06 19
100.0 14 00 10 150.0 17 04 13 200.0 21 04 15 250.0 26 00 16 300.0 31 03 17 350.0 38 01 21
102.0 14 01 12 152.0 17 06 12 202.0 21 05 15 252.0 26 01 16 302.0 31 04 17 352.0 38 04 19
104.0 14 02 11 154.0 17 06 13 204.0 21 06 15 254.0 26 03 15 304.0 31 06 17 354.0 38 06 19
106.0 14 03 11 156.0 18 01 12 206.0 22 01 15 256.0 26 04 16 306.0 32 01 17 356.0 39 01 19
108.0 14 04 11 158.0 18 01 13 208.0 22 01 15 258.0 26 06 15 308.0 32 02 17 358.0 39 04 19
110.0 14 05 11 160.0 18 03 12 210.0 22 03 15 260.0 27 00 16 310.0 32 04 17 360.0 39 06 19
112.0 14 06 11 162.0 18 04 12 212.0 22 04 15 262.0 27 01 16 312.0 32 06 17 362.0 40 01 19
114.0 15 00 11 164.0 18 05 12 214.0 22 05 15 264.0 27 03 15 314.0 33 01 17 364.0 40 04 19
116.0 15 01 11 166.0 18 06 12 216.0 22 06 15 266.0 27 04 16 316.0 33 03 17
118.0 15 02 11 168.0 19 00 13 218.0 23 01 15 268.0 27 06 15 318.0 33 04 17
120.0 15 03 11 170.0 19 01 12 220.0 23 02 13 270.0 28 01 16 320.0 33 06 18

Head Circumference, Lasser


Lasser DM, Peisner DB, Vollebergh J, Timor-Tritsch I. "First-trimester fetal biometry using transvaginal sonography." Ultrasound
in Obstetrics and Gynecology 3:104, 1993.
HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ± HC ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
35.3 08 05 05 45.6 09 05 05 56.0 10 05 05 64.9 11 04 05 75.2 12 04 05 85.6 13 04 05
36.8 08 06 05 47.1 09 06 05 57.5 10 06 05 66.4 11 05 05 76.7 12 05 05 87.1 13 05 05
38.2 09 00 05 48.6 10 00 05 59.0 11 00 05 67.8 11 06 05 78.2 12 06 05 88.6 13 06 05
39.7 09 01 05 50.0 10 01 05 60.4 11 01 05 69.3 12 00 05 79.7 13 00 05 90.0 14 00 05
41.2 09 02 05 51.6 10 02 05 61.9 11 02 05 70.8 12 01 05 81.2 13 01 05 91.5 14 01 05
42.7 09 03 05 53.0 10 03 05 63.4 11 03 05 72.3 12 02 05 82.6 13 02 05 93.0 14 02 05
44.2 09 04 05 54.5 10 04 05 64.0 11 03 05 73.8 12 03 05 84.1 13 03 05

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 11
9 Obstetrical References

Abdominal Circumference, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984.
MA = 8.14 + 0.753 * AC + 0.0036 *(AC²)
±2 Standard Deviations 12-18 wk ± 1.66 wk (12 days) 30-36 wk ± 2.96 wk (21 days)
18-24 wk ± 2.06 wk (14 days) 36-42 wk ± 3.04 wk (21 days)
24-30 wk ± 2.18 wk (15 days)
AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
50.0 12 00 12 112.5 17 00 12 171.1 22 01 14 228.3 27 01 15 281.8 32 02 21 334.5 37 02 21
50.9 12 00 12 112.6 17 01 12 172.6 22 01 14 228.4 27 02 15 283.2 32 02 21 334.6 37 03 21
51.0 12 01 12 114.2 17 01 12 172.7 22 02 14 229.9 27 02 15 283.3 32 03 21 335.9 37 03 21
52.7 12 01 12 114.3 17 02 12 174.2 22 02 14 230.0 27 03 15 284.7 32 03 21 336.0 37 04 21
52.8 12 02 12 115.9 17 02 12 174.3 22 03 14 231.4 27 03 15 284.8 32 04 21 337.3 37 04 21
54.5 12 02 12 116.0 17 03 12 175.9 22 03 14 231.5 27 04 15 286.2 32 04 21 337.4 37 05 21
54.6 12 03 12 117.6 17 03 12 176.0 22 04 14 233.0 27 04 15 286.3 32 05 21 338.8 37 05 21
56.3 12 03 12 117.7 17 04 12 177.5 22 04 14 233.1 27 05 15 287.7 32 05 21 338.9 37 06 21
56.4 12 04 12 119.3 17 04 12 177.6 22 05 14 234.5 27 05 15 287.8 32 06 21 340.2 37 06 21
58.1 12 04 12 119.4 17 05 12 179.1 22 05 14 234.6 27 06 15 289.2 32 06 21 340.3 38 00 21
58.2 12 05 12 121.0 17 05 12 179.2 22 06 14 236.1 27 06 15 289.3 33 00 21 341.6 38 00 21
59.9 12 05 12 121.1 17 06 12 180.7 22 06 14 236.2 28 00 15 290.6 33 00 21 341.7 38 01 21
60.0 12 06 12 122.7 17 06 12 180.8 23 00 14 237.6 28 00 15 290.7 33 01 21 343.1 38 01 21
61.7 12 06 12 122.8 18 00 14 182.3 23 00 14 237.7 28 01 15 292.1 33 01 21 343.2 38 02 21
61.8 13 00 12 124.4 18 00 14 182.4 23 01 14 239.2 28 01 15 292.2 33 02 21 344.5 38 02 21
63.5 13 00 12 124.5 18 01 14 184.0 23 01 14 239.3 28 02 15 293.6 33 02 21 344.6 38 03 21
63.6 13 01 12 126.1 18 01 14 184.1 23 02 14 240.7 28 02 15 293.7 33 03 21 345.9 38 03 21
65.3 13 01 12 126.2 18 02 14 185.6 23 02 14 240.8 28 03 15 295.1 33 03 21 346.0 38 04 21
65.4 13 02 12 127.8 18 02 14 185.7 23 03 14 242.3 28 03 15 295.2 33 04 21 347.3 38 04 21
67.1 13 02 12 127.9 18 03 14 187.2 23 03 14 242.4 28 04 15 296.6 33 04 21 347.4 38 05 21
67.2 13 03 12 129.5 18 03 14 187.3 23 04 14 243.8 28 04 15 296.7 33 05 21 348.8 38 05 21
68.9 13 03 12 129.6 18 04 14 188.8 23 04 14 243.9 28 05 15 298.0 33 05 21 348.9 38 06 21
69.0 13 04 12 131.2 18 04 14 188.9 23 05 14 245.3 28 05 15 298.1 33 06 21 350.2 38 06 21
70.6 13 04 12 131.3 18 05 14 190.4 23 05 14 245.4 28 06 15 299.5 33 06 21 350.3 39 00 21
70.7 13 05 12 132.9 18 05 14 190.5 23 06 14 246.9 28 06 15 299.6 34 00 21 351.6 39 00 21
72.4 13 05 12 133.0 18 06 14 192.0 23 06 14 247.0 29 00 15 301.0 34 00 21 351.7 39 01 21
72.5 13 06 12 134.6 18 06 14 192.1 24 00 15 248.4 29 00 15 301.1 34 01 21 353.0 39 01 21
74.2 13 06 12 134.7 19 00 14 193.6 24 00 15 248.5 29 01 15 302.5 34 01 21 353.1 39 02 21
74.3 14 00 12 136.2 19 00 14 193.7 24 01 15 249.9 29 01 15 302.6 34 02 21 354.4 39 02 21
76.0 14 00 12 136.3 19 01 14 195.2 24 01 15 250.0 29 02 15 303.9 34 02 21 354.5 39 03 21
76.1 14 01 12 137.9 19 01 14 195.3 24 02 15 251.5 29 02 15 304.0 34 03 21 355.9 39 03 21
77.7 14 01 12 138.0 19 02 14 196.8 24 02 15 251.6 29 03 15 305.4 34 03 21 356.0 39 04 21
77.8 14 02 12 139.6 19 02 14 196.9 24 03 15 253.0 29 03 15 305.5 34 04 21 357.3 39 04 21
79.5 14 02 12 139.7 19 03 14 198.4 24 03 15 253.1 29 04 15 306.9 34 04 21 357.4 39 05 21
79.6 14 03 12 141.3 19 03 14 198.5 24 04 15 254.5 29 04 15 307.0 34 05 21 358.7 39 05 21
81.3 14 03 12 141.4 19 04 14 200.0 24 04 15 254.6 29 05 15 308.3 34 05 21 358.8 39 06 21
81.4 14 04 12 142.9 19 04 14 200.1 24 05 15 256.1 29 05 15 308.4 34 06 21 360.1 39 06 21
83.0 14 04 12 143.0 19 05 14 201.6 24 05 15 256.2 29 06 15 309.8 34 06 21 360.2 40 00 21
83.1 14 05 12 144.6 19 05 14 201.7 24 06 15 257.6 29 06 15 309.9 35 00 21 361.5 40 00 21
84.8 14 05 12 144.7 19 06 14 203.2 24 06 15 257.7 30 00 21 311.3 35 00 21 361.6 40 01 21
84.9 14 06 12 146.3 19 06 14 203.3 25 00 15 259.1 30 00 21 311.4 35 01 21 362.9 40 01 21
86.5 14 06 12 146.4 20 00 14 204.8 25 00 15 259.2 30 01 21 312.7 35 01 21 363.0 40 02 21
86.6 15 00 12 147.9 20 00 14 204.9 25 01 15 260.6 30 01 21 312.8 35 02 21 364.3 40 02 21
88.3 15 00 12 148.0 20 01 14 206.3 25 01 15 260.7 30 02 21 314.2 35 02 21 364.4 40 03 21
88.4 15 01 12 149.6 20 01 14 206.4 25 02 15 262.1 30 02 21 314.3 35 03 21 365.7 40 03 21
90.0 15 01 12 149.7 20 02 14 207.9 25 02 15 262.2 30 03 21 315.6 35 03 21 365.8 40 04 21
90.1 15 02 12 151.3 20 02 14 208.0 25 03 15 263.7 30 03 21 315.7 35 04 21 367.1 40 04 21
91.8 15 02 12 151.4 20 03 14 209.5 25 03 15 263.8 30 04 21 317.1 35 04 21 367.2 40 05 21
91.9 15 03 12 152.9 20 03 14 209.6 25 04 15 265.2 30 04 21 317.2 35 05 21 368.5 40 05 21
93.5 15 03 12 153.0 20 04 14 211.1 25 04 15 265.3 30 05 21 318.6 35 05 21 368.6 40 06 21
93.6 15 04 12 154.6 20 04 14 211.2 25 05 15 266.7 30 05 21 318.7 35 06 21 369.9 40 06 21
95.2 15 04 12 154.7 20 05 14 212.7 25 05 15 266.8 30 06 21 320.0 35 06 21 370.0 41 00 21
95.3 15 05 12 156.2 20 05 14 212.8 25 06 15 268.2 30 06 21 320.1 36 00 21 371.3 41 00 21
97.0 15 05 12 156.3 20 06 14 214.2 25 06 15 268.3 31 00 21 321.5 36 00 21 371.4 41 01 21
97.1 15 06 12 157.9 20 06 14 214.3 26 00 15 269.7 31 00 21 321.6 36 01 21 372.7 41 01 21
98.7 15 06 12 158.0 21 00 14 215.8 26 00 15 269.8 31 01 21 322.9 36 01 21 372.8 41 02 21
98.8 16 00 12 159.5 21 00 14 215.9 26 01 15 271.2 31 01 21 323.0 36 02 21 374.1 41 02 21
100.5 16 00 12 159.6 21 01 14 217.4 26 01 15 271.3 31 02 21 324.4 36 02 21 374.2 41 03 21
100.6 16 01 12 161.2 21 01 14 217.5 26 02 15 272.7 31 02 21 324.5 36 03 21 375.5 41 03 21
102.2 16 01 12 161.3 21 02 14 218.9 26 02 15 272.8 31 03 21 325.8 36 03 21 375.6 41 04 21
102.3 16 02 12 162.8 21 02 14 219.0 26 03 15 274.2 31 03 21 325.9 36 04 21 376.9 41 04 21
103.9 16 02 12 162.9 21 03 14 220.5 26 03 15 274.3 31 04 21 327.3 36 04 21 377.0 41 05 21
104.0 16 03 12 164.4 21 03 14 220.6 26 04 15 275.7 31 04 21 327.4 36 05 21 378.3 41 05 21
105.6 16 03 12 164.5 21 04 14 222.1 26 04 15 275.8 31 05 21 328.7 36 05 21 378.4 41 06 21
105.7 16 04 12 166.1 21 04 14 222.2 26 05 15 277.2 31 05 21 328.8 36 06 21 379.7 41 06 21
107.4 16 04 12 166.2 21 05 14 223.6 26 05 15 277.3 31 06 21 330.1 36 06 21 379.8 42 00 21
107.5 16 05 12 167.7 21 05 14 223.7 26 06 15 278.7 31 06 21 330.2 37 00 21 381.0 42 00 21
109.1 16 05 12 167.8 21 06 14 225.2 26 06 15 278.8 32 00 21 331.6 37 00 21
109.2 16 06 12 169.3 21 06 14 225.3 27 00 15 280.2 32 00 21 331.7 37 01 21
110.8 16 06 12 169.4 22 00 14 226.8 27 00 15 280.3 32 01 21 333.0 37 01 21
110.9 17 00 12 171.0 22 00 14 226.9 27 01 15 281.7 32 01 21 333.1 37 02 21

9 - 12 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Abdominal Circumference, Merz


Merz E. Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics. Stuttgart and New York: Thieme Medical Publishers, Inc., 1991, p. 326.
AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
56.0 12 01 10 106.0 16 06 12 156.0 21 04 13 206.0 26 03 15 256.0 31 01 17 306.0 35 06 18
58.0 12 02 11 108.0 17 01 11 158.0 21 06 13 208.0 26 04 15 258.0 31 02 17 308.0 36 01 17
60.0 12 04 10 110.0 17 02 11 160.0 22 00 13 210.0 26 06 15 260.0 31 04 17 310.0 36 02 18
62.0 12 05 10 112.0 17 03 12 162.0 22 01 15 212.0 27 00 15 262.0 31 05 17 312.0 36 04 17
64.0 12 06 11 114.0 17 04 12 164.0 22 03 13 214.0 27 01 15 264.0 31 06 17 314.0 36 04 19
66.0 13 01 10 116.0 17 06 11 166.0 22 04 13 216.0 27 02 16 266.0 32 01 17 316.0 36 06 18
68.0 13 02 11 118.0 18 00 12 168.0 22 06 13 218.0 27 04 15 268.0 32 02 17 318.0 37 00 18
70.0 13 04 10 120.0 18 01 12 170.0 23 00 13 220.0 27 05 16 270.0 32 04 17 320.0 37 01 19
72.0 13 04 11 122.0 18 03 12 172.0 23 01 15 222.0 27 06 16 272.0 32 05 17 322.0 37 03 18
74.0 13 06 11 124.0 18 04 12 174.0 23 02 15 224.0 28 01 15 274.0 32 06 17 324.0 37 04 19
76.0 14 00 11 126.0 18 06 11 176.0 23 04 13 226.0 28 02 16 276.0 33 00 18 326.0 37 06 18
78.0 14 01 12 128.0 19 00 12 178.0 23 05 15 228.0 28 04 15 278.0 33 01 18 328.0 38 00 18
80.0 14 03 11 130.0 19 01 12 180.0 23 06 15 230.0 28 05 16 280.0 33 03 18 330.0 38 01 19
82.0 14 04 11 132.0 19 02 13 182.0 24 01 15 232.0 28 06 16 282.0 33 04 18 332.0 38 03 18
84.0 14 06 11 134.0 19 04 12 184.0 24 02 15 234.0 29 00 16 284.0 33 06 17 334.0 38 04 19
86.0 15 00 11 136.0 19 05 12 186.0 24 04 13 236.0 29 01 17 286.0 34 00 18 336.0 38 05 19
88.0 15 01 12 138.0 19 06 13 188.0 24 05 15 238.0 29 03 16 288.0 34 01 18 338.0 38 06 19
90.0 15 03 11 140.0 20 01 12 190.0 24 06 15 240.0 29 04 17 290.0 34 03 18 340.0 39 01 19
92.0 15 04 11 142.0 20 02 13 192.0 25 00 16 242.0 29 06 16 292.0 34 04 18 342.0 39 02 19
94.0 15 05 12 144.0 20 04 12 194.0 25 01 16 244.0 30 00 16 294.0 34 05 18 344.0 39 04 19
96.0 15 06 12 146.0 20 05 12 196.0 25 03 15 246.0 30 01 17 296.0 34 06 19 346.0 39 05 19
98.0 16 01 12 148.0 20 06 13 198.0 25 04 16 248.0 30 03 16 298.0 35 01 17 348.0 39 06 19
100.0 16 02 12 150.0 21 01 12 200.0 25 06 15 250.0 30 04 17 300.0 35 02 18
102.0 16 04 11 152.0 21 01 15 202.0 26 00 16 252.0 30 06 16 302.0 35 04 17
104.0 16 05 12 154.0 21 03 13 204.0 26 01 15 254.0 30 06 17 304.0 35 05 18

Abdominal Circumference, Lasser


Lasser DM, Peisner DB, Vollebergh J, Timor-Tritsch I. "First-trimester fetal biometry using transvaginal sonography." Ultrasound
in Obstetrics and Gynecology 3:104, 1993.
AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ± AC ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
30.9 08 05 06 36.4 09 05 06 42.7 10 05 06 50.2 11 05 06 59.0 12 05 06 69.3 13 05 06
31.7 08 06 06 37.2 09 06 06 43.7 10 06 06 51.4 11 06 06 60.4 12 06 06 70.9 13 06 06
32.4 09 00 06 38.1 10 00 06 44.8 11 00 06 52.6 12 00 06 61.8 13 00 06 72.6 14 00 06
33.2 09 01 06 39.0 10 01 06 45.8 11 01 06 53.8 12 01 06 63.2 13 01 06 74.3 14 01 06
34.0 09 02 06 39.9 10 02 06 46.9 11 02 06 55.1 12 02 06 64.7 13 02 06 76.0 14 02 06
34.7 09 03 06 40.8 10 03 06 48.0 11 03 06 56.4 12 03 06 66.2 13 03 06
35.6 09 04 06 41.8 10 04 06 49.1 11 04 06 57.7 12 04 06 67.8 13 04 06

Abdominal Circumference, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
AC - + AC - + AC - + AC - + AC - + AC - +
mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD mm 1SD days 1SD
100.0 8 108 8 140.0 9 137 9 180.0 11 164 11 220.0 12 192 12 260.0 13 223 13 300.0 14 259 14
105.0 8 112 8 145.0 9 140 9 185.0 11 167 11 225.0 12 196 12 265.0 13 227 13 305.0 14 264 14
110.0 8 116 8 150.0 10 143 10 190.0 11 171 11 230.0 12 200 12 270.0 13 232 13 310.0 15 268 15
115.0 8 119 8 155.0 10 147 10 195.0 11 174 11 235.0 12 203 12 275.0 14 236 14 315.0 15 273 15
120.0 9 123 9 160.0 10 150 10 200.0 11 178 11 240.0 13 207 13 280.0 14 240 14 320.0 15 279 15
125.0 9 126 9 165.0 10 154 10 205.0 11 181 11 245.0 13 211 13 285.0 14 245 14 325.0 15 284 15
130.0 9 130 9 170.0 10 157 10 210.0 12 185 12 250.0 13 215 13 290.0 14 249 14
135.0 9 133 9 175.0 10 160 10 215.0 12 189 12 255.0 13 219 13 295.0 14 254 14

AXT, Tokyo
Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
AXT = APTD * TTD
Anteroposterior Trunk Diameter multiplied by Transverse Trunk Diameter
AXT mean ± AXT mean ± AXT mean ± AXT mean ± AXT mean ± AXT mean ±
cm2 days days cm2 days days cm2 days days cm2 days days cm2 days days cm2 days days
21.0 141 14 34.0 173 14 47.0 200 21 60.0 224 21 73.0 247 21 86.0 270 28
22.0 144 14 35.0 176 21 48.0 202 21 61.0 226 21 74.0 249 21 87.0 272 28
23.0 147 14 36.0 178 21 49.0 204 21 62.0 228 21 75.0 251 28 88.0 274 28
24.0 150 14 37.0 180 21 50.0 206 21 63.0 229 21 76.0 252 28 89.0 276 28
25.0 152 14 38.0 182 21 51.0 208 21 64.0 231 21 77.0 254 28 90.0 278 28
26.0 155 14 39.0 184 21 52.0 209 21 65.0 233 21 78.0 256 28 91.0 280 28
27.0 157 14 40.0 186 21 53.0 211 21 66.0 235 21 79.0 258 28 92.0 282 28
28.0 160 14 41.0 188 21 54.0 213 21 67.0 237 21 80.0 260 28 93.0 284 28
29.0 162 14 42.0 190 21 55.0 215 21 68.0 238 21 81.0 261 28 94.0 286 28
30.0 164 14 43.0 192 21 56.0 217 21 69.0 240 21 82.0 263 28 95.0 287 28
31.0 167 14 44.0 194 21 57.0 219 21 70.0 242 21 83.0 265 28
32.0 169 14 45.0 196 21 58.0 220 21 71.0 244 21 84.0 267 28
33.0 171 14 46.0 198 21 59.0 222 21 72.0 245 21 85.0 269 28

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 13
9 Obstetrical References

Fetal Trunk Area, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
FTA FTA FTA FTA FTA FTA
cm2 days cm2 days cm2 days cm2 days cm2 days cm2 days
6.0 100 20.0 144 34.0 177 48.0 205 62.0 231 76.0 258
7.0 104 21.0 147 35.0 179 49.0 207 63.0 233 77.0 260
8.0 108 22.0 149 36.0 181 50.0 209 64.0 235 78.0 262
9.0 111 23.0 152 37.0 183 51.0 210 65.0 236 79.0 264
10.0 115 24.0 154 38.0 185 52.0 212 66.0 238 80.0 266
11.0 118 25.0 157 39.0 187 53.0 214 67.0 240 81.0 268
12.0 121 26.0 159 40.0 189 54.0 216 68.0 242 82.0 270
13.0 124 27.0 161 41.0 191 55.0 218 69.0 244 83.0 272
14.0 127 28.0 164 42.0 193 56.0 220 70.0 246 84.0 274
15.0 130 29.0 166 43.0 195 57.0 222 71.0 248 85.0 276
16.0 133 30.0 168 44.0 197 58.0 223 72.0 250 86.0 279
17.0 136 31.0 170 45.0 199 59.0 225 73.0 252
18.0 139 32.0 173 46.0 201 60.0 227 74.0 254
19.0 142 33.0 175 47.0 203 61.0 229 75.0 256

Femur Length, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984.
MA = 10.35 + 2.460 *(FL) + 0.170 *(FL²)
± 2 Standard Deviations 12-18 wk ± 1.38 wk (10 days) 30-36 wk ± 2.96 wk (21 days)
18-24 wk ± 1.80 wk (13 days) 36-42 wk ± 3.12 wk (22 days)
24-30 wk ± 2.08 wk (15 days)
FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
7.0 12 01 10 23.6 17 01 10 37.8 22 01 13 50.5 27 01 15 61.9 32 01 21 72.5 37 01 22
7.2 12 01 10 23.9 17 01 10 38.1 22 01 13 50.7 27 01 15 62.1 32 01 21 72.6 37 01 22
7.3 12 02 10 24.0 17 02 10 38.2 22 02 13 50.8 27 02 15 62.2 32 02 21 72.7 37 02 22
7.7 12 02 10 24.3 17 02 10 38.5 22 02 13 51.0 27 02 15 62.4 32 02 21 72.9 37 02 22
7.8 12 03 10 24.4 17 03 10 38.6 22 03 13 51.1 27 03 15 62.5 32 03 21 73.0 37 03 22
8.2 12 03 10 24.8 17 03 10 38.9 22 03 13 51.4 27 03 15 62.7 32 03 21 73.2 37 03 22
8.3 12 04 10 24.9 17 04 10 39.0 22 04 13 51.5 27 04 15 62.8 32 04 21 73.3 37 04 22
8.7 12 04 10 25.2 17 04 10 39.2 22 04 13 51.7 27 04 15 63.1 32 04 21 73.5 37 04 22
8.8 12 05 10 25.3 17 05 10 39.3 22 05 13 51.8 27 05 15 63.2 32 05 21 73.6 37 05 22
9.3 12 05 10 25.6 17 05 10 39.6 22 05 13 52.1 27 05 15 63.4 32 05 21 73.8 37 05 22
9.4 12 06 10 25.7 17 06 10 39.7 22 06 13 52.2 27 06 15 63.5 32 06 21 73.9 37 06 22
9.8 12 06 10 26.0 17 06 10 40.0 22 06 13 52.4 27 06 15 63.7 32 06 21 74.1 37 06 22
9.9 13 00 10 26.1 18 00 13 40.1 23 00 13 52.5 28 00 15 63.8 33 00 21 74.2 38 00 22
10.3 13 00 10 26.5 18 00 13 40.4 23 00 13 52.7 28 00 15 64.0 33 00 21 74.4 38 00 22
10.4 13 01 10 26.6 18 01 13 40.5 23 01 13 52.8 28 01 15 64.1 33 01 21 74.5 38 01 22
10.8 13 01 10 26.9 18 01 13 40.7 23 01 13 53.1 28 01 15 64.3 33 01 21 74.7 38 01 22
10.9 13 02 10 27.0 18 02 13 40.8 23 02 13 53.2 28 02 15 64.4 33 02 21 74.8 38 02 22
11.3 13 02 10 27.3 18 02 13 41.1 23 02 13 53.4 28 02 15 64.6 33 02 21 74.9 38 02 22
11.4 13 03 10 27.4 18 03 13 41.2 23 03 13 53.5 28 03 15 64.7 33 03 21 75.0 38 03 22
11.8 13 03 10 27.7 18 03 13 41.5 23 03 13 53.7 28 03 15 64.9 33 03 21 75.2 38 03 22
11.9 13 04 10 27.8 18 04 13 41.6 23 04 13 53.8 28 04 15 65.0 33 04 21 75.3 38 04 22
12.3 13 04 10 28.2 18 04 13 41.9 23 04 13 54.1 28 04 15 65.2 33 04 21 75.5 38 04 22
12.4 13 05 10 28.3 18 05 13 42.0 23 05 13 54.2 28 05 15 65.3 33 05 21 75.6 38 05 22
12.8 13 05 10 28.6 18 05 13 42.2 23 05 13 54.4 28 05 15 65.5 33 05 21 75.8 38 05 22
12.9 13 06 10 28.7 18 06 13 42.3 23 06 13 54.5 28 06 15 65.6 33 06 21 75.9 38 06 22
13.3 13 06 10 29.0 18 06 13 42.6 23 06 13 54.7 28 06 15 65.8 33 06 21 76.1 38 06 22
13.4 14 00 10 29.1 19 00 13 42.7 24 00 15 54.8 29 00 15 65.9 34 00 21 76.2 39 00 22
13.8 14 00 10 29.4 19 00 13 43.0 24 00 15 55.1 29 00 15 66.1 34 00 21 76.4 39 00 22
13.9 14 01 10 29.5 19 01 13 43.1 24 01 15 55.2 29 01 15 66.2 34 01 21 76.5 39 01 22
14.2 14 01 10 29.8 19 01 13 43.3 24 01 15 55.4 29 01 15 66.4 34 01 21 76.6 39 01 22
14.3 14 02 10 29.9 19 02 13 43.4 24 02 15 55.5 29 02 15 66.5 34 02 21 76.7 39 02 22
14.7 14 02 10 30.2 19 02 13 43.7 24 02 15 55.7 29 02 15 66.7 34 02 21 76.9 39 02 22
14.8 14 03 10 30.3 19 03 13 43.8 24 03 15 55.8 29 03 15 66.8 34 03 21 77.0 39 03 22
15.2 14 03 10 30.6 19 03 13 44.0 24 03 15 56.0 29 03 15 67.0 34 03 21 77.2 39 03 22
15.3 14 04 10 30.7 19 04 13 44.1 24 04 15 56.1 29 04 15 67.1 34 04 21 77.3 39 04 22
15.7 14 04 10 31.0 19 04 13 44.4 24 04 15 56.4 29 04 15 67.3 34 04 21 77.5 39 04 22
15.8 14 05 10 31.1 19 05 13 44.5 24 05 15 56.5 29 05 15 67.4 34 05 21 77.6 39 05 22
16.2 14 05 10 31.4 19 05 13 44.8 24 05 15 56.7 29 05 15 67.6 34 05 21 77.8 39 05 22
16.3 14 06 10 31.5 19 06 13 44.9 24 06 15 56.8 29 06 15 67.7 34 06 21 77.9 39 06 22
16.6 14 06 10 31.9 19 06 13 45.1 24 06 15 57.0 29 06 15 67.9 34 06 21 78.0 39 06 22
16.7 15 00 10 32.0 20 00 13 45.2 25 00 15 57.1 30 00 21 68.0 35 00 21 78.1 40 00 22
17.1 15 00 10 32.3 20 00 13 45.5 25 00 15 57.3 30 00 21 68.2 35 00 21 78.3 40 00 22
17.2 15 01 10 32.4 20 01 13 45.6 25 01 15 57.4 30 01 21 68.3 35 01 21 78.4 40 01 22
17.6 15 01 10 32.7 20 01 13 45.8 25 01 15 57.7 30 01 21 68.5 35 01 21 78.6 40 01 22
17.7 15 02 10 32.8 20 02 13 45.9 25 02 15 57.8 30 02 21 68.6 35 02 21 78.7 40 02 22
18.0 15 02 10 33.1 20 02 13 46.2 25 02 15 58.0 30 02 21 68.8 35 02 21 78.9 40 02 22
18.1 15 03 10 33.2 20 03 13 46.3 25 03 15 58.1 30 03 21 68.9 35 03 21 79.0 40 03 22
18.5 15 03 10 33.5 20 03 13 46.5 25 03 15 58.3 30 03 21 69.1 35 03 21 79.2 40 03 22
18.6 15 04 10 33.6 20 04 13 46.6 25 04 15 58.4 30 04 21 69.2 35 04 21 79.3 40 04 22
19.0 15 04 10 33.8 20 04 13 46.9 25 04 15 58.6 30 04 21 69.4 35 04 21 79.4 40 04 22
19.1 15 05 10 33.9 20 05 13 47.0 25 05 15 58.7 30 05 21 69.5 35 05 21 79.5 40 05 22
19.4 15 05 10 34.2 20 05 13 47.2 25 05 15 59.0 30 05 21 69.7 35 05 21 79.7 40 05 22
19.5 15 06 10 34.3 20 06 13 47.3 25 06 15 59.1 30 06 21 69.8 35 06 21 79.8 40 06 22
19.9 15 06 10 34.6 20 06 13 47.6 25 06 15 59.3 30 06 21 70.0 35 06 21 80.0 40 06 22
20.0 16 00 10 34.7 21 00 13 47.7 26 00 15 59.4 31 00 21 70.1 36 00 22 80.1 41 00 22
20.3 16 00 10 35.0 21 00 13 47.9 26 00 15 59.6 31 00 21 70.3 36 00 22 80.3 41 00 22
20.4 16 01 10 35.1 21 01 13 48.0 26 01 15 59.7 31 01 21 70.4 36 01 22 80.4 41 01 22
20.8 16 01 10 35.4 21 01 13 48.3 26 01 15 59.9 31 01 21 70.6 36 01 22 80.5 41 01 22
20.9 16 02 10 35.5 21 02 13 48.4 26 02 15 60.0 31 02 21 70.7 36 02 22 80.6 41 02 22
21.2 16 02 10 35.8 21 02 13 48.6 26 02 15 60.2 31 02 21 70.9 36 02 22 80.8 41 02 22
21.3 16 03 10 35.9 21 03 13 48.7 26 03 15 60.3 31 03 21 71.0 36 03 22 80.9 41 03 22
21.7 16 03 10 36.2 21 03 13 49.0 26 03 15 60.5 31 03 21 71.2 36 03 22 81.1 41 03 22
21.8 16 04 10 36.3 21 04 13 49.1 26 04 15 60.6 31 04 21 71.3 36 04 22 81.2 41 04 22
22.1 16 04 10 36.6 21 04 13 49.3 26 04 15 60.9 31 04 21 71.5 36 04 22 81.4 41 04 22
22.2 16 05 10 36.7 21 05 13 49.4 26 05 15 61.0 31 05 21 71.6 36 05 22 81.5 41 05 22
22.6 16 05 10 37.0 21 05 13 49.7 26 05 15 61.2 31 05 21 71.8 36 05 22 81.6 41 05 22
22.7 16 06 10 37.1 21 06 13 49.8 26 06 15 61.3 31 06 21 71.9 36 06 22 81.7 41 06 22
23.0 16 06 10 37.4 21 06 13 50.0 26 06 15 61.5 31 06 21 72.1 36 06 22 81.9 41 06 22
23.1 17 00 10 37.5 22 00 13 50.1 27 00 15 61.6 32 00 21 72.2 37 00 22 82.0 42 00 22
23.5 17 00 10 37.7 22 00 13 50.4 27 00 15 61.8 32 00 21 72.4 37 00 22

9 - 14 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Femur Length, Merz


Merz E. Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics. Stuttgart and New York: Thieme Medical Publishers, Inc., 1991, p. 326.
FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
10.0 12 02 11 22.0 16 04 11 34.0 20 06 13 46.0 25 03 15 58.0 30 01 17 70.0 35 03 18
11.0 12 05 10 23.0 16 06 11 35.0 21 01 15 47.0 25 06 15 59.0 30 04 17 71.0 35 06 18
12.0 13 02 10 24.0 17 01 12 36.0 21 04 13 48.0 26 01 16 60.0 31 00 17 72.0 36 02 18
13.0 13 04 11 25.0 17 04 13 37.0 21 06 15 49.0 26 04 15 61.0 31 04 17 73.0 36 06 18
14.0 13 05 11 26.0 17 06 13 38.0 22 02 13 50.0 26 6 16 62.0 31 06 17 74.0 37 02 19
15.0 14 00 11 27.0 18 02 13 39.0 22 05 15 51.0 27 02 16 63.0 32 02 17 75.0 37 05 18
16.0 14 03 11 28.0 18 04 13 40.0 23 01 15 52.0 27 05 16 64.0 32 06 17 76.0 38 01 19
17.0 14 05 11 29.0 19 00 13 41.0 23 03 15 53.0 28 01 16 65.0 33 01 17 77.0 38 05 18
18.0 15 01 11 30.0 19 03 12 42.0 23 06 15 54.0 28 04 17 66.0 33 04 17 78.0 39 01 19
19.0 15 03 11 31.0 19 05 12 43.0 24 01 15 55.0 29 00 17 67.0 34 01 17 79.0 39 04 19
20.0 15 06 11 32.0 20 01 12 44.0 24 04 16 56.0 29 03 17 68.0 34 04 17 80.0 40 01 18
21.0 16 01 11 33.0 20 04 13 45.0 25 00 16 57.0 29 06 17 69.0 35 00 18

Femur Length, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont JE. "Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones." Journal
of Ultrasound in Medicine 3:75, 1984.
MA = (9.5411757 + 0.2977451 * FL) + (0.0010388013 * FL²)
FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ± FL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
10.0 12 04 19 23.8 17 02 19 36.8 21 06 19 48.7 26 04 19 60.1 31 01 19 70.8 35 06 19
10.1 12 05 19 24.2 17 02 19 36.9 22 00 19 49.0 26 04 19 60.2 31 02 19 71.0 35 06 19
10.5 12 05 19 24.3 17 03 19 37.2 22 00 19 49.1 26 05 19 60.5 31 02 19 71.1 36 00 19
10.6 12 06 19 24.6 17 03 19 37.3 22 01 19 49.4 26 05 19 60.6 31 03 19 71.3 36 00 19
10.9 12 06 19 24.7 17 04 19 37.6 22 01 19 49.5 26 06 19 60.8 31 03 19 71.4 36 01 19
11.0 13 00 19 25.0 17 04 19 37.7 22 02 19 49.7 26 06 19 60.9 31 04 19 71.6 36 01 19
11.4 13 00 19 25.1 17 05 19 38.0 22 02 19 49.8 27 00 19 61.1 31 04 19 71.7 36 02 19
11.5 13 01 19 25.4 17 05 19 38.1 22 03 19 50.1 27 00 19 61.2 31 05 19 71.9 36 02 19
11.8 13 01 19 25.5 17 06 19 38.3 22 03 19 50.2 27 01 19 61.5 31 05 19 72.0 36 03 19
11.9 13 02 19 25.8 17 06 19 38.4 22 04 19 50.4 27 01 19 61.6 31 06 19 72.3 36 03 19
12.2 13 02 19 25.9 18 00 19 38.7 22 04 19 50.5 27 02 19 61.8 31 06 19 72.4 36 04 19
12.3 13 03 19 26.2 18 00 19 38.8 22 05 19 50.8 27 02 19 61.9 32 00 19 72.6 36 04 19
12.7 13 03 19 26.3 18 01 19 39.1 22 05 19 50.9 27 03 19 62.1 32 00 19 72.7 36 05 19
12.8 13 04 19 26.6 18 01 19 39.2 22 06 19 51.1 27 03 19 62.2 32 01 19 72.9 36 05 19
13.1 13 04 19 26.7 18 02 19 39.5 22 06 19 51.2 27 04 19 62.5 32 01 19 73.0 36 06 19
13.2 13 05 19 27.0 18 02 19 39.6 23 00 19 51.5 27 04 19 62.6 32 02 19 73.2 36 06 19
13.6 13 05 19 27.1 18 03 19 39.8 23 00 19 51.6 27 05 19 62.8 32 02 19 73.3 37 00 19
13.7 13 06 19 27.4 18 03 19 39.9 23 01 19 51.8 27 05 19 62.9 32 03 19 73.5 37 00 19
14.0 13 06 19 27.5 18 04 19 40.2 23 01 19 51.9 27 06 19 63.1 32 03 19 73.6 37 01 19
14.1 14 00 19 27.8 18 04 19 40.3 23 02 19 52.2 27 06 19 63.2 32 04 19 73.8 37 01 19
14.4 14 00 19 27.9 18 05 19 40.6 23 02 19 52.3 28 00 19 63.5 32 04 19 73.9 37 02 19
14.5 14 01 19 28.2 18 05 19 40.7 23 03 19 52.5 28 00 19 63.6 32 05 19 74.2 37 02 19
14.9 14 01 19 28.3 18 06 19 41.0 23 03 19 52.6 28 01 19 63.8 32 05 19 74.3 37 03 19
15.0 14 02 19 28.6 18 06 19 41.1 23 04 19 52.9 28 01 19 63.9 32 06 19 74.5 37 03 19
15.3 14 02 19 28.7 19 00 19 41.3 23 04 19 53.0 28 02 19 64.1 32 06 19 74.6 37 04 19
15.4 14 03 19 29.0 19 00 19 41.4 23 05 19 53.2 28 02 19 64.2 33 00 19 74.8 37 04 19
15.7 14 03 19 29.1 19 01 19 41.7 23 05 19 53.3 28 03 19 64.5 33 00 19 74.9 37 05 19
15.8 14 04 19 29.4 19 01 19 41.8 23 06 19 53.6 28 03 19 64.6 33 01 19 75.1 37 05 19
16.2 14 04 19 29.5 19 02 19 42.1 23 06 19 53.7 28 04 19 64.8 33 01 19 75.2 37 06 19
16.3 14 05 19 29.8 19 02 19 42.2 24 00 19 53.9 28 04 19 64.9 33 02 19 75.4 37 06 19
16.6 14 05 19 29.9 19 03 19 42.4 24 00 19 54.0 28 05 19 65.1 33 02 19 75.5 38 00 19
16.7 14 06 19 30.2 19 03 19 42.5 24 01 19 54.3 28 05 19 65.2 33 03 19 75.7 38 00 19
17.0 14 06 19 30.3 19 04 19 42.8 24 01 19 54.4 28 06 19 65.4 33 03 19 75.8 38 01 19
17.1 15 00 19 30.6 19 04 19 42.9 24 02 19 54.6 28 06 19 65.5 33 04 19 76.0 38 01 19
17.5 15 00 19 30.7 19 05 19 43.2 24 02 19 54.7 29 00 19 65.8 33 04 19 76.1 38 02 19
17.6 15 01 19 31.0 19 05 19 43.3 24 03 19 55.0 29 00 19 65.9 33 05 19 76.4 38 02 19
17.9 15 01 19 31.1 19 06 19 43.6 24 03 19 55.1 29 01 19 66.1 33 05 19 76.5 38 03 19
18.0 15 02 19 31.4 19 06 19 43.7 24 04 19 55.3 29 01 19 66.2 33 06 19 76.7 38 03 19
18.3 15 02 19 31.5 20 00 19 43.9 24 04 19 55.4 29 02 19 66.4 33 06 19 76.8 38 04 19
18.4 15 03 19 31.8 20 00 19 44.0 24 05 19 55.7 29 02 19 66.5 34 00 19 77.0 38 04 19
18.7 15 03 19 31.9 20 01 19 44.3 24 05 19 55.8 29 03 19 66.8 34 00 19 77.1 38 05 19
18.8 15 04 19 32.2 20 01 19 44.4 24 06 19 56.0 29 03 19 66.9 34 01 19 77.3 38 05 19
19.2 15 04 19 32.3 20 02 19 44.7 24 06 19 56.1 29 04 19 67.1 34 01 19 77.4 38 06 19
19.3 15 05 19 32.6 20 02 19 44.8 25 00 19 56.4 29 04 19 67.2 34 02 19 77.6 38 06 19
19.6 15 05 19 32.7 20 03 19 45.0 25 00 19 56.5 29 05 19 67.4 34 02 19 77.7 39 00 19
19.7 15 06 19 33.0 20 03 19 45.1 25 01 19 56.7 29 05 19 67.5 34 03 19 77.9 39 00 19
20.0 15 06 19 33.1 20 04 19 45.4 25 01 19 56.8 29 06 19 67.7 34 03 19 78.0 39 01 19
20.1 16 00 19 33.3 20 04 19 45.5 25 02 19 57.0 29 06 19 67.8 34 04 19 78.2 39 01 19
20.4 16 00 19 33.4 20 05 19 45.8 25 02 19 57.1 30 00 19 68.1 34 04 19 78.3 39 02 19
20.5 16 01 19 33.7 20 05 19 45.9 25 03 19 57.4 30 00 19 68.2 34 05 19 78.5 39 02 19
20.8 16 01 19 33.8 20 06 19 46.1 25 03 19 57.5 30 01 19 68.4 34 05 19 78.6 39 03 19
20.9 16 02 19 34.1 20 06 19 46.2 25 04 19 57.7 30 01 19 68.5 34 06 19 78.8 39 03 19
21.3 16 02 19 34.2 21 00 19 46.5 25 04 19 57.8 30 02 19 68.7 34 06 19 78.9 39 04 19
21.4 16 03 19 34.5 21 00 19 46.6 25 05 19 58.1 30 02 19 68.8 35 00 19 79.2 39 04 19
21.7 16 03 19 34.6 21 01 19 46.8 25 05 19 58.2 30 03 19 69.0 35 00 19 79.3 39 05 19
21.8 16 04 19 34.9 21 01 19 46.9 25 06 19 58.4 30 03 19 69.1 35 01 19 79.5 39 05 19
22.1 16 04 19 35.0 21 02 19 47.2 25 06 19 58.5 30 04 19 69.4 35 01 19 79.6 39 06 19
22.2 16 05 19 35.3 21 02 19 47.3 26 00 19 58.8 30 04 19 69.5 35 02 19 79.8 39 06 19
22.5 16 05 19 35.4 21 03 19 47.6 26 00 19 58.9 30 05 19 69.7 35 02 19 79.9 40 00 19
22.6 16 06 19 35.7 21 03 19 47.7 26 01 19 59.1 30 05 19 69.8 35 03 19 80.0 40 00 19
22.9 16 06 19 35.8 21 04 19 47.9 26 01 19 59.2 30 06 19 70.0 35 03 19
23.0 17 00 19 36.0 21 04 19 48.0 26 02 19 59.4 30 06 19 70.1 35 04 19
23.3 17 00 19 36.1 21 05 19 48.3 26 02 19 59.5 31 00 19 70.3 35 04 19
23.4 17 01 19 36.4 21 05 19 48.4 26 03 19 59.8 31 00 19 70.4 35 05 19
23.7 17 01 19 36.5 21 06 19 48.6 26 03 19 59.9 31 01 19 70.7 35 05 19

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 15
9 Obstetrical References

Femur Length, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
33.0 142 7 40.0 165 14 47.0 187 21 54.0 210 28 61.0 234 28 68.0 265 28
34.0 146 7 41.0 168 14 48.0 190 21 55.0 213 28 62.0 238 28 69.0 271 28
35.0 149 7 42.0 171 14 49.0 194 21 56.0 217 28 63.0 242 28 70.0 278 28
36.0 152 7 43.0 175 14 50.0 197 21 57.0 220 28 64.0 246 28 71.0 285 28
37.0 155 7 44.0 178 14 51.0 200 21 58.0 223 28 65.0 251 28
38.0 159 14 45.0 181 14 52.0 203 28 59.0 227 28 66.0 255 28
39.0 162 14 46.0 184 21 53.0 206 28 60.0 231 28 67.0 260 28

Femur Length, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
10.0 92 7 21.0 117 14 32.0 144 14 43.0 174 14 54.0 209 --- 65.0 251 ---
11.0 95 7 22.0 119 14 33.0 147 14 44.0 177 14 55.0 212 --- 66.0 255 ---
12.0 97 7 23.0 122 14 34.0 149 14 45.0 180 14 56.0 216 --- 67.0 259 ---
13.0 99 7 24.0 124 14 35.0 152 14 46.0 183 14 57.0 219 --- 68.0 264 ---
14.0 101 7 25.0 127 14 36.0 155 14 47.0 186 14 58.0 223 --- 69.0 269 ---
15.0 103 7 26.0 129 14 37.0 157 14 48.0 189 --- 59.0 227 --- 70.0 274 ---
16.0 106 14 27.0 132 14 38.0 160 14 49.0 193 --- 60.0 231 --- 71.0 279 ---
17.0 108 14 28.0 134 14 39.0 163 14 50.0 196 --- 61.0 234 ---
18.0 110 14 29.0 137 14 40.0 166 14 51.0 199 --- 62.0 239 ---
19.0 112 14 30.0 139 14 41.0 169 14 52.0 202 --- 63.0 243 ---
20.0 115 14 31.0 142 14 42.0 171 14 53.0 206 --- 64.0 246 ---

Femur Length, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ± FL mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
20.0 113 6 29.0 134 7 38.0 159 9 47.0 187 10 56.0 219 11 65.0 254 12
21.0 115 6 30.0 137 8 39.0 162 9 48.0 191 10 57.0 223 11 66.0 259 12
22.0 118 6 31.0 140 8 40.0 165 9 49.0 194 10 58.0 227 11 67.0 263 13
23.0 120 7 32.0 142 8 41.0 168 9 50.0 198 10 59.0 231 12 68.0 267 13
24.0 122 7 33.0 145 8 42.0 171 9 51.0 201 10 60.0 234 12 69.0 271 13
25.0 125 7 34.0 148 8 43.0 174 9 52.0 205 11 61.0 238 12 70.0 276 13
26.0 127 7 35.0 150 8 44.0 178 9 53.0 208 11 62.0 242 12
27.0 129 7 36.0 153 8 45.0 181 10 54.0 212 11 63.0 246 12
28.0 132 7 37.0 156 9 46.0 184 10 55.0 215 11 64.0 250 12

9 - 16 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Humerus Length, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont JE. "Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones." Journal
of Ultrasound in Medicine 3:75, 1984.
MA = 9.6519438 + (0.26200391 * HL) + (0.0026105367 * HL2)
±2 Standard Deviations = ±3.3104 wks
HL ± HL ± HL ± HL ± HL ± HL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
9.0 12 02 23 22.7 17 00 23 34.2 21 05 23 44.3 26 03 23 53.4 31 01 23 61.8 35 06 23
9.4 12 02 23 23.0 17 00 23 34.4 21 05 23 44.5 26 03 23 53.6 31 01 23 61.9 35 06 23
9.5 12 03 23 23.1 17 01 23 34.5 21 06 23 44.6 26 04 23 53.7 31 02 23 62.0 36 00 23
9.8 12 03 23 23.4 17 01 23 34.7 21 06 23 44.8 26 04 23 53.8 31 02 23 62.2 36 00 23
9.9 12 04 23 23.5 17 02 23 34.8 22 00 23 44.9 26 05 23 53.9 31 03 23 62.3 36 01 23
10.3 12 04 23 23.7 17 02 23 35.1 22 00 23 45.1 26 05 23 54.1 31 03 23 62.4 36 01 23
10.4 12 05 23 23.8 17 03 23 35.2 22 01 23 45.2 26 06 23 54.2 31 04 23 62.5 36 02 23
10.7 12 05 23 24.1 17 03 23 35.4 22 01 23 45.4 26 06 23 54.4 31 04 23 62.7 36 02 23
10.8 12 06 23 24.2 17 04 23 35.5 22 02 23 45.5 27 00 23 54.5 31 05 23 62.8 36 03 23
11.2 12 06 23 24.5 17 04 23 35.7 22 02 23 45.6 27 00 23 54.6 31 05 23 62.9 36 03 23
11.3 13 00 23 24.6 17 05 23 35.8 22 03 23 45.7 27 01 23 54.7 31 06 23 63.0 36 04 23
11.6 13 00 23 24.8 17 05 23 36.0 22 03 23 45.9 27 01 23 54.9 31 06 23 63.2 36 04 23
11.7 13 01 23 24.9 17 06 23 36.1 22 04 23 46.0 27 02 23 55.0 32 00 23 63.3 36 05 23
12.1 13 01 23 25.2 17 06 23 36.3 22 04 23 46.2 27 02 23 55.2 32 00 23 63.4 36 05 23
12.2 13 02 23 25.3 18 00 23 36.4 22 05 23 46.3 27 03 23 55.3 32 01 23 63.5 36 06 23
12.5 13 02 23 25.6 18 00 23 36.7 22 05 23 46.5 27 03 23 55.4 32 01 23 63.6 36 06 23
12.6 13 03 23 25.7 18 01 23 36.8 22 06 23 46.6 27 04 23 55.5 32 02 23 63.7 37 00 23
13.0 13 03 23 25.9 18 01 23 37.0 22 06 23 46.8 27 04 23 55.7 32 02 23 63.9 37 00 23
13.1 13 04 23 26.0 18 02 23 37.1 23 00 23 46.9 27 05 23 55.8 32 03 23 64.0 37 01 23
13.4 13 04 23 26.3 18 02 23 37.3 23 00 23 47.1 27 05 23 55.9 32 03 23 64.1 37 01 23
13.5 13 05 23 26.4 18 03 23 37.4 23 01 23 47.2 27 06 23 56.0 32 04 23 64.2 37 02 23
13.8 13 05 23 26.6 18 03 23 37.6 23 01 23 47.3 27 06 23 56.2 32 04 23 64.4 37 02 23
13.9 13 06 23 26.7 18 04 23 37.7 23 02 23 47.4 28 00 23 56.3 32 05 23 64.5 37 03 23
14.2 13 06 23 27.0 18 04 23 37.9 23 02 23 47.6 28 00 23 56.4 32 05 23 64.6 37 03 23
14.3 14 00 23 27.1 18 05 23 38.0 23 03 23 47.7 28 01 23 56.5 32 06 23 64.7 37 04 23
14.7 14 00 23 27.3 18 05 23 38.2 23 03 23 47.9 28 01 23 56.7 32 06 23 64.8 37 04 23
14.8 14 01 23 27.4 18 06 23 38.3 23 04 23 48.0 28 02 23 56.8 33 00 23 64.9 37 05 23
15.1 14 01 23 27.7 18 06 23 38.5 23 04 23 48.2 28 02 23 57.0 33 00 23 65.1 37 05 23
15.2 14 02 23 27.8 18 00 23 38.6 23 05 23 48.3 28 03 23 57.1 33 01 23 65.2 37 06 23
15.5 14 02 23 28.0 19 00 23 38.8 23 05 23 48.5 28 03 23 57.2 33 01 23 65.3 37 06 23
15.6 14 03 23 28.1 19 01 23 38.9 23 06 23 48.6 28 04 23 57.3 33 02 23 65.4 38 00 23
15.9 14 03 23 28.4 19 01 23 39.1 23 06 23 48.7 28 04 23 57.5 33 02 23 65.5 38 00 23
16.0 14 04 23 28.5 19 02 23 39.2 24 00 23 48.8 28 05 23 57.6 33 03 23 65.6 38 01 23
16.3 14 04 23 28.7 19 02 23 39.4 24 00 23 49.0 28 05 23 57.7 33 03 23 65.8 38 01 23
16.4 14 05 23 28.8 19 03 23 39.5 24 01 23 49.1 28 06 23 57.8 33 04 23 65.9 38 02 23
16.7 14 05 23 29.1 19 03 23 39.7 24 01 23 49.3 28 06 23 58.0 33 04 23 66.0 38 02 23
16.8 14 06 23 29.2 19 04 23 39.8 24 02 23 49.4 29 00 23 58.1 33 05 23 66.1 38 03 23
17.1 14 06 23 29.4 19 04 23 40.1 24 02 23 49.6 29 00 23 58.2 33 05 23 66.3 38 03 23
17.2 15 00 23 29.5 19 05 23 40.2 24 03 23 49.7 29 01 23 58.3 33 06 23 66.4 38 04 23
17.5 15 00 23 29.8 19 05 23 40.4 24 03 23 49.8 29 01 23 58.5 33 06 23 66.5 38 04 23
17.6 15 01 23 29.9 19 06 23 40.5 24 04 23 49.9 29 02 23 58.6 34 00 23 66.6 38 05 23
18.0 15 01 23 30.1 19 06 23 40.7 24 04 23 50.1 29 02 23 58.7 34 00 23 66.7 38 05 23
18.1 15 02 23 30.2 20 00 23 40.8 24 05 23 50.2 29 03 23 58.8 34 01 23 66.8 38 06 23
18.4 15 02 23 30.4 20 00 23 41.0 24 05 23 50.4 29 03 23 59.0 34 01 23 67.0 38 06 23
18.5 15 03 23 30.5 20 01 23 41.1 24 06 23 50.5 29 04 23 59.1 34 02 23 67.1 39 00 23
18.7 15 03 23 30.8 20 01 23 41.3 24 06 23 50.6 29 04 23 59.2 34 02 23 67.2 39 00 23
18.8 15 04 23 30.9 20 02 23 41.4 25 00 23 50.7 29 05 23 59.3 34 03 23 67.3 39 01 23
19.1 15 04 23 31.1 20 02 23 41.6 25 00 23 50.9 29 05 23 59.5 34 03 23 67.4 39 01 23
19.2 15 05 23 31.2 20 03 23 41.7 25 01 23 51.0 29 06 23 59.6 34 04 23 67.5 39 02 23
19.5 15 05 23 31.5 20 03 23 41.9 25 01 23 51.2 29 06 23 59.7 34 04 23 67.7 39 02 23
19.6 15 06 23 31.6 20 04 23 42.0 25 02 23 51.3 30 00 23 59.8 34 05 23 67.8 39 03 23
19.9 15 06 23 31.8 20 04 23 42.1 25 02 23 51.5 30 00 23 60.0 34 05 23 67.9 39 03 23
20.0 16 00 23 31.9 20 05 23 42.2 25 03 23 51.6 30 01 23 60.1 34 06 23 68.0 39 04 23
20.3 16 00 23 32.1 20 05 23 42.4 25 03 23 51.7 30 01 23 60.2 34 06 23 68.1 39 04 23
20.4 16 01 23 32.2 20 06 23 42.5 25 04 23 51.8 30 02 23 60.3 35 00 23 68.2 39 05 23
20.7 16 01 23 32.5 20 06 23 42.7 25 04 23 52.0 30 02 23 60.5 35 00 23 68.3 39 05 23
20.8 16 02 23 32.6 21 00 23 42.8 25 05 23 52.1 30 03 23 60.6 35 01 23 68.4 39 06 23
21.1 16 02 23 32.8 21 00 23 43.0 25 05 23 52.3 30 03 23 60.7 35 01 23 68.6 39 06 23
21.2 16 03 23 32.9 21 01 23 43.1 25 06 23 52.4 30 04 23 60.8 35 02 23 68.7 40 00 23
21.5 16 03 23 33.1 21 01 23 43.3 25 06 23 52.5 30 04 23 61.0 35 02 23 68.8 40 00 23
21.6 16 04 23 33.2 21 02 23 43.4 26 00 23 52.6 30 05 23 61.1 35 03 23 68.9 40 01 23
21.9 16 04 23 33.4 21 02 23 43.6 26 00 23 52.8 30 05 23 61.2 35 03 23 69.0 40 01 23
22.0 16 05 23 33.5 21 03 23 43.7 26 01 23 52.9 30 06 23 61.3 35 04 23
22.2 16 05 23 33.8 21 03 23 43.9 26 01 23 53.1 30 06 23 61.5 35 04 23
22.3 16 06 23 33.9 21 04 23 44.0 26 02 23 53.2 31 00 23 61.6 35 05 23
22.6 16 06 23 34.1 21 04 23 44.2 26 02 23 53.3 31 00 23 61.7 35 05 23

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 17
9 Obstetrical References

Humerus Length, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
HL mean ± HL mean ± HL mean ± HL mean ± HL mean ± HL mean ±
mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days mm days days
10.0 91 7 19.0 113 7 28.0 137 14 37.0 164 --- 46.0 196 --- 55.0 236 ---
11.0 93 7 20.0 115 7 29.0 140 14 38.0 167 --- 47.0 200 --- 56.0 242 ---
12.0 95 7 21.0 118 7 30.0 142 14 39.0 171 --- 48.0 204 --- 57.0 247 ---
13.0 98 7 22.0 121 14 31.0 145 14 40.0 174 --- 49.0 208 --- 58.0 254 ---
14.0 100 7 23.0 123 14 32.0 148 14 41.0 177 --- 50.0 212 --- 59.0 260 ---
15.0 103 7 24.0 126 14 33.0 151 14 42.0 181 --- 51.0 217 --- 60.0 267 ---
16.0 105 7 25.0 128 14 34.0 154 14 43.0 185 --- 52.0 221 --- 61.0 275 ---
17.0 108 7 26.0 131 14 35.0 158 14 44.0 188 --- 53.0 226 ---
18.0 110 7 27.0 134 14 36.0 161 14 45.0 192 --- 54.0 231 ---

Ulna Length, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont JE. "Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones." Journal
of Ultrasound in Medicine 3:75, 1984.
MAwks(ULmm)=10.034368 + (0.28625722 * UL) + (0.002912470 * UL2)
2 Standard Deviations = ±3.6874 wks
UL ± UL ± UL ± UL ± UL ± UL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
9.0 12 06 26 21.8 17 05 26 32.7 22 04 26 42.4 27 03 26 51.1 32 02 26 59.1 37 01 26
9.2 12 06 26 22.1 17 05 26 32.9 22 04 26 42.5 27 03 26 51.2 32 02 26 59.2 37 01 26
9.3 13 00 26 22.2 17 06 26 33.0 22 05 26 42.6 27 04 26 51.3 32 03 26 59.3 37 02 26
9.6 13 00 26 22.4 17 06 26 33.2 22 05 26 42.8 27 04 26 51.4 32 03 26 59.4 37 02 26
9.7 13 01 26 22.5 18 00 26 33.3 22 06 26 42.9 27 05 26 51.5 32 04 26 59.5 37 03 26
10.0 13 01 26 22.7 18 00 26 33.5 22 06 26 43.1 27 05 26 51.7 32 04 26 59.6 37 03 26
10.1 13 02 26 22.8 18 01 26 33.6 23 00 26 43.2 27 06 26 51.8 32 05 26 59.7 37 04 26
10.4 13 02 26 23.1 18 01 26 33.8 23 00 26 43.3 27 06 26 51.9 32 05 26 59.9 37 04 26
10.5 13 03 26 23.2 18 02 26 33.9 23 01 26 43.4 28 00 26 52.0 32 06 26 60.0 37 05 26
10.8 13 03 26 23.4 18 02 26 34.1 23 01 26 43.6 28 00 26 52.2 32 06 26 60.1 37 05 26
10.9 13 04 26 23.5 18 03 26 34.2 23 02 26 43.7 28 01 26 52.3 33 00 26 60.2 37 06 26
11.3 13 04 26 23.8 18 03 26 34.4 23 02 26 43.9 28 01 26 52.4 33 00 26 60.3 37 06 26
11.4 13 05 26 23.9 18 04 26 34.5 23 03 26 44.0 28 02 26 52.5 33 01 26 60.4 38 00 26
11.7 13 05 26 24.1 18 04 26 34.7 23 03 26 44.1 28 02 26 52.7 33 01 26 60.5 38 00 26
11.8 13 06 26 24.2 18 05 26 34.8 23 04 26 44.2 28 03 26 52.8 33 02 26 60.6 38 01 26
12.1 13 06 26 24.4 18 05 26 35.0 23 04 26 44.4 28 03 26 52.9 33 02 26 60.8 38 01 26
12.2 14 00 26 24.5 18 06 26 35.1 23 05 26 44.5 28 04 26 53.0 33 03 26 60.9 38 02 26
12.5 14 00 26 24.8 18 06 26 35.3 23 05 26 44.6 28 04 26 53.1 33 03 26 61.0 38 02 26
12.6 14 01 26 24.9 19 00 26 35.4 23 06 26 44.7 28 05 26 53.2 33 04 26 61.1 38 03 26
12.9 14 01 26 25.1 19 00 26 35.6 23 06 26 44.9 28 05 26 53.4 33 04 26 61.2 38 03 26
13.0 14 02 26 25.2 19 01 26 35.7 24 00 26 45.0 28 06 26 53.5 33 05 26 61.3 38 04 26
13.3 14 02 26 25.4 19 01 26 35.9 24 00 26 45.2 28 06 26 53.6 33 05 26 61.4 38 04 26
13.4 14 03 26 25.5 19 02 26 36.0 24 01 26 45.3 29 00 26 53.7 33 06 26 61.5 38 05 26
13.6 14 03 26 25.7 19 02 26 36.2 24 01 26 45.4 29 00 26 53.9 33 06 26 61.7 38 05 26
13.7 14 04 26 25.8 19 03 26 36.3 24 02 26 45.5 29 01 26 54.0 34 00 26 61.8 38 06 26
14.0 14 04 26 26.1 19 03 26 36.4 24 02 26 45.7 29 01 26 54.1 34 00 26 61.9 38 06 26
14.1 14 05 26 26.2 19 04 26 36.5 24 03 26 45.8 29 02 26 54.2 34 01 26 62.0 39 00 26
14.4 14 05 26 26.4 19 04 26 36.7 24 03 26 45.9 29 02 26 54.3 34 01 26 62.1 39 00 26
14.5 14 06 26 26.5 19 05 26 36.8 24 04 26 46.0 29 03 26 54.4 34 02 26 62.2 39 01 26
14.8 14 06 26 26.7 19 05 26 37.0 24 04 26 46.2 29 03 26 54.6 34 02 26 62.3 39 01 26
14.9 15 00 26 26.8 19 06 26 37.1 24 05 26 46.3 29 04 26 54.7 34 03 26 62.4 39 02 26
15.2 15 00 26 27.0 19 06 26 37.3 24 05 26 46.5 29 04 26 54.8 34 03 26 62.5 39 02 26
15.3 15 01 26 27.1 20 00 26 37.4 24 06 26 46.6 29 05 26 54.9 34 04 26 62.6 39 03 26
15.6 15 01 26 27.4 20 00 26 37.6 24 06 26 46.7 29 05 26 55.0 34 04 26 62.8 39 03 26
15.7 15 02 26 27.5 20 01 26 37.7 25 00 26 46.8 29 06 26 55.1 34 05 26 62.9 39 04 26
15.9 15 02 26 27.7 20 01 26 37.9 25 00 26 47.0 29 06 26 55.3 34 05 26 63.0 39 04 26
16.0 15 03 26 27.8 20 02 26 38.0 25 01 26 47.1 30 00 26 55.4 34 06 26 63.1 39 05 26
16.3 15 03 26 28.0 20 02 26 38.1 25 01 26 47.2 30 00 26 55.5 34 06 26 63.2 39 05 26
16.4 15 04 26 28.1 20 03 26 38.2 25 02 26 47.3 30 01 26 55.6 35 00 26 63.3 39 06 26
16.7 15 04 26 28.3 20 03 26 38.4 25 02 26 47.5 30 01 26 55.7 35 00 26 63.4 39 06 26
16.8 15 05 26 28.4 20 04 26 38.5 25 03 26 47.6 30 02 26 55.8 35 01 26 63.5 40 00 26
17.1 15 05 26 28.6 20 04 26 38.7 25 03 26 47.7 30 02 26 56.0 35 01 26 63.6 40 00 26
17.2 15 06 26 28.7 20 05 26 38.8 25 04 26 47.8 30 03 26 56.1 35 02 26 63.7 40 01 26
17.4 15 06 26 29.0 20 05 26 39.0 25 04 26 48.0 30 03 26 56.2 35 02 26 63.8 40 01 26
17.5 16 00 26 29.1 20 06 26 39.1 25 05 26 48.1 30 04 26 56.3 35 03 26 63.9 40 02 26
17.8 16 00 26 29.3 20 06 26 39.3 25 05 26 48.2 30 04 26 56.4 35 03 26 64.1 40 02 26
17.9 16 01 26 29.4 21 00 26 39.4 25 06 26 48.3 30 05 26 56.5 35 04 26 64.2 40 03 26
18.2 16 01 26 29.6 21 00 26 39.5 25 06 26 48.5 30 05 26 56.7 35 04 26 64.3 40 03 26
18.3 16 02 26 29.7 21 01 26 39.6 26 00 26 48.6 30 06 26 56.8 35 05 26 64.4 40 04 26
18.5 16 02 26 29.9 21 01 26 39.8 26 00 26 48.7 30 06 26 56.9 35 05 26 64.5 40 04 26
18.6 16 03 26 30.0 21 02 26 39.9 26 01 26 48.8 31 00 26 57.0 35 06 26 64.6 40 05 26
18.9 16 03 26 30.2 21 02 26 40.1 26 01 26 49.0 31 00 26 57.1 35 06 26 64.7 40 05 26
19.0 16 04 26 30.3 21 03 26 40.2 26 02 26 49.1 31 01 26 57.2 36 00 26 64.8 40 06 26
19.2 16 04 26 30.5 21 03 26 40.4 26 02 26 49.2 31 01 26 57.4 36 00 26 64.9 40 06 26
19.3 16 05 26 30.6 21 04 26 40.5 26 03 26 49.3 31 02 26 57.5 26 01 26 65.0 41 00 26
19.6 16 05 26 30.8 21 04 26 40.6 26 03 26 49.5 31 02 26 57.6 26 01 26 65.1 41 00 26
19.7 16 06 26 30.9 21 05 26 40.7 26 04 26 49.6 31 03 26 57.7 36 02 26 65.2 41 01 26
20.0 16 06 26 31.1 21 05 26 40.9 26 04 26 49.7 31 03 26 57.8 36 02 26 65.4 41 01 26
20.1 17 00 26 31.2 21 06 26 41.0 26 05 26 49.8 31 04 26 57.9 36 03 26 65.5 41 02 26
20.3 17 00 26 31.4 21 06 26 41.2 26 05 26 50.0 31 04 26 58.1 36 03 26 65.6 41 02 26
20.4 17 01 26 31.5 22 00 26 41.3 26 06 26 50.1 31 05 26 58.2 36 04 26 65.7 41 03 26
20.7 17 01 26 31.7 22 00 26 41.4 26 06 26 50.2 31 05 26 58.3 36 04 26 65.8 41 03 26
20.8 17 02 26 31.8 22 01 26 41.5 27 00 26 50.3 31 06 26 58.4 36 05 26 65.9 41 04 26
21.0 17 02 26 32.0 22 01 26 41.7 27 00 26 50.5 31 06 26 58.5 36 05 26 66.0 41 04 26
21.1 17 03 26 32.1 22 02 26 41.8 27 01 26 50.6 32 00 26 58.6 36 06 26
21.4 17 03 26 32.3 22 02 26 42.0 27 01 26 50.7 32 00 26 58.7 36 06 26
21.5 17 04 26 32.4 22 03 26 42.1 27 02 26 50.8 32 01 26 58.8 37 00 26
21.7 17 04 26 32.6 22 03 26 42.3 27 02 26 51.0 32 01 26 59.0 37 00 26

9 - 18 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Binocular Distance, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Cantraine F, Cousaert E, Romero R, Hobbins JC. "The Binocular Distance: A New Way to Estimate Fetal Age." Journal
of Ultrasound in Medicine 3:241, 1984.
BN ± BN ± BN ± BN ± BN ± BN ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
15 10 3 29 24 15 6 28 33 21 1 29 42 26 1 28 51 31 6 28 60 37 1 29
16 11 0 29 25 16 3 28 34 21 5 29 43 27 6 28 52 32 4 28 61 37 6 28
17 11 4 29 26 17 0 28 35 22 2 29 44 27 5 28 53 33 0 29 62 38 3 28
18 12 1 29 27 17 4 28 36 22 6 29 45 28 2 28 54 33 4 29 63 39 0 28
19 12 6 28 28 18 1 29 37 23 4 28 46 28 6 28 55 34 1 29 64 39 4 28
20 13 3 28 29 18 6 28 38 24 1 28 47 29 4 28 56 34 6 28 65 40 1 29
21 14 0 28 30 19 3 28 39 24 5 28 48 30 1 28 57 35 3 28
22 14 4 28 31 20 0 28 40 25 5 28 49 30 5 28 58 36 0 28
23 15 1 29 32 20 4 28 41 25 2 28 50 31 2 28 59 36 4 28

Binocular Distance, Tongsong


Tongsong T, Wanapirak C, Jesadapornchai S, Tathayathikom E. "Fetal binocular distance as a predictor of menstrual age."
International Journal of Gynecology and Obstetrics 38:87, 1992.
MAwks(BNcm)=6.54398 + 3.4659 *(BN) + 0.30682 * (BN2)
±Standard Deviation 14 - 27 wk ± 14 days 29 - 40 wks ± 24 days
BN ± BN ± BN ± BN ± BN ± BN ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
16.0 12 06 00 25.6 17 03 14 34.4 22 01 24 42.4 26 05 24 49.8 31 03 24 56.7 36 00 24
16.1 12 06 00 25.7 17 04 14 34.6 22 01 24 42.5 26 06 24 49.9 31 03 24 56.8 36 01 24
16.2 13 00 00 26.0 17 04 14 34.7 22 02 24 42.6 26 06 24 50.0 31 04 24 56.9 36 01 24
16.4 13 00 00 26.1 17 05 14 34.8 22 02 24 42.7 27 00 24 50.1 31 04 24 57.0 36 02 24
16.5 13 01 00 26.3 17 05 14 34.9 22 03 24 42.9 27 00 24 50.2 31 05 24 57.1 36 02 24
16.7 13 01 00 26.4 17 06 14 35.1 22 03 24 43.0 27 01 24 50.3 31 05 24 57.2 36 03 24
16.8 13 02 00 26.5 17 06 14 35.2 22 04 24 43.1 27 01 24 50.4 31 06 24 57.3 36 03 24
17.0 13 02 00 26.6 18 00 24 35.3 22 04 24 43.2 27 02 24 50.5 31 06 24 57.4 36 04 24
17.1 13 03 00 26.8 18 00 24 35.4 22 05 24 43.3 27 02 24 50.6 32 00 24 57.5 36 04 24
17.3 13 03 00 26.9 18 01 24 35.6 22 05 24 43.4 27 03 24 50.8 32 00 24 57.6 36 05 24
17.4 13 04 00 27.1 18 01 24 35.7 22 06 24 43.6 27 03 24 50.9 32 01 24 57.7 36 05 24
17.7 13 04 00 27.2 18 02 24 35.8 22 06 24 43.7 27 04 24 51.0 32 01 24 57.8 36 06 24
17.8 13 05 00 27.4 18 02 24 35.9 23 00 24 43.8 27 04 24 51.1 32 02 24 57.9 36 06 24
18.0 13 05 00 27.5 18 03 24 36.1 23 00 24 43.9 27 05 24 51.2 32 02 24 58.0 37 00 24
18.1 13 06 00 27.7 18 03 24 36.2 23 01 24 44.0 27 05 24 51.3 32 03 24 58.1 37 00 24
18.3 13 06 00 27.8 18 04 24 36.3 23 01 24 44.1 27 06 24 51.4 32 03 24 58.2 37 01 24
18.4 14 00 14 27.9 18 04 24 36.4 23 02 24 44.3 27 06 24 51.5 32 04 24 58.3 37 01 24
18.6 14 00 14 28.0 18 05 24 36.6 23 02 24 44.4 28 00 24 51.6 32 04 24 58.4 37 02 24
18.7 14 01 14 28.2 18 05 24 36.7 23 03 24 44.5 28 00 24 51.7 32 05 24 58.5 37 02 24
18.9 14 01 14 28.3 18 06 24 36.8 23 03 24 44.6 28 01 24 51.8 32 05 24 58.6 37 03 24
19.0 14 02 14 28.5 18 06 24 36.9 23 04 24 44.7 28 01 24 51.9 32 06 24 58.7 37 03 24
19.2 14 02 14 28.6 19 00 24 37.1 23 04 24 44.8 28 02 24 52.0 32 06 24 58.8 37 04 24
19.3 14 03 14 28.8 19 00 24 37.2 23 05 24 45.0 28 02 24 52.1 33 00 24 58.9 37 04 24
19.5 14 03 14 28.9 19 01 24 37.3 23 05 24 45.1 28 03 24 52.3 33 00 24 59.0 37 05 24
19.6 14 04 14 29.0 19 01 24 37.4 23 06 24 45.2 28 03 24 52.4 33 01 24 59.1 37 05 24
19.8 14 04 14 29.1 19 02 24 37.6 23 06 24 45.3 28 04 24 52.5 33 01 24 59.2 37 06 24
19.9 14 05 14 29.3 19 02 24 37.7 24 00 24 45.4 28 04 24 52.6 33 02 24 59.3 37 06 24
20.1 14 05 14 29.4 19 03 24 37.8 24 00 24 45.5 28 05 24 52.7 33 02 24 59.4 38 00 24
20.2 14 06 14 29.6 19 03 24 37.9 24 01 24 45.6 28 05 24 52.8 33 03 24 59.5 38 00 24
20.4 14 06 14 29.7 19 04 24 38.1 24 01 24 45.7 28 06 24 52.9 33 03 24 59.6 38 01 24
20.5 15 00 14 29.8 19 04 24 38.2 24 02 24 45.9 28 06 24 53.0 33 04 24 59.7 38 01 24
20.7 15 00 14 29.9 19 05 24 38.3 24 02 24 46.0 29 00 24 53.1 33 04 24 59.8 38 02 24
20.8 15 01 14 30.1 19 05 24 38.4 24 03 24 46.1 29 00 24 53.2 33 05 24 59.9 38 02 24
21.0 15 01 14 30.2 19 06 24 38.6 24 03 24 46.2 29 01 24 53.3 33 05 24 60.0 38 03 24
21.1 15 02 14 30.4 19 06 24 38.7 24 04 24 46.3 29 01 24 53.4 33 06 24 60.1 38 03 24
21.3 15 02 14 30.5 20 00 24 38.8 24 04 24 46.4 29 02 24 53.5 33 06 24 60.2 38 04 24
21.4 15 03 14 30.6 20 00 24 38.9 24 05 24 46.5 29 02 24 53.6 34 00 24 60.3 38 04 24
21.6 15 03 14 30.7 20 01 24 39.0 24 05 24 46.6 29 03 24 53.8 34 00 24 60.4 38 05 24
21.7 15 04 14 30.9 20 01 24 39.1 24 06 24 46.8 29 03 24 53.9 34 01 24 60.5 38 05 24
21.9 15 04 14 31.0 20 02 24 39.3 24 06 24 46.9 29 04 24 54.0 34 01 24 60.6 38 06 24
22.0 15 05 14 31.2 20 02 24 39.4 25 00 24 47.0 29 04 24 54.1 34 02 24 60.7 38 06 24
22.2 15 05 14 31.3 20 03 24 39.5 25 00 24 47.1 29 05 24 54.2 34 02 24 60.8 39 00 24
22.3 15 06 14 31.4 20 03 24 39.6 25 01 24 47.2 29 05 24 54.3 34 03 24 60.9 39 00 24
22.5 15 06 14 31.5 20 04 24 39.8 25 01 24 47.3 29 06 24 54.4 34 03 24 61.0 39 01 24
22.6 16 00 14 31.7 20 04 24 39.9 25 02 24 47.4 29 06 24 54.5 34 04 24 61.1 39 01 24
22.8 16 00 14 31.8 20 05 24 40.0 25 02 24 47.5 30 00 24 54.6 34 04 24 61.2 39 02 24
22.9 16 01 14 32.0 20 05 24 40.1 25 03 24 47.7 30 00 24 54.7 34 05 24 61.3 39 02 24
23.1 16 01 14 32.1 20 06 24 40.3 25 03 24 47.8 30 01 24 54.8 34 05 24 61.4 39 03 24
23.2 16 02 14 32.2 20 06 24 40.4 25 04 24 47.9 30 01 24 54.9 34 06 24 61.5 39 03 24
23.4 16 02 14 32.3 21 00 24 40.5 25 04 24 48.0 30 02 24 55.0 34 06 24 61.6 39 04 24
23.5 16 03 14 32.5 21 00 24 40.6c 25 05 24 48.1 30 02 24 55.1 35 00 24 61.7 39 04 24
23.7 16 03 14 32.6 21 01 24 40.7 25 05 24 48.2 30 03 24 55.2 35 00 24 61.8 39 05 24
23.8 16 04 14 32.8 21 01 24 40.8 25 06 24 48.3 30 03 24 55.3 35 01 24 61.9 39 05 24
24.0 16 04 14 32.9 21 02 24 41.0 25 06 24 48.4 30 04 24 55.4 35 01 24 62.0 39 06 24
24.1 16 05 14 33.0 21 02 24 41.1 26 00 24 48.6 30 04 24 55.5 35 02 24 62.1 39 06 24
24.3 16 05 14 33.1 21 03 24 41.2 26 00 24 48.7 30 05 24 55.6 35 02 24 62.2 40 00 24
24.4 16 06 14 33.3 21 03 24 41.3 26 01 24 48.8 30 05 24 55.7 35 03 24 62.3 40 00 24
24.6 16 06 14 33.4 21 04 24 41.5 26 01 24 48.9 30 06 24 55.8 35 03 24 62.4 40 01 00
24.7 17 00 14 33.5 21 04 24 41.6 26 02 24 49.0 30 06 24 55.9 35 04 24 62.5 40 01 00
24.8 17 00 14 33.6 21 05 24 41.7 26 02 24 49.1 31 00 24 56.0 35 04 24 62.6 40 02 00
24.9 17 01 14 33.8 21 05 24 41.8 26 03 24 49.2 31 00 24 56.1 35 05 24 62.7 40 02 00
25.1 17 01 14 33.9 21 06 24 41.9 26 03 24 49.3 31 01 24 56.3 35 05 24 62.8 40 03 00
25.2 17 02 14 34.0 21 06 24 42.0 26 04 24 49.4 31 01 24 56.4 35 06 24 62.9 40 03 00
25.4 17 02 14 34.1 22 00 24 42.2 26 04 24 49.5 31 02 24 56.5 35 06 24 63.0 40 04 00
25.5 17 03 14 34.3 22 00 24 42.3 26 05 24 49.7 31 02 24 56.6 36 00 24

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 19
9 Obstetrical References

Tibia Length, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont JE. "Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones." Journal
of Ultrasound in Medicine 3:75, 1984.
MAwks(TLmm)=10.055043 + 0.31317668 (TL) + (0.001681 * TL2)
2 Standard Deviations = ±3.4992 wks (24 days)
TL ± TL ± TL ± TL ± TL ± TL ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
9.0 13 00 24 21.4 17 04 24 32.6 22 00 24 42.8 26 04 24 52.3 31 00 24 61.2 35 04 24
9.1 13 00 24 21.7 17 04 24 32.7 22 01 24 43.0 26 04 24 52.4 31 01 24 61.4 35 04 24
9.2 13 01 24 21.8 17 05 24 32.9 22 01 24 43.1 26 05 24 52.6 31 01 24 61.5 35 05 24
9.5 13 01 24 22.0 17 05 24 33.0 22 02 24 43.3 26 05 24 52.7 31 02 24 61.7 35 05 24
9.6 13 02 24 22.1 17 06 24 33.3 22 02 24 43.4 26 06 24 52.9 31 02 24 61.8 35 06 24
10.0 13 02 24 22.4 17 06 24 33.4 22 03 24 43.6 26 06 24 53.0 31 03 24 61.9 35 06 24
10.1 13 03 24 22.5 18 00 24 33.6 22 03 24 43.7 27 00 24 53.2 31 03 24 62.0 36 00 24
10.4 13 03 24 22.8 18 00 24 33.7 22 04 24 43.9 27 00 24 53.3 31 04 24 62.2 36 00 24
10.5 13 04 24 22.9 18 01 24 33.9 22 04 24 44.0 27 01 24 53.5 31 04 24 62.3 36 01 24
10.8 13 04 24 23.1 18 01 24 34.0 22 05 24 44.2 27 01 24 53.6 31 05 24 62.5 36 01 24
10.9 13 05 24 23.2 18 02 24 34.3 22 05 24 44.3 27 02 24 53.8 31 05 24 62.6 36 02 24
11.2 13 05 24 23.5 18 02 24 34.4 22 06 24 44.5 27 02 24 53.9 31 06 24 62.8 36 02 24
11.3 13 06 24 23.6 18 03 24 34.6 22 06 24 44.6 27 03 24 54.1 31 06 24 62.9 36 03 24
11.6 13 06 24 23.8 18 03 24 34.7 23 00 24 44.8 27 03 24 54.2 32 00 24 63.0 36 03 24
11.7 14 00 24 23.9 18 04 24 34.9 23 00 24 44.9 27 04 24 54.4 32 00 24 63.1 36 04 24
12.0 14 00 24 24.2 18 04 24 35.0 23 01 24 45.1 27 04 24 54.5 32 01 24 63.3 36 04 24
12.1 14 01 24 24.3 18 05 24 35.3 23 01 24 45.2 27 05 24 54.6 32 01 24 63.4 36 05 24
12.4 14 01 24 24.6 18 05 24 35.4 23 02 24 45.5 27 05 24 54.7 32 02 24 63.6 36 05 24
12.5 14 02 24 24.7 18 06 24 35.6 23 02 24 45.6 27 06 24 54.9 32 02 24 63.7 36 06 24
12.8 14 02 24 24.9 18 06 24 35.7 23 03 24 45.8 27 06 24 55.0 32 03 24 63.8 36 06 24
12.9 14 03 24 25.0 19 00 24 35.9 23 03 24 45.9 28 00 24 55.2 32 03 24 63.9 37 00 24
13.2 14 03 24 25.3 19 00 24 36.0 23 04 24 46.1 28 00 24 55.3 32 04 24 64.1 37 00 24
13.3 14 04 24 25.4 19 01 24 36.3 23 04 24 46.2 28 01 24 55.5 32 04 24 64.2 37 01 24
13.6 14 04 24 25.7 19 01 24 36.4 23 05 24 46.4 28 01 24 55.6 32 05 24 64.4 37 01 24
13.7 14 05 24 25.8 19 02 24 36.6 23 05 24 46.5 28 02 24 55.8 32 05 24 64.5 37 02 24
14.0 14 05 24 26.0 19 02 24 36.7 23 06 24 46.7 28 02 24 55.9 32 06 24 64.7 37 02 24
14.1 14 06 24 26.1 19 03 24 36.9 23 06 24 46.8 28 03 24 56.1 32 06 24 64.8 37 03 24
14.4 14 06 24 26.4 19 03 24 37.0 24 00 24 47.0 28 03 24 56.2 33 00 24 64.9 37 03 24
14.5 15 00 24 26.5 19 04 24 37.2 24 00 24 47.1 28 04 24 56.4 33 00 24 65.0 37 04 24
14.8 15 01 24 26.7 19 04 24 37.3 24 01 24 47.3 28 04 24 56.5 33 01 24 65.2 37 04 24
15.2 15 01 24 26.8 19 05 24 37.6 24 01 24 47.4 28 05 24 56.6 33 01 24 65.3 37 05 24
15.3 15 02 24 27.1 19 05 24 37.7 24 02 24 47.6 28 05 24 56.7 33 02 24 65.5 37 05 24
15.6 15 02 24 27.2 19 06 24 37.9 24 02 24 47.7 28 06 24 56.9 33 02 24 65.6 37 06 24
15.7 15 03 24 27.4 19 06 24 38.0 24 03 24 47.9 28 06 24 57.0 33 03 24 65.7 37 06 24
16.0 15 03 24 27.5 20 00 24 38.2 24 03 24 48.0 29 00 24 57.2 33 04 24 65.8 38 00 24
16.1 15 04 24 27.8 20 00 24 38.3 24 04 24 48.2 29 00 24 57.3 33 04 24 66.0 38 00 24
16.3 15 04 24 27.9 20 01 24 38.5 24 04 24 48.3 29 01 24 57.5 33 04 24 66.1 38 01 24
16.4 15 04 24 28.1 20 01 24 38.6 24 05 24 48.5 29 01 24 57.6 33 05 24 66.3 38 01 24
16.7 15 05 24 28.2 20 02 24 38.9 24 05 24 48.6 29 02 24 57.8 33 05 24 66.4 38 02 24
16.8 15 06 24 28.5 20 02 24 39.0 24 06 24 48.8 29 02 24 57.9 33 06 24 66.5 38 02 24
17.1 15 06 24 28.6 20 03 24 39.2 24 06 24 48.9 29 03 24 58.1 33 06 24 66.6 38 03 24
17.2 16 00 24 28.8 20 03 24 39.3 25 00 24 49.1 29 03 24 58.2 34 00 24 66.8 38 03 24
17.5 16 00 24 28.9 20 04 24 39.5 25 00 24 49.2 29 04 24 58.3 34 00 24 66.9 38 04 24
17.6 16 01 24 29.2 20 04 24 39.6 25 01 24 49.4 29 04 24 58.4 34 01 24 67.1 38 04 24
17.9 16 01 24 29.3 20 05 24 39.8 25 01 24 49.5 29 05 24 58.6 34 01 24 67.2 38 05 24
18.0 16 02 24 29.5 20 05 24 39.9 25 02 24 49.7 29 05 24 58.7 34 02 24 67.3 38 05 24
18.3 16 02 24 29.6 20 06 24 40.1 25 02 24 49.8 29 06 24 58.9 34 02 24 67.4 38 06 24
18.4 16 03 24 29.9 20 06 24 40.2 25 03 24 50.0 29 06 24 59.0 34 03 24 67.6 38 06 24
18.7 16 03 24 30.0 21 00 24 40.5 25 03 24 50.1 30 00 24 59.2 34 03 24 67.7 39 00 24
18.8 16 04 24 30.2 21 00 24 40.6 25 04 24 50.3 30 00 24 59.3 34 04 24 67.8 39 00 24
19.0 16 04 24 30.3 21 01 24 40.8 25 04 24 50.4 30 01 24 59.5 34 04 24 67.9 39 01 24
19.1 16 05 24 30.6 21 01 24 40.9 25 05 24 50.6 30 01 24 59.6 34 05 24 68.1 39 01 24
19.4 16 05 24 30.7 21 02 24 41.1 25 05 24 50.7 30 02 24 59.7 34 05 24 68.2 39 02 24
19.5 16 06 24 30.9 21 02 24 41.2 25 06 24 50.9 30 02 24 59.8 34 06 24 68.4 39 02 24
19.8 16 06 24 31.0 21 03 24 41.4 25 06 24 51.0 30 03 24 60.0 34 06 24 68.5 39 03 24
19.9 17 00 24 31.2 21 03 24 41.5 26 00 24 51.2 30 03 24 60.1 35 00 24 68.6 39 03 24
20.2 17 00 24 31.3 21 04 24 41.7 26 00 24 51.3 30 04 24 60.3 35 00 24 68.7 39 04 24
20.3 17 01 24 31.6 21 04 24 41.8 26 01 24 51.4 30 04 24 60.4 35 01 24 68.9 39 04 24
20.5 17 01 24 31.7 21 05 24 42.0 26 01 24 51.5 30 05 24 60.6 35 01 24 69.0 39 05 24
20.6 17 02 24 31.9 21 05 24 42.1 26 02 24 51.7 30 05 24 60.7 35 02 24
20.9 17 02 24 32.0 21 06 24 42.4 26 02 24 51.8 30 06 24 60.8 35 02 24
21.0 17 03 24 32.3 21 06 24 42.5 26 03 24 52.0 30 06 24 60.9 35 03 24
21.3 17 03 24 32.4 22 00 24 42.7 26 03 24 52.1 31 00 24 61.1 35 03 24

9 - 20 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Foot Length, Mercer


Mercer BM, Sklar S, Shariatmadar A, Gillieson MS, Dalton ME. "Fetal foot length as a predictor of gestational age." American
Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 156(2):350, 1987.
MAwks(FTmm)=0.0007745 * (FT2) + 0.3004 (FT) + 9.397
2 Standard Deviations = 0.0797*MA (in weeks)
FT ± FT ± FT ± FT ± FT ± FT ±
mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD mm wks days 2SD
10.0 12 03 07 24.1 17 01 10 38.3 22 00 12 51.1 26 05 15 63.6 31 04 18 75.5 36 03 20
10.1 12 04 07 24.4 17 01 10 38.4 22 01 12 51.2 26 06 15 63.7 31 05 18 75.6 36 04 20
10.5 12 04 07 24.5 17 02 10 38.7 22 01 12 51.5 26 06 15 63.9 31 05 18 75.8 36 04 20
10.6 12 05 07 24.8 17 02 10 38.8 22 02 12 51.6 27 00 15 64.0 31 06 18 75.9 36 05 20
10.9 12 05 07 24.9 17 03 10 39.1 22 02 12 51.8 27 00 15 64.3 31 06 18 76.1 36 05 20
11.0 12 06 07 25.3 17 03 10 39.2 22 03 12 51.9 27 01 15 64.4 32 00 18 76.2 36 05 21
11.4 12 06 07 25.4 17 04 10 39.3 22 03 12 52.2 27 01 15 64.6 32 00 18 76.3 36 06 21
11.5 13 00 07 25.7 17 04 10 39.4 22 03 13 52.3 27 02 15 64.7 32 01 18 76.5 36 06 21
11.8 13 00 07 25.8 17 05 10 39.5 22 03 13 52.6 27 02 15 65.0 32 01 18 76.6 37 00 21
11.9 13 01 07 26.1 17 05 10 39.6 22 04 13 52.7 27 03 15 65.1 32 02 18 76.8 37 00 21
12.3 13 01 07 26.2 17 06 10 39.9 22 04 13 53.0 27 03 15 65.4 32 02 18 76.9 37 01 21
12.4 13 02 07 26.5 17 06 10 40.0 22 05 13 53.1 27 04 15 65.5 32 03 18 77.2 37 01 21
12.7 13 02 07 26.6 18 00 10 40.3 22 05 13 53.3 27 04 15 65.7 32 03 18 77.3 37 02 21
12.8 13 03 07 26.9 18 00 10 40.4 22 06 13 53.4 27 05 15 65.8 32 04 18 77.5 37 02 21
13.0 13 03 07 27.0 18 01 10 40.7 22 06 13 53.7 27 05 15 66.1 32 04 18 77.6 37 03 21
13.1 13 03 08 27.4 18 01 10 40.8 23 00 13 53.8 27 06 16 66.2 32 05 18 77.9 37 03 21
13.2 13 03 08 27.5 18 02 10 41.1 23 00 13 54.1 27 06 16 66.4 32 05 18 78.0 37 04 21
13.3 13 04 08 27.8 18 02 10 41.2 23 01 13 54.2 28 00 16 66.5 32 06 18 78.2 37 04 21
13.6 13 04 08 27.9 18 03 10 41.5 23 01 13 54.5 28 00 16 66.8 32 06 18 78.3 37 05 21
13.7 13 05 08 28.2 18 03 10 41.6 23 02 13 54.6 28 01 16 66.9 33 00 18 78.5 37 05 21
14.0 13 05 08 28.3 18 04 10 41.9 23 02 13 54.8 28 01 16 67.1 33 00 18 78.6 37 06 21
14.1 13 06 08 28.6 18 04 10 42.0 23 03 13 54.9 28 02 16 67.2 33 01 18 78.9 37 06 21
14.5 13 06 08 28.7 18 05 10 42.3 23 03 13 55.2 28 02 16 67.3 33 01 18 79.0 38 00 21
14.6 14 00 08 29.0 18 05 10 42.4 23 04 13 55.3 28 03 16 67.4 33 01 19 79.2 38 00 21
14.9 14 00 08 29.1 18 06 10 42.7 23 04 13 55.6 38 03 16 67.5 33 01 19 79.3 38 01 21
15.0 14 01 08 29.2 18 06 11 42.8 23 05 13 55.7 28 04 16 67.6 33 02 19 79.5 38 01 21
15.4 14 01 08 29.4 18 06 11 43.1 23 05 13 55.9 28 04 16 67.8 33 02 19 79.6 38 02 21
15.5 14 02 08 29.5 19 00 11 43.2 23 06 13 56.0 28 05 16 67.9 33 03 19 79.9 38 02 21
15.8 14 02 08 29.9 19 00 11 43.4 23 06 13 56.3 28 05 16 68.2 33 03 19 80.0 38 03 21
15.9 14 03 08 30.0 19 01 11 43.5 24 00 13 56.4 28 06 16 68.3 33 04 19 80.2 38 03 21
16.3 14 03 08 30.3 19 01 11 43.8 24 00 13 56.7 28 06 16 68.5 33 04 19 80.3 38 04 22
16.4 14 04 08 30.4 19 02 11 43.9 24 01 13 56.8 29 00 16 68.6 33 05 19 80.6 38 04 22
16.7 14 04 08 30.7 19 02 11 44.2 24 01 14 57.0 29 00 16 68.9 33 05 19 80.7 38 05 22
16.8 14 05 08 30.8 19 03 11 44.3 24 02 14 57.1 29 01 16 69.0 33 06 19 80.9 38 05 22
17.1 14 05 08 31.1 19 03 11 44.6 24 02 14 57.4 29 01 16 69.2 33 06 19 81.0 38 06 22
17.6 14 06 08 31.2 19 04 11 44.7 24 03 14 57.5 29 02 16 69.3 34 00 19 81.2 38 06 22
17.7 14 06 08 31.5 19 04 11 45.0 24 03 14 57.8 29 02 16 69.6 34 00 19 81.3 39 00 22
17.8 15 00 08 31.6 19 05 11 45.1 24 04 14 57.9 29 03 16 69.7 34 01 19 81.6 39 00 22
18.0 15 00 08 31.9 19 05 11 45.4 24 04 14 58.1 29 03 16 69.9 34 01 19 81.7 39 01 22
18.1 15 01 08 32.0 19 06 11 45.5 24 05 14 58.2 29 04 16 70.0 34 02 19 81.9 39 01 22
18.4 15 01 08 32.3 19 06 11 45.8 24 05 14 58.3 29 04 16 70.3 34 02 19 82.0 39 02 22
18.5 15 02 08 32.4 20 00 11 45.9 24 06 14 58.4 29 04 17 70.4 34 03 19 82.2 39 02 22
18.6 15 02 08 32.7 20 00 11 46.1 24 06 14 58.5 29 04 17 70.6 34 03 19 82.3 39 03 22
18.9 15 02 08 32.8 20 01 11 46.2 25 00 14 58.6 29 05 17 70.7 34 04 19 82.6 39 03 22
19.0 15 03 09 33.1 20 01 11 46.5 25 00 14 58.9 29 05 17 71.0 34 04 19 82.7 39 04 22
19.3 15 03 09 33.2 20 02 11 46.6 25 01 14 59.0 29 06 17 71.1 34 05 19 82.9 39 04 22
19.4 15 04 09 33.5 20 02 11 46.9 25 01 14 59.2 29 06 17 71.3 34 05 19 83.0 39 05 22
19.7 15 04 09 33.6 20 03 11 47.0 25 02 14 59.3 30 00 17 71.4 34 06 19 83.2 39 05 22
19.8 15 05 09 33.9 20 03 11 47.3 25 02 14 59.6 30 00 17 71.7 34 06 19 83.3 39 06 22
20.2 15 05 09 34.0 20 04 11 47.4 25 03 14 59.7 30 01 17 71.8 35 00 20 83.6 39 06 22
20.3 15 06 09 34.3 20 04 11 47.7 25 03 14 60.0 30 01 17 72.0 35 00 20 83.7 40 00 22
20.6 15 06 09 34.4 20 05 12 47.8 25 04 14 60.1 30 02 17 72.1 35 01 20 83.9 40 00 22
20.7 16 00 09 34.7 20 05 12 48.1 25 04 14 60.3 30 02 17 72.4 35 01 20 84.0 40 01 22
21.0 16 00 09 34.8 20 06 12 48.2 25 05 14 60.4 30 03 17 72.5 35 02 20 84.2 40 01 22
21.1 16 01 09 35.1 20 06 12 48.4 25 05 14 60.7 30 03 17 72.7 35 02 20 84.3 40 02 22
21.5 16 01 09 35.2 21 00 12 48.5 25 06 14 60.8 30 04 17 72.8 35 03 20 84.5 40 02 22
21.6 16 02 09 35.5 21 00 12 48.8 25 06 14 61.1 30 04 17 73.1 35 03 20 84.6 40 02 23
21.9 16 02 09 35.6 21 01 12 48.9 26 00 14 61.2 30 05 17 73.2 35 04 20 84.7 40 03 23
22.0 16 03 09 35.9 21 01 12 49.0 26 00 14 61.4 30 05 17 73.4 35 04 20 84.9 40 03 23
22.3 16 03 09 36.0 21 02 12 49.1 26 00 15 61.5 30 06 17 73.5 35 05 20 85.0 40 04 23
22.4 16 04 09 36.3 21 02 12 49.2 26 00 15 61.8 30 06 17 73.8 35 05 20 85.2 40 04 23
22.6 16 04 09 36.4 21 03 12 49.3 26 01 15 61.9 31 00 17 73.9 35 06 20 85.3 40 05 23
22.7 16 04 09 36.7 21 03 12 49.6 26 01 15 62.1 31 00 17 74.1 35 06 20 85.5 40 05 23
22.8 16 05 09 36.8 21 04 12 49.7 26 02 15 62.2 31 01 17 74.2 36 00 20 85.6 40 06 23
23.2 16 05 09 37.1 21 04 12 50.0 26 02 15 62.5 31 01 17 74.4 36 00 20 85.9 40 06 23
23.3 16 06 09 37.2 21 05 12 50.1 26 03 15 62.6 31 02 17 74.5 36 01 20 86.0 41 00 23
23.6 16 06 09 37.5 21 05 12 50.3 26 03 15 62.9 31 02 17 74.8 36 01 20
23.7 17 00 09 37.6 21 06 12 50.4 26 04 15 63.0 31 03 18 74.9 36 02 20
23.9 17 00 09 37.9 21 06 12 50.7 26 04 15 63.2 31 03 18 75.1 36 02 20
24.0 17 00 10 38.0 22 00 12 50.8 26 05 15 63.3 31 04 18 75.2 36 03 20

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 21
9 Obstetrical References

Growth Analysis Ratios and Indexes


Head Circumference/Abdominal Circumference Ratio, Campbell
Campbell S, Thoms A. "Ultrasound measurement of the fetal head to abdomen circumference ratio in the assessment of
growth retardation." British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 84:165, 1977.
HC/AC Ratio = HC/AC
5th and 95th percentile
MA (weeks) -2SD Mean +2SD MA (weeks) -2SD Mean +2SD
13-14 wk 1.12 1.23 1.33 29-30 wk 0.97 1.10 1.23
15-16 wk 1.01 1.22 1.43 31-32 wk 0.94 1.07 1.19
17-18 wk 1.05 1.18 1.31 33-34 wk 0.94 1.04 1.13
19-20 wk 1.07 1.18 1.28 35-36 wk 0.91 1.02 1.13
21-22 wk 1.04 1.15 1.27 37-38 wk 0.91 0.98 1.07
23-24 wk 1.03 1.13 1.23 39-40 wk 0.85 0.97 1.08
25-26 wk 1.02 1.13 1.24 41-42 wk 0.92 0.96 1.00
27-28 wk 1.03 1.13 1.24

Femur Length/Abdominal Circumference Ratio, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Roecker E, Park SK. "A Date-Independent Predictor of Intrauterine Growth Retardation:
Femur Length/Abdominal Circumference Ratio." American Journal of Roentgenology 141: 979, 1983.
Valid for 21 to 42 weeks
FL/AC Ratio = FL/AC * 100
Mean = 22
±2 Standard Deviations = 2

Femur Length/Biparietal Diameter Ratio, Hohler


Hohler CW, Quetel TA. "Comparison of ultrasound femur length and biparietal diameter in late pregnancy." American Journal of
Obstetrics and Gynecology 141(7):759, 1981.
Valid for 23 to 40 weeks
FL/BPD Ratio = FL/BPD * 100
Mean = (mean of FL)/(mean of BPD) * 100
Norm of the ratio = (0.002 * MA(wks) + 0.73) * 100)
±1 Standard Deviation = 0.05
±2 Standard Deviation = 0.10

Cephalic Index, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Carpenter RJ, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Effect of Head Shape on BPD." American Journal of
Roentgenology 137:83, 1981.
Valid for 14 to 40 weeks
CI = short axis/long axis * 100
Mean = 78.3
±1 Standard Deviation = 74-83
±2 Standard Deviations = 70-86

9 - 22 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Cephalic Index, Chitty


Chitty, LS, Altman, DG, "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurements," British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 101:35-43,
1994.
CI CI CI CI CI
Days 5% mean 95% Days 5% mean 95% Days 5% mean 95% Days 5% mean 95% Days 5% mean 95%
84 75.5 81.5 87.6 127 73.3 79.3 85.3 170 72.2 78.2 84.3 213 72.2 78.3 84.3 256 73.5 79.5 85.5
85 75.4 81.5 87.5 128 73.2 79.3 85.3 171 72.2 78.2 84.2 214 72.3 78.3 84.3 257 73.5 79.5 85.6
86 75.4 81.4 87.5 129 73.2 79.2 85.3 172 72.1 78.2 84.2 215 72.3 78.3 84.4 258 73.5 79.6 85.6
87 75.3 81.4 87.4 130 73.1 79.2 85.2 173 72.1 78.2 84.2 216 72.3 78.3 84.4 259 73.6 79.6 85.7
88 75.2 81.3 87.3 131 73.1 79.2 85.2 174 72.1 78.2 84.2 217 72.3 78.3 84.4 260 73.6 79.7 85.7
89 75.2 81.2 87.3 132 73.1 79.1 85.2 175 72.1 78.2 84.2 218 72.3 78.4 84.4 261 73.7 79.7 85.8
90 75.1 81.2 87.2 133 73.0 79.1 85.1 176 72.1 78.2 84.2 219 72.3 78.4 84.4 262 73.7 79.8 85.8
91 75.1 81.1 87.1 134 73.0 79.0 85.1 177 72.1 78.1 84.2 220 72.4 78.4 84.4 263 73.8 79.8 85.9
92 75.0 81.0 87.1 135 73.0 79.0 85.1 178 72.1 78.1 84.2 221 72.4 78.4 84.5 264 73.8 79.9 85.9
93 74.9 81.0 87.0 136 72.9 79.0 85.0 179 72.1 78.1 84.2 222 72.4 78.4 84.5 265 73.9 79.9 86.0
94 74.9 80.9 87.0 137 72.9 78.9 85.0 180 72.1 78.1 84.2 223 72.4 78.5 84.5 266 73.9 80.0 86.0
95 74.8 80.9 86.9 138 72.9 78.9 85.0 181 72.1 78.1 84.2 224 72.4 78.5 84.5 267 74.0 80.0 86.0
96 74.8 80.8 86.8 139 72.8 78.9 84.9 182 72.1 78.1 84.2 225 72.5 78.5 84.5 268 74.0 80.1 86.1
97 74.7 80.7 86.8 140 72.8 78.9 84.9 183 72.1 78.1 84.2 226 72.5 78.5 84.6 269 74.1 80.1 86.1
98 74.6 80.7 86.7 141 72.8 78.8 84.9 184 72.1 78.1 84.2 227 72.5 78.6 84.6 270 74.1 80.2 86.2
99 74.6 80.6 86.7 142 72.7 78.8 84.8 185 72.1 78.1 84.1 228 72.5 78.6 84.6 271 74.2 80.2 86.2
100 74.5 80.6 86.6 143 72.7 78.8 84.8 186 72.1 78.1 84.1 229 72.6 78.6 84.6 272 74.2 80.3 86.3
101 74.5 80.5 86.6 144 72.7 78.7 84.8 187 72.1 78.1 84.1 230 72.6 78.6 84.7 273 74.3 80.3 86.4
102 74.4 80.5 86.5 145 72.7 78.7 84.7 188 72.1 78.1 84.1 231 72.6 78.7 84.7 274 74.3 80.4 86.4
103 74.4 80.4 86.5 146 72.6 78.7 84.7 189 72.1 78.1 84.1 232 72.6 78.7 84.7 275 74.4 80.4 86.5
104 74.3 80.4 86.4 147 72.6 78.7 84.7 190 72.1 78.1 84.1 233 72.7 78.7 84.7 276 74.4 80.5 86.5
105 74.3 80.3 86.3 148 72.6 78.6 84.7 191 72.1 78.1 84.1 234 72.7 78.7 84.8 277 74.5 80.5 86.6
106 74.2 80.3 86.3 149 72.6 78.6 84.6 192 72.1 78.1 84.1 235 72.7 78.8 84.8 278 74.5 80.6 86.6
107 74.2 80.2 86.2 150 72.5 78.6 84.6 193 72.1 78.1 84.1 236 72.8 78.8 84.8 279 74.6 80.6 86.7
108 74.1 80.2 86.2 151 72.5 78.6 84.6 194 72.1 78.1 84.2 237 72.8 78.8 84.9 280 74.7 80.7 86.7
109 74.1 80.1 86.1 152 72.5 78.5 84.6 195 72.1 78.1 84.2 238 72.8 78.9 84.9 281 74.7 80.8 86.8
110 74.0 80.1 86.1 153 72.5 78.5 84.5 196 72.1 78.1 84.2 239 72.8 78.9 84.9 282 74.8 80.8 86.9
111 74.0 80.0 86.0 154 72.4 78.5 84.5 197 72.1 78.1 84.2 240 72.9 78.9 85.0 283 74.8 80.9 86.9
112 73.9 80.0 86.0 155 72.4 78.5 84.5 198 72.1 78.1 84.2 241 72.9 78.9 85.0 284 74.9 80.9 87.0
113 73.9 79.9 85.9 156 72.4 78.4 84.5 199 72.1 78.1 84.2 242 72.9 79.0 85.0 285 74.9 81.0 87.0
114 73.8 79.9 85.9 157 72.4 78.4 84.5 200 72.1 78.1 84.2 243 73.0 79.0 85.1 286 75.0 81.0 87.1
115 73.8 79.8 85.9 158 72.4 78.4 84.4 201 72.1 78.1 84.2 244 73.0 79.0 85.1 287 75.1 81.1 87.2
116 73.7 79.8 85.8 159 72.3 78.4 84.4 202 72.1 78.2 84.2 245 73.0 79.1 85.1 288 75.1 81.2 87.2
117 73.7 79.7 85.8 160 72.3 78.4 84.4 203 72.1 78.2 84.2 246 73.1 79.1 85.2 289 75.2 81.2 87.3
118 73.6 79.7 85.7 161 72.3 78.3 84.4 204 72.1 78.2 84.2 247 73.1 79.2 85.2 290 75.3 81.3 87.3
119 73.6 79.6 85.7 162 72.3 78.3 84.4 205 72.1 78.2 84.2 248 73.1 79.2 85.2 291 75.3 81.4 87.4
120 73.5 79.6 85.6 163 72.3 78.3 84.4 206 72.1 78.2 84.2 249 73.2 79.2 85.3 292 75.4 81.4 87.5
121 73.5 79.5 85.6 164 72.3 78.3 84.3 207 72.2 78.2 84.2 250 73.2 79.3 85.3 293 75.4 81.5 87.5
122 73.5 79.5 85.5 165 72.2 78.3 84.3 208 72.2 78.2 84.3 251 73.3 79.3 85.3 294 75.5 81.6 87.6
123 73.4 79.5 85.5 166 72.2 78.3 84.3 209 72.2 78.2 84.3 252 73.3 79.3 85.4
124 73.4 79.4 85.5 167 72.2 78.3 84.3 210 72.2 78.2 84.3 253 73.3 79.4 85.4
125 73.3 79.4 85.4 168 72.2 78.2 84.3 211 72.2 78.3 84.3 254 73.4 79.4 85.5
126 73.3 79.3 85.4 169 72.2 78.2 84.3 212 72.2 78.3 84.3 255 73.4 79.5 85.5

Fetal Weight Estimation, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Harrist RB, Sharman RS, Deter RL, Park SK. "Estimation of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur
measurements—A prospective study." American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 151:333, 1985.
1Hadlock
Valid for EFW US MA display 20 to 42 weeks
EFWgm(ACcm,FLcm) = 10^(1.304 + 0.05281 * AC + 0.1938 * FL - 0.004 * AC * FL)
± 2 Standard Deviations = 16.0%
2Hadlock
Valid for EFW US MA display 20 to 42 weeks
EFWgm(BPDcm, ACcm, FLcm) = 10^(1.335 - 0.0034 * AC * FL + 0.0316 * BPD + 0.0457 * AC + 0.1623 * FL)
± 2 Standard Deviations = 15.0%
3Hadlock
Valid for EFW US MA display 20 to 42 weeks
EFWgm(HCcm, ACcm, FLcm) =
10^(1.326 - 0.00326 * AC * FL + 0.0107 * HC + 0.0438 * AC + 0.158 * FL)
± 2 Standard Deviations = 15.0%
4Hadlock
Valid for EFW US MA display 20 to 42 weeks
EFWgm(BPDcm, HCcm, ACcm, FLcm)=
10^(1.3596 - 0.00386 * AC * FL + 0.0064 *HC + 0.00061 * BPD * AC + 0.0424 * AC + 0.174 * FL)
±1 Standard Deviation = 7.4%
±2 Standard Deviations = 14.8%

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 23
9 Obstetrical References

Fetal Weight Estimation, Shepard


Shepard MJ, Richards VA, Berkowitz RL, Warsof SL, Hobbins JC. "An evaluation of two equations for predicting fetal weight by
ultrasound." American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology. 142(1):47, 1982.
Valid for BPD 31 to 100 mm and AC 155 to 400 mm
EFWKg(BPDcm, ACcm) = 10^(-1.7492 + 0.166 * BPD + 0.046 * AC - 2.646 * (AC * BPD)/1000)
±2 SD = ±212.0 gms per Kg of EFW
±1 SD = ±106.0 gms per Kg of EFW

Fetal Weight Estimation, Schuhmacher


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag,
1986.
Valid: 45 ≤ TAD ≤ 150 mm 66 ≤ BPD ≤ 110 mm 30 ≤ MA ≤ 44 weeks
W(g) =
-0.001665958 * TAD(mm) + 0.4133629 * TAD(mm) - 0.5580294 * TAD(mm) - 0.01231535 * BPD(mm)3 + 3.702 * BPD(mm)2 -
3 2

330.1811 * BPD(mm) - 0.4937199 * MA(wks)3 + 55.958061 * MA(wks)2 - 2034.3901 * MA(wks) + 32768.19


± 3,2,1 Standard Deviations for MA: 29 – 41 wks

Fetal Weight Estimation, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag,
1986.
W(g) =
0.515263 - (0.105775*BPD) + (0.000930707 * [BPD]2) + (0.0649145*TAD) – (0.00020562 * TAD[mm]2)
± 2 Standard Deviations

Fetal Weight Estimation, Merz


Merz E. Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics. Stuttgart and New York: Thieme Medical Publishers, Inc., 1991, p. 157.
Valid: 70.0 mm ≤ BPD ≤ 105.0 mm; 218.0 cm ≤ AC ≤ 365.0 cm 28 weeks 1 day ≤ MA ≤ 42 weeks
W(g) =
-03200.40479 + 157.07186 * AC + 15.90391 * BPD2

Menstrual Age by Ultrasound and Estimated Date of Confinement


CLINICAL MA - Clinical Menstrual Age
Source data for Clinical MA is determined by the user during the Patient ID operation calculated weeks and days since LMP.

US MA - Composite Menstrual Age Estimation by Ultrasound

Simple Average - US MA(ave)


The sum of all menstrual ages determined by single parameter tables/formulas, divided by the number of parameters summed.

Regression Equations, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984.
US MA wks(BPDcm, ACcm) = 9.57 + 0.524 * AC + 0.1220 * BPD2
US MA wks(BPDcm, HCcm) = 10.32 + 0.009 * HC2 + 1.3200 * BPD + 0.00012 * HC3
US MA wks(BPDcm, FLcm) = 10.5 + 0.197 * BPD * FL + 0.9500 * FL + 0.7300 * BPD
US MA wks(HCcm, ACcm) = 10.31 + 0.012 * HC2 + 0.3850 * AC
US MA wks(HCcm, FLcm) = 11.19 + 0.070 HC * FL + 0.2630 * HC
US MA wks(ACcm, FLcm) = 10.47 + 0.442 * AC + 0.3140 * FL2 - 0.0121 FL3
US MA wks(BPDcm, ACcm, FLcm) = 10.61 + 0.175 * BPD * FL + 0.2970 * AC + 0.7100 * FL
US MA wks(HCcm, BPDcm, FLcm) = 11.38 + 0.70 * HC * FL + 0.9800 * BPD
US MA wks(HCcm, ACcm, FLcm) = 10.33 + 0.031 * HC * FL + 0.3610 * HC + 0.0298 * AC * FL
US MA wks(HCcm, ACcm, BPDcm) = 10.58 + 0.005 HC2 + 0.3635 * AC + 0.02864 * BPD * AC
US MA wks(BPDcm, HCcm, ACcm, FLcm) = 10.85 + 0.060 * HC * FL + 0.6700 * BPD + 0.1680 * AC

CLINICAL EDC - Estimated Date of Confinement by Last Menstrual Period


280 days added to date of LMP date.

US EDC Estimated Date of Confinement by Ultrasound


280 days - today's US MA (in days), add to today's date = US EDC

9 - 24 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Parameters for Growth Analysis Graphs


The references in this section are used to analyze fetal growth by plotting a measured parameter against clinical menstrual age.
The plotted points are displayed on a graph that indicates the 5%, 50%, and 95% for an expected parameter measurement
determined by a function using menstrual age.

Mean Gestational Sac Diameter, Rempen


Rempen A. "Biometrie in der Frühgravidität (I. Trimenon) (Biometry in Early Pregnancy (1st Trimester))." Der Frauenarzt
32:425, 1991.
5 & 95%: ±10.5 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% WkDay 5 Mean 95%
4 4 0 .5 11.0 6 3 6.6 17.1 27.6 8 2 21.1 31.6 42.1 10 1 33.5 44.0 54.5 12 0 43.8 54.3 64.8
4 5 0 1.8 12.3 6 4 7.8 18.3 28.8 8 3 22.1 32.6 43.1 10 2 34.4 44.9 55.4 12 1 44.6 55.1 65.6
4 6 0 3.2 13.7 6 5 8.9 19.4 29.9 8 4 23.1 33.6 44.1 10 3 35.2 45.7 56.2 12 2 45.3 55.8 66.3
5 0 0 4.5 15.0 6 6 10.1 20.6 31.1 8 5 24.1 34.6 45.1 10 4 36.1 46.6 57.1 12 3 45.9 56.4 66.9
5 1 0 5.8 16.3 7 0 11.2 21.7 32.2 8 6 25.1 35.6 46.1 10 5 36.9 47.4 57.9 12 4 46.6 57.1 67.6
5 2 0 7.1 17.6 7 1 12.4 22.9 33.4 9 0 26.1 36.6 47.1 10 6 37.7 48.2 58.7 12 5 47.3 57.8 68.3
5 3 0 8.4 18.9 7 2 13.5 24.0 34.5 9 1 27.1 37.6 48.1 11 0 38.5 49.0 59.5 12 6 47.9 58.4 68.9
5 4 0 9.7 20.2 7 3 14.6 25.1 35.6 9 2 28.0 38.5 49.0 11 1 39.3 49.8 60.3 13 0 48.6 59.1 69.6
5 5 0.4 10.9 21.4 7 4 15.7 26.2 36.7 9 3 29.0 39.5 50.0 11 2 40.1 50.6 61.1 13 1 49.2 59.7 70.2
5 6 1.7 12.2 22.7 7 5 16.8 27.3 37.8 9 4 29.9 40.4 50.9 11 3 40.9 51.4 61.9 13 2 49.8 60.3 70.8
6 0 2.9 13.4 23.9 7 6 17.9 28.4 38.9 9 5 30.8 41.3 51.8 11 4 41.6 52.1 62.6
6 1 4.1 14.6 25.1 8 0 19.0 29.5 40.0 9 6 31.7 42.2 52.7 11 5 42.4 52.9 63.4
6 2 5.4 15.9 26.4 8 1 20.0 30.5 41.0 10 0 32.6 43.1 53.6 11 6 43.1 53.6 64.1

Gestational Sac, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
GS - mean + GS - mean + GS - mean + GS - mean + GS - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
28 6.4 10.0 16.3 40 13.5 19.4 27.9 52 21.4 29.6 41.4 64 30.2 41.6 56.7 76 40.0 55.6 76.3
29 7.0 10.8 17.4 41 14.1 20.2 28.9 53 22.1 30.5 42.7 65 31.0 42.7 58.0 77 40.9 56.9 78.6
30 7.6 11.6 18.3 42 14.7 21.0 30.0 54 22.8 31.5 43.9 66 31.8 43.8 59.4 78 41.8 58.2 81.0
31 8.1 12.4 19.3 43 15.3 21.8 31.1 55 23.5 32.4 45.1 67 32.6 44.9 60.8 79 42.8 59.6 83.6
32 8.7 13.2 20.2 44 16.0 22.6 32.1 56 24.2 33.4 46.4 68 33.3 46.0 62.3 80 43.8 61.0 86.4
33 9.3 14.0 21.2 45 16.6 23.4 33.3 57 25.0 34.4 47.6 69 34.1 47.1 63.8 81 44.8 62.4 89.4
34 9.9 14.8 22.1 46 17.3 24.3 34.4 58 25.7 35.4 48.9 70 34.9 48.3 65.3 82 45.8 63.9 92.6
35 10.5 15.5 23.0 47 17.9 25.1 35.5 59 26.5 36.4 50.2 71 35.8 49.5 66.9 83 46.9 65.4 96.1
36 11.0 16.3 24.0 48 18.6 26.0 36.7 60 27.2 37.4 51.4 72 36.6 50.6 68.6 84 48.0 67.0 100.0
37 11.6 17.1 25.0 49 19.3 26.9 37.8 61 27.9 38.4 52.7 73 37.4 51.9 70.4
38 12.2 17.8 25.9 50 20.0 27.8 39.0 62 28.7 39.5 54.0 74 38.3 53.1 72.3
39 12.8 18.6 26.9 51 20.7 28.7 40.2 63 29.5 40.5 55.3 75 39.1 54.3 74.2

Crown Rump Length, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Shah YP, Kanon DJ, Lindsey JV. "Fetal Crown-Rump Length: Reevaluation of Relation to Menstrual Age
(5-18 weeks) with High-Resolution Real-Time US." Radiology 182(2):501, 1992.
LN(CRLcm) = -6.983 + 1.4498 * MA(wks) - 0.078345 * MA2 + 0.001501 * MA3
5 & 95%: 0.217 cm * CRL 1 SD: 0.132cm * CRL
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
4 6 2.0 1.6 2.4 7 4 11.7 9.1 14.2 10 2 35.8 28.0 43.5 13 0 68.3 53.5 83.2 15 5 97.5 76.4 118.7
5 0 2.2 1.7 2.7 7 5 12.6 9.8 15.3 10 3 37.4 29.3 45.5 13 1 70.0 54.8 85.2 15 6 98.9 77.5 120.4
5 1 2.5 1.9 3.0 7 6 13.5 10.6 16.4 10 4 39.0 30.5 47.5 13 2 71.7 56.1 87.3 16 0 100.3 78.5 122.1
5 2 2.8 2.2 3.4 8 0 14.5 11.3 17.6 10 5 40.7 31.8 49.5 13 3 73.4 57.4 89.3 16 1 101.7 79.6 123.7
5 3 3.1 2.4 3.7 8 1 15.5 12.1 18.9 10 6 42.4 33.2 51.5 13 4 75.0 58.7 91.3 16 2 103.0 80.7 125.4
5 4 3.4 2.7 4.1 8 2 16.6 13.0 20.2 11 0 44.1 34.5 53.6 13 5 76.6 60.0 93.3 16 3 104.4 81.7 127.0
5 5 3.8 2.9 4.6 8 3 17.7 13.8 21.5 11 1 45.8 35.8 55.7 13 6 78.2 61.3 95.2 16 4 105.7 82.8 128.7
5 6 4.2 3.3 5.1 8 4 18.8 14.7 22.9 11 2 47.5 37.2 57.8 14 0 79.8 62.5 97.2 16 5 107.1 83.9 130.3
6 0 4.6 3.6 5.6 8 5 20.0 15.7 24.4 11 3 49.2 38.5 59.9 14 1 81.4 63.7 99.1 16 6 108.5 84.9 132.0
6 1 5.0 3.9 6.1 8 6 21.3 16.7 25.9 11 4 51.0 39.9 62.0 14 2 83.0 65.0 101.0 17 0 109.8 86.0 133.7
6 2 5.5 4.3 6.7 9 0 22.6 17.7 27.5 11 5 52.7 41.3 64.2 14 3 84.5 66.2 102.8 17 1 111.2 87.1 135.3
6 3 6.1 4.7 7.4 9 1 23.9 18.7 29.1 11 6 54.5 42.6 66.3 14 4 86.0 67.3 104.7 17 2 112.6 88.2 137.0
6 4 6.6 5.2 8.1 9 2 25.2 19.8 30.7 12 0 56.2 44.0 68.4 14 5 87.5 68.5 106.5 17 3 114.0 89.3 138.7
6 5 7.2 5.7 8.8 9 3 26.6 20.9 32.4 12 1 58.0 45.4 70.5 14 6 89.0 69.7 108.3 17 4 115.4 90.4 140.5
6 6 7.9 6.2 9.6 9 4 28.1 22.0 34.2 12 2 59.7 46.8 72.7 15 0 90.5 70.8 110.1 17 5 116.9 91.5 142.2
7 0 8.5 6.7 10.4 9 5 29.6 23.1 36.0 12 3 61.5 48.1 74.8 15 1 91.9 72.0 111.8 17 6 118.3 92.7 144.0
7 1 9.3 7.2 11.3 9 6 31.1 24.3 37.8 12 4 63.2 49.5 76.9 15 2 93.3 73.1 113.6 18 0 119.8 93.8 145.8
7 2 10.0 7.8 12.2 10 0 32.6 25.5 39.7 12 5 64.9 50.8 79.0 15 3 94.7 74.2 115.3
7 3 10.8 8.5 13.2 10 1 34.2 26.7 41.6 12 6 66.6 52.2 81.1 15 4 96.2 75.3 117.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 25
9 Obstetrical References

Crown Rump Length, Rempen


Rempen A. "Biometrie in der Frühgravidität (I. Trimenon) (Biometry in Early Pregnancy (1st Trimester))." Der Frauenarzt 32:425,
1991, p. 427.
5 & 95%: ±7.8 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
5 5 0 1.2 9.0 7 2 3.7 11.5 19.3 8 6 15.7 23.5 31.3 10 3 29.4 37.2 45.0 12 0 44.9 52.7 60.5
5 6 0 2.1 9.9 7 3 4.7 12.5 20.3 9 0 16.8 24.6 32.4 10 4 30.7 38.5 46.3 12 1 46.4 54.2 62.0
6 0 0 3.0 10.8 7 4 5.7 13.5 21.3 9 1 18.0 25.8 33.6 10 5 32.1 39.9 47.7 12 2 47.9 55.7 63.5
6 1 0 3.8 11.6 7 5 6.8 14.6 22.4 9 2 19.2 27.0 34.8 10 6 33.5 41.3 49.1 12 3 49.5 57.3 65.1
6 2 0 4.7 12.5 7 6 7.8 15.6 23.4 9 3 20.5 28.3 36.1 11 0 34.8 42.6 50.4 12 4 51.0 58.8 66.6
6 3 0 5.7 13.5 8 0 8.9 16.7 24.5 9 4 21.7 29.5 37.3 11 1 36.2 44.0 51.8 12 5 52.5 60.3 68.1
6 4 0 6.6 14.4 8 1 10.0 17.8 25.6 9 5 22.9 30.7 38.5 11 2 37.6 45.4 53.2 12 6 54.1 61.9 69.7
6 5 0 7.5 15.3 8 2 11.1 18.9 26.7 9 6 24.2 32.0 39.8 11 3 39.1 46.9 54.7 13 0 55.7 63.5 71.3
6 6 0.7 8.5 16.3 8 3 12.2 20.0 27.8 10 0 25.5 33.3 41.1 11 4 40.5 48.3 56.1 13 1 57.3 65.1 72.9
7 0 1.7 9.5 17.3 8 4 13.3 21.1 28.9 10 1 26.8 34.6 42.4 11 5 42.0 49.8 57.6 13 2 58.9 66.7 74.5
7 1 2.7 10.5 18.3 8 5 14.5 22.3 30.1 10 2 28.1 35.9 43.7 11 6 43.4 51.2 59.0

Crown Rump Length, Robinson


Robinson HP and Fleming JEE. "A critical evaluation of sonar 'crown-rump length' measurements." British Journal of Obstetrics
and Gynaecology 82:702, 1975.
CRL(mm)=0.0144 * MA(days)2 - 0.6444 * MA + 7.295 5 & 95%: (2SD/2*1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
6 2 6.8 4.4 9.3 7 6 15.4 11.7 19.1 9 3 27.5 22.5 32.5 11 0 43.1 36.8 49.3 12 4 62.1 54.6 69.6
6 3 7.5 4.9 10.0 8 0 16.4 12.6 20.2 9 4 28.8 23.7 33.8 11 1 44.6 38.3 51.0 12 5 64.0 56.4 71.6
6 4 8.1 5.5 10.8 8 1 17.3 13.4 21.3 9 5 30.1 24.9 35.3 11 2 46.3 39.8 52.7 12 6 65.9 58.2 73.7
6 5 8.8 6.0 11.6 8 2 18.4 14.3 22.4 9 6 31.4 26.1 36.7 11 3 47.9 41.3 54.5 13 0 67.9 60.1 75.7
6 6 9.5 6.6 12.4 8 3 19.4 15.2 23.6 10 0 32.7 27.3 38.2 11 4 49.6 42.9 56.3 13 1 69.9 61.9 77.9
7 0 10.3 7.3 13.3 8 4 20.5 16.2 24.7 10 1 34.1 28.6 39.7 11 5 51.3 44.5 58.1 13 2 71.9 63.8 80.0
7 1 11.1 7.9 14.2 8 5 21.6 17.2 26.0 10 2 35.5 29.9 41.2 11 6 53.0 46.1 59.9 13 3 74.0 65.8 82.2
7 2 11.9 8.6 15.1 8 6 22.7 18.2 27.2 10 3 37.0 31.2 42.8 12 0 54.8 47.7 61.8 13 4 76.0 67.7 84.3
7 3 12.7 9.4 16.1 9 0 23.9 19.2 28.5 10 4 38.5 32.6 44.4 12 1 56.6 49.4 63.7 13 5 78.1 69.7 86.6
7 4 13.6 10.1 17.1 9 1 25.0 20.3 29.8 10 5 40.0 34.0 46.0 12 2 58.4 51.1 65.6 13 6 80.3 71.7 88.8
7 5 14.5 10.9 18.1 9 2 26.2 21.4 31.1 10 6 41.5 35.4 47.6 12 3 60.2 52.8 67.6 14 0 82.4 73.8 91.1

Crown Rump Length, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985.
5 & 95%: (2SD/2*1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
6 1 3.1 6.9 10.7 9 0 13.4 21.5 29.5 11 6 37.9 50.2 62.5 14 5 70.7 87.2 103.6 17 4 94.4 115.1 135.9
6 2 3.7 7.6 11.6 9 1 14.3 22.6 30.8 12 0 39.6 52.0 64.5 14 6 72.2 88.9 105.6 17 5 95.2 116.2 137.2
6 3 4.1 8.3 12.5 9 2 15.1 23.6 32.1 12 1 41.1 53.8 66.5 15 0 73.7 90.6 107.5 17 6 96.1 117.2 138.3
6 4 4.6 9.0 13.4 9 3 16.1 24.8 33.4 12 2 42.8 55.6 68.5 15 1 75.1 92.2 109.4 18 0 96.8 118.1 139.5
6 5 4.9 9.6 14.2 9 4 17.0 25.9 34.7 12 3 44.4 57.5 70.6 15 2 76.5 93.9 111.3 18 1 97.5 119.1 140.6
6 6 5.3 10.2 15.1 9 5 18.1 27.1 36.1 12 4 46.1 59.4 72.6 15 3 78.0 95.5 113.1 18 2 98.2 120.0 141.8
7 0 5.8 10.8 15.8 9 6 19.0 28.3 37.6 12 5 47.7 61.3 74.8 15 4 79.3 97.1 114.9 18 3 98.9 121.0 143.0
7 1 6.1 11.4 16.7 10 0 20.2 29.7 39.2 12 6 49.4 63.1 76.8 15 5 80.7 98.6 116.6 18 4 99.6 121.9 144.1
7 2 6.6 12.1 17.5 10 1 21.3 31.0 40.7 13 0 51.0 65.0 79.0 15 6 81.9 100.1 118.3 18 5 100.3 122.8 145.3
7 3 7.0 12.7 18.4 10 2 22.4 32.4 42.3 13 1 52.8 66.9 81.0 16 0 83.2 101.5 119.9 18 6 101.1 123.7 146.3
7 4 7.5 13.3 19.2 10 3 23.7 33.9 44.0 13 2 54.4 68.8 83.2 16 1 84.3 103.0 121.6 19 0 101.8 124.6 147.5
7 5 7.9 14.0 20.1 10 4 24.9 35.3 45.7 13 3 56.6 70.7 85.3 16 2 85.6 104.4 123.2 19 1 102.5 125.5 148.6
7 6 8.4 14.7 21.0 10 5 26.3 36.8 47.4 13 4 58.6 72.6 87.4 16 3 86.7 105.7 124.8 19 2 103.2 126.5 149.8
8 0 8.9 15.4 22.0 10 6 27.5 38.3 49.1 13 5 59.9 74.5 89.5 16 4 87.8 107.0 126.2 19 3 104.0 127.4 150.9
8 1 9.5 16.2 22.9 11 0 29.0 39.9 50.9 13 6 61.1 76.3 91.5 16 5 88.8 108.3 127.7 19 4 104.7 128.4 152.2
8 2 10.1 17.0 24.0 11 1 30.3 41.6 52.8 14 0 62.7 78.1 93.6 16 6 89.8 109.5 129.2 19 5 105.5 129.4 153.3
8 3 10.6 17.8 25.0 11 2 31.8 43.2 54.6 14 1 64.3 80.0 95.6 17 0 90.8 110.7 130.5 19 6 106.4 130.5 154.7
8 4 11.3 18.7 26.1 11 3 33.3 44.9 56.7 14 2 65.9 81.8 97.7 17 1 91.7 111.8 132.0 20 0 107.3 131.6 155.9
8 5 12.0 19.6 27.2 11 4 34.8 46.6 58.7 14 3 67.6 83.6 99.7 17 2 92.7 113.0 133.3 20 1 108.2 132.8 157.3
8 6 12.7 20.6 28.3 11 5 36.4 48.4 60.6 14 4 69.1 85.4 101.7 17 3 93.5 114.1 134.7 20 2 109.3 134.0 158.8

Crown Rump Length, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
56 10.0 15.1 19.5 66 16.6 22.9 28.9 76 26.8 35.6 42.6 86 39.4 49.7 59.8 96 55.1 67.0 82.6
57 10.3 15.3 20.1 67 17.5 24.1 30.2 77 28.0 37.0 44.2 87 40.8 51.2 61.9 97 56.8 69.0 85.2
58 10.7 15.8 20.7 68 18.5 25.3 31.4 78 29.1 38.3 45.7 88 42.3 52.8 63.9 98 58.6 71.0 87.8
59 11.3 16.3 21.5 69 19.5 26.5 32.8 79 30.3 39.7 47.3 89 43.8 54.4 66.0 99 60.3 73.1 90.4
60 11.9 17.0 22.4 70 20.5 27.8 34.1 80 31.5 41.1 49.0 90 45.3 56.1 68.2 100 62.0 75.3 93.0
61 12.5 17.8 23.3 71 21.5 29.1 35.5 81 32.7 42.4 50.7 91 46.9 57.7 70.5 101 63.7 77.6 95.7
62 13.3 18.7 24.3 72 22.5 30.4 36.8 82 34.0 43.9 52.4 92 48.5 59.5 72.8 102 65.3 79.8 98.3
63 14.0 19.7 25.4 73 23.6 31.7 38.2 83 35.3 45.3 54.2 93 50.1 61.3 75.2 103 66.9 82.2 100.9
64 14.9 20.7 26.5 74 24.6 33.0 39.7 84 36.6 46.7 56.0 94 51.8 63.1 77.6 104 68.5 84.6 103.5
65 15.7 21.8 27.7 75 25.7 34.3 41.1 85 38.0 48.2 57.9 95 53.4 65.0 80.1 105 70.0 87.0 106.0

9 - 26 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Crown Rump Length, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
49 6.3 8.7 11.1 58 10.6 14.9 19.3 67 19.3 25.7 32.2 76 31.0 39.5 48.1 85 44.3 54.8 65.3
50 6.6 9.1 11.7 59 11.3 15.9 20.6 68 20.4 27.1 33.9 77 32.5 41.2 49.9 86 45.7 56.5 67.3
51 6.8 9.6 12.5 60 12.1 16.9 21.7 69 21.6 28.5 35.4 78 33.8 42.8 51.8 87 47.3 58.2 69.2
52 7.2 10.2 13.2 61 12.9 18.0 23.1 70 22.8 30.0 37.2 79 35.4 44.5 53.7 88 48.7 59.9 71.2
53 7.5 10.8 14.1 62 14.0 19.2 24.5 71 24.2 31.5 38.9 80 36.8 46.2 55.7 89 50.2 61.6 73.0
54 8.1 11.5 15.0 63 14.9 20.4 26.0 72 25.5 33.1 40.8 81 38.3 47.9 57.5 90 51.5 63.2 74.9
55 8.5 12.2 16.0 64 15.9 21.6 27.3 73 26.9 34.7 42.5 82 39.7 49.6 59.5
56 9.1 13.0 16.9 65 16.9 22.9 28.9 74 28.2 36.3 44.4 83 41.3 51.3 61.4
57 9.7 13.9 18.1 66 18.2 24.3 30.5 75 29.7 37.9 46.2 84 42.7 53.0 63.4

Crown Rump Length, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean + CRL - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
49 6.2 10.1 17.0 58 10.2 14.8 20.2 67 17.6 25.0 32.5 76 27.8 37.1 46.9 85 39.5 47.6 56.6
50 6.5 10.2 16.6 59 10.9 15.8 21.2 68 18.7 26.3 34.1 77 29.1 38.4 48.4 86 40.9 48.5 57.0
51 6.8 10.5 16.6 60 11.5 16.8 22.3 69 19.8 27.6 35.8 78 30.2 39.7 49.7 87 42.3 49.3 57.4
52 7.2 10.9 16.5 61 12.3 17.8 23.5 70 20.8 29.0 37.4 79 31.6 40.9 51.1 88 43.7 50.1 57.5
53 7.6 11.3 16.8 62 13.2 18.9 24.9 71 21.9 30.3 39.1 80 32.9 42.1 52.3 89 45.1 50.8 57.3
54 7.9 11.9 17.2 63 14.0 20.0 26.3 72 23.1 31.7 40.7 81 34.2 43.3 53.3 90 46.5 51.4 57.1
55 8.4 12.5 17.8 64 14.9 21.2 27.7 73 24.1 33.1 42.3 82 35.5 44.5 54.3
56 9.0 13.2 18.3 65 15.7 22.5 29.3 74 25.3 34.4 44.0 83 36.9 45.5 55.2
57 9.6 14.0 19.1 66 16.7 23.7 30.8 75 26.6 35.8 45.5 84 38.2 46.6 55.9

Crown Rump Length, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
CRL mean CRL mean CRL mean CRL mean CRL mean
Day mm Days mm Days mm Days mm Days mm
37 1.0 51 12.0 65 26.0 79 47.0 93 72.0
38 2.0 52 12.0 66 27.0 80 48.0 94 74.0
39 3.0 53 13.0 67 28.0 81 52.0 95 76.0
40 3.0 54 14.0 68 29.0 82 55.0 96 77.0
41 4.0 55 15.0 69 31.0 83 56.0 97 80.0
42 4.0 56 17.0 70 34.0 84 57.0 98 81.0
43 5.0 57 18.0 71 36.0 85 58.0 99 84.0
44 6.0 58 19.0 72 37.0 86 60.0 100 85.0
45 7.0 59 20.0 73 38.0 87 61.0 101 86.0
46 8.0 60 21.0 74 39.0 88 63.0 102 87.0
47 9.0 61 22.0 75 39.0 89 64.0
48 10.0 62 22.0 76 40.0 90 65.0
49 11.0 63 23.0 77 44.0 91 68.0
50 11.0 64 24.0 78 45.0 92 70.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 27
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984.
BPD(cm) = -3.08 + 0.41 * MA(wks) - 0.000061 * MA(wks)3 1 Standard Deviation = ± 3 mm 5 & 95%: ± 4.9 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 17.3 12.4 22.2 18 1 39.9 35.0 44.8 24 2 60.0 55.1 64.9 30 3 76.8 71.9 81.7 36 4 89.3 84.4 94.2
12 1 17.9 13.0 22.8 18 2 40.4 35.5 45.3 24 3 60.5 55.6 65.4 30 4 77.1 72.2 82.0 36 5 89.5 84.6 94.4
12 2 18.4 13.5 23.3 18 3 40.9 36.0 45.8 24 4 60.9 56.0 65.8 30 5 77.5 72.6 82.4 36 6 89.8 84.9 94.7
12 3 19.0 14.1 23.9 18 4 41.4 36.5 46.3 24 5 61.3 56.4 66.2 30 6 77.8 72.9 82.7 37 0 90.0 85.1 94.9
12 4 19.5 14.6 24.4 18 5 41.9 37.0 46.8 24 6 61.7 56.8 66.6 31 0 78.1 73.2 83.0 37 1 90.2 85.3 95.1
12 5 20.1 15.2 25.0 18 6 42.4 37.5 47.3 25 0 62.2 57.3 67.1 31 1 78.5 73.6 83.4 37 2 90.5 85.6 95.4
12 6 20.6 15.7 25.5 19 0 42.9 38.0 47.8 25 1 62.6 57.7 67.5 31 2 78.8 73.9 83.7 37 3 90.7 85.8 95.6
13 0 21.2 16.3 26.1 19 1 43.4 38.5 48.3 25 2 63.0 58.1 67.9 31 3 79.1 74.2 84.0 37 4 90.9 86.0 95.8
13 1 21.7 16.8 26.6 19 2 43.9 39.0 48.8 25 3 63.4 58.5 68.3 31 4 79.4 74.5 84.3 37 5 91.1 86.2 96.0
13 2 22.2 17.3 27.1 19 3 44.4 39.5 49.3 25 4 63.8 58.9 68.7 31 5 79.8 74.9 84.7 37 6 91.3 86.4 96.2
13 3 22.8 17.9 27.7 19 4 44.9 40.0 49.8 25 5 64.3 59.4 69.2 31 6 80.1 75.2 85.0 38 0 91.5 86.6 96.4
13 4 23.3 18.4 28.2 19 5 45.4 40.5 50.3 25 6 64.7 59.8 69.6 32 0 80.4 75.5 85.3 38 1 91.7 86.8 96.6
13 5 23.9 19.0 28.8 19 6 45.8 40.9 50.7 26 0 65.1 60.2 70.0 32 1 80.7 75.8 85.6 38 2 91.9 87.0 96.8
13 6 24.4 19.5 29.3 20 0 46.3 41.4 51.2 26 1 65.5 60.6 70.4 32 2 81.0 76.1 85.9 38 3 92.1 87.2 97.0
14 0 24.9 20.0 29.8 20 1 46.8 41.9 51.7 26 2 65.9 61.0 70.8 32 3 81.4 76.5 86.3 38 4 92.3 87.4 97.2
14 1 25.5 20.6 30.4 20 2 47.3 42.4 52.2 26 3 66.3 61.4 71.2 32 4 81.7 76.8 86.6 38 5 92.5 87.6 97.4
14 2 26.0 21.1 30.9 20 3 47.8 42.9 52.7 26 4 66.7 61.8 71.6 32 5 82.0 77.1 86.9 38 6 92.7 87.8 97.6
14 3 26.5 21.6 31.4 20 4 48.2 43.3 53.1 26 5 67.1 62.2 72.0 32 6 82.3 77.4 87.2 39 0 92.9 88.0 97.8
14 4 27.1 22.2 32.0 20 5 48.7 43.8 53.6 26 6 67.5 62.6 72.4 33 0 82.6 77.7 87.5 39 1 93.1 88.2 98.0
14 5 27.6 22.7 32.5 20 6 49.2 44.3 54.1 27 0 67.9 63.0 72.8 33 1 82.9 78.0 87.8 39 2 93.3 88.4 98.2
14 6 28.1 23.2 33.0 21 0 49.7 44.8 54.6 27 1 68.3 63.4 73.2 33 2 83.2 78.3 88.1 39 3 93.5 88.6 98.4
15 0 28.6 23.7 33.5 21 1 50.1 45.2 55.0 27 2 68.7 63.8 73.6 33 3 83.5 78.6 88.4 39 4 93.6 88.7 98.5
15 1 29.2 24.3 34.1 21 2 50.6 45.7 55.5 27 3 69.1 64.2 74.0 33 4 83.8 78.9 88.7 39 5 93.8 88.9 98.7
15 2 29.7 24.8 34.6 21 3 51.1 46.2 56.0 27 4 69.5 64.6 74.4 33 5 84.1 79.2 89.0 39 6 94.0 89.1 98.9
15 3 30.2 25.3 35.1 21 4 51.5 46.6 56.4 27 5 69.8 64.9 74.7 33 6 84.3 79.4 89.2 40 0 94.2 89.3 99.1
15 4 30.7 25.8 35.6 21 5 52.0 47.1 56.9 27 6 70.2 65.3 75.1 34 0 84.6 79.7 89.5 40 1 94.3 89.4 99.2
15 5 31.3 26.4 36.2 21 6 52.4 47.5 57.3 28 0 70.6 65.7 75.5 34 1 84.9 80.0 89.8 40 2 94.5 89.6 99.4
15 6 31.8 26.9 36.7 22 0 52.9 48.0 57.8 28 1 71.0 66.1 75.9 34 2 85.2 80.3 90.1 40 3 94.6 89.7 99.5
16 0 32.3 27.4 37.2 22 1 53.4 48.5 58.3 28 2 71.4 66.5 76.3 34 3 85.5 80.6 90.4 40 4 94.8 89.9 99.7
16 1 32.8 27.9 37.7 22 2 53.8 48.9 58.7 28 3 71.7 66.8 76.6 34 4 85.7 80.8 90.6 40 5 95.0 90.1 99.9
16 2 33.3 28.4 38.2 22 3 54.3 49.4 59.2 28 4 72.1 67.2 77.0 34 5 86.0 81.1 90.9 40 6 95.1 90.2 100.0
16 3 33.9 29.0 38.8 22 4 54.7 49.8 59.6 28 5 72.5 67.6 77.4 34 6 86.3 81.4 91.2 41 0 95.3 90.4 100.2
16 4 34.4 29.5 39.3 22 5 55.2 50.3 60.1 28 6 72.9 68.0 77.8 35 0 86.5 81.6 91.4 41 1 95.4 90.5 100.3
16 5 34.9 30.0 39.8 22 6 55.6 50.7 60.5 29 0 73.2 68.3 78.1 35 1 86.8 81.9 91.7 41 2 95.5 90.6 100.4
16 6 35.4 30.5 40.3 23 0 56.1 51.2 61.0 29 1 73.6 68.7 78.5 35 2 87.1 82.2 92.0 41 3 95.7 90.8 100.6
17 0 35.9 31.0 40.8 23 1 56.5 51.6 61.4 29 2 74.0 69.1 78.9 35 3 87.3 82.4 92.2 41 4 95.8 90.9 100.7
17 1 36.4 31.5 41.3 23 2 57.0 52.1 61.9 29 3 74.3 69.4 79.2 35 4 87.6 82.7 92.5 41 5 96.0 91.1 100.9
17 2 36.9 32.0 41.8 23 3 57.4 52.5 62.3 29 4 74.7 69.8 79.6 35 5 87.8 82.9 92.7 41 6 96.1 91.2 101.0
17 3 37.4 32.5 42.3 23 4 57.9 53.0 62.8 29 5 75.0 70.1 79.9 35 6 88.1 83.2 93.0 42 0 96.2 91.3 101.1
17 4 37.9 33.0 42.8 23 5 58.3 53.4 63.2 29 6 75.4 70.5 80.3 36 0 88.3 83.4 93.2
17 5 38.4 33.5 43.3 23 6 58.7 53.8 63.6 30 0 75.7 70.8 80.6 36 1 88.6 83.7 93.5
17 6 38.9 34.0 43.8 24 0 59.2 54.3 64.1 30 1 76.1 71.2 81.0 36 2 88.8 83.9 93.7
18 0 39.4 34.5 44.3 24 1 59.6 54.7 64.5 30 2 76.4 71.5 81.3 36 3 89.1 84.2 94.0

Biparietal Diameter, Lasser


Lasser DM, Peisner DB, Vollebergh J, Timor-Tritsch I. "First-trimester fetal biometry using transvaginal sonography." Ultrasound
in Obstetrics and Gynecology 3:104, 1993.
BPD(mm) = 7.589 * log MA(days) - 12.68
95% Confidence Interval ± 0.164 cm
5 & 95%: ± 0.138 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
7 0 .1 1.5 2.8 8 3 6.2 7.6 9.0 9 6 11.4 12.8 14.1 11 2 15.8 17.2 18.6 12 5 19.8 21.1 22.5
7 1 .8 2.1 3.5 8 4 6.8 8.1 9.5 10 0 11.8 13.2 14.6 11 3 16.2 17.6 19.0 12 6 20.1 21.5 22.9
7 2 1.4 2.8 4.2 8 5 7.3 8.7 10.1 10 1 12.3 13.7 15.1 11 4 16.7 18.0 19.4 13 0 20.5 21.9 23.3
7 3 2.0 3.4 4.8 8 6 7.8 9.2 10.6 10 2 12.8 14.2 15.5 11 5 17.1 18.4 19.8 13 1 20.9 22.2 23.6
7 4 2.7 4.1 5.4 9 0 8.4 9.8 11.1 10 3 13.2 14.6 16.0 11 6 17.5 18.8 20.2 13 2 21.2 22.6 24.0
7 5 3.3 4.7 6.1 9 1 8.9 10.3 11.7 10 4 13.7 15.1 16.4 12 0 17.9 19.2 20.6 13 3 21.6 22.9 24.3
7 6 3.9 5.3 6.7 9 2 9.4 10.8 12.2 10 5 14.1 15.5 16.9 12 1 18.2 19.6 21.0 13 4 21.9 23.3 24.7
8 0 4.5 5.9 7.2 9 3 9.9 11.3 12.7 10 6 14.6 15.9 17.3 12 2 18.6 20.0 21.4 13 5 22.3 23.6 25.0
8 1 5.1 6.5 7.8 9 4 10.4 11.8 13.2 11 0 15.0 16.4 17.7 12 3 19.0 20.4 21.8 13 6 22.6 24.0 25.4
8 2 5.6 7.0 8.4 9 5 10.9 12.3 13.6 11 1 15.4 16.8 18.2 12 4 19.4 20.8 22.1 14 0 22.9 24.3 25.7

9 - 28 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter, Merz


Merz E, Kim-Kern M-S, Pehl S. " Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third Trimesters." Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound 15:175, March/April 1987.
5 & 95%: (2SD/2 * 1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
13 0 20.5 23.0 25.5 18 6 40.3 43.7 47.1 24 5 59.0 63.1 67.2 30 4 74.4 79.9 85.3 36 3 85.4 91.9 98.3
13 1 21.1 23.6 26.1 19 0 40.7 44.0 47.3 24 6 59.5 63.6 67.7 30 5 75.0 80.6 86.1 36 4 85.4 92.1 98.9
13 2 21.6 24.1 26.6 19 1 41.1 44.4 47.7 25 0 59.9 64.0 68.1 30 6 75.6 81.3 87.0 36 5 85.5 92.4 99.4
13 3 22.2 24.7 27.2 19 2 41.6 44.9 48.2 25 1 60.5 64.6 68.7 31 0 76.2 82.0 87.8 36 6 85.5 92.7 99.9
13 4 22.8 25.3 27.8 19 3 42.0 45.3 48.6 25 2 61.0 65.1 69.2 31 1 76.8 82.4 88.1 37 0 85.6 93.0 100.4
13 5 23.4 25.9 28.4 19 4 42.4 45.7 49.0 25 3 61.6 65.7 69.8 31 2 77.3 82.9 88.4 37 1 86.2 93.3 100.3
13 6 23.9 26.4 28.9 19 5 42.8 46.1 49.4 25 4 62.2 66.3 70.4 31 3 77.9 83.3 88.7 37 2 86.9 93.6 100.3
14 0 24.5 27.0 29.5 19 6 43.3 46.6 49.9 25 5 62.8 66.9 71.0 31 4 78.4 83.7 89.0 37 3 87.5 93.9 100.2
14 1 25.2 27.4 29.7 20 0 43.7 47.0 50.3 25 6 63.3 67.4 71.5 31 5 79.0 84.1 89.3 37 4 88.2 94.1 100.1
14 2 25.8 27.9 29.9 20 1 44.0 47.4 50.8 26 0 63.9 68.0 72.1 31 6 79.5 84.6 89.6 37 5 88.8 94.4 100.0
14 3 26.5 28.3 30.1 20 2 44.3 47.9 51.4 26 1 64.4 68.3 72.2 32 0 80.1 85.0 89.9 37 6 89.5 94.7 100.0
14 4 27.2 28.7 30.2 20 3 44.6 48.3 51.9 26 2 64.9 68.6 72.2 32 1 80.5 85.1 89.8 38 0 90.1 95.0 99.9
14 5 27.9 29.1 30.4 20 4 45.0 48.7 52.5 26 3 65.4 68.9 72.3 32 2 80.8 85.3 89.7 38 1 90.1 95.0 99.9
14 6 28.5 29.6 30.6 20 5 45.3 49.1 53.0 26 4 66.0 69.1 72.3 32 3 81.2 85.4 89.6 38 2 90.1 95.0 99.9
15 0 29.2 30.0 30.8 20 6 45.6 49.6 53.6 26 5 66.5 69.4 72.4 32 4 81.6 85.6 89.6 38 3 90.1 95.0 99.9
15 1 29.5 30.4 31.3 21 0 45.9 50.0 54.1 26 6 67.0 69.7 72.4 32 5 82.0 85.7 89.5 38 4 90.1 95.0 99.9
15 2 29.8 30.9 31.9 21 1 46.6 50.7 54.8 27 0 67.5 70.0 72.5 32 6 82.3 85.9 89.4 38 5 90.1 95.0 99.9
15 3 30.1 31.3 32.4 21 2 47.3 51.4 55.5 27 1 67.7 70.4 73.2 33 0 82.7 86.0 89.3 38 6 90.1 95.0 99.9
15 4 30.5 31.7 33.0 21 3 48.0 52.1 56.2 27 2 67.9 70.9 73.8 33 1 83.0 86.4 89.8 39 0 90.1 95.0 99.9
15 5 30.8 32.1 33.5 21 4 48.8 52.9 57.0 27 3 68.1 71.3 74.5 33 2 83.3 86.9 90.4 39 1 90.4 95.6 100.7
15 6 31.1 32.6 34.1 21 5 49.5 53.6 57.7 27 4 68.3 71.7 75.1 33 3 83.6 87.3 90.9 39 2 90.8 96.1 101.5
16 0 31.4 33.0 34.6 21 6 50.2 54.3 58.4 27 5 68.5 72.1 75.8 33 4 84.0 87.7 91.5 39 3 91.1 96.7 102.3
16 1 31.8 33.6 35.3 22 0 50.9 55.0 59.1 27 6 68.7 72.6 76.4 33 5 84.3 88.1 92.0 39 4 91.4 97.3 103.2
16 2 32.3 34.1 36.0 22 1 51.3 55.4 59.5 28 0 68.9 73.0 77.1 33 6 84.6 88.6 92.6 39 5 91.7 97.9 104.0
16 3 32.7 34.7 36.7 22 2 51.8 55.9 60.0 28 1 69.3 73.4 77.5 34 0 84.9 89.0 93.1 39 6 92.1 98.4 104.8
16 4 33.2 35.3 37.4 22 3 52.2 56.3 60.4 28 2 69.8 73.9 78.0 34 1 84.7 89.0 93.3 40 0 92.4 99.0 105.6
16 5 33.6 35.9 38.1 22 4 52.6 56.7 60.8 28 3 70.2 74.3 78.4 34 2 84.4 89.0 93.6 40 1 92.4 98.7 105.1
16 6 34.1 36.4 38.8 22 5 53.0 57.1 61.2 28 4 70.6 74.7 78.8 34 3 84.2 89.0 93.8 40 2 92.3 98.4 104.5
17 0 34.5 37.0 39.5 22 6 53.5 57.6 61.7 28 5 71.0 75.1 79.2 34 4 83.9 89.0 94.1 40 3 92.3 98.1 104.0
17 1 35.0 37.7 40.4 23 0 53.9 58.0 62.1 28 6 71.5 75.6 79.7 34 5 83.7 89.0 94.3 40 4 92.2 97.9 103.5
17 2 35.5 38.4 41.4 23 1 54.3 58.4 62.5 29 0 71.9 76.0 80.1 34 6 83.4 89.0 94.6 40 5 92.2 97.6 103.0
17 3 36.0 39.1 42.3 23 2 54.8 58.9 63.0 29 1 71.9 76.1 80.4 35 0 83.2 89.0 94.8 40 6 92.1 97.3 102.4
17 4 36.4 39.9 43.3 23 3 55.2 59.3 63.4 29 2 72.0 76.3 80.6 35 1 83.5 89.3 95.1 41 0 92.1 97.0 101.9
17 5 36.9 40.6 44.2 23 4 55.6 59.7 63.8 29 3 72.0 76.4 80.9 35 2 83.8 89.6 95.4 41 1 92.6 97.4 102.2
17 6 37.4 41.3 45.2 23 5 56.0 60.1 64.2 29 4 72.0 76.6 81.1 35 3 84.1 89.9 95.7 41 2 93.2 97.9 102.5
18 0 37.9 42.0 46.1 23 6 56.5 60.6 64.7 29 5 72.0 76.7 81.4 35 4 84.3 90.1 95.9 41 3 93.7 98.3 102.8
18 1 38.3 42.3 46.3 24 0 56.9 61.0 65.1 29 6 72.1 76.9 81.6 35 5 84.6 90.4 96.2 41 4 94.3 98.7 103.2
18 2 38.7 42.6 46.4 24 1 57.3 61.4 65.5 30 0 72.1 77.0 81.9 35 6 84.9 90.7 96.5 41 5 94.8 99.1 103.5
18 3 39.1 42.9 46.6 24 2 57.8 61.9 66.0 30 1 72.7 77.7 82.7 36 0 85.2 91.0 96.8 41 6 95.4 99.6 103.8
18 4 39.5 43.1 46.8 24 3 58.2 62.3 66.4 30 2 73.3 78.4 83.6 36 1 85.3 91.3 97.3 42 0 95.9 100.0 104.1
18 5 39.9 43.4 47.0 24 4 58.6 62.7 66.8 30 3 73.9 79.1 84.4 36 2 85.3 91.6 97.8

Biparietal Diameter, Rempen


Rempen A. "Biometrie in der Frühgravidität (I. Trimenon) (Biometry in Early Pregnancy (1st Trimester))." Der Frauenarzt 32:425,
1991, p. 427.
5 & 95%: ±3.7 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
6 2 0 2.0 5.7 7 6 3.4 7.1 10.8 9 3 8.4 12.1 15.8 11 0 13.3 17.0 20.7 12 4 18.1 21.8 25.5
6 3 0 2.5 6.2 8 0 3.9 7.6 11.3 9 4 8.8 12.5 16.2 11 1 13.7 17.4 21.1 12 5 18.5 22.2 25.9
6 4 0 3.0 6.7 8 1 4.3 8.0 11.7 9 5 9.3 13.0 16.7 11 2 14.2 17.9 21.6 12 6 18.9 22.6 26.3
6 5 0 3.4 7.1 8 2 4.8 8.5 12.2 9 6 9.7 13.4 17.1 11 3 14.6 18.3 22.0 13 0 19.4 23.1 26.8
6 6 .2 3.9 7.6 8 3 5.2 8.9 12.6 10 0 10.2 13.9 17.6 11 4 15.0 18.7 22.4 13 1 19.8 23.5 27.2
7 0 .6 4.3 8.0 8 4 5.7 9.4 13.1 10 1 10.6 14.3 18.0 11 5 15.5 19.2 22.9 13 2 20.2 23.9 27.6
7 1 1.1 4.8 8.5 8 5 6.1 9.8 13.5 10 2 11.1 14.8 18.5 11 6 15.9 19.6 23.3
7 2 1.6 5.3 9.0 8 6 6.6 10.3 14.0 10 3 11.5 15.2 18.9 12 0 16.3 20.0 23.7
7 3 2.0 5.7 9.4 9 0 7.0 10.7 14.4 10 4 12.0 15.7 19.4 12 1 16.8 20.5 24.2
7 4 2.5 6.2 9.9 9 1 7.5 11.2 14.9 10 5 12.4 16.1 19.8 12 2 17.2 20.9 24.6
7 5 3.0 6.7 10.4 9 2 7.9 11.6 15.3 10 6 12.8 16.5 20.2 12 3 17.6 21.3 25.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 29
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag,
1985, p. 176.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
10 0 9.0 14.0 18.0 16 1 30.6 35.4 39.6 22 2 50.9 55.9 59.9 28 3 68.9 73.3 77.9 34 4 82.1 86.6 91.1
10 1 9.6 14.4 18.6 16 2 31.1 35.9 40.1 22 3 51.3 56.3 60.3 28 4 69.1 73.7 78.1 34 5 82.4 86.7 91.4
10 2 10.1 14.9 19.1 16 3 31.7 36.3 40.7 22 4 51.7 56.7 60.7 28 5 69.4 74.1 78.4 34 6 82.7 86.9 91.7
10 3 10.7 15.3 19.7 16 4 32.3 36.7 41.3 22 5 52.1 57.1 61.1 28 6 69.7 74.6 78.7 35 0 83.0 87.0 92.0
10 4 11.3 15.7 20.3 16 5 32.9 37.1 41.9 22 6 52.6 57.6 61.6 29 0 70.0 75.0 79.0 35 1 83.1 87.3 92.1
10 5 11.9 16.1 20.9 16 6 33.4 37.6 42.4 23 0 53.0 58.0 62.0 29 1 70.4 75.3 79.4 35 2 83.3 87.6 92.3
10 6 12.4 16.6 21.4 17 0 34.0 38.0 43.0 23 1 53.4 58.4 62.4 29 2 70.9 75.6 79.9 35 3 83.4 87.9 92.4
11 0 13.0 17.0 22.0 17 1 34.4 38.6 43.4 23 2 53.9 58.9 62.9 29 3 71.3 75.9 80.3 35 4 83.6 88.1 92.6
11 1 13.4 17.6 22.4 17 2 34.9 39.1 43.9 23 3 54.3 59.3 63.3 29 4 71.7 76.1 80.7 35 5 83.7 88.4 92.7
11 2 13.9 18.1 22.9 17 3 35.3 39.7 44.3 23 4 54.7 59.7 63.7 29 5 72.1 76.4 81.1 35 6 83.9 88.7 92.9
11 3 14.3 18.7 23.3 17 4 35.7 40.3 44.7 23 5 55.1 60.1 64.1 29 6 72.6 76.7 81.6 36 0 84.0 89.0 93.0
11 4 14.7 19.3 23.7 17 5 36.1 40.9 45.1 23 6 55.6 60.6 64.6 30 0 73.0 77.0 82.0 36 1 84.3 89.1 93.3
11 5 15.1 19.9 24.1 17 6 36.6 41.4 45.6 24 0 56.0 61.0 65.0 30 1 73.3 77.3 82.3 36 2 84.6 89.3 93.6
11 6 15.6 20.4 24.6 18 0 37.0 42.0 46.0 24 1 56.4 61.4 65.4 30 2 73.6 77.6 82.6 36 3 84.9 89.4 93.9
12 0 16.0 21.0 25.0 18 1 37.4 42.4 46.4 24 2 56.9 61.9 65.9 30 3 73.9 77.9 82.9 36 4 85.1 89.6 94.1
12 1 16.6 21.4 25.6 18 2 37.9 42.9 46.9 24 3 57.3 62.3 66.3 30 4 74.1 78.1 83.1 36 5 85.4 89.7 94.4
12 2 17.1 21.9 26.1 18 3 38.3 43.3 47.3 24 4 57.7 62.7 66.7 30 5 74.4 78.4 83.4 36 6 85.7 89.9 94.7
12 3 17.7 22.3 26.7 18 4 38.7 43.7 47.7 24 5 58.1 63.1 67.1 30 6 74.7 78.7 83.7 37 0 86.0 90.0 95.0
12 4 18.3 22.7 27.3 18 5 39.1 44.1 48.1 24 6 58.6 63.6 67.6 31 0 75.0 79.0 84.0 37 1 86.1 90.1 95.1
12 5 18.9 23.1 27.9 18 6 39.6 44.6 48.6 25 0 59.0 64.0 68.0 31 1 75.3 79.4 84.3 37 2 86.3 90.3 95.3
12 6 19.4 23.6 28.4 19 0 40.0 45.0 49.0 25 1 59.4 64.4 68.4 31 2 75.6 79.9 84.6 37 3 86.4 90.4 95.4
13 0 20.0 24.0 29.0 19 1 40.6 45.4 49.6 25 2 59.9 64.9 68.9 31 3 75.9 80.3 84.9 37 4 86.6 90.6 95.6
13 1 20.4 24.6 29.4 19 2 41.1 45.9 50.1 25 3 60.3 65.3 69.3 31 4 76.1 80.7 85.1 37 5 86.7 90.7 95.7
13 2 20.9 25.1 29.9 19 3 41.7 46.3 50.7 25 4 60.7 65.7 69.7 31 5 76.4 81.1 85.4 37 6 86.9 90.9 95.9
13 3 21.3 25.7 30.3 19 4 42.3 46.7 51.3 25 5 61.1 66.1 70.1 31 6 76.7 81.6 85.7 38 0 87.0 91.0 96.0
13 4 21.7 26.3 30.7 19 5 42.9 47.1 51.9 25 6 61.6 66.6 70.6 32 0 77.0 82.0 86.0 38 1 87.1 91.3 96.1
13 5 22.1 26.9 31.1 19 6 43.4 47.6 52.4 26 0 62.0 67.0 71.0 32 1 77.3 82.3 86.3 38 2 87.3 91.6 96.3
13 6 22.6 27.4 31.6 20 0 44.0 48.0 53.0 26 1 62.4 67.4 71.4 32 2 77.6 82.6 86.6 38 3 87.4 91.9 96.4
14 0 23.0 28.0 32.0 20 1 44.4 48.4 53.4 26 2 62.9 67.9 71.9 32 3 77.9 82.9 86.9 38 4 87.6 92.1 96.6
14 1 23.6 28.4 32.6 20 2 44.9 48.9 53.9 26 3 63.3 68.3 72.3 32 4 78.1 83.1 87.1 38 5 87.7 92.4 96.7
14 2 24.1 28.9 33.1 20 3 45.3 49.3 54.3 26 4 63.7 68.7 72.7 32 5 78.4 83.4 87.4 38 6 87.9 92.7 96.9
14 3 24.7 29.3 33.7 20 4 45.7 49.7 54.7 26 5 64.1 69.1 73.1 32 6 78.7 83.7 87.7 39 0 88.0 93.0 97.0
14 4 25.3 29.7 34.3 20 5 46.1 50.1 55.1 26 6 64.6 69.6 73.6 33 0 79.0 84.0 88.0 39 1 88.1 93.0 97.1
14 5 25.9 30.1 34.9 20 6 46.6 50.6 55.6 27 0 65.0 70.0 74.0 33 1 79.3 84.3 88.3 39 2 88.3 93.0 97.3
14 6 26.4 30.6 35.4 21 0 47.0 51.0 56.0 27 1 65.4 70.3 74.4 33 2 79.6 84.6 88.6 39 3 88.4 93.0 97.4
15 0 27.0 31.0 36.0 21 1 47.4 51.6 56.4 27 2 65.9 70.6 74.9 33 3 79.9 84.9 88.9 39 4 88.6 93.0 97.6
15 1 27.4 31.6 36.4 21 2 47.9 52.1 56.9 27 3 66.3 70.9 75.3 33 4 80.1 85.1 89.1 39 5 88.7 93.0 97.7
15 2 27.9 32.1 36.9 21 3 48.3 52.7 57.3 27 4 66.7 71.1 75.7 33 5 80.4 85.4 89.4 39 6 88.9 93.0 97.9
15 3 28.3 32.7 37.3 21 4 48.7 53.3 57.7 27 5 67.1 71.4 76.1 33 6 80.7 85.7 89.7 40 0 89.0 93.0 98.0
15 4 28.7 33.3 37.7 21 5 49.1 53.9 58.1 27 6 67.6 71.7 76.6 34 0 81.0 86.0 90.0
15 5 29.1 33.9 38.1 21 6 49.6 54.4 58.6 28 0 68.0 72.0 77.0 34 1 81.3 86.1 90.3
15 6 29.6 34.4 38.6 22 0 50.0 55.0 59.0 28 1 68.3 72.4 77.3 34 2 81.6 86.3 90.6
16 0 30.0 35.0 39.0 22 1 50.4 55.4 59.4 28 2 68.6 72.9 77.6 34 3 81.9 86.4 90.9

Biparietal Diameter, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
84 14.4 19.5 24.1 125 34.9 39.4 43.1 166 52.7 57.9 62.7 207 67.5 74.2 79.9 248 79.3 86.8 92.5
85 14.9 20.0 24.5 126 35.4 39.9 43.6 167 53.1 58.4 63.1 208 67.9 74.6 80.2 249 79.6 87.1 92.8
86 15.4 20.5 25.0 127 35.9 40.3 44.1 168 53.5 58.8 63.6 209 68.2 74.9 80.6 250 79.8 87.3 93.0
87 16.0 21.0 25.4 128 36.3 40.8 44.6 169 53.9 59.2 64.0 210 68.5 75.3 81.0 251 80.1 87.6 93.2
88 16.5 21.5 25.9 129 36.8 41.3 45.1 170 54.3 59.7 64.5 211 68.8 75.6 81.3 252 80.3 87.8 93.5
89 17.0 22.0 26.3 130 37.3 41.7 45.6 171 54.7 60.1 64.9 212 69.1 76.0 81.7 253 80.6 88.1 93.7
90 17.6 22.5 26.7 131 37.7 42.2 46.0 172 55.1 60.5 65.4 213 69.5 76.3 82.1 254 80.8 88.3 93.9
91 18.1 23.0 27.2 132 38.2 42.7 46.5 173 55.4 60.9 65.8 214 69.8 76.7 82.4 255 81.0 88.5 94.1
92 18.6 23.5 27.6 133 38.6 43.1 47.0 174 55.8 61.3 66.3 215 70.1 77.0 82.8 256 81.3 88.8 94.3
93 19.1 24.0 28.1 134 39.1 43.6 47.5 175 56.2 61.8 66.7 216 70.4 77.3 83.1 257 81.5 89.0 94.5
94 19.6 24.5 28.5 135 39.5 44.1 48.0 176 56.6 62.2 67.2 217 70.7 77.7 83.5 258 81.7 89.2 94.7
95 20.2 24.9 29.0 136 40.0 44.5 48.5 177 57.0 62.6 67.6 218 71.0 78.0 83.8 259 82.0 89.4 94.9
96 20.7 25.4 29.4 137 40.4 45.0 48.9 178 57.4 63.0 68.0 219 71.3 78.3 84.1 260 82.2 89.6 95.1
97 21.2 25.9 29.9 138 40.9 45.5 49.4 179 57.7 63.4 68.5 220 71.6 78.7 84.5 261 82.4 89.8 95.3
98 21.7 26.4 30.4 139 41.3 45.9 49.9 180 58.1 63.8 68.9 221 71.9 79.0 84.8 262 82.6 90.0 95.5
99 22.2 26.9 30.8 140 41.8 46.4 50.4 181 58.5 64.2 69.4 222 72.2 79.3 85.1 263 82.9 90.2 95.7
100 22.7 27.4 31.3 141 42.2 46.8 50.9 182 58.8 64.6 69.8 223 72.5 79.6 85.5 264 83.1 90.4 95.9
101 23.2 27.9 31.7 142 42.7 47.3 51.3 183 59.2 65.0 70.2 224 72.8 80.0 85.8 265 83.3 90.6 96.1
102 23.7 28.4 32.2 143 43.1 47.7 51.8 184 59.6 65.4 70.6 225 73.1 80.3 86.1 266 83.5 90.8 96.2
103 24.3 28.8 32.7 144 43.5 48.2 52.3 185 59.9 65.8 71.1 226 73.4 80.6 86.4 267 83.7 91.0 96.4
104 24.8 29.3 33.1 145 44.0 48.7 52.8 186 60.3 66.2 71.5 227 73.7 80.9 86.7 268 83.9 91.2 96.6
105 25.3 29.8 33.6 146 44.4 49.1 53.3 187 60.7 66.6 71.9 228 74.0 81.2 87.1 269 84.2 91.4 96.7
106 25.8 30.3 34.1 147 44.8 49.6 53.7 188 61.0 67.0 72.3 229 74.3 81.5 87.4 270 84.4 91.6 96.9
107 26.3 30.8 34.5 148 45.3 50.0 54.2 189 61.4 67.4 72.8 230 74.5 81.8 87.7 271 84.6 91.7 97.0
108 26.8 31.3 35.0 149 45.7 50.5 54.7 190 61.7 67.8 73.2 231 74.8 82.1 88.0 272 84.8 91.9 97.2
109 27.2 31.8 35.5 150 46.1 50.9 55.2 191 62.1 68.2 73.6 232 75.1 82.4 88.3 273 85.0 92.1 97.3
110 27.7 32.2 36.0 151 46.5 51.4 55.7 192 62.5 68.6 74.0 233 75.4 82.7 88.6 274 85.2 92.2 97.4
111 28.2 32.7 36.4 152 47.0 51.8 56.1 193 62.8 69.0 74.4 234 75.7 83.0 88.8 275 85.4 92.4 97.6
112 28.7 33.2 36.9 153 47.4 52.3 56.6 194 63.2 69.4 74.8 235 75.9 83.3 89.1 276 85.6 92.6 97.7
113 29.2 33.7 37.4 154 47.8 52.7 57.1 195 63.5 69.8 75.2 236 76.2 83.6 89.4 277 85.8 92.7 97.8
114 29.7 34.2 37.9 155 48.2 53.1 57.5 196 63.8 70.1 75.6 237 76.5 83.9 89.7 278 86.0 92.9 98.0
115 30.2 34.6 38.3 156 48.6 53.6 58.0 197 64.2 70.5 76.0 238 76.7 84.2 90.0 279 86.2 93.0 98.1
116 30.7 35.1 38.8 157 49.1 54.0 58.5 198 64.5 70.9 76.4 239 77.0 84.5 90.2 280 86.3 93.1 98.2
117 31.2 35.6 39.3 158 49.5 54.5 59.0 199 64.9 71.3 76.8 240 77.3 84.7 90.5 281 86.5 93.3 98.3
118 31.6 36.1 39.8 159 49.9 54.9 59.4 200 65.2 71.6 77.2 241 77.5 85.0 90.8 282 86.7 93.4 98.4
119 32.1 36.5 40.3 160 50.3 55.3 59.9 201 65.6 72.0 77.6 242 77.8 85.3 91.0 283 86.9 93.5 98.5
120 32.6 37.0 40.7 161 50.7 55.8 60.3 202 65.9 72.4 78.0 243 78.1 85.5 91.3 284 87.1 93.7 98.6
121 33.1 37.5 41.2 162 51.1 56.2 60.8 203 66.2 72.8 78.4 244 78.3 85.8 91.6 285 87.3 93.8 98.7
122 33.5 38.0 41.7 163 51.5 56.7 61.3 204 66.6 73.1 78.7 245 78.6 86.1 91.8 286 87.4 93.9 98.8
123 34.0 38.4 42.2 164 51.9 57.1 61.7 205 66.9 73.5 79.1 246 78.8 86.3 92.1 287 87.6 94.0 98.8
124 34.5 38.9 42.7 165 52.3 57.5 62.2 206 67.2 73.8 79.5 247 79.1 86.6 92.3

9 - 30 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
70 10.5 13.3 16.2 113 32.0 35.7 39.5 156 51.2 55.7 60.2 199 68.3 73.4 78.5 242 81.8 87.3 92.9
71 11.0 13.8 16.7 114 32.5 36.2 40.0 157 51.6 56.1 60.6 200 68.6 73.8 79.1 243 82.0 87.5 93.1
72 11.6 14.4 17.3 115 33.0 36.7 40.5 158 52.0 56.6 61.3 201 69.0 74.2 79.5 244 82.3 87.8 93.4
73 12.2 15.0 17.9 116 33.5 37.2 41.0 159 52.4 57.0 61.7 202 69.3 74.5 79.8 245 82.5 88.0 93.6
74 12.7 15.5 18.4 117 33.8 37.7 41.6 160 52.8 57.4 62.1 203 69.7 74.9 80.2 246 82.6 88.3 94.0
75 13.3 16.1 19.0 118 34.2 38.1 42.0 161 53.3 57.9 62.6 204 70.1 75.3 80.6 247 82.8 88.5 94.2
76 13.6 16.6 19.6 119 34.7 38.6 42.5 162 53.7 58.3 63.0 205 70.4 75.6 80.9 248 83.0 88.7 94.4
77 14.2 17.2 20.2 120 35.2 39.1 43.0 163 54.1 58.7 63.4 206 70.8 76.0 81.3 249 83.3 89.0 94.7
78 14.7 17.7 20.7 121 35.7 39.6 43.5 164 54.6 59.2 63.9 207 71.2 76.4 81.7 250 83.5 89.2 94.9
79 15.3 18.3 21.3 122 36.2 40.1 44.0 165 55.0 59.6 64.3 208 71.5 76.7 82.0 251 83.7 89.4 95.1
80 15.8 18.8 21.8 123 36.6 40.5 44.4 166 55.4 60.0 64.7 209 71.9 77.1 82.4 252 83.9 89.6 95.3
81 16.3 19.3 22.3 124 37.0 41.0 45.1 167 55.7 60.5 65.3 210 72.2 77.4 82.7 253 84.1 89.8 95.5
82 16.8 19.9 23.1 125 37.5 41.5 45.6 168 56.1 60.9 65.7 211 72.6 77.8 83.1 254 84.3 90.0 95.7
83 17.3 20.4 23.6 126 38.0 42.0 46.1 169 56.5 61.3 66.1 212 72.9 78.1 83.4 255 84.5 90.2 95.9
84 17.8 20.9 24.1 127 38.4 42.4 46.5 170 56.9 61.7 66.5 213 73.1 78.5 83.9 256 84.7 90.4 96.1
85 18.4 21.5 24.7 128 38.9 42.9 47.0 171 57.4 62.2 67.0 214 73.4 78.8 84.2 257 84.9 90.6 96.3
86 18.9 22.0 25.2 129 39.4 43.4 47.5 172 57.8 62.6 67.4 215 73.8 79.2 84.6 258 85.1 90.8 96.5
87 19.4 22.5 25.7 130 39.9 43.9 48.0 173 58.2 63.0 67.8 216 74.1 79.5 84.9 259 85.3 91.0 96.7
88 20.0 23.1 26.3 131 40.3 44.3 48.4 174 58.6 63.4 68.2 217 74.4 79.8 85.2 260 85.5 91.2 96.9
89 20.3 23.6 26.9 132 40.6 44.8 49.0 175 59.1 63.9 68.7 218 74.8 80.2 85.6 261 85.7 91.4 97.1
90 20.8 24.1 27.4 133 41.1 45.3 49.5 176 59.5 64.3 69.1 219 75.1 80.5 85.9 262 85.8 91.5 97.2
91 21.3 24.6 27.9 134 41.5 45.7 49.9 177 59.8 64.7 69.7 220 75.4 80.8 86.2 263 86.0 91.7 97.4
92 21.9 25.2 28.5 135 42.0 46.2 50.4 178 60.2 65.1 70.1 221 75.8 81.2 86.6 264 86.1 91.8 97.5
93 22.4 25.7 29.0 136 42.5 46.7 50.9 179 60.6 65.5 70.5 222 76.1 81.5 86.9 265 86.3 92.0 97.7
94 22.9 26.2 29.5 137 42.9 47.1 51.3 180 61.0 65.9 70.9 223 76.4 81.8 87.2 266 86.4 92.1 97.8
95 23.3 26.7 30.2 138 43.4 47.6 51.8 181 61.4 66.3 71.3 224 76.7 82.1 87.5 267 86.6 92.3 98.0
96 23.8 27.2 30.7 139 43.8 48.0 52.2 182 61.8 66.7 71.7 225 77.0 82.4 87.8 268 86.7 92.4 98.1
97 24.3 27.7 31.2 140 44.2 48.5 52.9 183 62.2 67.1 72.1 226 77.3 82.7 88.1 269 86.8 92.6 98.5
98 24.8 28.2 31.7 141 44.7 49.0 53.4 184 62.6 67.5 72.5 227 77.7 83.1 88.5 270 86.9 92.7 98.6
99 25.3 28.7 32.2 142 45.1 49.4 53.8 185 63.1 68.0 73.0 228 77.9 83.4 89.0 271 87.0 92.8 98.7
100 25.9 29.3 32.8 143 45.6 49.9 54.3 186 63.5 68.4 73.4 229 78.2 83.7 89.3 272 87.1 92.9 98.8
101 26.4 29.8 33.3 144 46.0 50.3 54.7 187 63.9 68.8 73.8 230 78.5 84.0 89.6 273 87.2 93.0 98.9
102 26.7 30.3 33.9 145 46.5 50.8 55.2 188 64.1 69.2 74.3 231 78.8 84.3 89.9 274 87.3 93.1 99.0
103 27.2 30.8 34.4 146 46.9 51.2 55.6 189 64.4 69.5 74.6 232 79.1 84.6 90.2 275 87.4 93.2 99.1
104 27.7 31.3 34.9 147 47.4 51.7 56.1 190 64.8 69.9 75.0 233 79.3 84.8 90.4 276 87.5 93.3 99.2
105 28.2 31.8 35.4 148 47.8 52.1 56.5 191 65.2 70.3 75.4 234 79.6 85.1 90.7 277 87.6 93.4 99.3
106 28.7 32.3 35.9 149 48.1 52.6 57.1 192 65.6 70.7 75.8 235 79.9 85.4 91.0 278 87.7 93.5 99.4
107 29.2 32.8 36.4 150 48.5 53.0 57.5 193 66.0 71.1 76.2 236 80.2 85.7 91.3 279 87.8 93.6 99.5
108 29.7 33.3 36.9 151 49.0 53.5 58.0 194 66.4 71.5 76.6 237 80.5 86.0 91.6 280 87.8 93.6 99.5
109 30.1 33.8 37.6 152 49.4 53.9 58.4 195 66.8 71.9 77.0 238 80.7 86.2 91.8
110 30.5 34.2 38.0 153 49.9 54.4 58.9 196 67.2 72.3 77.4 239 81.0 86.5 92.1
111 31.0 34.7 38.5 154 50.3 54.8 59.3 197 67.6 72.7 77.8 240 81.3 86.8 92.4
112 31.5 35.2 39.0 155 50.7 55.2 59.7 198 67.9 73.0 78.1 241 81.5 87.0 92.6

Biparietal Diameter, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean + BPD - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
70 9.2 12.6 16.0 115 30.4 34.4 38.4 160 50.8 55.3 59.8 205 68.3 73.3 78.4 250 80.9 86.4 92.0
71 9.6 13.1 16.5 116 30.9 34.8 38.9 161 51.2 55.7 60.3 206 68.6 73.7 78.7 251 81.1 86.7 92.3
72 10.1 13.5 17.0 117 31.3 35.3 39.4 162 51.6 56.1 60.7 207 69.0 74.0 79.1 252 81.3 86.9 92.5
73 10.6 14.0 17.5 118 31.8 35.8 39.9 163 52.0 56.6 61.2 208 69.3 74.4 79.5 253 81.5 87.1 92.7
74 11.0 14.5 17.9 119 32.3 36.3 40.4 164 52.5 57.0 61.6 209 69.7 74.7 79.8 254 81.7 87.3 92.9
75 11.5 15.0 18.4 120 32.7 36.8 40.8 165 52.9 57.5 62.0 210 70.0 75.1 80.2 255 81.8 87.5 93.2
76 12.0 15.4 18.9 121 33.2 37.2 41.3 166 53.3 57.9 62.5 211 70.3 75.4 80.5 256 82.0 87.7 93.4
77 12.5 15.9 19.4 122 33.7 37.7 41.8 167 53.7 58.4 62.9 212 70.6 75.8 80.9 257 82.2 87.9 93.6
78 12.9 16.4 19.9 123 34.1 38.2 42.3 168 54.2 58.8 63.4 213 71.0 76.1 81.2 258 82.4 88.1 93.8
79 13.4 16.9 20.4 124 34.6 38.7 42.8 169 54.6 59.2 63.8 214 71.3 76.4 81.6 259 82.6 88.3 94.0
80 13.8 17.4 20.9 125 35.1 39.1 43.2 170 55.0 59.6 64.2 215 71.6 76.7 81.9 260 82.8 88.5 94.2
81 14.3 17.8 21.4 126 35.6 39.6 43.7 171 55.4 60.0 64.7 216 71.9 77.1 82.2 261 83.0 88.7 94.4
82 14.8 18.3 21.9 127 36.0 40.1 44.2 172 55.8 60.5 65.1 217 72.2 77.4 82.6 262 83.1 88.9 94.6
83 15.2 18.8 22.4 128 36.5 40.6 44.7 173 56.2 60.9 65.6 218 72.5 77.7 82.9 263 83.3 89.0 94.8
84 15.7 19.3 22.9 129 36.9 41.1 45.2 174 56.6 61.3 66.0 219 72.8 78.0 83.2 264 83.5 89.2 95.0
85 16.2 19.8 23.4 130 37.4 41.5 45.7 175 57.1 61.7 66.4 220 73.1 78.3 83.6 265 83.7 89.4 95.2
86 16.7 20.3 23.9 131 37.9 42.0 46.2 176 57.5 62.1 66.9 221 73.4 78.7 83.9 266 83.8 89.6 95.4
87 17.1 20.8 24.4 132 38.3 42.5 46.6 177 57.9 62.5 67.3 222 73.7 79.0 84.2 267 84.0 89.7 95.5
88 17.6 21.2 24.9 133 38.8 43.0 47.1 178 58.3 62.9 67.7 223 74.0 79.3 84.5 268 84.1 89.9 95.7
89 18.1 21.7 25.4 134 39.3 43.5 47.6 179 58.7 63.4 68.1 224 74.4 79.6 84.9 269 84.2 90.0 95.8
90 18.6 22.2 25.9 135 39.7 43.9 48.1 180 59.1 63.8 68.6 225 74.6 79.9 85.2 270 84.4 90.2 96.0
91 19.0 22.7 26.4 136 40.2 44.4 48.6 181 59.5 64.2 69.0 226 74.9 80.2 85.5 271 84.5 90.3 96.1
92 19.5 23.2 26.9 137 40.6 44.8 49.0 182 59.9 64.6 69.4 227 75.2 80.5 85.8 272 84.6 90.5 96.3
93 20.0 23.7 27.4 138 41.1 45.3 49.5 183 60.3 65.0 69.8 228 75.5 80.8 86.1 273 84.8 90.6 96.5
94 20.5 24.2 27.9 139 41.5 45.7 50.0 184 60.6 65.4 70.2 229 75.7 81.1 86.4 274 84.9 90.7 96.6
95 20.9 24.6 28.4 140 42.0 46.2 50.5 185 61.0 65.8 70.6 230 76.0 81.4 86.7 275 85.0 90.9 96.7
96 21.4 25.1 28.9 141 42.5 46.7 51.0 186 61.4 66.2 71.0 231 76.3 81.7 87.0 276 85.1 91.0 96.9
97 21.9 25.6 29.4 142 42.9 47.1 51.4 187 61.8 66.6 71.5 232 76.6 82.0 87.3 277 85.2 91.1 97.0
98 22.4 26.1 29.9 143 43.4 47.6 51.9 188 62.1 67.0 71.9 233 76.8 82.2 87.6 278 85.3 91.2 97.1
99 22.8 26.6 30.4 144 43.8 48.1 52.4 189 62.5 67.4 72.3 234 77.1 82.5 87.9 279 85.5 91.4 97.3
100 23.3 27.1 30.9 145 44.3 48.6 52.9 190 62.9 67.8 72.7 235 77.3 82.8 88.2 280 85.6 91.5 97.4
101 23.8 27.6 31.4 146 44.7 49.0 53.4 191 63.3 68.2 73.0 236 77.6 83.1 88.4 281 85.7 91.6 97.5
102 24.3 28.0 31.9 147 45.2 49.5 53.9 192 63.7 68.6 73.4 237 77.9 83.3 88.7 282 85.7 91.7 97.6
103 24.7 28.5 32.4 148 45.6 49.9 54.3 193 64.0 68.9 73.8 238 78.1 83.6 89.0 283 85.8 91.8 97.8
104 25.2 29.0 32.9 149 46.0 50.4 54.8 194 64.4 69.3 74.2 239 78.4 83.8 89.3 284 85.9 91.9 97.9
105 25.7 29.5 33.4 150 46.4 50.8 55.2 195 64.8 69.7 74.6 240 78.6 84.1 89.5 285 86.0 92.0 98.0
106 26.2 30.0 33.9 151 46.9 51.3 55.7 196 65.2 70.1 75.0 241 78.9 84.3 89.8 286 86.0 92.1 98.1
107 26.6 30.5 34.4 152 47.3 51.7 56.1 197 65.5 70.5 75.4 242 79.1 84.6 90.1 287 86.1 92.2 98.2
108 27.1 31.0 34.9 153 47.7 52.2 56.6 198 65.8 70.8 75.7 243 79.3 84.8 90.3 288 86.2 92.3 98.3
109 27.6 31.4 35.4 154 48.2 52.6 57.0 199 66.2 71.2 76.1 244 79.6 85.1 90.6 289 86.2 92.3 98.3
110 28.1 31.9 35.9 155 48.6 53.0 57.5 200 66.5 71.5 76.5 245 79.8 85.3 90.9 290 86.3 92.4 98.4
111 28.5 32.4 36.4 156 49.0 53.5 58.0 201 66.9 71.9 76.9 246 80.0 85.5 91.1 291 86.4 92.4 98.5
112 29.0 32.9 36.9 157 49.5 53.9 58.4 202 67.2 72.2 77.2 247 80.2 85.8 91.3 292 86.4 92.5 98.5
113 29.5 33.4 37.4 158 49.9 54.4 58.9 203 67.6 72.6 77.6 248 80.4 86.0 91.6 293 86.5 92.5 98.6
114 29.9 33.9 37.9 159 50.3 54.8 59.3 204 67.9 73.0 78.0 249 80.7 86.2 91.8 294 86.5 92.6 98.7

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 31
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
BPD mean BPD mean BPD mean BPD mean BPD mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
77 14.4 16.0 17.6 120 35.4 39.4 43.4 163 53.5 57.9 62.2 206 72.1 75.4 78.7 249 84.0 89.1 94.3
78 14.7 16.6 18.5 121 36.0 39.9 43.7 164 53.8 58.3 62.8 207 72.3 75.6 78.9 250 84.4 89.4 94.5
79 15.0 17.1 19.3 122 36.5 40.3 44.0 165 54.1 58.7 63.3 208 72.4 75.7 79.0 251 84.7 89.7 94.7
80 15.4 17.7 20.1 123 37.1 40.7 44.4 166 54.4 59.1 63.8 209 72.6 75.9 79.1 252 85.1 90.0 94.9
81 15.7 18.3 20.9 124 37.6 41.1 44.7 167 54.8 59.6 64.4 210 72.7 76.0 79.3 253 85.3 90.3 95.3
82 16.0 18.9 21.7 125 38.2 41.6 45.0 168 55.1 60.0 64.9 211 73.0 76.6 80.1 254 85.5 90.6 95.6
83 16.4 19.4 22.5 126 38.7 42.0 45.3 169 55.6 60.6 65.5 212 73.4 77.1 80.9 255 85.7 90.9 96.0
84 16.7 20.0 23.3 127 39.0 42.4 45.8 170 56.2 61.1 66.1 213 73.7 77.7 81.7 256 86.0 91.1 96.3
85 17.3 20.6 23.9 128 39.3 42.9 46.4 171 56.8 61.7 66.6 214 74.1 78.3 82.5 257 86.2 91.4 96.7
86 17.9 21.1 24.4 129 39.6 43.3 46.9 172 57.4 62.3 67.2 215 74.4 78.9 83.3 258 86.4 91.7 97.0
87 18.4 21.7 25.0 130 40.0 43.7 47.5 173 57.9 62.9 67.8 216 74.7 79.4 84.1 259 86.7 92.0 97.3
88 19.0 22.3 25.6 131 40.3 44.1 48.0 174 58.5 63.4 68.4 217 75.1 80.0 84.9 260 86.9 92.1 97.4
89 19.6 22.9 26.1 132 40.6 44.6 48.6 175 59.1 64.0 68.9 218 75.4 80.1 84.8 261 87.1 92.3 97.5
90 20.1 23.4 26.7 133 40.9 45.0 49.1 176 59.7 64.4 69.1 219 75.8 80.3 84.8 262 87.3 92.4 97.6
91 20.7 24.0 27.3 134 41.3 45.3 49.3 177 60.4 64.9 69.3 220 76.2 80.4 84.7 263 87.5 92.6 97.7
92 21.3 24.6 27.9 135 41.7 45.6 49.4 178 61.1 65.3 69.5 221 76.6 80.6 84.6 264 87.7 92.7 97.8
93 21.9 25.1 28.4 136 42.1 45.9 49.6 179 61.7 65.7 69.7 222 77.0 80.7 84.5 265 87.9 92.9 97.9
94 22.4 25.7 29.0 137 42.5 46.1 49.8 180 62.4 66.1 69.9 223 77.3 80.9 84.4 266 88.1 93.0 97.9
95 23.0 26.3 29.6 138 42.9 46.4 50.0 181 63.0 66.6 70.1 224 77.7 81.0 84.3 267 88.1 93.3 98.5
96 23.6 26.9 30.1 139 43.3 46.7 50.1 182 63.7 67.0 70.3 225 77.9 81.4 85.0 268 88.2 93.6 99.0
97 24.1 27.4 30.7 140 43.7 47.0 50.3 183 63.7 67.1 70.6 226 78.1 81.9 85.6 269 88.2 93.9 99.5
98 24.7 28.0 31.3 141 44.0 47.3 50.6 184 63.8 67.3 70.8 227 78.3 82.3 86.3 270 88.3 94.1 100.0
99 25.1 28.4 31.7 142 44.3 47.6 50.9 185 63.8 67.4 71.1 228 78.5 82.7 86.9 271 88.3 94.4 100.5
100 25.6 28.9 32.1 143 44.6 47.9 51.1 186 63.8 67.6 71.3 229 78.7 83.1 87.6 272 88.4 94.7 101.1
101 26.0 29.3 32.6 144 44.9 48.1 51.4 187 63.8 67.7 71.6 230 78.9 83.6 88.3 273 88.4 95.0 101.6
102 26.4 29.7 33.0 145 45.1 48.4 51.7 188 63.9 67.9 71.9 231 79.1 84.0 88.9 274 88.6 95.1 101.7
103 26.9 30.1 33.4 146 45.4 48.7 52.0 189 63.9 68.0 72.1 232 79.4 84.3 89.2 275 88.7 95.3 101.9
104 27.3 30.6 33.9 147 45.7 49.0 52.3 190 64.6 68.6 72.6 233 79.6 84.6 89.5 276 88.8 95.4 102.0
105 27.7 31.0 34.3 148 46.0 49.4 52.8 191 65.3 69.1 73.0 234 79.9 84.9 89.8 277 89.0 95.6 102.2
106 28.3 31.7 35.1 149 46.3 49.9 53.4 192 66.0 69.7 73.5 235 80.2 85.1 90.1 278 89.1 95.7 102.3
107 28.9 32.4 36.0 150 46.6 50.3 53.9 193 66.6 70.3 73.9 236 80.5 85.4 90.4 279 89.3 95.9 102.4
108 29.5 33.1 36.8 151 47.0 50.7 54.5 194 67.3 70.9 74.4 237 80.8 85.7 90.6 280 89.4 96.0 102.6
109 30.1 33.9 37.6 152 47.3 51.1 55.0 195 68.0 71.4 74.8 238 81.1 86.0 90.9 281 89.7 96.3 102.9
110 30.7 34.6 38.4 153 47.6 51.6 55.6 196 68.7 72.0 75.3 239 81.3 86.3 91.3 282 90.0 96.6 103.2
111 31.3 35.3 39.3 154 47.9 52.0 56.1 197 69.1 72.4 75.7 240 81.5 86.6 91.6 283 90.3 96.9 103.4
112 31.9 36.0 40.1 155 48.6 52.7 56.8 198 69.6 72.9 76.1 241 81.7 86.9 92.0 284 90.6 97.1 103.7
113 32.3 36.4 40.5 156 49.3 53.4 57.5 199 70.0 73.3 76.6 242 82.0 87.1 92.3 285 90.8 97.4 104.0
114 32.7 36.9 41.0 157 50.0 54.1 58.3 200 70.4 73.7 77.0 243 82.2 87.4 92.7 286 91.1 97.7 104.3
115 33.2 37.3 41.4 158 50.7 54.9 59.0 201 70.9 74.1 77.4 244 82.4 87.7 93.0 287 91.4 98.0 104.6
116 33.6 37.7 41.8 159 51.5 55.6 59.7 202 71.3 74.6 77.9 245 82.7 88.0 93.3
117 34.0 38.1 42.3 160 52.2 56.3 60.4 203 71.7 75.0 78.3 246 83.0 88.3 93.6
118 34.5 38.6 42.7 161 52.9 57.0 61.1 204 71.9 75.1 78.4 247 83.3 88.6 93.8
119 34.9 39.0 43.1 162 53.2 57.4 61.7 205 72.0 75.3 78.6 248 83.7 88.9 94.0

Biparietal Diameter (Outer to Inner), Chitty


Chitty, LS, Altman, DG, "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurements," British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 101:35-43,
1994.
BPD (O-I) mean BPD (O-I) mean BPD (O-I) mean BPD (O-I) mean BPD (O-I) mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
84 14.9 18.3 21.7 127 36.2 40.3 44.4 170 55.3 60.0 64.8 213 71.3 76.7 82.2 256 83.5 89.6 95.8
85 15.4 18.8 22.2 128 36.7 40.8 44.9 171 55.7 60.5 65.2 214 71.6 77.1 82.6 257 83.7 89.9 96.0
86 15.9 19.3 22.8 129 37.2 41.3 45.4 172 56.1 60.9 65.7 215 71.9 77.4 82.9 258 83.9 90.1 96.3
87 16.5 19.9 23.3 130 37.6 41.8 45.9 173 56.5 61.3 66.1 216 72.3 77.8 83.3 259 84.1 90.3 96.5
88 17.0 20.4 23.8 131 38.1 42.2 46.4 174 56.9 61.7 66.6 217 72.6 78.1 83.6 260 84.4 90.6 96.8
89 17.5 20.9 24.4 132 38.6 42.7 46.9 175 57.3 62.2 67.0 218 72.9 78.4 84.0 261 84.6 90.8 97.1
90 18.0 21.5 24.9 133 39.0 43.2 47.4 176 57.7 62.6 67.4 219 73.2 78.8 84.3 262 84.8 91.1 97.3
91 18.5 22.0 25.5 134 39.5 43.7 47.9 177 58.1 63.0 67.9 220 73.5 79.1 84.7 263 85.0 91.3 97.6
92 19.0 22.5 26.0 135 40.0 44.2 48.4 178 58.5 63.4 68.3 221 73.9 79.4 85.0 264 85.2 91.5 97.8
93 19.5 23.0 26.6 136 40.4 44.6 48.9 179 58.9 63.8 68.7 222 74.2 79.8 85.4 265 85.4 91.7 98.0
94 20.0 23.6 27.1 137 40.9 45.1 49.4 180 59.3 64.2 69.2 223 74.5 80.1 85.7 266 85.7 92.0 98.3
95 20.5 24.1 27.6 138 41.4 45.6 49.8 181 59.7 64.6 69.6 224 74.8 80.4 86.1 267 85.9 92.2 98.5
96 21.0 24.6 28.2 139 41.8 46.1 50.3 182 60.1 65.0 70.0 225 75.1 80.7 86.4 268 86.1 92.4 98.8
97 21.6 25.1 28.7 140 42.3 46.5 50.8 183 60.5 65.4 70.4 226 75.4 81.1 86.7 269 86.3 92.6 99.0
98 22.1 25.7 29.3 141 42.7 47.0 51.3 184 60.9 65.8 70.8 227 75.7 81.4 87.1 270 86.5 92.8 99.2
99 22.6 26.2 29.8 142 43.2 47.5 51.8 185 61.2 66.3 71.3 228 76.0 81.7 87.4 271 86.7 93.1 99.5
100 23.1 26.7 30.3 143 43.6 48.0 52.3 186 61.6 66.6 71.7 229 76.3 82.0 87.7 272 86.9 93.3 99.7
101 23.6 27.2 30.9 144 44.1 48.4 52.8 187 62.0 67.0 72.1 230 76.6 82.3 88.1 273 87.0 93.5 99.9
102 24.1 27.7 31.4 145 44.5 48.9 53.2 188 62.4 67.4 72.5 231 76.9 82.6 88.4 274 87.2 93.7 100.1
103 24.6 28.2 31.9 146 45.0 49.4 53.7 189 62.8 67.8 72.9 232 77.2 82.9 88.7 275 87.4 93.9 100.3
104 25.1 28.8 32.5 147 45.4 49.8 54.2 190 63.1 68.2 73.3 233 77.5 83.2 89.0 276 87.6 94.1 100.6
105 25.6 29.3 33.0 148 45.9 50.3 54.7 191 63.5 68.6 73.7 234 77.7 83.5 89.3 277 87.8 94.3 100.8
106 26.1 29.8 33.5 149 46.3 50.7 55.2 192 63.9 69.0 74.1 235 78.0 83.8 89.7 278 88.0 94.5 101.0
107 26.6 30.3 34.0 150 46.8 51.2 55.6 193 64.3 69.4 74.5 236 78.3 84.1 90.0 279 88.1 94.7 101.2
108 27.0 30.8 34.6 151 47.2 51.6 56.1 194 64.6 69.8 74.9 237 78.6 84.4 90.3 280 88.3 94.8 101.4
109 27.5 31.3 35.1 152 47.6 52.1 56.6 195 65.0 70.2 75.3 238 78.9 84.7 90.6 281 88.5 95.0 101.6
110 28.0 31.8 35.6 153 48.1 52.6 57.0 196 65.4 70.5 75.7 239 79.1 85.0 90.9 282 88.6 95.2 101.8
111 28.5 32.3 36.1 154 48.5 53.0 57.5 197 65.7 70.9 76.1 240 79.4 85.3 91.2 283 88.8 95.4 102.0
112 29.0 32.8 36.7 155 48.9 53.5 58.0 198 66.1 71.3 76.5 241 79.7 85.6 91.5 284 89.0 95.6 102.2
113 29.5 33.3 37.2 156 49.4 53.9 58.5 199 66.4 71.7 76.9 242 80.0 85.9 91.8 285 89.1 95.7 102.4
114 30.0 33.9 37.7 157 49.8 54.4 58.9 200 66.8 72.1 77.3 243 80.2 86.2 92.1 286 89.3 95.9 102.6
115 30.5 34.4 38.2 158 50.2 54.8 59.4 201 67.2 72.4 77.7 244 80.5 86.4 92.4 287 89.4 96.1 102.7
116 31.0 34.9 38.7 159 50.7 55.3 59.8 202 67.5 72.8 78.1 245 80.7 86.7 92.7 288 89.6 96.3 102.9
117 31.4 35.4 39.3 160 51.1 55.7 60.3 203 67.9 73.2 78.5 246 81.0 87.0 93.0 289 89.7 96.4 103.1
118 31.9 35.9 39.8 161 51.5 56.1 60.8 204 68.2 73.5 78.8 247 81.3 87.3 93.3 290 89.9 96.6 103.3
119 32.4 36.4 40.3 162 51.9 56.6 61.2 205 68.6 73.9 79.2 248 81.5 87.5 93.6 291 90.0 96.7 103.5
120 32.9 36.9 40.8 163 52.4 57.0 61.7 206 68.9 74.3 79.6 249 81.8 87.8 93.8 292 90.1 96.9 103.6
121 33.4 37.3 41.3 164 52.8 57.5 62.1 207 69.3 74.6 80.0 250 82.0 88.1 94.1 293 90.3 97.0 103.8
122 33.9 37.8 41.8 165 53.2 57.9 62.6 208 69.6 75.0 80.4 251 82.3 88.3 94.4 294 90.4 97.2 104.0
123 34.3 38.3 42.3 166 53.6 58.3 63.0 209 69.9 75.3 80.7 252 82.5 88.6 94.7
124 34.8 38.8 42.9 167 54.0 58.8 63.5 210 70.3 75.7 81.1 253 82.7 88.8 95.0
125 35.3 39.3 43.4 168 54.5 59.2 63.9 211 70.6 76.0 81.5 254 83.0 89.1 95.2
126 35.8 39.8 43.9 169 54.9 59.6 64.4 212 70.9 76.4 81.8 255 83.2 89.4 95.5

9 - 32 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Biparietal Diameter (Outer to Outer), Chitty


Chitty, LS, Altman, DG, "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurements," British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 101:35-43,
1994.
BPD (O-O) mean BPD (O-O) mean BPD (O-O) mean BPD (O-O) mean BPD (O-O) mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
84 16.0 19.7 23.4 127 38.1 42.4 46.7 170 57.8 62.7 67.5 213 74.2 79.6 85.1 256 86.4 92.4 98.5
85 16.6 20.2 23.9 128 38.6 42.9 47.2 171 58.2 63.1 68.0 214 74.5 80.0 85.4 257 86.6 92.7 98.7
86 17.1 20.8 24.5 129 39.1 43.4 47.7 172 58.6 63.5 68.4 215 74.8 80.3 85.8 258 86.9 92.9 99.0
87 17.6 21.3 25.1 130 39.6 43.9 48.2 173 59.1 64.0 68.8 216 75.2 80.6 86.1 259 87.1 93.2 99.3
88 18.2 21.9 25.6 131 40.1 44.4 48.7 174 59.5 64.4 69.3 217 75.5 81.0 86.5 260 87.3 93.4 99.5
89 18.7 22.4 26.2 132 40.6 44.9 49.2 175 59.9 64.8 69.7 218 75.8 81.3 86.9 261 87.5 93.6 99.7
90 19.2 23.0 26.7 133 41.0 45.4 49.7 176 60.3 65.2 70.2 219 76.1 81.7 87.2 262 87.7 93.9 100.0
91 19.8 23.5 27.3 134 41.5 45.9 50.2 177 60.7 65.7 70.6 220 76.5 82.0 87.6 263 87.9 94.1 100.2
92 20.3 24.1 27.8 135 42.0 46.4 50.8 178 61.1 66.1 71.0 221 76.8 82.3 87.9 264 88.2 94.3 100.5
93 20.8 24.6 28.4 136 42.5 46.9 51.3 179 61.5 66.5 71.5 222 77.1 82.7 88.2 265 88.4 94.5 100.7
94 21.3 25.2 29.0 137 43.0 47.4 51.8 180 61.9 66.9 71.9 223 77.4 83.0 88.6 266 88.6 94.7 100.9
95 21.9 25.7 29.5 138 43.4 47.8 52.3 181 62.3 67.3 72.3 224 77.7 83.3 88.9 267 88.8 95.0 101.2
96 22.4 26.2 30.1 139 43.9 48.3 52.8 182 62.7 67.8 72.8 225 78.0 83.6 89.3 268 89.0 95.2 101.4
97 22.9 26.8 30.6 140 44.4 48.8 53.3 183 63.1 68.2 73.2 226 78.3 84.0 89.6 269 89.2 95.4 101.6
98 23.4 27.3 31.2 141 44.9 49.3 53.8 184 63.5 68.6 73.6 227 78.6 84.3 89.9 270 89.4 95.6 101.8
99 24.0 27.8 31.7 142 45.3 49.8 54.3 185 63.9 69.0 74.0 228 78.9 84.6 90.3 271 89.5 95.8 102.1
100 24.5 28.4 32.3 143 45.8 50.3 54.8 186 64.3 69.4 74.5 229 79.2 84.9 90.6 272 89.7 96.0 102.3
101 25.0 28.9 32.8 144 46.3 50.7 55.2 187 64.7 69.8 74.9 230 79.5 85.2 90.9 273 89.9 96.2 102.5
102 25.5 29.4 33.4 145 46.7 51.2 55.7 188 65.1 70.2 75.3 231 79.8 85.5 91.2 274 90.1 96.4 102.7
103 26.0 30.0 33.9 146 47.2 51.7 56.2 189 65.5 70.6 75.7 232 80.1 85.8 91.6 275 90.3 96.6 102.9
104 26.6 30.5 34.5 147 47.6 52.2 56.7 190 65.9 71.0 76.1 233 80.4 86.1 91.9 276 90.5 96.8 103.1
105 27.1 31.0 35.0 148 48.1 52.7 57.2 191 66.2 71.4 76.5 234 80.7 86.4 92.2 277 90.6 97.0 103.3
106 27.6 31.6 35.5 149 48.6 53.1 57.7 192 66.6 71.8 77.0 235 81.0 86.7 92.5 278 90.8 97.1 103.5
107 28.1 32.1 36.1 150 49.0 53.6 58.2 193 67.0 72.2 77.4 236 81.3 87.0 92.8 279 91.0 97.3 103.7
108 28.6 32.6 36.6 151 49.5 54.1 58.7 194 67.4 72.6 77.8 237 81.6 87.3 93.1 280 91.1 97.5 103.9
109 29.1 33.1 37.2 152 49.9 54.5 59.1 195 67.8 73.0 78.2 238 81.8 87.6 93.4 281 91.3 97.7 104.1
110 29.6 33.7 37.7 153 50.4 55.0 59.6 196 68.1 73.4 78.6 239 82.1 87.9 93.7 282 91.4 97.9 104.3
111 30.2 34.2 38.2 154 50.8 55.5 60.1 197 68.5 73.7 79.0 240 82.4 88.2 94.0 283 91.6 98.0 104.4
112 30.7 34.7 38.8 155 51.3 55.9 60.6 198 68.9 74.1 79.4 241 82.6 88.5 94.3 284 91.8 98.2 104.6
113 31.2 35.2 39.3 156 51.7 56.4 61.0 199 69.2 74.5 79.8 242 82.9 88.8 94.6 285 91.9 98.4 104.8
114 31.7 35.8 39.8 157 52.2 56.8 61.5 200 69.6 74.9 80.2 243 83.2 89.0 94.9 286 92.1 98.5 105.0
115 32.2 36.3 40.4 158 52.6 57.3 62.0 201 70.0 75.3 80.5 244 83.4 89.3 95.2 287 92.2 98.7 105.1
116 32.7 36.8 40.9 159 53.0 57.8 62.5 202 70.3 75.6 80.9 245 83.7 89.6 95.5 288 92.3 98.8 105.3
117 33.2 37.3 41.4 160 53.5 58.2 62.9 203 70.7 76.0 81.3 246 84.0 89.9 95.8 289 92.5 99.0 105.5
118 33.7 37.8 42.0 161 53.9 58.7 63.4 204 71.0 76.4 81.7 247 84.2 90.1 96.1 290 92.6 99.1 105.6
119 34.2 38.3 42.5 162 54.4 59.1 63.9 205 71.4 76.7 82.1 248 84.5 90.4 96.3 291 92.7 99.3 105.8
120 34.7 38.9 43.0 163 54.8 59.6 64.3 206 71.8 77.1 82.5 249 84.7 90.7 96.6 292 92.9 99.4 106.0
121 35.2 39.4 43.5 164 55.2 60.0 64.8 207 72.1 77.5 82.8 250 85.0 90.9 96.9 293 93.0 99.6 106.1
122 35.7 39.9 44.1 165 55.7 60.5 65.2 208 72.5 77.8 83.2 251 85.2 91.2 97.2 294 93.1 99.7 106.3
123 36.2 40.4 44.6 166 56.1 60.9 65.7 209 72.8 78.2 83.6 252 85.5 91.4 97.4
124 36.7 40.9 45.1 167 56.5 61.3 66.2 210 73.1 78.6 84.0 253 85.7 91.7 97.7
125 37.2 41.4 45.6 168 56.9 61.8 66.6 211 73.5 78.9 84.3 254 85.9 92.0 98.0
126 37.7 41.9 46.1 169 57.4 62.2 67.1 212 73.8 79.3 84.7 255 86.2 92.2 98.2

Occipital Frontal Diameter, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag,
1985, p. 176.
Wk Day 5% Mean 95% Wk Day 5% Mean 95% Wk Day 5% Mean 95% Wk Day 5% Mean 95% Wk Day 5% Mean 95%
10 0 7.0 14.0 21.0 16 1 33.6 40.6 47.6 22 2 59.1 66.1 73.1 28 3 81.3 88.3 95.3 34 4 98.1 105.1 112.1
10 1 7.6 14.6 21.6 16 2 34.1 41.1 48.1 22 3 59.7 66.7 73.7 28 4 81.7 88.7 95.7 34 5 98.4 105.4 112.4
10 2 8.1 15.1 22.1 16 3 34.7 41.7 48.7 22 4 60.3 67.3 74.3 28 5 82.1 89.1 96.1 34 6 98.7 105.7 112.7
10 3 8.7 15.7 22.7 16 4 35.3 42.3 49.3 22 5 60.9 67.9 74.9 28 6 82.6 89.6 96.6 35 0 99.0 106.0 113.0
10 4 9.3 16.3 23.3 16 5 35.9 42.9 49.9 22 6 61.4 68.4 75.4 29 0 83.0 90.0 97.0 35 1 99.4 106.4 113.4
10 5 9.9 16.9 23.9 16 6 36.4 43.4 50.4 23 0 62.0 69.0 76.0 29 1 83.4 90.4 97.4 35 2 99.9 106.9 113.9
10 6 10.4 17.4 24.4 17 0 37.0 44.0 51.0 23 1 62.4 69.4 76.4 29 2 83.9 90.9 97.9 35 3 100.3 107.3 114.3
11 0 11.0 18.0 25.0 17 1 37.6 44.6 51.6 23 2 62.9 69.9 76.9 29 3 84.3 91.3 98.3 35 4 100.7 107.7 114.7
11 1 11.7 18.7 25.7 17 2 38.1 45.1 52.1 23 3 63.3 70.3 77.3 29 4 84.7 91.7 98.7 35 5 101.1 108.1 115.1
11 2 12.4 19.4 26.4 17 3 38.7 45.7 52.7 23 4 63.7 70.7 77.7 29 5 85.1 92.1 99.1 35 6 101.6 108.6 115.6
11 3 13.1 20.1 27.1 17 4 39.3 46.3 53.3 23 5 64.1 71.1 78.1 29 6 85.6 92.6 99.6 36 0 102.0 109.0 116.0
11 4 13.9 20.9 27.9 17 5 39.9 46.9 53.9 23 6 64.6 71.6 78.6 30 0 86.0 93.0 100.0 36 1 102.3 109.3 116.3
11 5 14.6 21.6 28.6 17 6 40.4 47.4 54.4 24 0 65.0 72.0 79.0 30 1 86.4 93.4 100.4 36 2 102.6 109.6 116.6
11 6 15.3 22.3 29.3 18 0 41.0 48.0 55.0 24 1 65.6 72.6 79.6 30 2 86.9 93.9 100.9 36 3 102.9 109.9 116.9
12 0 16.0 23.0 30.0 18 1 41.7 48.7 55.7 24 2 66.1 73.1 80.1 30 3 87.3 94.3 101.3 36 4 103.1 110.1 117.1
12 1 16.6 23.6 30.6 18 2 42.4 49.4 56.4 24 3 66.7 73.7 80.7 30 4 87.7 94.7 101.7 36 5 103.4 110.4 117.4
12 2 17.1 24.1 31.1 18 3 43.1 50.1 57.1 24 4 67.3 74.3 81.3 30 5 88.1 95.1 102.1 36 6 103.7 110.7 117.7
12 3 17.7 24.7 31.7 18 4 43.9 50.9 57.9 24 5 67.9 74.9 81.9 30 6 88.6 95.6 102.6 37 0 104.0 111.0 118.0
12 4 18.3 25.3 32.3 18 5 44.6 51.6 58.6 24 6 68.4 75.4 82.4 31 0 89.0 96.0 103.0 37 1 104.1 111.1 118.1
12 5 18.9 25.9 32.9 18 6 45.3 52.3 59.3 25 0 69.0 76.0 83.0 31 1 89.4 96.4 103.4 37 2 104.3 111.3 118.3
12 6 19.4 26.4 33.4 19 0 46.0 53.0 60.0 25 1 69.6 76.6 83.6 31 2 89.9 96.9 103.9 37 3 104.4 111.4 118.4
13 0 20.0 27.0 34.0 19 1 46.6 53.6 60.6 25 2 70.1 77.1 84.1 31 3 90.3 97.3 104.3 37 4 104.6 111.6 118.6
13 1 20.6 27.6 34.6 19 2 47.1 54.1 61.1 25 3 70.7 77.7 84.7 31 4 90.7 97.7 104.7 37 5 104.7 111.7 118.7
13 2 21.1 28.1 35.1 19 3 47.7 54.7 61.7 25 4 71.3 78.3 85.3 31 5 91.1 98.1 105.1 37 6 104.9 111.9 118.9
13 3 21.7 28.7 35.7 19 4 48.3 55.3 62.3 25 5 71.9 78.9 85.9 31 6 91.6 98.6 105.6 38 0 105.0 112.0 119.0
13 4 22.3 29.3 36.3 19 5 48.9 55.9 62.9 25 6 72.4 79.4 86.4 32 0 92.0 99.0 106.0 38 1 105.3 112.3 119.3
13 5 22.9 29.9 36.9 19 6 49.4 56.4 63.4 26 0 73.0 80.0 87.0 32 1 92.4 99.4 106.3 38 2 105.6 112.6 119.6
13 6 23.4 30.4 37.4 20 0 50.0 57.0 64.0 26 1 73.4 80.4 87.4 32 2 92.9 99.9 106.6 38 3 105.9 112.9 119.9
14 0 24.0 31.0 38.0 20 1 50.6 57.6 64.6 26 2 73.9 80.9 87.9 32 3 93.3 100.3 106.9 38 4 106.1 113.1 120.1
14 1 24.7 31.7 38.7 20 2 51.1 58.1 65.1 26 3 74.3 81.3 88.3 32 4 93.7 100.7 107.1 38 5 106.4 113.4 120.4
14 2 25.4 32.4 39.4 20 3 51.7 58.7 65.7 26 4 74.7 81.7 88.7 32 5 94.1 101.1 107.4 38 6 106.7 113.7 120.7
14 3 26.1 33.1 40.1 20 4 52.3 59.3 66.3 26 5 75.1 82.1 89.1 32 6 94.6 101.6 107.7 39 0 107.0 114.0 121.0
14 4 26.9 33.9 40.9 20 5 52.9 59.9 66.9 26 6 75.6 82.6 89.6 33 0 95.0 102.0 108.0 39 1 107.1 114.1 121.1
14 5 27.6 34.6 41.6 20 6 53.4 60.4 67.4 27 0 76.0 83.0 90.0 33 1 95.3 102.3 108.4 39 2 107.3 114.3 121.3
14 6 28.3 35.3 42.3 21 0 54.0 61.0 68.0 27 1 76.6 83.6 90.6 33 2 95.6 102.6 108.9 39 3 107.4 114.4 121.4
15 0 29.0 36.0 43.0 21 1 54.6 61.6 68.6 27 2 77.1 84.1 91.1 33 3 95.9 102.9 109.3 39 4 107.6 114.6 121.6
15 1 29.6 36.6 43.6 21 2 55.1 62.1 69.1 27 3 77.7 84.7 91.7 33 4 96.1 103.1 109.7 39 5 107.7 114.7 121.7
15 2 30.1 37.1 44.1 21 3 55.7 62.7 69.7 27 4 78.3 85.3 92.3 33 5 96.4 103.4 110.1 39 6 107.9 114.9 121.9
15 3 30.7 37.7 44.7 21 4 56.3 63.3 70.3 27 5 78.9 85.9 92.9 33 6 96.7 103.7 110.6 40 0 108.0 115.0 122.0
15 4 31.3 38.3 45.3 21 5 56.9 63.9 70.9 27 6 79.4 86.4 93.4 34 0 97.0 104.0 111.0
15 5 31.9 38.9 45.9 21 6 57.4 64.4 71.4 28 0 80.0 87.0 94.0 34 1 97.3 104.3 111.3
15 6 32.4 39.4 46.4 22 0 58.0 65.0 72.0 28 1 80.4 87.4 94.4 34 2 97.6 104.6 111.6
16 0 33.0 40.0 47.0 22 1 58.6 65.6 72.6 28 2 80.9 87.9 94.9 34 3 97.9 104.9 111.9

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 33
9 Obstetrical References

Occipital Frontal Diameter, Chitty


Chitty, LS, Altman, DG, "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurements," British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 101:35-43,
1994.
OFD mean OFD mean OFD mean OFD mean OFD mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
84 18.4 23.4 28.5 127 48.7 53.7 58.6 170 74.5 80.1 85.8 213 94.3 101.5 108.8 256 106.9 116.7 126.4
85 19.1 24.2 29.2 128 49.4 54.3 59.2 171 75.0 80.7 86.3 214 94.7 102.0 109.3 257 107.1 116.9 126.8
86 19.9 24.9 29.9 129 50.1 55.0 59.9 172 75.5 81.2 86.9 215 95.0 102.4 109.8 258 107.3 117.2 127.1
87 20.6 25.6 30.7 130 50.7 55.6 60.6 173 76.1 81.8 87.5 216 95.4 102.8 110.2 259 107.5 117.5 127.4
88 21.4 26.4 31.4 131 51.3 56.3 61.2 174 76.6 82.3 88.1 217 95.8 103.2 110.7 260 107.7 117.7 127.7
89 22.1 27.1 32.1 132 52.0 56.9 61.9 175 77.1 82.9 88.7 218 96.2 103.7 111.2 261 107.9 118.0 128.1
90 22.8 27.8 32.8 133 52.6 57.6 62.6 176 77.6 83.4 89.3 219 96.5 104.1 111.6 262 108.1 118.2 128.4
91 23.6 28.6 33.5 134 53.3 58.3 63.2 177 78.1 84.0 89.8 220 96.9 104.5 112.1 263 108.2 118.5 128.7
92 24.3 29.3 34.3 135 53.9 58.9 63.9 178 78.6 84.5 90.4 221 97.2 104.9 112.5 264 108.4 118.7 129.0
93 25.1 30.0 35.0 136 54.6 59.5 64.5 179 79.1 85.1 91.0 222 97.6 105.3 113.0 265 108.5 118.9 129.3
94 25.8 30.7 35.7 137 55.2 60.2 65.2 180 79.7 85.6 91.5 223 97.9 105.7 113.4 266 108.7 119.2 129.6
95 26.5 31.5 36.4 138 55.8 60.8 65.8 181 80.2 86.1 92.1 224 98.3 106.1 113.9 267 108.9 119.4 129.9
96 27.2 32.2 37.1 139 56.4 61.5 66.5 182 80.6 86.7 92.7 225 98.6 106.5 114.3 268 109.0 119.6 130.2
97 28.0 32.9 37.8 140 57.1 62.1 67.1 183 81.1 87.2 93.2 226 98.9 106.8 114.8 269 109.1 119.8 130.5
98 28.7 33.6 38.5 141 57.7 62.7 67.8 184 81.6 87.7 93.8 227 99.3 107.2 115.2 270 109.3 120.0 130.8
99 29.4 34.3 39.2 142 58.3 63.4 68.4 185 82.1 88.2 94.3 228 99.6 107.6 115.6 271 109.4 120.2 131.1
100 30.1 35.0 39.9 143 58.9 64.0 69.1 186 82.6 88.7 94.9 229 99.9 108.0 116.1 272 109.5 120.4 131.3
101 30.9 35.8 40.6 144 59.5 64.6 69.7 187 83.1 89.3 95.4 230 100.2 108.4 116.5 273 109.7 120.6 131.6
102 31.6 36.5 41.4 145 60.1 65.3 70.4 188 83.6 89.8 96.0 231 100.5 108.7 116.9 274 109.8 120.8 131.9
103 32.3 37.2 42.1 146 60.8 65.9 71.0 189 84.0 90.3 96.5 232 100.8 109.1 117.3 275 109.9 121.0 132.2
104 33.0 37.9 42.8 147 61.4 66.5 71.6 190 84.5 90.8 97.1 233 101.1 109.4 117.8 276 110.0 121.2 132.4
105 33.7 38.6 43.5 148 62.0 67.1 72.3 191 85.0 91.3 97.6 234 101.4 109.8 118.2 277 110.1 121.4 132.7
106 34.4 39.3 44.2 149 62.6 67.7 72.9 192 85.4 91.8 98.1 235 101.7 110.2 118.6 278 110.2 121.6 132.9
107 35.1 40.0 44.9 150 63.2 68.4 73.5 193 85.9 92.3 98.7 236 102.0 110.5 119.0 279 110.3 121.7 133.2
108 35.8 40.7 45.6 151 63.8 69.0 74.2 194 86.3 92.8 99.2 237 102.3 110.9 119.4 280 110.4 121.9 133.4
109 36.5 41.4 46.3 152 64.3 69.6 74.8 195 86.8 93.3 99.7 238 102.6 111.2 119.8 281 110.5 122.1 133.7
110 37.2 42.1 47.0 153 64.9 70.2 75.4 196 87.2 93.8 100.3 239 102.9 111.5 120.2 282 110.6 122.2 133.9
111 37.9 42.8 47.6 154 65.5 70.8 76.1 197 87.7 94.2 100.8 240 103.1 111.9 120.6 283 110.6 122.4 134.2
112 38.6 43.5 48.3 155 66.1 71.4 76.7 198 88.1 94.7 101.3 241 103.4 112.2 121.0 284 110.7 122.5 134.4
113 39.3 44.2 49.0 156 66.7 72.0 77.3 199 88.6 95.2 101.8 242 103.7 112.5 121.4 285 110.8 122.7 134.6
114 40.0 44.9 49.7 157 67.3 72.6 77.9 200 89.0 95.7 102.3 243 103.9 112.8 121.7 286 110.8 122.8 134.8
115 40.7 45.5 50.4 158 67.8 73.2 78.5 201 89.4 96.1 102.9 244 104.2 113.2 122.1 287 110.9 123.0 135.1
116 41.4 46.2 51.1 159 68.4 73.8 79.1 202 89.8 96.6 103.4 245 104.4 113.5 122.5 288 110.9 123.1 135.3
117 42.0 46.9 51.8 160 69.0 74.4 79.8 203 90.3 97.1 103.9 246 104.7 113.8 122.9 289 111.0 123.2 135.5
118 42.7 47.6 52.5 161 69.5 74.9 80.4 204 90.7 97.5 104.4 247 104.9 114.1 123.3 290 111.0 123.4 135.7
119 43.4 48.3 53.2 162 70.1 75.5 81.0 205 91.1 98.0 104.9 248 105.2 114.4 123.6 291 111.0 123.5 135.9
120 44.1 49.0 53.8 163 70.6 76.1 81.6 206 91.5 98.5 105.4 249 105.4 114.7 124.0 292 111.1 123.6 136.1
121 44.8 49.6 54.5 164 71.2 76.7 82.2 207 91.9 98.9 105.9 250 105.6 115.0 124.3 293 111.1 123.7 136.3
122 45.4 50.3 55.2 165 71.8 77.3 82.8 208 92.3 99.4 106.4 251 105.9 115.3 124.7 294 111.1 123.8 136.5
123 46.1 51.0 55.9 166 72.3 77.8 83.4 209 92.7 99.8 106.9 252 106.1 115.6 125.1
124 46.8 51.7 56.5 167 72.8 78.4 84.0 210 93.1 100.2 107.4 253 106.3 115.9 125.4
125 47.4 52.3 57.2 168 73.4 79.0 84.6 211 93.5 100.7 107.8 254 106.5 116.1 125.7
126 48.1 53.0 57.9 169 73.9 79.5 85.2 212 93.9 101.1 108.3 255 106.7 116.4 126.1

Occipital Frontal Diameter, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
OFD mean OFD mean OFD mean OFD mean OFD mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
77 19.4 21.0 22.6 120 48.0 50.6 53.1 163 73.6 76.9 80.1 206 92.9 97.4 102.0 249 106.2 110.7 115.2
78 19.8 21.4 23.1 121 48.6 51.1 53.7 164 74.0 77.3 80.6 207 93.0 97.6 102.1 250 106.6 111.1 115.7
79 20.2 21.9 23.5 122 49.1 51.7 54.4 165 74.4 77.7 81.0 208 93.2 97.7 102.2 251 107.0 111.6 116.1
80 20.6 22.3 23.9 123 49.6 52.3 55.0 166 74.9 78.1 81.4 209 93.3 97.9 102.4 252 107.5 112.0 116.5
81 21.1 22.7 24.4 124 50.1 52.9 55.6 167 75.3 78.6 81.9 210 93.5 98.0 102.5 253 107.6 112.1 116.7
82 21.5 23.1 24.8 125 50.6 53.4 56.2 168 75.7 79.0 82.3 211 94.0 98.4 102.9 254 107.6 112.3 116.9
83 21.9 23.6 25.2 126 51.1 54.0 56.9 169 76.1 79.4 82.8 212 94.5 98.9 103.3 255 107.7 112.4 117.1
84 22.4 24.0 25.6 127 51.5 54.4 57.3 170 76.4 79.9 83.3 213 94.9 99.3 103.6 256 107.8 112.6 117.3
85 23.0 24.7 26.5 128 52.0 54.9 57.7 171 76.8 80.3 83.8 214 95.4 99.7 104.0 257 107.9 112.7 117.5
86 23.5 25.4 27.3 129 52.4 55.3 58.2 172 77.2 80.7 84.2 215 95.9 100.1 104.4 258 108.0 112.9 117.7
87 24.1 26.1 28.1 130 52.8 55.7 58.6 173 77.6 81.1 84.7 216 96.4 100.6 104.7 259 108.1 113.0 117.9
88 24.7 26.9 29.0 131 53.3 56.1 59.0 174 77.9 81.6 85.2 217 96.9 101.0 105.1 260 108.6 113.4 118.3
89 25.3 27.6 29.8 132 53.7 56.6 59.5 175 78.3 82.0 85.7 218 97.0 101.1 105.3 261 109.0 113.9 118.7
90 25.9 28.3 30.6 133 54.1 57.0 59.9 176 78.6 82.3 86.0 219 97.2 101.3 105.4 262 109.5 114.3 119.0
91 26.5 29.0 31.5 134 54.7 57.6 60.5 177 78.9 82.6 86.3 220 97.3 101.4 105.5 263 110.0 114.7 119.4
92 27.2 29.7 32.2 135 55.3 58.1 61.0 178 79.2 82.9 86.6 221 97.5 101.6 105.7 264 110.5 115.1 119.8
93 28.0 30.4 32.9 136 55.8 58.7 61.6 179 79.4 83.1 86.8 222 97.6 101.7 105.8 265 111.0 115.6 120.2
94 28.7 31.1 33.6 137 56.4 59.3 62.2 180 79.7 83.4 87.1 223 97.7 101.9 106.0 266 111.5 116.0 120.5
95 29.4 31.9 34.3 138 57.0 59.9 62.7 181 80.0 83.7 87.4 224 97.9 102.0 106.1 267 111.8 116.4 121.0
96 30.1 32.6 35.0 139 57.5 60.4 63.3 182 80.3 84.0 87.7 225 98.5 102.7 106.9 268 112.2 116.9 121.5
97 30.8 33.3 35.8 140 58.1 61.0 63.9 183 80.6 84.3 88.0 226 99.2 103.4 107.7 269 112.6 117.3 122.0
98 31.5 34.0 36.5 141 58.3 61.3 64.2 184 80.9 84.6 88.3 227 99.9 104.1 108.4 270 113.0 117.7 122.5
99 32.1 34.6 37.0 142 58.6 61.6 64.6 185 81.2 84.9 88.6 228 100.5 104.9 109.2 271 113.3 118.1 123.0
100 32.7 35.1 37.6 143 58.8 61.9 64.9 186 81.4 85.1 88.8 229 101.2 105.6 110.0 272 113.7 118.6 123.4
101 33.2 35.7 38.2 144 59.0 62.1 65.3 187 81.7 85.4 89.1 230 101.8 106.3 110.8 273 114.1 119.0 123.9
102 33.8 36.3 38.8 145 59.3 62.4 65.6 188 82.0 85.7 89.4 231 102.5 107.0 111.5 274 114.2 119.1 124.1
103 34.4 36.9 39.3 146 59.5 62.7 65.9 189 82.3 86.0 89.7 232 102.6 107.1 111.7 275 114.4 119.3 124.2
104 35.0 37.4 39.9 147 59.7 63.0 66.3 190 83.5 87.3 91.0 233 102.8 107.3 111.8 276 114.5 119.4 124.4
105 35.5 38.0 40.5 148 60.5 63.7 66.9 191 84.8 88.6 92.4 234 102.9 107.4 112.0 277 114.6 119.6 124.5
106 36.7 39.1 41.6 149 61.3 64.4 67.6 192 86.0 89.9 93.7 235 103.0 107.6 112.1 278 114.8 119.7 124.6
107 37.8 40.3 42.8 150 62.0 65.1 68.3 193 87.2 91.1 95.1 236 103.2 107.7 112.2 279 114.9 119.9 124.8
108 39.0 41.4 43.9 151 62.8 65.9 68.9 194 88.4 92.4 96.4 237 103.3 107.9 112.4 280 115.1 120.0 124.9
109 40.1 42.6 45.0 152 63.6 66.6 69.6 195 89.7 93.7 97.8 238 103.5 108.0 112.5 281 115.4 120.3 125.2
110 41.2 43.7 46.2 153 64.3 67.3 70.2 196 90.9 95.0 99.1 239 103.6 108.1 112.7 282 115.6 120.6 125.5
111 42.4 44.9 47.3 154 65.1 68.0 70.9 197 91.1 95.3 99.5 240 103.8 108.3 112.8 283 115.9 120.9 125.8
112 43.5 46.0 48.5 155 66.2 69.1 72.1 198 91.3 95.6 99.8 241 103.9 108.4 113.0 284 116.2 121.1 126.1
113 44.1 46.6 49.0 156 67.3 70.3 73.3 199 91.6 95.9 100.1 242 104.0 108.6 113.1 285 116.5 121.4 126.4
114 44.7 47.1 49.6 157 68.4 71.4 74.5 200 91.8 96.1 100.5 243 104.2 108.7 113.2 286 116.8 121.7 126.6
115 45.2 47.7 50.2 158 69.5 72.6 75.7 201 92.0 96.4 100.8 244 104.3 108.9 113.4 287 117.1 122.0 126.9
116 45.8 48.3 50.8 159 70.5 73.7 76.9 202 92.2 96.7 101.2 245 104.5 109.0 113.5
117 46.4 48.9 51.3 160 71.6 74.9 78.1 203 92.5 97.0 101.5 246 104.9 109.4 114.0
118 47.0 49.4 51.9 161 72.7 76.0 79.3 204 92.6 97.1 101.7 247 105.3 109.9 114.4
119 47.5 50.0 52.5 162 73.1 76.4 79.7 205 92.8 97.3 101.8 248 105.8 110.3 114.8

9 - 34 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Head Circumference, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984.
HC(cm)= -11.48 + 1.56 * MA(wks) - 0.0002548 MA(wks)3 Standard Deviation = 10 mm 5 & 95%: ±16.45 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 51.5 68.0 84.4 18 1 136.6 153.0 169.5 24 2 211.1 227.6 244.0 30 3 271.6 288.1 304.5 36 4 314.6 331.1 347.5
12 1 53.6 70.1 86.5 18 2 138.4 154.9 171.3 24 3 212.7 229.1 245.6 30 4 272.9 289.3 305.8 36 5 315.4 331.8 348.3
12 2 55.7 72.1 88.6 18 3 140.3 156.7 173.2 24 4 214.3 230.7 247.2 30 5 274.1 290.5 307.0 36 6 316.1 332.6 349.0
12 3 57.7 74.2 90.6 18 4 142.1 158.6 175.0 24 5 215.8 232.3 248.7 30 6 275.3 291.7 308.2 37 0 316.9 333.3 349.8
12 4 59.8 76.3 92.7 18 5 144.0 160.4 176.9 24 6 217.4 233.8 250.3 31 0 276.4 292.9 309.3 37 1 317.6 334.1 350.5
12 5 61.9 78.3 94.8 18 6 145.8 162.3 178.7 25 0 218.9 235.4 251.8 31 1 277.6 294.1 310.5 37 2 318.3 334.8 351.2
12 6 63.9 80.4 96.8 19 0 147.7 164.1 180.6 25 1 220.5 236.9 253.4 31 2 278.8 295.2 311.7 37 3 319.0 335.5 351.9
13 0 66.0 82.4 98.9 19 1 149.5 166.0 182.4 25 2 222.0 238.5 254.9 31 3 279.9 296.4 312.8 37 4 319.7 336.2 352.6
13 1 68.0 84.4 100.9 19 2 151.3 167.8 184.2 25 3 223.5 240.0 256.4 31 4 281.1 297.5 314.0 37 5 320.4 336.9 353.3
13 2 70.0 86.5 102.9 19 3 153.1 169.6 186.0 25 4 225.1 241.5 258.0 31 5 282.2 298.7 315.1 37 6 321.1 337.5 354.0
13 3 72.1 88.5 105.0 19 4 155.0 171.4 187.9 25 5 226.6 243.0 259.5 31 6 283.3 299.8 316.2 38 0 321.7 338.2 354.6
13 4 74.1 90.5 107.0 19 5 156.8 173.2 189.7 25 6 228.1 244.5 261.0 32 0 284.5 300.9 317.4 38 1 322.4 338.8 355.3
13 5 76.1 92.6 109.0 19 6 158.6 175.0 191.5 26 0 229.6 246.0 262.5 32 1 285.6 302.0 318.5 38 2 323.0 339.5 355.9
13 6 78.1 94.6 111.0 20 0 160.4 176.8 193.3 26 1 231.1 247.5 264.0 32 2 286.7 303.1 319.6 38 3 323.6 340.1 356.5
14 0 80.2 96.6 113.1 20 1 162.2 178.6 195.1 26 2 232.5 249.0 265.4 32 3 287.7 304.2 320.6 38 4 324.2 340.7 357.1
14 1 82.2 98.6 115.1 20 2 163.9 180.4 196.8 26 3 234.0 250.5 266.9 32 4 288.8 305.3 321.7 38 5 324.8 341.3 357.7
14 2 84.2 100.6 117.1 20 3 165.7 182.2 198.6 26 4 235.5 251.9 268.4 32 5 289.9 306.3 322.8 38 6 325.4 341.9 358.3
14 3 86.2 102.6 119.1 20 4 167.5 183.9 200.4 26 5 236.9 253.4 269.8 32 6 290.9 307.4 323.8 39 0 326.0 342.5 358.9
14 4 88.2 104.6 121.1 20 5 169.2 185.7 202.1 26 6 238.4 254.8 271.3 33 0 292.0 308.4 324.9 39 1 326.6 343.0 359.5
14 5 90.2 106.6 123.1 20 6 171.0 187.5 203.9 27 0 239.8 256.2 272.7 33 1 293.0 309.5 325.9 39 2 327.1 343.6 360.0
14 6 92.2 108.6 125.1 21 0 172.8 189.2 205.7 27 1 241.2 257.7 274.1 33 2 294.0 310.5 326.9 39 3 327.7 344.1 360.6
15 0 94.2 110.6 127.1 21 1 174.5 190.9 207.4 27 2 242.6 259.1 275.5 33 3 295.1 311.5 328.0 39 4 328.2 344.6 361.1
15 1 96.1 112.6 129.0 21 2 176.2 192.7 209.1 27 3 244.1 260.5 277.0 33 4 296.1 312.5 329.0 39 5 328.7 345.1 361.6
15 2 98.1 114.6 131.0 21 3 178.0 194.4 210.9 27 4 245.5 261.9 278.4 33 5 297.0 313.5 329.9 39 6 329.2 345.6 362.1
15 3 100.1 116.5 133.0 21 4 179.7 196.1 212.6 27 5 246.9 263.3 279.8 33 6 298.0 314.5 330.9 40 0 329.7 346.1 362.6
15 4 102.0 118.5 134.9 21 5 181.4 197.9 214.3 27 6 248.2 264.7 281.1 34 0 299.0 315.5 331.9 40 1 330.2 346.6 363.1
15 5 104.0 120.5 136.9 21 6 183.1 199.6 216.0 28 0 249.6 266.1 282.5 34 1 300.0 316.4 332.9 40 2 330.6 347.1 363.5
15 6 106.0 122.4 138.9 22 0 184.8 201.3 217.7 28 1 251.0 267.4 283.9 34 2 300.9 317.4 333.8 40 3 331.1 347.5 364.0
16 0 107.9 124.4 140.8 22 1 186.5 203.0 219.4 28 2 252.3 268.8 285.2 34 3 301.9 318.3 334.8 40 4 331.5 348.0 364.4
16 1 109.9 126.3 142.8 22 2 188.2 204.7 221.1 28 3 253.7 270.1 286.6 34 4 302.8 319.2 335.7 40 5 331.9 348.4 364.8
16 2 111.8 128.3 144.7 22 3 189.9 206.3 222.8 28 4 255.0 271.5 287.9 34 5 303.7 320.2 336.6 40 6 332.3 348.8 365.2
16 3 113.7 130.2 146.6 22 4 191.6 208.0 224.5 28 5 256.4 272.8 289.3 34 6 304.6 321.1 337.5 41 0 332.7 349.2 365.6
16 4 115.7 132.1 148.6 22 5 193.2 209.7 226.1 28 6 257.7 274.1 290.6 35 0 305.5 322.0 338.4 41 1 333.1 349.6 366.0
16 5 117.6 134.0 150.5 22 6 194.9 211.3 227.8 29 0 259.0 275.5 291.9 35 1 306.4 322.8 339.3 41 2 333.5 349.9 366.4
16 6 119.5 136.0 152.4 23 0 196.5 213.0 229.4 29 1 260.3 276.8 293.2 35 2 307.3 323.7 340.2 41 3 333.9 350.3 366.8
17 0 121.4 137.9 154.3 23 1 198.2 214.6 231.1 29 2 261.6 278.1 294.5 35 3 308.1 324.6 341.0 41 4 334.2 350.7 367.1
17 1 123.3 139.8 156.2 23 2 199.8 216.3 232.7 29 3 262.9 279.3 295.8 35 4 309.0 325.4 341.9 41 5 334.5 351.0 367.4
17 2 125.2 141.7 158.1 23 3 201.5 217.9 234.4 29 4 264.2 280.6 297.1 35 5 309.8 326.3 342.7 41 6 334.9 351.3 367.8
17 3 127.1 143.6 160.0 23 4 203.1 219.5 236.0 29 5 265.4 281.9 298.3 35 6 310.7 327.1 343.6 42 0 335.2 351.6 368.1
17 4 129.0 145.5 161.9 23 5 204.7 221.2 237.6 29 6 266.7 283.2 299.6 36 0 311.5 327.9 344.4
17 5 130.9 147.4 163.8 23 6 206.3 222.8 239.2 30 0 268.0 284.4 300.9 36 1 312.3 328.7 345.2
17 6 132.8 149.3 165.7 24 0 207.9 224.4 240.8 30 1 269.2 285.6 302.1 36 2 313.1 329.5 346.0
18 0 134.7 151.1 167.6 24 1 209.5 226.0 242.4 30 2 270.4 286.9 303.3 36 3 313.9 330.3 346.8

Head Circumference, Merz


Merz E. Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics. Stuttgart and New York: Thieme Medical Publishers, Inc., 1991, p. 312.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 63.0 76.0 90.0 17 5 138.6 153.3 168.3 23 3 205.7 221.7 238.1 29 1 263.3 280.3 297.4 34 6 309.9 327.0 346.0
12 1 65.0 78.0 92.0 17 6 140.3 155.1 170.1 23 4 207.3 223.3 239.9 29 2 264.6 281.6 298.9 35 0 311.0 328.0 347.0
12 2 67.0 80.0 94.0 18 0 142.0 157.0 172.0 23 5 208.9 224.9 241.6 29 3 265.9 282.9 300.3 35 1 312.0 329.1 348.1
12 3 69.0 82.0 96.0 18 1 143.9 158.7 173.9 23 6 210.4 226.4 243.3 29 4 267.1 284.1 301.7 35 2 313.0 330.3 349.3
12 4 71.0 84.0 98.0 18 2 145.7 160.4 175.7 24 0 212.0 228.0 245.0 29 5 268.4 285.4 303.1 35 3 314.0 331.4 350.4
12 5 73.0 86.0 100.0 18 3 147.6 162.1 177.6 24 1 213.6 229.6 246.6 29 6 269.7 286.7 304.6 35 4 315.0 332.6 351.6
12 6 75.0 88.0 102.0 18 4 149.4 163.9 179.4 24 2 215.1 231.1 248.1 30 0 271.0 288.0 306.0 35 5 316.0 333.7 352.7
13 0 77.0 90.0 104.0 18 5 151.3 165.6 181.3 24 3 216.7 232.7 249.7 30 1 272.1 289.1 307.3 35 6 317.0 334.9 353.9
13 1 78.9 92.0 106.0 18 6 153.1 167.3 183.1 24 4 218.3 234.3 251.3 30 2 273.3 290.3 308.6 36 0 318.0 336.0 355.0
13 2 80.7 94.0 108.0 19 0 155.0 169.0 185.0 24 5 219.9 235.9 252.9 30 3 274.4 291.4 309.9 36 1 318.9 336.9 356.0
13 3 82.6 96.0 110.0 19 1 156.7 170.9 186.7 24 6 221.4 237.4 254.4 30 4 275.6 292.6 311.1 36 2 319.7 337.7 357.0
13 4 84.4 98.0 112.0 19 2 158.4 172.7 188.4 25 0 223.0 239.0 256.0 30 5 276.7 293.7 312.4 36 3 320.6 338.6 358.0
13 5 86.3 100.0 114.0 19 3 160.1 174.6 190.1 25 1 224.4 240.4 257.4 30 6 277.9 294.9 313.7 36 4 321.4 339.4 359.0
13 6 88.1 102.0 116.0 19 4 161.9 176.4 191.9 25 2 225.9 241.9 258.9 31 0 279.0 296.0 315.0 36 5 322.3 340.3 360.0
14 0 90.0 104.0 118.0 19 5 163.6 178.3 193.6 25 3 227.3 243.3 260.3 31 1 280.3 297.3 316.1 36 6 323.1 341.1 361.0
14 1 92.0 105.9 120.0 19 6 165.3 180.1 195.3 25 4 228.7 244.7 261.7 31 2 281.6 298.6 317.3 37 0 324.0 342.0 362.0
14 2 94.0 107.7 122.0 20 0 167.0 182.0 197.0 25 5 230.1 246.1 263.1 31 3 282.9 299.9 318.4 37 1 325.0 343.0 362.9
14 3 96.0 109.6 124.0 20 1 168.7 183.7 198.9 25 6 231.6 247.6 264.6 31 4 284.1 301.1 319.6 37 2 326.0 344.0 363.7
14 4 98.0 111.4 126.0 20 2 170.4 185.4 200.7 26 0 233.0 249.0 266.0 31 5 285.4 302.4 320.7 37 3 327.0 345.0 364.6
14 5 100.0 113.3 128.0 20 3 172.1 187.1 202.6 26 1 234.4 250.4 267.6 31 6 286.7 303.7 321.9 37 4 328.0 346.0 365.4
14 6 102.0 115.1 130.0 20 4 173.9 188.9 204.4 26 2 235.9 251.9 269.1 32 0 288.0 305.0 323.0 37 5 329.0 347.0 366.3
15 0 104.0 117.0 132.0 20 5 175.6 190.6 206.3 26 3 237.3 253.3 270.7 32 1 289.1 306.1 324.3 37 6 330.0 348.0 367.1
15 1 105.9 119.0 134.0 20 6 177.3 192.3 208.1 26 4 238.7 254.7 272.3 32 2 290.3 307.3 325.6 38 0 331.0 349.0 368.0
15 2 107.7 121.0 136.0 21 0 179.0 194.0 210.0 26 5 240.1 256.1 273.9 32 3 291.4 308.4 326.9 38 1 331.9 349.9 369.0
15 3 109.6 123.0 138.0 21 1 180.6 195.6 211.7 26 6 241.6 257.6 275.4 32 4 292.6 309.6 328.1 38 2 332.7 350.7 370.0
15 4 111.4 125.0 140.0 21 2 182.1 1971 213.4 27 0 243.0 259.0 277.0 32 5 293.7 310.7 329.4 38 3 333.6 351.6 371.0
15 5 113.3 127.0 142.0 21 3 183.7 198.7 215.1 27 1 244.4 260.4 278.4 32 6 294.9 311.9 330.7 38 4 334.4 352.4 372.0
15 6 115.1 129.0 144.0 21 4 185.3 200.3 216.9 27 2 245.9 261.9 279.9 33 0 296.0 313.0 332.0 38 5 335.3 353.3 373.0
16 0 117.0 131.0 146.0 21 5 186.9 201.9 218.6 27 3 247.3 263.3 281.3 33 1 297.0 314.1 333.1 38 6 336.1 354.1 374.0
16 1 118.9 132.9 147.9 21 6 188.4 203.4 220.3 27 4 248.7 264.7 282.7 33 2 298.0 315.3 334.3 39 0 337.0 355.0 375.0
16 2 120.7 134.7 149.7 22 0 190.0 205.0 222.0 27 5 250.1 266.1 284.1 33 3 299.0 316.4 335.4 39 1 337.9 355.9 375.9
16 3 122.6 136.6 151.6 22 1 191.6 206.7 223.6 27 6 251.6 267.6 285.6 33 4 300.0 317.6 336.6 39 2 338.7 356.7 376.7
16 4 124.4 138.4 153.4 22 2 193.1 208.4 225.1 28 0 253.0 269.0 287.0 33 5 301.0 318.7 337.7 39 3 339.6 357.6 377.6
16 5 126.3 140.3 155.3 22 3 194.7 210.1 226.7 28 1 254.3 270.4 288.3 33 6 302.0 319.9 338.9 39 4 340.4 358.4 378.4
16 6 128.1 142.1 157.1 22 4 196.3 211.9 228.3 28 2 255.6 271.9 289.6 34 0 303.0 321.0 340.0 39 5 341.3 359.3 379.3
17 0 130.0 144.0 159.0 22 5 197.9 213.6 229.9 28 3 256.9 273.3 290.9 34 1 304.1 322.0 341.0 39 6 342.1 360.1 380.1
17 1 131.7 145.9 160.9 22 6 199.4 215.3 231.4 28 4 258.1 274.7 292.1 34 2 305.3 323.0 342.0 40 0 343.0 361.0 381.0
17 2 133.4 147.7 162.7 23 0 201.0 217.0 233.0 28 5 259.4 276.1 293.4 34 3 306.4 324.0 343.0
17 3 135.1 149.6 164.6 23 1 202.6 218.6 234.7 28 6 260.7 277.6 294.7 34 4 307.6 325.0 344.0
17 4 136.9 151.4 166.4 23 2 204.1 220.1 236.4 29 0 262.0 279.0 296.0 34 5 308.7 326.0 345.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 35
9 Obstetrical References

Head Circumference, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag,
1985, p. 176.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
10 0 26.0 50.0 74.0 16 1 102.9 127.7 151.9 22 2 177.1 201.4 226.1 28 3 241.9 265.9 290.3 34 4 291.4 316.0 340.0
10 1 27.7 51.9 75.9 16 2 104.7 129.4 153.7 22 3 178.7 203.1 227.7 28 4 243.1 267.1 291.7 34 5 292.3 317.0 341.0
10 2 29.4 53.7 77.7 16 3 106.6 131.1 155.6 22 4 180.3 204.9 229.3 28 5 244.4 268.4 293.1 34 6 293.1 318.0 342.0
10 3 31.1 55.6 79.6 16 4 108.4 132.9 157.4 22 5 181.9 206.6 230.9 28 6 245.7 269.7 294.6 35 0 294.0 319.0 343.0
10 4 32.9 57.4 81.4 16 5 110.3 134.6 159.3 22 6 183.4 208.3 232.4 29 0 247.0 271.0 296.0 35 1 294.9 319.9 343.9
10 5 34.6 59.3 83.3 16 6 112.1 136.3 161.1 23 0 185.0 210.0 234.0 29 1 248.3 272.4 297.3 35 2 295.7 320.7 344.7
10 6 36.3 61.1 85.1 17 0 114.0 138.0 163.0 23 1 186.6 211.6 235.6 29 2 249.6 273.9 298.6 35 3 296.6 321.6 345.6
11 0 38.0 63.0 87.0 17 1 115.7 139.9 164.7 23 2 188.1 213.1 237.1 29 3 250.9 275.3 299.9 35 4 297.4 322.4 346.4
11 1 39.9 64.7 88.9 17 2 117.4 141.7 166.4 23 3 189.7 214.7 238.7 29 4 252.1 276.7 301.1 35 5 298.3 323.3 347.3
11 2 41.7 66.4 90.7 17 3 119.1 143.6 168.1 23 4 191.3 216.3 240.3 29 5 253.4 278.1 302.4 35 6 299.1 324.1 348.1
11 3 43.6 68.1 92.6 17 4 120.9 145.4 169.9 23 5 192.9 217.9 241.9 29 6 254.7 279.6 303.7 36 0 300.0 325.0 349.0
11 4 45.4 69.9 94.4 17 5 122.6 147.3 171.6 23 6 194.4 219.4 243.4 30 0 256.0 281.0 305.0 36 1 300.9 325.7 349.9
11 5 47.3 71.6 96.3 17 6 124.3 149.1 173.3 24 0 196.0 221.0 245.0 30 1 257.3 282.1 306.1 36 2 301.7 326.4 350.7
11 6 49.1 73.3 98.1 18 0 126.0 151.0 175.0 24 1 197.6 222.6 246.6 30 2 258.6 283.3 307.3 36 3 302.6 327.1 351.6
12 0 51.0 75.0 100.0 18 1 127.7 152.7 176.7 24 2 199.1 224.1 248.1 30 3 259.9 284.4 308.4 36 4 303.4 327.9 352.4
12 1 52.9 76.9 101.7 18 2 129.4 154.4 178.4 24 3 200.7 225.7 249.7 30 4 261.1 285.6 309.6 36 5 304.3 328.6 353.3
12 2 54.7 78.7 103.4 18 3 131.1 156.1 180.1 24 4 202.3 227.3 251.3 30 5 262.4 286.7 310.7 36 6 305.1 329.3 354.1
12 3 56.6 80.6 105.1 18 4 132.9 157.9 181.9 24 5 203.9 228.9 252.9 30 6 263.7 287.9 311.9 37 0 306.0 330.0 355.0
12 4 58.4 82.4 106.9 18 5 134.6 159.6 183.6 24 6 205.4 230.4 254.4 31 0 265.0 289.0 313.0 37 1 306.7 330.7 355.6
12 5 60.3 84.3 108.6 18 6 136.3 161.3 185.3 25 0 207.0 232.0 256.0 31 1 266.1 290.1 314.3 37 2 307.4 331.4 356.1
12 6 62.1 86.1 110.3 19 0 138.0 163.0 187.0 25 1 208.6 233.4 257.4 31 2 267.3 291.3 315.6 37 3 308.1 332.1 356.7
13 0 64.0 88.0 112.0 19 1 139.7 164.7 188.7 25 2 210.1 234.9 258.9 31 3 268.4 292.4 316.9 37 4 308.9 332.9 357.3
13 1 65.7 89.9 113.9 19 2 141.4 166.4 190.4 25 3 211.7 236.3 260.3 31 4 269.6 293.6 318.1 37 5 309.6 333.6 357.9
13 2 67.4 91.7 115.7 19 3 143.1 168.1 192.1 25 4 213.3 237.7 261.7 31 5 270.7 294.7 319.4 37 6 310.3 334.3 358.4
13 3 69.1 93.6 117.6 19 4 144.9 169.9 193.9 25 5 214.9 239.1 263.1 31 6 271.9 295.9 320.7 38 0 311.0 335.0 359.0
13 4 70.9 95.4 119.4 19 5 146.6 171.6 195.6 25 6 216.4 240.6 264.6 32 0 273.0 297.0 322.0 38 1 311.6 335.6 359.7
13 5 72.6 97.3 121.3 19 6 148.3 173.3 197.3 26 0 218.0 242.0 266.0 32 1 274.1 298.1 323.0 38 2 312.1 336.1 360.4
13 6 74.3 99.1 123.1 20 0 150.0 175.0 199.0 26 1 219.4 243.4 267.6 32 2 275.3 299.3 324.0 38 3 312.7 336.7 361.1
14 0 76.0 101.0 125.0 20 1 151.7 176.7 200.7 26 2 220.9 244.9 269.1 32 3 276.4 300.4 325.0 38 4 313.3 337.3 361.9
14 1 77.9 102.7 126.9 20 2 153.4 178.4 202.4 26 3 222.3 246.3 270.7 32 4 277.6 301.6 326.0 38 5 313.9 337.9 362.6
14 2 79.7 104.4 128.7 20 3 155.1 180.1 204.1 26 4 223.7 247.7 272.3 32 5 278.7 302.7 327.0 38 6 314.4 338.4 363.3
14 3 81.6 106.1 130.6 20 4 156.9 181.9 205.9 26 5 225.1 249.1 273.9 32 6 279.9 303.9 328.0 39 0 315.0 339.0 364.0
14 4 83.4 107.9 132.4 20 5 158.6 183.6 207.6 26 6 226.6 250.6 275.4 33 0 281.0 305.0 329.0 39 1 315.6 339.6 364.4
14 5 85.3 109.6 134.3 20 6 160.3 185.3 209.3 27 0 228.0 252.0 277.0 33 1 282.0 306.0 330.0 39 2 316.1 340.1 364.9
14 6 87.1 111.3 136.1 21 0 162.0 187.0 211.0 27 1 229.4 253.4 278.3 33 2 283.0 307.0 331.0 39 3 316.7 340.7 365.3
15 0 89.0 113.0 138.0 21 1 163.7 188.6 212.7 27 2 230.9 254.9 279.6 33 3 284.0 308.0 332.0 39 4 317.3 341.3 365.7
15 1 90.7 114.9 139.7 21 2 165.4 190.1 214.4 27 3 232.3 256.3 280.9 33 4 285.0 309.0 333.0 39 5 31.79 341.9 366.1
15 2 92.4 116.7 141.4 21 3 167.1 191.7 216.1 27 4 233.7 257.7 282.1 33 5 286.0 310.0 334.0 39 6 318.4 342.4 366.6
15 3 94.1 118.6 143.1 21 4 168.9 193.3 217.9 27 5 235.1 259.1 283.4 33 6 287.0 311.0 335.0 40 0 319.0 343.0 367.0
15 4 95.9 120.4 144.9 21 5 170.6 194.9 219.6 27 6 236.6 260.6 284.7 34 0 288.0 312.0 336.0
15 5 97.6 122.3 146.6 21 6 172.3 196.4 221.3 28 0 238.0 262.0 286.0 34 1 288.9 313.0 337.0
15 6 99.3 124.1 148.3 22 0 174.0 198.0 223.0 28 1 239.3 263.3 287.4 34 2 289.7 314.0 338.0
16 0 101.0 126.0 150.0 22 1 175.6 199.7 224.6 28 2 240.6 264.6 288.9 34 3 290.6 315.0 339.0

Head Circumference (Plotted), Chitty


Chitty, LS, Altman, DG, "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurements," British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 101:35-43,
1994.
HC mean HC mean HC mean HC mean HC mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
84 58.9 69.5 80.0 131 147.5 160.7 173.8 178 224.1 239.8 255.5 225 284.4 302.6 320.8 272 323.9 344.7 365.5
85 60.9 71.5 82.1 132 149.3 162.5 175.6 179 225.6 241.3 257.0 226 285.5 303.7 322.0 273 324.5 345.3 366.2
86 62.9 73.5 84.2 133 151.1 164.3 177.5 180 227.1 242.8 258.6 227 286.5 304.8 323.2 274 325.1 346.0 366.9
87 64.8 75.6 86.3 134 152.8 166.1 179.4 181 228.5 244.3 260.2 228 287.6 305.9 324.3 275 325.7 346.6 367.5
88 66.8 77.6 88.4 135 154.6 167.9 181.2 182 230.0 245.8 261.7 229 288.6 307.0 325.5 276 326.2 347.2 368.2
89 68.8 79.6 90.4 136 156.3 169.7 183.1 183 231.4 247.3 263.3 230 289.6 308.1 326.6 277 326.8 347.8 368.8
90 70.7 81.6 92.5 137 158.1 171.5 185.0 184 232.8 248.8 264.8 231 290.7 309.2 327.8 278 327.3 348.4 369.5
91 72.7 83.6 94.6 138 159.8 173.3 186.8 185 234.3 250.3 266.3 232 291.7 310.3 328.9 279 327.8 348.9 370.1
92 74.7 85.7 96.6 139 161.6 175.1 188.6 186 235.7 251.8 267.9 233 292.7 311.3 330.0 280 328.3 349.5 370.7
93 76.6 87.7 98.7 140 163.3 176.9 190.5 187 237.1 253.2 269.4 234 293.7 312.4 331.1 281 328.8 350.1 371.3
94 78.6 89.7 100.8 141 165.0 178.6 192.3 188 238.5 254.7 270.9 235 294.7 313.4 332.2 282 329.3 350.6 371.9
95 80.5 91.7 102.8 142 166.7 180.4 194.1 189 239.9 256.1 272.4 236 295.7 314.5 333.3 283 329.8 351.1 372.5
96 82.4 93.7 104.9 143 168.4 182.2 195.9 190 241.2 257.6 273.9 237 296.6 315.5 334.3 284 330.2 351.6 373.0
97 84.4 95.6 106.9 144 170.1 183.9 197.8 191 242.6 259.0 275.4 238 297.6 316.5 335.4 285 330.7 352.1 373.6
98 86.3 97.6 109.0 145 171.8 185.7 199.6 192 244.0 260.4 276.8 239 298.5 317.5 336.5 286 331.1 352.6 374.1
99 88.2 99.6 111.0 146 173.5 187.4 201.4 193 245.3 261.8 278.3 240 299.5 318.5 337.5 287 331.5 353.1 374.7
100 90.2 101.6 113.0 147 175.2 189.2 203.1 194 246.7 263.2 279.8 241 300.4 319.5 338.6 288 331.9 353.6 375.2
101 92.1 103.6 115.0 148 176.9 190.9 204.9 195 248.0 264.6 281.2 242 301.3 320.4 339.6 289 332.3 354.0 375.7
102 94.0 105.5 117.1 149 178.5 192.6 206.7 196 249.4 266.0 282.7 243 302.2 321.4 340.6 290 332.7 354.5 376.2
103 95.9 107.5 119.1 150 180.2 194.3 208.5 197 250.7 267.4 284.1 244 303.1 322.4 341.6 291 333.1 354.9 376.7
104 97.8 109.5 121.1 151 181.9 196.1 210.3 198 252.0 268.8 285.5 245 304.0 323.3 342.6 292 333.4 355.3 377.2
105 99.7 111.4 123.1 152 183.5 197.8 212.0 199 253.3 270.1 286.9 246 304.9 324.2 343.6 293 333.8 355.7 377.6
106 101.6 113.4 125.1 153 185.2 199.5 213.8 200 254.6 271.5 288.3 247 305.7 325.1 344.6 294 334.1 356.1 378.1
107 103.5 115.3 127.1 154 186.8 201.2 215.5 201 255.9 272.8 289.8 248 306.6 326.1 345.5
108 105.4 117.3 129.1 155 188.4 202.8 217.3 202 257.2 274.2 291.1 249 307.4 327.0 346.5
109 107.3 119.2 131.1 156 190.1 204.5 219.0 203 258.5 275.5 292.5 250 308.3 327.8 347.4
110 109.2 121.1 133.1 157 191.7 206.2 220.7 204 259.8 276.8 293.9 251 309.1 328.7 348.3
111 111.1 123.1 135.1 158 193.3 207.9 222.4 205 261.0 278.2 295.3 252 309.9 329.6 349.3
112 112.9 125.0 137.1 159 194.9 209.5 224.2 206 262.3 279.5 296.6 253 310.7 330.5 350.2
113 114.8 126.9 139.1 160 196.5 211.2 225.9 207 263.5 280.8 298.0 254 311.5 331.3 351.1
114 116.7 128.8 141.0 161 198.1 212.8 227.6 208 264.8 282.0 299.3 255 312.3 332.1 352.0
115 118.5 130.7 143.0 162 199.7 214.5 229.3 209 266.0 283.3 300.7 256 313.1 333.0 352.9
116 120.4 132.7 144.9 163 201.3 216.1 231.0 210 267.2 284.6 302.0 257 313.8 333.8 353.7
117 122.2 134.6 146.9 164 202.8 217.7 232.6 211 268.4 285.9 303.3 258 314.6 334.6 354.6
118 124.1 136.5 148.9 165 204.4 219.4 234.3 212 269.6 287.1 304.6 259 315.3 335.4 355.4
119 125.9 138.3 150.8 166 206.0 221.0 236.0 213 270.8 288.4 305.9 260 316.0 336.2 356.3
120 127.7 140.2 152.7 167 207.5 222.6 237.6 214 272.0 289.6 307.2 261 316.8 336.9 357.1
121 129.6 142.1 154.7 168 209.1 224.2 239.3 215 273.1 290.8 308.5 262 317.5 337.7 357.9
122 131.4 144.0 156.6 169 210.6 225.8 241.0 216 274.3 292.0 309.8 263 318.2 338.4 358.7
123 133.2 145.9 158.5 170 212.1 227.4 242.6 217 275.5 293.2 311.0 264 318.9 339.2 359.5
124 135.0 147.7 160.5 171 213.7 228.9 244.2 218 276.6 294.4 312.3 265 319.5 339.9 360.3
125 136.8 149.6 162.4 172 215.2 230.5 245.9 219 277.8 295.6 313.5 266 320.2 340.6 361.1
126 138.6 151.5 164.3 173 216.7 232.1 247.5 220 278.9 296.8 314.8 267 320.8 341.3 361.8
127 140.4 153.3 166.2 174 218.2 233.6 249.1 221 280.0 298.0 316.0 268 321.5 342.0 362.6
128 142.2 155.1 168.1 175 219.7 235.2 250.7 222 281.1 299.2 317.2 269 322.1 342.7 363.3
129 144.0 157.0 170.0 176 221.2 236.7 252.3 223 282.2 300.3 318.4 270 322.7 343.4 364.1
130 145.8 158.8 171.9 177 222.7 238.3 253.9 224 283.3 301.5 319.6 271 323.3 344.1 364.8

9 - 36 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Head Circumference, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
HC mean HC mean HC mean HC mean HC mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
77 46.7 59.0 71.3 120 129.5 142.4 155.4 163 196.4 212.9 229.3 206 250.6 271.1 291.7 249 293.4 314.0 334.6
78 48.2 60.6 72.9 121 130.3 143.9 157.4 164 197.8 214.3 230.7 207 251.3 271.9 292.4 250 294.4 315.0 335.6
79 49.8 62.1 74.5 122 131.2 145.3 159.4 165 199.3 215.7 232.2 208 252.0 272.6 293.1 251 295.4 316.0 336.6
80 51.4 63.7 76.1 123 132.0 146.7 161.4 166 200.7 217.1 233.6 209 252.7 273.3 293.8 252 296.4 317.0 337.6
81 52.9 65.3 77.6 124 132.9 148.1 163.4 167 202.1 218.6 235.0 210 253.4 274.0 294.6 253 297.0 317.6 338.1
82 54.5 66.9 79.2 125 133.7 149.6 165.4 168 203.6 220.0 236.5 211 254.9 275.4 296.0 254 297.6 318.1 338.7
83 56.1 68.4 80.8 126 134.6 151.0 167.5 169 205.1 221.6 238.0 212 256.3 276.9 297.4 255 298.2 318.7 339.3
84 57.7 70.0 82.3 127 135.8 152.3 168.7 170 206.7 223.1 239.6 213 257.7 278.3 298.8 256 298.7 319.3 339.8
85 59.7 72.0 84.3 128 137.1 153.6 170.0 171 208.3 224.7 241.2 214 259.2 279.7 300.3 257 299.3 319.9 340.4
86 61.7 74.0 86.3 129 138.4 154.9 171.3 172 209.8 226.3 242.7 215 260.6 281.1 301.7 258 299.9 320.4 341.0
87 63.7 76.0 88.3 130 139.7 156.1 172.6 173 211.4 227.9 244.3 216 262.0 282.6 303.1 259 300.4 321.0 341.6
88 65.7 78.0 90.3 131 141.0 157.4 173.9 174 213.0 229.4 245.9 217 263.4 284.0 304.6 260 301.4 322.0 342.6
89 67.7 80.0 92.3 132 142.3 158.7 175.2 175 214.6 231.0 247.5 218 264.0 284.6 305.1 261 302.4 323.0 343.6
90 69.7 82.0 94.3 133 143.6 160.0 176.5 176 215.6 232.0 248.5 219 264.6 285.1 305.7 262 303.4 324.0 344.6
91 71.7 84.0 96.3 134 145.0 161.4 177.9 177 216.6 233.0 249.5 220 265.2 285.7 306.3 263 304.4 325.0 345.6
92 73.4 85.7 98.1 135 146.4 162.9 179.3 178 217.6 234.0 250.5 221 265.7 286.3 306.8 264 305.4 326.0 346.6
93 75.1 87.4 99.8 136 147.8 164.3 180.7 179 218.6 235.0 251.5 222 266.3 286.9 307.4 265 306.4 327.0 347.6
94 76.8 89.1 101.5 137 149.3 165.7 182.2 180 219.6 236.0 252.5 223 266.9 287.4 308.0 266 307.4 328.0 348.6
95 78.5 90.9 103.2 138 150.7 167.1 183.6 181 220.6 237.0 253.5 224 267.4 288.0 308.6 267 308.6 329.1 349.7
96 80.2 92.6 104.9 139 152.1 168.6 185.0 182 221.6 238.0 254.5 225 269.2 289.7 310.3 268 309.7 330.3 350.8
97 81.9 94.3 106.6 140 153.6 170.0 186.5 183 223.3 239.7 256.2 226 270.9 291.4 312.0 269 310.9 331.4 352.0
98 83.7 96.0 108.3 141 154.4 170.9 187.3 184 225.0 241.4 257.9 227 272.6 293.1 313.7 270 312.0 332.6 353.1
99 85.4 97.7 110.1 142 155.3 171.7 188.2 185 226.7 243.1 259.6 228 274.3 294.9 315.4 271 313.2 333.7 354.3
100 87.1 99.4 111.8 143 156.1 172.6 189.0 186 228.4 244.9 261.3 229 276.0 296.6 317.1 272 314.3 334.9 355.4
101 88.8 101.1 113.5 144 157.0 173.4 189.9 187 230.1 246.6 263.0 230 277.7 298.3 318.8 273 315.4 336.0 356.6
102 90.5 102.9 115.2 145 157.8 174.3 190.7 188 231.8 248.3 264.7 231 279.4 300.0 320.6 274 316.0 336.6 357.1
103 92.2 104.6 116.9 146 158.7 175.1 191.6 189 233.6 250.0 266.5 232 280.2 300.7 321.3 275 316.6 337.1 357.7
104 93.9 106.3 118.6 147 159.6 176.0 192.5 190 235.4 251.9 268.3 233 280.9 301.4 322.0 276 317.2 337.7 358.3
105 95.7 108.0 120.3 148 161.3 177.7 194.2 191 237.3 253.7 270.2 234 281.6 302.1 322.7 277 317.7 338.3 358.8
106 98.5 110.9 123.2 149 163.0 179.4 195.9 192 239.1 255.6 272.0 235 282.3 302.9 323.4 278 318.3 338.9 359.4
107 101.4 113.7 126.1 150 164.7 181.1 197.6 193 241.0 257.4 273.9 236 283.0 303.6 324.1 279 318.9 339.4 360.0
108 104.2 116.6 128.9 151 166.4 182.9 199.3 194 242.8 259.3 275.7 237 283.7 304.3 324.8 280 319.4 340.0 360.6
109 107.1 119.4 131.8 152 168.1 184.6 201.0 195 244.7 261.1 277.6 238 284.4 305.0 325.6 281 320.0 340.6 361.1
110 109.9 122.3 134.6 153 169.8 186.3 202.7 196 246.6 263.0 279.5 239 285.2 305.7 326.3 282 320.6 341.1 361.7
111 112.8 125.1 137.5 154 171.6 188.0 204.5 197 246.8 263.9 280.9 240 285.9 306.4 327.0 283 321.2 341.7 362.3
112 115.7 128.0 140.3 155 174.7 191.1 207.6 198 247.1 264.7 282.3 241 286.6 307.1 327.7 284 321.7 342.3 362.8
113 117.5 129.9 142.2 156 177.8 194.3 210.7 199 247.4 265.6 283.8 242 287.3 307.9 328.4 285 322.3 342.9 363.4
114 119.4 131.7 144.1 157 181.0 197.4 213.9 200 247.6 266.4 285.2 243 288.0 308.6 329.1 286 322.9 343.4 364.0
115 121.2 133.6 145.9 158 184.1 200.6 217.0 201 247.9 267.3 286.7 244 288.7 309.3 329.8 287 323.4 344.0 364.6
116 123.1 135.4 147.8 159 187.3 203.7 220.2 202 248.2 268.1 288.1 245 289.4 310.0 330.6
117 124.9 137.3 149.6 160 190.4 206.9 223.3 203 248.4 269.0 289.6 246 290.4 311.0 331.6
118 126.8 139.1 151.5 161 193.6 210.0 226.5 204 249.2 269.7 290.3 247 291.4 312.0 332.6
119 128.7 141.0 153.3 162 195.0 211.4 227.9 205 249.9 270.4 291.0 248 292.4 313.0 333.6

Abdominal Circumference, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984.
AC(cm) = -13.3 + 1.61 * MA(wks) - 0.00998 * MA(wks)2 Standard Deviation = ± 13.4 mm 5 & 95%: ± 22 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 23.8 45.8 67.8 18 1 104.2 126.2 148.2 24 2 177.1 199.1 221.1 30 3 242.5 264.5 286.5 36 4 300.3 322.3 344.3
12 1 25.8 47.8 69.8 18 2 106.0 128.0 150.0 24 3 178.7 200.7 222.7 30 4 243.9 265.9 287.9 36 5 301.6 323.6 345.6
12 2 27.7 49.7 71.7 18 3 107.8 129.8 151.8 24 4 180.3 202.3 224.3 30 5 245.4 267.4 289.4 36 6 302.8 324.8 346.8
12 3 29.7 51.7 73.7 18 4 109.6 131.6 153.6 24 5 181.9 203.9 225.9 30 6 246.8 268.8 290.8 37 0 304.1 326.1 348.1
12 4 31.6 53.6 75.6 18 5 111.3 133.3 155.3 24 6 183.5 205.5 227.5 31 0 248.2 270.2 292.2 37 1 305.3 327.3 349.3
12 5 33.6 55.6 77.6 18 6 113.1 135.1 157.1 25 0 185.1 207.1 229.1 31 1 249.6 271.6 293.6 37 2 306.6 328.6 350.6
12 6 35.5 57.5 79.5 19 0 114.9 136.9 158.9 25 1 186.7 208.7 230.7 31 2 251.0 273.0 295.0 37 3 307.8 329.8 351.8
13 0 37.4 59.4 81.4 19 1 116.6 138.6 160.6 25 2 188.3 210.3 232.3 31 3 252.4 274.4 296.4 37 4 309.0 331.0 353.0
13 1 39.4 61.4 83.4 19 2 118.4 140.4 162.4 25 3 189.9 211.9 233.9 31 4 253.8 275.8 297.8 37 5 310.2 332.2 354.2
13 2 41.3 63.3 85.3 19 3 120.1 142.1 164.1 25 4 191.4 213.4 235.4 31 5 255.2 277.2 299.2 37 6 311.5 333.5 355.5
13 3 43.2 65.2 87.2 19 4 121.9 143.9 165.9 25 5 193.0 215.0 237.0 31 6 256.6 278.6 300.6 38 0 312.7 334.7 356.7
13 4 45.1 67.1 89.1 19 5 123.6 145.6 167.6 25 6 194.6 216.6 238.6 32 0 258.0 280.0 302.0 38 1 313.9 335.9 357.9
13 5 47.0 69.0 91.0 19 6 125.3 147.3 169.3 26 0 196.1 218.1 240.1 32 1 259.4 281.4 303.4 38 2 315.1 337.1 359.1
13 6 48.9 70.9 92.9 20 0 127.1 149.1 171.1 26 1 197.7 219.7 241.7 32 2 260.8 282.8 304.8 38 3 316.3 338.3 360.3
14 0 50.8 72.8 94.8 20 1 128.8 150.8 172.8 26 2 199.2 221.2 243.2 32 3 262.1 284.1 306.1 38 4 317.5 339.5 361.5
14 1 52.7 74.7 96.7 20 2 130.5 152.5 174.5 26 3 200.8 222.8 244.8 32 4 263.5 285.5 307.5 38 5 318.7 340.7 362.7
14 2 54.6 76.6 98.6 20 3 132.3 154.3 176.3 26 4 202.3 224.3 246.3 32 5 264.9 286.9 308.9 38 6 319.9 341.9 363.9
14 3 56.5 78.5 100.5 20 4 134.0 156.0 178.0 26 5 203.9 225.9 247.9 32 6 266.3 288.3 310.3 39 0 321.1 343.1 365.1
14 4 58.4 80.4 102.4 20 5 135.7 157.7 179.7 26 6 205.4 227.4 249.4 33 0 267.6 289.6 311.6 39 1 322.3 344.3 366.3
14 5 60.3 82.3 104.3 20 6 137.4 159.4 181.4 27 0 206.9 228.9 250.9 33 1 269.0 291.0 313.0 39 2 323.5 345.5 3675
14 6 62.2 84.2 106.2 21 0 139.1 161.1 183.1 27 1 208.5 230.5 252.5 33 2 270.3 292.3 314.3 39 3 324.6 346.6 368.6
15 0 64.0 86.0 108.0 21 1 140.8 162.8 184.8 27 2 210.0 232.0 254.0 33 3 271.7 293.7 315.7 39 4 325.8 347.8 369.8
15 1 65.9 87.9 109.9 21 2 142.5 164.5 186.5 27 3 211.5 233.5 255.5 33 4 273.0 295.0 317.0 39 5 327.0 349.0 371.0
15 2 67.8 89.8 111.8 21 3 144.2 166.2 188.2 27 4 213.0 235.0 257.0 33 5 274.4 296.4 318.4 39 6 328.2 350.2 372.2
15 3 69.6 91.6 113.6 21 4 145.9 167.9 189.9 27 5 214.5 236.5 258.5 33 6 275.7 297.7 319.7 40 0 329.3 351.3 373.3
15 4 71.5 93.5 115.5 21 5 147.5 169.5 191.5 27 6 216.1 238.1 260.1 34 0 277.0 299.0 321.0 40 1 330.5 352.5 374.5
15 5 73.4 95.4 117.4 21 6 149.2 171.2 193.2 28 0 217.6 239.6 261.6 34 1 278.4 300.4 322.4 40 2 331.6 353.6 375.6
15 6 75.2 97.2 119.2 22 0 150.9 172.9 194.9 28 1 219.1 241.1 263.1 34 2 279.7 301.7 323.7 40 3 332.8 354.8 376.8
16 0 77.1 99.1 121.1 22 1 152.6 174.6 196.6 28 2 220.6 242.6 264.6 34 3 281.0 303.0 325.0 40 4 333.9 355.9 377.9
16 1 78.9 100.9 122.9 22 2 154.2 176.2 198.2 28 3 222.0 244.0 266.0 34 4 282.3 304.3 326.3 40 5 335.1 357.1 379.1
16 2 80.7 102.7 124.7 22 3 155.9 177.9 199.9 28 4 223.5 245.5 267.5 34 5 283.6 305.6 327.6 40 6 336.2 358.2 380.2
16 3 82.6 104.6 126.6 22 4 157.6 179.6 201.6 28 5 225.0 247.0 269.0 34 6 284.9 306.9 328.9 41 0 337.3 359.3 381.3
16 4 84.4 106.4 128.4 22 5 159.2 181.2 203.2 28 6 226.5 248.5 270.5 35 0 286.2 308.2 330.2 41 1 338.5 360.5 382.5
16 5 86.2 108.2 130.2 22 6 160.9 182.9 204.9 29 0 228.0 250.0 272.0 35 1 287.5 309.5 331.5 41 2 339.6 361.6 383.6
16 6 88.0 110.0 132.0 23 0 162.5 184.5 206.5 29 1 229.4 251.4 273.4 35 2 288.8 310.8 332.8 41 3 340.7 362.7 384.7
17 0 89.9 111.9 133.9 23 1 164.1 186.1 208.1 29 2 230.9 252.9 274.9 35 3 290.1 312.1 334.1 41 4 341.8 363.8 385.8
17 1 91.7 113.7 135.7 23 2 165.8 187.8 209.8 29 3 232.4 254.4 276.4 35 4 291.4 313.4 335.4 41 5 342.9 364.9 386.9
17 2 93.5 115.5 137.5 23 3 167.4 189.4 211.4 29 4 233.8 255.8 277.8 35 5 292.7 314.7 336.7 41 6 344.0 366.0 388.0
17 3 95.3 117.3 139.3 23 4 169.0 191.0 213.0 29 5 235.3 257.3 279.3 35 6 294.0 316.0 338.0 42 0 345.2 367.2 389.2
17 4 97.1 119.1 141.1 23 5 170.7 192.7 214.7 29 6 236.7 258.7 280.7 36 0 295.3 317.3 339.3
17 5 98.9 120.9 142.9 23 6 172.3 194.3 216.3 30 0 238.2 260.2 282.2 36 1 296.5 318.5 340.5
17 6 100.7 122.7 144.7 24 0 173.9 195.9 217.9 30 1 239.6 261.6 283.6 36 2 297.8 319.8 341.8
18 0 102.5 124.5 146.5 24 1 175.5 197.5 219.5 30 2 241.1 263.1 285.1 36 3 299.1 321.1 343.1

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 37
9 Obstetrical References

Abdominal Circumference, Merz


Merz E. Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics. Stuttgart and New York: Thieme Medical Publishers, Inc., 1991, p. 312.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 40.0 58.0 76.0 17 5 96.1 117.1 137.9 23 3 152.3 175.7 199.3 29 1 208.4 234.4 260.6 34 6 264.6 293.4 321.4
12 1 41.4 59.4 77.6 17 6 97.6 118.6 139.4 23 4 153.7 177.3 200.7 29 2 209.9 235.9 262.1 35 0 266.0 295.0 323.0
12 2 42.9 60.9 79.1 18 0 99.0 120.0 141.0 23 5 155.1 178.9 202.1 29 3 211.3 237.3 263.7 35 1 267.4 296.4 324.6
12 3 44.3 62.3 80.7 18 1 100.3 121.4 142.6 23 6 156.6 180.4 203.6 29 4 212.7 238.7 265.3 35 2 268.9 297.9 326.1
12 4 45.7 63.7 82.3 18 2 101.6 122.9 144.1 24 0 158.0 182.0 205.0 29 5 214.1 240.1 266.9 35 3 270.3 299.3 327.7
12 5 47.1 65.1 83.9 18 3 102.9 124.3 145.7 24 1 159.3 183.4 206.6 29 6 215.6 241.6 268.4 35 4 271.7 300.7 329.3
12 6 48.6 66.6 85.4 18 4 104.1 125.7 147.3 24 2 160.6 184.9 208.1 30 0 217.0 243.0 270.0 35 5 273.1 302.1 330.9
13 0 50.0 68.0 87.0 18 5 105.4 127.1 148.9 24 3 161.9 186.3 209.7 30 1 218.4 244.4 271.4 35 6 274.6 303.6 332.4
13 1 51.4 69.6 88.6 18 6 106.7 128.6 150.4 24 4 163.1 187.7 211.3 30 2 219.9 245.9 272.9 36 0 276.0 305.0 334.0
13 2 52.9 71.1 90.1 19 0 108.0 130.0 152.0 24 5 164.4 189.1 212.9 30 3 221.3 247.3 274.3 36 1 277.4 306.4 335.4
13 3 54.3 72.7 91.7 19 1 109.4 131.4 153.4 24 6 165.7 190.6 214.4 30 4 222.7 248.7 275.7 36 2 278.9 307.9 336.9
13 4 55.7 74.3 93.3 19 2 110.9 132.9 154.9 25 0 167.0 192.0 216.0 30 5 224.1 250.1 277.1 36 3 280.3 309.3 338.3
13 5 57.1 75.9 94.9 19 3 112.3 134.3 156.3 25 1 168.4 193.4 217.6 30 6 225.6 251.6 278.6 36 4 281.7 310.7 339.7
13 6 58.6 77.4 96.4 19 4 113.7 135.7 157.7 25 2 169.9 194.9 219.1 31 0 227.0 253.0 280.0 36 5 283.1 312.1 341.1
14 0 60.0 79.0 98.0 19 5 115.1 137.1 159.1 25 3 171.3 196.3 220.7 31 1 228.4 254.6 281.6 36 6 284.6 313.6 342.6
14 1 61.3 80.4 99.6 19 6 116.6 138.6 160.6 25 4 172.7 197.7 222.3 31 2 229.9 256.1 283.1 37 0 286.0 315.0 344.0
14 2 62.6 81.9 101.1 20 0 118.0 140.0 162.0 25 5 174.1 199.1 223.9 31 3 231.3 257.7 284.7 37 1 287.4 316.4 345.6
14 3 63.9 83.3 102.7 20 1 119.4 141.6 163.6 25 6 175.6 200.6 225.4 31 4 232.7 259.3 286.3 37 2 288.9 317.9 347.1
14 4 65.1 84.7 104.3 20 2 120.9 143.1 165.1 26 0 177.0 202.0 227.0 31 5 234.1 260.9 287.9 37 3 290.3 319.3 348.7
14 5 66.4 86.1 105.9 20 3 122.3 144.7 166.7 26 1 178.4 203.4 228.6 31 6 235.6 262.4 289.4 37 4 291.7 320.7 350.3
14 6 67.7 87.6 107.4 20 4 123.7 146.3 168.3 26 2 179.9 204.9 230.1 32 0 237.0 264.0 291.0 37 5 293.1 322.1 351.9
15 0 69.0 89.0 109.0 20 5 125.1 147.9 169.9 26 3 181.3 206.3 231.7 32 1 238.3 265.4 292.6 37 6 294.6 323.6 353.4
15 1 70.4 90.4 110.4 20 6 126.6 149.4 171.4 26 4 182.7 207.7 233.3 32 2 239.6 266.9 294.1 38 0 296.0 325.0 355.0
15 2 71.9 91.9 111.9 21 0 128.0 151.0 173.0 26 5 184.1 209.1 234.9 32 3 240.9 268.3 295.7 38 1 297.4 326.6 356.4
15 3 73.3 93.3 113.3 21 1 129.4 152.4 174.6 26 6 185.6 210.6 236.4 32 4 242.1 269.7 297.3 38 2 298.9 328.1 357.9
15 4 74.7 94.7 114.7 21 2 130.9 153.9 176.1 27 0 187.0 212.0 238.0 32 5 243.4 271.1 298.9 38 3 300.3 329.7 359.3
15 5 76.1 96.1 116.1 21 3 132.3 155.3 177.7 27 1 188.4 213.6 239.4 32 6 244.7 272.6 300.4 38 4 301.7 331.3 360.7
15 6 77.6 97.6 117.6 21 4 133.7 156.7 179.3 27 2 189.9 215.1 240.9 33 0 246.0 274.0 302.0 38 5 303.1 332.9 362.1
16 0 79.0 99.0 119.0 21 5 135.1 158.1 180.9 27 3 191.3 216.7 242.3 33 1 247.4 275.4 303.4 38 6 304.6 334.4 363.6
16 1 80.4 100.6 120.6 21 6 136.6 159.6 182.4 27 4 192.7 218.3 243.7 33 2 248.9 276.9 304.9 39 0 306.0 336.0 365.0
16 2 81.9 102.1 122.1 22 0 138.0 161.0 184.0 27 5 194.1 219.9 245.1 33 3 250.3 278.3 306.3 39 1 307.4 337.4 366.6
16 3 83.3 103.7 123.7 22 1 139.4 162.4 185.6 27 6 195.6 221.4 246.6 33 4 251.7 279.7 307.7 39 2 308.9 338.9 368.2
16 4 84.7 105.3 125.3 22 2 140.9 163.9 187.1 28 0 197.0 223.0 248.0 33 5 253.1 281.1 309.1 39 3 310.3 340.3 369.7
16 5 86.1 106.9 126.9 22 3 142.3 165.3 188.7 28 1 198.4 224.4 249.6 33 6 254.6 282.6 310.6 39 4 311.7 341.7 371.3
16 6 87.6 108.4 128.4 22 4 143.7 166.7 190.3 28 2 199.9 225.9 251.1 34 0 256.0 284.0 312.0 39 5 313.1 343.1 372.9
17 0 89.0 110.0 130.0 22 5 145.1 168.1 191.9 28 3 201.3 227.3 252.7 34 1 257.4 285.6 313.6 39 6 314.6 344.6 374.4
17 1 90.4 111.4 131.6 22 6 146.6 169.6 193.4 28 4 202.7 228.7 254.3 34 2 258.9 287.1 315.1 40 0 316.0 346.0 376.0
17 2 91.9 112.9 133.1 23 0 148.0 171.0 195.0 28 5 204.1 230.1 255.9 34 3 260.3 288.7 316.7
17 3 93.3 114.3 134.7 23 1 149.4 172.6 196.4 28 6 205.6 231.6 257.4 34 4 261.7 290.3 318.3
17 4 94.7 115.7 136.3 23 2 150.9 174.1 197.9 29 0 207.0 233.0 259.0 34 5 263.1 291.9 319.9

Abdominal Circumference, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Cousaert E, Cantraine F. "Normal growth of the abdominal perimeter." American Journal of Perinatalogy 1:136, 1984, p. 133.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 35.0 57.0 80.0 17 5 93.9 116.1 138.9 23 3 155.7 177.7 200.3 29 1 214.3 236.3 258.4 34 6 262.9 285.0 307.9
12 1 36.4 58.4 81.4 17 6 95.4 117.6 140.4 23 4 157.3 179.3 201.7 29 2 215.6 237.6 259.9 35 0 264.0 286.0 309.0
12 2 37.9 59.9 82.9 18 0 97.0 119.0 142.0 23 5 158.9 180.9 203.1 29 3 216.9 238.9 261.3 35 1 265.0 287.0 310.0
12 3 39.3 61.3 84.3 18 1 98.6 120.6 143.4 23 6 160.4 182.4 204.6 29 4 218.1 240.1 262.7 35 2 266.0 288.0 311.0
12 4 40.7 62.7 85.7 18 2 100.1 122.1 144.9 24 0 162.0 184.0 206.0 29 5 219.4 241.4 264.1 35 3 267.0 289.0 312.0
12 5 42.1 64.1 87.1 18 3 101.7 123.7 146.3 24 1 163.4 185.6 207.6 29 6 220.7 242.7 265.6 35 4 268.0 290.0 313.0
12 6 43.6 65.6 88.6 18 4 103.3 125.3 147.7 24 2 164.9 187.1 209.1 30 0 222.0 244.0 267.0 35 5 269.0 291.0 314.0
13 0 45.0 67.0 90.0 18 5 104.9 126.9 149.1 24 3 166.3 188.7 210.7 30 1 223.3 245.4 268.3 35 6 270.0 292.0 315.0
13 1 46.4 68.4 91.4 18 6 106.4 128.4 150.6 24 4 167.7 190.3 212.3 30 2 224.6 246.9 269.6 36 0 271.0 293.0 316.0
13 2 47.9 69.9 92.9 19 0 108.0 130.0 152.0 24 5 169.1 191.9 213.9 30 3 225.9 248.3 270.9 36 1 272.0 294.0 316.9
13 3 49.3 71.3 94.3 19 1 109.6 131.6 153.6 24 6 170.6 193.4 215.4 30 4 227.1 249.7 272.1 36 2 273.0 295.0 317.7
13 4 50.7 72.7 95.7 19 2 111.1 133.1 155.1 25 0 172.0 195.0 217.0 30 5 228.4 251.1 273.4 36 3 274.0 296.0 318.6
13 5 52.1 74.1 97.1 19 3 112.7 134.7 156.7 25 1 173.6 196.4 218.4 30 6 229.7 252.6 274.7 36 4 275.0 297.0 319.4
13 6 53.6 75.6 98.6 19 4 114.3 136.3 158.3 25 2 175.1 197.9 219.9 31 0 231.0 254.0 276.0 36 5 276.0 298.0 320.3
14 0 55.0 77.0 100.0 19 5 115.9 137.9 159.9 25 3 176.7 199.3 221.3 31 1 232.3 255.1 277.3 36 6 277.0 299.0 321.1
14 1 56.4 78.6 101.4 19 6 117.4 139.4 161.4 25 4 178.3 200.7 222.7 31 2 233.6 256.3 278.6 37 0 278.0 300.0 322.0
14 2 57.9 80.1 102.9 20 0 119.0 141.0 163.0 25 5 179.9 202.1 224.1 31 3 234.9 257.4 279.9 37 1 278.7 300.9 322.9
14 3 59.3 81.7 104.3 20 1 120.4 142.6 164.6 25 6 181.4 203.6 225.6 31 4 236.1 258.6 281.1 37 2 279.4 301.7 323.7
14 4 60.7 83.3 105.7 20 2 121.9 144.1 166.1 26 0 183.0 205.0 227.0 31 5 237.4 259.7 282.4 37 3 280.1 302.6 324.6
14 5 62.1 84.9 107.1 20 3 123.3 145.7 167.7 26 1 184.4 206.4 228.6 31 6 238.7 260.9 283.7 37 4 280.9 303.4 325.4
14 6 63.6 86.4 108.6 20 4 124.7 147.3 169.3 26 2 185.9 207.9 230.1 32 0 240.0 262.0 285.0 37 5 281.6 304.3 326.3
15 0 65.0 88.0 110.0 20 5 126.1 148.9 170.9 26 3 187.3 209.3 231.7 32 1 241.1 263.3 286.1 37 6 282.3 305.1 327.1
15 1 66.6 89.4 111.4 20 6 127.6 150.4 172.4 26 4 188.7 210.7 233.3 32 2 242.3 264.6 287.3 38 0 283.0 306.0 328.0
15 2 68.1 90.9 112.9 21 0 129.0 152.0 174.0 26 5 190.1 212.1 234.9 32 3 243.4 265.9 288.4 38 1 283.9 306.7 328.7
15 3 69.7 92.3 114.3 21 1 130.6 153.6 175.6 26 6 191.6 213.6 236.4 32 4 244.6 267.1 289.6 38 2 284.7 307.4 329.4
15 4 71.3 93.7 115.7 21 2 132.1 155.1 177.1 27 0 193.0 215.0 238.0 32 5 245.7 268.4 290.7 38 3 285.6 308.1 330.1
15 5 72.9 95.1 117.1 21 3 133.7 156.7 178.7 27 1 194.4 216.4 239.4 32 6 246.9 269.7 291.9 38 4 286.4 308.9 330.9
15 6 74.4 96.6 118.6 21 4 135.3 158.3 180.3 27 2 195.9 217.9 240.9 33 0 248.0 271.0 293.0 38 5 287.3 309.6 331.6
16 0 76.0 98.0 120.0 21 5 136.9 159.9 181.9 27 3 197.3 219.3 242.3 33 1 249.1 272.1 294.1 38 6 288.1 310.3 332.3
16 1 77.4 99.6 121.6 21 6 138.4 161.4 183.4 27 4 198.7 220.7 243.7 33 2 250.3 273.3 295.3 39 0 289.0 311.0 333.0
16 2 78.9 101.1 123.1 22 0 140.0 163.0 185.0 27 5 200.1 222.1 245.1 33 3 251.4 274.4 296.4 39 1 289.7 311.7 333.7
16 3 80.3 102.7 124.7 22 1 141.6 164.4 186.6 27 6 201.6 223.6 246.6 33 4 252.6 275.6 297.6 39 2 290.4 312.4 334.4
16 4 81.7 104.3 126.3 22 2 143.1 165.9 188.1 28 0 203.0 225.0 248.0 33 5 253.7 276.7 298.7 39 3 291.1 313.1 335.1
16 5 83.1 105.9 127.9 22 3 144.7 167.3 189.7 28 1 204.4 226.4 249.3 33 6 254.9 277.9 299.9 39 4 291.9 313.9 335.9
16 6 84.6 107.4 129.4 22 4 146.3 168.7 191.3 28 2 205.9 227.9 250.6 34 0 256.0 279.0 301.0 39 5 292.6 314.6 336.6
17 0 86.0 109.0 131.0 22 5 147.9 170.1 192.9 28 3 207.3 229.3 251.9 34 1 257.1 280.0 302.1 39 6 293.3 315.3 337.3
17 1 87.6 110.4 132.6 22 6 149.4 171.6 194.4 28 4 208.7 230.7 253.1 34 2 258.3 281.0 303.3 40 0 294.0 316.0 338.0
17 2 89.1 111.9 134.1 23 0 151.0 173.0 196.0 28 5 210.1 232.1 254.4 34 3 259.4 282.0 304.4
17 3 90.7 113.3 135.7 23 1 152.6 174.6 197.4 28 6 211.6 233.6 255.7 34 4 260.6 283.0 305.6
17 4 92.3 114.7 137.3 23 2 154.1 176.1 198.9 29 0 213.0 235.0 257.0 34 5 261.7 284.0 306.7

9 - 38 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Abdominal Circumference, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
AC - mean + AC - mean + AC - mean + AC - mean + AC - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
112 89.8 104.0 118.3 149 140.4 157.9 176.1 186 188.4 210.1 232.0 223 232.5 257.9 283.9 260 270.6 300.0 329.4
113 91.1 105.4 119.8 150 141.7 159.3 177.6 187 189.7 211.4 233.5 224 233.5 259.0 285.3 261 271.5 301.0 330.5
114 92.4 106.9 121.3 151 143.0 160.7 179.1 188 191.0 212.7 235.0 225 234.7 260.3 286.5 262 272.4 302.0 331.6
115 93.7 108.3 122.9 152 144.4 162.1 180.7 189 192.3 214.0 236.5 226 235.9 261.6 287.8 263 273.3 303.0 332.7
116 95.0 109.7 124.4 153 145.7 163.6 182.2 190 193.5 215.4 237.9 227 237.0 262.9 289.1 264 274.2 304.0 333.8
117 96.4 111.1 125.9 154 147.0 165.0 183.8 191 194.7 216.9 239.4 228 238.2 264.1 290.4 265 275.1 305.0 334.9
118 97.7 112.6 127.5 155 148.3 166.4 185.3 192 195.9 218.3 240.8 229 239.4 265.4 291.7 266 276.0 306.0 336.0
119 99.0 114.0 129.0 156 149.6 167.9 186.8 193 197.1 219.7 242.2 230 240.6 266.7 293.0 267 276.9 307.0 337.1
120 100.5 115.6 130.7 157 151.0 169.3 188.4 194 198.3 221.1 243.6 231 241.8 268.0 294.3 268 277.8 308.0 338.2
121 101.9 117.1 132.4 158 152.3 170.7 189.9 195 199.5 222.6 245.1 232 242.8 269.1 295.5 269 278.7 309.0 339.3
122 103.4 118.7 134.0 159 153.6 172.1 191.4 196 200.8 224.0 246.5 233 243.8 270.3 296.8 270 279.6 310.0 340.4
123 104.9 120.3 135.7 160 154.9 173.6 193.0 197 202.0 225.3 247.9 234 244.9 271.4 298.0 271 280.5 311.0 341.5
124 106.3 121.9 137.4 161 156.3 175.0 194.5 198 203.3 226.6 249.3 235 245.9 272.6 299.3 272 281.4 312.0 342.6
125 107.8 123.4 139.1 162 157.6 176.4 196.0 199 204.6 227.9 250.7 236 246.9 273.7 300.5 273 282.3 313.0 343.8
126 109.3 125.0 140.8 163 158.9 177.9 197.6 200 205.9 229.1 252.1 237 248.0 274.9 301.8 274 283.0 313.9 344.7
127 110.6 126.4 142.3 164 160.2 179.3 199.1 201 207.2 230.4 253.5 238 249.0 276.0 303.0 275 283.8 314.7 345.7
128 111.9 127.9 143.8 165 161.5 180.7 200.6 202 208.5 231.7 254.9 239 250.0 277.1 304.3 276 284.5 315.6 346.6
129 113.2 129.3 145.4 166 162.9 182.1 202.2 203 209.8 233.0 256.3 240 251.1 278.3 305.5 277 285.3 316.4 347.6
130 114.5 130.7 146.9 167 164.2 183.6 203.7 204 210.9 234.3 257.6 241 252.1 279.4 306.8 278 286.0 317.3 348.6
131 115.9 132.1 148.4 168 165.5 185.0 205.3 205 212.1 235.6 259.0 242 253.1 280.6 308.0 279 286.8 318.1 349.5
132 117.2 133.6 150.0 169 166.8 186.4 206.8 206 213.3 236.9 260.4 243 254.2 281.7 309.3 280 287.5 319.0 350.5
133 118.5 135.0 151.5 170 168.1 187.9 208.3 207 214.5 238.1 261.8 244 255.2 282.9 310.5 281 288.3 319.9 351.5
134 119.8 136.4 153.0 171 169.5 189.3 209.9 208 215.6 239.4 263.2 245 256.3 284.0 311.8 282 289.0 320.7 352.4
135 121.1 137.9 154.6 172 170.8 190.7 211.4 209 216.8 240.7 264.6 246 257.3 285.1 313.0 283 289.8 321.6 353.4
136 122.5 139.3 156.1 173 172.1 192.1 212.9 210 218.0 242.0 266.0 247 258.3 286.3 314.3 284 290.5 322.4 354.4
137 123.8 140.7 157.6 174 173.4 193.6 214.5 211 219.2 243.3 267.4 248 259.4 287.4 315.5 285 291.3 323.3 355.3
138 125.1 142.1 159.2 175 174.8 195.0 216.0 212 220.4 244.6 268.8 249 260.4 288.6 316.8 286 292.0 324.1 356.3
139 126.4 143.6 160.7 176 176.0 196.4 217.4 213 221.5 245.9 270.2 250 261.4 289.7 318.0 287 292.8 325.0 357.3
140 127.8 145.0 162.3 177 177.2 197.9 218.9 214 222.7 247.1 271.6 251 262.5 290.9 319.3 288 293.5 325.9 358.2
141 129.2 146.4 163.8 178 178.4 199.3 220.3 215 223.9 248.4 273.0 252 263.5 292.0 320.5 289 294.3 326.7 359.2
142 130.6 147.9 165.3 179 179.6 200.7 221.7 216 225.1 249.7 274.4 253 264.4 293.0 321.6 290 295.0 327.6 360.1
143 132.0 149.3 166.9 180 180.8 202.1 223.1 217 226.3 251.0 275.8 254 265.3 294.0 322.7 291 295.8 328.4 361.1
144 133.5 150.7 168.4 181 182.0 203.6 224.6 218 227.3 252.1 277.1 255 266.2 295.0 323.8 292 296.5 329.3 362.1
145 134.9 152.1 169.9 182 183.3 205.0 226.0 219 228.3 253.3 278.5 256 267.1 296.0 324.9 293 297.3 330.1 363.0
146 136.3 153.6 171.5 183 184.5 206.3 227.5 220 229.4 254.4 279.8 257 268.0 297.0 326.0 294 298.0 331.0 364.0
147 137.8 155.0 173.0 184 185.8 207.6 229.0 221 230.4 255.6 281.2 258 268.9 298.0 327.1
148 139.1 156.4 174.5 185 187.1 208.9 230.5 222 231.4 256.7 282.5 259 269.8 299.0 328.3

Abdominal Circumference, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
AC mean AC mean AC mean AC mean AC mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
77 43.8 52.0 60.2 120 109.2 121.6 133.9 163 173.8 190.3 206.7 206 239.7 260.3 280.8 249 293.7 320.7 347.7
78 45.3 53.6 61.8 121 110.8 123.1 135.5 164 176.0 192.4 208.9 207 240.2 260.7 281.3 250 294.5 322.1 349.8
79 46.9 55.1 63.4 122 112.4 124.7 137.1 165 178.1 194.6 211.0 208 240.6 261.1 281.7 251 295.4 323.6 351.8
80 48.5 56.7 64.9 123 113.9 126.3 138.6 166 180.3 196.7 213.2 209 241.0 261.6 282.1 252 296.2 325.0 353.8
81 50.1 58.3 66.5 124 115.5 127.9 140.2 167 182.4 198.9 215.3 210 241.4 262.0 282.6 253 297.4 326.1 354.9
82 51.6 59.9 68.1 125 117.1 129.4 141.8 168 184.6 201.0 217.5 211 242.3 263.4 284.6 254 298.5 327.3 356.1
83 53.2 61.4 69.7 126 118.7 131.0 143.3 169 186.1 202.6 219.0 212 243.1 264.9 286.6 255 299.6 328.4 357.2
84 54.8 63.0 71.2 127 119.9 132.3 144.6 170 187.7 204.1 220.6 213 244.0 266.3 288.6 256 300.8 329.6 358.4
85 56.3 64.6 72.8 128 121.2 133.6 145.9 171 189.3 205.7 222.2 214 244.8 267.7 290.6 257 301.9 330.7 359.5
86 57.9 66.1 74.4 129 122.5 134.9 147.2 172 190.8 207.3 223.7 215 245.6 269.1 292.6 258 303.1 331.9 360.6
87 59.5 67.7 75.9 130 123.8 136.1 148.5 173 192.4 208.9 225.3 216 246.5 270.6 294.7 259 304.2 333.0 361.8
88 61.1 69.3 77.5 131 125.1 137.4 149.8 174 194.0 210.4 226.9 217 247.3 272.0 296.7 260 305.5 334.3 363.1
89 62.6 70.9 79.1 132 126.4 138.7 151.1 175 195.6 212.0 228.5 218 248.9 273.6 298.2 261 306.8 335.6 364.4
90 64.2 72.4 80.7 133 127.7 140.0 152.3 176 196.5 213.6 230.6 219 250.5 275.1 299.8 262 308.1 336.9 365.6
91 65.8 74.0 82.2 134 129.2 141.6 153.9 177 197.5 215.1 232.8 220 252.0 276.7 301.4 263 309.4 338.1 366.9
92 67.2 75.4 83.7 135 130.8 143.1 155.5 178 198.5 216.7 234.9 221 253.6 278.3 303.0 264 310.6 339.4 368.2
93 68.6 76.9 85.1 136 132.4 144.7 157.1 179 199.5 218.3 237.1 222 255.2 279.9 304.5 265 311.9 340.7 369.5
94 70.1 78.3 86.5 137 133.9 146.3 158.6 180 200.5 219.9 239.2 223 256.8 281.4 306.1 266 313.2 342.0 370.8
95 71.5 79.7 87.9 138 135.5 147.9 160.2 181 201.5 221.4 241.4 224 258.3 283.0 307.7 267 315.2 344.0 372.8
96 72.9 81.1 89.4 139 137.1 149.4 161.8 182 202.4 223.0 243.6 225 259.9 284.6 309.2 268 317.2 346.0 374.8
97 74.3 82.6 90.8 140 138.7 151.0 163.3 183 203.4 224.0 244.6 226 261.5 286.1 310.8 269 319.2 348.0 376.8
98 75.8 84.0 92.2 141 139.9 152.9 165.8 184 204.4 225.0 245.6 227 263.0 287.7 312.4 270 321.2 350.0 378.8
99 77.5 85.7 93.9 142 141.2 154.7 168.2 185 205.4 226.0 246.6 228 264.6 289.3 314.0 271 323.2 352.0 380.8
100 79.2 87.4 95.7 143 142.5 156.6 170.7 186 206.4 227.0 247.6 229 266.2 290.9 315.5 272 325.2 354.0 382.8
101 80.9 89.1 97.4 144 143.7 158.4 173.1 187 207.4 228.0 248.6 230 267.8 292.4 317.1 273 327.2 356.0 384.8
102 82.6 90.9 99.1 145 145.0 160.3 175.6 188 208.4 229.0 249.6 231 269.3 294.0 318.7 274 328.1 356.9 385.6
103 84.3 92.6 100.8 146 146.3 162.1 178.0 189 209.4 230.0 250.6 232 270.9 295.6 320.2 275 328.9 357.7 386.5
104 86.1 94.3 102.5 147 147.6 164.0 180.5 190 211.2 231.7 252.3 233 272.5 297.1 321.8 276 329.8 358.6 387.4
105 87.8 96.0 104.2 148 149.3 165.7 182.2 191 212.9 233.4 254.0 234 274.0 298.7 323.4 277 330.6 359.4 388.2
106 89.2 97.4 105.7 149 151.0 167.4 183.9 192 214.6 235.1 255.7 235 275.6 300.3 325.0 278 331.5 360.3 389.1
107 90.6 98.9 107.1 150 152.7 169.1 185.6 193 216.3 236.9 257.4 236 277.2 301.9 326.5 279 332.4 361.1 389.9
108 92.1 100.3 108.5 151 154.4 170.9 187.3 194 218.0 238.6 259.1 237 278.8 303.4 328.1 280 333.2 362.0 390.8
109 93.5 101.7 109.9 152 156.1 172.6 189.0 195 219.7 240.3 260.8 238 280.3 305.0 329.7 281 333.9 362.7 391.5
110 94.9 103.1 111.4 153 157.8 174.3 190.7 196 221.4 242.0 262.6 239 281.8 306.4 331.1 282 334.6 363.4 392.2
111 96.3 104.6 112.8 154 159.6 176.0 192.5 197 223.9 244.4 265.0 240 283.2 307.9 332.5 283 335.4 364.1 392.9
112 97.8 106.0 114.2 155 161.0 177.4 193.9 198 226.3 246.9 267.4 241 284.6 309.3 334.0 284 336.1 364.9 393.6
113 99.2 108.0 116.8 156 162.4 178.9 195.3 199 228.7 249.3 269.8 242 286.0 310.7 335.4 285 336.8 365.6 394.4
114 100.6 110.0 119.4 157 163.8 180.3 196.7 200 231.2 251.7 272.3 243 287.5 312.1 336.8 286 337.5 366.3 395.1
115 102.0 112.0 122.0 158 165.3 181.7 198.2 201 233.6 254.1 274.7 244 288.9 313.6 338.2 287 338.2 367.0 395.8
116 103.4 114.0 124.6 159 166.7 183.1 199.6 202 236.0 256.6 277.1 245 290.3 315.0 339.7
117 104.8 116.0 127.2 160 168.1 184.6 201.0 203 238.4 259.0 279.6 246 291.2 316.4 341.7
118 106.3 118.0 129.8 161 169.6 186.0 202.5 204 238.9 259.4 280.0 247 292.0 317.9 343.7
119 107.7 120.0 132.3 162 171.7 188.1 204.6 205 239.3 259.9 280.4 248 292.8 319.3 345.7

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 39
9 Obstetrical References

Abdominal Circumference (Plotted), Chitty


Chitty, LS, Altman, DG, "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurements," British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 101:35-43,
1994.
AC mean AC mean AC mean AC mean AC mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
84 49.1 58.9 68.8 127 116.4 130.9 145.4 170 180.5 199.6 218.7 213 240.1 263.8 287.5 256 294.1 322.5 350.8
85 50.7 60.6 70.6 128 118.0 132.6 147.1 171 181.9 201.1 220.3 214 241.4 265.3 289.1 257 295.3 323.8 352.2
86 52.3 62.3 72.4 129 119.5 134.2 148.9 172 183.4 202.7 222.0 215 242.8 266.7 290.6 258 296.5 325.1 353.6
87 53.9 64.0 74.2 130 121.0 135.8 150.6 173 184.8 204.2 223.6 216 244.1 268.1 292.2 259 297.7 326.3 355.0
88 55.4 65.7 76.0 131 122.6 137.5 152.4 174 186.3 205.8 225.3 217 245.4 269.5 293.7 260 298.8 327.6 356.4
89 57.0 67.4 77.8 132 124.1 139.1 154.1 175 187.7 207.3 226.9 218 246.7 271.0 295.2 261 300.0 328.9 357.8
90 58.6 69.1 79.6 133 125.6 140.7 155.8 176 189.1 208.8 228.6 219 248.0 272.4 296.7 262 301.2 330.2 359.1
91 60.2 70.8 81.4 134 127.1 142.4 157.6 177 190.5 210.4 230.2 220 249.3 273.8 298.3 263 302.3 331.4 360.5
92 61.8 72.5 83.2 135 128.6 144.0 159.3 178 192.0 211.9 231.9 221 250.6 275.2 299.8 264 303.5 332.7 361.9
93 63.4 74.2 85.0 136 130.2 145.6 161.0 179 193.4 213.4 233.5 222 251.9 276.6 301.3 265 304.6 334.0 363.3
94 65.0 75.9 86.8 137 131.7 147.2 162.8 180 194.8 215.0 235.1 223 253.2 278.0 302.8 266 305.8 335.2 364.6
95 66.6 77.6 88.6 138 133.2 148.8 164.5 181 196.2 216.5 236.8 224 254.5 279.4 304.3 267 306.9 336.5 366.0
96 68.1 79.3 90.4 139 134.7 150.5 166.2 182 197.6 218.0 238.4 225 255.8 280.8 305.8 268 308.1 337.7 367.3
97 69.7 81.0 92.2 140 136.2 152.1 167.9 183 199.0 219.5 240.0 226 257.1 282.2 307.3 269 309.2 339.0 368.7
98 71.3 82.7 94.0 141 137.7 153.7 169.7 184 200.5 221.0 241.6 227 258.4 283.6 308.8 270 310.3 340.2 370.0
99 72.9 84.3 95.8 142 139.2 155.3 171.4 185 201.9 222.6 243.3 228 259.6 285.0 310.3 271 311.5 341.4 371.4
100 74.5 86.0 97.6 143 140.7 156.9 173.1 186 203.3 224.1 244.9 229 260.9 286.4 311.8 272 312.6 342.7 372.7
101 76.0 87.7 99.4 144 142.2 158.5 174.8 187 204.7 225.6 246.5 230 262.2 287.7 313.3 273 313.7 343.9 374.1
102 77.6 89.4 101.2 145 143.7 160.1 176.5 188 206.1 227.1 248.1 231 263.5 289.1 314.8 274 314.8 345.1 375.4
103 79.2 91.1 103.0 146 145.2 161.7 178.2 189 207.5 228.6 249.7 232 264.7 290.5 316.3 275 316.0 346.3 376.7
104 80.7 92.7 104.7 147 146.7 163.3 180.0 190 208.8 230.1 251.3 233 266.0 291.9 317.7 276 317.1 347.6 378.0
105 82.3 94.4 106.5 148 148.2 164.9 181.7 191 210.2 231.6 252.9 234 267.3 293.2 319.2 277 318.2 348.8 379.4
106 83.9 96.1 108.3 149 149.7 166.5 183.4 192 211.6 233.1 254.5 235 268.5 294.6 320.7 278 319.3 350.0 380.7
107 85.5 97.8 110.1 150 151.2 168.1 185.1 193 213.0 234.6 256.1 236 269.8 296.0 322.2 279 320.4 351.2 382.0
108 87.0 99.4 111.9 151 152.7 169.7 186.8 194 214.4 236.1 257.7 237 271.0 297.3 323.6 280 321.5 352.4 383.3
109 88.6 101.1 113.6 152 154.2 171.3 188.5 195 215.8 237.6 259.3 238 272.3 298.7 325.1 281 322.6 353.6 384.6
110 90.1 102.8 115.4 153 155.6 172.9 190.2 196 217.1 239.0 260.9 239 273.5 300.0 326.5 282 323.6 354.8 385.9
111 91.7 104.5 117.2 154 157.1 174.5 191.9 197 218.5 240.5 262.5 240 274.8 301.4 328.0 283 324.7 356.0 387.2
112 93.3 106.1 119.0 155 158.6 176.1 193.6 198 219.9 242.0 264.1 241 276.0 302.7 329.5 284 325.8 357.2 388.5
113 94.8 107.8 120.7 156 160.1 177.7 195.3 199 221.3 243.5 265.7 242 277.2 304.1 330.9 285 326.9 358.3 389.8
114 96.4 109.4 122.5 157 161.6 179.2 196.9 200 222.6 244.9 267.3 243 278.5 305.4 332.3 286 327.9 359.5 391.1
115 97.9 111.1 124.3 158 163.0 180.8 198.6 201 224.0 246.4 268.8 244 279.7 306.7 333.8 287 329.0 360.7 392.4
116 99.5 112.8 126.1 159 164.5 182.4 200.3 202 225.3 247.9 270.4 245 280.9 308.1 335.2 288 330.1 361.9 393.6
117 101.0 114.4 127.8 160 166.0 184.0 202.0 203 226.7 249.3 272.0 246 282.1 309.4 336.7 289 331.1 363.0 394.9
118 102.6 116.1 129.6 161 167.4 185.5 203.7 204 228.1 250.8 273.6 247 283.4 310.7 338.1 290 332.2 364.2 396.2
119 104.1 117.7 131.3 162 168.9 187.1 205.4 205 229.4 252.3 275.1 248 284.6 312.0 339.5 291 333.2 365.3 397.4
120 105.7 119.4 133.1 163 170.3 188.7 207.0 206 230.8 253.7 276.7 249 285.8 313.4 341.0 292 334.3 366.5 398.7
121 107.2 121.0 134.9 164 171.8 190.3 208.7 207 232.1 255.2 278.2 250 287.0 314.7 342.4 293 335.3 367.6 400.0
122 108.8 122.7 136.6 165 173.3 191.8 210.4 208 233.4 256.6 279.8 251 288.2 316.0 343.8 294 336.4 368.8 401.2
123 110.3 124.3 138.4 166 174.7 193.4 212.0 209 234.8 258.1 281.4 252 289.4 317.3 345.2
124 111.8 126.0 140.1 167 176.2 194.9 213.7 210 236.1 259.5 282.9 253 290.6 318.6 346.6
125 113.4 127.6 141.9 168 177.6 196.5 215.4 211 237.5 261.0 284.5 254 291.8 319.9 348.0
126 114.9 129.3 143.6 169 179.1 198.0 217.0 212 238.8 262.4 286.0 255 293.0 321.2 349.4

AXT, Tokyo
Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
AXT = APTD * TTD
Anteroposterior Trunk Diameter multiplied by Transverse Trunk Diameter
AXT - mean + AXT - mean + AXT - mean + AXT - mean + AXT - mean +
2 2 2 2 2
Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD
140 16.4 20.6 27.1 170 24.7 32.5 41.3 200 38.2 47.0 58.4 230 51.4 63.3 77.5 260 64.7 80.3 96.8
141 16.4 20.9 27.5 171 25.1 32.9 41.8 201 38.7 47.5 59.1 231 51.8 63.9 78.1 261 65.2 80.8 97.4
142 16.5 21.3 27.9 172 25.5 33.4 42.3 202 39.2 48.1 59.7 232 52.3 64.5 78.8 262 65.7 81.4 98.0
143 16.7 21.6 28.3 173 25.9 33.8 42.9 203 39.6 48.6 60.3 233 52.7 65.0 79.4 263 66.2 81.9 98.6
144 16.8 22.0 28.8 174 26.3 34.3 43.4 204 40.1 49.1 60.9 234 53.1 65.6 80.1 264 66.7 82.5 99.3
145 16.9 22.4 29.2 175 26.8 34.7 44.0 205 40.5 49.6 61.5 235 53.5 66.2 80.7 265 67.3 83.0 99.9
146 17.1 22.7 29.6 176 27.2 35.2 44.5 206 41.0 50.2 62.1 236 53.9 66.7 81.4 266 67.8 83.6 100.5
147 17.3 23.1 30.1 177 27.7 35.7 45.1 207 41.4 50.7 62.8 237 54.4 67.3 82.0 267 68.4 84.1 101.1
148 17.5 23.5 30.5 178 28.1 36.1 45.6 208 41.9 51.2 63.4 238 54.8 67.9 82.7 268 68.9 84.7 101.7
149 17.7 23.8 31.0 179 28.6 36.6 46.2 209 42.3 51.8 64.0 239 55.2 68.4 83.3 269 69.5 85.2 102.3
150 17.9 24.2 31.4 180 29.0 37.1 46.7 210 42.8 52.3 64.6 240 55.6 69.0 84.0 270 70.1 85.8 102.9
151 18.2 24.6 31.9 181 29.5 37.6 47.3 211 43.2 52.9 65.3 241 56.1 69.6 84.6 271 70.7 86.3 103.5
152 18.4 25.0 32.4 182 29.9 38.0 47.8 212 43.7 53.4 65.9 242 56.5 70.1 85.3 272 71.3 86.9 104.1
153 18.7 25.4 32.8 183 30.4 38.5 48.4 213 44.1 53.9 66.5 243 56.9 70.7 85.9 273 71.9 87.4 104.7
154 19.0 25.8 33.3 184 30.8 39.0 49.0 214 44.6 54.5 67.2 244 57.3 71.3 86.5 274 72.5 87.9 105.3
155 19.2 26.2 33.8 185 31.3 39.5 49.6 215 45.0 55.0 67.8 245 57.8 71.8 87.2 275 73.2 88.5 105.9
156 19.5 26.6 34.2 186 31.7 40.0 50.1 216 45.4 55.6 68.4 246 58.2 72.4 87.8 276 73.8 89.0 106.5
157 19.9 27.0 34.7 187 32.2 40.4 50.7 217 45.9 56.1 69.1 247 58.6 73.0 88.5 277 74.5 89.5 107.1
158 20.2 27.4 35.2 188 32.7 40.9 51.3 218 46.3 56.7 69.7 248 59.1 73.5 89.1 278 75.2 90.1 107.7
159 20.5 27.8 35.7 189 33.1 41.4 51.9 219 46.7 57.2 70.4 249 59.5 74.1 89.8 279 75.9 90.6 108.2
160 20.8 28.2 36.2 190 33.6 41.9 52.5 220 47.2 57.8 71.0 250 60.0 74.7 90.4 280 76.6 91.1 108.8
161 21.2 28.6 36.7 191 34.1 42.4 53.0 221 47.6 58.3 71.6 251 60.4 75.2 91.1 281 77.3 91.6 109.4
162 21.5 29.0 37.2 192 34.5 42.9 53.6 222 48.0 58.9 72.3 252 60.9 75.8 91.7 282 78.0 92.1 109.9
163 21.9 29.5 37.7 193 35.0 43.4 54.2 223 48.5 59.4 72.9 253 61.3 76.3 92.3 283 78.8 92.7 110.5
164 22.3 29.9 38.2 194 35.5 43.9 54.8 224 48.9 60.0 73.6 254 61.8 76.9 93.0 284 79.6 93.2 111.1
165 22.7 30.3 38.7 195 35.9 44.4 55.4 225 49.3 60.5 74.2 255 62.3 77.5 93.6 285 80.4 93.7 111.6
166 23.0 30.7 39.2 196 36.4 45.0 56.0 226 49.7 61.1 74.9 256 62.7 78.0 94.2 286 81.2 94.2 112.2
167 23.4 31.2 39.7 197 36.9 45.5 56.6 227 50.2 61.7 75.5 257 63.2 78.6 94.9 287 82.0 94.7 112.7
168 23.8 31.6 40.2 198 37.3 46.0 57.2 228 50.6 62.2 76.2 258 63.7 79.1 95.5
169 24.2 32.0 40.8 199 37.8 46.5 57.8 229 51.0 62.8 76.8 259 64.2 79.7 96.1

9 - 40 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Fetal Trunk Area, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
FTA - mean + FTA - mean + FTA - mean + FTA - mean + FTA - mean +
2 2 2 2 2
Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD cm 1.5SD
98 3.8 5.6 7.4 135 13.2 16.6 20.1 172 25.9 31.7 37.6 209 41.5 50.2 58.9 246 58.1 70.1 82.1
99 4.0 5.8 7.6 136 13.3 16.9 20.5 173 26.4 32.2 38.1 210 42.1 50.8 59.5 247 58.5 70.6 82.8
100 4.2 6.0 7.8 137 13.7 17.3 20.9 174 26.6 32.6 38.6 211 42.5 51.3 60.2 248 58.8 71.1 83.4
101 4.4 6.3 8.3 138 13.9 17.6 21.4 175 27.1 33.1 39.1 212 43.0 51.8 60.7 249 59.3 71.6 83.9
102 4.6 6.5 8.5 139 14.3 18.0 21.8 176 27.5 33.6 39.8 213 43.4 52.4 61.4 250 59.8 72.2 84.7
103 4.9 6.8 8.8 140 14.7 18.4 22.2 177 28.0 34.1 40.3 214 43.8 52.9 62.1 251 60.1 72.7 85.3
104 5.2 7.1 9.1 141 14.8 18.7 22.6 178 28.2 34.5 40.8 215 44.3 53.4 62.6 252 60.6 73.2 85.8
105 5.2 7.3 9.4 142 15.2 19.1 23.0 179 28.7 35.0 41.3 216 44.7 54.0 63.3 253 61.0 73.7 86.5
106 5.5 7.6 9.7 143 15.6 19.5 23.4 180 29.1 35.5 42.0 217 45.2 54.5 63.8 254 61.3 74.2 87.1
107 5.7 7.8 9.9 144 15.9 19.9 24.0 181 29.6 36.0 42.5 218 45.6 55.0 64.5 255 61.8 74.7 87.6
108 5.9 8.1 10.4 145 16.2 20.2 24.3 182 29.9 36.5 43.1 219 46.0 55.6 65.2 256 62.2 75.2 88.3
109 6.2 8.4 10.7 146 16.4 20.6 24.8 183 30.3 36.9 43.5 220 46.5 56.1 65.7 257 62.5 75.7 88.9
110 6.5 8.7 11.0 147 16.8 21.0 25.2 184 30.7 37.4 44.2 221 47.0 56.7 66.5 258 63.0 76.2 89.4
111 6.7 8.9 11.2 148 17.2 21.4 25.6 185 31.2 37.9 44.7 222 47.5 57.2 67.0 259 63.5 76.8 90.2
112 6.8 9.2 11.6 149 17.5 21.8 26.2 186 31.5 38.4 45.3 223 47.8 57.7 67.6 260 63.8 77.3 90.8
113 7.1 9.5 11.9 150 17.9 22.2 26.6 187 32.0 38.9 45.8 224 48.3 58.3 68.4 261 64.1 77.7 91.4
114 7.4 9.8 12.2 151 18.1 22.6 27.1 188 32.4 39.4 46.5 225 48.8 58.8 68.9 262 64.6 78.2 91.9
115 7.6 10.1 12.7 152 18.5 23.0 27.5 189 32.9 39.9 47.0 226 49.2 59.4 69.6 263 64.9 78.7 92.5
116 7.9 10.4 13.0 153 18.9 23.4 27.9 190 33.2 40.4 47.6 227 49.7 59.9 70.1 264 65.3 79.2 93.2
117 8.2 10.7 13.3 154 19.2 23.8 28.5 191 33.7 40.9 48.1 228 50.1 60.4 70.8 265 65.8 79.7 93.7
118 8.3 11.0 13.7 155 19.6 24.2 28.9 192 34.1 41.4 48.8 229 50.5 61.0 71.5 266 66.1 80.2 94.3
119 8.6 11.3 14.0 156 19.9 24.7 29.5 193 34.6 41.9 49.3 230 51.0 61.5 72.0 267 66.5 80.7 95.0
120 8.9 11.6 14.3 157 20.3 25.1 29.9 194 34.9 42.4 49.9 231 51.5 62.1 72.8 268 66.7 81.1 95.5
121 9.1 11.9 14.8 158 20.6 25.5 30.5 195 35.4 42.9 50.4 232 52.0 62.6 73.3 269 67.2 81.6 96.0
122 9.4 12.2 15.1 159 21.0 25.9 30.9 196 35.8 43.4 51.1 233 52.3 63.1 73.9 270 67.6 82.1 96.7
123 9.7 12.5 15.4 160 21.5 26.4 31.4 197 36.4 44.0 51.7 234 52.8 63.7 74.7 271 67.9 82.6 97.3
124 9.8 12.8 15.8 161 21.7 26.8 31.9 198 36.7 44.5 52.3 235 53.3 64.2 75.2 272 68.3 83.0 97.7
125 10.2 13.2 16.2 162 22.1 27.2 32.3 199 37.2 45.0 52.8 236 53.6 64.7 75.8 273 68.7 83.5 98.4
126 10.5 13.5 16.5 163 22.5 27.7 33.0 200 37.6 45.5 53.5 237 54.1 65.3 76.6 274 68.9 83.9 98.9
127 10.7 13.8 17.0 164 22.9 28.1 33.4 201 38.1 46.0 54.0 238 54.6 65.8 77.1 275 69.3 84.4 99.6
128 11.0 14.1 17.3 165 23.1 28.5 33.9 202 38.5 46.6 54.7 239 55.0 66.4 77.8 276 69.7 84.8 100.0
129 11.4 14.5 17.7 166 23.6 29.0 34.4 203 39.0 47.1 55.2 240 55.5 66.9 78.3 277 70.0 85.3 100.6
130 11.5 14.8 18.1 167 23.9 29.4 35.0 204 39.4 47.6 55.9 241 55.9 67.4 79.0 278 70.3 85.7 101.2
131 11.9 15.2 18.5 168 24.4 29.9 35.5 205 39.7 48.1 56.5 242 56.2 67.9 79.6 279 70.5 86.1 101.7
132 12.2 15.5 18.8 169 24.8 30.3 35.9 206 40.3 48.7 57.1 243 56.8 68.5 80.2 280 71.0 86.6 102.2
133 12.4 15.8 19.3 170 25.1 30.8 36.5 207 40.7 49.2 57.8 244 57.2 69.0 80.9
134 12.8 16.2 19.7 171 25.6 31.3 37.0 208 41.2 49.7 58.3 245 57.5 69.5 81.5

Femur Length, Hadlock


Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK. "Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth
Parameters." Radiology 152:497, 1984
FL(cm)= -3.91 + 0.427 * MA(wks) - 0.0034 * MA(wks)2 1 Standard Deviation: ± 3 mm 5 & 95%: ± 4.94 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 2.3 7.2 12.2 18 1 22.2 27.2 32.1 24 2 39.6 44.5 49.5 30 3 54.4 59.3 64.3 36 4 66.6 71.6 76.5
12 1 2.8 7.7 12.7 18 2 22.7 27.6 32.6 24 3 40.0 44.9 49.9 30 4 54.7 59.7 64.6 36 5 66.9 71.8 76.8
12 2 3.3 8.2 13.2 18 3 23.1 28.0 33.0 24 4 40.4 45.3 50.2 30 5 55.0 60.0 64.9 36 6 67.2 72.1 77.0
12 3 3.8 8.7 13.7 18 4 23.5 28.5 33.4 24 5 40.7 45.7 50.6 30 6 55.3 60.3 65.2 37 0 67.4 72.3 77.3
12 4 4.3 9.2 14.1 18 5 24.0 28.9 33.8 24 6 41.1 46.0 51.0 31 0 55.7 60.6 65.5 37 1 67.7 72.6 77.5
12 5 4.8 9.7 14.6 18 6 24.4 29.3 34.3 25 0 41.5 46.4 51.3 31 1 56.0 60.9 65.8 37 2 67.9 72.8 77.8
12 6 5.2 10.2 15.1 19 0 24.8 29.8 34.7 25 1 41.8 46.8 51.7 31 2 56.3 61.2 66.2 37 3 68.1 73.1 78.0
13 0 5.7 10.7 15.6 19 1 25.2 30.2 35.1 25 2 42.2 47.1 52.1 31 3 56.6 61.5 66.5 37 4 68.4 73.3 78.3
13 1 6.2 11.1 16.1 19 2 25.7 30.6 35.5 25 3 42.6 47.5 52.4 31 4 56.9 61.8 66.8 37 5 68.6 73.6 78.5
13 2 6.7 11.6 16.6 19 3 26.1 31.0 36.0 25 4 42.9 47.9 52.8 31 5 57.2 62.1 67.1 37 6 68.9 73.8 78.8
13 3 7.2 12.1 17.0 19 4 26.5 31.4 36.4 25 5 43.3 48.2 53.2 31 6 57.5 62.4 67.4 38 0 69.1 74.1 79.0
13 4 7.6 12.6 17.5 19 5 26.9 31.9 36.8 25 6 43.6 48.6 53.5 32 0 57.8 62.7 67.7 38 1 69.4 74.3 79.2
13 5 8.1 13.1 18.0 19 6 27.3 32.3 37.2 26 0 44.0 48.9 53.9 32 1 58.1 63.0 68.0 38 2 69.6 74.5 79.5
13 6 8.6 13.5 18.5 20 0 27.8 32.7 37.6 26 1 44.4 49.3 54.2 32 2 58.4 63.3 68.3 38 3 69.8 74.8 79.7
14 0 9.1 14.0 19.0 20 1 28.2 33.1 38.1 26 2 44.7 49.6 54.6 32 3 58.7 63.6 68.6 38 4 70.1 75.0 80.0
14 1 9.5 14.5 19.4 20 2 28.6 33.5 38.5 26 3 45.1 50.0 54.9 32 4 59.0 63.9 68.8 38 5 70.3 75.3 80.2
14 2 10.0 15.0 19.9 20 3 29.0 33.9 38.9 26 4 45.4 50.4 55.3 32 5 59.3 64.2 69.1 38 6 70.5 75.5 80.4
14 3 10.5 15.4 20.4 20 4 29.4 34.4 39.3 26 5 45.8 50.7 55.6 32 6 59.6 64.5 69.4 39 0 70.8 75.7 80.7
14 4 11.0 15.9 20.8 20 5 29.8 34.8 39.7 26 6 46.1 51.1 56.0 33 0 59.8 64.8 69.7 39 1 71.0 75.9 80.9
14 5 11.4 16.4 21.3 20 6 30.2 35.2 40.1 27 0 46.5 51.4 56.3 33 1 60.1 65.1 70.0 39 2 71.2 76.2 81.1
14 6 11.9 16.8 21.8 21 0 30.6 35.6 40.5 27 1 46.8 51.8 56.7 33 2 60.4 65.4 70.3 39 3 71.5 76.4 81.3
15 0 12.4 17.3 22.2 21 1 31.0 36.0 40.9 27 2 47.2 52.1 57.0 33 3 60.7 65.6 70.6 39 4 71.7 76.6 81.6
15 1 12.8 17.8 22.7 21 2 31.4 36.4 41.3 27 3 47.5 52.4 57.4 33 4 61.0 65.9 70.9 39 5 71.9 76.9 81.8
15 2 13.3 18.2 23.2 21 3 31.8 36.8 41.7 27 4 47.8 52.8 57.7 33 5 61.3 66.2 71.2 39 6 72.1 77.1 82.0
15 3 13.7 18.7 23.6 21 4 32.2 37.2 42.1 27 5 48.2 53.1 58.1 33 6 61.6 66.5 71.4 40 0 72.4 77.3 82.2
15 4 14.2 19.1 24.1 21 5 32.6 37.6 42.5 27 6 48.5 53.5 58.4 34 0 61.8 66.8 71.7 40 1 72.6 77.5 82.5
15 5 14.7 19.6 24.5 21 6 33.0 38.0 42.9 28 0 48.9 53.8 58.7 34 1 62.1 67.1 72.0 40 2 72.8 77.7 82.7
15 6 15.1 20.1 25.0 22 0 33.4 38.4 43.3 28 1 49.2 54.1 59.1 34 2 62.4 67.3 72.3 40 3 73.0 78.0 82.9
16 0 15.6 20.5 25.5 22 1 33.8 38.8 43.7 28 2 49.5 54.5 59.4 34 3 62.7 67.6 72.5 40 4 73.2 78.2 83.1
16 1 16.0 21.0 25.9 22 2 34.2 39.2 44.1 28 3 49.9 54.8 59.8 34 4 62.9 67.9 72.8 40 5 73.4 78.4 83.3
16 2 16.5 21.4 26.4 22 3 34.6 39.6 44.5 28 4 50.2 55.1 60.1 34 5 63.2 68.2 73.1 40 6 73.7 78.6 83.5
16 3 16.9 21.9 26.8 22 4 35.0 40.0 44.9 28 5 50.5 55.5 60.4 34 6 63.5 68.4 73.4 41 0 73.9 78.8 83.8
16 4 17.4 22.3 27.3 22 5 35.4 40.3 45.3 28 6 50.9 55.8 60.7 35 0 63.8 68.7 73.6 41 1 74.1 79.0 84.0
16 5 17.8 22.8 27.7 22 6 35.8 40.7 45.7 29 0 51.2 56.1 61.1 35 1 64.0 69.0 73.9 41 2 74.3 79.2 84.2
16 6 18.3 23.2 28.2 23 0 36.2 41.1 46.1 29 1 51.5 56.5 61.4 35 2 64.3 69.2 74.2 41 3 74.5 79.4 84.4
17 0 18.7 23.7 28.6 23 1 36.6 41.5 46.4 29 2 51.8 56.8 61.7 35 3 64.6 69.5 74.4 41 4 74.7 79.7 84.6
17 1 19.2 24.1 29.0 23 2 37.0 41.9 46.8 29 3 52.2 57.1 62.1 35 4 64.8 69.8 74.7 41 5 74.9 79.9 84.8
17 2 19.6 24.6 29.5 23 3 37.3 42.3 47.2 29 4 52.5 57.4 62.4 35 5 65.1 70.0 75.0 41 6 75.1 80.1 85.0
17 3 20.1 25.0 29.9 23 4 37.7 42.7 47.6 29 5 52.8 57.8 62.7 35 6 65.4 70.3 75.2 42 0 75.3 80.3 85.2
17 4 20.5 25.4 30.4 23 5 38.1 43.0 48.0 29 6 53.1 58.1 63.0 36 0 65.6 70.6 75.5
17 5 20.9 25.9 30.8 23 6 38.5 43.4 48.4 30 0 53.5 58.4 63.3 36 1 65.9 70.8 75.8
17 6 21.4 26.3 31.2 24 0 38.9 43.8 48.7 30 1 53.8 58.7 63.7 36 2 66.1 71.1 76.0
18 0 21.8 26.7 31.7 24 1 39.2 44.2 49.1 30 2 54.1 59.0 64.0 36 3 66.4 71.3 76.3

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 41
9 Obstetrical References

Femur Length, Merz


Merz E, Kim-Kern M-S, Pehl S. " Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third Trimesters." Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound 15:175, March/April 1987.
5 & 95%: (2SD/2 * 1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
13 0 9.4 11.0 12.6 18 6 25.1 27.6 30.1 24 5 42.4 44.9 47.4 30 4 54.4 58.3 62.2 36 3 66.1 70.9 75.6
13 1 9.7 11.3 12.9 19 0 25.5 28.0 30.5 24 6 42.9 45.4 47.9 30 5 54.6 58.9 63.1 36 4 66.8 71.1 75.5
13 2 10.0 11.6 13.2 19 1 25.9 28.4 30.9 25 0 43.5 46.0 48.5 30 6 54.9 59.4 64.0 36 5 67.4 71.4 75.4
13 3 10.3 11.9 13.5 19 2 26.4 28.9 31.4 25 1 43.7 46.3 48.9 31 0 55.1 60.0 64.9 36 6 68.1 71.7 75.4
13 4 10.5 12.1 13.7 19 3 26.8 29.3 31.8 25 2 43.8 46.6 49.3 31 1 55.2 60.1 65.0 37 0 68.7 72.0 75.3
13 5 10.8 12.4 14.0 19 4 27.2 29.7 32.2 25 3 44.0 46.9 49.7 31 2 55.4 60.3 65.2 37 1 68.8 72.3 75.8
13 6 11.1 12.7 14.3 19 5 27.6 30.1 32.6 25 4 44.2 47.1 50.1 31 3 55.5 60.4 65.3 37 2 68.8 72.6 76.3
14 0 11.4 13.0 14.6 19 6 28.1 30.6 33.1 25 5 44.4 47.4 50.5 31 4 55.7 60.6 65.5 37 3 68.9 72.9 76.8
14 1 11.7 13.3 14.9 20 0 28.5 31.0 33.5 25 6 44.5 47.7 50.9 31 5 55.8 60.7 65.6 37 4 68.9 73.1 77.4
14 2 12.0 13.6 15.2 20 1 29.0 31.6 34.2 26 0 44.7 48.0 51.3 31 6 56.0 60.9 65.8 37 5 69.0 73.4 77.9
14 3 12.3 13.9 15.5 20 2 29.4 32.1 34.9 26 1 45.0 48.1 51.3 32 0 56.1 61.0 65.9 37 6 69.0 73.7 78.4
14 4 12.5 14.1 15.7 20 3 29.9 32.7 35.6 26 2 45.2 48.3 51.4 32 1 56.6 61.4 66.2 38 0 69.1 74.0 78.9
14 5 12.8 14.4 16.0 20 4 30.3 33.3 36.2 26 3 45.5 48.4 51.4 32 2 57.2 61.9 66.5 38 1 69.1 74.3 79.4
14 6 13.1 14.7 16.3 20 5 30.8 33.9 36.9 26 4 45.7 48.6 51.4 32 3 57.7 62.3 66.8 38 2 69.2 74.6 80.0
15 0 13.4 15.0 16.6 20 6 31.2 34.4 37.6 26 5 46.0 48.7 51.4 32 4 58.3 62.7 67.2 38 3 69.2 74.9 80.5
15 1 13.8 15.6 17.3 21 0 31.7 35.0 38.3 26 6 46.2 48.9 51.5 32 5 58.8 63.1 67.5 38 4 69.3 75.1 81.0
15 2 14.3 16.1 18.0 21 1 32.0 35.1 38.3 27 0 46.5 49.0 51.5 32 6 59.4 63.6 67.8 38 5 69.3 75.4 81.5
15 3 14.7 16.7 18.7 21 2 32.2 35.3 38.4 27 1 46.8 49.6 52.3 33 0 59.9 64.0 68.1 38 6 69.4 75.7 82.1
15 4 15.2 17.3 19.4 21 3 32.5 35.4 38.4 27 2 47.2 50.1 53.1 33 1 60.1 64.3 68.5 39 0 69.4 76.0 82.6
15 5 15.6 17.9 20.1 21 4 32.7 35.6 38.4 27 3 47.5 50.7 53.9 33 2 60.2 64.6 68.9 39 1 70.0 76.1 82.3
15 6 16.1 18.4 20.8 21 5 33.0 35.7 38.4 27 4 47.9 51.3 54.7 33 3 60.4 64.9 69.3 39 2 70.6 76.3 81.9
16 0 16.5 19.0 21.5 21 6 33.2 35.9 38.5 27 5 48.2 51.9 55.5 33 4 60.6 65.1 69.7 39 3 71.2 76.4 81.6
16 1 16.9 19.4 21.9 22 0 33.5 36.0 38.5 27 6 48.6 52.4 56.3 33 5 60.8 65.4 70.1 39 4 71.9 76.6 81.3
16 2 17.4 19.9 22.4 22 1 34.0 36.6 39.2 28 0 48.9 53.0 57.1 33 6 60.9 65.7 70.5 39 5 72.5 76.7 81.0
16 3 17.8 20.3 22.8 22 2 34.4 37.1 39.9 28 1 48.9 53.0 57.1 34 0 61.1 66.0 70.9 39 6 73.1 76.9 80.6
16 4 18.2 20.7 23.2 22 3 34.9 37.7 40.6 28 2 48.9 53.0 57.1 34 1 61.2 66.1 71.0 40 0 73.7 77.0 80.3
16 5 18.6 21.1 23.6 22 4 35.3 38.3 41.2 28 3 48.9 53.0 57.1 34 2 61.4 66.3 71.2 40 1 73.7 77.0 80.3
16 6 19.1 21.6 24.1 22 5 35.8 38.9 41.9 28 4 48.9 53.0 57.1 34 3 61.5 66.4 71.3 40 2 73.7 77.0 80.3
17 0 19.5 22.0 24.5 22 6 36.2 39.4 42.6 28 5 48.9 53.0 57.1 34 4 61.7 66.6 71.5 40 3 73.7 77.0 80.3
17 1 19.9 22.4 24.9 23 0 36.7 40.0 43.3 28 6 48.9 53.0 57.1 34 5 61.8 66.7 71.6 40 4 73.7 77.0 80.3
17 2 20.4 22.9 25.4 23 1 37.1 40.3 43.5 29 0 48.9 53.0 57.1 34 6 62.0 66.9 71.8 40 5 73.7 77.0 80.3
17 3 20.8 23.3 25.8 23 2 37.5 40.6 43.6 29 1 49.6 53.4 57.3 35 0 62.1 67.0 71.9 40 6 73.7 77.0 80.3
17 4 21.2 23.7 26.2 23 3 37.9 40.9 43.8 29 2 50.2 53.9 57.5 35 1 62.4 67.4 72.5 41 0 73.7 77.0 80.3
17 5 21.6 24.1 26.6 23 4 38.3 41.1 44.0 29 3 50.9 54.3 57.7 35 2 62.7 67.9 73.0 41 1 73.5 77.1 80.8
17 6 22.1 24.6 27.1 23 5 38.7 41.4 44.2 29 4 51.5 54.7 57.9 35 3 63.0 68.3 73.6 41 2 73.3 77.3 81.3
18 0 22.5 25.0 27.5 23 6 39.1 41.7 44.3 29 5 52.2 55.1 58.1 35 4 63.3 68.7 74.1 41 3 73.1 77.4 81.8
18 1 22.9 25.4 27.9 24 0 39.5 42.0 44.5 29 6 52.8 55.6 58.3 35 5 63.6 69.1 74.7 41 4 72.8 77.6 82.3
18 2 23.4 25.9 28.4 24 1 40.1 42.6 45.1 30 0 53.5 56.0 58.5 35 6 63.9 69.6 75.2 41 5 72.6 77.7 82.8
18 3 23.8 26.3 28.8 24 2 40.6 43.1 45.6 30 1 53.7 56.6 59.4 36 0 64.2 70.0 75.8 41 6 72.4 77.9 83.3
18 4 24.2 26.7 29.2 24 3 41.2 43.7 46.2 30 2 54.0 57.1 60.3 36 1 64.8 70.3 75.7 42 0 72.2 78.0 83.8
18 5 24.6 27.1 29.6 24 4 41.8 44.3 46.8 30 3 54.2 57.7 61.2 36 2 65.5 70.6 75.7

Femur Length, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Dramaix-Wilmet M, van Kerkem J, Petroons P, Schwers J. "Ultrasonic Evaluation of Fetal Limb Growth, Part II"
Radiology 143:751, 1982.
FL(mm)= -36.040470 + 4.1626390 * MA(wk) - 0.0346367 * MA2
5 & 95%: (1 SD * 1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
13 0 5.6 12.2 18.8 18 3 24.5 28.9 33.3 23 6 37.3 43.6 49.8 29 2 49.7 56.2 62.7 34 5 59.6 66.7 73.9
13 1 6.1 12.7 19.3 18 4 24.9 29.3 33.7 24 0 37.6 43.9 50.2 29 3 50.0 56.5 63.0 34 6 59.8 67.0 74.1
13 2 6.6 13.1 19.7 18 5 25.3 29.7 34.2 24 1 38.0 44.3 50.5 29 4 50.3 56.8 63.3 35 0 61.3 67.2 73.1
13 3 7.0 13.6 20.2 18 6 25.7 30.1 34.6 24 2 38.4 44.6 50.9 29 5 50.6 57.1 63.6 35 1 61.6 67.5 73.4
13 4 7.5 14.1 20.7 19 0 22.7 30.5 38.4 24 3 38.7 45.0 51.2 29 6 50.9 57.4 63.9 35 2 61.8 67.7 73.6
13 5 8.0 14.5 21.1 19 1 23.1 31.0 38.8 24 4 39.1 45.3 51.6 30 0 51.2 57.7 64.2 35 3 62.1 68.0 73.9
13 6 8.4 15.0 21.6 19 2 23.5 31.4 39.2 24 5 39.4 45.7 52.0 30 1 51.5 58.0 64.5 35 4 62.3 68.2 74.1
14 0 8.9 15.4 22.0 19 3 23.9 31.8 39.6 24 6 39.8 46.0 52.3 30 2 51.8 58.3 64.8 35 5 62.6 68.4 74.3
14 1 9.3 15.9 22.5 19 4 24.3 32.2 40.0 25 0 38.4 46.4 54.4 30 3 52.1 58.6 65.0 35 6 62.8 68.7 74.6
14 2 9.8 16.4 22.9 19 5 24.7 32.6 40.4 25 1 38.7 46.7 54.7 30 4 52.3 58.8 65.3 36 0 63.0 68.9 74.8
14 3 10.2 16.8 23.4 19 6 25.1 33.0 40.8 25 2 39.0 47.1 55.1 30 5 52.6 59.1 65.6 36 1 63.3 69.2 75.1
14 4 10.7 17.3 23.8 20 0 25.5 33.4 41.2 25 3 39.4 47.4 55.4 30 6 52.9 59.4 65.9 36 2 63.5 69.4 75.3
14 5 11.1 17.7 24.3 20 1 25.9 33.8 41.6 25 4 39.7 47.8 55.8 31 0 52.8 59.7 66.7 36 3 63.7 69.6 75.5
14 6 11.6 18.2 24.7 20 2 26.3 34.1 42.0 25 5 40.1 48.1 56.1 31 1 53.1 60.0 67.0 36 4 64.0 69.9 75.8
15 0 11.3 18.6 26.0 20 3 26.7 34.5 42.4 25 6 40.4 48.4 56.5 31 2 53.3 60.3 67.2 36 5 64.2 70.1 76.0
15 1 11.7 19.1 26.4 20 4 27.1 34.9 42.8 26 0 40.8 48.8 56.8 31 3 53.6 60.6 67.5 36 6 64.4 70.3 76.2
15 2 12.1 19.5 26.8 20 5 27.5 35.3 43.2 26 1 41.1 49.1 57.1 31 4 53.9 60.9 67.8 37 0 63.7 70.6 77.5
15 3 12.6 19.9 27.3 20 6 27.9 35.7 43.6 26 2 41.4 49.4 57.5 31 5 54.2 61.1 68.1 37 1 63.9 70.8 77.7
15 4 13.0 20.4 27.7 21 0 27.4 36.1 44.8 26 3 41.8 49.8 57.8 31 6 54.5 61.4 68.4 37 2 64.1 71.0 77.9
15 5 13.5 20.8 28.2 21 1 27.7 36.5 45.2 26 4 42.1 50.1 58.1 32 0 54.7 61.7 68.6 37 3 64.3 71.2 78.1
15 6 13.9 21.3 28.6 21 2 28.1 36.9 45.6 26 5 42.4 50.4 58.5 32 1 55.0 62.0 68.9 37 4 64.6 71.5 78.4
16 0 14.3 21.7 29.0 21 3 28.5 37.3 46.0 26 6 42.7 50.8 58.8 32 2 55.3 62.2 69.2 37 5 64.8 71.7 78.6
16 1 14.8 22.1 29.5 21 4 28.9 37.6 46.4 27 0 45.0 51.1 57.2 32 3 55.6 62.5 69.5 37 6 65.0 71.9 78.8
16 2 15.2 22.6 29.9 21 5 29.3 38.0 46.8 27 1 45.4 51.4 57.5 32 4 55.8 62.8 69.7 38 0 65.2 72.1 79.0
16 3 15.7 23.0 30.3 21 6 29.7 38.4 47.1 27 2 45.7 51.8 57.8 32 5 56.1 63.1 70.0 38 1 65.4 72.3 79.2
16 4 16.1 23.4 30.8 22 0 30.0 38.8 47.5 27 3 46.0 52.1 58.1 32 6 56.4 63.3 70.3 38 2 65.7 72.6 79.5
16 5 16.5 23.9 31.2 22 1 30.4 39.1 47.9 27 4 46.3 52.4 58.5 33 0 56.5 63.6 70.7 38 3 65.9 72.8 79.7
16 6 16.9 24.3 31.6 22 2 30.8 39.5 48.3 27 5 46.7 52.7 58.8 33 1 56.7 63.9 71.0 38 4 66.1 73.0 79.9
17 0 20.3 24.7 29.1 22 3 31.2 39.9 48.6 27 6 47.0 53.0 59.1 33 2 57.0 64.1 71.3 38 5 66.3 73.2 80.1
17 1 20.7 25.1 29.6 22 4 31.5 40.3 49.0 28 0 47.3 53.4 59.4 33 3 57.3 64.4 71.5 38 6 66.5 73.4 80.3
17 2 21.1 25.6 30.0 22 5 31.9 40.6 49.4 28 1 47.6 53.7 59.7 33 4 57.5 64.7 71.8 39 0 63.8 73.6 83.5
17 3 21.6 26.0 30.4 22 6 32.3 41.0 49.8 28 2 47.9 54.0 60.0 33 5 57.8 64.9 72.1 39 1 64.0 73.8 83.7
17 4 22.0 26.4 30.8 23 0 35.1 41.4 47.6 28 3 48.2 54.3 60.4 33 6 58.1 65.2 72.3 39 2 64.2 74.0 83.9
17 5 22.4 26.8 31.3 23 1 35.5 41.7 48.0 28 4 48.6 54.6 60.7 34 0 58.3 65.4 72.6 39 3 64.4 74.2 84.1
17 6 22.8 27.2 31.7 23 2 35.8 42.1 48.4 28 5 48.9 54.9 61.0 34 1 58.6 65.7 72.8 39 4 64.6 74.4 84.3
18 0 23.2 27.7 32.1 23 3 36.2 42.5 48.7 28 6 49.2 55.2 61.3 34 2 58.8 66.0 73.1 39 5 64.8 74.6 84.5
18 1 23.7 28.1 32.5 23 4 36.6 42.8 49.1 29 0 49.1 55.5 62.0 34 3 59.1 66.2 73.4 39 6 65.0 74.8 84.7
18 2 24.1 28.5 32.9 23 5 36.9 43.2 49.5 29 1 49.4 55.9 62.3 34 4 59.3 66.5 73.6 40 0 65.2 75.0 84.9

9 - 42 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Femur Length, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 4.0 8.0 13.0 17 5 20.1 24.4 29.1 23 3 35.9 40.3 44.9 29 1 50.3 54.3 59.3 34 6 61.7 66.7 70.7
12 1 4.3 8.4 13.4 17 6 20.6 24.7 29.6 23 4 36.1 40.7 45.1 29 2 50.6 54.6 59.6 35 0 62.0 67.0 71.0
12 2 4.6 8.9 13.9 18 0 21.0 25.0 30.0 23 5 36.4 41.1 45.4 29 3 50.9 54.9 59.9 35 1 62.3 67.1 71.3
12 3 4.9 9.3 14.3 18 1 21.4 25.4 30.4 23 6 36.7 41.6 45.7 29 4 51.1 55.1 60.1 35 2 62.6 67.3 71.6
12 4 5.1 9.7 14.7 18 2 21.9 25.9 30.9 24 0 37.0 42.0 46.0 29 5 51.4 55.4 60.4 35 3 62.9 67.4 71.9
12 5 5.4 10.1 15.1 18 3 22.3 26.3 31.3 24 1 37.4 42.3 46.4 29 6 51.7 55.7 60.7 35 4 63.1 67.6 72.1
12 6 5.7 10.6 15.6 18 4 22.7 26.7 31.7 24 2 37.9 42.6 46.9 30 0 52.0 56.0 61.0 35 5 63.4 67.7 72.4
13 0 6.0 11.0 16.0 18 5 23.1 27.1 32.1 24 3 38.3 42.9 47.3 30 1 52.3 56.4 61.3 35 6 63.7 67.9 72.7
13 1 6.4 11.4 16.3 18 6 23.6 27.6 32.6 24 4 38.7 43.1 47.7 30 2 52.6 56.9 61.6 36 0 64.0 68.0 73.0
13 2 6.9 11.9 16.6 19 0 24.0 28.0 33.0 24 5 39.1 43.4 48.1 30 3 52.9 57.3 61.9 36 1 64.1 68.3 73.1
13 3 7.3 12.3 16.9 19 1 24.3 28.4 33.4 24 6 39.6 43.7 48.6 30 4 53.1 57.7 62.1 36 2 64.3 68.6 73.3
13 4 7.7 12.7 17.1 19 2 24.6 28.9 33.9 25 0 40.0 44.0 49.0 30 5 53.4 58.1 62.4 36 3 64.4 68.9 73.4
13 5 8.1 13.1 17.4 19 3 24.9 29.3 34.3 25 1 40.3 44.4 49.3 30 6 53.7 58.6 62.7 36 4 64.6 69.1 73.6
13 6 8.6 13.6 17.7 19 4 25.1 29.7 34.7 25 2 40.6 44.9 49.6 31 0 54.0 59.0 63.0 36 5 64.7 69.4 73.7
14 0 9.0 14.0 18.0 19 5 25.4 30.1 35.1 25 3 40.9 45.3 49.9 31 1 54.3 59.3 63.3 36 6 64.9 69.7 73.9
14 1 9.4 14.4 18.4 19 6 25.7 30.6 35.6 25 4 41.1 45.7 50.1 31 2 54.6 59.6 63.6 37 0 65.0 70.0 74.0
14 2 9.9 14.9 18.9 20 0 26.0 31.0 36.0 25 5 41.4 46.1 50.4 31 3 54.9 59.9 63.9 37 1 65.3 70.1 74.3
14 3 10.3 15.3 19.3 20 1 26.4 31.4 36.3 25 6 41.7 46.6 50.7 31 4 55.1 60.1 64.1 37 2 65.6 70.3 74.6
14 4 10.7 15.7 19.7 20 2 26.9 31.9 36.6 26 0 42.0 47.0 51.0 31 5 55.4 60.4 64.4 37 3 65.9 70.4 74.9
14 5 11.1 16.1 20.1 20 3 27.3 32.3 36.9 26 1 42.4 47.3 51.4 31 6 55.7 60.7 64.7 37 4 66.1 70.6 75.1
14 6 11.6 16.6 20.6 20 4 27.7 32.7 37.1 26 2 42.9 47.6 51.9 32 0 56.0 61.0 65.0 37 5 66.4 70.7 75.4
15 0 12.0 17.0 21.0 20 5 28.1 33.1 37.4 26 3 43.3 47.9 52.3 32 1 56.3 61.3 65.3 37 6 66.7 70.9 75.7
15 1 12.4 17.4 21.4 20 6 28.6 33.6 37.7 26 4 43.7 48.1 52.7 32 2 56.6 61.6 65.6 38 0 67.0 71.0 76.0
15 2 12.9 17.9 21.9 21 0 29.0 34.0 38.0 26 5 44.1 48.4 53.1 32 3 56.9 61.9 65.9 38 1 67.1 71.3 76.1
15 3 13.3 18.3 22.3 21 1 29.4 34.3 38.4 26 6 44.6 48.7 53.6 32 4 57.1 62.1 66.1 38 2 67.3 71.6 76.3
15 4 13.7 18.7 22.7 21 2 29.9 34.6 38.9 27 0 45.0 49.0 54.0 32 5 57.4 62.4 66.4 38 3 67.4 71.9 76.4
15 5 14.1 19.1 23.1 21 3 30.3 34.9 39.3 27 1 45.3 49.4 54.3 32 6 57.7 62.7 66.7 38 4 67.6 72.1 76.6
15 6 14.6 19.6 23.6 21 4 30.7 35.1 39.7 27 2 45.6 49.9 54.6 33 0 58.0 63.0 67.0 38 5 67.7 72.4 76.7
16 0 15.0 20.0 24.0 21 5 31.1 35.4 40.1 27 3 45.9 50.3 54.9 33 1 58.3 63.3 67.3 38 6 67.9 72.7 76.9
16 1 15.4 20.4 24.4 21 6 31.6 35.7 40.6 27 4 46.1 50.7 55.1 33 2 58.6 63.6 67.6 39 0 68.0 73.0 77.0
16 2 15.9 20.9 24.9 22 0 32.0 36.0 41.0 27 5 46.4 51.1 55.4 33 3 58.9 63.9 67.9 39 1 68.3 73.1 77.3
16 3 16.3 21.3 25.3 22 1 32.4 36.4 41.4 27 6 46.7 51.6 55.7 33 4 59.1 64.1 68.1 39 2 68.6 73.3 77.6
16 4 16.7 21.7 25.7 22 2 32.9 36.9 41.9 28 0 47.0 52.0 56.0 33 5 59.4 64.4 68.4 39 3 68.9 73.4 77.9
16 5 17.1 22.1 26.1 22 3 33.3 37.3 42.3 28 1 47.4 52.3 56.4 33 6 59.7 64.7 68.7 39 4 69.1 73.6 78.1
16 6 17.6 22.6 26.6 22 4 33.7 37.7 42.7 28 2 47.9 52.6 56.9 34 0 60.0 65.0 69.0 39 5 69.4 73.7 78.4
17 0 18.0 23.0 27.0 22 5 34.1 38.1 43.1 28 3 48.3 52.9 57.3 34 1 60.3 65.3 69.3 39 6 69.7 73.9 78.7
17 1 18.4 23.3 27.4 22 6 34.6 38.6 43.6 28 4 48.7 53.1 57.7 34 2 60.6 65.6 69.6 40 0 70.0 74.0 79.0
17 2 18.9 23.6 27.9 23 0 35.0 39.0 44.0 28 5 49.1 53.4 58.1 34 3 60.9 65.9 69.9
17 3 19.3 23.9 28.3 23 1 35.3 39.4 44.3 28 6 49.6 53.7 58.6 34 4 61.1 66.1 70.1
17 4 19.7 24.1 28.7 23 2 35.6 39.9 44.6 29 0 50.0 54.0 59.0 34 5 61.4 66.4 70.4

Femur Length, Tokyo


Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
140 27.2 32.3 34.0 170 36.6 41.6 46.4 200 45.3 51.0 57.0 230 53.3 59.8 65.7 260 60.6 67.0 72.4
141 27.5 32.6 34.5 171 36.9 41.9 46.8 201 45.6 51.3 57.3 231 53.6 60.1 65.9 261 60.8 67.2 72.6
142 27.8 32.9 34.9 172 37.2 42.2 47.2 202 45.9 51.6 57.6 232 53.8 60.4 66.2 262 61.0 67.4 72.7
143 28.1 33.2 35.4 173 37.5 42.5 47.6 203 46.1 51.9 57.9 233 54.1 60.6 66.4 263 61.3 67.6 72.9
144 28.4 33.5 35.8 174 37.8 42.8 47.9 204 46.4 52.2 58.3 234 54.4 60.9 66.7 264 61.5 67.8 73.1
145 28.8 33.8 36.2 175 38.1 43.1 48.3 205 46.7 52.5 58.6 235 54.6 61.2 66.9 265 61.7 68.0 73.3
146 29.1 34.1 36.7 176 38.4 43.5 48.7 206 47.0 52.9 58.9 236 54.9 61.4 67.2 266 61.9 68.2 73.5
147 29.4 34.4 37.1 177 38.7 43.8 49.1 207 47.2 53.2 59.2 237 55.1 61.7 67.4 267 62.1 68.3 73.6
148 29.7 34.7 37.5 178 38.9 44.1 49.4 208 47.5 53.5 59.5 238 55.3 61.9 67.7 268 62.4 68.5 73.8
149 30.0 35.0 37.9 179 39.2 44.4 49.8 209 47.8 53.8 59.8 239 55.6 62.2 67.9 269 62.6 68.7 74.0
150 30.4 35.3 38.4 180 39.5 44.7 50.2 210 48.1 54.1 60.1 240 55.8 62.4 68.1 270 62.8 68.9 74.1
151 30.7 35.6 38.8 181 39.8 45.0 50.5 211 48.3 54.4 60.4 241 56.1 62.7 68.4 271 63.0 69.0 74.3
152 31.0 35.9 39.2 182 40.1 45.4 50.9 212 48.6 54.7 60.7 242 56.3 63.0 68.6 272 63.2 69.2 74.5
153 31.3 36.2 39.6 183 40.4 45.7 51.2 213 48.9 55.0 61.0 243 56.6 63.2 68.8 273 63.4 69.3 74.6
154 31.6 36.5 40.0 184 40.7 46.0 51.6 214 49.1 55.3 61.3 244 56.8 63.4 69.0 274 63.7 69.5 74.8
155 31.9 36.9 40.5 185 41.0 46.3 51.9 215 49.4 55.6 61.6 245 57.1 63.7 69.3 275 63.9 69.7 74.9
156 32.2 37.2 40.9 186 41.3 46.6 52.3 216 49.7 55.8 61.9 246 57.3 63.9 69.5 276 64.1 69.8 75.1
157 32.6 37.5 41.3 187 41.6 46.9 52.6 217 49.9 56.1 62.1 247 57.5 64.2 69.7 277 64.3 69.9 75.3
158 32.9 37.8 41.7 188 41.9 47.3 53.0 218 50.2 56.4 62.4 248 57.8 64.4 69.9 278 64.5 70.1 75.4
159 33.2 38.1 42.1 189 42.2 47.6 53.3 219 50.5 56.7 62.7 249 58.0 64.6 70.1 279 64.7 70.2 75.5
160 33.5 38.4 42.5 190 42.5 47.9 53.7 220 50.7 57.0 63.0 250 58.3 64.9 70.4 280 64.9 70.4 75.7
161 33.8 38.7 42.9 191 42.7 48.2 54.0 221 51.0 57.3 63.3 251 58.5 65.1 70.6 281 65.1 70.5 75.8
162 34.1 39.0 43.3 192 43.0 48.5 54.4 222 51.3 57.6 63.5 252 58.7 65.3 70.8 282 65.3 70.6 76.0
163 34.4 39.3 43.7 193 43.3 48.8 54.7 223 51.5 57.9 63.8 253 59.0 65.5 71.0 283 65.5 70.7 76.1
164 34.7 39.7 44.1 194 43.6 49.1 55.0 224 51.8 58.2 64.1 254 59.2 65.8 71.2 284 65.7 70.8 76.2
165 35.0 40.0 44.5 195 43.9 49.5 55.4 225 52.1 58.4 64.4 255 59.4 66.0 71.4 285 65.9 71.0 76.4
166 35.3 40.3 44.9 196 44.2 49.8 55.7 226 52.3 58.7 64.6 256 59.7 66.2 71.6 286 66.1 71.1 76.5
167 35.6 40.6 45.3 197 44.5 50.1 56.0 227 52.6 59.0 64.9 257 59.9 66.4 71.8 287 66.3 71.2 76.6
168 35.9 40.9 45.7 198 44.7 50.4 56.3 228 52.8 59.3 65.2 258 60.1 66.6 72.0
169 36.2 41.2 46.0 199 45.0 50.7 56.7 229 53.1 59.5 65.4 259 60.3 66.8 72.2

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 43
9 Obstetrical References

Femur Length, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
91 6.3 9.4 12.6 129 22.5 25.9 29.4 167 36.7 40.4 44.2 205 48.6 52.8 57.0 243 58.6 63.1 67.6
92 6.7 9.8 13.0 130 22.9 26.3 29.8 168 37.1 40.8 44.6 206 48.9 53.1 57.3 244 58.9 63.4 67.9
93 7.2 10.3 13.5 131 23.3 26.7 30.2 169 37.2 41.1 45.0 207 49.2 53.4 57.6 245 59.1 63.6 68.1
94 7.6 10.7 13.9 132 23.7 27.1 30.6 170 37.6 41.5 45.4 208 49.5 53.7 57.9 246 59.4 63.9 68.4
95 8.1 11.2 14.4 133 23.9 27.5 31.1 171 37.9 41.8 45.7 209 49.8 54.0 58.2 247 59.6 64.1 68.6
96 8.6 11.7 14.9 134 24.3 27.9 31.5 172 38.3 42.2 46.1 210 50.1 54.3 58.5 248 59.8 64.3 68.8
97 8.8 12.1 15.4 135 24.7 28.3 31.9 173 38.6 42.5 46.4 211 50.4 54.6 58.8 249 60.1 64.6 69.1
98 9.3 12.6 15.9 136 25.1 28.7 32.3 174 38.9 42.8 46.7 212 50.7 54.9 59.1 250 60.3 64.8 69.3
99 9.7 13.0 16.3 137 25.5 29.1 32.7 175 39.3 43.2 47.1 213 51.0 55.2 59.4 251 60.5 65.0 69.5
100 10.2 13.5 16.8 138 25.9 29.5 33.1 176 39.6 43.5 47.4 214 51.2 55.4 59.6 252 60.8 65.3 69.8
101 10.6 13.9 17.2 139 26.3 29.9 33.5 177 40.0 43.9 47.8 215 51.5 55.7 59.9 253 61.0 65.5 70.0
102 11.1 14.4 17.7 140 26.7 30.3 33.9 178 40.3 44.2 48.1 216 51.8 56.0 60.2 254 61.2 65.7 70.2
103 11.5 14.8 18.1 141 27.1 30.7 34.3 179 40.6 44.5 48.4 217 52.1 56.3 60.5 255 61.5 66.0 70.5
104 12.0 15.3 18.6 142 27.5 31.1 34.7 180 41.0 44.9 48.8 218 52.4 56.6 60.8 256 61.7 66.2 70.7
105 12.4 15.7 19.0 143 27.9 31.5 35.1 181 41.3 45.2 49.1 219 52.7 56.9 61.1 257 61.9 66.4 70.9
106 12.8 16.1 19.4 144 28.3 31.9 35.5 182 41.7 45.6 49.5 220 52.9 57.1 61.3 258 62.1 66.6 71.1
107 13.3 16.6 19.9 145 28.7 32.3 35.9 183 42.0 45.9 49.8 221 53.2 57.4 61.6 259 62.3 66.9 71.6
108 13.7 17.0 20.3 146 29.1 32.7 36.3 184 42.3 46.2 50.1 222 53.5 57.7 61.9 260 62.5 67.1 71.8
109 14.2 17.5 20.8 147 29.4 33.0 36.6 185 42.6 46.5 50.4 223 53.7 58.0 62.4 261 62.7 67.3 72.0
110 14.6 17.9 21.2 148 29.8 33.4 37.0 186 43.0 46.9 50.8 224 53.9 58.2 62.6 262 62.9 67.5 72.2
111 15.0 18.3 21.6 149 30.2 33.8 37.4 187 43.2 47.2 51.3 225 54.2 58.5 62.9 263 63.1 67.7 72.4
112 15.5 18.8 22.1 150 30.6 34.2 37.8 188 43.5 47.5 51.6 226 54.5 58.8 63.2 264 63.3 67.9 72.6
113 15.9 19.2 22.5 151 30.9 34.6 38.4 189 43.8 47.8 51.9 227 54.7 59.0 63.4 265 63.6 68.2 72.9
114 16.3 19.6 22.9 152 31.2 34.9 38.7 190 44.2 48.2 52.3 228 55.0 59.3 63.7 266 63.8 68.4 73.1
115 16.7 20.1 23.6 153 31.6 35.3 39.1 191 44.5 48.5 52.6 229 55.3 59.6 64.0 267 64.0 68.6 73.3
116 17.1 20.5 24.0 154 32.0 35.7 39.5 192 44.8 48.8 52.9 230 55.5 59.8 64.2 268 64.2 68.8 73.5
117 17.5 20.9 24.4 155 32.4 36.1 39.9 193 45.1 49.1 53.2 231 55.8 60.1 64.5 269 64.4 69.0 73.7
118 17.9 21.3 24.8 156 32.7 36.4 40.2 194 45.4 49.4 53.5 232 56.1 60.4 64.8 270 64.6 69.2 73.9
119 18.4 21.8 25.3 157 33.1 36.8 40.6 195 45.7 49.7 53.8 233 56.3 60.6 65.0 271 64.8 69.4 74.1
120 18.8 22.2 25.7 158 33.5 37.2 41.0 196 46.1 50.1 54.2 234 56.6 60.9 65.3 272 65.0 69.6 74.3
121 19.2 22.6 26.1 159 33.8 37.5 41.3 197 46.4 50.4 54.5 235 56.8 61.1 65.5 273 65.2 69.8 74.5
122 19.6 23.0 26.5 160 34.2 37.9 41.7 198 46.7 50.7 54.8 236 57.1 61.4 65.8 274 65.4 70.0 74.7
123 20.0 23.4 26.9 161 34.6 38.3 42.1 199 47.0 51.0 55.1 237 57.3 61.6 66.0 275 65.6 70.2 74.9
124 20.5 23.9 27.4 162 34.9 38.6 42.4 200 47.3 51.3 55.4 238 57.6 61.9 66.3 276 65.8 70.4 75.1
125 20.9 24.3 27.8 163 35.3 39.0 42.8 201 47.6 51.6 55.7 239 57.8 62.1 66.5 277 65.8 70.6 75.4
126 21.3 24.7 28.2 164 35.6 39.3 43.1 202 47.9 51.9 56.0 240 58.1 62.4 66.8 278 66.0 70.8 75.6
127 21.7 25.1 28.6 165 36.0 39.7 43.5 203 48.2 52.2 56.3 241 58.1 62.6 67.1 279 66.2 71.0 75.8
128 22.1 25.5 29.0 166 36.4 40.1 43.9 204 48.5 52.5 56.6 242 58.4 62.9 67.4 280 66.4 71.2 76.0

Femur Length, JSUM


Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean + FL - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
112 16.2 20.1 24.1 149 29.4 33.6 37.8 186 41.8 46.3 50.8 223 52.7 57.5 62.2 260 61.2 66.2 71.2
113 16.6 20.5 24.4 150 29.7 34.0 38.2 187 42.2 46.6 51.1 224 53.0 57.8 62.5 261 61.4 66.4 71.4
114 16.9 20.8 24.8 151 30.1 34.3 38.6 188 42.5 47.0 51.5 225 53.3 58.1 62.8 262 61.5 66.6 71.6
115 17.3 21.2 25.2 152 30.4 34.7 38.9 189 42.8 47.3 51.8 226 53.5 58.3 63.1 263 61.7 66.8 71.8
116 17.6 21.6 25.6 153 30.8 35.0 39.3 190 43.1 47.6 52.1 227 53.8 58.6 63.4 264 61.9 67.0 72.0
117 18.0 22.0 25.9 154 31.1 35.4 39.7 191 43.4 48.0 52.5 228 54.0 58.8 63.6 265 62.1 67.2 72.2
118 18.4 22.3 26.3 155 31.5 35.8 40.0 192 43.8 48.3 52.8 229 54.3 59.1 63.9 266 62.3 67.4 72.4
119 18.7 22.7 26.7 156 31.8 36.1 40.4 193 44.1 48.6 53.1 230 54.5 59.3 64.2 267 62.5 67.6 72.6
120 19.1 23.1 27.1 157 32.2 36.5 40.7 194 44.4 48.9 53.4 231 54.8 59.6 64.5 268 62.6 67.7 72.8
121 19.4 23.4 27.4 158 32.5 36.8 41.1 195 44.7 49.3 53.8 232 55.0 59.9 64.7 269 62.8 67.9 73.0
122 19.8 23.8 27.8 159 32.9 37.2 41.5 196 45.0 49.6 54.1 233 55.3 60.1 65.0 270 62.9 68.1 73.2
123 20.1 24.2 28.2 160 33.2 37.5 41.8 197 45.3 49.9 54.4 234 55.5 60.4 65.2 271 63.1 68.3 73.3
124 20.5 24.6 28.6 161 33.6 37.9 42.2 198 45.6 50.2 54.7 235 55.8 60.6 65.5 272 63.3 68.4 73.5
125 20.8 24.9 29.0 162 33.9 38.2 42.5 199 45.9 50.5 55.1 236 56.0 60.9 65.8 273 63.4 68.6 73.7
126 21.2 25.3 29.4 163 34.2 38.6 42.9 200 46.2 50.8 55.4 237 56.3 61.1 66.0 274 63.6 68.7 73.9
127 21.5 25.7 29.7 164 34.6 38.9 43.2 201 46.5 51.1 55.7 238 56.5 61.4 66.3 275 63.7 68.9 74.0
128 21.9 26.0 30.1 165 34.9 39.3 43.6 202 46.8 51.4 56.0 239 56.8 61.6 66.5 276 63.9 69.0 74.2
129 22.2 26.4 30.5 166 35.3 39.6 43.9 203 47.1 51.7 56.4 240 57.0 61.9 66.8 277 64.0 69.2 74.3
130 22.6 26.7 30.8 167 35.6 40.0 44.3 204 47.4 52.0 56.7 241 57.2 62.1 67.0 278 64.1 69.3 74.5
131 23.0 27.1 31.2 168 36.0 40.3 44.7 205 47.7 52.3 57.0 242 57.4 62.3 67.2 279 64.3 69.5 74.6
132 23.3 27.4 31.6 169 36.3 40.6 45.0 206 48.0 52.6 57.3 243 57.7 62.5 67.5 280 64.4 69.6 74.8
133 23.7 27.8 31.9 170 36.6 41.0 45.4 207 48.3 52.9 57.6 244 57.9 62.8 67.7 281 64.6 69.7 74.9
134 24.0 28.2 32.3 171 36.9 41.3 45.7 208 48.6 53.2 57.9 245 58.1 63.0 68.0 282 64.7 69.9 75.1
135 24.4 28.5 32.7 172 37.3 41.7 46.1 209 48.9 53.5 58.2 246 58.3 63.2 68.2 283 64.8 70.0 75.2
136 24.8 28.9 33.0 173 37.6 42.0 46.4 210 49.2 53.8 58.5 247 58.6 63.5 68.4 284 65.0 70.2 75.3
137 25.1 29.3 33.4 174 37.9 42.4 46.8 211 49.4 54.1 58.7 248 58.8 63.7 68.6 285 65.1 70.3 75.5
138 25.5 29.7 33.8 175 38.3 42.7 47.1 212 49.7 54.4 59.0 249 59.0 63.9 68.9 286 65.2 70.5 75.6
139 25.8 30.0 34.2 176 38.6 43.0 47.5 213 50.0 54.7 59.3 250 59.2 64.1 69.1 287 65.4 70.6 75.8
140 26.2 30.4 34.5 177 38.9 43.4 47.8 214 50.3 54.9 59.6 251 59.4 64.4 69.3 288 65.5 70.7 75.9
141 26.6 30.8 34.9 178 39.3 43.7 48.1 215 50.5 55.2 59.9 252 59.7 64.6 69.6 289 65.6 70.8 76.0
142 26.9 31.1 35.3 179 39.6 44.0 48.5 216 50.8 55.5 60.2 253 59.8 64.8 69.8 290 65.7 70.9 76.2
143 27.3 31.5 35.6 180 39.9 44.3 48.8 217 51.1 55.8 60.5 254 60.0 65.0 70.0 291 65.8 71.1 76.3
144 27.6 31.8 36.0 181 40.2 44.7 49.2 218 51.4 56.1 60.8 255 60.2 65.2 70.2 292 65.9 71.2 76.4
145 28.0 32.2 36.4 182 40.6 45.0 49.5 219 51.6 56.4 61.1 256 60.4 65.4 70.4 293 66.0 71.3 76.5
146 28.3 32.5 36.7 183 40.9 45.3 49.8 220 51.9 56.7 61.4 257 60.6 65.6 70.6 294 66.1 71.4 76.7
147 28.7 32.9 37.1 184 41.2 45.7 50.2 221 52.2 56.9 61.7 258 60.8 65.8 70.8
148 29.0 33.3 37.5 185 41.5 46.0 50.5 222 52.5 57.2 62.0 259 61.0 66.0 71.0

9 - 44 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Femur Length, ASUM


ASUM; Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine (ASUM) - Policy on Obstetric Exams, 1998.
FL mean FL mean FL mean FL mean FL mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
77 6.4 8.0 9.6 120 22.0 25.4 28.8 163 39.7 43.6 47.4 206 51.6 56.3 61.0 249 63.2 68.1 73.1
78 6.6 8.3 10.0 121 22.3 25.9 29.4 164 40.1 43.9 47.6 207 52.0 56.7 61.5 250 63.5 68.4 73.4
79 6.8 8.6 10.3 122 22.6 26.3 29.9 165 40.5 44.1 47.8 208 52.3 57.1 62.0 251 63.8 68.7 73.6
80 7.0 8.9 10.7 123 23.0 26.7 30.5 166 40.9 44.4 48.0 209 52.7 57.6 62.4 252 64.1 69.0 73.9
81 7.3 9.1 11.0 124 23.3 27.1 31.0 167 41.3 44.7 48.1 210 53.1 58.0 62.9 253 64.6 69.4 74.2
82 7.5 9.4 11.4 125 23.6 27.6 31.6 168 41.7 45.0 48.3 211 53.3 58.1 63.0 254 65.2 69.9 74.6
83 7.7 9.7 11.7 126 23.9 28.0 32.1 169 42.0 45.4 48.8 212 53.5 58.3 63.1 255 65.7 70.3 74.9
84 7.9 10.0 12.1 127 24.2 28.3 32.4 170 42.3 45.9 49.4 213 53.7 58.4 63.2 256 66.2 70.7 75.2
85 8.1 10.1 12.2 128 24.5 28.6 32.7 171 42.6 46.3 49.9 214 53.9 58.6 63.3 257 66.8 71.1 75.5
86 8.2 10.3 12.3 129 24.7 28.9 33.0 172 43.0 46.7 50.5 215 54.1 58.7 63.4 258 67.3 71.6 75.8
87 8.4 10.4 12.5 130 25.0 29.1 33.3 173 43.3 47.1 51.0 216 54.3 58.9 63.4 259 67.9 72.0 76.1
88 8.5 10.6 12.6 131 25.3 29.4 33.5 174 43.6 47.6 51.6 217 54.5 59.0 63.5 260 68.0 72.1 76.3
89 8.7 10.7 12.8 132 25.6 29.7 33.8 175 43.9 48.0 52.1 218 54.8 59.4 64.0 261 68.1 72.3 76.5
90 8.8 10.9 12.9 133 25.9 30.0 34.1 176 44.0 48.1 52.3 219 55.2 59.9 64.5 262 68.1 72.4 76.7
91 8.9 11.0 13.1 134 26.1 30.3 34.5 177 44.2 48.3 52.4 220 55.6 60.3 65.0 263 68.2 72.6 76.9
92 9.5 11.6 13.7 135 26.2 30.6 34.9 178 44.3 48.4 52.5 221 56.0 60.7 65.5 264 68.3 72.7 77.1
93 10.0 12.1 14.3 136 26.4 30.9 35.3 179 44.5 48.6 52.7 222 56.3 61.1 66.0 265 68.4 72.9 77.3
94 10.5 12.7 14.9 137 26.6 31.1 35.7 180 44.6 48.7 52.8 223 56.7 61.6 66.4 266 68.5 73.0 77.5
95 11.0 13.3 15.6 138 26.7 31.4 36.1 181 44.7 48.9 53.0 224 57.1 62.0 66.9 267 68.7 73.3 77.9
96 11.5 13.9 16.2 139 26.9 31.7 36.5 182 44.9 49.0 53.1 225 57.7 62.4 67.1 268 68.9 73.6 78.2
97 12.0 14.4 16.8 140 27.1 32.0 36.9 183 45.0 49.1 53.3 226 58.4 62.9 67.3 269 69.2 73.9 78.6
98 12.5 15.0 17.5 141 27.4 32.3 37.2 184 45.2 49.3 53.4 227 59.1 63.3 67.5 270 69.4 74.1 78.9
99 12.8 15.3 17.8 142 27.6 32.6 37.5 185 45.3 49.4 53.5 228 59.7 63.7 67.7 271 69.6 74.4 79.2
100 13.0 15.6 18.2 143 27.9 32.9 37.8 186 45.5 49.6 53.7 229 60.4 64.1 67.9 272 69.8 74.7 79.6
101 13.2 15.9 18.5 144 28.2 33.1 38.1 187 45.6 49.7 53.8 230 61.0 64.6 68.1 273 70.1 75.0 79.9
102 13.4 16.1 18.8 145 28.5 33.4 38.4 188 45.7 49.9 54.0 231 61.7 65.0 68.3 274 70.4 75.1 79.8
103 13.7 16.4 19.2 146 28.8 33.7 38.6 189 45.9 50.0 54.1 232 61.9 65.1 68.4 275 70.8 75.3 79.8
104 13.9 16.7 19.5 147 29.1 34.0 38.9 190 46.6 50.6 54.6 233 62.0 65.3 68.6 276 71.2 75.4 79.7
105 14.1 17.0 19.9 148 29.6 34.4 39.2 191 47.3 51.1 55.0 234 62.1 65.4 68.7 277 71.6 75.6 79.6
106 14.8 17.7 20.7 149 30.2 34.9 39.6 192 48.0 51.7 55.5 235 62.3 65.6 68.9 278 72.0 75.7 79.5
107 15.4 18.4 21.4 150 30.7 35.3 39.9 193 48.6 52.3 55.9 236 62.4 65.7 69.0 279 72.3 75.9 79.4
108 16.1 19.1 22.2 151 31.2 35.7 40.2 194 49.3 52.9 56.4 237 62.6 65.9 69.1 280 72.7 76.0 79.3
109 16.7 19.9 23.0 152 31.8 36.1 40.5 195 50.0 53.4 56.8 238 62.7 66.0 69.3 281 72.7 76.1 79.6
110 17.4 20.6 23.7 153 32.3 36.6 40.8 196 50.7 54.0 57.3 239 62.6 66.1 69.7 282 72.8 76.3 79.8
111 18.1 21.3 24.5 154 32.9 37.0 41.1 197 50.7 54.1 57.6 240 62.5 66.3 70.0 283 72.8 76.4 80.1
112 18.7 22.0 25.3 155 33.7 37.9 42.0 198 50.6 54.3 57.9 241 62.4 66.4 70.4 284 72.8 76.6 80.3
113 19.1 22.4 25.7 156 34.6 38.7 42.8 199 50.6 54.4 58.2 242 62.3 66.6 70.8 285 72.8 76.7 80.6
114 19.6 22.9 26.1 157 35.5 39.6 43.7 200 50.6 54.6 58.6 243 62.2 66.7 71.2 286 72.9 76.9 80.9
115 20.0 23.3 26.6 158 36.3 40.4 44.5 201 50.5 54.7 58.9 244 62.2 66.9 71.6 287 72.9 77.0 81.1
116 20.4 23.7 27.0 159 37.2 41.3 45.4 202 50.5 54.9 59.2 245 62.1 67.0 71.9
117 20.9 24.1 27.4 160 38.0 42.1 46.3 203 50.5 55.0 59.5 246 62.4 67.3 72.2
118 21.3 24.6 27.9 161 38.9 43.0 47.1 204 50.8 55.4 60.0 247 62.6 67.6 72.5
119 21.7 25.0 28.3 162 39.3 43.3 47.3 205 51.2 55.9 60.5 248 62.9 67.9 72.8

Humerus Length, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Dramaix-Wilmet M, van Kerkem J, Petroons P, Schwers J. "Ultrasonic Evaluation of Fetal Limb Growth, Part II"
Radiology 143:751, 1982.
HL(mm)= -33.895341 +4.1233654 * MA(wks) - 0.042461521 * MA(wk)2
5 & 95%: (1SD/2 * 1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
13 0 4.9 12.5 20.2 18 3 22.6 27.7 32.8 23 6 34.2 40.3 46.5 29 2 44.4 50.4 56.5 34 5 52.2 58.1 63.9
13 1 5.3 13.0 20.6 18 4 22.9 28.0 33.1 24 0 34.5 40.6 46.7 29 3 44.6 50.7 56.8 34 6 52.4 58.2 64.1
13 2 5.8 13.4 21.0 18 5 23.3 28.4 33.5 24 1 34.8 40.9 47.0 29 4 44.8 50.9 57.0 35 0 52.2 58.4 64.6
13 3 6.2 13.8 21.4 18 6 23.7 28.8 33.9 24 2 35.1 41.2 47.3 29 5 45.1 51.1 57.2 35 1 52.4 58.6 64.7
13 4 6.6 14.2 21.9 19 0 21.7 29.1 36.5 24 3 35.4 41.5 47.6 29 6 45.3 51.4 57.4 35 2 52.6 58.7 64.9
13 5 7.0 14.7 22.3 19 1 22.1 29.5 36.9 24 4 35.6 41.8 47.9 30 0 45.5 51.6 57.7 35 3 52.7 58.9 65.1
13 6 7.5 15.1 22.7 19 2 22.4 29.8 37.2 24 5 35.9 42.1 48.2 30 1 45.7 51.8 57.9 35 4 52.9 59.1 65.2
14 0 7.9 15.5 23.1 19 3 22.8 30.2 37.6 24 6 36.2 42.4 48.5 30 2 46.0 52.0 58.1 35 5 53.0 59.2 65.4
14 1 8.3 15.9 23.5 19 4 23.1 30.5 37.9 25 0 34.7 42.7 50.6 30 3 46.2 52.3 58.3 35 6 53.2 59.4 65.5
14 2 8.7 16.3 24.0 19 5 23.5 30.9 38.3 25 1 35.0 42.9 50.9 30 4 46.4 52.5 58.6 36 0 53.4 59.5 65.7
14 3 9.1 16.8 24.4 19 6 23.8 31.2 38.6 25 2 35.3 43.2 51.2 30 5 46.6 52.7 58.8 36 1 53.5 59.7 65.8
14 4 9.6 17.2 24.8 20 0 24.2 31.6 39.0 25 3 35.5 43.5 51.5 30 6 46.8 52.9 59.0 36 2 53.7 59.8 66.0
14 5 10.0 17.6 25.2 20 1 24.5 31.9 39.3 25 4 35.8 43.8 51.7 31 0 46.9 53.1 59.3 36 3 53.8 60.0 66.1
14 6 10.4 18.0 25.6 20 2 24.9 32.3 39.7 25 5 36.1 44.1 52.0 31 1 47.1 53.3 59.5 36 4 53.9 60.1 66.3
15 0 11.0 18.4 25.8 20 3 25.2 32.6 40.0 25 6 36.4 44.3 52.3 31 2 47.3 53.5 59.7 36 5 54.1 60.3 66.4
15 1 11.4 18.8 26.2 20 4 25.6 33.0 40.4 26 0 36.7 44.6 52.6 31 3 47.6 53.8 60.0 36 6 54.2 60.4 66.6
15 2 11.8 19.2 26.6 20 5 25.9 33.3 40.7 26 1 36.9 44.9 52.8 31 4 47.8 54.0 60.2 37 0 56.6 60.5 64.5
15 3 12.2 19.6 27.0 20 6 26.2 33.6 41.0 26 2 37.2 45.2 53.1 31 5 48.0 54.2 60.4 37 1 56.7 60.7 64.6
15 4 12.6 20.0 27.4 21 0 28.1 34.0 39.9 26 3 37.5 45.4 53.4 31 6 48.2 54.4 60.6 37 2 56.9 60.8 64.8
15 5 13.0 20.4 27.8 21 1 28.4 34.3 40.2 26 4 37.7 45.7 53.6 32 0 48.4 54.6 60.8 37 3 57.0 61.0 64.9
15 6 13.4 20.8 28.2 21 2 28.7 34.6 40.5 26 5 38.0 46.0 53.9 32 1 48.6 54.8 61.0 37 4 57.1 61.1 65.0
16 0 13.8 21.2 28.6 21 3 29.0 35.0 40.9 26 6 38.3 46.2 54.2 32 2 48.8 55.0 61.2 37 5 57.3 61.2 65.2
16 1 14.2 21.6 29.0 21 4 29.4 35.3 41.2 27 0 41.4 46.5 51.6 32 3 49.0 55.2 61.4 37 6 57.4 61.3 65.3
16 2 14.6 22.0 29.4 21 5 29.7 35.6 41.5 27 1 41.6 46.7 51.8 32 4 49.2 55.4 61.6 38 0 57.5 61.5 65.4
16 3 15.0 22.4 29.8 21 6 30.0 35.9 41.9 27 2 41.9 47.0 52.1 32 5 49.4 55.6 61.8 38 1 57.7 61.6 65.5
16 4 15.4 22.8 30.2 22 0 30.4 36.3 42.2 27 3 42.2 47.3 52.4 32 6 49.5 55.7 61.9 38 2 57.8 61.7 65.7
16 5 15.8 23.2 30.6 22 1 30.7 36.6 42.5 27 4 42.4 47.5 52.6 33 0 50.1 55.9 61.8 38 3 57.9 61.9 65.8
16 6 16.1 23.5 31.0 22 2 31.0 36.9 42.8 27 5 42.7 47.8 52.9 33 1 50.3 56.1 62.0 38 4 58.0 62.0 65.9
17 0 18.8 23.9 29.0 22 3 31.3 37.2 43.1 27 6 42.9 48.0 53.1 33 2 50.5 56.3 62.2 38 5 58.2 62.1 66.0
17 1 19.2 24.3 29.4 22 4 31.6 37.5 43.5 28 0 43.2 48.3 53.4 33 3 50.6 56.5 62.3 38 6 58.3 62.2 66.2
17 2 19.6 24.7 29.8 22 5 31.9 37.9 43.8 28 1 43.4 48.5 53.6 33 4 50.8 56.7 62.5 39 0 55.7 62.3 68.9
17 3 20.0 25.1 30.2 22 6 32.3 38.2 44.1 28 2 43.7 48.8 53.9 33 5 51.0 56.9 62.7 39 1 55.8 62.4 69.1
17 4 20.3 25.4 30.5 23 0 33.3 38.5 44.6 28 3 43.9 49.0 54.1 33 6 51.2 57.0 62.9 39 2 55.9 62.6 69.2
17 5 20.7 25.8 30.9 23 1 32.6 38.8 44.9 28 4 44.2 49.3 54.4 34 0 51.4 57.2 63.1 39 3 56.1 62.7 69.3
17 6 21.1 26.2 31.3 23 2 33.0 39.1 45.2 28 5 44.4 49.5 54.6 34 1 51.5 57.4 63.2 39 4 56.2 62.8 69.4
18 0 21.5 26.6 31.7 23 3 33.3 39.4 45.5 28 6 44.6 49.7 54.8 34 2 51.7 57.6 63.4 39 5 56.3 62.9 69.5
18 1 21.8 26.9 32.0 23 4 33.6 39.7 45.8 29 0 43.9 50.0 56.1 34 3 51.9 57.7 63.6 39 6 56.4 63.0 69.6
18 2 22.2 27.3 32.4 23 5 33.9 40.0 46.1 29 1 44.1 50.2 56.3 34 4 52.1 57.9 63.8 40 0 56.5 63.1 69.7

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 45
9 Obstetrical References

Humerus Length, Merz


Merz E, Kim-Kern M-S, Pehl S. "Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third Trimesters." Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound 15:175, March/April 1987.
5 & 95%: (2SD/2 * 1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
13 0 8.4 10.0 11.6 18 6 23.1 25.6 28.1 24 5 37.6 40.9 44.2 30 4 48.1 51.7 55.4 36 3 56.2 60.4 64.6
13 1 8.7 10.3 11.9 19 0 23.5 26.0 28.5 24 6 38.1 41.4 44.7 30 5 48.6 52.1 55.7 36 4 56.6 60.6 64.6
13 2 9.0 10.6 12.2 19 1 23.9 26.4 28.9 25 0 38.7 42.0 45.3 30 6 49.2 52.6 56.0 36 5 57.0 60.7 64.5
13 3 9.3 10.9 12.5 19 2 24.4 26.9 29.4 25 1 39.0 42.1 45.3 31 0 49.7 53.0 56.3 36 6 57.3 60.9 64.4
13 4 9.5 11.1 12.7 19 3 24.8 27.3 29.8 25 2 39.2 42.3 45.4 31 1 49.8 53.1 56.4 37 0 57.7 61.0 64.3
13 5 9.8 11.4 13.0 19 4 25.2 27.7 30.2 25 3 39.5 42.4 45.4 31 2 50.0 53.3 56.6 37 1 58.2 61.4 64.6
13 6 10.1 11.7 13.3 19 5 25.6 28.1 30.6 25 4 39.7 42.6 45.4 31 3 50.1 53.4 56.7 37 2 58.8 61.9 64.9
14 0 10.4 12.0 13.6 19 6 26.1 28.6 31.1 25 5 40.0 42.7 45.4 31 4 50.3 53.6 56.9 37 3 59.3 62.3 65.2
14 1 10.7 12.3 13.9 20 0 26.5 29.0 31.5 25 6 40.2 42.9 45.5 31 5 50.4 53.7 57.0 37 4 59.9 62.7 65.6
14 2 11.0 12.6 14.2 20 1 26.8 29.4 32.0 26 0 40.5 43.0 45.5 31 6 50.6 53.9 57.2 37 5 60.4 63.1 65.9
14 3 11.3 12.9 14.5 20 2 27.1 29.9 32.6 26 1 40.9 43.3 45.7 32 0 50.7 54.0 57.3 37 6 61.0 63.6 66.2
14 4 11.5 13.1 14.7 20 3 27.4 30.3 33.1 26 2 41.3 43.6 45.8 32 1 50.9 54.3 57.7 38 0 61.5 64.0 66.5
14 5 11.8 13.4 15.0 20 4 27.8 30.7 33.7 26 3 41.7 43.9 46.0 32 2 51.0 54.6 58.1 38 1 61.3 64.1 67.0
14 6 12.1 13.7 15.3 20 5 28.1 31.1 34.2 26 4 42.2 44.1 46.1 32 3 51.2 54.9 58.5 38 2 61.1 64.3 67.5
15 0 12.4 14.0 15.6 20 6 28.4 31.6 34.8 26 5 42.6 44.4 46.3 32 4 51.4 55.1 58.9 38 3 60.9 64.4 68.0
15 1 12.8 14.4 16.0 21 0 28.7 32.0 35.3 26 6 43.0 44.7 46.4 32 5 51.6 55.4 59.3 38 4 60.7 64.6 68.4
15 2 13.3 14.9 16.5 21 1 29.0 32.1 35.3 27 0 43.4 45.0 46.6 32 6 51.7 55.7 59.7 38 5 60.5 64.7 68.9
15 3 13.7 15.3 16.9 21 2 29.2 32.3 35.4 27 1 43.4 45.3 47.1 33 0 51.9 56.0 60.1 38 6 60.3 64.9 69.4
15 4 14.1 15.7 17.3 21 3 29.5 32.4 35.4 27 2 43.5 45.6 47.7 33 1 52.2 56.3 60.4 39 0 60.1 65.0 69.9
15 5 14.5 16.1 17.7 21 4 29.7 32.6 35.4 27 3 43.5 45.9 48.2 33 2 52.5 56.6 60.7 39 1 60.5 65.1 69.8
15 6 15.0 16.6 18.2 21 5 30.0 32.7 35.4 27 4 43.6 46.1 48.7 33 3 52.8 56.9 61.0 39 2 60.8 65.3 69.7
16 0 15.4 17.0 18.6 21 6 30.2 32.9 35.5 27 5 43.6 46.4 49.2 33 4 53.0 57.1 61.2 39 3 61.2 65.4 69.6
16 1 15.6 17.4 19.3 22 0 30.5 33.0 35.5 27 6 43.7 46.7 49.8 33 5 53.3 57.4 61.5 39 4 61.6 65.6 69.6
16 2 15.8 17.9 19.9 22 1 31.1 33.6 36.1 28 0 43.7 47.0 50.3 33 6 53.6 57.7 61.8 39 5 62.0 65.7 69.5
16 3 16.0 18.3 20.6 22 2 31.6 34.1 36.6 28 1 43.8 47.1 50.4 34 0 53.9 58.0 62.1 39 6 62.3 65.9 69.4
16 4 16.1 18.7 21.3 22 3 32.2 34.7 37.2 28 2 44.0 47.3 50.6 34 1 53.9 58.1 62.4 40 0 62.7 66.0 69.3
16 5 16.3 19.1 22.0 22 4 32.8 35.3 37.8 28 3 44.1 47.4 50.7 34 2 54.0 58.3 62.6 40 1 62.7 66.0 69.3
16 6 16.5 19.6 22.6 22 5 33.4 35.9 38.4 28 4 44.3 47.6 50.9 34 3 54.0 58.4 62.9 40 2 62.7 66.0 69.3
17 0 16.7 20.0 23.3 22 6 33.9 36.4 38.9 28 5 44.4 47.7 51.0 34 4 54.0 58.6 63.1 40 3 62.7 66.0 69.3
17 1 17.2 20.4 23.6 23 0 34.5 37.0 39.5 28 6 44.6 47.9 51.2 34 5 54.0 58.7 63.4 40 4 62.7 66.0 69.3
17 2 17.8 20.9 23.9 23 1 34.5 37.1 39.8 29 0 44.7 48.0 51.3 34 6 54.1 58.9 63.6 40 5 62.7 66.0 69.3
17 3 18.3 21.3 24.2 23 2 34.6 37.3 40.0 29 1 44.9 48.3 51.7 35 0 54.1 59.0 63.9 40 6 62.7 66.0 69.3
17 4 18.9 21.7 24.6 23 3 34.6 37.4 40.3 29 2 45.0 48.6 52.1 35 1 54.2 59.1 64.0 41 0 62.7 66.0 69.3
17 5 19.4 22.1 24.9 23 4 34.6 37.6 40.5 29 3 45.2 48.9 52.5 35 2 54.4 59.3 64.2 41 1 62.6 66.3 69.9
17 6 20.0 22.6 25.2 23 5 34.6 37.7 40.8 29 4 45.4 49.1 52.9 35 3 54.5 59.4 64.3 41 2 62.6 66.6 70.6
18 0 20.5 23.0 25.5 23 6 34.7 37.9 41.0 29 5 45.6 49.4 53.3 35 4 54.7 59.6 64.5 41 3 62.5 66.9 71.2
18 1 20.9 23.4 25.9 24 0 34.7 38.0 41.3 29 6 45.7 49.7 53.7 35 5 54.8 59.7 64.6 41 4 62.4 67.1 71.9
18 2 21.4 23.9 26.4 24 1 35.3 38.6 41.9 30 0 45.9 50.0 54.1 35 6 55.0 59.9 64.8 41 5 62.3 67.4 72.5
18 3 21.8 24.3 26.8 24 2 35.8 39.1 42.4 30 1 46.4 50.4 54.4 36 0 55.1 60.0 64.9 41 6 62.3 67.7 73.2
18 4 22.2 24.7 27.2 24 3 36.4 39.7 43.0 30 2 47.0 50.9 54.7 36 1 55.5 60.1 64.8 42 0 62.2 68.0 73.8
18 5 22.6 25.1 27.6 24 4 37.0 40.3 43.6 30 3 47.5 51.3 55.0 36 2 55.8 60.3 64.7

Humerus Length, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 0 9.0 0 17 5 19.4 24.1 29.1 23 3 33.9 38.9 43.3 29 1 45.3 50.1 55.1 34 6 53.9 58.9 63.9
12 1 0 9.3 0 17 6 19.7 24.6 29.6 23 4 34.1 39.1 43.7 29 2 45.6 50.3 55.3 35 0 54.0 59.0 64.0
12 2 0 9.6 0 18 0 20.0 25.0 30.0 23 5 34.4 39.4 44.1 29 3 45.9 50.4 55.4 35 1 54.3 59.3 64.1
12 3 0 9.9 0 18 1 20.4 25.4 30.4 23 6 34.7 39.7 44.6 29 4 46.1 50.6 55.6 35 2 54.6 59.6 64.3
12 4 0 10.1 0 18 2 20.9 25.9 30.9 24 0 35.0 40.0 45.0 29 5 46.4 50.7 55.7 35 3 54.9 59.9 64.4
12 5 0 10.4 0 18 3 21.3 26.3 31.3 24 1 35.3 40.3 45.3 29 6 46.7 50.9 55.9 35 4 55.1 60.1 64.6
12 6 0 10.7 0 18 4 21.7 26.7 31.7 24 2 35.6 40.6 45.6 30 0 47.0 51.0 56.0 35 5 55.4 60.4 64.7
13 0 6.0 11.0 16.0 18 5 22.1 27.1 32.1 24 3 35.9 40.9 45.9 30 1 47.1 51.3 56.3 35 6 55.7 60.7 64.9
13 1 6.4 11.4 16.4 18 6 22.6 27.6 32.6 24 4 36.1 41.1 46.1 30 2 47.3 51.6 56.6 36 0 56.0 61.0 65.0
13 2 6.9 11.9 16.9 19 0 23.0 28.0 33.0 24 5 36.4 41.4 46.4 30 3 47.4 51.9 56.9 36 1 56.1 61.1 65.3
13 3 7.3 12.3 17.3 19 1 23.3 28.3 33.3 24 6 36.7 41.7 46.7 30 4 47.6 52.1 57.1 36 2 56.3 61.3 65.6
13 4 7.7 12.7 17.7 19 2 23.6 28.6 33.6 25 0 37.0 42.0 47.0 30 5 47.7 52.4 57.4 36 3 56.4 61.4 65.9
13 5 8.1 13.1 18.1 19 3 23.9 28.9 33.9 25 1 37.3 42.3 47.3 30 6 47.9 52.7 57.7 36 4 56.6 61.6 66.1
13 6 8.6 13.6 18.6 19 4 24.1 29.1 34.1 25 2 37.6 42.6 47.6 31 0 48.0 53.0 58.0 36 5 56.7 61.7 66.4
14 0 9.0 14.0 19.0 19 5 24.4 29.4 34.4 25 3 37.9 42.9 47.9 31 1 48.3 53.3 58.3 36 6 56.9 61.9 66.7
14 1 9.4 14.4 19.4 19 6 24.7 29.7 34.7 25 4 38.1 43.1 48.1 31 2 48.6 53.6 58.6 37 0 57.0 62.0 67.0
14 2 9.9 14.9 19.9 20 0 25.0 30.0 35.0 25 5 38.4 43.4 48.4 31 3 48.9 53.9 58.9 37 1 57.3 62.1 67.1
14 3 10.3 15.3 20.3 20 1 25.4 30.4 35.4 25 6 38.7 43.7 48.7 31 4 49.1 54.1 59.1 37 2 57.6 62.3 67.3
14 4 10.7 15.7 20.7 20 2 25.9 30.9 35.9 26 0 39.0 44.0 49.0 31 5 49.4 54.4 59.4 37 3 57.9 62.4 67.4
14 5 11.1 16.1 21.1 20 3 26.3 31.3 36.3 26 1 39.3 44.3 49.3 31 6 49.7 54.7 59.7 37 4 58.1 62.6 67.6
14 6 11.6 16.6 21.6 20 4 26.7 31.7 36.7 26 2 39.6 44.6 49.6 32 0 50.0 55.0 60.0 37 5 58.4 62.7 67.7
15 0 12.0 17.0 22.0 20 5 27.1 32.1 37.1 26 3 39.9 44.9 49.9 32 1 50.1 55.1 60.1 37 6 58.7 62.9 67.9
15 1 12.4 17.4 22.4 20 6 27.6 32.6 37.6 26 4 40.1 45.1 50.1 32 2 50.3 55.3 60.3 38 0 59.0 63.0 68.0
15 2 12.9 17.9 22.9 21 0 28.0 33.0 38.0 26 5 40.4 45.4 50.4 32 3 50.4 55.4 60.4 38 1 59.1 63.3 68.3
15 3 13.3 18.3 23.3 21 1 28.3 33.3 38.3 26 6 40.7 45.7 50.7 32 4 50.6 55.6 60.6 38 2 59.3 63.6 68.6
15 4 13.7 18.7 23.7 21 2 28.6 33.6 38.6 27 0 41.0 46.0 51.0 32 5 50.7 55.7 60.7 38 3 59.4 63.9 68.9
15 5 14.1 19.1 24.1 21 3 28.9 33.9 38.9 27 1 41.3 46.3 51.3 32 6 50.9 55.9 60.9 38 4 59.6 64.1 69.1
15 6 14.6 19.6 24.6 21 4 29.1 34.1 39.1 27 2 41.6 46.6 51.6 33 0 51.0 56.0 61.0 38 5 59.7 64.4 69.4
16 0 15.0 20.0 25.0 21 5 29.4 34.4 39.4 27 3 41.9 46.9 51.9 33 1 51.3 56.3 61.3 38 6 59.9 64.7 69.7
16 1 15.4 20.3 25.3 21 6 29.7 34.7 39.7 27 4 42.1 47.1 52.1 33 2 51.6 56.6 61.6 39 0 60.0 65.0 70.0
16 2 15.9 20.6 25.6 22 0 30.0 35.0 40.0 27 5 42.4 47.4 52.4 33 3 51.9 56.9 61.9 39 1 60.1 65.1 70.1
16 3 16.3 20.9 25.9 22 1 30.4 35.4 40.3 27 6 42.7 47.7 52.7 33 4 52.1 57.1 62.1 39 2 60.3 65.3 70.3
16 4 16.7 21.1 26.1 22 2 30.9 35.9 40.6 28 0 43.0 48.0 53.0 33 5 52.4 57.4 62.4 39 3 60.4 65.4 70.4
16 5 17.1 21.4 26.4 22 3 31.3 36.3 40.9 28 1 43.3 48.3 53.3 33 6 52.7 57.7 62.7 39 4 60.6 65.6 70.6
16 6 17.6 21.7 26.7 22 4 31.7 36.7 41.1 28 2 43.6 48.6 53.6 34 0 53.0 58.0 63.0 39 5 60.7 65.7 70.7
17 0 18.0 22.0 27.0 22 5 32.1 37.1 41.4 28 3 43.9 48.9 53.9 34 1 53.1 58.1 63.1 39 6 60.9 65.9 70.9
17 1 18.3 22.4 27.4 22 6 32.6 37.6 41.7 28 4 44.1 49.1 54.1 34 2 53.3 58.3 63.3 40 0 61.0 66.0 71.0
17 2 18.6 22.9 27.9 23 0 33.0 38.0 42.0 28 5 44.4 49.4 54.4 34 3 53.4 58.4 63.4
17 3 18.9 23.3 28.3 23 1 33.3 38.3 42.4 28 6 44.7 49.7 54.7 34 4 53.6 58.6 63.6
17 4 19.1 23.7 28.7 23 2 33.6 38.6 42.9 29 0 45.0 50.0 55.0 34 5 53.7 58.7 63.7

9 - 46 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Humerus Length, Osaka


Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
HL - mean + HL - mean + HL - mean + HL - mean + HL - mean +
Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD Days 1.5SD mm 1.5SD
91 7.1 10.1 13.1 129 21.9 25.2 28.5 167 34.3 37.9 41.5 205 44.4 48.3 52.2 243 52.2 56.2 60.3
92 7.5 10.5 13.5 130 22.3 25.6 28.9 168 34.6 38.2 41.8 206 44.6 48.5 52.4 244 52.4 56.4 60.5
93 7.9 10.9 13.9 131 22.6 25.9 29.2 169 34.9 38.5 42.1 207 44.8 48.7 52.6 245 52.3 56.5 60.7
94 8.4 11.4 14.4 132 23.0 26.3 29.6 170 35.2 38.8 42.4 208 45.1 49.0 52.9 246 52.5 56.7 60.9
95 8.8 11.8 14.8 133 23.4 26.7 30.0 171 35.5 39.1 42.7 209 45.3 49.2 53.1 247 52.7 56.9 61.1
96 9.2 12.2 15.2 134 23.7 27.0 30.3 172 35.8 39.4 43.0 210 45.5 49.4 53.3 248 52.9 57.1 61.3
97 9.5 12.6 15.8 135 24.1 27.4 30.7 173 36.1 39.7 43.3 211 45.8 49.7 53.6 249 53.0 57.2 61.4
98 10.0 13.1 16.3 136 24.4 27.7 31.0 174 36.4 40.0 43.6 212 46.0 49.9 53.8 250 53.2 57.4 61.6
99 10.4 13.5 16.7 137 24.8 28.1 31.4 175 36.7 40.3 43.9 213 46.2 50.1 54.0 251 53.4 57.6 61.8
100 10.8 13.9 17.1 138 25.1 28.4 31.7 176 37.0 40.6 44.2 214 46.5 50.4 54.3 252 53.5 57.7 61.9
101 11.2 14.3 17.5 139 25.4 28.8 32.3 177 37.3 40.9 44.5 215 46.7 50.6 54.5 253 53.7 57.9 62.1
102 11.6 14.7 17.9 140 25.7 29.1 32.6 178 37.6 41.2 44.8 216 46.9 50.8 54.7 254 53.8 58.0 62.2
103 12.0 15.1 18.3 141 26.1 29.5 33.0 179 37.8 41.4 45.0 217 47.1 51.0 54.9 255 54.0 58.2 62.4
104 12.4 15.5 18.7 142 26.4 29.8 33.3 180 38.1 41.7 45.3 218 47.3 51.2 55.1 256 54.2 58.4 62.6
105 12.8 15.9 19.1 143 26.8 30.2 33.7 181 38.4 42.0 45.6 219 47.6 51.5 55.4 257 54.3 58.5 62.7
106 13.2 16.3 19.5 144 27.1 30.5 34.0 182 38.6 42.3 46.1 220 47.8 51.7 55.6 258 54.5 58.7 62.9
107 13.6 16.7 19.9 145 27.5 30.9 34.4 183 38.9 42.6 46.4 221 48.0 51.9 55.8 259 54.6 58.8 63.0
108 14.0 17.1 20.3 146 27.8 31.2 34.7 184 39.1 42.8 46.6 222 48.2 52.1 56.0 260 54.8 59.0 63.2
109 14.4 17.5 20.7 147 28.1 31.5 35.0 185 39.4 43.1 46.9 223 48.4 52.3 56.2 261 54.9 59.1 63.3
110 14.8 17.9 21.1 148 28.5 31.9 35.4 186 39.7 43.4 47.2 224 48.5 52.5 56.6 262 55.1 59.3 63.5
111 15.2 18.3 21.5 149 28.8 32.2 35.7 187 40.0 43.7 47.5 225 48.7 52.7 56.8 263 55.2 59.4 63.6
112 15.6 18.7 21.9 150 29.1 32.5 36.0 188 40.2 43.9 47.7 226 48.9 52.9 57.0 264 55.3 59.5 63.7
113 16.0 19.1 22.3 151 29.5 32.9 36.4 189 40.5 44.2 48.0 227 49.1 53.1 57.2 265 55.5 59.7 63.9
114 16.4 19.5 22.7 152 29.8 33.2 36.7 190 40.8 44.5 48.3 228 49.3 53.3 57.4 266 55.5 59.8 64.2
115 16.8 19.9 23.1 153 30.1 33.5 37.0 191 41.0 44.7 48.5 229 49.5 53.5 57.6 267 55.7 60.0 64.4
116 17.2 20.3 23.5 154 30.4 33.8 37.3 192 41.3 45.0 48.8 230 49.7 53.7 57.8 268 55.8 60.1 64.5
117 17.6 20.7 23.9 155 30.8 34.2 37.7 193 41.6 45.3 49.1 231 49.9 53.9 58.0 269 55.9 60.2 64.6
118 17.8 21.1 24.4 156 31.1 34.5 38.0 194 41.8 45.5 49.3 232 50.1 54.1 58.2 270 56.1 60.4 64.8
119 18.2 21.5 24.8 157 31.4 34.8 38.3 195 42.1 45.8 49.6 233 50.3 54.3 58.4 271 56.2 60.5 64.9
120 18.5 21.8 25.1 158 31.7 35.1 38.6 196 42.3 46.0 49.8 234 50.5 54.5 58.6 272 56.3 60.6 65.0
121 18.9 22.2 25.5 159 32.0 35.4 38.9 197 42.6 46.3 50.1 235 50.7 54.7 58.8 273 56.5 60.8 65.2
122 19.3 22.6 25.9 160 32.2 35.8 39.4 198 42.8 46.5 50.3 236 50.9 54.9 59.0 274 56.6 60.9 65.3
123 19.7 23.0 26.3 161 32.5 36.1 39.7 199 43.1 46.8 50.6 237 51.1 55.1 59.2 275 56.7 61.0 65.4
124 20.1 23.4 26.7 162 32.8 36.4 40.0 200 43.3 47.0 50.8 238 51.3 55.3 59.4 276 56.8 61.1 65.5
125 20.4 23.7 27.0 163 33.1 36.7 40.3 201 43.6 47.3 51.1 239 51.5 55.5 59.6 277 57.0 61.3 65.7
126 20.8 24.1 27.4 164 33.4 37.0 40.6 202 43.8 47.5 51.3 240 51.7 55.7 59.8 278 57.1 61.4 65.8
127 21.2 24.5 27.8 165 33.7 37.3 40.9 203 43.9 47.8 51.7 241 51.8 55.8 59.9 279 57.2 61.5 65.9
128 21.5 24.8 28.1 166 34.0 37.6 41.2 204 44.1 48.0 51.9 242 52.0 56.0 60.1 280 57.3 61.6 66.0

Humerus Length, ASUM


Westerway SC. "Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements: New Australian Standards for the New Millennium." Aust NZ J Obstet
Gynaecol 40:3:297-302, 2000.
HL mean HL mean HL mean HL mean HL mean
Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95% Days 5% mm 95%
77 5.5 8.0 10.5 120 21.1 25.3 29.5 163 34.8 38.6 42.3 206 47.3 51.4 55.5 249 56.7 61.1 65.6
78 5.8 8.1 10.5 121 21.3 25.6 29.8 164 34.9 38.9 42.9 207 47.5 51.6 55.7 250 57.1 61.4 65.8
79 6.1 8.3 10.5 122 21.6 25.9 30.1 165 34.9 39.1 43.4 208 47.6 51.7 55.8 251 57.5 61.7 65.9
80 6.3 8.4 10.5 123 21.8 26.1 30.5 166 35.0 39.4 43.9 209 47.7 51.9 56.0 252 57.9 62.0 66.1
81 6.6 8.6 10.6 124 22.0 26.4 30.8 167 35.0 39.7 44.4 210 47.9 52.0 56.1 253 57.9 62.1 66.4
82 6.8 8.7 10.6 125 22.2 26.7 31.2 168 35.1 40.0 44.9 211 48.2 52.3 56.4 254 57.9 62.3 66.6
83 7.1 8.9 10.6 126 22.5 27.0 31.5 169 35.6 40.4 45.2 212 48.5 52.6 56.7 255 58.0 62.4 66.9
84 7.4 9.0 10.6 127 22.8 27.3 31.8 170 36.2 40.9 45.6 213 48.7 52.9 57.0 256 58.0 62.6 67.2
85 7.5 9.3 11.0 128 23.2 27.6 32.0 171 36.7 41.3 45.9 214 49.0 53.1 57.3 257 58.0 62.7 67.4
86 7.7 9.6 11.5 129 23.5 27.9 32.2 172 37.2 41.7 46.2 215 49.3 53.4 57.5 258 58.0 62.9 67.7
87 7.9 9.9 11.9 130 23.9 28.1 32.4 173 37.8 42.1 46.5 216 49.6 53.7 57.8 259 58.1 63.0 67.9
88 8.0 10.1 12.3 131 24.2 28.4 32.7 174 38.3 42.6 46.8 217 49.9 54.0 58.1 260 58.2 63.1 68.1
89 8.2 10.4 12.7 132 24.5 28.7 32.9 175 38.9 43.0 47.1 218 50.2 54.3 58.4 261 58.4 63.3 68.2
90 8.4 10.7 13.1 133 24.9 29.0 33.1 176 39.1 43.1 47.1 219 50.5 54.6 58.7 262 58.5 63.4 68.4
91 8.5 11.0 13.5 134 25.2 29.3 33.4 177 39.4 43.3 47.2 220 50.7 54.9 59.0 263 58.6 63.6 68.5
92 8.8 11.4 14.0 135 25.5 29.6 33.7 178 39.7 43.4 47.2 221 51.0 55.1 59.3 264 58.8 63.7 68.6
93 9.2 11.9 14.6 136 25.7 29.9 34.0 179 39.9 43.6 47.2 222 51.3 55.4 59.5 265 58.9 63.9 68.8
94 9.5 12.3 15.1 137 26.0 30.1 34.3 180 40.2 43.7 47.2 223 51.6 55.7 59.8 266 59.1 64.0 68.9
95 9.8 12.7 15.7 138 26.3 30.4 34.5 181 40.4 43.9 47.3 224 51.9 56.0 60.1 267 59.3 64.1 69.0
96 10.1 13.1 16.2 139 26.6 30.7 34.8 182 40.7 44.0 47.3 225 51.9 56.1 60.4 268 59.5 64.3 69.1
97 10.4 13.6 16.7 140 26.9 31.0 35.1 183 41.1 44.4 47.7 226 51.9 56.3 60.6 269 59.7 64.4 69.2
98 10.7 14.0 17.3 141 26.9 31.1 35.4 184 41.6 44.9 48.1 227 52.0 56.4 60.9 270 59.9 64.6 69.3
99 11.0 14.4 17.9 142 26.9 31.3 35.6 185 42.0 45.3 48.6 228 52.0 56.6 61.2 271 60.1 64.7 69.4
100 11.2 14.9 18.5 143 27.0 31.4 35.9 186 42.4 45.7 49.0 229 52.0 56.7 61.4 272 60.3 64.9 69.4
101 11.5 15.3 19.1 144 27.0 31.6 36.2 187 42.9 46.1 49.4 230 52.0 56.9 61.7 273 60.5 65.0 69.5
102 11.7 15.7 19.7 145 27.0 31.7 36.4 188 43.3 46.6 49.9 231 52.1 57.0 61.9 274 60.6 65.1 69.7
103 12.0 16.1 20.3 146 27.0 31.9 36.7 189 43.7 47.0 50.3 232 52.4 57.3 62.2 275 60.6 65.3 69.9
104 12.2 16.6 20.9 147 27.1 32.0 36.9 190 44.0 47.4 50.8 233 52.8 57.6 62.4 276 60.7 65.4 70.1
105 12.5 17.0 21.5 148 27.5 32.4 37.4 191 44.3 47.9 51.4 234 53.1 57.9 62.6 277 60.8 65.6 70.3
106 13.2 17.6 21.9 149 27.9 32.9 37.8 192 44.6 48.3 51.9 235 53.4 58.1 62.8 278 60.9 65.7 70.5
107 14.0 18.1 22.3 150 28.4 33.3 38.2 193 45.0 48.7 52.5 236 53.8 58.4 63.1 279 61.0 65.9 70.7
108 14.7 18.7 22.7 151 28.8 33.7 38.6 194 45.3 49.1 53.0 237 54.1 58.7 63.3 280 61.1 66.0 70.9
109 15.5 19.3 23.1 152 29.2 34.1 39.1 195 45.6 49.6 53.6 238 54.5 59.0 63.5 281 61.4 66.3 71.2
110 16.2 19.9 23.5 153 29.6 34.6 39.5 196 45.9 50.0 54.1 239 54.6 59.1 63.7 282 61.6 66.6 71.5
111 17.0 20.4 23.9 154 30.1 35.0 39.9 197 46.0 50.1 54.3 240 54.6 59.3 63.9 283 61.9 66.9 71.8
112 17.7 21.0 24.3 155 30.7 35.4 40.1 198 46.2 50.3 54.4 241 54.7 59.4 64.1 284 62.2 67.1 72.1
113 18.2 21.6 25.0 156 31.4 35.9 40.3 199 46.3 50.4 54.5 242 54.8 59.6 64.3 285 62.5 67.4 72.4
114 18.6 22.1 25.7 157 32.1 36.3 40.5 200 46.5 50.6 54.7 243 54.9 59.7 64.5 286 62.8 67.7 72.6
115 19.1 22.7 26.4 158 32.7 36.7 40.7 201 46.6 50.7 54.8 244 55.0 59.9 64.7 287 63.1 68.0 72.9
116 19.5 23.3 27.0 159 33.4 37.1 40.9 202 46.7 50.9 55.0 245 55.1 60.0 64.9
117 20.0 23.9 27.7 160 34.0 37.6 41.1 203 46.9 51.0 55.1 246 55.5 60.3 65.1
118 20.4 24.4 28.4 161 34.7 38.0 41.3 204 47.0 51.1 55.3 247 55.9 60.6 65.3
119 20.9 25.0 29.1 162 34.8 38.3 41.8 205 47.2 51.3 55.4 248 56.3 60.9 65.4

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 47
9 Obstetrical References

Ulna Length, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Dramaix-Wilmet M, van Kerkem J, Petroons P, Schwers J. "Ultrasonic Evaluation of Fetal Limb Growth, Part II"
Radiology 143:751, 1982.
Ulna(mm)=3.8984839 * MA(wk) - 0.040382251 * MA(wk)2- 33.169956
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
11 0 3.2 4.8 6.5 16 6 15.1 21.1 27.1 22 5 29.1 34.5 40.0 28 4 39.9 45.3 50.6 34 3 44.8 53.2 61.6
11 1 3.6 5.3 6.9 17 0 11.1 21.4 31.7 22 6 29.4 34.8 40.3 28 5 40.2 45.5 50.8 34 4 44.9 53.3 61.8
11 2 4.0 5.7 7.3 17 1 11.5 21.8 32.1 23 0 27.6 35.1 42.7 28 6 40.4 45.7 51.0 34 5 45.1 53.5 61.9
11 3 4.5 6.1 7.8 17 2 11.9 22.2 32.4 23 1 27.8 35.4 43.0 29 0 40.3 45.9 51.5 34 6 45.2 53.7 62.1
11 4 4.9 6.5 8.2 17 3 12.2 22.5 32.8 23 2 28.1 35.7 43.3 29 1 40.6 46.1 51.7 35 0 46.6 53.8 61.0
11 5 5.3 7.0 8.6 17 4 12.6 22.9 33.1 23 3 28.4 36.0 43.6 29 2 40.8 46.4 52.0 35 1 46.8 54.0 61.2
11 6 5.7 7.4 9.0 17 5 12.9 23.2 33.5 23 4 28.7 36.3 43.9 29 3 41.0 46.6 52.2 35 2 46.9 54.1 61.3
12 0 6.2 7.8 9.4 17 6 13.3 23.6 33.9 23 5 29.0 36.6 44.2 29 4 41.2 46.8 52.4 35 3 47.1 54.3 61.5
12 1 6.6 8.2 9.9 18 0 13.6 23.9 34.2 23 6 29.3 36.9 44.4 29 5 41.4 47.0 52.6 35 4 47.2 54.4 61.6
12 2 7.0 8.6 10.3 18 1 14.0 24.3 34.6 24 0 29.6 37.1 44.7 29 6 41.6 47.2 52.8 35 5 47.3 54.6 61.8
12 3 7.4 9.0 10.7 18 2 14.3 24.6 34.9 24 1 29.8 37.4 45.0 30 0 41.9 47.4 53.0 35 6 47.5 54.7 61.9
12 4 7.8 9.5 11.1 18 3 14.7 25.0 35.2 24 2 30.1 37.7 45.3 30 1 42.1 47.7 53.2 36 0 47.6 54.8 62.1
12 5 8.2 9.9 11.5 18 4 15.0 25.3 35.6 24 3 30.4 38.0 45.5 30 2 42.3 47.9 53.4 36 1 47.8 55.0 62.2
12 6 8.6 10.3 11.9 18 5 15.4 25.6 35.9 24 4 30.7 38.2 45.8 30 3 42.5 48.1 53.7 36 2 47.9 55.1 62.3
13 0 3.4 10.7 17.9 18 6 15.7 26.0 36.3 24 5 30.9 38.5 46.1 30 4 42.7 48.3 53.9 36 3 48.0 55.3 62.5
13 1 3.8 11.1 18.3 19 0 20.1 26.3 32.5 24 6 31.2 38.8 46.4 30 5 42.9 48.5 54.1 36 4 48.2 55.4 62.6
13 2 4.2 11.5 18.7 19 1 20.5 26.7 32.8 25 0 34.4 39.1 43.7 30 6 43.1 48.7 54.3 36 5 48.3 55.5 62.7
13 3 4.6 11.9 19.2 19 2 20.8 27.0 33.2 25 1 34.7 39.3 43.9 31 0 39.0 48.9 58.7 36 6 48.4 55.7 62.9
13 4 5.0 12.3 19.6 19 3 21.1 27.3 33.5 25 2 35.0 39.6 44.2 31 1 39.2 49.1 58.9 37 0 49.3 55.8 62.2
13 5 5.4 12.7 20.0 19 4 21.5 27.7 33.8 25 3 35.2 39.9 44.5 31 2 39.4 49.3 59.1 37 1 49.5 55.9 62.4
13 6 5.8 13.1 20.3 19 5 21.8 28.0 34.2 25 4 35.5 40.1 44.7 31 3 39.6 49.5 59.3 37 2 49.6 56.0 62.5
14 0 6.2 13.5 20.7 19 6 22.1 28.3 34.5 25 5 35.8 40.4 45.0 31 4 39.8 49.7 59.5 37 3 49.7 56.2 62.6
14 1 6.6 13.9 21.1 20 0 22.5 28.6 34.8 25 6 36.0 40.6 45.2 31 5 40.0 49.9 59.7 37 4 49.9 56.3 62.7
14 2 7.0 14.3 21.5 20 1 22.8 29.0 35.2 26 0 36.3 40.9 45.5 31 6 40.2 50.0 59.9 37 5 50.0 56.4 62.9
14 3 7.4 14.7 21.9 20 2 23.1 29.3 35.5 26 1 36.5 41.1 45.8 32 0 40.4 50.2 60.1 37 6 50.1 56.5 63.0
14 4 7.8 15.1 22.3 20 3 23.4 29.6 35.8 26 2 36.8 41.4 46.0 32 1 40.6 50.4 60.3 38 0 50.2 56.7 63.1
14 5 8.2 15.5 22.7 20 4 23.8 29.9 36.1 26 3 37.0 41.7 46.3 32 2 40.7 50.6 60.5 38 1 50.3 56.8 63.2
14 6 8.6 15.8 23.1 20 5 24.1 30.3 36.4 26 4 37.3 41.9 46.5 32 3 40.9 50.8 60.6 38 2 50.4 56.9 63.3
15 0 10.2 16.2 22.2 20 6 24.4 30.6 36.8 26 5 37.5 42.2 46.8 32 4 41.1 51.0 60.8 38 3 50.6 57.0 63.5
15 1 10.6 16.6 22.6 21 0 25.4 30.9 36.4 26 6 37.8 42.4 47.0 32 5 41.3 51.1 61.0 38 4 50.7 57.1 63.6
15 2 11.0 17.0 23.0 21 1 25.7 31.2 36.7 27 0 37.3 42.7 48.0 32 6 41.5 51.3 61.2 38 5 50.8 57.2 63.7
15 3 11.4 17.4 23.3 21 2 26.1 31.5 37.0 27 1 37.6 42.9 48.2 33 0 43.1 51.5 59.9 38 6 50.9 57.3 63.8
15 4 11.8 17.7 23.7 21 3 26.4 31.8 37.3 27 2 37.8 43.1 48.5 33 1 43.3 51.7 60.1 39 0 48.6 57.4 66.3
15 5 12.1 18.1 24.1 21 4 26.7 32.1 37.6 27 3 38.1 43.4 48.7 33 2 43.4 51.9 60.3 39 1 48.7 57.6 66.4
15 6 12.5 18.5 24.5 21 5 27.0 32.4 37.9 27 4 38.3 43.6 48.9 33 3 43.6 52.0 60.4 39 2 48.9 57.7 66.5
16 0 12.9 18.9 24.8 21 6 27.3 32.7 38.2 27 5 38.5 43.9 49.2 33 4 43.8 52.2 60.6 39 3 49.0 57.8 66.6
16 1 13.3 19.2 25.2 22 0 27.6 33.1 38.5 27 6 38.8 44.1 49.4 33 5 43.9 52.4 60.8 39 4 49.1 57.9 66.7
16 2 13.6 19.6 25.6 22 1 27.9 33.4 38.8 28 0 39.0 44.3 49.6 33 6 44.1 52.5 61.0 39 5 49.2 58.0 66.8
16 3 14.0 20.0 26.0 22 2 28.2 33.7 39.1 28 1 39.2 44.6 49.9 34 0 44.3 52.7 61.1 39 6 49.3 58.1 66.9
16 4 14.4 20.3 26.3 22 3 28.5 34.0 39.4 28 2 39.5 44.8 50.1 34 1 44.4 52.9 61.3 40 0 49.4 58.2 67.0
16 5 14.7 20.7 26.7 22 4 28.8 34.3 39.7 28 3 39.7 45.0 50.3 34 2 44.6 53.0 61.4

Ulna Length, Merz


Merz E, Kim-Kern M-S, Pehl S. "Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third Trimesters." Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound 15:175, March/April 1987.
5 & 95%: (2SD/2 * 1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
13 0 5.5 8.0 10.5 18 6 21.2 23.7 26.2 24 5 34.8 38.1 41.4 30 4 45.2 48.1 51.1 36 3 52.6 55.4 58.3
13 1 5.9 8.3 10.7 19 0 21.5 24.0 26.5 24 6 35.3 38.6 41.9 30 5 45.4 48.4 51.5 36 4 52.6 55.6 58.5
13 2 6.3 8.6 10.8 19 1 21.9 24.4 26.9 25 0 35.7 39.0 42.3 30 6 45.5 48.7 51.9 36 5 52.6 55.7 58.8
13 3 6.7 8.9 11.0 19 2 22.4 24.9 27.4 25 1 36.0 39.1 42.3 31 0 45.7 49.0 52.3 36 6 52.7 55.9 59.0
13 4 7.2 9.1 11.1 19 3 22.8 25.3 27.8 25 2 36.2 39.3 42.4 31 1 45.6 49.1 52.7 37 0 52.7 56.0 59.3
13 5 7.6 9.4 11.3 19 4 23.2 25.7 28.2 25 3 36.5 39.4 42.4 31 2 45.5 49.3 53.0 37 1 52.8 56.3 59.8
13 6 8.0 9.7 11.4 19 5 23.6 26.1 28.6 25 4 36.7 39.6 42.4 31 3 45.4 49.4 53.4 37 2 52.8 56.6 60.3
14 0 8.4 10.0 11.6 19 6 24.1 26.6 29.1 25 5 37.0 39.7 42.4 31 4 45.4 49.6 53.8 37 3 52.9 56.9 60.8
14 1 8.8 10.3 11.8 20 0 24.5 27.0 29.5 25 6 37.2 39.9 42.5 31 5 45.3 49.7 54.2 37 4 52.9 57.1 61.4
14 2 9.2 10.6 11.9 20 1 24.8 27.4 30.0 26 0 37.5 40.0 42.5 31 6 45.2 49.9 54.5 37 5 53.0 57.4 61.9
14 3 9.6 10.9 12.1 20 2 25.1 27.9 30.6 26 1 37.8 40.1 42.5 32 0 45.1 50.0 54.9 37 6 53.0 57.7 62.4
14 4 10.0 11.1 12.3 20 3 25.4 28.3 31.1 26 2 38.0 40.3 42.5 32 1 45.7 50.3 54.8 38 0 53.1 58.0 62.9
14 5 10.4 11.4 12.5 20 4 25.8 28.7 31.7 26 3 38.3 40.4 42.5 32 2 46.4 50.6 54.8 38 1 53.4 58.3 63.2
14 6 10.8 11.7 12.6 20 5 26.1 29.1 32.2 26 4 38.6 40.6 42.6 32 3 47.0 50.9 54.7 38 2 53.7 58.6 63.5
15 0 11.2 12.0 12.8 20 6 26.4 29.6 32.8 26 5 38.9 40.7 42.6 32 4 47.6 51.1 54.7 38 3 54.0 58.9 63.8
15 1 11.5 12.6 13.6 21 0 26.7 30.0 33.3 26 6 39.1 40.9 42.6 32 5 48.2 51.4 54.6 38 4 54.2 59.1 64.0
15 2 11.9 13.1 14.4 21 1 26.8 30.1 33.4 27 0 39.4 41.0 42.6 32 6 48.9 51.7 54.6 38 5 54.5 59.4 64.3
15 3 12.2 13.7 15.2 21 2 27.0 30.3 33.6 27 1 39.5 41.4 43.4 33 0 49.5 52.0 54.5 38 6 54.8 59.7 64.6
15 4 12.5 14.3 16.1 21 3 27.1 30.4 33.7 27 2 39.5 41.9 44.2 33 1 49.6 52.3 55.0 39 0 55.1 60.0 64.9
15 5 12.8 14.9 16.9 21 4 27.3 30.6 33.9 27 3 39.6 42.3 45.0 33 2 49.6 52.6 55.5 39 1 55.2 60.0 64.8
15 6 13.2 15.4 17.7 21 5 27.4 30.7 34.0 27 4 39.7 42.7 45.7 33 3 49.7 52.9 56.0 39 2 55.3 60.0 64.7
16 0 13.5 16.0 18.5 21 6 27.6 30.9 34.2 27 5 39.8 43.1 46.5 33 4 49.7 53.1 56.6 39 3 55.4 60.0 64.6
16 1 13.6 16.1 18.6 22 0 27.7 31.0 34.3 27 6 39.8 43.6 47.3 33 5 49.8 53.4 57.1 39 4 55.6 60.0 64.4
16 2 13.8 16.3 18.8 22 1 28.5 31.6 34.6 28 0 39.9 44.0 48.1 33 6 49.8 53.7 57.6 39 5 55.7 60.0 64.3
16 3 13.9 16.4 18.9 22 2 29.3 32.1 35.0 28 1 40.2 44.1 48.1 34 0 49.9 54.0 58.1 39 6 55.8 60.0 64.2
16 4 14.1 16.6 19.1 22 3 30.1 32.7 35.3 28 2 40.4 44.3 48.2 34 1 50.0 54.0 58.0 40 0 55.9 60.0 64.1
16 5 14.2 16.7 19.2 22 4 31.0 33.3 35.6 28 3 40.7 44.4 48.2 34 2 50.1 54.0 57.9 40 1 56.3 60.4 64.5
16 6 14.4 16.9 19.4 22 5 31.8 33.9 35.9 28 4 40.9 44.6 48.2 34 3 50.2 54.0 57.8 40 2 56.8 60.9 65.0
17 0 14.5 17.0 19.5 22 6 32.6 34.4 36.3 28 5 41.2 44.7 48.2 34 4 50.4 54.0 57.6 40 3 57.2 61.3 65.4
17 1 15.2 17.7 20.2 23 0 33.4 35.0 36.6 28 6 41.4 44.9 48.3 34 5 50.5 54.0 57.5 40 4 57.6 61.7 65.8
17 2 15.9 18.4 20.9 23 1 33.3 35.1 37.0 29 0 41.7 45.0 48.3 34 6 50.6 54.0 57.4 40 5 58.0 62.1 66.2
17 3 16.6 19.1 21.6 23 2 33.2 35.3 37.4 29 1 42.1 45.3 48.5 35 0 50.7 54.0 57.3 40 6 58.5 62.6 66.7
17 4 17.4 19.9 22.4 23 3 33.1 35.4 37.8 29 2 42.5 45.6 48.6 35 1 51.0 54.1 57.3 41 0 58.9 63.0 67.1
17 5 18.1 20.6 23.1 23 4 33.0 35.6 38.1 29 3 42.9 45.9 48.8 35 2 51.2 54.3 57.4 41 1 59.2 63.3 67.4
17 6 18.8 21.3 23.8 23 5 32.9 35.7 38.5 29 4 43.3 46.1 49.0 35 3 51.5 54.4 57.4 41 2 59.5 63.6 67.7
18 0 19.5 22.0 24.5 23 6 32.8 35.9 38.9 29 5 43.7 46.4 49.2 35 4 51.7 54.6 57.4 41 3 59.8 63.9 68.0
18 1 19.8 22.3 24.8 24 0 32.7 36.0 39.3 29 6 44.1 46.7 49.3 35 5 52.0 54.7 57.4 41 4 60.0 64.1 68.2
18 2 20.1 22.6 25.1 24 1 33.1 36.4 39.7 30 0 44.5 47.0 49.5 35 6 52.2 54.9 57.5 41 5 60.3 64.4 68.5
18 3 20.4 22.9 25.4 24 2 33.6 36.9 40.2 30 1 44.7 47.3 49.9 36 0 52.5 55.0 57.5 41 6 60.6 64.7 68.8
18 4 20.6 23.1 25.6 24 3 34.0 37.3 40.6 30 2 44.8 47.6 50.3 36 1 52.5 55.1 57.8 42 0 60.9 65.0 69.1
18 5 20.9 23.4 25.9 24 4 34.4 37.7 41.0 30 3 45.0 47.9 50.7 36 2 52.6 55.3 58.0

9 - 48 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Ulna Length, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 7.0 0 0 17 5 23.1 18.1 28.1 23 3 36.9 31.9 41.9 29 1 48.1 43.1 53.1 34 6 56.9 51.9 61.9
12 1 7.4 0 0 17 6 23.6 18.6 28.6 23 4 37.1 32.1 42.1 29 2 48.3 43.3 53.3 35 0 57.0 52.0 62.0
12 2 7.9 0 0 18 0 24.0 19.0 29.0 23 5 37.4 32.4 42.4 29 3 48.4 43.4 53.4 35 1 57.1 52.1 62.1
12 3 8.3 0 0 18 1 24.3 19.3 29.3 23 6 37.7 32.7 42.7 29 4 48.6 43.6 53.6 35 2 57.3 52.3 62.3
12 4 8.7 0 0 18 2 24.6 19.6 29.6 24 0 38.0 33.0 43.0 29 5 48.7 43.7 53.7 35 3 57.4 52.4 62.4
12 5 9.1 0 0 18 3 24.9 19.9 29.9 24 1 38.3 33.3 43.3 29 6 48.9 43.9 53.9 35 4 57.6 52.6 62.6
12 6 9.6 0 0 18 4 25.1 20.1 30.1 24 2 38.6 33.6 43.6 30 0 49.0 44.0 54.0 35 5 57.7 52.7 62.7
13 0 10.0 5.0 15.0 18 5 25.4 20.4 30.4 24 3 38.9 33.9 43.9 30 1 49.3 44.3 54.3 35 6 57.9 52.9 62.9
13 1 10.4 5.4 15.4 18 6 25.7 20.7 30.7 24 4 39.1 34.1 44.1 30 2 49.6 44.6 54.6 36 0 58.0 53.0 63.0
13 2 10.9 5.9 15.9 19 0 26.0 21.0 31.0 24 5 39.4 34.4 44.4 30 3 49.9 44.9 54.9 36 1 58.3 53.3 63.3
13 3 11.3 6.3 16.3 19 1 26.4 21.4 31.4 24 6 39.7 34.7 44.7 30 4 50.1 45.1 55.1 36 2 58.6 53.6 63.6
13 4 11.7 6.7 16.7 19 2 26.9 21.9 31.9 25 0 40.0 35.0 45.0 30 5 50.4 45.4 55.4 36 3 58.9 53.9 63.9
13 5 12.1 7.1 17.1 19 3 27.3 22.3 32.3 25 1 40.3 35.3 45.3 30 6 50.7 45.7 55.7 36 4 59.1 54.1 64.1
13 6 12.6 7.6 17.6 19 4 27.7 22.7 32.7 25 2 40.6 35.6 45.6 31 0 51.0 46.0 56.0 36 5 59.4 54.4 64.4
14 0 13.0 8.0 18.0 19 5 28.1 23.1 33.1 25 3 40.9 35.9 45.9 31 1 51.3 46.3 56.3 36 6 59.7 54.7 64.7
14 1 13.4 8.4 18.4 19 6 28.6 23.6 33.6 25 4 41.1 36.1 46.1 31 2 51.6 46.6 56.6 37 0 60.0 55.0 65.0
14 2 13.9 8.9 18.9 20 0 29.0 24.0 34.0 25 5 41.4 36.4 46.4 31 3 51.9 46.9 56.9 37 1 60.1 55.1 65.1
14 3 14.3 9.3 19.3 20 1 29.3 24.3 34.3 25 6 41.7 36.7 46.7 31 4 52.1 47.1 57.1 37 2 60.3 55.3 65.3
14 4 14.7 9.7 19.7 20 2 29.6 24.6 34.6 26 0 42.0 37.0 47.0 31 5 52.4 47.4 57.4 37 3 60.4 55.4 65.4
14 5 15.1 10.1 20.1 20 3 29.9 24.9 34.9 26 1 42.3 37.3 47.3 31 6 52.7 47.7 57.7 37 4 60.6 55.6 65.6
14 6 15.6 10.6 20.6 20 4 30.1 25.1 35.1 26 2 42.6 37.6 47.6 32 0 53.0 48.0 58.0 37 5 60.7 55.7 65.7
15 0 16.0 11.0 21.0 20 5 30.4 25.4 35.4 26 3 42.9 37.9 47.9 32 1 53.1 48.1 58.1 37 6 60.9 55.9 65.9
15 1 16.3 11.3 21.3 20 6 30.7 25.7 35.7 26 4 43.1 38.1 48.1 32 2 53.3 48.3 58.3 38 0 61.0 56.0 66.0
15 2 16.6 11.6 21.6 21 0 31.0 26.0 36.0 26 5 43.4 38.4 48.4 32 3 53.4 48.4 58.4 38 1 61.1 56.1 66.1
15 3 16.9 11.9 21.9 21 1 31.3 26.3 36.3 26 6 43.7 38.7 48.7 32 4 53.6 48.6 58.6 38 2 61.3 56.3 66.3
15 4 17.1 12.1 22.1 21 2 31.6 26.6 36.6 27 0 44.0 39.0 49.0 32 5 53.7 48.7 58.7 38 3 61.4 56.4 66.4
15 5 17.4 12.4 22.4 21 3 31.9 26.9 36.9 27 1 44.3 39.3 49.3 32 6 53.9 48.9 58.9 38 4 61.6 56.6 66.6
15 6 17.7 12.7 22.7 21 4 32.1 27.1 37.1 27 2 44.6 39.6 49.6 33 0 54.0 49.0 59.0 38 5 61.7 56.7 66.7
16 0 18.0 13.0 23.0 21 5 32.4 27.4 37.4 27 3 44.9 39.9 49.9 33 1 54.3 49.3 59.3 38 6 61.9 56.9 66.9
16 1 18.4 13.4 23.4 21 6 32.7 27.7 37.7 27 4 45.1 40.1 50.1 33 2 54.6 49.6 59.6 39 0 62.0 57.0 67.0
16 2 18.9 13.9 23.9 22 0 33.0 28.0 38.0 27 5 45.4 40.4 50.4 33 3 54.9 49.9 59.9 39 1 62.1 57.1 67.1
16 3 19.3 14.3 24.3 22 1 33.4 28.4 38.4 27 6 45.7 40.7 50.7 33 4 55.1 50.1 60.1 39 2 62.3 57.3 67.3
16 4 19.7 14.7 24.7 22 2 33.9 28.9 38.9 28 0 46.0 41.0 51.0 33 5 55.4 50.4 60.4 39 3 62.4 57.4 67.4
16 5 20.1 15.1 25.1 22 3 34.3 29.3 39.3 28 1 46.3 41.3 51.3 33 6 55.7 50.7 60.7 39 4 62.6 57.6 67.6
16 6 20.6 15.6 25.6 22 4 34.7 29.7 39.7 28 2 46.6 41.6 51.6 34 0 56.0 51.0 61.0 39 5 62.7 57.7 67.7
17 0 21.0 16.0 26.0 22 5 35.1 30.1 40.1 28 3 46.9 41.9 51.9 34 1 56.1 51.1 61.1 39 6 62.9 57.9 67.9
17 1 21.4 16.4 26.4 22 6 35.6 30.6 40.6 28 4 47.1 42.1 52.1 34 2 56.3 51.3 61.3 40 0 63.0 58.0 68.0
17 2 21.9 16.9 26.9 23 0 36.0 31.0 41.0 28 5 47.4 42.4 52.4 34 3 56.4 51.4 61.4
17 3 22.3 17.3 27.3 23 1 36.3 31.3 41.3 28 6 47.7 42.7 52.7 34 4 56.6 51.6 61.6
17 4 22.7 17.7 27.7 23 2 36.6 31.6 41.6 29 0 48.0 43.0 53.0 34 5 56.7 51.7 61.7

Tibia Length, Jeanty


Jeanty P, Dramaix-Wilmet M, van Kerkem J, Petroons P, Schwers J. "Ultrasonic Evaluation of Fetal Limb Growth, Part II"
Radiology 143:751, 1982.
Tibia(mm)=3.8822362 * MA(wk) - 0.03519398 * MA(wk)2- 34.226237
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
11 0 0 4.2 9.9 16 6 10.3 21.2 32.1 22 5 28.1 35.8 43.5 28 4 41.8 48.0 54.1 34 3 51.1 57.7 64.3
11 1 0 4.7 10.4 17 0 14.6 21.6 28.6 22 6 28.5 36.1 43.8 28 5 42.1 48.2 54.4 34 4 51.3 57.9 64.5
11 2 0 5.1 10.8 17 1 15.0 22.0 29.0 23 0 29.8 36.4 43.1 28 6 42.4 48.5 54.6 34 5 51.5 58.1 64.7
11 3 0 5.5 11.3 17 2 15.3 22.4 29.4 23 1 30.1 36.8 43.5 29 0 40.1 48.8 57.5 34 6 51.7 58.3 64.9
11 4 0.3 6.0 11.7 17 3 15.7 22.7 29.8 23 2 30.4 37.1 43.8 29 1 40.3 49.0 57.7 35 0 48.4 58.5 68.7
11 5 0.7 6.4 12.1 17 4 16.1 23.1 30.2 23 3 30.7 37.4 44.1 29 2 40.6 49.3 58.0 35 1 48.6 58.7 68.9
11 6 1.1 6.9 12.6 17 5 16.5 23.5 30.5 23 4 31.0 37.7 44.4 29 3 40.9 49.5 58.2 35 2 48.8 58.9 69.1
12 0 1.6 7.3 13.0 17 6 16.8 23.9 30.9 23 5 31.4 38.0 44.7 29 4 41.1 49.8 58.5 35 3 49.0 59.1 69.3
12 1 2.0 7.7 13.4 18 0 17.2 24.3 31.3 23 6 31.7 38.4 45.0 29 5 41.4 50.1 58.7 35 4 49.2 59.3 69.5
12 2 2.4 8.2 13.9 18 1 17.6 24.6 31.7 24 0 32.0 38.7 45.4 29 6 41.6 50.3 59.0 35 5 49.4 59.5 69.7
12 3 2.9 8.6 14.3 18 2 18.0 25.0 32.0 24 1 32.3 39.0 45.7 30 0 41.9 50.6 59.3 35 6 49.6 59.7 69.9
12 4 3.3 9.0 14.7 18 3 18.3 25.4 32.4 24 2 32.6 39.3 46.0 30 1 42.1 50.8 59.5 36 0 49.8 59.9 70.1
12 5 3.7 9.4 15.2 18 4 18.7 25.7 32.8 24 3 32.9 39.6 46.3 30 2 42.4 51.1 59.8 36 1 50.0 60.1 70.3
12 6 4.2 9.9 15.6 18 5 19.1 26.1 33.1 24 4 33.2 39.9 46.6 30 3 42.6 51.3 60.0 36 2 50.2 60.3 70.4
13 0 3.9 10.3 16.7 18 6 19.4 26.5 33.5 24 5 33.5 40.2 46.9 30 4 42.9 51.6 60.3 36 3 50.4 60.5 70.6
13 1 4.3 10.7 17.1 19 0 19.1 26.8 34.6 24 6 33.8 40.5 47.2 30 5 43.1 51.8 60.5 36 4 50.5 60.7 70.8
13 2 4.8 11.1 17.5 19 1 19.4 27.2 35.0 25 0 31.2 40.8 50.5 30 6 43.4 52.1 60.7 36 5 50.7 60.9 71.0
13 3 5.2 11.6 18.0 19 2 19.8 27.6 35.3 25 1 31.5 41.1 50.8 31 0 46.2 52.3 58.4 36 6 50.9 61.1 71.2
13 4 5.6 12.0 18.4 19 3 20.2 27.9 35.7 25 2 31.8 41.4 51.1 31 1 46.4 52.5 58.7 37 0 51.8 61.2 70.7
13 5 6.0 12.4 18.8 19 4 20.5 28.3 36.0 25 3 32.1 41.7 51.4 31 2 46.6 52.8 58.9 37 1 52.0 61.4 70.9
13 6 6.4 12.8 19.2 19 5 20.9 28.6 36.4 25 4 32.4 42.0 51.7 31 3 46.9 53.0 59.2 37 2 52.2 61.6 71.0
14 0 6.8 13.2 19.6 19 6 21.2 29.0 36.7 25 5 32.7 42.3 52.0 31 4 47.1 53.3 59.4 37 3 52.3 61.8 71.2
14 1 7.3 13.6 20.0 20 0 21.6 29.3 37.1 25 6 33.0 42.6 52.3 31 5 47.4 53.5 59.6 37 4 52.5 62.0 71.4
14 2 7.7 14.1 20.4 20 1 21.9 29.7 37.5 26 0 33.3 42.9 52.6 31 6 47.6 53.7 59.9 37 5 52.7 62.1 71.6
14 3 8.1 14.5 20.9 20 2 22.3 30.0 37.8 26 1 33.6 43.2 52.9 32 0 47.8 54.0 60.1 37 6 52.9 62.3 71.7
14 4 8.5 14.9 21.3 20 3 22.6 30.4 38.2 26 2 33.9 43.5 53.1 32 1 48.1 54.2 60.3 38 0 53.0 62.5 71.9
14 5 8.9 15.3 21.7 20 4 23.0 30.7 38.5 26 3 34.2 43.8 53.4 32 2 48.3 54.4 60.6 38 1 53.2 62.7 72.1
14 6 9.3 15.7 22.1 20 5 23.3 31.1 38.8 26 4 34.4 44.1 53.7 32 3 48.5 54.7 60.8 38 2 53.4 62.8 72.3
15 0 5.2 16.1 27.0 20 6 23.7 31.4 39.2 26 5 34.7 44.4 54.0 32 4 48.7 54.9 61.0 38 3 53.6 63.0 72.4
15 1 5.6 16.5 27.4 21 0 24.1 31.8 39.4 26 6 35.0 44.7 54.3 32 5 49.0 55.1 61.3 38 4 53.7 63.2 72.6
15 2 6.0 16.9 27.8 21 1 24.5 32.1 39.8 27 0 38.8 44.9 51.1 32 6 49.2 55.3 61.5 38 5 53.9 63.3 72.8
15 3 6.4 17.3 28.2 21 2 24.8 32.5 40.1 27 1 39.1 45.2 51.4 33 0 49.0 55.6 62.2 38 6 54.0 63.5 72.9
15 4 6.8 17.7 28.6 21 3 25.2 32.8 40.5 27 2 39.4 45.5 51.6 33 1 49.2 55.8 62.4 39 0 58.4 63.7 68.9
15 5 7.2 18.1 29.0 21 4 25.5 33.1 40.8 27 3 39.6 45.8 51.9 33 2 49.4 56.0 62.6 39 1 58.5 63.8 69.1
15 6 7.6 18.5 29.4 21 5 25.8 33.5 41.1 27 4 39.9 46.1 52.2 33 3 49.6 56.2 62.8 39 2 58.7 64.0 69.3
16 0 8.0 18.9 29.8 21 6 26.2 33.8 41.5 27 5 40.2 46.3 52.5 33 4 49.8 56.4 63.0 39 3 58.8 64.1 69.4
16 1 8.4 19.3 30.2 22 0 26.5 34.1 41.8 27 6 40.5 46.6 52.8 33 5 50.1 56.7 63.2 39 4 59.0 64.3 69.6
16 2 8.8 19.7 30.6 22 1 26.8 34.5 42.1 28 0 40.7 46.9 53.0 33 6 50.3 56.9 63.5 39 5 59.2 64.4 69.7
16 3 9.1 20.1 31.0 22 2 27.2 34.8 42.5 28 1 41.0 47.2 53.3 34 0 50.5 57.1 63.7 39 6 59.3 64.6 69.9
16 4 9.5 20.4 31.4 22 3 27.5 35.1 42.8 28 2 41.3 47.4 53.6 34 1 50.7 57.3 63.9 40 0 59.5 64.8 70.0
16 5 9.9 20.8 31.7 22 4 27.8 35.5 43.1 28 3 41.6 47.7 53.8 34 2 50.9 57.5 64.1

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 49
9 Obstetrical References

Tibia Length, Merz


Merz E, Kim-Kern M-S, Pehl S. "Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third Trimesters." Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound 15:175, March/April 1987.
5 & 95%: (2SD/3 * 1.645)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
13 0 7.4 9.0 10.6 18 6 22.1 24.6 27.1 24 5 36.6 39.1 41.6 30 5 47.2 50.1 53.1 36 4 56.6 60.6 64.6
13 1 7.5 9.1 10.7 19 0 22.5 25.0 27.5 24 6 37.1 39.6 42.1 30 6 47.8 50.6 53.3 36 5 57.0 60.7 64.5
13 2 7.7 9.3 10.9 19 1 22.9 25.3 27.7 25 0 37.5 40.0 42.5 31 0 48.5 51.0 53.5 36 6 57.3 60.9 64.4
13 3 7.8 9.4 11.0 19 2 23.3 25.6 27.8 25 1 37.8 40.3 42.8 31 1 48.5 51.1 53.8 37 0 57.7 61.0 64.3
13 4 8.0 9.6 11.2 19 3 23.7 25.9 28.0 25 2 38.1 40.6 43.1 31 2 48.6 51.3 54.0 37 1 58.0 61.1 64.3
13 5 8.1 9.7 11.3 19 4 24.2 26.1 28.1 25 3 38.4 40.9 43.4 31 3 48.6 51.4 54.3 37 2 58.2 61.3 64.4
13 6 8.3 9.9 11.5 19 5 24.6 26.4 28.3 25 4 38.6 41.1 43.6 31 4 48.6 51.6 54.5 37 3 58.5 61.4 64.4
14 0 8.4 10.0 11.6 19 6 25.0 26.7 28.4 25 5 38.9 41.4 43.9 31 5 48.6 51.7 54.8 37 4 58.7 61.6 64.4
14 1 8.8 10.4 12.0 20 0 25.4 27.0 28.6 25 6 39.2 41.7 44.2 31 6 48.7 51.9 55.0 37 5 59.0 61.7 64.4
14 2 9.3 10.9 12.5 20 1 25.6 27.4 29.3 26 0 39.5 42.0 44.5 32 0 48.7 52.0 55.3 37 6 59.2 61.9 64.5
14 3 9.7 11.3 12.9 20 2 25.8 27.9 29.9 26 1 39.8 42.3 44.8 32 1 48.9 52.3 55.7 38 0 59.5 62.0 64.5
14 4 10.1 11.7 13.3 20 3 26.0 28.3 30.6 26 2 40.1 42.6 45.1 32 2 49.0 52.6 56.1 38 1 59.3 62.3 65.3
14 5 10.5 12.1 13.7 20 4 26.1 28.7 31.3 26 3 40.4 42.9 45.4 32 3 49.2 52.9 56.5 38 2 59.1 62.6 66.0
14 6 11.0 12.6 14.2 20 5 26.3 29.1 32.0 26 4 40.6 43.1 45.6 32 4 49.4 53.1 56.9 38 3 58.9 62.9 66.8
15 0 11.4 13.0 14.6 20 6 26.5 29.6 32.6 26 5 40.9 43.4 45.9 32 5 49.6 53.4 57.3 38 4 58.8 63.1 67.5
15 1 11.7 13.4 15.2 21 0 26.7 30.0 33.3 26 6 41.2 43.7 46.2 32 6 49.7 53.7 57.7 38 5 58.6 63.4 68.3
15 2 12.0 13.9 15.7 21 1 27.1 30.3 33.5 27 0 41.5 44.0 46.5 33 0 49.9 54.0 58.1 38 6 58.4 63.7 69.0
15 3 12.3 14.3 16.3 21 2 27.5 30.6 33.6 27 1 41.5 44.1 46.8 33 1 50.3 54.4 58.5 39 0 58.2 64.0 69.8
15 4 12.6 14.7 16.8 21 3 27.9 30.9 33.8 27 2 41.6 44.3 47.0 33 2 50.8 54.9 59.0 39 1 58.8 64.1 69.5
15 5 12.9 15.1 17.4 21 4 28.3 31.1 34.0 27 3 41.6 44.4 47.3 33 3 51.2 55.3 59.4 39 2 59.4 64.3 69.1
15 6 13.2 15.6 17.9 21 5 28.7 31.4 34.2 27 4 41.6 44.6 47.5 33 4 51.6 55.7 59.8 39 3 60.0 64.4 68.8
16 0 13.5 16.0 18.5 21 6 29.1 31.7 34.3 27 5 41.6 44.7 47.8 33 5 52.0 56.1 60.2 39 4 60.7 64.6 68.5
16 1 13.8 16.3 18.8 22 0 29.5 32.0 34.5 27 6 41.7 44.9 48.0 33 6 52.5 56.6 60.7 39 5 61.3 64.7 68.2
16 2 14.1 16.6 19.1 22 1 30.2 32.6 34.9 28 0 41.7 45.0 48.3 34 0 52.9 57.0 61.1 39 6 61.9 64.9 67.8
16 3 14.4 16.9 19.4 22 2 30.9 33.1 35.4 28 1 42.0 45.1 48.3 34 1 53.2 57.1 61.1 40 0 62.5 65.0 67.5
16 4 14.6 17.1 19.6 22 3 31.6 33.7 35.8 28 2 42.2 45.3 48.4 34 2 53.4 57.3 61.2 40 1 62.5 65.1 67.8
16 5 14.9 17.4 19.9 22 4 32.3 34.3 36.3 28 3 42.5 45.4 48.4 34 3 53.7 57.4 61.2 40 2 62.6 65.3 68.0
16 6 15.2 17.7 20.2 22 5 33.0 34.9 36.7 28 4 42.7 45.6 48.4 34 4 53.9 57.6 61.2 40 3 62.6 65.4 68.3
17 0 15.5 18.0 20.5 22 6 33.7 35.4 37.2 28 5 43.0 45.7 48.4 34 5 54.2 57.7 61.2 40 4 62.6 65.6 68.5
17 1 16.1 18.6 21.1 23 0 34.4 36.0 37.6 29 0 43.5 46.0 48.5 34 6 54.4 57.9 61.3 40 5 62.6 65.7 68.8
17 2 16.6 19.1 21.6 23 1 34.4 36.1 37.9 29 1 43.6 46.3 49.0 35 0 54.7 58.0 61.3 40 6 62.7 65.9 69.0
17 3 17.2 19.7 22.2 23 2 34.4 36.3 38.1 29 2 43.6 46.6 49.5 35 1 54.8 58.3 61.8 41 0 62.7 66.0 69.3
17 4 17.8 20.3 22.8 23 3 34.4 36.4 38.4 29 3 43.7 46.9 50.0 35 2 54.8 58.6 62.3 41 1 62.9 66.3 69.7
17 5 18.4 20.9 23.4 23 4 34.5 36.6 38.7 29 4 43.7 47.1 50.6 35 3 54.9 58.9 62.8 41 2 63.0 66.6 70.1
17 6 18.9 21.4 23.9 23 5 34.5 36.7 39.0 29 5 43.8 47.4 51.1 35 4 54.9 59.1 63.4 41 3 63.2 66.9 70.5
18 0 19.5 22.0 24.5 23 6 34.5 36.9 39.2 29 6 43.8 47.7 51.6 35 5 55.0 59.4 63.9 41 4 63.4 67.1 70.9
18 1 19.9 22.4 24.9 24 0 34.5 37.0 39.5 30 0 43.9 48.0 52.1 35 6 55.0 59.7 64.4 41 5 63.6 67.4 71.3
18 2 20.4 22.9 25.4 24 1 34.9 37.4 39.9 30 1 44.6 48.4 52.3 36 0 55.1 60.0 64.9 41 6 63.7 67.7 71.7
18 3 20.8 23.3 25.8 24 2 35.4 37.9 40.4 30 2 45.2 48.9 52.5 36 1 55.5 60.1 64.8 42 0 63.9 68.0 72.1
18 4 21.2 23.7 26.2 24 3 35.8 38.3 40.8 30 3 45.9 49.3 52.7 36 2 55.8 60.3 64.7
18 5 21.6 24.1 26.6 24 4 36.2 38.7 41.2 30 4 46.5 49.7 52.9 36 3 56.2 60.4 64.6

Tibia Length, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 0 7.0 0 17 5 16.4 21.4 26.4 23 3 30.9 35.9 40.9 29 1 43.3 48.3 53.3 34 6 52.9 57.9 63.7
12 1 0 7.4 0 17 6 16.7 21.7 26.7 23 4 31.1 36.1 41.1 29 2 43.6 48.6 53.6 35 0 53.0 58.0 64.0
12 2 0 7.9 0 18 0 17.0 22.0 27.0 23 5 31.4 36.4 41.4 29 3 43.9 48.9 53.9 35 1 53.3 58.3 64.1
12 3 0 8.3 0 18 1 17.4 22.4 27.4 23 6 31.7 36.7 41.7 29 4 44.1 49.1 54.1 35 2 53.6 58.6 64.3
12 4 0 8.7 0 18 2 17.9 22.9 27.9 24 0 32.0 37.0 42.0 29 5 44.4 49.4 54.4 35 3 53.9 58.9 64.4
12 5 0 9.1 0 18 3 18.3 23.3 28.3 24 1 32.3 37.4 42.4 29 6 44.7 49.7 54.7 35 4 54.1 59.1 64.6
12 6 0 9.6 0 18 4 18.7 23.7 28.7 24 2 32.6 37.9 42.9 30 0 45.0 50.0 55.0 35 5 54.4 59.4 64.7
13 0 0 10.0 0 18 5 19.1 24.1 29.1 24 3 32.9 38.3 43.3 30 1 45.3 50.3 55.3 35 6 54.7 59.7 64.9
13 1 0 10.3 0 18 6 19.6 24.6 29.6 24 4 33.1 38.7 43.7 30 2 45.6 50.6 55.6 36 0 55.0 60.0 65.0
13 2 0 10.6 0 19 0 20.0 25.0 30.0 24 5 33.4 39.1 44.1 30 3 45.9 50.9 55.9 36 1 55.1 60.1 65.3
13 3 0 10.9 0 19 1 20.3 25.3 30.4 24 6 33.7 39.6 44.6 30 4 46.1 51.1 56.1 36 2 55.3 60.3 65.6
13 4 0 11.1 0 19 2 20.6 25.6 30.9 25 0 34.0 40.0 45.0 30 5 46.4 51.4 56.4 36 3 55.4 60.4 65.9
13 5 0 11.4 0 19 3 20.9 25.9 31.3 25 1 34.4 40.3 45.3 30 6 46.7 51.7 56.7 36 4 55.6 60.6 66.1
13 6 0 11.7 0 19 4 21.1 26.1 31.7 25 2 34.9 40.6 45.6 31 0 47.0 52.0 57.0 36 5 55.7 60.7 66.4
14 0 7.0 12.0 17.0 19 5 21.4 26.4 32.1 25 3 35.3 40.9 45.9 31 1 47.1 52.3 57.3 36 6 55.9 60.9 66.7
14 1 7.3 12.4 17.4 19 6 21.7 26.7 32.6 25 4 35.7 41.1 46.1 31 2 47.3 52.6 57.6 37 0 56.0 61.0 67.0
14 2 7.6 12.9 17.9 20 0 22.0 27.0 33.0 25 5 36.1 41.4 46.4 31 3 47.4 52.9 57.9 37 1 56.3 61.3 67.1
14 3 7.9 13.3 18.3 0 1 22.4 27.4 33.3 25 6 36.6 41.7 46.7 31 4 47.6 53.1 58.1 37 2 56.6 61.6 67.3
14 4 8.1 13.7 18.7 20 2 22.9 27.9 33.6 26 0 37.0 42.0 47.0 31 5 47.7 53.4 58.4 37 3 56.9 61.9 67.4
14 5 8.4 14.1 19.1 20 3 23.3 28.3 33.9 26 1 37.3 42.3 47.3 31 6 47.9 53.7 58.7 37 4 57.1 62.1 67.6
14 6 8.7 14.6 19.6 20 4 23.7 28.7 34.1 26 2 37.6 42.6 47.6 32 0 48.0 54.0 59.0 37 5 57.4 62.4 67.7
15 0 9.0 15.0 20.0 20 5 24.1 29.1 34.4 26 3 37.9 42.9 47.9 32 1 48.3 54.1 59.1 37 6 57.7 62.7 67.9
15 1 9.4 15.3 20.3 20 6 24.6 29.6 34.7 26 4 38.1 43.1 48.1 32 2 48.6 54.3 59.3 38 0 58.0 63.0 68.0
15 2 9.9 15.6 20.6 21 0 25.0 30.0 35.0 26 5 38.4 43.4 48.4 32 3 48.9 54.4 59.4 38 1 58.1 63.1 68.1
15 3 10.3 15.9 20.9 21 1 25.3 30.3 35.4 26 6 38.7 43.7 48.7 32 4 49.1 54.6 59.6 38 2 58.3 63.3 68.3
15 4 10.7 16.1 21.1 21 2 25.6 30.6 35.9 27 0 39.0 44.0 49.0 32 5 49.4 54.7 59.7 38 3 58.4 63.4 68.4
15 5 11.1 16.4 21.4 21 3 25.9 30.9 36.3 27 1 39.3 44.3 49.3 32 6 49.7 54.9 59.9 38 4 58.6 63.6 68.6
15 6 11.6 16.7 21.7 21 4 26.1 31.1 36.7 27 2 39.6 44.6 49.6 33 0 50.0 55.0 60.0 38 5 58.7 63.7 68.7
16 0 12.0 17.0 22.0 21 5 26.4 31.4 37.1 27 3 39.9 44.9 49.9 33 1 50.3 55.3 60.3 38 6 58.9 63.9 68.9
16 1 12.4 17.4 22.4 21 6 26.7 31.7 37.6 27 4 40.1 45.1 50.1 33 2 50.6 55.6 60.6 39 0 59.0 64.0 69.0
16 2 12.9 17.9 22.9 22 0 27.0 32.0 38.0 27 5 40.4 45.4 50.4 33 3 50.9 55.9 60.9 39 1 59.3 64.3 69.3
16 3 13.3 18.3 23.3 22 1 27.4 32.4 38.3 27 6 40.7 45.7 50.7 33 4 51.1 56.1 61.1 39 2 59.6 64.6 69.6
16 4 13.7 18.7 23.7 22 2 27.9 32.9 38.6 28 0 41.0 46.0 51.0 33 5 51.4 56.4 61.4 39 3 59.9 64.9 69.9
16 5 14.1 19.1 24.1 22 3 28.3 33.3 38.9 28 1 41.3 46.3 51.3 33 6 51.7 56.7 61.7 39 4 60.1 65.1 70.1
16 6 14.6 19.6 24.6 22 4 28.7 33.7 39.1 28 2 41.6 46.6 51.6 34 0 52.0 57.0 62.0 39 5 60.4 65.4 70.4
17 0 15.0 20.0 25.0 22 5 29.1 34.1 39.4 28 3 41.9 46.9 51.9 34 1 52.1 57.1 62.3 39 6 60.7 65.7 70.7
17 1 15.3 20.3 25.3 22 6 29.6 34.6 39.7 28 4 42.1 47.1 52.1 34 2 52.3 57.3 62.6 40 0 61.0 66.0 71.0
17 2 15.6 20.6 25.6 23 0 30.0 35.0 40.0 28 5 42.4 47.4 52.4 34 3 52.4 57.4 62.9
17 3 15.9 20.9 25.9 23 1 30.3 35.3 40.3 28 6 42.7 47.7 52.7 34 4 52.6 57.6 63.1
17 4 16.1 21.1 26.1 23 2 30.6 35.6 40.6 29 0 43.0 48.0 53.0 34 5 52.7 57.7 63.4

9 - 50 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Foot Length, Mercer


Mercer BM, Sklar S, Shariatmadar A, Gillieson MS, Dalton ME. "Fetal foot length as a predictor of gestational age." American
Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 156(2):350, 1987.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
12 0 7.2 8.0 8.8 17 5 23.9 26.1 28.6 23 3 39.2 43.3 46.9 29 1 52.6 58.3 63.3 34 6 65.0 70.7 77.3
12 1 7.6 8.4 9.3 17 6 24.2 26.6 29.0 23 4 39.6 43.7 47.5 29 2 53.0 58.6 63.7 35 0 65.2 71.0 77.6
12 2 8.0 8.9 9.7 18 0 24.5 27.0 29.5 23 5 40.0 44.1 48.0 29 3 53.5 58.9 64.1 35 1 65.6 71.4 78.0
12 3 8.5 9.3 10.1 18 1 25.0 27.4 30.0 23 6 40.5 44.6 48.6 29 4 53.9 59.1 64.5 35 2 65.9 71.9 78.4
12 4 8.9 9.7 10.5 18 2 25.4 27.9 30.6 24 0 40.9 45.0 49.1 29 5 54.3 59.4 65.0 35 3 66.2 72.3 78.9
12 5 9.3 10.1 11.0 18 3 25.8 28.3 31.1 24 1 41.2 45.3 49.5 29 6 54.7 59.7 65.4 35 4 66.5 72.7 79.3
12 6 9.7 10.6 11.4 18 4 26.2 28.7 31.7 24 2 41.5 45.6 49.9 30 0 55.1 60.0 65.8 35 5 66.8 73.1 79.7
13 0 10.2 11.0 11.8 18 5 26.7 29.1 32.2 24 3 41.7 45.9 50.3 30 1 55.4 60.3 65.9 35 6 67.1 73.6 80.2
13 1 10.6 11.6 12.4 18 6 27.1 29.6 32.7 24 4 42.0 46.1 50.7 30 2 55.6 60.6 66.1 36 0 67.4 74.0 80.6
13 2 11.1 12.1 13.0 19 0 27.5 30.0 33.3 24 5 42.3 46.4 51.1 30 3 55.9 60.9 66.3 36 1 67.6 74.3 80.9
13 3 11.5 12.7 13.5 19 1 28.0 30.4 33.7 24 6 42.6 46.7 51.5 30 4 56.2 61.1 66.4 36 2 67.8 74.6 81.2
13 4 12.0 13.3 14.1 19 2 28.4 30.9 34.1 25 0 42.9 47.0 51.9 30 5 56.5 61.4 66.6 36 3 67.9 74.9 81.4
13 5 12.4 13.9 14.7 19 3 28.8 31.3 34.6 25 1 43.3 47.4 52.2 30 6 56.8 61.7 66.8 36 4 68.1 75.1 81.7
13 6 12.9 14.4 15.3 19 4 29.2 31.7 35.0 25 2 43.7 47.9 52.6 31 0 57.1 62.0 66.9 36 5 68.3 75.4 82.0
14 0 13.4 15.0 15.8 19 5 29.7 32.1 35.4 25 3 44.2 48.3 52.9 31 1 57.4 62.4 67.5 36 6 68.4 75.7 82.3
14 1 13.8 15.4 16.4 19 6 30.1 32.6 35.9 25 4 44.6 48.7 53.2 31 2 57.7 62.9 68.0 37 0 68.6 76.0 82.6
14 2 14.2 15.9 16.9 20 0 30.5 33.0 36.3 25 5 45.0 49.1 53.5 31 3 58.0 63.3 68.6 37 1 68.9 76.3 82.9
14 3 14.6 16.3 17.5 20 1 30.8 33.4 36.7 25 6 45.5 49.6 53.8 31 4 58.3 63.7 69.1 37 2 69.2 76.6 83.2
14 4 15.1 16.7 18.0 20 2 31.2 33.9 37.1 26 0 45.9 50.0 54.1 31 5 58.6 64.1 69.7 37 3 69.5 76.9 83.4
14 5 15.5 17.1 18.6 20 3 31.5 34.3 37.6 26 1 46.2 50.4 54.5 31 6 58.9 64.6 70.2 37 4 69.7 77.1 83.7
14 6 15.9 17.6 19.1 20 4 31.8 34.7 38.0 26 2 46.5 50.9 55.0 32 0 59.2 65.0 70.8 37 5 70.0 77.4 84.0
15 0 16.4 18.0 19.6 20 5 32.1 35.1 38.4 26 3 46.8 51.3 55.4 32 1 59.5 65.3 71.0 37 6 70.3 77.7 84.3
15 1 16.8 18.4 20.1 20 6 32.4 35.6 38.9 26 4 47.1 51.7 55.8 32 2 59.8 65.6 71.3 38 0 70.6 78.0 84.6
15 2 17.2 18.9 20.5 21 0 32.7 36.0 39.3 26 5 47.4 52.1 56.3 32 3 60.1 65.9 71.6 38 1 70.9 78.3 84.9
15 3 17.6 19.3 20.9 21 1 33.1 36.4 39.7 26 6 47.8 52.6 56.7 32 4 60.4 66.1 71.9 38 2 71.2 78.6 85.2
15 4 18.1 19.7 21.4 21 2 33.6 36.9 40.1 27 0 48.1 53.0 57.1 32 5 60.7 66.4 72.2 38 3 71.5 78.9 85.4
15 5 18.5 20.1 21.8 21 3 34.0 37.3 40.6 27 1 48.4 53.3 57.5 32 6 61.0 66.7 72.5 38 4 71.7 79.1 85.7
15 6 18.9 20.6 22.2 21 4 34.4 37.7 41.0 27 2 48.6 53.6 57.9 33 0 61.2 67.0 72.8 38 5 72.0 79.4 86.0
16 0 19.4 21.0 22.6 21 5 34.9 38.1 41.4 27 3 48.9 53.9 58.3 33 1 61.5 67.3 73.2 38 6 72.3 79.7 86.3
16 1 19.8 21.4 23.2 21 6 35.3 38.6 41.9 27 4 49.2 54.1 58.7 33 2 61.8 67.6 73.6 39 0 72.6 80.0 86.6
16 2 20.2 21.9 23.7 22 0 35.7 39.0 42.3 27 5 49.5 54.4 59.1 33 3 62.1 67.9 74.0 39 1 72.7 80.1 86.8
16 3 20.6 22.3 24.3 22 1 36.0 39.4 42.7 27 6 49.8 54.7 59.5 33 4 62.4 68.1 74.4 39 2 72.9 80.3 87.1
16 4 21.1 22.7 24.8 22 2 36.3 39.9 43.1 28 0 50.1 55.0 59.9 33 5 62.7 68.4 74.8 39 3 73.0 80.4 87.4
16 5 21.5 23.1 25.4 22 3 36.6 40.3 43.6 28 1 50.4 55.4 60.4 33 6 63.0 68.7 75.2 39 4 73.2 80.6 87.6
16 6 21.9 23.6 25.9 22 4 37.0 40.7 44.0 28 2 50.7 55.9 60.8 34 0 63.2 69.0 75.6 39 5 73.3 80.7 87.9
17 0 22.4 24.0 26.5 22 5 37.3 41.1 44.4 28 3 51.0 56.3 61.2 34 1 63.5 69.3 75.9 39 6 73.5 80.9 88.1
17 1 22.7 24.4 26.9 22 6 37.6 41.6 44.9 28 4 51.3 56.7 61.6 34 2 63.8 69.6 76.2 40 0 73.6 81.0 88.4
17 2 23.0 24.9 27.3 23 0 37.9 42.0 45.3 28 5 51.6 57.1 62.1 34 3 64.1 69.9 76.4
17 3 23.3 25.3 27.8 23 1 38.3 42.4 45.8 28 6 51.9 57.6 62.5 34 4 64.4 70.1 76.7
17 4 23.6 25.7 28.2 23 2 38.7 42.9 46.4 29 0 52.2 58.0 62.9 34 5 64.7 70.4 77.0

Thoracic Circumference, Chitkara


Chitkara U, Rosenberg J, Chervenak FA, Berkowitz GS, Levine R, Fagerstrom RM, Walker B, Berkowitz RL. "Prenatal
sonographic assessment of the fetal thorax: Normal values." American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 156:1069, 1987.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
16 0 6.4 9.1 11.9 20 6 10.9 13.6 16.3 25 5 15.2 17.9 20.7 30 4 19.6 22.4 25.1 35 3 24.1 26.8 29.5
16 1 6.5 9.2 12.0 21 0 11.0 13.7 16.4 25 6 15.4 18.1 20.9 30 5 19.7 22.5 25.2 35 4 24.2 26.9 29.6
16 2 6.7 9.4 12.2 21 1 11.1 13.8 16.5 26 0 15.5 18.2 21.0 30 6 19.9 22.7 25.4 35 5 24.3 27.0 29.7
16 3 6.8 9.5 12.3 21 2 11.3 14.0 16.7 26 1 15.6 18.3 21.1 31 0 20.0 22.8 25.5 35 6 24.5 27.2 29.9
16 4 6.9 9.6 12.4 21 3 11.4 14.1 16.8 26 2 15.8 18.5 21.3 31 1 20.1 22.9 25.6 36 0 24.6 27.3 30.0
16 5 7.0 9.7 12.5 21 4 11.5 14.2 16.9 26 3 15.9 18.6 21.4 31 2 20.3 23.1 25.8 36 1 24.7 27.4 30.1
16 6 7.2 9.9 12.7 21 5 11.6 14.3 17.0 26 4 16.0 18.7 21.5 31 3 20.4 23.2 25.9 36 2 24.9 27.6 30.3
17 0 7.3 10.0 12.8 21 6 11.8 14.5 17.2 26 5 16.1 18.8 21.6 31 4 20.5 23.3 26.0 36 3 25.0 27.7 30.4
17 1 7.4 10.1 12.9 22 0 11.9 14.6 17.3 26 6 16.3 19.0 21.8 31 5 20.6 23.4 26.1 36 4 25.1 27.8 30.5
17 2 7.6 10.3 13.1 22 1 12.0 14.7 17.4 27 0 16.4 19.1 21.9 31 6 20.8 23.6 26.3 36 5 25.2 27.9 30.6
17 3 7.7 10.4 13.2 22 2 12.2 14.9 17.6 27 1 16.5 19.2 22.0 32 0 20.9 23.7 26.4 36 6 25.4 28.1 30.8
17 4 7.8 10.6 13.3 22 3 12.3 15.0 17.7 27 2 16.7 19.4 22.2 32 1 21.0 23.8 26.5 37 0 25.5 28.2 30.9
17 5 7.9 10.7 13.4 22 4 12.4 15.1 17.8 27 3 16.8 19.5 22.3 32 2 21.2 24.0 26.7 37 1 25.6 28.3 31.0
17 6 8.1 10.9 13.6 22 5 12.5 15.2 17.9 27 4 16.9 19.6 22.4 32 3 21.3 24.1 26.8 37 2 25.8 28.5 31.2
18 0 8.2 11.0 13.7 22 6 12.7 15.4 18.1 27 5 17.0 19.7 22.5 32 4 21.4 24.2 26.9 37 3 25.9 28.6 31.3
18 1 8.3 11.1 13.8 23 0 12.8 15.5 18.2 27 6 17.2 19.9 22.7 32 5 21.5 24.3 27.0 37 4 26.0 28.7 31.5
18 2 8.5 11.3 14.0 23 1 12.9 15.6 18.3 28 0 17.3 20.0 22.8 32 6 21.7 24.5 27.2 37 5 26.1 28.8 31.6
18 3 8.6 11.4 14.1 23 2 13.1 15.8 18.5 28 1 17.4 20.1 22.9 33 0 21.8 24.6 27.3 37 6 26.3 29.0 31.8
18 4 8.7 11.5 14.2 23 3 13.2 15.9 18.6 28 2 17.6 20.3 23.1 33 1 21.9 24.7 27.4 38 0 26.4 29.1 31.9
18 5 8.8 11.6 14.3 23 4 13.3 16.0 18.7 28 3 17.7 20.4 23.2 33 2 22.1 24.9 27.6 38 1 26.5 29.2 32.0
18 6 9.0 11.8 14.5 23 5 13.4 16.1 18.8 28 4 17.8 20.6 23.3 33 3 22.2 25.0 27.7 38 2 26.7 29.4 32.2
19 0 9.1 11.9 14.6 23 6 13.6 16.3 19.0 28 5 17.9 20.7 23.4 33 4 22.4 25.1 27.8 38 3 26.8 29.5 32.3
19 1 9.2 12.0 14.7 24 0 13.7 16.4 19.1 28 6 18.1 20.9 23.6 33 5 22.5 25.2 27.9 38 4 26.9 29.6 32.4
19 2 9.4 12.2 14.9 24 1 13.8 16.5 19.2 29 0 18.2 21.0 23.7 33 6 22.7 25.4 28.1 38 5 27.0 29.7 32.5
19 3 9.5 12.3 15.0 24 2 14.0 16.7 19.4 29 1 18.3 21.1 23.8 34 0 22.8 25.5 28.2 38 6 27.2 29.9 32.7
19 4 9.6 12.4 15.1 24 3 14.1 16.8 19.5 29 2 18.5 21.3 24.0 34 1 22.9 25.6 28.3 39 0 27.3 30.0 32.8
19 5 9.7 12.5 15.2 24 4 14.2 16.9 19.6 29 3 18.6 21.4 24.1 34 2 23.1 25.8 28.5 39 1 27.4 30.1 32.9
19 6 9.9 12.7 15.4 24 5 14.3 17.0 19.7 29 4 18.7 21.5 24.2 34 3 23.2 25.9 28.6 39 2 27.6 30.3 33.1
20 0 10.0 12.8 15.5 24 6 14.5 17.2 19.9 29 5 18.8 21.6 24.3 34 4 23.3 26.0 28.7 39 3 27.7 30.4 33.2
20 1 10.1 12.9 15.6 25 0 14.6 17.3 20.0 29 6 19.0 21.8 24.5 34 5 23.4 26.1 28.8 39 4 27.8 30.5 33.3
20 2 10.3 13.1 15.8 25 1 14.7 17.4 20.1 30 0 19.1 21.9 24.6 34 6 23.6 26.3 29.0 39 5 27.9 30.6 33.4
20 3 10.4 13.2 15.9 25 2 14.9 17.6 20.3 30 1 19.2 22.0 24.7 35 0 23.7 26.4 29.1 39 6 28.1 30.8 33.6
20 4 10.6 13.3 16.0 25 3 15.0 17.7 20.4 30 2 19.4 22.2 24.9 35 1 23.8 26.5 29.2 40 0 28.2 30.9 33.7
20 5 10.7 13.4 16.1 25 4 15.1 17.8 20.6 30 3 19.5 22.3 25.0 35 2 24.0 26.7 29.4

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 51
9 Obstetrical References

Clavicle Length, Yarkoni


Yarkoni S, Schmidt W, Jeanty P, Reece EA, Hobbins JC. "Clavicular Measurement: A New Biometric Parameter for Fetal
Evaluation." Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 4:467, 1985.
CL(mm)=1.118303 + 0.9788639 * MA(wks)
±Standard Deviation = 2.92 mm
5th & 95%: ±4.8 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
15 0 11.0 15.8 20.6 20 1 16.0 20.8 25.6 25 2 21.1 25.9 30.7 30 3 26.1 30.9 35.7 35 4 31.1 35.9 40.7
15 1 11.1 15.9 20.7 20 2 16.2 21.0 25.8 25 3 21.2 26.0 30.8 30 4 26.2 31.0 35.8 35 5 31.3 36.1 40.9
15 2 11.3 16.1 20.9 20 3 16.3 21.1 25.9 25 4 21.3 26.1 30.9 30 5 26.4 31.2 36.0 35 6 31.4 36.2 41.0
15 3 11.4 16.2 21.0 20 4 16.5 21.3 26.1 25 5 21.5 26.3 31.1 30 6 26.5 31.3 36.1 36 0 31.6 36.4 41.2
15 4 11.6 16.4 21.2 20 5 16.6 21.4 26.2 25 6 21.6 26.4 31.2 31 0 26.7 31.5 36.3 36 1 31.7 36.5 41.3
15 5 11.7 16.5 21.3 20 6 16.7 21.5 26.3 26 0 21.8 26.6 31.4 31 1 26.8 31.6 36.4 36 2 31.8 36.6 41.4
15 6 11.8 16.6 21.4 21 0 16.9 21.7 26.5 26 1 21.9 26.7 31.5 31 2 26.9 31.7 36.5 36 3 32.0 36.8 41.6
16 0 12.0 16.8 21.6 21 1 17.0 21.8 26.6 26 2 22.0 26.8 31.6 31 3 27.1 31.9 36.7 36 4 32.1 36.9 41.7
16 1 12.1 16.9 21.7 21 2 17.2 22.0 26.8 26 3 22.2 27.0 31.8 31 4 27.2 32.0 36.8 36 5 32.3 37.1 41.9
16 2 12.3 17.1 21.9 21 3 17.3 22.1 26.9 26 4 22.3 27.1 31.9 31 5 27.4 32.2 37.0 36 6 32.4 37.2 42.0
16 3 12.4 17.2 22.0 21 4 17.4 22.2 27.0 26 5 22.5 27.3 32.1 31 6 27.5 32.3 37.1 37 0 32.5 37.3 42.1
16 4 12.5 17.3 22.1 21 5 17.6 22.4 27.2 26 6 22.6 27.4 32.2 32 0 27.6 32.4 37.2 37 1 32.7 37.5 42.3
16 5 12.7 17.5 22.3 21 6 17.7 22.5 27.3 27 0 22.7 27.5 32.3 32 1 27.8 32.6 37.4 37 2 32.8 37.6 42.4
16 6 12.8 17.6 22.4 22 0 17.9 22.7 27.5 27 1 22.9 27.7 32.5 32 2 27.9 32.7 37.5 37 3 33.0 37.8 42.6
17 0 13.0 17.8 22.6 22 1 18.0 22.8 27.6 27 2 23.0 27.8 32.6 32 3 28.1 32.9 37.7 37 4 33.1 37.9 42.7
17 1 13.1 17.9 22.7 22 2 18.1 22.9 27.7 27 3 23.2 28.0 32.8 32 4 28.2 33.0 37.8 37 5 33.2 38.0 42.8
17 2 13.2 18.0 22.8 22 3 18.3 23.1 27.9 27 4 23.3 28.1 32.9 32 5 28.3 33.1 37.9 37 6 33.4 38.2 43.0
17 3 13.4 18.2 23.0 22 4 18.4 23.2 28.0 27 5 23.4 28.2 33.0 32 6 28.5 33.3 38.1 38 0 33.5 38.3 43.1
17 4 13.5 18.3 23.1 22 5 18.6 23.4 28.2 27 6 23.6 28.4 33.2 33 0 28.6 33.4 38.2 38 1 33.7 38.5 43.3
17 5 13.7 18.5 23.3 22 6 18.7 23.5 28.3 28 0 23.7 28.5 33.3 33 1 28.8 33.6 38.4 38 2 33.8 38.6 43.4
17 6 13.8 18.6 23.4 23 0 18.8 23.6 28.4 28 1 23.9 28.7 33.5 33 2 28.9 33.7 38.5 38 3 33.9 38.7 43.5
18 0 13.9 18.7 23.5 23 1 19.0 23.8 28.6 28 2 24.0 28.8 33.6 33 3 29.0 33.8 38.6 38 4 34.1 38.9 43.7
18 1 14.1 18.9 23.7 23 2 19.1 23.9 28.7 28 3 24.1 28.9 33.7 33 4 29.2 34.0 38.8 38 5 34.2 39.0 43.8
18 2 14.2 19.0 23.8 23 3 19.3 24.1 28.9 28 4 24.3 29.1 33.9 33 5 29.3 34.1 38.9 38 6 34.4 39.2 44.0
18 3 14.4 19.2 24.0 23 4 19.4 24.2 29.0 28 5 24.4 29.2 34.0 33 6 29.5 34.3 39.1 39 0 34.5 39.3 44.1
18 4 14.5 19.3 24.1 23 5 19.5 24.3 29.1 28 6 24.6 29.4 34.2 34 0 29.6 34.4 39.2 39 1 34.6 39.4 44.2
18 5 14.6 19.4 24.2 23 6 19.7 24.5 29.3 29 0 24.7 29.5 34.3 34 1 29.7 34.5 39.3 39 2 34.8 39.6 44.4
18 6 14.8 19.6 24.4 24 0 19.8 24.6 29.4 29 1 24.8 29.6 34.4 34 2 29.9 34.7 39.5 39 3 34.9 39.7 44.5
19 0 14.9 19.7 24.5 24 1 20.0 24.8 29.6 29 2 25.0 29.8 34.6 34 3 30.0 34.8 39.6 39 4 35.1 39.9 44.7
19 1 15.1 19.9 24.7 24 2 20.1 24.9 29.7 29 3 25.1 29.9 34.7 34 4 30.2 35.0 39.8 39 5 35.2 40.0 44.8
19 2 15.2 20.0 24.8 24 3 20.2 25.0 29.8 29 4 25.3 30.1 34.9 34 5 30.3 35.1 39.9 39 6 35.3 40.1 44.9
19 3 15.3 20.1 24.9 24 4 20.4 25.2 30.0 29 5 25.4 30.2 35.0 34 6 30.4 35.2 40.0 40 0 35.5 40.3 45.1
19 4 15.5 20.3 25.1 24 5 20.5 25.3 30.1 29 6 25.5 30.3 35.1 35 0 30.6 35.4 40.2
19 5 15.6 20.4 25.2 24 6 20.7 25.5 30.3 30 0 25.7 30.5 35.3 35 1 30.7 35.5 40.3
19 6 15.8 20.6 25.4 25 0 20.8 25.6 30.4 30 1 25.8 30.6 35.4 35 2 30.9 35.7 40.5
20 0 15.9 20.7 25.5 25 1 20.9 25.7 30.5 30 2 26.0 30.8 35.6 35 3 31.0 35.8 40.6

Renal Length, Bertagnoli


Bertagnoli L, Lalatta F, Gallicchio R, Fantuzzi M, Rusca M, Zorzoli A, Deter RL. "Quantitative Characterization of the Growth of
the Fetal Kidney." Journal of Clinical Ultrasound 11:349, 1983.
RL(mm)=16.8933 + 0.0132 * MA2(wks) 1 Standard Deviation = 1.259 mm 5 & 95%: 2.07 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
24 0 22.4 24.5 26.6 27 5 25.0 27.0 29.1 31 3 27.9 29.9 32.0 35 1 31.1 33.2 35.3 38 6 34.8 36.8 38.9
24 1 22.5 24.6 26.7 27 6 25.1 27.1 29.2 31 4 28.0 30.1 32.1 35 2 31.3 33.3 35.4 39 0 34.9 37.0 39.0
24 2 22.6 24.7 26.7 28 0 25.2 27.2 29.3 31 5 28.1 30.2 32.2 35 3 31.4 33.5 35.5 39 1 35.0 37.1 39.2
24 3 22.7 24.8 26.8 28 1 25.3 27.3 29.4 31 6 28.2 30.3 32.4 35 4 31.5 33.6 35.7 39 2 35.2 37.3 39.3
24 4 22.8 24.9 26.9 28 2 25.4 27.5 29.5 32 0 28.3 30.4 32.5 35 5 31.7 33.7 35.8 39 3 35.3 37.4 39.5
24 5 22.9 25.0 27.0 28 3 25.5 27.6 29.6 32 1 28.5 30.5 32.6 35 6 31.8 33.9 35.9 39 4 35.5 37.6 39.6
24 6 23.0 25.0 27.1 28 4 25.6 27.7 29.7 32 2 28.6 30.7 32.7 36 0 31.9 34.0 36.1 39 5 35.6 37.7 39.8
25 0 23.1 25.1 27.2 28 5 25.7 27.8 29.8 32 3 28.7 30.8 32.8 36 1 32.1 34.1 36.2 39 6 35.8 37.9 39.9
25 1 23.2 25.2 27.3 28 6 25.8 27.9 30.0 32 4 28.8 30.9 33.0 36 2 32.2 34.3 36.3 40 0 35.9 38.0 40.1
25 2 23.3 25.3 27.4 29 0 25.9 28.0 30.1 32 5 29.0 31.0 33.1 36 3 32.3 34.4 36.5 40 1 36.1 38.2 40.2
25 3 23.4 25.4 27.5 29 1 26.0 28.1 30.2 32 6 29.1 31.1 33.2 36 4 32.5 34.5 36.6 40 2 36.2 38.3 40.4
25 4 23.5 25.5 27.6 29 2 26.1 28.2 30.3 33 0 29.2 31.3 33.3 36 5 32.6 34.7 36.8 40 3 36.4 38.5 40.5
25 5 23.6 25.6 27.7 29 3 26.3 28.3 30.4 33 1 29.3 31.4 33.5 36 6 32.8 34.8 36.9 40 4 36.6 38.6 40.7
25 6 23.6 25.7 27.8 29 4 26.4 28.4 30.5 33 2 29.4 31.5 33.6 37 0 32.9 35.0 37.0 40 5 36.7 38.8 40.8
26 0 23.7 25.8 27.9 29 5 26.5 28.5 30.6 33 3 29.6 31.6 33.7 37 1 33.0 35.1 37.2 40 6 36.9 38.9 41.0
26 1 23.8 25.9 28.0 29 6 26.6 28.7 30.7 33 4 29.7 31.8 33.8 37 2 33.2 35.2 37.3 41 0 37.0 39.1 41.2
26 2 23.9 26.0 28.1 30 0 26.7 28.8 30.8 33 5 29.8 31.9 34.0 37 3 33.3 35.4 37.5 41 1 37.2 39.2 41.3
26 3 24.0 26.1 28.2 30 1 26.8 28.9 31.0 33 6 30.0 32.0 34.1 37 4 33.5 35.5 37.6 41 2 37.3 39.4 41.5
26 4 24.1 26.2 28.3 30 2 26.9 29.0 31.1 34 0 30.1 32.2 34.2 37 5 33.6 35.7 37.7 41 3 37.5 39.5 41.6
26 5 24.2 26.3 28.4 30 3 27.0 29.1 31.2 34 1 30.2 32.3 34.4 37 6 33.7 35.8 37.9 41 4 37.6 39.7 41.8
26 6 24.3 26.4 28.5 30 4 27.2 29.2 31.3 34 2 30.3 32.4 34.5 38 0 33.9 36.0 38.0 41 5 37.8 39.9 41.9
27 0 24.4 26.5 28.6 30 5 27.3 29.3 31.4 34 3 30.5 32.5 34.6 38 1 34.0 36.1 38.2 41 6 37.9 40.0 42.1
27 1 24.5 26.6 28.7 30 6 27.4 29.5 31.5 34 4 30.6 32.7 34.7 38 2 34.2 36.2 38.3 42 0 38.1 40.2 42.2
27 2 24.7 26.7 28.8 31 0 27.5 29.6 31.6 34 5 30.7 32.8 34.9 38 3 34.3 36.4 38.5
27 3 24.8 26.8 28.9 31 1 27.6 29.7 31.8 34 6 30.9 32.9 35.0 38 4 34.5 36.5 38.6
27 4 24.9 26.9 29.0 31 2 27.7 29.8 31.9 35 0 31.0 33.1 35.1 38 5 34.6 36.7 38.7

9 - 52 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Renal Length, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
20 0 21.0 28.0 36.0 24 1 24.0 31.0 38.1 28 2 26.3 33.3 40.3 32 3 29.0 36.0 43.0 36 4 31.6 38.6 45.6
20 1 21.1 28.1 36.0 24 2 24.0 31.0 38.3 28 3 26.4 33.4 40.4 32 4 29.0 36.0 43.0 36 5 31.7 38.7 45.7
20 2 21.3 28.3 36.0 24 3 24.0 31.0 38.4 28 4 26.6 33.6 40.6 32 5 29.0 36.0 43.0 36 6 31.9 38.9 45.9
20 3 21.4 28.4 36.0 24 4 24.0 31.0 38.6 28 5 26.7 33.7 40.7 32 6 29.0 36.0 43.0 37 0 32.0 39.0 46.0
20 4 21.6 28.6 36.0 24 5 24.0 31.0 38.7 28 6 26.9 33.9 40.9 33 0 29.0 36.0 43.0 37 1 32.0 39.0 46.1
20 5 21.7 28.7 36.0 24 6 24.0 31.0 38.9 29 0 27.0 34.0 41.0 33 1 29.1 36.1 43.1 37 2 32.0 39.0 46.3
20 6 21.9 28.9 36.0 25 0 24.0 31.0 39.0 29 1 27.0 34.0 41.1 33 2 29.3 36.3 43.3 37 3 32.0 39.0 46.4
21 0 22.0 29.0 36.0 25 1 24.1 31.1 39.0 29 2 27.0 34.0 41.3 33 3 29.4 36.4 43.4 37 4 32.0 39.0 46.6
21 1 22.0 29.1 36.1 25 2 24.3 31.3 39.0 29 3 27.0 34.0 41.4 33 4 29.6 36.6 43.6 37 5 32.0 39.0 46.7
21 2 22.0 29.3 36.3 25 3 24.4 31.4 39.0 29 4 27.0 34.0 41.6 33 5 29.7 36.7 43.7 37 6 32.0 39.0 46.9
21 3 22.0 29.4 36.4 25 4 24.6 31.6 39.0 29 5 27.0 34.0 41.7 33 6 29.9 36.9 43.9 38 0 32.0 39.0 47.0
21 4 22.0 29.6 36.6 25 5 24.7 31.7 39.0 29 6 27.0 34.0 41.9 34 0 30.0 37.0 44.0 38 1 32.1 39.1 47.0
21 5 22.0 29.7 36.7 25 6 24.9 31.9 39.0 30 0 27.0 34.0 42.0 34 1 30.0 37.1 44.1 38 2 32.3 39.3 47.0
21 6 22.0 29.9 36.9 26 0 25.0 32.0 39.0 30 1 27.1 34.1 42.0 34 2 30.0 37.3 44.3 38 3 32.4 39.4 47.0
22 0 22.0 30.0 37.0 26 1 25.1 32.1 39.1 30 2 27.3 34.3 42.0 34 3 30.0 37.4 44.4 38 4 32.6 39.6 47.0
22 1 22.1 30.0 37.0 26 2 25.3 32.3 39.3 30 3 27.4 34.4 42.0 34 4 30.0 37.6 44.6 38 5 32.7 39.7 47.0
22 2 22.3 30.0 37.0 26 3 25.4 32.4 39.4 30 4 27.6 34.6 42.0 34 5 30.0 37.7 44.7 38 6 32.9 39.9 47.0
22 3 22.4 30.0 37.0 26 4 25.6 32.6 39.6 30 5 27.7 34.7 42.0 34 6 30.0 37.9 44.9 39 0 33.0 40.0 47.0
22 4 22.6 30.0 37.0 26 5 25.7 32.7 39.7 30 6 27.9 34.9 42.0 35 0 30.0 38.0 45.0 39 1 33.0 40.1 47.1
22 5 22.7 30.0 37.0 26 6 25.9 32.9 39.9 31 0 28.0 35.0 42.0 35 1 30.1 38.0 45.0 39 2 33.0 40.3 47.3
22 6 22.9 30.0 37.0 27 0 26.0 33.0 40.0 31 1 28.1 35.1 42.1 35 2 30.3 38.0 45.0 39 3 33.0 40.4 47.4
23 0 23.0 30.0 37.0 27 1 26.0 33.0 40.0 31 2 28.3 35.3 42.3 35 3 30.4 38.0 45.0 39 4 33.0 40.6 47.6
23 1 23.1 30.1 37.1 27 2 26.0 33.0 40.0 31 3 28.4 35.4 42.4 35 4 30.6 38.0 45.0 39 5 33.0 40.7 47.7
23 2 23.3 30.3 37.3 27 3 26.0 33.0 40.0 31 4 28.6 35.6 42.6 35 5 30.7 38.0 45.0 39 6 33.0 40.9 47.9
23 3 23.4 30.4 37.4 27 4 26.0 33.0 40.0 31 5 28.7 35.7 42.7 35 6 30.9 380 45.0 40 0 33.0 41.0 48.0
23 4 23.6 30.6 37.6 27 5 26.0 33.0 40.0 31 6 28.9 35.9 42.9 36 0 31.0 380 45.0
23 5 23.7 30.7 37.7 27 6 26.0 33.0 40.0 32 0 29.0 36.0 43.0 36 1 31.1 381 45.1
23 6 23.9 30.9 37.9 28 0 26.0 33.0 40.0 32 1 29.0 36.0 43.0 36 2 31.3 38.3 45.3
24 0 24.0 31.0 38.0 28 1 26.1 33.1 40.1 32 2 29.0 36.0 43.0 36 3 31.4 38.4 45.4

Renal Anterior Posterior, Bertagnoli


Bertagnoli L, Lalatta F, Gallicchio R, Fantuzzi M, Rusca M, Zorzoli A, Deter RL. "Quantitative Characterization of the Growth of
the Fetal Kidney." Journal of Clinical Ultrasound 11:349, 1983.
RAP(mm) = 8.457278951 + 0.00026630314 * MA(wks)3 1 Standard Deviation = 1.209 mm 5 & 95%: 1.99 mm
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
22 0 9.3 11.3 13.3 25 5 11.0 13.0 15.0 29 3 13.3 15.2 17.2 33 1 16.2 18.2 20.1 36 6 19.8 21.8 23.8
22 1 9.4 11.3 13.3 25 6 11.1 13.1 15.1 29 4 13.4 15.3 17.3 33 2 16.3 18.3 20.3 37 0 20.0 21.9 23.9
22 2 9.4 11.4 13.4 26 0 11.1 13.1 15.1 29 5 13.5 15.4 17.4 33 3 16.4 18.4 20.4 37 1 20.1 22.1 24.1
22 3 9.5 11.5 13.5 26 1 11.2 13.2 15.2 29 6 13.6 15.5 17.5 33 4 16.5 18.5 20.5 37 2 20.3 22.3 24.3
22 4 9.5 11.5 13.5 26 2 11.3 13.3 15.3 30 0 13.7 15.6 17.6 33 5 16.7 18.7 20.7 37 3 20.4 22.4 24.4
22 5 9.6 11.6 13.6 26 3 11.4 13.4 15.4 30 1 13.8 15.8 17.7 33 6 16.8 18.8 20.8 37 4 20.6 22.6 24.6
22 6 9.6 11.6 13.6 26 4 11.5 13.5 15.4 30 2 13.9 15.9 17.8 34 0 16.9 18.9 20.9 37 5 20.8 22.7 24.7
23 0 9.7 11.7 13.7 26 5 11.5 13.5 15.5 30 3 14.0 16.0 18.0 34 1 17.1 19.1 21.0 37 6 20.9 22.9 24.9
23 1 9.8 11.8 13.7 26 6 11.6 13.6 15.6 30 4 14.1 16.1 18.1 34 2 17.2 19.2 21.2 38 0 21.1 23.1 25.1
23 2 9.8 11.8 13.8 27 0 11.7 13.7 15.7 30 5 14.2 16.2 18.2 34 3 17.3 19.3 21.3 38 1 21.2 23.2 25.2
23 3 9.9 11.9 13.9 27 1 11.8 13.8 15.8 30 6 14.3 16.3 18.3 34 4 17.5 19.5 21.5 38 2 21.4 23.4 25.4
23 4 10.0 11.9 13.9 27 2 11.9 13.9 15.9 31 0 14.4 16.4 18.4 34 5 17.6 19.6 21.6 38 3 21.6 23.6 25.6
23 5 10.0 12.0 14.0 27 3 12.0 14.0 15.9 31 1 14.5 16.5 18.5 34 6 17.7 19.7 21.7 38 4 21.7 23.7 25.7
23 6 10.1 12.1 14.1 27 4 12.0 14.0 16.0 31 2 14.6 16.6 18.6 35 0 17.9 19.9 21.9 38 5 21.9 23.9 25.9
24 0 10.1 12.1 14.1 27 5 12.1 14.1 16.1 31 3 14.7 16.7 18.7 35 1 18.0 20.0 22.0 38 6 22.1 24.1 26.1
24 1 10.2 12.2 14.2 27 6 12.2 14.2 16.2 31 4 14.8 16.8 18.8 35 2 18.2 20.2 22.1 39 0 22.3 24.3 26.2
24 2 10.3 12.3 14.3 28 0 12.3 14.3 16.3 31 5 15.0 17.0 18.9 35 3 18.3 20.3 22.3 39 1 22.4 24.4 26.4
24 3 10.3 12.3 14.3 28 1 12.4 14.4 16.4 31 6 15.1 17.1 19.1 35 4 18.5 20.4 22.4 39 2 22.6 24.6 26.6
24 4 10.4 12.4 14.4 28 2 12.5 14.5 16.5 32 0 15.2 17.2 19.2 35 5 18.6 20.6 22.6 39 3 22.8 24.8 26.8
24 5 10.5 12.5 14.5 28 3 12.6 14.6 16.6 32 1 15.3 17.3 19.3 35 6 18.7 20.7 22.7 39 4 23.0 25.0 26.9
24 6 10.6 12.5 14.5 28 4 12.7 14.7 16.7 32 2 15.4 17.4 19.4 36 0 18.9 20.9 22.9 39 5 23.1 25.1 27.1
25 0 10.6 12.6 14.6 28 5 12.8 14.8 16.8 32 3 15.5 17.5 19.5 36 1 19.0 21.0 23.0 39 6 23.3 25.3 27.3
25 1 10.7 12.7 14.7 28 6 12.9 14.9 16.8 32 4 15.7 17.7 19.6 36 2 19.2 21.2 23.2 40 0 23.5 25.5 27.5
25 2 10.8 12.8 14.8 29 0 13.0 15.0 16.9 32 5 15.8 17.8 19.8 36 3 19.3 21.3 23.3
25 3 10.8 12.8 14.8 29 1 13.1 15.0 17.0 32 6 15.9 17.9 19.9 36 4 19.5 21.5 23.5
25 4 10.9 12.9 14.9 29 2 13.2 15.1 17.1 33 0 16.0 18.0 20.0 36 5 19.6 21.6 23.6

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 53
9 Obstetrical References

Renal Anterior Posterior, Hansmann


Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
20 0 11.0 15.0 19.0 24 1 13.0 17.0 21.0 28 2 14.3 18.3 22.3 32 3 16.4 20.4 24.4 36 4 18.0 22.0 26.0
20 1 11.0 15.0 19.0 24 2 13.0 17.0 21.0 28 3 14.4 18.4 22.4 32 4 16.6 20.6 24.6 36 5 18.0 22.0 26.0
20 2 11.0 15.0 19.0 24 3 13.0 17.0 21.0 28 4 14.6 18.6 22.6 32 5 16.7 20.7 24.7 36 6 18.0 22.0 26.0
20 3 11.0 15.0 19.0 24 4 13.0 17.0 21.0 28 5 14.7 18.7 22.7 32 6 16.9 20.9 24.9 37 0 18.0 22.0 26.0
20 4 11.0 15.0 19.0 24 5 13.0 17.0 21.0 28 6 14.9 18.9 22.9 33 0 17.0 21.0 25.0 37 1 18.1 22.1 26.1
20 5 11.0 15.0 19.0 24 6 13.0 17.0 21.0 29 0 15.0 19.0 23.0 33 1 17.0 21.0 25.0 37 2 18.3 22.3 26.3
20 6 11.0 15.0 19.0 25 0 13.0 17.0 21.0 29 1 15.0 19.0 23.0 33 2 17.0 21.0 25.0 37 3 18.4 22.4 26.4
21 0 11.0 15.0 19.0 25 1 13.1 17.1 21.1 29 2 15.0 19.0 23.0 33 3 17.0 21.0 25.0 37 4 18.6 22.6 26.6
21 1 11.1 15.1 19.1 25 2 13.3 17.3 21.3 29 3 15.0 19.0 23.0 33 4 17.0 21.0 25.0 37 5 18.7 22.7 26.7
21 2 11.3 15.3 19.3 25 3 13.4 17.4 21.4 29 4 15.0 19.0 23.0 33 5 17.0 21.0 25.0 37 6 18.9 22.9 26.9
21 3 11.4 15.4 19.4 25 4 13.6 17.6 21.6 29 5 15.0 19.0 23.0 33 6 17.0 21.0 25.0 38 0 19.0 23.0 27.0
21 4 11.6 15.6 19.6 25 5 13.7 17.7 21.7 29 6 15.0 19.0 23.0 34 0 17.0 21.0 25.0 38 1 19.0 23.0 27.0
21 5 11.7 15.7 19.7 25 6 13.9 17.9 21.9 30 0 15.0 19.0 23.0 34 1 17.0 21.0 25.0 38 2 19.0 23.0 27.0
21 6 11.9 15.9 19.9 26 0 14.0 18.0 22.0 30 1 15.1 19.1 23.1 34 2 17.0 21.0 25.0 38 3 19.0 23.0 27.0
22 0 12.0 16.0 20.0 26 1 14.0 18.0 22.0 30 2 15.3 19.3 23.3 34 3 17.0 21.0 25.0 38 4 19.0 23.0 27.0
22 1 12.0 16.0 20.0 26 2 14.0 18.0 22.0 30 3 15.4 19.4 23.4 34 4 17.0 21.0 25.0 38 5 19.0 23.0 27.0
22 2 12.0 16.0 20.0 26 3 14.0 18.0 22.0 30 4 15.6 19.6 23.6 34 5 17.0 21.0 25.0 38 6 19.0 23.0 27.0
22 3 12.0 16.0 20.0 26 4 14.0 18.0 22.0 30 5 15.7 19.7 23.7 34 6 17.0 21.0 25.0 39 0 19.0 23.0 27.0
22 4 12.0 16.0 20.0 26 5 14.0 18.0 22.0 30 6 15.9 19.9 23.9 35 0 17.0 21.0 25.0 39 1 19.0 23.0 27.0
22 5 12.0 16.0 20.0 26 6 14.0 18.0 22.0 31 0 16.0 20.0 24.0 35 1 17.1 21.1 25.1 39 2 19.0 23.0 27.0
22 6 12.0 16.0 20.0 27 0 14.0 18.0 22.0 31 1 16.0 20.0 24.0 35 2 17.3 21.3 25.3 39 3 19.0 23.0 27.0
23 0 12.0 16.0 20.0 27 1 14.0 18.0 22.0 31 2 16.0 20.0 24.0 35 3 17.4 21.4 25.4 39 4 19.0 23.0 27.0
23 1 12.1 16.1 20.1 27 2 14.0 18.0 22.0 31 3 16.0 20.0 24.0 35 4 17.6 21.6 25.6 39 5 19.0 23.0 27.0
23 2 12.3 16.3 20.3 27 3 14.0 18.0 22.0 31 4 16.0 20.0 24.0 35 5 17.7 21.7 25.7 39 6 19.0 23.0 27.0
23 3 12.4 16.4 20.4 27 4 14.0 18.0 22.0 31 5 16.0 20.0 24.0 35 6 17.9 21.9 25.9 40 0 19.0 23.0 27.0
23 4 12.6 16.6 20.6 27 5 14.0 18.0 22.0 31 6 16.0 20.0 24.0 36 0 18.0 22.0 26.0
23 5 12.7 16.7 20.7 27 6 14.0 18.0 22.0 32 0 16.0 20.0 24.0 36 1 18.0 22.0 26.0
23 6 12.9 16.9 20.9 28 0 14.0 18.0 22.0 32 1 16.1 20.1 24.1 36 2 18.0 22.0 26.0
24 0 13.0 17.0 21.0 28 1 14.1 18.1 22.1 32 2 16.3 20.3 24.3 36 3 18.0 22.0 26.0

9 - 54 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) for Growth Analysis Graphs


EFW, Hadlock
Hadlock FP, Harrist RB, Martinez-Poyer J. "In Utero Analysis of Fetal Growth: A Sonographic Weight Standard." Radiology
181:129, 1991.
LN EFW(grams) = 0.578 + 0.332 MA(wk) - 0.00354 * MA2(wk)
±1 Standard Deviation = 0.12
5 & 95%: ± (0.2089 * EFW)
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
10 0 27 35 42 16 2 123 155 188 22 4 417 528 638 28 6 1071 1354 1637 35 1 2078 2627 3175
10 1 28 36 43 16 3 127 160 194 22 5 428 541 654 29 0 1091 1379 1667 35 2 2103 2658 3213
10 2 29 37 45 16 4 131 165 200 22 6 438 554 670 29 1 1110 1404 1697 35 3 2127 2689 3251
10 3 31 39 47 16 5 135 170 206 23 0 449 568 686 29 2 1131 1429 1728 35 4 2152 2720 3288
10 4 32 40 49 16 6 139 176 212 23 1 460 581 703 29 3 1151 1455 1758 35 5 2177 2751 3326
10 5 33 42 50 17 0 143 181 219 23 2 471 595 720 29 4 1171 1480 1790 35 6 2201 2782 3364
10 6 34 43 52 17 1 148 187 226 23 3 482 610 737 29 5 1192 1506 1821 36 0 2226 2813 3401
11 0 35 45 54 17 2 152 192 232 23 4 494 624 755 29 6 1213 1533 1853 36 1 2250 2844 3439
11 1 37 46 56 17 3 157 198 240 23 5 506 639 773 30 0 1234 1559 1885 36 2 2275 2875 3476
11 2 38 48 58 17 4 161 204 247 23 6 518 654 791 30 1 1255 1586 1917 36 3 2299 2906 3513
11 3 39 50 60 17 5 166 210 254 24 0 530 670 810 30 2 1276 1613 1950 36 4 2323 2937 3550
11 4 41 52 63 17 6 171 217 262 24 1 542 685 829 30 3 1298 1640 1983 36 5 2348 2967 3587
11 5 42 54 65 18 0 176 223 270 24 2 555 701 848 30 4 1319 1668 2016 36 6 2372 2998 3624
11 6 44 56 67 18 1 182 230 278 24 3 568 717 867 30 5 1341 1695 2049 37 0 2396 3028 3661
12 0 46 58 70 18 2 187 236 286 24 4 581 734 887 30 6 1363 1723 2083 37 1 2420 3058 3697
12 1 47 60 72 18 3 192 243 294 24 5 594 751 907 31 0 1385 1751 2117 37 2 2443 3089 3734
12 2 49 62 75 18 4 198 250 303 24 6 607 768 928 31 1 1408 1779 2151 37 3 2467 3118 3770
12 3 51 64 77 18 5 204 258 311 25 0 621 785 949 31 2 1430 1808 2186 37 4 2491 3148 3806
12 4 52 66 80 18 6 210 265 320 25 1 635 802 970 31 3 1453 1837 2220 37 5 2514 3178 3842
12 5 54 69 83 19 0 216 273 330 25 2 649 820 991 31 4 1476 1865 2255 37 6 2537 3207 3877
12 6 56 71 86 19 1 222 280 339 25 3 663 838 1013 31 5 1499 1894 2290 38 0 2560 3236 3913
13 0 58 73 89 19 2 228 288 349 25 4 678 857 1035 31 6 1522 1924 2325 38 1 2583 3265 3948
13 1 60 76 92 19 3 235 296 358 25 5 692 875 1058 32 0 1545 1953 2361 38 2 2606 3294 3982
13 2 62 79 95 19 4 241 305 369 25 6 707 894 1081 32 1 1568 1982 2396 38 3 2629 3323 4017
13 3 64 81 98 19 5 248 313 379 26 0 722 913 1104 32 2 1592 2012 2432 38 4 2651 3351 4051
13 4 67 84 102 19 6 255 322 389 26 1 738 933 1127 32 3 1615 2042 2468 38 5 2673 3379 4085
13 5 69 87 105 20 0 262 331 400 26 2 753 952 1151 32 4 1639 2072 2505 38 6 2695 3407 4119
13 6 71 90 109 20 1 269 340 411 26 3 769 972 1175 32 5 1663 2102 2541 39 0 2717 3435 4152
14 0 74 93 112 20 2 276 349 422 26 4 785 993 1200 32 6 1687 2132 2577 39 1 2739 3462 4185
14 1 76 96 116 20 3 284 359 434 26 5 801 1013 1225 33 0 1711 2162 2614 39 2 2760 3489 4218
14 2 79 99 120 20 4 292 369 446 26 6 818 1034 1250 33 1 1735 2193 2651 39 3 2781 3516 4250
14 3 81 103 124 20 5 299 378 458 27 0 835 1055 1275 33 2 1759 2223 2688 39 4 2802 3542 4282
14 4 84 106 128 20 6 307 389 470 27 1 852 1076 1301 33 3 1783 2254 2725 39 5 2823 3568 4313
14 5 87 110 132 21 0 316 399 482 27 2 869 1098 1327 33 4 1807 2285 2762 39 6 2843 3594 4345
14 6 90 113 137 21 1 324 410 495 27 3 886 1120 1354 33 5 1832 2316 2799 40 0 2863 3619 4375
15 0 92 117 141 21 2 332 420 508 27 4 904 1142 1381 33 6 1856 2346 2837 40 1 2883 3644 4406
15 1 96 121 146 21 3 341 431 521 27 5 921 1165 1408 34 0 1881 2377 2874 40 2 2902 3669 4435
15 2 99 125 151 21 4 350 443 535 27 6 939 1187 1435 34 1 1905 2408 2912 40 3 2922 3693 4465
15 3 102 129 156 21 5 359 454 549 28 0 957 1210 1463 34 2 1930 2440 2949 40 4 2941 3717 4494
15 4 105 133 161 21 6 368 466 563 28 1 976 1234 1491 34 3 1955 2471 2987 40 5 2959 3741 4522
15 5 108 137 166 22 0 378 478 577 28 2 994 1257 1520 34 4 1979 2502 3024 40 6 2978 3764 4550
15 6 112 142 171 22 1 387 490 592 28 3 1013 1281 1548 34 5 2004 2533 3062 41 0 2996 3787 4578
16 0 116 146 177 22 2 397 502 607 28 4 1032 1305 1578 34 6 2029 2564 3100
16 1 119 151 182 22 3 407 515 622 28 5 1052 1329 1607 35 0 2053 2595 3138

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 55
9 Obstetrical References

EFW, Jeanty
(using Shepard formula for weight determination)
Jeanty P, Cantraine F, Romero R, Cousaert E, Hobbins JC. "A Longitudinal Study of Fetal Weight Growth." Journal of Ultrasound
in Medicine 3:321, 1984.
5 & 95%: 1.6 S.D.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
9 0 44 45 46 15 2 104 131 159 21 4 361 507 653 27 6 884 1267 1649 34 1 1660 2396 3131
9 1 44 45 47 15 3 107 136 165 21 5 370 520 670 28 0 899 1288 1677 34 2 1679 2423 3167
9 2 45 46 47 15 4 110 141 172 21 6 378 532 686 28 1 915 1311 1707 34 3 1697 2450 3202
9 3 45 46 48 15 5 113 146 178 22 0 387 545 703 28 2 930 1334 1737 34 4 1716 2476 3237
9 4 45 47 48 15 6 117 150 184 22 1 397 559 721 28 3 946 1357 1767 34 5 1734 2503 3272
9 5 45 47 49 16 0 120 155 190 22 2 407 573 740 28 4 962 1379 1797 34 6 1753 2530 3308
9 6 46 48 49 16 1 124 161 198 22 3 417 587 758 28 5 978 1402 1827 35 0 1771 2557 3343
10 0 46 48 50 16 2 128 167 206 22 4 426 602 777 28 6 993 1425 1857 35 1 1788 2582 3376
10 1 47 49 51 16 3 132 173 214 22 5 436 616 795 29 0 1009 1448 1887 35 2 1806 2608 3410
10 2 47 50 52 16 4 136 179 222 22 6 446 630 814 29 1 1026 1472 1919 35 3 1823 2633 3443
10 3 48 51 53 16 5 140 185 230 23 0 456 644 832 29 2 1042 1497 1951 35 4 1840 2658 3476
10 4 48 51 55 16 6 144 191 238 23 1 467 660 852 29 3 1059 1521 1983 35 5 1857 2683 3509
10 5 49 52 56 17 0 148 197 246 23 2 477 675 873 29 4 1076 1545 2014 35 6 1875 2709 3543
10 6 49 53 57 17 1 153 204 255 23 3 488 691 893 29 5 1093 1569 2046 36 0 1892 2734 3576
11 0 50 54 58 17 2 158 211 265 23 4 499 706 914 29 6 1109 1594 2078 36 1 1907 2756 3605
11 1 51 55 60 17 3 163 218 274 23 5 510 722 934 30 0 1126 1618 2110 36 2 1923 2779 3635
11 2 52 57 61 17 4 167 226 284 23 6 520 737 955 30 1 1144 1644 2144 36 3 1938 2801 3664
11 3 53 58 63 17 5 172 233 293 24 0 531 753 975 30 2 1161 1669 2177 36 4 1953 2823 3693
11 4 53 59 65 17 6 177 240 303 24 1 543 770 997 30 3 1179 1695 2211 36 5 1968 2845 3722
11 5 54 60 67 18 0 182 247 312 24 2 554 787 1019 30 4 1197 1721 2245 36 6 1984 2868 3752
11 6 55 62 68 18 1 188 256 323 24 3 566 804 1041 30 5 1215 1747 2279 37 0 1999 2890 3781
12 0 56 63 70 18 2 194 264 334 24 4 577 820 1064 30 6 1232 1772 2312 37 1 2011 2908 3805
12 1 57 65 73 18 3 200 273 345 24 5 589 837 1086 31 0 1250 1798 2346 37 2 2023 2926 3829
12 2 59 67 75 18 4 206 281 357 24 6 600 854 1108 31 1 1268 1825 2381 37 3 2035 2944 3853
12 3 60 69 78 18 5 212 290 368 25 0 612 871 1130 31 2 1287 1851 2416 37 4 2046 2962 3878
12 4 62 71 80 18 6 218 298 379 25 1 625 889 1154 31 3 1305 1878 2451 37 5 2058 2980 3902
12 5 63 73 83 19 0 224 307 390 25 2 637 908 1178 31 4 1323 1904 2485 37 6 2070 2998 3926
12 6 65 75 85 19 1 231 317 403 25 3 650 926 1202 31 5 1341 1931 2520 38 0 2082 3016 3950
13 0 66 77 88 19 2 238 327 416 25 4 663 945 1227 31 6 1360 1957 2555 38 1 2089 3028 3967
13 1 68 80 92 19 3 245 337 429 25 5 676 963 1251 32 0 1378 1984 2590 38 2 2096 3040 3983
13 2 70 82 95 19 4 251 347 443 25 6 688 982 1275 32 1 1397 2011 2626 38 3 2103 3052 4000
13 3 72 85 99 19 5 258 357 456 26 0 701 1000 1299 32 2 1415 2039 2662 38 4 2110 3063 4017
13 4 73 88 102 19 6 265 367 469 26 1 715 1020 1325 32 3 1434 2066 2698 38 5 2117 3075 4034
13 5 75 91 106 20 0 272 377 482 26 2 728 1040 1351 32 4 1453 2094 2735 38 6 2124 3087 4050
13 6 77 93 109 20 1 280 388 497 26 3 742 1060 1377 32 5 1472 2121 2771 39 0 2131 3099 4067
14 0 79 96 113 20 2 287 400 512 26 4 756 1079 1403 32 6 1490 2149 2807 39 1 2132 3104 4075
14 1 82 100 118 20 3 295 411 527 26 5 770 1099 1429 33 0 1509 2176 2843 39 2 2132 3108 4084
14 2 84 103 123 20 4 303 422 541 26 6 783 1119 1455 33 1 1528 2204 2879 39 3 2133 3113 4092
14 3 87 107 128 20 5 311 433 556 27 0 797 1139 1481 33 2 1547 2231 2915 39 4 2134 3117 4101
14 4 89 111 132 20 6 318 445 571 27 1 812 1160 1509 33 3 1566 2259 2951 39 5 2135 3122 4109
14 5 92 115 137 21 0 326 456 586 27 2 826 1182 1537 33 4 1585 2286 2988 39 6 2135 3126 4118
14 6 94 118 142 21 1 335 469 603 27 3 841 1203 1565 33 5 1604 2314 3024 40 0 2136 3131 4126
15 0 97 122 147 21 2 343 481 619 27 4 855 1224 1593 33 6 1623 2341 3060
15 1 100 127 153 21 3 352 494 636 27 5 870 1245 1621 34 0 1642 2369 3096

EFW, Hansmann
Hansmann M, Hackelöer B-J, Staudach A. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
9 0 44 45 46 15 2 102 131 161 21 4 357 507 657 27 6 874 1267 1660 34 1 1640 2396 3152
9 1 44 45 46 15 3 106 136 167 21 5 366 520 673 28 0 888 1288 1688 34 2 1658 2423 3188
9 2 45 46 47 15 4 109 141 173 21 6 374 532 690 28 1 904 1311 1718 34 3 1676 2450 3223
9 3 45 46 48 15 5 112 146 179 22 0 383 545 707 28 2 919 1334 1748 34 4 1694 2476 3258
9 4 45 47 48 15 6 116 150 185 22 1 436 559 726 28 3 935 1357 1779 34 5 1713 2503 3294
9 5 45 47 49 16 0 119 155 191 22 2 438 573 744 28 4 950 1379 1809 34 6 1731 2530 3329
9 6 45 48 50 16 1 123 161 199 22 3 441 587 763 28 5 966 1402 1839 35 0 1749 2557 3365
10 0 46 48 50 16 2 127 167 207 22 4 443 602 781 28 6 981 1425 1869 35 1 1766 2582 3398
10 1 46 49 52 16 3 131 173 215 22 5 446 616 800 29 0 996 1448 1900 35 2 1783 2608 3432
10 2 47 50 53 16 4 135 179 223 22 6 448 630 819 29 1 1013 1472 1932 35 3 1800 2633 3465
10 3 47 51 54 16 5 139 185 231 23 0 451 644 837 29 2 1030 1497 1964 35 4 1818 2658 3499
10 4 48 51 55 16 6 143 191 239 23 1 461 660 858 29 3 1046 1521 1996 35 5 1835 2683 3532
10 5 48 52 57 17 0 147 197 247 23 2 472 675 879 29 4 1063 1545 2028 35 6 1852 2709 3566
10 6 49 53 58 17 1 152 204 257 23 3 482 691 899 29 5 1079 1569 2060 36 0 1869 2734 3599
11 0 49 54 59 17 2 156 211 266 23 4 493 706 920 29 6 1096 1594 2092 36 1 1884 2756 3629
11 1 50 55 61 17 3 161 218 276 23 5 503 722 940 30 0 1112 1618 2124 36 2 1899 2779 3658
11 2 51 57 62 17 4 166 226 285 23 6 514 737 961 30 1 1130 1644 2158 36 3 1914 2801 3688
11 3 52 58 64 17 5 171 233 295 24 0 524 753 982 30 2 1147 1669 2192 36 4 1929 2823 3718
11 4 53 59 65 17 6 176 240 304 24 1 536 770 1004 30 3 1165 1695 2226 36 5 1944 2845 3747
11 5 54 60 67 18 0 180 247 314 24 2 547 787 1026 30 4 1182 1721 2260 36 6 1959 2868 3777
11 6 55 62 69 18 1 186 256 325 24 3 559 804 1048 30 5 1200 1747 2294 37 0 1974 2890 3806
12 0 56 63 70 18 2 192 264 336 24 4 570 820 1071 30 6 1217 1772 2327 37 1 1986 2908 3830
12 1 57 65 73 18 3 198 273 347 24 5 582 837 1093 31 0 1235 1798 2361 37 2 1997 2926 3855
12 2 58 67 76 18 4 204 281 359 24 6 593 854 1115 31 1 1253 1825 2397 37 3 2009 2944 3879
12 3 60 69 78 18 5 210 290 370 25 0 605 871 1137 31 2 1271 1851 2432 37 4 2021 2962 3903
12 4 61 71 81 18 6 216 298 381 25 1 617 889 1162 31 3 1289 1878 2467 37 5 2033 2980 3927
12 5 63 73 83 19 0 221 307 393 25 2 630 908 1186 31 4 1307 1904 2502 37 6 2044 2998 3952
12 6 64 75 86 19 1 228 317 406 25 3 642 926 1210 31 5 1325 1931 2537 38 0 2056 3016 3976
13 0 65 77 89 19 2 235 327 419 25 4 655 945 1235 31 6 1343 1957 2572 38 1 2063 3028 3993
13 1 67 80 92 19 3 242 337 432 25 5 667 963 1259 32 0 1361 1984 2607 38 2 2070 3040 4010
13 2 69 82 96 19 4 249 347 445 25 6 680 982 1283 32 1 1379 2011 2644 38 3 2076 3052 4027
13 3 71 85 99 19 5 256 357 458 26 0 692 1000 1308 32 2 1398 2039 2680 38 4 2083 3063 4044
13 4 73 88 103 19 6 262 367 472 26 1 706 1020 1334 32 3 1416 2066 2717 38 5 2090 3075 4061
13 5 74 91 107 20 0 269 377 485 26 2 719 1040 1360 32 4 1435 2094 2753 38 6 2096 3087 4078
13 6 76 93 110 20 1 277 388 500 26 3 733 1060 1386 32 5 1453 2121 2789 39 0 2103 3099 4095
14 0 78 96 114 20 2 285 400 515 26 4 746 1079 1412 32 6 1472 2149 2826 39 1 2104 3104 4103
14 1 80 100 119 20 3 292 411 530 26 5 760 1099 1439 33 0 1490 2176 2862 39 2 2104 3108 4112
14 2 83 103 124 20 4 300 422 544 26 6 773 1119 1465 33 1 1509 2204 2898 39 3 2105 3113 4120
14 3 86 107 129 20 5 307 433 559 27 0 787 1139 1491 33 2 1528 2231 2935 39 4 2106 3117 4129
14 4 88 111 134 20 6 315 445 574 27 1 801 1160 1519 33 3 1546 2259 2971 39 5 2106 3122 4137
14 5 91 115 139 21 0 323 456 589 27 2 816 1182 1547 33 4 1565 2286 3008 39 6 2107 3126 4146
14 6 93 118 143 21 1 331 469 606 27 3 830 1203 1575 33 5 1584 2314 3044 40 0 2108 3131 4154
15 0 96 122 148 21 2 340 481 623 27 4 845 1224 1603 33 6 1603 2341 3080
15 1 99 127 154 21 3 349 494 640 27 5 859 1245 1632 34 0 1621 2369 3117

9 - 56 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

EFW, Yarkoni
Yarkoni S, Reece EA, Holford T, O’Connor TZ, Hobbins JC. "Estimated Fetal Weight in the Evaluation of Growth in Twin
Gestations: A Prospective Longitudinal Study." Obstetrics and Gynecology 69:636, 1987.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
16 0 132 154 207 20 3 250 370 607 24 6 524 773 1085 29 2 932 1438 1914 33 5 1567 2169 3149
16 1 138 163 213 20 4 257 386 632 25 0 549 793 1118 29 3 948 1460 1930 33 6 1582 2197 3178
16 2 144 171 219 20 5 263 401 656 25 1 574 813 1151 29 4 963 1481 1945 34 0 1597 2224 3208
16 3 150 180 225 20 6 269 417 681 25 2 598 832 1185 29 5 979 1503 1961 34 1 1612 2253 3226
16 4 155 189 231 21 0 275 432 705 25 3 623 852 1218 29 6 995 1524 1976 34 2 1627 2282 3245
16 5 161 198 237 21 1 281 447 729 25 4 648 872 1252 30 0 1011 1546 1992 34 3 1642 2311 3263
16 6 167 206 243 21 2 288 463 754 25 5 673 892 1285 30 1 1038 1567 2049 34 4 1658 2340 3281
17 0 173 215 249 21 3 294 478 778 25 6 697 911 1319 30 2 1064 1588 2106 34 5 1673 2369 3299
17 1 179 224 255 21 4 300 494 803 26 0 722 931 1352 30 3 1091 1609 2163 34 6 1688 2398 3318
17 2 185 232 261 21 5 306 509 827 26 1 727 953 1382 30 4 1118 1630 2221 35 0 1703 2427 3336
17 3 191 241 267 21 6 313 525 852 26 2 731 976 1412 30 5 1145 1651 2278 35 1 1718 2456 3354
17 4 196 250 273 22 0 319 540 876 26 3 736 998 1442 30 6 1171 1672 2335 35 2 1733 2485 3373
17 5 202 259 279 22 1 323 548 877 26 4 741 1020 1473 31 0 1198 1693 2392 35 3 1748 2514 3391
17 6 208 267 285 22 2 327 557 877 26 5 746 1042 1503 31 1 1225 1714 2449 35 4 1764 2544 3410
18 0 214 276 291 22 3 331 565 878 26 6 750 1065 1533 31 2 1251 1735 2507 35 5 1779 2573 3428
18 1 215 279 308 22 4 335 573 878 27 0 755 1087 1563 31 3 1278 1756 2564 35 6 1794 2602 3447
18 2 217 283 326 22 5 339 581 879 27 1 760 1109 1593 31 4 1305 1777 2621 36 0 1809 2631 3465
18 3 218 286 343 22 6 343 590 879 27 2 765 1132 1623 31 5 1332 1798 2678 36 1 1870 2659 3496
18 4 219 290 360 23 0 347 598 880 27 3 770 1154 1653 31 6 1358 1819 2736 36 2 1932 2686 3526
18 5 220 293 377 23 1 351 606 881 27 4 774 1177 1684 32 0 1385 1840 2793 36 3 1993 2714 3557
18 6 222 297 395 23 2 355 615 881 27 5 779 1199 1714 32 1 1400 1867 2823 36 4 2055 2741 3587
19 0 223 300 412 23 3 359 623 882 27 6 784 1222 1744 32 2 1415 1895 2852 36 5 2116 2769 3618
19 1 224 303 429 23 4 364 631 883 28 0 789 1244 1774 32 3 1430 1922 2882 36 6 2178 2796 3648
19 2 226 307 447 23 5 368 639 884 28 1 805 1266 1790 32 4 1446 1950 2911 37 0 2239 2824 3679
19 3 227 310 464 23 6 372 648 884 28 2 821 1287 1805 32 5 1461 1977 2941 37 1 2300 2852 3710
19 4 228 314 482 24 0 376 656 885 28 3 837 1309 1821 32 6 1476 2005 2970 37 2 2362 2879 3740
19 5 229 317 499 24 1 401 676 918 28 4 852 1330 1836 33 0 1491 2032 3000 37 3 2423 2907 3771
19 6 231 321 517 24 2 425 695 952 28 5 868 1352 1852 33 1 1506 2059 3030 37 4 2485 2934 3802
20 0 232 324 534 24 3 450 715 985 28 6 884 1373 1867 33 2 1521 2087 3059 37 5 2546 2962 3833
20 1 238 339 558 24 4 475 734 1018 29 0 900 1395 1883 33 3 1536 2114 3089 37 6 2608 2989 3863
20 2 244 355 583 24 5 500 754 1051 29 1 916 1417 1899 33 4 1552 2142 3119 38 0 2669 3017 3894

EFW, Tokyo
Masuda H, Shinozuka N, Okai T, Mizuno M. "Diagnosis of the Week of Pregnancy and Prognosis." Perinatal Care 8:719-726.
EFW - mean + EFW - mean + EFW - mean + EFW - mean +
Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD
140 81.0 216.0 397.0 177 537.0 762.0 1,042.0 214 1,113.0 1,527.0 1,969.0 251 1,959.0 2,567.0 3,192.0
141 86.0 232.0 414.0 178 552.0 779.0 1,062.0 215 1,131.0 1,553.0 2,000.0 252 1,986.0 2,595.0 3,223.0
142 92.0 247.0 432.0 179 567.0 795.0 1,082.0 216 1,149.0 1,579.0 2,031.0 253 2,013.0 2,623.0 3,254.0
143 98.0 263.0 449.0 180 582.0 812.0 1,102.0 217 1,167.0 1,605.0 2,062.0 254 2,041.0 2,650.0 3,285.0
144 106.0 278.0 467.0 181 597.0 829.0 1,123.0 218 1,186.0 1,631.0 2,094.0 255 2,068.0 2,677.0 3,315.0
145 114.0 293.0 484.0 182 612.0 846.0 1,143.0 219 1,205.0 1,658.0 2,126.0 256 2,095.0 2,704.0 3,345.0
146 122.0 307.0 501.0 183 626.0 863.0 1,165.0 220 1,224.0 1,684.0 2,158.0 257 2,123.0 2,730.0 3,374.0
147 131.0 322.0 518.0 184 641.0 881.0 1,186.0 221 1,244.0 1,711.0 2,190.0 258 2,150.0 2,756.0 3,402.0
148 141.0 337.0 535.0 185 656.0 899.0 1,208.0 222 1,263.0 1,738.0 2,222.0 259 2,177.0 2,782.0 3,430.0
149 151.0 351.0 551.0 186 671.0 917.0 1,229.0 223 1,283.0 1,766.0 2,255.0 260 2,205.0 2,807.0 3,458.0
150 162.0 366.0 568.0 187 686.0 935.0 1,252.0 224 1,304.0 1,793.0 2,288.0 261 2,232.0 2,832.0 3,485.0
151 173.0 380.0 585.0 188 701.0 953.0 1,274.0 225 1,324.0 1,821.0 2,321.0 262 2,258.0 2,857.0 3,511.0
152 185.0 394.0 602.0 189 715.0 972.0 1,297.0 226 1,345.0 1,849.0 2,354.0 263 2,285.0 2,881.0 3,536.0
153 197.0 409.0 618.0 190 730.0 991.0 1,320.0 227 1,366.0 1,877.0 2,388.0 264 2,311.0 2,905.0 3,561.0
154 209.0 423.0 635.0 191 745.0 1,010.0 1,343.0 228 1,388.0 1,905.0 2,421.0 265 2,337.0 2,928.0 3,584.0
155 222.0 437.0 652.0 192 760.0 1,030.0 1,367.0 229 1,410.0 1,934.0 2,455.0 266 2,363.0 2,950.0 3,607.0
156 235.0 451.0 668.0 193 775.0 1,050.0 1,391.0 230 1,432.0 1,962.0 2,489.0 267 2,388.0 2,972.0 3,630.0
157 248.0 465.0 685.0 194 790.0 1,070.0 1,415.0 231 1,454.0 1,991.0 2,522.0 268 2,413.0 2,993.0 3,651.0
158 261.0 479.0 702.0 195 805.0 1,090.0 1,440.0 232 1,477.0 2,019.0 2,556.0 269 2,437.0 3,014.0 3,671.0
159 275.0 493.0 718.0 196 820.0 1,111.0 1,465.0 233 1,500.0 2,048.0 2,590.0 270 2,461.0 3,034.0 3,690.0
160 289.0 508.0 735.0 197 836.0 1,131.0 1,490.0 234 1,523.0 2,077.0 2,625.0 271 2,484.0 3,053.0 3,708.0
161 303.0 522.0 752.0 198 851.0 1,153.0 1,516.0 235 1,547.0 2,106.0 2,659.0 272 2,506.0 3,072.0 3,726.0
162 317.0 536.0 769.0 199 866.0 1,174.0 1,542.0 236 1,571.0 2,135.0 2,693.0 273 2,528.0 3,090.0 3,742.0
163 331.0 550.0 786.0 200 882.0 1,196.0 1,568.0 237 1,595.0 2,164.0 2,727.0 274 2,549.0 3,107.0 3,757.0
164 345.0 565.0 804.0 201 897.0 1,218.0 1,595.0 238 1,619.0 2,193.0 2,761.0 275 2,569.0 3,123.0 3,770.0
165 360.0 579.0 821.0 202 913.0 1,240.0 1,622.0 239 1,644.0 2,222.0 2,795.0 276 2,589.0 3,138.0 3,783.0
166 374.0 594.0 838.0 203 929.0 1,262.0 1,649.0 240 1,669.0 2,251.0 2,829.0 277 2,607.0 3,153.0 3,794.0
167 389.0 608.0 856.0 204 945.0 1,285.0 1,677.0 241 1,694.0 2,280.0 2,863.0 278 2,625.0 3,166.0 3,803.0
168 404.0 623.0 874.0 205 961.0 1,308.0 1,704.0 242 1,720.0 2,309.0 2,897.0 279 2,641.0 3,179.0 3,812.0
169 418.0 638.0 892.0 206 977.0 1,331.0 1,733.0 243 1,745.0 2,339.0 2,930.0 280 2,656.0 3,190.0 3,819.0
170 433.0 653.0 910.0 207 993.0 1,355.0 1,761.0 244 1,771.0 2,367.0 2,964.0 281 2,670.0 3,201.0 3,824.0
171 448.0 668.0 928.0 208 1,010.0 1,379.0 1,790.0 245 1,798.0 2,396.0 2,997.0 282 2,683.0 3,210.0 3,828.0
172 463.0 684.0 947.0 209 1,026.0 1,403.0 1,819.0 246 1,824.0 2,425.0 3,030.0 283 2,694.0 3,219.0 3,830.0
173 478.0 699.0 965.0 210 1,043.0 1,427.0 1,848.0 247 1,851.0 2,454.0 3,063.0 284 2,704.0 3,226.0 3,831.0
174 493.0 715.0 984.0 211 1,060.0 1,452.0 1,878.0 248 1,877.0 2,482.0 3,096.0 285 2,712.0 3,232.0 3,829.0
175 508.0 730.0 1,003.0 212 1,078.0 1,477.0 1,908.0 249 1,904.0 2,511.0 3,128.0 286 2,719.0 3,237.0 3,826.0
176 522.0 746.0 1,023.0 213 1,095.0 1,502.0 1,938.0 250 1,931.0 2,539.0 3,160.0 287 2,724.0 3,240.0 3,822.0

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 57
9 Obstetrical References

EFW, Osaka
Aoki M, Yamada M. "Examining Fetal Growth." Obstetrics and Gynecology 47:547-556, 1983.
EFW = 1.25647 * BPD3 + 3.50665 * FTA * FL + 6.3
EFW - mean + EFW - mean + EFW - mean + EFW - mean +
Day 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD
112 93.5 137.0 180.5 155 416.5 526.0 635.5 198 1,056.0 1,296.0 1,536.0 241 1,931.5 2,329.0 2,726.5
113 98.5 142.0 185.5 156 429.0 540.0 651.0 199 1,075.0 1,318.0 1,561.0 242 1,952.0 2,354.0 2,756.0
114 103.5 147.0 190.5 157 439.0 553.0 667.0 200 1,094.0 1,340.0 1,586.0 243 1,972.5 2,379.0 2,785.5
115 109.5 153.0 196.5 158 451.0 568.0 685.0 201 1,112.5 1,363.0 1,613.5 244 1,992.0 2,403.0 2,814.0
116 113.0 158.0 203.0 159 462.0 582.0 702.0 202 1,131.5 1,385.0 1,638.5 245 2,014.0 2,428.0 2,842.0
117 119.0 164.0 209.0 160 474.5 596.0 717.5 203 1,150.5 1,407.0 1,663.5 246 2,034.5 2,453.0 2,871.5
118 125.0 170.0 215.0 161 486.5 611.0 735.5 204 1,169.0 1,430.0 1,691.0 247 2,055.0 2,478.0 2,901.0
119 129.5 176.0 222.5 162 498.5 626.0 753.5 205 1,189.0 1,453.0 1,717.0 248 2,074.5 2,502.0 2,929.5
120 135.5 182.0 228.5 163 510.5 641.0 771.5 206 1,209.0 1,476.0 1,743.0 249 2,095.0 2,527.0 2,959.0
121 140.0 188.0 236.0 164 522.5 656.0 789.5 207 1,227.5 1,499.0 1,770.5 250 2,116.0 2,551.0 2,986.0
122 145.5 195.0 244.5 165 535.5 672.0 808.5 208 1,247.5 1,522.0 1,796.5 251 2,136.5 2,576.0 3,015.5
123 152.5 202.0 251.5 166 550.0 688.0 826.0 209 1,267.5 1,545.0 1,822.5 252 2,156.0 2,600.0 3,044.0
124 158.0 209.0 260.0 167 563.0 704.0 845.0 210 1,286.0 1,568.0 1,850.0 253 2,175.5 2,624.0 3,072.5
125 163.5 216.0 268.5 168 576.0 720.0 864.0 211 1,307.0 1,592.0 1,877.0 254 2,195.0 2,648.0 3,101.0
126 170.5 223.0 275.5 169 589.0 736.0 883.0 212 1,327.0 1,615.0 1,903.0 255 2,214.5 2,672.0 3,129.5
127 177.0 231.0 285.0 170 603.0 753.0 903.0 213 1,346.5 1,639.0 1,931.5 256 2,234.0 2,696.0 3,158.0
128 182.5 238.0 293.5 171 617.0 770.0 923.0 214 1,367.5 1,663.0 1,958.5 257 2,253.5 2,720.0 3,186.5
129 189.0 246.0 303.0 172 631.0 787.0 943.0 215 1,387.0 1,687.0 1,987.0 258 2,273.0 2,744.0 3,215.0
130 195.5 254.0 312.5 173 645.0 804.0 963.0 216 1,408.0 1,711.0 2,014.0 259 2,291.5 2,767.0 3,242.5
131 203.0 263.0 323.0 174 660.0 822.0 984.0 217 1,429.0 1,735.0 2,041.0 260 2,311.0 2,791.0 3,271.0
132 209.5 271.0 332.5 175 674.0 839.0 1,004.0 218 1,448.5 1,759.0 2,069.5 261 2,329.5 2,814.0 3,298.5
133 217.0 280.0 343.0 176 689.0 857.0 1,025.0 219 1,469.5 1,783.0 2,096.5 262 2,348.0 2,837.0 3,326.0
134 224.5 289.0 353.5 177 704.0 875.0 1,046.0 220 1,490.0 1,808.0 2,126.0 263 2,366.5 2,860.0 3,353.5
135 232.0 298.0 364.0 178 719.0 893.0 1,067.0 221 1,511.0 1,832.0 2,153.0 264 2,385.0 2,883.0 3,381.0
136 240.5 308.0 375.5 179 735.0 912.0 1,089.0 222 1,531.5 1,857.0 2,182.5 265 2,403.5 2,906.0 3,408.5
137 248.0 317.0 386.0 180 750.0 930.0 1,110.0 223 1,552.5 1,881.0 2,209.5 266 2,419.5 2,928.0 3,436.5
138 255.0 327.0 399.0 181 764.5 949.0 1,133.5 224 1,573.0 1,906.0 2,239.0 267 2,437.0 2,950.0 3,463.0
139 263.5 337.0 410.5 182 780.5 968.0 1,155.5 225 1,594.0 1,930.0 2,266.0 268 2,455.5 2,973.0 3,490.5
140 272.0 347.0 422.0 183 796.5 987.0 1,177.5 226 1,614.5 1,955.0 2,295.5 269 2,473.0 2,995.0 3,517.0
141 281.5 358.0 434.5 184 813.5 1,007.0 1,200.5 227 1,636.5 1,980.0 2,323.5 270 2,488.0 3,016.0 3,544.0
142 288.5 368.0 447.5 185 829.5 1,026.0 1,222.5 228 1,657.0 2,005.0 2,353.0 271 2,505.5 3,038.0 3,570.5
143 298.0 379.0 460.0 186 846.5 1,046.0 1,245.5 229 1,678.0 2,029.0 2,380.0 272 2,522.0 3,059.0 3,596.0
144 306.0 390.0 474.0 187 863.5 1,066.0 1,268.5 230 1,698.5 2,054.0 2,409.5 273 2,537.0 3,080.0 3,623.0
145 315.5 401.0 486.5 188 879.0 1,086.0 1,293.0 231 1,720.5 2,079.0 2,437.5 274 2,553.5 3,101.0 3,648.5
146 326.0 413.0 500.0 189 896.0 1,106.0 1,316.0 232 1,741.0 2,104.0 2,467.0 275 2,567.5 3,121.0 3,674.5
147 335.0 425.0 515.0 190 914.0 1,127.0 1,340.0 233 1,763.0 2,129.0 2,495.0 276 2,584.0 3,142.0 3,700.0
148 344.5 436.0 527.5 191 931.0 1,147.0 1,363.0 234 1,783.5 2,154.0 2,524.5 277 2,598.0 3,162.0 3,726.0
149 354.5 449.0 543.5 192 949.0 1,168.0 1,387.0 235 1,804.0 2,179.0 2,554.0 278 2,613.5 3,182.0 3,750.5
150 363.5 461.0 558.5 193 965.5 1,189.0 1,412.5 236 1,826.0 2,204.0 2,582.0 279 2,626.5 3,201.0 3,775.5
151 375.0 474.0 573.0 194 983.5 1,210.0 1,436.5 237 1,846.5 2,229.0 2,611.5 280 2,639.5 3,220.0 3,800.5
152 384.0 486.0 588.0 195 1,002.5 1,232.0 1,461.5 238 1,868.5 2,254.0 2,639.5
153 395.5 499.0 602.5 196 1,020.5 1,253.0 1,485.5 239 1,889.0 2,279.0 2,669.0
154 406.5 513.0 619.5 197 1,038.0 1,275.0 1,512.0 240 1,909.5 2,304.0 2,698.5

EFW, JSUM
Japan Society of Ultrasonics in Medicine. "Standardization of Fetometry and Official Announcement of Diagnostic Guidelines."
J. Med. Ultrasonics 28:844-872, 2001.
EFW - mean + EFW - mean + EFW - mean + EFW - mean +
Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD Days 1.5SD grams 1.5SD
126 141.3 187.0 232.0 167 499.1 645.7 792.2 208 1,152.8 1,425.1 1,697.3 249 2,009.3 2,432.4 2,854.8
127 147.7 195.6 242.8 168 510.8 660.0 809.3 209 1,171.9 1,447.6 1,723.1 250 2,030.2 2,457.3 2,883.6
128 154.1 204.1 253.6 169 523.8 675.9 827.9 210 1,191.0 1,470.0 1,749.0 251 2,051.1 2,482.1 2,912.4
129 160.5 212.7 264.5 170 536.9 691.7 846.5 211 1,211.1 1,493.6 1,776.0 252 2,072.0 2,507.0 2,941.3
130 167.0 221.3 275.3 171 550.0 707.6 865.2 212 1,231.3 1,517.1 1,803.0 253 2,092.2 2,531.1 2,969.6
131 173.4 229.9 286.1 172 563.0 723.4 883.8 213 1,251.4 1,540.7 1,830.0 254 2,112.4 2,555.3 2,997.9
132 179.8 238.4 296.9 173 576.1 739.3 902.5 214 1,271.6 1,564.3 1,857.0 255 2,132.5 2,579.4 3,026.2
133 186.3 247.0 307.8 174 589.2 755.1 921.1 215 1,291.7 1,587.9 1,884.0 256 2,152.7 2,603.6 3,054.5
134 193.4 256.4 319.5 175 602.3 771.0 939.8 216 1,311.9 1,611.4 1,911.0 257 2,172.9 2,627.7 3,082.9
135 200.6 265.9 331.3 176 616.5 788.3 959.9 217 1,332.0 1,635.0 1,938.0 258 2,193.1 2,651.9 3,111.2
136 207.8 275.3 343.1 177 630.8 805.6 980.1 218 1,352.8 1,659.3 1,965.9 259 2,213.3 2,676.0 3,139.5
137 215.0 284.7 354.9 178 645.1 822.9 1,000.3 219 1,373.5 1,683.6 1,993.9 260 2,232.1 2,699.1 3,166.7
138 222.1 294.1 366.7 179 659.4 840.1 1,020.5 220 1,394.3 1,707.9 2,021.8 261 2,251.0 2,722.3 3,193.9
139 229.3 303.6 378.5 180 673.7 857.4 1,040.6 221 1,415.0 1,732.1 2,049.7 262 2,269.8 2,745.4 3,221.1
140 236.5 313.0 390.3 181 688.0 874.7 1,060.8 222 1,435.8 1,756.4 2,077.6 263 2,288.7 2,768.6 3,248.4
141 244.6 323.6 403.2 182 702.3 892.0 1,081.0 223 1,456.5 1,780.7 2,105.6 264 2,307.5 2,791.7 3,275.6
142 252.7 334.1 416.1 183 718.0 910.7 1,102.8 224 1,477.3 1,805.0 2,133.5 265 2,326.4 2,814.9 3,302.8
143 260.8 344.7 429.0 184 733.7 929.4 1,124.6 225 1,498.5 1,830.0 2,162.0 266 2,345.3 2,838.0 3,330.0
144 268.9 355.3 442.0 185 749.4 948.1 1,146.5 226 1,519.8 1,855.0 2,190.6 267 2,362.5 2,859.6 3,355.9
145 277.0 365.9 454.9 186 765.1 966.9 1,168.3 227 1,541.0 1,880.0 2,219.1 268 2,379.8 2,881.1 3,381.7
146 285.1 376.4 467.8 187 780.8 985.6 1,190.1 228 1,562.3 1,905.0 2,247.6 269 2,397.1 2,902.7 3,407.6
147 293.3 387.0 480.8 188 796.5 1,004.3 1,211.9 229 1,583.5 1,930.0 2,276.2 270 2,414.4 2,924.3 3,433.4
148 302.4 398.7 494.9 189 812.3 1,023.0 1,233.8 230 1,604.8 1,955.0 2,304.7 271 2,431.7 2,945.9 3,459.3
149 311.5 410.4 509.1 190 829.1 1,043.0 1,257.0 231 1,626.0 1,980.0 2,333.3 272 2,449.0 2,967.4 3,485.1
150 320.7 422.1 523.3 191 846.0 1,063.0 1,280.2 232 1,647.5 2,005.1 2,362.3 273 2,466.3 2,989.0 3,511.0
151 329.8 433.9 537.5 192 862.9 1,083.0 1,303.4 233 1,669.0 2,030.3 2,391.3 274 2,481.4 3,008.4 3,534.8
152 339.0 445.6 551.6 193 879.8 1,103.0 1,326.6 234 1,690.5 2,055.4 2,420.3 275 2,496.5 3,027.9 3,558.6
153 348.1 457.3 565.8 194 896.7 1,123.0 1,349.8 235 1,712.0 2,080.6 2,449.3 276 2,511.7 3,047.3 3,582.5
154 357.3 469.0 580.0 195 913.6 1,143.0 1,373.0 236 1,733.5 2,105.7 2,478.3 277 2,526.8 3,066.7 3,606.3
155 367.6 482.0 595.7 196 930.5 1,163.0 1,396.3 237 1,755.0 2,130.9 2,507.3 278 2,542.0 3,086.1 3,630.1
156 377.9 495.0 611.4 197 948.6 1,184.4 1,420.8 238 1,776.5 2,156.0 2,536.3 279 2,557.1 3,105.6 3,653.9
157 388.2 508.0 627.0 198 966.7 1,205.9 1,445.3 239 1,797.8 2,181.3 2,565.3 280 2,572.3 3,125.0 3,677.8
158 398.5 521.0 642.7 199 984.8 1,227.3 1,469.9 240 1,819.1 2,206.6 2,594.3 281 2,584.8 3,142.0 3,699.3
159 408.9 534.0 658.4 200 1,002.9 1,248.7 1,494.4 241 1,840.5 2,231.9 2,623.4 282 2,597.3 3,159.0 3,720.8
160 419.2 547.0 674.1 201 1,021.0 1,270.1 1,518.9 242 1,861.8 2,257.1 2,652.4 283 2,609.8 3,176.0 3,742.3
161 429.5 560.0 689.8 202 1,039.1 1,291.6 1,543.5 243 1,883.1 2,282.4 2,681.4 284 2,622.3 3,193.0 3,763.8
162 441.1 574.3 706.8 203 1,057.3 1,313.0 1,568.0 244 1,904.4 2,307.7 2,710.5 285 2,634.8 3,210.0 3,785.3
163 452.7 588.6 723.9 204 1,076.4 1,335.4 1,593.9 245 1,925.8 2,333.0 2,739.5 286 2,647.3 3,227.0 3,806.8
164 464.3 602.9 741.0 205 1,095.5 1,357.9 1,619.7 246 1,946.6 2,357.9 2,768.3 287 2,659.8 3,244.0 3,828.3
165 475.9 617.1 758.0 206 1,114.6 1,380.3 1,645.6 247 1,967.5 2,382.7 2,797.1
166 487.5 631.4 775.1 207 1,133.7 1,402.7 1,671.4 248 1,988.4 2,407.6 2,826.0

9 - 58 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
9 Obstetrical References

Ratios and Indices for Growth Analysis Graphs


AFI Amniotic Fluid Index, Moore
Moore TR, Cayle JE. "The amniotic fluid index in normal human pregnancy." American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology
162:1168, 1990.
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
16 0 79.0 121.0 185.0 21 2 95.6 143.6 214.6 26 4 95.9 146.4 224.7 31 6 86.3 144.0 241.4 37 1 74.7 134.6 243.3
16 1 79.6 121.9 186.3 21 3 95.9 143.9 214.9 26 5 95.6 146.3 225.1 32 0 86.0 1440 242.0 37 2 74.4 134.1 242.6
16 2 80.1 122.7 187.6 21 4 96.1 144.1 215.1 26 6 95.3 146.1 225.6 32 1 85.6 143.9 242.4 37 3 74.1 133.7 241.9
16 3 80.7 123.6 188.9 21 5 96.4 144.4 215.4 27 0 95.0 146.0 226.0 32 2 85.1 143.7 242.9 37 4 73.9 133.3 241.1
16 4 81.3 124.4 190.1 21 6 96.7 144.7 215.7 27 1 94.9 146.0 226.3 32 3 84.7 143.6 243.3 37 5 73.6 132.9 240.4
16 5 81.9 125.3 191.4 22 0 97.0 145.0 216.0 27 2 94.7 146.0 226.6 32 4 84.3 143.4 243.7 37 6 73.3 132.4 239.7
16 6 82.4 126.1 192.7 22 1 97.1 145.1 216.3 27 3 94.6 146.0 226.9 32 5 83.9 143.3 244.1 38 0 73.0 132.0 239.0
17 0 83.0 127.0 194.0 22 2 97.3 145.3 216.6 27 4 94.4 146.0 227.1 32 6 83.4 143.1 244.6 38 1 72.9 131.3 237.1
17 1 83.6 127.9 195.1 22 3 97.4 145.4 216.9 27 5 94.3 146.0 227.4 33 0 83.0 143.0 245.0 38 2 72.7 130.6 235.3
17 2 84.1 128.7 196.3 22 4 97.6 145.6 217.1 27 6 94.1 146.0 227.7 33 1 82.7 142.9 245.4 38 3 72.6 129.9 233.4
17 3 84.7 129.6 197.4 22 5 97.7 145.7 217.4 28 0 94.0 146.0 228.0 33 2 82.4 142.7 245.9 38 4 72.4 129.1 231.6
17 4 85.3 130.4 198.6 22 6 97.9 145.9 217.7 28 1 93.7 145.9 228.4 33 3 82.1 142.6 246.3 38 5 72.3 128.4 229.7
17 5 85.9 131.3 199.7 23 0 98.0 146.0 218.0 28 2 93.4 145.7 228.9 33 4 81.9 142.4 246.7 38 6 72.1 127.7 227.9
17 6 86.4 132.1 200.9 23 1 98.0 146.1 218.1 28 3 93.1 145.6 229.3 33 5 81.6 1423 2471 39 0 72.0 127.0 226.0
18 0 87.0 133.0 202.0 23 2 98.0 146.3 218.3 28 4 92.9 145.4 229.7 33 6 81.3 1421 2476 39 1 71.9 126.4 224.3
18 1 87.4 133.6 202.7 23 3 98.0 146.4 218.4 28 5 92.6 145.3 230.1 34 0 81.0 142.0 248.0 39 2 71.7 125.9 222.6
18 2 87.9 134.1 203.4 23 4 98.0 146.6 218.6 28 6 92.3 145.1 230.6 34 1 80.7 141.7 248.1 39 3 71.6 125.3 220.9
18 3 88.3 134.7 204.1 23 5 98.0 146.7 218.7 29 0 92.0 145.0 231.0 34 2 80.4 141.4 248.3 39 4 71.4 124.7 219.1
18 4 88.7 135.3 204.9 23 6 98.0 146.9 218.9 29 1 91.7 145.0 231.4 34 3 80.1 141.1 248.4 39 5 71.3 124.1 217.4
18 5 89.1 135.9 205.6 24 0 98.0 147.0 219.0 29 2 91.4 145.0 231.9 34 4 79.9 140.9 248.6 39 6 71.1 123.6 215.7
18 6 89.6 136.4 206.3 24 1 97.9 147.0 219.3 29 3 91.1 145.0 232.3 34 5 79.6 140.6 248.7 40 0 71.0 123.0 214.0
19 0 90.0 137.0 207.0 24 2 97.7 147.0 219.6 29 4 90.9 145.0 232.7 34 6 79.3 140.3 248.9 40 1 70.9 122.0 211.1
19 1 90.4 137.6 207.7 24 3 97.6 147.0 219.9 29 5 90.6 145.0 233.1 35 0 79.0 140.0 249.0 40 2 70.7 121.0 208.3
19 2 90.9 138.1 208.4 24 4 97.4 147.0 220.1 29 6 90.3 145.0 233.6 35 1 78.7 139.7 249.0 40 3 70.6 120.0 205.4
19 3 91.3 138.7 209.1 24 5 97.3 147.0 220.4 30 0 90.0 145.0 234.0 35 2 78.4 139.4 249.0 40 4 70.4 119.0 202.6
19 4 91.7 139.3 209.9 24 6 97.1 147.0 220.7 30 1 89.7 144.9 234.6 35 3 78.1 139.1 249.0 40 5 70.3 118.0 199.7
19 5 92.1 139.9 210.6 25 0 97.0 147.0 221.0 30 2 89.4 144.7 235.1 35 4 77.9 138.9 249.0 40 6 70.1 117.0 196.9
19 6 92.6 140.4 211.3 25 1 97.0 147.0 221.3 30 3 89.1 144.6 235.7 35 5 77.6 138.6 249.0 41 0 70.0 116.0 194.0
20 0 93.0 141.0 212.0 25 2 97.0 147.0 221.6 30 4 88.9 144.4 236.3 35 6 77.3 138.3 249.0 41 1 69.9 115.1 191.3
20 1 93.3 141.3 212.3 25 3 97.0 147.0 221.9 30 5 88.6 144.3 236.9 36 0 77.0 138.0 249.0 41 2 69.7 114.3 188.6
20 2 93.6 141.6 212.6 25 4 97.0 147.0 222.1 30 6 88.3 144.1 237.4 36 1 76.7 137.6 248.3 41 3 69.6 113.4 185.9
20 3 93.9 141.9 212.9 25 5 97.0 147.0 222.4 31 0 88.0 144.0 238.0 36 2 76.4 137.1 247.6 41 4 69.4 112.6 183.1
20 4 94.1 142.1 213.1 25 6 97.0 147.0 222.7 31 1 87.7 144.0 238.6 36 3 76.1 136.7 246.9 41 5 69.3 111.7 180.4
20 5 94.4 142.4 213.4 26 0 97.0 147.0 223.0 31 2 87.4 144.0 239.1 36 4 75.9 136.3 246.1 41 6 69.1 110.9 177.7
20 6 94.7 142.7 213.7 26 1 96.7 146.9 223.4 31 3 87.1 144.0 239.7 36 5 75.6 135.9 245.4 42 0 69.0 110.0 175.0
21 0 95.0 143.0 214.0 26 2 96.4 146.7 223.9 31 4 86.9 144.0 240.3 36 6 75.3 135.4 244.7
21 1 95.3 143.3 214.3 26 3 96.1 146.6 224.3 31 5 86.6 144.0 240.9 37 0 75.0 135.0 244.0

LVW/HW (Lateral Ventricular Width/Hemispheric Width) Ratio, Johnson


Johnson ML, Dunne MG, Mack LA, Rashbaum CL. "Evaluation of Fetal Intracranial Anatomy by Static and Real-Time
Ultrasound." Journal of Clinical Ultrasound 8:311, 1980.
LVW/HW Ratio = LVW/HW * 100
MA -2SD, Mean, +2SD MA -2SD, Mean, +2SD MA -2SD, Mean, +2SD MA -2SD, Mean, +2SD MA -2SD, Mean, +2SD
15 wk {40,56,71} 21 wk {27,35,43} 27 wk {23,28,34} 33 wk {25,31,37} 39 wk {24,29,34}
16 wk {45,57,69} 22 wk {26,32,38} 28 wk {18,32,45} 34 wk {23,28,33} 40 wk {22,28,33}
17 wk {42,52,62} 23 wk {24,33,42} 29 wk {22,30,37} 35 wk {26,29,31} 41 wk {22,28,33}
18 wk {40,46,52} 24 wk {23,31,39} 30 wk {26,30,34} 36 wk {23,29,34} 42 wk {22,28,33}
19 wk {40,46,52} 25 wk {26,34,42} 31 wk {23,30,36} 37 wk {24,29,34}
20 wk {29,43,57} 26 wk {24,30,36} 32 wk {26,31,36} 38 wk {24,29,34}

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 9 - 59
9 Obstetrical References

TCD/AC Ratio, Meyer


Meyer WJ, Gauthier DW, Goldenberg B, Santolaya J, Sipos J, Cattledge F. "The Fetal Transverse Cerebellar
Diameter/Abdominal Circumference Ratio: A Gestational Age-Independent Method of Assessing Fetal Size." Journal of
Ultrasound in Medicine 12:379, 1993.
TCD/AC Ratio: TCD/AC *100
Mean of the ratio = (mean of TCD)/(mean of AC) * 100
Normal Range: 12.50 ≦( TCD/AC * 100) ≦ 14.86
% % % % %
Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95% Wk Day 5 Mean 95%
14 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 19 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 25 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 31 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 36 6 12.5 13.7 14.9
14 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 19 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 25 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 31 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 37 0 12.5 13.7 14.9
14 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 20 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 25 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 31 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 37 1 12.5 13.7 14.9
14 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 20 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 25 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 31 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 37 2 12.5 13.7 14.9
14 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 20 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 26 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 31 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 37 3 12.5 13.7 14.9
14 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 20 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 26 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 31 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 37 4 12.5 13.7 14.9
14 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 20 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 26 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 32 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 37 5 12.5 13.7 14.9
15 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 20 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 26 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 32 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 37 6 12.5 13.7 14.9
15 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 20 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 26 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 32 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 38 0 12.5 13.7 14.9
15 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 21 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 26 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 32 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 38 1 12.5 13.7 14.9
15 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 21 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 26 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 32 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 38 2 12.5 13.7 14.9
15 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 21 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 27 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 32 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 38 3 12.5 13.7 14.9
15 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 21 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 27 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 32 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 38 4 12.5 13.7 14.9
15 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 21 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 27 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 33 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 38 5 12.5 13.7 14.9
16 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 21 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 27 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 33 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 38 6 12.5 13.7 14.9
16 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 21 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 27 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 33 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 39 0 12.5 13.7 14.9
16 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 22 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 27 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 33 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 39 1 12.5 13.7 14.9
16 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 22 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 27 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 33 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 39 2 12.5 13.7 14.9
16 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 22 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 28 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 33 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 39 3 12.5 13.7 14.9
16 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 22 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 28 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 33 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 39 4 12.5 13.7 14.9
16 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 22 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 28 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 34 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 39 5 12.5 13.7 14.9
17 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 22 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 28 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 34 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 39 6 12.5 13.7 14.9
17 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 22 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 28 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 34 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 40 0 12.5 13.7 14.9
17 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 23 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 28 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 34 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 40 1 12.5 13.7 14.9
17 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 23 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 28 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 34 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 40 2 12.5 13.7 14.9
17 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 23 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 29 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 34 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 40 3 12.5 13.7 14.9
17 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 23 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 29 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 34 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 40 4 12.5 13.7 14.9
17 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 23 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 29 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 35 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 40 5 12.5 13.7 14.9
18 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 23 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 29 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 35 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 40 6 12.5 13.7 14.9
18 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 23 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 29 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 35 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 41 0 12.5 13.7 14.9
18 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 24 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 29 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 35 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 41 1 12.5 13.7 14.9
18 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 24 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 29 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 35 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 41 2 12.5 13.7 14.9
18 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 24 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 30 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 35 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 41 3 12.5 13.7 14.9
18 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 24 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 30 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 35 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 41 4 12.5 13.7 14.9
18 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 24 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 30 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 36 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 41 5 12.5 13.7 14.9
19 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 24 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 30 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 36 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 41 6 12.5 13.7 14.9
19 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 24 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 30 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 36 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 42 0 12.5 13.7 14.9
19 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 25 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 30 5 12.5 13.7 14.9 36 3 12.5 13.7 14.9
19 3 12.5 13.7 14.9 25 1 12.5 13.7 14.9 30 6 12.5 13.7 14.9 36 4 12.5 13.7 14.9
19 4 12.5 13.7 14.9 25 2 12.5 13.7 14.9 31 0 12.5 13.7 14.9 36 5 12.5 13.7 14.9

Other Calculations
Corrected BPD, Doubliet
Doubliet PM, Greenes RA. "Improved Prediction of Gestational Age from Fetal Head Measurements." American Journal of
Roentgenology. 142:797, 1984.
Corrected BPD = (BPD * OFD/1.265)½
Valid Range: 13 to 41 weeks

9 - 60 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
10 Cardiac References
Body Surface Area.............................................................................................. 3

2D-Mode Measurements and Calculations ...................................................... 3


Cardiac Index ................................................................................................. 3
Cardiac Output............................................................................................... 3
Left Ventricular End-Diastolic Volume and Left Ventricular
End-Systolic Volume...................................................................................... 3
Cubed Formula ....................................................................................... 3
Teichholz Formula .................................................................................. 3
Bullet Formula ........................................................................................ 3
Modified Simpson's Rule Formula ......................................................... 3
Single Plane Ellipse Formula................................................................... 3
Bi-Plane Ellipse Formula ......................................................................... 4
Simpson Single Plane Formula ............................................................... 4
Simpson Bi-Plane ................................................................................... 4
Ejection Fraction ............................................................................................ 4
Fractional Shortening..................................................................................... 4
Stroke Index .................................................................................................. 4
Stroke Volume ............................................................................................... 4
Volume .......................................................................................................... 4

M-Mode Measurements and Calculations ....................................................... 5


Cardiac Index ................................................................................................. 5
Cardiac Output............................................................................................... 5
Left Ventricular End-Diastolic Volume and Left Ventricular
End-Systolic Volume...................................................................................... 5
Cubed Formula ....................................................................................... 5
Teichholz Formula .................................................................................. 5
Ejection Fraction ............................................................................................ 5
Fractional Shortening..................................................................................... 5
AO/LA (Aorta/Left Atrium) Ratio .................................................................... 6
Heart Rate ..................................................................................................... 6
Stroke Index .................................................................................................. 6
Stroke Volume ............................................................................................... 6
mVcf (Mean Velocity of left ventricular Circumferential Fiber shortening)..... 6

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 10 - 1
10 Cardiac References

10 - 2 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
10 Cardiac References

Body Surface Area


Du Bois D, Du Bois EF. "A Formula to Estimate the Approximate Surface Area if Height and
Weight Be Known." Archives of Internal Medicine 17:863, 1916, as reprinted in Nutrition
5(5):303-311. 1989.

2D-Mode Measurements and Calculations


Cardiac Index
Berkow R, Editor. The Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy, 16th Edition. Rahway, New
Jersey: Merck and Co., 1992, p. 378.

Schiller NB, Shah PM, Crawford M, et al. "Recommendations for Quantitation of the Left
Ventricle by Two-Dimensional Echocardiography." Journal of the American Society of
Echocardiography 2(5):364, 1989.

Cardiac Output
Belenkie I, Nutter DO, Clark DW, McCraw DB, Raizner AE. "Assessment of Left Ventricular
Dimensions and Function by Echocardiography." American Journal of Cardiology 31:755-762,
June 1973.

Haites NE, McLennan FM, Mowat DHR, Rawles JM. "Assessment of Cardiac Output by
Ultrasound Technique Alone." British Heart Journal 53:123-129, 1985.

Huntsman LL, Stewart DK, Barnes SR, Franklin SB, Colocousis JS, Hessel EA. "Noninvasive
Doppler Determination of Cardiac Output in Man." Circulation 67(3):593-602, 1983.

Ihlen H, Amlie JP, Dale J, et. al. "Determination of cardiac output by Doppler echocardiography."
British Heart Journal 51:54-60, 1984.

Left Ventricular End-Diastolic Volume and Left Ventricular


End-Systolic Volume

Cubed Formula
Dodge HT, Sandler H, Ballew DW, Lord JD. "The Use of Biplane Angiocardiography for the
Measurement of Left Ventricular Volume in Man." American Heart Journal 60(5):762-776, 1960.

Teichholz Formula
Teichholz LE, Kreulen T, Herman MV, Gorlin R. "Problems in Echocardiographic Volume
Determinations: Echocardiographic-Angiographic Correlations in the Presence or Absence of
Asynergy." American Journal of Cardiology 37(1):7-11, 1976.

Bullet Formula
Folland ED, Parisi AF, Moynihan PF, Jones DR, Feldman CL, Tow DE. "Assessment of Left
Ventricular Ejection Fraction and Volumes by Real-time, Two-dimensional Echocardiography."
Circulation 60(4):760-766, October 1979.

Modified Simpson's Rule Formula


Folland ED, Parisi AF, Moynihan PF, Jones DR, Feldman CL, Tow DE. "Assessment of Left
Ventricular Ejection Fraction and Volumes by Real-time, Two-dimensional Echocardiography."
Circulation 60(4):760-766, 1979.

Beyer WH, Editor. CRC Standard Mathematical Tables, 27th edition. Boca Raton, Florida: CRC
Press, 1984, p. 125.

Single Plane Ellipse Formula


Folland ED, Parisi AF, Moynihan PF, Jones DR, Feldman CL, Tow DE. "Assessment of Left
Ventricular Ejection Fraction and Volumes by Real-time, Two-dimensional Echocardiography."
Circulation 60(4):760-766, 1979.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 10 - 3
10 Cardiac References

Bi-Plane Ellipse Formula


Folland ED, Parisi AF, Moynihan PF, Jones DR, Feldman CL, Tow DE. "Assessment of Left
Ventricular Ejection Fraction and Volumes by Real-time, Two-dimensional Echocardiography."
Circulation 60(4):760-766, 1979.

Simpson Single Plane Formula


Schiller NB, Shah PM, Crawford M, et al. "Recommendations for Quantitation of the Left
Ventricle by Two-Dimensional Echocardiography." Journal of the American Society of
Echocardiography 2(5):364, 1989.

Simpson Bi-Plane
Schiller NB, Shah PM, Crawford M, et al. "Recommendations for Quantitation of the Left
Ventricle by Two-Dimensional Echocardiography." Journal of the American Society of
Echocardiography 2(5):364, 1989.

Ejection Fraction
Pombo JF, Troy BL, Russell RO. "Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fraction by
Echocardiography." Circulation 43:480-490, 1971.

Fractional Shortening
Belenkie I, Nutter DO, Clark DW, McCraw DB, Raizner AE. "Assessment of Left Ventricular
Dimensions and Function by Echocardiography." American Journal of Cardiology 31:755-762,
June 1973.

Stroke Index
Görge G, Erbel R, Brennecke R, Rupprecht HJ, Todt M, Meyer J. "High-Resolution
Two-dimensional Echocardiography Improves the Quantification of Left Ventricular Function."
Journal of the American Society of Echocardiography 5(2):125-134, 1992.

Stroke Volume
Görge G, Erbel R, Brennecke R, Rupprecht HJ, Todt M, Meyer J. "High-Resolution
Two-dimensional Echocardiography Improves the Quantification of Left Ventricular Function."
Journal of the American Society of Echocardiography 5(2):125-134, 1992.

Roelandt J. Practical Echocardiography Ultrasound in Biomedicine, No. 1. Research Studies


Press (a division of John Wiley & Sons Ltd), 1977, p. 270.

Volume
Schiller NB, Shah PM, Crawford M, et al. "Recommendations for Quantitation of the Left
Ventricle by Two-Dimensional Echocardiography." Journal of the American Society of
Echocardiography 2(5):364, 1989.

10 - 4 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
10 Cardiac References

M-Mode Measurements and Calculations

Cardiac Index
Berkow, R, Editor. The Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy, 16th Edition. Rahway, New
Jersey: Merck and Co., 1992, p. 378.

Schiller NB, Shah PM, Crawford M, et al. "Recommendations for Quantitation of the Left
Ventricle by Two-Dimensional Echocardiography." Journal of the American Society of
Echocardiography 2(5):364, 1989.

Cardiac Output
Belenkie I, Nutter DO, Clark DW, McCraw DB, Raizner AE. "Assessment of Left Ventricular
Dimensions and Function by Echocardiography." American Journal of Cardiology 31:755-762,
June 1973.

Haites NE, McLennan FM, Mowat DHR, Rawles JM. "Assessment of Cardiac Output by
Ultrasound Technique Alone." British Heart Journal 53:123-129, 1985.

Huntsman LL, Stewart DK, Barnes SR, Franklin SB, Colocousis JS, Hessel EA. "Noninvasive
Doppler Determination of Cardiac Output in Man." Circulation 67(3):593-602, 1983.

Ihlen H, Amlie JP, Dale J, et. al. "Determination of cardiac output by Doppler echocardiography."
British Heart Journal 51:54-60, 1984.

Left Ventricular End-Diastolic Volume and Left Ventricular


End-Systolic Volume

Cubed Formula
Dodge HT, Sandler H, Ballew DW, Lord JD. "The Use of Biplane Angiocardiography for the
Measurement of Left Ventricular Volume in Man." American Heart Journal 60(5):762-776, 1960.

Teichholz Formula
Teichholz LE, Kreulen T, Herman MV, Gorlin R. "Problems in Echocardiographic Volume
Determinations: Echocardiographic-Angiographic Correleations in the Presence or Absence of
Asynergy." American Journal of Cardiology 37(1):7-11, 1976.

Ejection Fraction
Pombo JF, Troy BL, Russell RO. "Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fraction by
Echocardiography." Circulation 43:480-490, 1971.

Fractional Shortening
Belenkie I, Nutter DO, Clark DW, McCraw DB, Raizner AE. "Assessment of Left Ventricular
Dimensions and Function by Echocardiography." American Journal of Cardiology 31:755-762,
June 1973.

S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E 10 - 5
10 Cardiac References

AO/LA (Aorta/Left Atrium) Ratio


Schiller NB, Shah PM, Crawford M, et al. "Recommendations for Quantitation of the Left
Ventricle by Two-Dimensional Echocardiography." Journal of the American Society of
Echocardiography 2(5):364, 1989.

Roelandt J. Practical Echocardiography in Ultrasound in Biomedicine, No. 1. Letchworth, Herts,


England: Research Studies Press (a division of John Wiley & Sons Ltd), 1977, p. 270.

Heart Rate
Urdang, L Ed. Mosby's Medical & Nursing Dictionary. St. Louis, Missouri: The C.V. Mosby
Company, 1983, p. 492.

Stroke Index
Görge G, Erbel R, Brennecke R, Rupprecht HJ, Todt M, Meyer J. "High-Resolution
Two-dimensional Echocardiography Improves the Quantification of Left Ventricular Function."
Journal of the American Society of Echocardiography 5(2):125-134, 1992.

Stroke Volume
Görge G, Erbel R, Brennecke R, Rupprecht HJ, Todt M, Meyer J. "High-Resolution
Two-dimensional Echocardiography Improves the Quantification of Left Ventricular Function."
Journal of the American Society of Echocardiography 5(2):125-134, 1992.

Roelandt J. Practical Echocardiography in Ultrasound in Biomedicine, No. 1. Letchworth, Herts,


England: Research Studies Press (a division of John Wiley & Sons Ltd), 1977, p. 270.

mVcf (Mean Velocity of left ventricular Circumferential


Fiber shortening)
Tei C, Ling LH, Hodge DO, Bailey KR, Oh JK, Rodeheffer RJ, Tajik AJ, Seward JB. "New Index
of Combined Systolic and Diastolic Myocardial Performance: A Simple and Reproducible
Measure of Cardiac Function – A Study in Normals and Dilated Cardiomyopathy." Journal of
Cardiology, 26:357-366, 1995.

10 - 6 S Y S T E M R E F E R E N C E
Medical Ultrasound Safety
Part One: Bioeffects and Biophysics
Part Two: Prudent Use
Part Three: Implementing ALARA

American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine


Copyright 1994 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form by any means including photo-
copying or recording without written permission of the copyright owner. Printed in the U.S.A.

The A.I.U.M. Executive Office is located at 14750 Sweitzer Lane, Suite 100, Laurel, MD 20707–5906.
Table of Contents

Preface ................................................................................................................................................ iv

Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... v

Acknowledgements ............................................................................................................................ vi

Part One: Bioeffects and Biophysics ......................................................................... 1


Chapter One: Is It Safe?........................................................................................................... 3

Chapter Two: Thermal Bioeffects ........................................................................................... 7

Chapter Three: Nonthermal Bioeffects.................................................................................. 14

Part Two: Prudent Use ............................................................................................. 17


Chapter Four: Benefits and Risks .......................................................................................... 19

Chapter Five: ALARA .......................................................................................................... 23

Part Three: Implementing ALARA ........................................................................ 25


Chapter Six: Knobology ........................................................................................................ 27

Chapter Seven: The Output Display ...................................................................................... 33

Conclusion ............................................................................................................................. 40

iii
Preface
With the availability of an output display in some present and in future diagnostic ultrasound
equipment and the potential for higher output capabilities within these devices, it is incumbent upon the
user to be knowledgeable of the uses of this equipment and the potential for ultrasound-induced bioef-
fects. The responsibility for patient safety is falling more heavily upon the ultrasound equipment user’s
shoulders and the need for an educational background in these uses and bioeffects is evident. In other
words, there is a shift in responsibility for patient safety from the manufacturer to the user. In this
regard, this tripartite brochure has been generated to provide the user with a working background and
general principles that will provide for the understanding of the purpose and use of the Output Display
Standard and how this display can be used to obtain diagnostic information with ultrasound exposure as
low as reasonably achievable. The user education requirement represents a new level of responsibility
that will permit increased ultrasound diagnostic capabilities within the context of user controlled ultra-
sound exposure. Information regarding ALARA and possible ultrasound bioeffects described in this
brochure also applies to equipment without an output display.

—Michael S. Tenner, M.D.


AIUM President

iv
Introduction
A new feature, called an output display, is becoming available on some recently introduced and
future diagnostic ultrasound equipment. The output display provides the user an indication of the poten-
tial for bioeffects that might be caused by the ultrasound energy being emitted. With this information,
users can better control the diagnostic ultrasound equipment and examination to assure that needed
diagnostic information is obtained with a minimum of risk to the patient.

To get the most benefit from the output display, the user should have a basic understanding of the
nature of ultrasound-induced bioeffects, how to conduct an exam that minimizes the potential for bioef-
fects, and how to operate the controls of the equipment used in the exam.

This brochure is divided into three parts. Part One describes ultrasound-induced bioeffects and
why we should be concerned about them. Part Two describes the risks and benefits of conducting diag-
nostic examinations and introduces the concept of ALARA, that is, ultrasound exposure As Low As
Reasonably Achievable. Using ALARA, we can obtain needed diagnostic information with minimum
risk to the patient. Part Three describes how to implement ALARA on equipment with and without an
output display. With an output display, we have the best information about the potential for bioeffects
and can make the best decisions.

Each manufacturer’s equipment has somewhat different control features. This brochure can only
provide general principles about ALARA and diagnostic ultrasound equipment. Please refer to the user
documentation for your particular equipment to learn the details of its particular controls and output
displays.

v
Acknowledgements
The development of this Ultrasound Education Program brochure went through a number of style
and format changes and involved dedicated professionals from a number of organizations over the past
three years. Initially, three videotapes were planned with the creation of three scripts. What finally
emerged is this brochure. There are many individuals to thank. Special recognition is given to Mr. Chas
Burr for his extensive revisions to the final content of the text. Without their assistance, this brochure
would not have been possible.

American College of Cardiology Betty Halloway, MD


Jannet Lewis, MD
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Michael Greene, MD
Harold Kaminetsky, MD
Federico Mariona, MD
American College of Radiology Albert Goldstein, PhD
Marvin Ziskin, MD
American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine Peter Doubilet, MD
Christopher Merritt, MD
William D. O’Brien, Jr., PhD
Samuel Ritter, MD
American Society of Echocardiology Steve Goldstein, MD
Mary-Etta King, MD
Food and Drug Administration Mel Greberman, MD
Jerry Harris, PhD
Hector Lopez, PhD
Robert Phillips, PhD
Robert Sibley
Mel Stratmeyer, PhD
National Electrical Manufacturers Association Robert Britain
Chas Burr
Chuck Hottinger, PhD
Sheila Pickering, PhD
Ray Powis, PhD
Mark Schafer, PhD
Terry Sweeney
Kai Thomenius, PhD
Sandy Warner, RDMS
Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonographers Kari Boyce, RDMS
Kristin LaConte, RDMS, RVT
Society of Vascular Technology Phil Bendick, PhD
Marsha Neumyer, RVT

— William D. O’Brien, Jr., PhD


— Terrence J. Sweeney
Co–Editors
September 1994
vi
Part One
Bioeffects and Biophysics

“Diagnostic ultrasound has proven to be a valuable tool in medical prac-


tice. An excellent safety record exists in that, after decades of clinical use,
there is no known instance of human injury as a result of exposure to
diagnostic ultrasound. Evidence exists, however, to indicate that at least a
hypothetical risk for clinical diagnostic ultrasound must be presumed.”

Radiological Health Bulletin,


Vol XXIV, No. 8,
August 1990

1
2
Chapter One
Is It Safe?
Issues Addressed:
• Why it is important to know ultrasound physics
• What dose-effect studies tell us
• Mechanisms of ultrasound-induced biological effects
• History of ultrasound
• Prudent use

Q. Everyone thinks that ultrasound is safe. We keep hearing, “no known Everyone thinks ultrasound is
instance of human injury as a result of exposure to diagnostic safe.
ultrasound.” So why do we have to learn about biophysics and
bioeffects?

A. When ultrasound propagates through human tissue, there is a potential There is a potential risk.
for tissue damage. There has been much research aimed at
understanding and evaluating the potential for ultrasound to cause
tissue injury. Through these studies, we are trying to learn what
causes ultrasonic bioeffects and apply that information to diagnostic
ultrasound. Many studies are dose-effect studies. These laboratory
studies give us two things: First, they provide an opportunity to use
much higher dosage levels than those currently used in a diagnostic
ultrasound exam to really test the safety of ultrasound, and second,
they permit a detailed study of mechanisms thought to be responsible
for bioeffects.

Q. So dose-effect studies are performed at higher intensities than Dose-effect studies


diagnostic ultrasound?

A. Much higher levels. In fact, virtually all ultrasonically induced


adverse biological effects have occurred at these higher intensity
levels.

Q. What’s been learned from the dose-effect studies?

A. So far, we’ve deduced that two mechanisms are known to alter Thermal Mechanism
biological systems. One, called the “Thermal Mechanism,” refers to Nonthermal Mechanism
heating of soft tissue and bone. The other, “Nonthermal,” involves
mechanical phenomena such as cavitation, although nonthermal
mechanisms are more than cavitation alone. You can think of
cavitation as the interaction of ultrasound with tiny bubbles in tissue
and liquids.

3
History of ultrasound Q. How long have we known of the potential hazards of ultrasound?

A. In 1880, two French scientists, Jacques and Pierre Curie, discovered


piezoelectricity, the basis for ultrasonic transducers. About thirty-five
years later, another French scientist named Paul Langevin developed
one of the first uses of ultrasound, underwater sound-ranging of
submerged objects known today as sonar. In the process he discovered
and reported that very high intensity ultrasonic levels could have a
detrimental effect on small aquatic animals.

Ten years later, scientists Wood and Loomis conducted experiments


that substantiated Langevin’s observation. Then, in 1930, Harvey
published a paper about the physical, chemical, and biological effects
of ultrasound, reporting that alterations were produced in a variety of
organisms, cells, tissue, and organs. Long before anyone even thought
of using ultrasound to produce images of the human body, it was
already known that high levels of ultrasound were hazardous. With
this in mind, early pioneering engineers and clinicians who were
designing ultrasound imaging devices knew about the potential for
disrupting biological tissue.

Thus, there has been concern about potential harmful effects


throughout the entire period of diagnostic instrumentation
development.

If there’s a potential for Q. If there’s a potential for bioeffects, why do we use ultrasound?
bioeffects . . .
No patient injury has ever A. Most important, we use ultrasound because of its many diagnostic uses
been reported from and benefits. Although there may be a risk, there has never been a
diagnostic ultrasound. documented instance of a patient being injured from this diagnostic
modality.

Q. If there is a potential for ultrasound-caused bioeffects, why has there


been such a good safety record?

Diagnostic ultrasound A. As the uses of medical devices have grown and more application areas
equipment is regulated by and equipment have been developed, regulations have been enacted to
the FDA. provide for patient safety concurrent with equipment development. In
1976, the Medical Device Amendments to the Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act were enacted requiring the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) to regulate all medical devices, including
diagnostic ultrasound equipment. The FDA has required manufacturers
of diagnostic ultrasound equipment to keep acoustic output below that
of machines on the market before 1976, the year the amendments were
enacted. Manufacturers bringing new products to market must
compare the various performance characteristics of ultrasound
equipment, including acoustic output, to devices previously approved
for marketing.

4
Within these “limits,” ultrasound has shown itself to be a safe and
effective diagnostic tool for medical application. But it is important
BIOEFFECTS & SAFETY
of Diagnostic Ultrasound
to remember that the pre-1976 output levels are based in history, not
on scientific safety evaluations.

In March 1993, the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine


approved the Official Statement on Clinical Safety:

“Diagnostic ultrasound has been in use since the late 1950s. Given its
known benefits and recognized efficacy for medical diagnosis,
including use during human pregnancy, the American Institute of
Ultrasound in Medicine herein addresses the clinical safety of such
use: No confirmed biological effects on patients or instrument
operators caused by exposure at intensities typical of present “. . . the benefits to patients of
the prudent use of diagnostic
diagnostic ultrasound instruments have ever been reported. Although ultrasound outweigh the risks,
the possibility exists that such biological effects may be identified in if any, that may be present.”
the future, current data indicate that the benefits to patients of the
prudent use of diagnostic ultrasound outweigh the risks, if any, that
may be present.”

(From Bioeffects and Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound, published in


1993 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine)

Q. Why is there more discussion of ultrasound safety now than in the History of ultrasound in
past? medicine

A. The question of safety is being discussed more because more and Higher outputs bring
more applications are being found, and the industry is producing potentially greater risk.
technically sophisticated devices that provide more diagnostic
information. Current dialogue among the medical community,
manufacturers, and the FDA suggests that new standards recently
developed should allow higher outputs for greater diagnostic
capability. This will improve some imaging and Doppler situations,
but with greater risk and greater operator responsibility.

Just because we haven’t detected bioeffects on humans at diagnostic Prudent use


levels, doesn’t mean that they don’t exist. We know the potential for
risk exists. It’s important for ultrasound users to know about
biophysics and bioeffects so they can make informed decisions about
the use of ultrasound and can reduce the chances of bioeffects
occurring. In the future, more and more decisions about the use of
ultrasound output levels will be made by equipment operators.

The use of ultrasound in medicine began in the 1950s. At that time,


the number of applications was rather limited. The uses for ultrasound
grew in the 1950s, adding applications such as cardiology, obstetrics,
gynecology, vascular, ophthalmic, and the imaging of regions of the

5
body, such as the female breast and male pelvis. By the early 1960s
most of the basic ultrasound applications used today had been
attempted, although with much less diagnostic content than today.
Clinical use continued to grow during the 1970s with the introduction
of real-time scanning.

Early exams were conducted entirely through the skin surface, but
intracavitary and intraoperative applications have undergone a recent
surge as manufacturers and clinicians seek to expand the diagnostic
potential of ultrasound. Today, the clinical uses for ultrasound are
many and varied, and diagnostic ultrasound is one of the fastest
growing imaging techniques in medicine. Surveys in the United States
indicate that a very high percentage of pregnant women are scanned
to obtain fetal health information. There are about 100 thousand
medical ultrasound scanners in use worldwide. This equipment
handles millions of examinations each year. And, the number
continues to grow.

6
Chapter Two
Thermal Bioeffects
Issues Addressed:
• Focused and unfocused ultrasound fields
• Spatial and temporal considerations
• Attenuation, absorption, and scattering
• Soft tissue, layered and fetal bone models
• Soft tissue, layered and fetal bone heating
• Axial temperature increase profiles

Q. If ultrasound causes tissue temperature to rise, where is the largest


temperature rise found?

A. The highest temperatures tend to occur in tissue in the region between


where the ultrasound beam enters tissue and the focal region.

Because the temperature elevation is related to both ultrasonic power


and the volume of exposed tissue, we need to keep in mind whether
the beam is scanned or unscanned, in other words, whether the
equipment moves the beam or keeps it stationary. Scanned modes,
Unfocused and focused
such as B-mode imaging and color flow Doppler, distribute the energy
ultrasound fields.
over a large volume. In scanned modes, the highest temperature is
frequently at the surface where the ultrasound enters the body.

Unscanned modes, such as spectral Doppler and M-mode, concentrate


the power along a single line in the patient and deposit energy along
the stationary ultrasound beam. Energy is distributed over a much
smaller volume of tissue than in the scanned case. In unscanned Line drawing 12-1

modes, the highest temperature increase is found between the surface


and the focus. In other words, the hottest point is along the center axis
of the beam and proximal to the focal point, but not at the focal point.
The exact location depends on the tissue attenuation and absorption
properties and the beam’s focal length. For long focal lengths, the
location of the maximum temperature elevation may lie closer to the
surface, but for short focal lengths, it is generally closer to the focus.

Q. Focusing the ultrasound beam increases the temperature? Spatial considerations

A. Focusing concentrates the power in the beam on a small area, thereby Power
Intensity =
improving image lateral resolution, but also causing higher intensities Area
and the potential for higher temperatures.

Q. What other aspects of the ultrasound beam affect the temperature?

7
Temporal considerations A. An important aspect is time.

Ultrasonic waves can be emitted in pulsed wave form. There’s a burst


of energy, then, there’s a period of silence. Then, there’s another pulse
pressure

and more silence, and on and on. During the pulse the acoustic
intensity is high, but during the silence the intensity is zero.
time
If we take the entire repeating time period, both the pulse and the
silence, and average the intensity of the ultrasound over time, we come
Pulsed pressure waveform
up with a temporal-average intensity that may be a thousand times
smaller than the instantaneous or temporal-peak intensity that occurs
once during the pulse. Bioeffects resulting from temperature increases
depend, in part, on the temporal-average intensity.
intensity

The intensity at the location of the greatest temporal-average intensity


time
is referred to as the spatial-peak temporal-average intensity: SPTA.
Pulsed intensity waveform The SPTA is often used as a specification of ultrasound output.

In addition to time averaging, there’s another time concept that affects


Line drawing 14-1
TP temperature increase: duration of the ultrasound exposure, or how long
one location is imaged during an examination. It takes time for tissue
intensity

temperature to rise, and the longer the exposure duration, the greater
TA
the possibility of a biological effect.
time

Temporal-average (TA) Q. What causes the temperature rise in tissue during ultrasonic exposure?
and temporal-peak (TP)
intensities A. The absorption of energy. During an exam, much of the ultrasound
Ultrasound exposure duration energy is absorbed by body tissue. If the rate of energy deposition in a
Line drawing 14-2
particular region exceeds the body’s ability to dissipate the heat, the
local temperature will rise.

Attenuation Absorption and attenuation are often confused. Attenuation is the loss
1. Absorption = energy of energy from the propagated ultrasound wave. There are two causes
converted to heat for attenuation: Absorption and scattering. Absorption is the
2. Scattering = redirection of
ultrasound
conversion of ultrasonic energy into heat; whereas, scattering is the
redirection of the ultrasound away from the direction it was originally
Line drawing 15-1
traveling.

Absorption of acoustic energy by tissue results in the generation of


heat in the tissue. This is what is referred to as the thermal mechanism.
There are a number of physical and physiological variables that play a
role in absorption and the generation of temperature increases. Some,
of course, are the operating characteristics of the equipment. For now,
let’s concentrate on physical parameters.

Q. What are some of the physical parameters that affect absorption?

A. The ultrasound energy is absorbed by tissue, at least to some extent.

8
The extent depends on the tissue, on what we call tissue absorption Attenuation coefficient and
characteristics. absorption coefficient have
the same units—dB/cm or dB/
cm-MHz
A specific way in which tissue absorption characteristics are
quantified is with the “Absorption Coefficient.” The absorption
coefficient is expressed in decibels per centimeter. Since absorption
coefficient is directly proportional to ultrasonic frequency, the
Increasing Attenuation
coefficient is often normalized to frequency and represented as Coefficient
decibels per centimeter per megahertz. Absorption coefficients are Water
very dependent on the organ or tissue type that is being imaged. Biological fluids
Soft tissues
Q. Let’s get some examples. What’s the absorption coefficient of, say, Skin and cartilage
Fetal bone
fluids, like amniotic fluid, blood, and urine? Adult bone

A. Almost zero. These fluids absorb very little ultrasonic energy. That
means the ultrasound goes through the fluid with very little decrease.
And there’s little temperature elevation in the fluid.

Q. Which body tissue absorbs the most energy?

A. Bone. Its absorption coefficient is very high. Dense bone absorbs the
energy very quickly and causes the temperature to rise rapidly. Adult
bone absorbs nearly all of the acoustic energy impinging on it. Fetal
bone absorption coefficients vary greatly depending on the degree of
ossification.

Q. Now what’s between fluid and bone?

A. Soft tissue. Tissues vary in density depending on the particular organ, Homogeneous soft tissue
but the density doesn’t vary much within a organ. We call it soft to model
distinguish it from hard tissue such as bone. It’s also true that the
tissue density within a particular organ is not always the same. But,
for our purposes we assume that attenuation and absorption are
uniform throughout the organ. We call this a homogeneous soft tissue
model.

Q. How does frequency affect absorption?

A. The higher the frequency, the higher the absorption. What that means
to operators is that a higher-frequency transducer will not allow us to
“see” as far into the body.

Q. Does that mean that higher-frequency transducers create more heat? Higher Frequency = Increased
Absorption, Reduced
Penetration, Possible Near
A. Not necessarily. There are many factors that contribute to creating Surface Heating
heat. However, if all other factors are equal, the ultrasound energy of
higher-frequency transducers is absorbed more rapidly than that of

9
lower-frequency transducers, thereby causing reduced penetration. In
some cases, this may introduce increased heating near the skin surface.

However, due to the rapid absorption of higher-frequency ultrasound,


there’s another indirect effect that might occur. If we’re not getting
deep enough, we might choose to increase the output, and the
increased intensity could also increase temperature.

Q. Now let’s talk about what all this means in practical terms. What is the
situation of most interest?

A. The situation of greatest interest involves the fetus with ossified bone
(second and third trimester) and a mother with a thin abdominal wall.
Because there would be little absorption of energy between the
transducer and the fetus, nearly all of the energy would be absorbed by
a fetal bone, if the beam is focused on or close to it.

Q. What can we as operators do to minimize temperature rise?

A. First, temperature increases depend on intensity, duration of exposure


at the same location, transducer focal point size and location, and
absorption of the energy by the tissue. In general, intensity is alterable,
and depends on the particular equipment we’re using. As the operator,
we can also control duration, or exposure time. The transducer is
typically moved frequently during the exam, which will naturally
reduce the exposure duration at a specific tissue location.

Let’s look at the other two factors: transmit focal point and absorption.
A highly focused beam whose focal point is in the amniotic fluid will
Fixed-focus transducer not cause significant heating of the fluid, because its absorption
coefficient is low. If the focus is in tissue, all things being the same,
the temperature rise is a little higher. However, the same beam will
cause an even higher temperature rise time if it focuses on bone, which
has a much higher absorption coefficient. Be aware that there are
fixed-focused transducers whose focus we can’t change and multi-
element array transducers whose focus we can change.
Multi-element array
transducer
The other important determinant of local temperature rise is absorption
Line drawing 21-1 of ultrasound energy in tissue layers in front of the point of interest.
Increased absorption in these layers decreases the ultrasound energy
available at the point of interest. For example, an obstetrical
examination of a patient with a thick abdominal wall is less likely to
cause a significant temperature increase in the fetus than an
examination through a thin abdominal wall.

Q. What are some examples of temperature increase calculations?

Line drawing 21-2

10
A. We have computer models that predict the relationship between
transducer focus and changes in the temperature curve.

Computer Tissue Models


• Homogeneous Soft Tissue Model
• Layered Tissue (Fluid-filled Bladder) Model
• Fetal Bone Model

Assumptions
• Speed of Sound Is Uniform Throughout
• Attenuation Is Uniform Throughout
• Absorption Is Uniform Throughout
• Absorption Equals Attenuation (Scattering is negligible)

Modeling various tissue layers is difficult since there are so many. We


focused on two simplified models. In the first, ultrasound travels
through homogeneous soft tissue. In the second, ultrasound travels
through a fluid-filled bladder. We assumed that the speed of sound,
acoustic impedance, attenuation, and absorption are uniform
throughout the volume of interest.

Transducer
• 3.0 MHz
• 19 mm diameter
• 6 cm transmit focal length
• 100 mW output ultrasonic power

We also selected a 3.0 MHz, 19 mm diameter transducer with a 6 cm 1.5


Temperature Increase (˚C)

transmit focal length. For convenience, we have used an ultrasonic 1.0


output of 100 mW for our example. This is a relatively high output
level for today’s diagnostic equipment, only found in some Doppler 0.5

and color Doppler modes. Keep in mind, these models are for 0
0 2 4 6 8 10
educational purposes and may not reflect actual clinical situations. Range (cm)

Homogeneous soft tissue


Homogeneous Tissue Model: Abdominal Exam model: axial temperature
First, let’s look at the homogeneous tissue model. This model is increase profile for a transmit
focal length of 6 cm
similar to the situation in an abdominal exam involving soft tissue
only. The temperature increase in degrees Celsius goes up the left side
of the figure. The range in centimeters goes across the bottom of the
figure. 1.5
Temperature Increase (˚C)

1.0

We’ll see that the temperature increase exhibits a maximum at about 0.5
five centimeters.
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Range (cm)
For the next scenario, all we’ll change is the focal point location. We
Homogeneous soft tissue
just saw the 6 cm focal length. Now, let’s see what the same model: axial temperature
transducer does in the same tissue with a 10 cm focal length. It increase profile for a transmit
flattens out quite a bit, doesn’t it? focal length of 6 and 10 cm

Line drawing NEW 24-1 11


1.5
But look at what happens if the focal length is 2 cm. The temperature
Temperature Increase (˚C)

1.0 goes way up to about 1.3˚C at a range of about 2 cm. What does that
mean? It means that a significant increase in temperature near the
0.5
beam’s focus is more likely with shorter focal lengths because less
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
overall attenuation of the beam has occurred.
Range (cm)

Homogeneous soft tissue Now, let’s look at this in a situation similar to an obstetrical exam.
model: axial temperature
increase profiles for
transmit focal lengths of 2, 6, Layered Tissue Model: Obstetrical Scan
and 10 cm • Abdominal wall thickness = 1 cm
• Bladder fluid path = 5 cm
0.9
Temperature Increase (˚C)

For this situation, we have a layered tissue model based on an


0.6 obstetrical scan through the abdominal wall and through the fluid-
0.3 filled bladder to the fetus. For the scenario, we assumed a patient with
a thin abdominal wall of 1 cm and a 5 cm fluid path. The transducer
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 and its ultrasonic power are the same as those used in the
Range (cm)
homogeneous tissue cases. The transmit focal length of 6 cm is at the
Layered tissue model: axial
temperature increase profile location of the far side of the bladder and note that the temperature
for a transmit focal length of goes up to about 0.8˚C at this range. Also note, the increase in
6 cm temperature in the abdominal wall is about 0.4˚C. There’s almost no
absorption of ultrasound in the bladder fluid, so little heat is produced
0.9 Line drawing NEW 24-3 there.
Temperature Increase (˚C)

0.6
Now here’s the axial temperature increase profile in the layered tissue
0.3
model for a longer focal length of 10 cm. The temperature rise at the
0 far side of the bladder is about 0.5˚C, a drop from when the ultrasound
0 2 4 6 8 10
Range (cm) beam was focused at that location.
Layered tissue model: axial
temperature increase profile Let’s look at a situation where the beam focuses in front of the far side
for transmit focal lengths of 6 of the bladder, at a 4 cm transmit focal length. The temperature rise at
and 10 cm.
the far side of the bladder is about 0.3˚C, also a drop from when the
ultrasound beam is focused at that location. Note that the increase in
Line drawing NEW 25-1
temperature in the abdominal wall is about 0.4˚C for all three focal
0.9
length conditions.
Temperature Increase (˚C)

0.6
That means if the transmit focus location occurs before the target, then
0.3 the temperature rise at the far side of the bladder, at a range of 6 cm
for this layered tissue model, is less than if the focus is at or beyond
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 the target, where the temperature elevation at the target is higher.
Range (cm)

Layered tissue model: axial


temperature increase profile Fetal Bone Model
for transmit focal lengths of 4, • Homogeneous Soft Tissue Parameters
6 and 10 cm. • Bone Location at 6 cm in Range
Line drawing NEW 25-2
• 100 mW Output Ultrasonic Power

12
Let’s see what happens when we focus near bone. For this model, 4

Temperature Increase (˚C)


we’ll use the homogeneous soft tissue parameters for the tissues 3

through which the beam passes, but our reflective surface is bone that 2

is perpendicular to the beam at a range of 6 cm. We will also use the 1

same output ultrasonic power of 100 mW. When the transmit focal 0
0 2 4 6 8 10
range is beyond the location of bone, focal range of 10 cm, there is a Range (cm)

peak in the temperature increase to about 1.9˚C at the bone location. Fetal bone model: axial
temperature increase
profile for a transmit focal
Here’s what happens with a transmit focal length of 6 cm, that is, the length of 10 cm
ultrasound beam is focused on the bone surface: a theoretical
temperature rise of about 4.2˚C. 4

Temperature Increase (˚C)


3

Q. How does all this apply to actually scanning a patient? Is this 2

dangerous? 1

0
0 2 4 6 8 10
A. Potentially dangerous. The examples we looked at are for educational Range (cm)

purposes and do not necessarily occur in clinical situations. For Fetal bone model: axial
example, the output power used for the calculation would not be temperature increase
commonly used, but it is within the capability of many systems. profile for transmit focal
lengths of 6 and 10 cm

Temperature rise during an actual examination depends on many Abdominal wall thickness,
factors. For example, very few patients have as thin an abdominal Focal length and location,
wall as we assumed in this model. In addition, the exposure to bone Exposure duration,
Bone attenuation,
Line drawing NEW 26-1
must be continuous over time for local temperatures to rise. That Tissue attenuation,
seldom happens in actual exams. Plus, some heating is lost due to the Bone absorption, and
cooling effect of local blood flow. To date, there is no evidence of any Tissue absorption
harm in humans from thermal effects at the output levels of current
ultrasonic devices.

Q. But if it’s potentially dangerous, why hasn’t there been an incident?

A. The combined conditions required to produce these heating effects are


unlikely to occur. In addition, the control parameters on current
Line drawing NEW 26-2
equipment are designed to limit the temporal-average intensity. By
minimizing temporal-average intensity, significant thermal effects in
the body are not likely to occur. However, it is unclear what output
levels will be used in future applications and equipment.

The goal is to get an image that provides necessary diagnostic The goal is to get an image
information. If we are overly cautious, we may end up with poor that provides necessary
diagnostic information.
image quality or inadequate Doppler signals. For operators to
minimize the risk, we need to understand the factors that contribute to
temperature rise, for example, the thickness of the mother’s
abdominal wall, the beam focal length and location, exposure
duration, and the attenuation and absorption characteristics of tissue
and bone.

13
Chapter Three
Nonthermal Bioeffects
Issues Addressed:
• Onset of cavitation
• Peak compressional pressure
• Peak rarefactional pressure
• Stable cavitation and transient cavitation
• Microstreaming
• Nucleation site
• Threshold phenomenon

Q. Nonthermal bioeffects means bioeffects not caused by temperature


rise. That tells us what they are not. Exactly what are nonthermal
bioeffects?

A. Nonthermal bioeffects are not as well understood as thermal effects.


They are sometimes referred to as mechanical bioeffects because they
seem to be caused by the motion of tissue induced when ultrasound
pressure waves pass through or near gas. The majority of the
nonthermal interactions deal with the generation, growth, vibration,
and possible collapse of microbubbles within the tissue. This behavior
is referred to as cavitation.

Cavitation was first discovered around the turn of the century, not in
tissues, but at the surface of a ship’s propellers. Researchers found that
the low-pressure region immediately behind a ship’s propellers caused
bubbles to be produced in the water. The collapsing bubbles damaged
the propellers. The bubbles collapsed violently, generating shock
waves that eroded the propeller blades.

What is cavitation—bubbles? Q. So cavitation is bubbles?

A. With diagnostic ultrasound, cavitation refers to ultrasonically induced


activity occurring in tissues or body liquids that contain bubbles or
pockets containing gas or vapor. These bubbles originate within
materials at locations termed “nucleation sites,” the exact nature and
source of which are not well understood in a complex medium such as
tissue or blood.

Positive pressure = A sound wave has positive pressure and negative pressure. Positive
Compressional pressure pressure is also called compressional pressure; negative pressure is
Negative pressure =
also called rarefactional pressure. If the rarefactional pressure is
Rarefactional pressure sufficiently large, microbubbles may be produced, or existing
microbubbles may be enlarged.

14
Q. When does cavitation occur? p

pressure
c

A. The occurrence of cavitation and its behavior depend on many factors,


including the ultrasonic pressure and frequency, the focused or time
unfocused and pulsed or continuous ultrasonic field, the degree of
standing waves, and the nature and state of the material and its
boundaries. p
r
Peak compressional pressure
Q. Is cavitation related to SPTA intensity? (pc) and peak rarefactional
pressure (pr)

A. No. The correlation is not with temporal-average intensities, but rather


with pressure. Cavitation is most closely related to peak negative Cavitation depends on
pressure, or peak rarefactional pressure, during the pulse. • frequency
• pressure
• focused/unfocused beams
Peak negative pressure is roughly related to the pulse-average • pulsed/continuous
intensity. So, the spatial-peak pulse-average intensity, the SPPA ultrasound
intensity, is loosely related to cavitation. This relationship is useful to • degree of standing waves
us because many existing ultrasound systems use SPPA intensity as a • nature and state of material
specification or control. • boundaries

Line drawing NEW 31-2


Q. Are there different types of cavitation?

A. Cavitation can be discussed in terms of two categories: stable


cavitation and inertial (or transient) cavitation.

Stable cavitation is associated with vibrating gaseous bodies. In stable Cavitation is related to the
cavitation a gaseous body remains stabilized and, because of the peak rarefactional pressure.
ultrasonic field, oscillates or pulsates. As the oscillations become
established, the liquid-like medium around the gas bubble begins to
flow or stream; we call this “microstreaming.” Microstreaming has
been shown to produce stress sufficient to disrupt cell membranes. Cavitation
1. Stable
During inertial cavitation, pre-existing bubbles or cavitation nuclei 2. Inertial (or Transient)
expand from the pressure of the ultrasonic field and then collapse in a
violent implosion. The whole process takes place in a very short time
span that is on the order of microseconds. The implosion can produce
huge local temperature rises that may be thousands of degrees Celsius,
and pressures equal to hundreds of atmospheres all in an area that is
less than one square micrometer. The implosion can damage cells and
tissue, ultimately leading to cell death. In addition, bubble implosion
can generate highly reactive chemical species. All of these effects,
microstreaming, implosion, and reactive chemicals occur in a very
small space around the bubble, affecting only a few cells.

Q. Is it really possible for cavitation to occur at the amplitudes and Oscillating bubble and
frequencies used for diagnostic ultrasound? microstreaming

15
A. Perhaps, if nuclei sites are available. There is ample theoretical and
some experimental evidence to support this conclusion, and that
biological alterations can occur. We are fortunate to have this evidence
because it documents the levels above which cavitation is thought to
occur, and because there is a lot of scientific evidence to suggest that
the onset of transient cavitation is a threshold phenomenon.

There’s a combination of rarefactional pressure values, ultrasonic


frequency, and cavitation nuclei that are required for cavitation to
occur. If, as evidence suggests, cavitation is a threshold phenomenon,
then exposure to pressure levels below the threshold for cavitation will
never induce cavitation, no matter how long the exposure lasts.
Can cavitation be produced
by diagnostic ultrasound Q. Do we know of any incidence of cavitation occurring in human tissue
equipment? or fluids resulting from diagnostic ultrasonic exposure?

A. Currently, there is no evidence that diagnostic ultrasound exposure has


caused cavitation in humans.

In addition, the control parameters on current equipment limit the peak


output. However, limits may be raised or eliminated in future
equipment.

Q. But, theoretically, it can happen?

A. Yes. But since cavitation would probably affect only a single cell, or a
few cells, it is extremely difficult to detect an adverse biological effect,
unless the cavitation events were widespread among a large volume of
tissue.

16
Part Two
Prudent Use

“Although the possibility exists that such biological effects may be


identified in the future, current data indicate that the benefits to the patient
of the prudent use of diagnostic ultrasound outweigh the risks, if any, that
may be present.”

American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine


Official Statement On Clinical Safety
March 1993

17
18
Chapter Four
Benefits And Risks
Issues Addressed:
• Risks versus benefits
• Diagnostic ultrasound benefits
• Risk of not performing the study
• Prudent use
• New technology and applications
• High output, potentially greater risk
• High output, potentially greater diagnostic capability
• Shifting responsibility

Q. “Risks versus benefits.” What do we mean by that in terms of Risks vs. benefits
ultrasound?

A. The risks are the potential for adverse bioeffects caused by heating or
cavitation. Although there has not been a reported incident of serious
bioeffects on humans at diagnostic ultrasound levels, we do know that
heating of the tissue may occur and there may be the potential for
cavitation to occur.

The benefit is the diagnostic information ultrasound provides. And


ultrasound imaging provides very good data, data that allow
physicians to make clinical decisions. With information from an
ultrasound exam, physicians can weigh alternative courses of action
and select the best method for helping the patient.

Ultrasound imaging is popular first and foremost because it’s a superb


diagnostic modality. It provides tremendous diagnostic information
with great sensitivity and specificity. But it’s also a favorite imaging
technique because it appears safe, is widely accepted by patients, is
portable, and is relatively low in cost compared to other diagnostic
imaging modalities. Physicians must weigh the expected benefit from
a diagnostic ultrasound procedure against the potential risks of that
procedure.

Q. What are some examples of the benefits of diagnostic ultrasound? Examples of benefits from
diagnostic ultrasound: Cardiac
A. Let’s look at ultrasound in cardiac studies. The use of diagnostic studies
ultrasound for cardiac applications has increased dramatically over the
past ten years. From M-mode scans to transesophageal
echocardiography, ultrasound gives us the ability to image the
structure and function of the heart and great vessels in exquisite detail.
Ultrasound also has the ability to follow the normal and abnormal
course of blood flow within the heart.

19
Q. How about potential bioeffects with some of the new cardiac
applications?

A. Diagnostic ultrasound has an excellent safety record over the years that
it’s been used to study the heart. The nature of many cardiac
ultrasound techniques, the variety of imaging windows, and the fact
that the heart is filled with moving blood means that the duration of
the exposure of any one area of the heart is reduced.

It’s a real risk not to perform Newer applications of ultrasound through the esophagus and within
the study. the vascular space may result in bioeffects we’ve not previously
known about. We need more research before we can define all the
risks. But remember, the physician should weigh potential bioeffects
against the real risks of not doing the study and missing important
timely diagnostic information.

Q. What other medical specialties benefit from ultrasound?

Example of benefits from A. Ultrasound has had a huge impact on the area of obstetrics. The use of
diagnostic ultrasound: ultrasound examinations during pregnancy has increased dramatically
Obstetrical exams since the 1970s. The use of ultrasound in obstetrics is a principal area
of concern for potential bioeffects. Ongoing studies may provide
accurate information related to potential effects of ultrasound on the
embryo–fetus. In fact, the combination of the increase in use and the
concern for safety led to the National Institutes of Health consensus
development conference in the early 1980s. The conference discussed
the use of diagnostic ultrasound in pregnancy. The committee did not
recommend routine ultrasound examinations during pregnancy, but
they did suggest a number of appropriate clinical indications for the
use of ultrasound imaging during pregnancy.

Balancing benefits and risks Q. How do you balance the benefits and risks?

Ultrasound benefits: A. Ultrasound imaging during pregnancy is important because it provides


• Many diagnostic uses a considerable amount of information. On the one hand, ultrasound
• Replaces or used with offers lots of diagnostic uses, may be used to replace some procedures,
other procedures
• Cost effective
can be used in conjunction with other procedures, is cost effective, is
• Patient acceptance accepted by patients, and provides a great deal of high quality clinical
• High quality information information.

Prudent use On the other hand, we have the risks: thermal and nonthermal
bioeffects. But there’s another risk that must be considered: the risk of
not doing the ultrasound exam and either not having the information or
having to get it in a less desirable or invasive way. As the American
Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine statement says, “. . . the benefits to
patients of the prudent use of diagnostic ultrasound outweigh the risks,
if any, that may be present.”

20
Q. What about the benefits of new ultrasound technology and New technology and
applications? applications

A. There has been a virtual explosion of technology and applications


over the past few years: new manufacturers, new products, new
medical specialties, and more and more medical applications. Now we
have everything from small hand-held Doppler systems that follow
blood flow in peripheral vessels to more general imaging systems that
display nearly all of the body’s soft tissues in detail.

But it’s more than technology; it’s what that technology gives us; for Users assume more
instance, better quality images and more diagnostic information. Still, responsibility
all the operating modes and the varying output levels mean that more
responsibility must be assumed by the users.

Diagnostic ultrasound is widely accepted because it is a superb


diagnostic tool with an excellent history of safety. We want to keep it
that way. But with more and different types of equipment, larger
numbers of patients, and all the new applications, there’s increased
concern about potential bioeffects.

Q. Now that we understand the potential for ultrasound-induced


bioeffects, should we change how we use the equipment?

A. We must learn to balance the risks and the benefits. We have learned
about bioeffects: thermal effects, or tissue heating; and mechanical
effects, such as cavitation. We learned how intensity, exposure time,
focal properties, and pressure are associated with the risk for
bioeffects. Using too much intensity can increase the risks, but using
too little intensity for the clinical situation can lead to poor images
and the loss of essential information.

When we use ultrasonic devices, we should remember the safety


concerns. Ultrasound should neither be used as a “toy” or without
clinical need, nor should it be considered as “perfectly safe.” We
know and have known for more than 75 years that ultrasound, at
certain levels, can alter biological systems. There will always be a
need for continued awareness of future research findings. But we also
know that one should not hesitate to have a diagnostic ultrasound
examination when there is clinical benefit to be derived.

Q. In the future, might there be increased risk as well as increased Future benefit vs. risk
benefit?

A. The future may be quite different. If existing acoustic output limits


were removed, the primary responsibility for the safety of acoustic
output would shift from design restrictions, as on current diagnostic

21
ultrasound devices, to the judgement of the users. In return for
potentially enhanced diagnostic capabilities, we will have to balance
the clinical need against the risk of an adverse bioeffect. We will need
a knowledge of the thermal and mechanical mechanisms, the
bioeffects of ultrasound, the ultrasound output levels being used, and
the relationship of output level to image quality.

22
Chapter Five
ALARA
Issues Addressed:
• The ALARA principle
• Controlling ultrasonic energy
• Controlling exposure time
• System capability and ALARA
• Operating mode and ALARA
• Transducer capability and ALARA
• System setup and ALARA
• Scanning technique and ALARA

Q. Knowing that ultrasound energy is related to potential bioeffects, how


can we reduce the risks?

A. We have a simple principle that we can apply to the use of ultrasound ALARA, or As Low As
energy. It’s called ALARA, which stands for “As Low As Reasonably Reasonably Achievable
Achievable.” Following the ALARA principle means that we keep
total ultrasound exposure as low as reasonably achievable, while
optimizing diagnostic information.

With new ultrasound equipment, the output display lets us determine Users control the total
the exposure level in terms of the potential for bioeffects. For exposure to the patient.
equipment that does not have an output display, we depend on
whatever output information, such as intensity, dB, or percentage of
power that the system provides.

Because the threshold for diagnostic ultrasound bioeffects is


undetermined, it becomes our responsibility to control the total
exposure to the patient. Controlling the total exposure depends on
output level and exposure time. The output level required for an exam
depends on the patient and the clinical need. Not all diagnostic exams
can be performed at very low levels. In fact, using too low a level may
result in poor data and the need to repeat the examination. Using too
high a level may not increase the quality of the information, but it will
expose the patient to unneeded ultrasound energy.

Q. If output level depends on the patient and the clinical need, what What determines exposure
determines exposure time? time?

A. Ultimately, the exposure time depends on the person conducting the


exam. Primarily, it’s our training, education, and experience that
determine how quickly we can obtain a useful image, and thus, the
length of the exam and the amount of exposure. So, the question is,
“How much time do we need to obtain the desired diagnostic
information?”
23
System Capabilities: But there are also some other factors that might affect the length of
Operating mode time that any particular tissue is exposed. One is the mode, whether
Transducer capabilities
System setup
it’s a moving or a stationary beam; and another is the choice of
Scanning techniques transducer. Other factors include the patient’s body characteristics, the
Knowledge and experience operator’s understanding of the controls on the system and how they
affect output levels, and whether it’s continuous wave or pulsed
Doppler, or color flow Doppler. To achieve ALARA, we need a
thorough knowledge of the imaging mode, transducer capabilities,
system setup, and operator scanning techniques.

Operating mode: System capabilities include the following: mode, transducer


B-mode capabilities, system setup, and scanning techniques. Let’s talk about
M-mode each. First, the mode we select, such as M-mode, B-mode, or Doppler,
Doppler
depends on what we’re looking for. B-mode imaging gives anatomical
Color flow Doppler
information while Doppler and color flow Doppler modes give
information about blood flow through vessels. M-mode gives
information about how anatomical structures move in time.
Transducer capabilities:
Frequency Second, transducer capabilities relate to penetration at the frequency
Penetration chosen, resolution, and the field of view that we can obtain with the
Resolution selected transducer.
Field of view
System setup: Third, system setup and control settings depend on where we start on
Starting output power the output scale and on our knowledge of which combination of
Starting intensity outputs controls gets the best results.
Scanning results
Scanning techniques: Fourth, the scanning technique we use is based on our knowledge of
Anatomy and pathology anatomy and pathology, of ultrasound physics, and of the equipment’s
Ultrasound physics
Signal processing features
signal processing features, plus our experience with a given scanning
Recording and playback modality, such as sector, linear, and so forth. A system’s recording and
features playback features let us reduce exposure time to just the time
necessary to obtain a useful image. Analysis and diagnosis can be
performed using recorded images rather than lengthy live imaging
sessions.

ALARA is a simple concept and easy to understand. Implementing


ALARA well, however, requires all of our knowledge and skills as
diagnostic ultrasound users. In Part Three we will learn how many of
the controls found on diagnostic ultrasound equipment can affect
ultrasound output. Without an output display standard we must rely on
that knowledge to estimate a patient’s ultrasound exposure. With an
output display standard we have a real-time indication of the exposure
in terms of the potential for bioeffects. Either way, we implement
ALARA by minimizing the exposure level and duration while being
sure to obtain the necessary diagnostic information.

24
Part Three
Implementing ALARA

25
26
Chapter Six
Knobology
Issues Addressed:
• Basis of knobology
• Tradeoff between in situ intensity and image depth
• Operator controls and ALARA
• Prudent use
• Know the user’s guide
• An example of implementing ALARA

Q. What should we know about equipment control features,


“knobology”, to implement ALARA?

A. Whether or not a diagnostic ultrasound system has an output display,


the same types of controls are used to obtain the needed diagnostic
images. We should understand how these controls affect acoustic
output levels so we can use them to get the best image with the least
exposure. In this chapter, we will learn about types of controls that are
available on most ultrasound imaging equipment.

Q. How can the operator control ultrasound output? Operator controls and ALARA

A. There are several external system controls the operator can adjust to
improve the quality of the image and to minimize the output intensity.
To understand how these controls are related to ALARA, let’s divide
them into three broad categories: First, controls that directly affect
intensity. Second, controls that indirectly affect intensity. These are
controls such as Mode, Pulse Repetition Frequency and others. When
you change the setting for one of these controls, you may also be
changing the intensity. Third, controls that do not affect intensity. We
can think of the third category as “receiver controls.” These are
controls that affect the processing of ultrasonic echoes returned from
the body.

These aren’t “official” categories, but they help us understand how the
knobs affect ALARA. In fact, each equipment manufacturer provides
somewhat different sets of controls. By reviewing the user’s guide for
the equipment, we can determine the particular controls that perform
the functions described here.

Let’s look at controls that directly affect intensity. They are Controls directly affecting
application selection and output intensity. intensity
Application selection
Output intensity

27
Application selection With application selection, we may choose from applications such as
peripheral vessel, cardiac, ophthalmic, fetal imaging, and others. There
may be different “ranges” of intensity output based on these
applications. Selecting the right application range is the first thing you
can do. For example, cardiac intensity levels are not generally
recommended for performing a fetal scan. Some systems automatically
select the proper range for a particular application, while others require
a manual selection.

For equipment that does not have an output display, the maximum
intensity for each application is regulated by the FDA. The FDA
regulation is meant to limit ultrasonic output levels to ranges
historically used for each application. But users have some choice in
the matter; we are responsible for the proper selection of an
application range.

For equipment with an output display, FDA currently regulates only


the maximum output for the system. Manufacturers establish intensity
ranges appropriate for typical patient examinations. However, within
the system limits, users may override the application specific limits.
We are responsible for being aware of the output level that is being
used. We know the output level from the system’s real-time output
display.

Output intensity or power Another control that has a direct effect on intensity is, of course,
output intensity. This control also may be called transmit, power, or
output. Once the appropriate application range has been selected, the
transmit intensity control increases or decreases the output intensity
within the range. Most equipment allows you to select intensity levels
less than maximum, say 25 or 50 percent. ALARA implies that you
select the lowest output intensity that is consistent with good image
quality.

Controls indirectly affecting Q. Which controls indirectly affect intensity?


intensity:
System mode
A. The second group of controls is intended to change aspects of the
Pulse repetition frequency
Focusing depth transmitted ultrasonic field other than the intensity. However, because
Pulse length they change the field, the intensity is affected. Whether the intensity
Transducer choice increases or decreases and by how much is difficult to predict.

System mode The choice of B-mode, M-mode, or Doppler, for example, determines
whether or not the ultrasound beam is stationary or in motion, which
greatly affects the energy absorbed by the tissue. If the beam is
moving, then each targeted tissue volume experiences the beam only
for a fraction of the time, except near the transducer for sector scans. If
the beam is stationary, then the period of time a targeted tissue volume
in the beam receives ultrasound is increased.

28
Q. What about the pulse repetition frequency—PRF?

A. The number of ultrasound pulses in one second is referred to as the Pulse repetition frequency
(PRF)
pulse repetition frequency. The higher the pulse repetition frequency,
the more output pulses per second, increasing the temporal average
intensity. There are several controls which have an effect on the pulse
repetition frequency. For example, with some diagnostic ultrasound
systems, if we decrease the focal range, then the system may
automatically increase the PRF.

Q. Next on the list is focusing. How would focusing affect intensity? Focusing depth

A. In focusing, the beam is narrowed in order to get a better lateral


resolution, increasing the temporal average intensity. Most systems
adjust their output to offset the effects of focusing, so they tend to
maintain the same intensities. As an operator, we need to set the
transducer focus at the depth of the structure we’re examining.
Different exams require different focal depths. Setting the transducer
focus at the proper depth improves the resolution of that structure, and
we don’t need to increase intensity to see it better.

Q. What about pulse length? Pulse length

A. Pulse length, sometimes called burst length or pulse duration, is the


time the pulse is on. Often the longer the pulse, the greater the
temporal-average intensity value, which both raises the temperature in
the tissue and slightly increases the likelihood for cavitation. In pulsed
Doppler, increasing the Doppler sample volume length usually
increases the pulse length.

Q. Transducer choice is another factor that indirectly affects intensity. Transducer choice
How?

A. Tissue attenuation increases with transducer frequency. The higher the


frequency, the higher the attenuation. That is, a higher-frequency
transducer requires more output intensity to ‘see’ at a greater depth. In
order to scan deeper at the same output intensity, a lower transducer
frequency must be used. So, for deeper structures, if we find ourselves
maximizing output and gain without obtaining good image quality, we
may have to switch to a lower frequency.

Q. We are calling the third category Receiver Controls. We use these to Receiver Controls that affect
improve image quality. They have no effect on output; they only the image only
Receiver gain
affect how the ultrasound echo is received and processed. The TGC
controls include gain, TGC, video dynamic range, and post Video dynamic range
processing. Let’s just look at one of these . . . system gain. How can Post processing
we use receiver gain to implement ALARA?

29
Always increase the receiver A. The receiver gain controls amplification of the return echo signal. To
gain first. obtain good diagnostic information, we need a high return signal
amplitude. This can be attained either by higher output, similar to
talking louder, or by higher receiver gain, similar to a hearing aid with
volume control. The need for gain is determined by tissue attenuation,
that is, how much of the ultrasound is lost as it passes to the reflective
surface and back to the transducer. In some cases, we control the
receiver gain by setting the gain control or TGC. But in other cases,
gain is automatically adjusted by the system when the user adjusts the
output control. If the equipment has a receiver gain control, and we are
searching for a weak signal, we should always increase the system’s
receiver gain first, then increase the power output. That way, we
reduce the output required and make it less likely to use high acoustic
intensities in the patient’s body tissue. Remember, a low receiver
gain may necessitate using a higher output, or result in suboptimal
image quality.

Q. What is an example of the use of ALARA in a clinical exam?

A. Imagine we are getting ready to do a liver scan. It will involve the use
of B-mode, color, and Doppler. Let’s see how we would follow the
ALARA principle to set up and conduct the exam.

Select transducer The first thing we need to do is select the appropriate transducer
Check output transmit frequency. Next, we adjust the output intensity (or power) transmit
setting setting. We check to make sure it is positioned at the lowest possible
Adjust focus
setting to produce an image. We adjust the focus to the area of interest,
Increase receiver gain
Adjust output transmit then increase the receiver gain to produce a uniform representation of
again the tissue. If we can obtain a good image by increasing the gain, we
can lower the output and continue to increase the gain. Only after
making these adjustments and if tissue penetration or echo amplitude
levels are inadequate should we increase the output to the next
higher level.

Minimize exposure time After we have achieved a good B-mode image, then we can use color
to localize the blood flow so we can position the Doppler sample
volume. This allows us to locate the vessel of interest faster and that
minimizes exposure time. Now that we have an image of the vessel,
we position the range gate (or sample volume gate) over the vessel.

Adjust output transmit setting Now we check the Doppler trace. We adjust the power setting by
again setting the Doppler transmit intensity at the lowest possible level to
produce a clear signal. We will make a few more adjustments, for
example, adjusting the velocity scale. Now we increase the receiver
gain to get a diagnostic signal. If maximum gain adjustments are
inadequate, then we raise the output to the next higher level.

30
That basically is how we implement ALARA. Select the right
transducer, start with a low output level, and obtain the best image
possible by using focusing, receiver gain, and other imaging controls.
If that is not adequate for diagnostic purposes, then increase the
output level.

We can further implement ALARA by reducing total ultrasonic


exposure time. That is, using our skill, experience, and knowledge of
the patient, we can structure the exam to find and obtain useful images
quickly. Recording and playing back parts or all of the exam for later
measurement and analysis can further minimize the duration of the
exposure.

Q. There are many different types of ultrasound systems with different Some systems do not have an
controls and displays. Does ALARA change from system to system? output control.
Different systems have
different controls and
A. ALARA remains the same. Keep ultrasound output “As Low As displays.
Reasonably Achievable.” How we do that will change somewhat from
system to system. For example, virtually all medical diagnostic
ultrasound equipment has some type of acoustic output control.
However, we may occasionally see a single purpose device that
doesn’t have an output adjustment. In this case, we practice ALARA
by minimizing exposure time.

If the machine has an output control, we use it and the other controls Acoustic output control:
to achieve ALARA. But remember, there are a variety of different percentage
types of intensity settings on ultrasound equipment, depending on the decibel (dB)
Direct unit
manufacturer’s design. For example, some equipment may have a (mW/cm2 or mW)
separate control on the keyboard or console that has discrete Thermal index
increments. Other equipment may have the intensity level adjustment Mechanical index
accessed through the system presets. And, output settings may be
displayed in a variety of different ways. For example, acoustic output
may be expressed as a percentage of total power, in decibels, in
intensity units of milliwatts per square centimeter, or in thermal or
mechanical indices.

In addition to the technical aspect of ALARA, there’s the


philosophical aspect. This includes minimizing scan time, performing
only required scans, and never compromising quality by rushing
through an examination.

Q. We’re responsible for patient care, and we must use diagnostic


ultrasound prudently. What’s the rule for prudent use?

A. We want the best diagnostic information with minimal exposure to the


patient. And because the threshold at which ultrasound energy causes
bioeffects is not known, our goal must be to adjust the intensity output
of the equipment so as to get the most information at the lowest
possible output level.
31
That’s what we mean by ALARA. Using settings that are “As Low As
Reasonably Achievable” allow for the best quality ultrasound data for
diagnosis.

32
Chapter Seven
The Output Display Standard
Issues addressed:
• Purpose of the Output Display Standard
• Mechanical Index (MI)
• Thermal Index (TI)
• Soft Tissue Thermal Index (TIS)
• Cranial Bone Thermal Index (TIC)
• Bone Thermal Index (TIB)
• When an Index is displayed
• What the Indices mean
• How to implement ALARA by using the Indices

Q. What is the output display standard?

A. One of many advances now being made in ultrasound equipment Standard for Real–Time
Display of Thermal and
technology is the introduction of output display indices that relate to Mechanical Acoustic
Output Indices on
the potential for ultrasound bioeffects. These indices are specified in a Diagnostic Ultrasound
Equipment
standard developed in a cooperative effort by the National Electrical
Manufacturers Association, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration,
the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine, and many other
medical and basic science societies.

Q. What is displayed?

A. Two types of indices may be displayed: a Thermal Index, or TI, which Output Display
provides an estimate of the temperature increase; and a Mechanical • Thermal Index (TI)
Index, or MI, which provides an indication of the potential of • Mechanical Index (MI)
nonthermal or mechanical bioeffects, such as cavitation.

Q. What is the purpose of the output display standard?

A. The goal of the output display standard is to make users aware of the
actual output of their ultrasound equipment as it is being used. The TI
and MI provide real-time information about the potential for bioeffects
that can be used to help implement ALARA easily and efficiently. As
users, we can quickly learn how different control settings change the
indices. We implement ALARA by obtaining needed information while
keeping the indices, the potential for bioeffects, “as low as reasonably
achievable.”

33
MI is a relative indicator of Q. What is the Mechanical Index?
the potential for mechanical
effects
A. Scientific evidence suggests that mechanical, or nonthermal,
bioeffects, like cavitation, are a threshold phenomenon, occurring only
when a certain level of output is exceeded. However, the threshold
level varies, depending on the tissue. The potential for mechanical
effects is thought to increase as peak pressure increases, but to
decrease as the ultrasound frequency increases. The Mechanical Index
automatically accounts for both pressure and frequency. When
interpreting the Mechanical Index, remember that it is intended to
estimate the potential for mechanical bioeffects. The higher the index
reading, the larger the potential. However, neither MI = 1, nor any
other level, indicates that a bioeffect is actually occurring. We should
not be alarmed by the reading, but we should use it to implement the
ALARA principle.

Q. What is the Thermal Index?

Scanned
Mode
Unscanned
Mode
A. Actually, there are three Thermal Indices that are used for different
Soft TIS
TIS combinations of soft tissue and bone in the area to be examined. The
Small Aperture
Tissue at Surface
Large Aperture purpose of the Thermal Indices is to keep us aware of conditions that
Bone
at Focus
TIS
at Surface
TIB may lead to a temperature rise whether at the surface, within the
Bone tissues, or at the point where the ultrasound is focusing on bone. Each
TIC TIC
at Surface
Thermal Index estimates temperature rise under certain assumptions.

Three Thermal Indices The Soft Tissue Thermal Index, known as TIS, provides information
• Soft Tissue Thermal Index on temperature increase within soft homogeneous tissue. The Cranial
(TIS)
• Cranial Bone Thermal Index
Bone Thermal Index, called TIC, indicates temperature increase of
(TIC) bone at or near the surface, such as may occur during a cranial exam.
• Bone Thermal Index (TIB) The Bone Thermal Index, or TIB, provides information on temperature
increase of bone at or near the focus after the beam has passed through
soft tissue. For example, TIB is appropriate when focusing near fetal
bone during a second or third trimester exam.

TI is a relative indicator The Thermal Index is a relative indicator of temperature rise. Thus, a
of temperature increase TI reading of 2 represents a higher temperature rise than a TI reading
of 1. However, a TI of 1 should not be taken literally to mean an actual
increase in temperature of 1°C, nor should a TI of 2 be taken to mean
an increase of 2°C. The actual increase in temperature in the patient is
influenced by a number of factors such as tissue type, blood perfusion,
mode of operation, and exposure time. Those who developed the
standard deliberately chose the term “Index” to avoid a literal
association between the TI reading and actual temperature increase.
The TI does, however, provide important information to the user:
itindicates that the possibility for an increase in temperature exists, and
it provides a relative magnitude that can be used to implement
ALARA.

34
Q. How and when are the output indices displayed?

A. The output display must be located so as to be easily seen by the No display of any index value
operator during an exam. An output display is not required if the is required if the transducer
transducer and system are not capable of exceeding an MI or TI of 1. and system are not capable
However, if the transducer and system are capable of exceeding an MI of exceeding an MI or TI of 1
or TI of 1, then it must display values as low as 0.4 to help the user
implement ALARA.

The standard only requires that a single index be displayed at any one 1 2
time. For some modes and application presets the user may be able to 0.8 3
choose which index shall be displayed. For example, the Mechanical 0.6 4
Index will appear for B-mode imaging if no other mode is active. A 0.4 5
Thermal Index will be shown for all other modes, including modes
where B-mode imaging is combined with something else such as M-
mode, Doppler, or color flow imaging. The standard makes an
exception for transducers that have no B-mode imaging. In that case,
A display of an index value
the Mechanical Index must be available in the Doppler mode. as low as 0.4 is required if
the transducer and system
The Mechanical Index is required for B-mode imaging because the are capable of exceeding an
mechanical effects, such as cavitation, are more likely to be significant MI or TI of 1.
than thermal effects. Similarly the rationale for using a Thermal Index
in the other modes is that the potential for heating is the greater
concern.

Q. Are there other system features required by the output display


standard?

A. The output display standard requires manufacturers to provide default Manufacturers are required to
settings on their equipment. These settings establish the output level provide default settings
that will be used automatically at power-up, entry of new patient
information, and a change from nonfetal to fetal application presets.
Once the exam is under way, the user should adjust the output level as Figure NEW Ch7-1
needed to achieve clinically adequate images while keeping the output
index as low as possible.

Q. Is it really that simple? All we need to know is the output index value?

A. Yes and no. A high index value does not always mean high risk, nor
does it mean that bioeffects are actually occurring. There may be
modifying factors which the index cannot take into account. But, high
readings should always be taken seriously. Attempts should be made
to reduce index values but not to the point that diagnostic quality is
reduced.

The indices do not take time into account. Exposure time is an Minimizing exposure time
important factor users must keep in mind, especially if the index is in a will help reduce risk

35
range that might be considered high. Exposure time is the ultrasound
exposure time at a particular tissue region. In all cases, minimizing
ultrasound exposure time will help reduce risk.

Every patient is different. The tissue characteristics assumed in the


formulas for the output display indices may differ significantly from
the characteristics of the patient or exam type. Important
characteristics we should consider include
• body size
• blood flow (or perfusion)
• the distance the organ of interest is from the surface
• where the bone is in relation to the beam axis and focal point, and
• factors, such as the presence or absence of fluid, that affect the
attenuation of ultrasound.

Q. Tell us in more detail how to use the output display to help implement
ALARA.

A. Let’s look at the basic principles to follow. To begin, we determine if


we are displaying the appropriate index. The Mechanical Index and
Thermal Index are mode-specific, so that index selection is automatic.
However, there may be cases when we can override the system’s
choice. When displaying a Thermal Index, we should ask four
questions.

Thermal Index Tissues Typical Examinations


TIS Soft tissue Cardiac, first trimester fetal
TIB Bone near focus Second and third trimester fetal
TIC Bone near surface Transcranial

First, “Which Thermal Index is appropriate for the study we are


performing—TIS, TIC, or TIB?” TIS is appropriate when imaging
soft tissue and is used, for example, during first trimester fetal exams
or in cardiac color flow imaging exams. TIC is used during
transcranial examinations. And TIB is used when the focus is at or
near bone and may be appropriate for second and third trimester fetal
exams or certain neonatal cephalic exams.

The second question to ask is, “Are there modifying factors that might
create either an artificially high or low reading?” These modifying
factors include the location of fluid or bone and blood flow. For
example, is there a low attenuation path so that the actual potential for
local heating is greater than the TI display? This could be caused by
an unusually long distance of amnioti, or other fluid through which
the ultrasound must travel. Another example is that a highly perfused
tissue area may have a lower temperature than indicated because
blood flow transports heat away from the tissue.

36
Third, even if the index value is low, we should ask, “Can I bring it
down?” Because there is uncertainty about how high is “too high,” we
should always be alert to ways to adjust the system to reduce the
indices. In many cases, an index reading can be reduced without
decreasing the quality of the image.

Finally, we should ask, “How can we minimize ultrasound exposure


time without compromising diagnostic quality?” This does not mean
that we rush through the exam and take the chance of not getting
information necessary for an accurate diagnosis. It means that we
should get the best image possible with as little exposure time as
necessary. There are a number of ways to reduce exposure time. For
example, if the system does not disable pulsing during freeze frame,
remove the transducer from the patient while working with a frozen
image on the ultrasound display. Don’t scan obstetrical patients twice,
once to obtain necessary diagnostic information and again to show
images to the patient’s family and friends. Only scan areas of the body
that are necessary to the diagnosis. And don’t use additional modes,
such as Doppler or color, unless they benefit the diagnosis.

Q. Please give us some examples that show how the indices can be used
to implement ALARA.

A. We will look at several examples. When we consider the Mechanical


Index, the MI might be reduced by selection of appropriate transducer
type, ultrasonic frequency, focal zone, and receiver gain.

Because there are three Thermal Indices, it is not so simple. As we go Implementation of ALARA
through the examples, remember the four questions we should ask by using the Indices
related to the Thermal Index:
• Which TI?
• Are there modifying factors?
• Can we reduce the index value?
• Can we reduce the exposure time?

The first example is a color flow scan of the portal vein of the liver.
TIS is the appropriate selection for nonobstetrical abdominal
examinations. Possible modifying factors include capillary perfusion
and body size. High perfusion in the imaged tissue will reduce thermal
effects while conversely, a lack of perfusion may increase them. With
increasing body size, extra tissue attenuation decreases mechanical and
thermal effects at the focus. Also, when considering the focus for a
soft tissue exam, remember that the potential for maximum heating
might occur at the surface, at the focal point, or somewhere in
between. For scanned modes, such as B-mode imaging and color
flow, and for sector transducers, the maximum heating is usually close
to the surface.

37
The second example is a pulsed Doppler cardiac exam. Again, TIS is
the appropriate thermal index. The cooling effect of cardiac blood
flow is a very important modifying factor. Actual increase in cardiac
temperature is almost certainly less than the TIS indicates.

The next example is a second trimester pulsed Doppler fetal exam. In


most cases with unscanned modes, like pulsed Doppler, the Thermal
Index indicates heating near the surface. If bone is not present,
maximum heating is likely to occur between the surface and the focus
or sample volume, and the TIS is the relevant index. But, if bone is
present, maximum heating will occur at the location of the bone. In
this example, the TIB is the relevant index, although it will
overestimate the actual temperature rise, unless the bone is located
within the focal zone or sample volume.

The presence of fetal bone near the focal zone is the important factor.
If the pulsed Doppler is used to measure umbilical blood flow, and we
are sure there is no bone near the sample volume, the TIS is
appropriate. However, because the transducer may be moved, it is
usually best to make the more conservative choice and select TIB for
all second and third trimester exams. Of direct concern are the fetus’s
developing neural tissues, such as the brain and spinal cord, that may
be in a region of heated bone.

Other modifying factors include the type of overlying tissue, whether


fluid or soft tissue, and the exposure time at the particular tissue
region. The presence of fluid is important, because if more than half
of the path is fluid-filled then the actual temperature rise may be
higher than the TIB value displayed. To reduce the potential
temperature rise, consider aiming the transducer to miss most of the
bone structure without losing the region of interest, if possible, and
optimize receiver gain and sample volume controls.

An additional consideration is whether heating is likely to be near the


surface (in the mother’s tissues) or deeper (in the fetal tissues). This
depends mostly on whether we are using a scanned (2D or color) or
unscanned (M-Mode or Doppler) mode. For scanned modes, heating
tends to be near the surface; for unscanned modes, closer to the focal
zone. However, in most cases where bone is along the beam axis,
maximum heating occurs at the location of the bone.

Another example is a transcranial examination, where TIC is the


appropriate Thermal Index. The presence of bone near the surface is
the important factor in this case. To reduce the TIC reading, consider
scanning through a thinner part of the skull, so that a lower output
setting can be used.

38
The final example is a neonatal cephalic exam. The choice of
Thermal Index depends on the location of bone. Generally, in an
exam through the fontanelle TIB is the appropriate index because of
the chance of focusing near the base of the skull. TIS might be
appropriate if the focal zone will always be above the base of the
skull. If the exam is through the temporal lobe, the temporal bone
near the surface makes the TIC the appropriate index.

39
Conclusion

In more than three decades of use, there has been no report of injury to
patients or to operators from medical ultrasound equipment. We in the
ultrasound community want to keep that level of safety.

In the past, application-specific output limits and the user’s knowledge


of equipment controls and patient body characteristics have been the
means of minimizing exposure. Now, more information is available.
The Mechanical and Thermal Indices provide users with information
that can be specifically applied to ALARA. Mechanical and Thermal
Indices values eliminate some of the guesswork and provide both an
indication of what may actually be happening within the patient and
what occurs when control settings are changed. These make it possible
for the user to get the best image possible while following the ALARA
principle and, thus, to maximize the benefits/risk ratio.

40

Potrebbero piacerti anche